Volume 5 IBook
37826-Attachment 37826-Attachment 37826-Attachment 782114 Batch8 unilog cesco-content
37826-Attachment 37826-Attachment 37826-Attachment 782116 Batch8 unilog cesco-content
37826-Attachment 37826-Attachment 37826-Attachment 786685 Batch8 unilog cesco-content
127520-Brochure 127520-Brochure 127520-Brochure Batch9 unilog cesco-content
108540-Attachment 108540-Attachment 108540-Attachment 782114 Batch10 unilog cesco-content
2014-10-17
: Pdf 108540-Attachment 108540-Attachment 782113 Batch10 unilog
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 750
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 5:
Motor Control
and Protection
Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial
Volume 2—Commercial Distribution
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies
Volume 4—Circuit Protection
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Tab 1—IEC Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-1
Tab 2—NEMA Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-1
Tab 3—NEMA Manual Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T3-1
Tab 4—Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-1
Tab 5—Motor Protection and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-1
Tab 6—Lighting Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T6-1
Tab 7—Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T7-1
Tab 8—Rotary Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T8-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-A1-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-A2-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-A3-1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface
and Connectivity Solutions
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings
Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions
All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications
This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21
Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved
Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,
control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
●
Reliability—maintain the
appropriate level of power
continuity without
disruption or unexpected
downtime
●
Efficiency—minimize
energy usage, operating
costs, equipment footprint
and environmental impact
●
Safety—identify and
mitigate electrical hazards
to protect what you value
most
Using the Eaton Catalog Library
As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
●
●
●
●
●
●
Volume 1—Residential
and Light Commercial
(CA08100002E)
Volume 2—Commercial
Distribution (CA08100003E)
Volume 3—Power
Distribution and Control
Assemblies (CA08100004E)
Volume 4—Circuit
Protection (CA08100005E)
Volume 5—Motor Control
and Protection
(CA08100006E)
Volume 6—Solid-State
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
●
●
●
●
●
Volume 7—Logic Control,
Operator Interface and
Connectivity Solutions
(CA08100008E)
Volume 8—Sensing
Solutions (CA08100010E)
Volume 9—Original
Equipment Manufacturer
(CA08100011E)
Volume 10—Enclosed
Control (CA08100012E)
Volume 11—Vehicle and
Commercial Controls
(CA08100013E)
●
●
●
●
Volume 12—Aftermarket,
Renewal Parts and Life
Extension Solutions
(CA08100014E)
Volume 13—Counters,
Timers and Tachometers
(CA08100015E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 14—Fuses
(CA08100016E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 15—Solar Inverters
and Electrical Balance of
System (CA08100018E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
●
The Consulting Application
Guide (CA08104001E)
●
The Eaton Power Quality
Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—May 2014
www.eaton.com
i
Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton's products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit”.
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—May 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
IEC Contactors and Starters
1.1
XT IEC Power Control
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-2
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-1
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contents
XT IEC Power Control
Description
1
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Overview
The XT line of IEC power
control offers starting and
protection solutions ideal for
control panels.
Innovations in the design and
development allow users to
reduce material costs, reduce
installation effort, and
enhance panel safety and
performance all in a compact
design. Some of these key
innovations include:
●
●
●
●
●
1
●
1
●
1
Toolless assembly of
manual motor controllers
and reversing contactors
Low coil consumption
Front accessibility to coil
terminations
Built-in surge suppression
on electronic coils
Built-in auxiliary contact for
contactors up to 32A in a
45 mm frame
Finger-safe and back-ofhand proof ratings
Direct PLC control on
185A–2000A contactors
The XT line includes a large
offering of power control
components and accessories
that cover a broad range of
applications and ratings:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Three-pole contactors to
2000A
Four-pole contactors to
200A
Capacitor contactors to
680 kVAR
Mini contactors to 9A
Relays to 16A
Thermal overload relays to
630A
Electronic overload relays
to 1500A
Manual motor protectors
to 65A
Manual motor controllers
and combination motor
controllers to 65A
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Contents
Relays and Timers
Description
Page
Relays and Timers
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-4
V5-T1-5
V5-T1-6
V5-T1-12
V5-T1-16
An Eaton
Green Solution
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Relays and Timers
Product Description
Eaton’s new line of XT relays
and timers includes mini and
standard frame control relays
and auxiliary contacts, mini
electronic on-delay and
multi-function timers and
an electronic star-delta
(wye-delta) timer for use
in star-delta (wye-delta)
combinations. Because XT
meets UL®, CSA® and CE
standards, it is the perfect
product solution for IEC
applications all over the
world. The compact, space
saving and easy to install XT
line of IEC contactors and
starters is the efficient and
effective solution for
customer applications.
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
For use with mini and
standard frame size
contactors and starters
Control relays
●
AC control from 12V to
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
●
DC control from
12V to 220V
On-delay and multifunction timers
●
24–240 Vac/Vdc control
Available with screw or
spring cage terminals
Four-pole configurations
IP20 finger and back-ofhand proof
Large ambient temperature
range: –25° to 50°C [–13°
to 122°F]
1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
1
1
1
1
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51219
XTRM Mini Control Relays
1
Pub51210
XTRE Control Relays
Pub51244
XTTR Electronic Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timer
Pub51245
XTMT Mini Electronic On-Delay and
Multi-Function Timers
1
1
1
1
1
The XTRE control relays
have positively driven
contacts between the relay
and the auxiliary contact
modules as well as within
the auxiliary contact
modules
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-3
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Catalog Number Selection
XT—Relays
XT RE C 10 B 22 AD
1
1
Product Line Prefix
XT = XT IEC power control
1
Product Family Code
RM = Mini IEC control
relay
RE = IEC control relay
1
Terminations
Blank = Screw
terminals
C
= Spring cage
terminals
1
XT—Timers
1
1
1
Frame
XTRM
A = 45 mm—mini
XTRE
B = 45 mm—standard
Coil Code
See table on Page V5-T1-5.
Conventional Thermal
Current Rating
10 = 10A
1
1
Contact
Configuration
40 = 4NO
31 = 3NO-1NC
22 = 2NO-2NC
XT MT 6 B 30S 11 B
Product Line Prefix
XT = XT IEC power control
1
1
Product Family Code
MT = Mini IEC timing
relay
TR = Electronic timing
relay star-delta
(wye-delta)
Conventional
Thermal Current
Rating
6 = 6A
Frame
A = 45 mm
1
1
1
Time Range Max.
XTMT
30S = 1.5–30s
60H = 05–1s
0.15–3s
0.5–10s
3–60s
0.15–3 min
0.5–3 min
3–60 min
0.15–3h
0.5–3h
3–60h
XTTR
60S = 3–60s
Function
XTMT
11 = On-delay
70 = Adjustable
XTTE
51 = Star-delta
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
Coil Code
B = 24–240 Vac/Vdc
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Product Selection
1
When Ordering
●
Orders must be placed in multiples of the package quantity listed
●
DC operated control relays have a built-in suppressor circuit
●
Contact terminal numbers to EN50011
●
Coil terminal numbers to EN50005
1
XTRM10A_
1
1
1
Mini Control Relays
Rated Operational Current
AC-15 Ie (A)
Conventional
Thermal
Current Ith (A)
Contact
Configuration
220–240V
380–415V
500V
10
4NO
6
3
1.5
Circuit
Symbol
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 1
A1 13 23 33 43
XTRM10A40_
3NO-1NC
6
3
1.5
A1 13 21 33 43
XTRM10A31_
A2 14 22 34 44
10
2NO-2NC
6
3
1.5
A1 13 21 31 43
XTRM10A22_ 2
A2 14 22 32 44
XTREC10_
1
1
1
Contact
Configuration
220–240V
380–415V
500V
16
4NO
6
4
1.5
Rated Operational Current
AC-15 Ie (A)
Circuit
Symbol
A1 13 23 33 43
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 1
Spring Cage
Terminal
Catalog Number 1
XTRE10B40_
XTREC10B40_
XTRE10B31_
XTREC10B31_
XTRE10B22_ 3
XTREC10B22_ 3
A2 14 24 34 44
3NO-1NC
6
4
1.5
A1 13 21 33 43
2NO-2NC
6
4
1.5
A1 13 21 31 43
1
1
1
1
1
A2 14 22 34 44
16
1
1
Control Relays
Conventional
Thermal
Current Open
at 60°C I th (A)
16
1
1
A2 14 24 34 44
10
1
A2 14 22 32 44
1
1
1
Coil Voltage Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
120 Vdc
AD
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
D
380V 60 Hz
P
220 Vdc
BD
230V 50 Hz
F
208V 60 Hz
E
12V 50/60 Hz
R
12 Vdc
RD
24V 50/60 Hz
T
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
48 Vdc
WD
24 Vdc
TD
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48V 50 Hz
Y
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Coil Voltage Suffix table above.
2 DC operated control relays XTRM(C)10A22_ cannot be used with front mount auxiliary contacts.
3 DC operated control relays XTRE(C)10B22_ can only be combined with two-pole auxiliary contacts.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-5
1.1
1
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
XTMCXF_
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with XTRM Mini Control Relays
Rated Operational Current
AC-15 Ie (A)
1
1
Conventional
Thermal Current,
I th Open (A)
220V
230V
240V
380V
400V
415V
500V
Contact
Configuration
10
4
2
1.5
2NC
1
Contact Sequence
51 61
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTMCXFA02
5
XTMCXFA11
5
XTMCXFA20
5
XTMCXFA04
5
XTMCXFA13
5
XTMCXFA22
5
XTMCXFA31
5
XTMCXFA40
5
XTMCXFAL22 2
52 62
1
10
4
2
1.5
1NO-1NC
1
53 61
54 62
1
10
4
2
1.5
2NO
1
53 63
54 64
1
10
4
2
1.5
4NC
1
51 61 71 81
52 62 72 82
1
10
4
2
1.5
1NO-3NC
1
53 61 71 81
54 62 72 82
1
10
4
2
1.5
2NO-2NC
1
1
10
4
2
1.5
3NO-1NC
1
53 61 71
83
54 62 72
84
53 61 73 83
54 62 74 84
1
10
4
2
1.5
4NO
1
53 63 73 83
54 64 74 84
1
10
4
2
1.5
1NO-1NC
1NOE-1NCL
1
1
57 65 71
83
58 66 72
84
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 One early-make contact (NO ), one late-break contact (NC ).
E
L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with XTRE Control Relays 1
1
Rated Operational Current AC-15 Ie (A)
Two-Pole
Conventional
Thermal Current,
Ith (A), Open at 60°C
16
Poles
220V
230V
240V
380V
400V
415V
500V
Contact
Configuration
2
6
3
1.5
2NO
Circuit Symbol
53 63
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTCEXFAC20
5
XTCEXFAC11 3
2
6
3
1.5
1NO-1NC
53 61
5
XTCEXFAC02
5
XTCEXFALC11 4
5
XTCEXFAC40 3
5
XTCEXFAC31 3
5
XTCEXFAC22 3
5
XTCEXFAC13
5
XTCEXFAC04
5
XTCEXFCLC22 4
54 62
16
2
6
3
1.5
2NC
51 61
2
6
3
1.5
1NOE-1NCL
57 65
58 66
Four-Pole
16
4
6
3
1.5
4NO
53 6373 83
54 6474 84
16
4
6
3
1.5
3NO-1NC
53 61 73 83
54 62 74 84
16
4
6
3
1.5
2NO-2NC
53 61 71 83
54 62 72 84
16
4
6
3
1.5
1NO-3NC
536171 81
54 62 72 82
16
4
6
3
1.5
4NC
51 61 71 81
52 62 72 82
16
4
6
3
1.5
1NO-1NC
1NOE-1NCL
5765 71 83
1
1
1
52 62
16
1
1
54 64
16
1
58 66 72 84
Notes
1 Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules (not NO and NC contacts) and between the
E
L
auxiliary contacts and built-in contacts of the XTRE control relays.
2 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
3 Catalog number is shown with screw type terminal. For spring cage, add a “C” before the last 2 digits. For example, to order a spring cage version of the XTCEXFAC22,
change the catalog number to XTCEXFACC22.
4 One early-make contact (NO ), one late-break contact (NC ).
E
L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-7
1.1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Suppressors
For AC operated contactors 50–60 Hz. On DC operated contactor relays and on XTRE10B, the
suppressor circuit is built-in. Note dropout delay.
Varistor Suppressor 12
Varistor Suppressor for XTRE
XTCEXVSB_
1
Contact Sequence
24–48
XTRE(C)10B
A1
130–240
1
1
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
10
XTCEXVSBW
10
XTCEXVSBA
10
XTCEXVSBB
10
XTCEXVSBC
Circuit Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
10
XTMCXVSW
10
XTMCXVSA
48–130
1
1
Voltage
A2
240–500
Varistor Suppressor for XTRM
XTMCXVS_
Voltage
1
For Use
with…
24–48
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
A1
48–130
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
A2
1
110–250
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
10
XTMCXVSB
1
380–415
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
10
XTMCXVSN
Contact Sequence
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
10
XTCEXVSLBW
A1
10
XTCEXVSLBB
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
1
XTRM Relay with
Installed Suppressor
1
1
Varistor Suppressor with Integrated LED 12
1
XTCEXVSLB_
Varistor Suppressor for XTRE
1
Voltage
For Use
with…
1
24–48
XTRE(C)10B
130–240
A2
1
1
1
RC Suppressor 12
1
XTCEXRSB_
1
1
RC Suppressor for XTRE
Voltage
For Use
with…
Contact Sequence
24–48
XTRE(C)10B
A1
48–130
110–240
1
A2
240–500
1
10
XTCEXRSBW
10
XTCEXRSBA
10
XTCEXRSBB
10
XTCEXRSBC
Notes
1 Note dropout delay.
2 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. DC operated contactors have an integrated suppressor.
3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
RC Suppressor 12
XTMCXRS_
For Use
with…
Circuit
Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
24–48
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
A1
10
XTMCXRSW
48–130
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
A2
10
XTMCXRSA
110–250
XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
10
XTMCXRSB
Voltage
XTRM Relay with
Installed Suppressor
1
RC Suppressor for XTRM 3
1
1
1
1
1
1
Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor
In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents negative breaking
voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC.
XTCEXVSLBB
1
1
Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor for XTRE
Voltage
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
130–240
XTRE10B
10
XTCEXVSLBB
1
1
1
Connector
XTCEXCNC
1
Mechanical Interlock 6
Connector 5
1
Mechanical Interlock
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
XTRE(C)10B
50
XTCEXCNC
XTCEXMLB
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
XTRE10B_
5
XTCEXMLB
1
1
1
XTMCXCN
XTRM10A
50
1
XTMCXCN
XTMCXML
XTRM10A_
5
1
XTMCXML
1
1
Notes
1 Note dropout delay.
2 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. DC operated contactors have an integrated suppressor.
3 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. Note dropout delay.
4 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
5 For mechanically arranging contactors in combinations. Distance between contactors is 0 mm.
6 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system that are horizontally or vertically mounted.
For Frame B, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations and the distance between contactors is 0 mm.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-9
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Electronic Timer Modules
Front- (top-) mounted timer modules for use with XTRE10B control relays. Can not be combined with top-mount auxiliary
contacts, XTCEXF_.
XTCEXT_
Electronic Timer Modules for XTRE
1
Voltage
1
24 Vac/Vdc
1
200–240 Vac
Contact Sequence
Timing Range
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
XTRE10B_
1
XTCEXTEEC11T
On-Delay
A1
57 65
100–130 Vac
1
0.05–1s
0.5–10s
15–100s
XTCEXTEEC11A
XTCEXTEEC11B
A2
58 66
A1
57 65
Off-Delay
1
24 Vac/Vdc
1
200–240 Vac
0.05–1s
XTRE10B_
1
100–130 Vac
24 Vac/Vdc
1
XTCEXTED1C11T
XTCEXTED1C11A
XTCEXTED1C11B
A2
58 66
0.5–10s
XTRE10B_
1
100–130 Vac
XTCEXTED10C11T
XTCEXTED10C11A
1
200–240 Vac
XTCEXTED10C11B
1
100–130 Vac
XTCEXTED100C11A
200–240 Vac
XTCEXTED100C11B
24 Vac/Vdc
1
Star-Delta
1
100–130 Vac
24 Vac/Vdc
1
200–240 Vac
1
Sealable Shroud
5–100s
A1
57 67
1–30s
XTCEXTEE,
XTCEXTED,
XTCEXTEY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-10
XTCEXTEYC20T
XTCEXTEYC20B
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
XTCEXTED100C11T
58 68
Transparent sealable shroud used to protect
electronic timer modules from unwanted access.
1
XTRE10B_
1
XTCEXTEYC20A
A2
1
XTRE10B_
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1
XTCEXTESHRD
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Mini Electronic Timers
XTMT6A_
1
Mini Electronic On-Delay Timers
Rated Operational Current
Ie AC-11 Amps
Conventional
Thermal Current
Ie (A)
220/230/240V
380/400/440V
Time
Range
Function
6
3
3
1.5–30 sec
Fixed, on-delay
6
3
6
0.05–1 sec
0.15–3 sec
0.5–10 sec
3–60 sec
0.15–3 min
0.5–10 min
3–60 min
0.15–3h
0.5–10h
3–60h
Fixed, on-delay
0.05–1 sec
0.15–3 sec
0.5–10 sec
3–60 sec
0.15–3 min
0.5–10 min
3–60 min
0.15–3h
0.5–10h
3–60h
Adjustable:
on-delay;
fleeting contact
on energization;
flashing; pulse
generating;
ON-OFF
6
3
3
1
Terminal Marking
According to
EN 50042
A1
Catalog Number
XTMT6A30S11B
15
XTMT6A60H11B
1
1
Z1
XTMT6A60H70B
Z2
A1
1
1
15
1
A2 16 18
1
1
1
Electronic Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timers
XTTR6A60S51
1
1
16 18
A2
1
1
Electronic Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timers
Rated Operational Current
Ie AC-11 Amps
Conventional
Thermal Current
Ie (A)
230V
400V
Time
Range
Function
6
3
3
3–60 sec
Fixed, star-delta
Terminal Marking
According to
EN 50042
Catalog Number
XTTR6A60S51B
17
A1
1
1
1
A2
18
1
28
1
Actuating Voltage
24–240 50/60 Hz
24–240 Vdc
Admissible Cable Length
Cable unscreened, with cable cross-section 0.5–1.5 mm2
Two-core cable
Two-core cable in the same cable duct with the main cable, 50/60 Hz
1
Connection to
Y1/Y2, Z1/Z2
M250
M50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-11
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Relays and Timers
XTRE
XTCEXFAC_
XTCEXTE_
XTRM
XTMCXFA_
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
DIN EN 61812,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 060, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
AC operated
20,000,000
10,000,000
3,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
DC operated
20,000,000
10,000,000
3,000,000
20,000,000
20,000,000
1
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr)
9000
9000
—
9000
9000
Climatic proofing
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
–25/50
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
General
Standards
Lifespan, mechanical—operations
Open (°C, min./max.)
–25/60
–25/60
–40/80
–25/50
Enclosed (°C, min./max.)
–25/40
–25/40
–25–60
–25/40
–25/40
Ambient temperature for storage (°C, min./max.)
–40/80
–40/80
–25–40
—
—
As required,
not suspended
As required, except
vertically A1/A2 at
the bottom
As required, except
vertically A1/A2 at
the bottom
Mounting position
30°
90°
1
90°
90°
180°
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Base unit with auxiliary contact module
Make contact
7g
7g
6g
10g
10g
Break contact
5g
5g
6g
8g
8g
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact from the front
when actuated by a perpendicular test finger (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
AC operated (kg)
0.23
0.05
0.08
0.17
—
DC operated (kg)
0.28
0.05
0.08
0.20
—
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–4)0.
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)0.
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
Weight
Terminal capacity
Screw terminals
18–14
18–14
1
Terminal screw
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
1
Pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Standard screwdriver (mm)
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
1
Max. tightening torque (Nm)
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
—
—
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with or without ferrule DIN 46228 (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
—
—
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
—
18–14
18–14
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
—
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
1
1
1
1
1
M3.5
Spring cage terminals
Standard screwdriver (mm)
Note
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30.
V5-T1-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Relays and Timers, continued
Description
1
XTRE
XTCEXFAC_
XTCEXTE_
XTRM
XTMCXFA_
Interlocked opposing contacts to ZH 1/457,
including auxiliary contact module
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
6000
6000
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
690
690
600
690
690
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Vac
690
500
400
600
600
1
Between coil and auxiliary contacts (Vac)
400
400
250
300
300
1
Between the auxiliary contacts (Vac)
400
400
250
300
300
1
AC-15 220/240V Ie
6
6
Please inquire
6
4
1
380/415V Ie
4
3
Please inquire
3
2
500V Ie
1.5
—
—
1.5
1.5
1
Contacts
1
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Rated operational current
1
1
DC-13 1
DC13 L/R <15 ms
1
Contacts in series—voltage:
1—24V
10
10
—
2.5
2.5
1—60V
6
6
—
—
—
2—60V
10
10
—
2.5
2.5
1—110V
3
3
—
—
—
3—110V
6
6
—
1.5
1.5
1—220V
1
1
—
—
—
3—220V
5
5
—
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
1
DC13 L/R <50 ms
1
Contacts in series—voltage:
3—24V
4
—
—
—
—
3—60V
4
—
—
—
—
3—110V
2
—
—
—
—
3—220V
1
—
—
—
—
Control circuit reliability
(at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17, Imin = 5.4 mA)
Failure rate = <10–8, <1 failure
in 100 million operations
—
Failure rate = <10–8, <1 failure
in 100 million operations
Conventional thermal current (Ith)
16
6
10
16
1
1
1
1
10
Short-circuit rating without welding
1
Maximum overcurrent protective device
220/240V–XTPR Frame B
4
—
—
4
4
380/415V–XTPR Frame B
4
—
—
4
4
500V (A gG/gL)
10
10
6
6
6
500V (A fast)
—
—
—
10
10
AC operated (W)
0.3
0.3
—
0.2
0.2
DC operated (W)
0.3
0.3
—
0.3
0.3
1
1
Short-circuit protection, max. fuse
1
Current heat losses at load of Ith
1
1
Note
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC13, time constant as stated.
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-13
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Relays and Timers, continued
Description
XTRE
XTCEXFAC_
XTCEXTE_
XTRM
XTMCXFA_
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz,
60 Hz (pickup x Uc)
0.8–1.1
—
0.85–11
0.8–1.1
—
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz (pickup x Uc)
0.8–1.1
—
—
0.85–1.1
—
Magnet Systems
Pickup and dropout values
AC operated
DC operated 1
Pickup voltage (pickup x Uc)
0.8–1.1
—
0.7–1.2
0.85–1.3
—
At 24V: without auxiliary contact module (40°C) (pickup x Uc)
0.7–1.3
—
—
0.7–1.3
—
Pickup VA
24
—
—
25
—
Pickup W
19
—
—
22
—
Sealing VA
3.4
—
2
4.6
—
Sealing W
1.2
—
1.8
1.3
—
Pickup VA
27
—
—
30
—
Pickup W
22
—
—
26
—
Power consumption
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz
Sealing VA
4.2
—
—
5.4
—
Sealing W
1.4
—
—
1.6
—
—
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
1
Pickup VA
25
—
—
29
1
Pickup W
21
—
—
24
—
Sealing VA
3.3
—
—
3.9
—
Sealing W
1.2
—
—
1.2
—
1
DC operated
1
Duty factor (% DF)
3
—
—
2.6
—
100
—
100
100
—
AC operated closing delay (ms)
<21
—
—
14–21
—
AC operated NO contact opening delay (ms)
<18
—
—
8–18
—
1
AC operated with auxiliary contact module,
max. closing delay (ms)
—
—
—
45
45
1
DC operated closing delay (ms)
<31
—
—
26–35
—
DC operated NO contact opening delay (ms)
<12
—
—
15–25
—
1
DC operated with auxiliary contact module,
max. closing delay (ms)
—
—
—
70
70
1
1
1
Pull-in = sealing (W)
Switching times at 100% Uc (approximate values)
Note
1 Smoothed DC or three-phase bridge rectifier.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Control Relays—Characteristic Curves
1
XTRE (AC-15)
XTRE (DC-13) 1
Component lifespan (operations)
Ie = Rated operational current
Component lifespan (operations)
Ie = Rated operational current
1
1
106
106
20
20
10
10
5
5
1
2
2
1
1
1
0.5
0.5
1
1
1
DC-13
AC-15
0.2
0.2
240 V
0.1
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2
0.5
1
0.1
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2
5 10 A
Ie
2
1
24 V
L = 50 ms
R
1
0.5
1
2
5 10 A
Ie
1
1
The diagrams show the closing and opening travel of the contact of the contactor relays and auxiliary contacts at no load.
Tolerances are not taken into consideration.
1
1
Contact Travel Diagrams
XTRE
XTRE_ — AC Operation
1
XTRE — DC Operation
Normally open contact
2.1 2.9
1
2.9
1
Normally open contact
0
3.3
0
4.5
Normally closed contact
Normally closed contact
0
0
4.5
1.0
XTCEXFAC_ — AC Operation
0.7
1
XTCEXFAC_ — DC Operation
Normally open contact
Normally open contact
0
0
3.2 4.5
Normally closed contact
2.3 2.9
1
2.9
1
Normally closed contact
0
0
4.5
1.6
XTCEXFALC_ — AC Operation
0.7
XTCEXFALC_ — DC Operation
Normally open contact (early make)
1
Normally open contact (early make)
0
2.0
0
4.5
Normally closed contact (late make)
1.1
2.9
1
2.9
1
Normally closed contact (late make)
0
2.8
0
4.5
1.9
Note
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time constant as stated.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-15
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Flow Diagrams—Electronic Timers, XTMT Mini Timers
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.]
On-Delay
1
Dimensions
Mini Contactor Relays
A1-A2
15-18
t
Mini Control Relay XTRM
LED
5.5 [.22]
1
1
1
ON-OFF Function
OFF
A1-A2
15-18
ON OFF
t
LED
1
Flashing, Pulse Initiating
1
t
58
[2.28]
t
t
XTRM Mini Control Relay with RC or Varistor Suppressor
Pulse Generating
A1-A2
0.5 s
t
62.5
[2.46]
15-18
LED
45
[1.77]
XTRM Mini Control Relay with XTMCXFA Auxiliary Contact
Star-Delta
M4
A1-A2
17-18
17-28
1
t
tu
Power LED
LED
LED
1
58
[2.28]
50
[1.97]
45
[1.77]
1
1
Rating Data
1
Rating Data for Approved Types
1
52 – 54
[2.05] – [2.13]
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timer
1
1
65.3
[2.57]
45
[1.77]
t
1
1
45
[1.77]
LED
1
1
43
[1.69]
A1-A2
15-18
1
1
XTRM Mini Control Relay with IP40 XTMCX Shroud
A1-A2
15-18
1
1
52 – 54
[2.05] – [2.13]
Fleeting Contact on Energization
1
1
45
[1.77]
LED
1
1
58
[2.28]
Pilot Duty
83 – 86
[3.27] – [3.39]
General Use
Control Relays—XTMR
A600, P300
10A–600 Vac
0.5A–250 Vdc
Timers—XTMT, XTTR
B300
6A–250 Vac
1
1
V5-T1-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
35
[1.38]
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.]
1
Control Relays
1
Control Relay XTRE with XTCEXFA Auxiliary Contact
Control Relay XTRE with XTCEXMLB Mechanical Interlock
68
45
18
[2.68] [1.77] [.71]
68
45
[2.68] [1.77]
18
[.71]
1
1
6.5
[.26]
75
[2.95]
45
[1.77]
1
6.5
[.26]
75
[2.95]
90
[3.54]
117
[4.61]
Control Relay with Spring Cage Terminals XTREC
with XTCEXFA Auxiliary Contact
1
1
1
1
Coil Suppressors for Use with XTRE Control Relays
1
1
Approx.
28
[1.10] 32 [1.26]
68 52.3 26.4
[2.68] [2.06] [1.04]
1
25.9
[1.02]
36
[1.42]
45
[1.77]
6.5
[.26]
75
[2.95]
125
[4.92]
1
1
9
[.35]
19.2
[.76]
1
25
[.98]
1
Electronic Timer Module XTCEXTE
1
25
[.98]
38
[1.50]
1
45
[1.77]
70
[2.76]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-17
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contents
XTMC Miniature Contactor
Description
1
1
1
1
1
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
Miniature Controls
1
Product Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-19
V5-T1-20
V5-T1-24
V5-T1-27
V5-T1-32
V5-T1-34
An Eaton
Green Solution
1
1
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton’s new line of XT
miniature controls includes
non-reversing and reversing
mini contactors, mini overload
relays and snap-on
accessories. A wide range of
applications is possible,
including small electrical
motors from fractional to 5 hp
(460 Vac) or up to 4 kW (400
Vac).
Application Description
Due to its compact size, the
XT line of mini controls is
best suited to be applied in
light-duty loads, such as
hoisting, packaging, material
handling, heating, lighting and
automation systems. XT mini
contactors are a particularly
compact, economic and
environmentally friendly
solution wherever control
of small motors or loads
is required.
Features
Standards and Certifications
Mini Contactors—Types XTMC
and XTMF, 6–9A
●
AC control from 12V to
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
●
DC control from
12V to 220V
●
Reversing or non-reversing
●
Three- and four-pole
configurations
●
Three-pole XTMC
●
Four-pole XTMF
●
●
●
●
●
Panel or DIN rail mounting
IP20 finger and back-ofhand proof
Low noise operation
High degree of climatic
proofing
Large ambient temperature
range –25° to 50°C [–13° to
122°F]
Mini Overload Relays—
Bimetallic Type XTOM
●
Phase failure sensitivity
●
Direct mount to XTMC and
XTMF mini contactors
●
Trip Class 10
●
11 settings to cover
0.1 to 12A
●
Ambient temperature
compensated –5° to 50°C
[23° to 122°F]
●
Manual and automatic
reset by selector switch
●
One make (NO) or one
break (NC) auxiliary contact
as standard
●
Test/Off button
●
Trip-free release
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
●
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
CCC
ATEX
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Instructional Leaflets
1
Pub51219
XTMC, XTMF Mini Contactors, XTRM Mini
Control Relay and Accessories
Pub51243
XTOM Mini Overload Relays
Pub51206
Mini Reversing Link Kits
1
MN03402002E XTOM Mini Overload Relays Installation
and User Manual
1
1
1
1
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
XT IEC Miniature Contactors
1
XT MC 6 A 10 A
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
Type
MC = Three-pole FVNR
mini IEC contactor
MF = Four-pole FVNR mini
IEC contactor
MR = Three-pole FVR mini
IEC contactor
A =
B =
F =
T =
TD =
C =
D =
E =
G =
H =
Current Rating,
AC-3
XTMC
6 = 6.6A
9 = 8.8A
XTMF
9 = 8.8A
Frame Size
A = 45 mm mini
1
Coil Codes
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz L =
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz N =
230V 50 Hz
P =
24V 50/60 Hz
R =
24 Vdc
W =
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz Y =
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz AD =
208V 60 Hz
BD =
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz RD =
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz WD =
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
400V 50 Hz
380V 60 Hz
12V 50/60 Hz
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
48V 50 Hz
120 Vdc
220 Vdc
12 Vdc
48 Vdc
Integral Auxiliary Contact
01 = 1NC
10 = 1NO
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XT IEC Miniature Overload Relays
1
XT OM P16 A C1
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
Type
OM = Mini overload relay
P16
P24
P40
P60
001
1P6
=
=
=
=
=
=
Overload Release
0.1–0.16A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
0.16–0.24A
004 = 2.4–4A
0.24–0.4A
006 = 4–6A
0.4–0.6A
009 = 6–9A
0.6–1A
012 = 9–12A
1–1.6A
1
Frame Size
A = 45 mm mini
1
Trip Class
C1 = Class 10A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-19
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Product Selection
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Miniature Contactors
XTMC_
Maximum UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase
Horsepower Ratings
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
1
115V
200V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Number of
Power Poles
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 1
1
1/4
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
3
1NO
XTMC6A10_
1/4
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
3
1NC
XTMC6A01_
1
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
3
1NO
XTMC9A10_
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
3
1NC
XTMC9A01_
1
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
5
4
—
XTMF9A00_
1
Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3
1
Operational Current
AC-3 Amp Rating
380/400V
Conventional Free
Air Thermal Current
AC-1 at 50°C
220–
240V
380–
400V
550V
660/
690V
Number of
Power Poles
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 1
6.6
20
1.5
3
3
3
3
1NO
XTMC6A10_
1
6.6
20
1.5
3
3
3
3
1NC
XTMC6A01_
8.8
20
2.2
4
4
4
3
1NO
XTMC9A10_
1
8.8
20
2.2
4
4
4
3
1NC
XTMC9A01_
8.8
20
2.2
4
4
4
4
—
XTMF9A00_
1
1
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
1
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380V 60 Hz
P
120 Vdc
AD
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
D3
12V 50/60 Hz
R3
220 Vdc
BD
1
230V 50 Hz
F
208V 60 Hz
E
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
12 Vdc
RD
24V 50/60 Hz
T
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
48V 50 Hz
Y
48 Vdc
WD
24 Vdc
TD 2
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
—
—
—
—
—
—
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
IEC Utilization Categories, see Page V5-T1-242.
AC-1: Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads.
AC-3: Squirrel cage motors—starting, switching of motors during running.
AC-4: Squirrel cage motors—starting, plugging, inching.
1
2
3
Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required.
With DC operation: Integrated diode resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
XTMF four-pole contactor not available with “D” or “R” coil voltage suffix.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Full Voltage Reversing Miniature Contactors
XTMR_
1
Maximum UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase
1
Horsepower Ratings
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
115V
200V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
1/4
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
K1M
5
K2M
63
63
64
64
63
63
64
64
Catalog Number 12
XTMR6A21_
XTMR9A21_
1
1
1
1
1
Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
Operational Current
AC-3 Amp Rating
380/400V
Conventional Free
Air Thermal Current
AC-1 at 50°C
220/
230/
240V
380/
400/
440V
500V
660/
690V
6.6
20
1.5
3
3
3
8.8
20
2.2
4
4
4
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
K1M
K2M
63
63
64
64
63
63
64
64
Catalog Number 12
XTMR6A21_
XTMR9A21_
1
1
1
1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380V 60 Hz
P
120 Vdc
AD
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
D3
12V 50/60 Hz
R3
220 Vdc
BD
230V 50 Hz
F
208V 60 Hz
E
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
12 Vdc
RD
24V 50/60 Hz
T
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
48V 50 Hz
Y
48 Vdc
WD
24 Vdc
TD 2
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
—
—
—
—
—
—
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
IEC Utilization Categories, see Page V5-T1-242.
AC-1: Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads.
AC-3: Squirrel cage motors—starting, switching of motors during running.
AC-4: Squirrel cage motors—starting, plugging, inching.
1
1
1
2
3
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Magnet Coil Suffix table above.
The factory-installed reversing mini contactor includes (2) XTMC…01 contactors, (2) XTMCXFA20 2NO front-mount auxiliary contacts
(1) XTMCXRL reversing link kit and (1) XTMCXML mechanical interlock.
XTMF four-pole contactor not available with “D” or “R” coil voltage suffix.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-21
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Miniature Contactors
XTMC_
1
Maximum Current UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase 1
Horsepower Ratings
115V
200V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Maximum
Changeover
Time (sec.)
1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
30
Single-Phase
1
Three-Phase
1
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
K1M
21 31 53
22 32 54
1
1
Component
Description
Catalog Number 2
K1M main contactor
XTMC9A10_
K1M auxiliary contact
XTMCXFC22
K5M delta contactor
XTMC9A01_
K3M star contactor
XTMC9A10_
K3M auxiliary contact
XTMCXFC02
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Component
Description
Catalog Number 2
1
1
Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3 1
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
Horsepower Ratings
1
220/230/240V
380/400/440V
500V
Maximum
Changeover
Time (sec.)
4
5.5
5.5
30
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
K1M
K1M main contactor
XTMC9A10_
K1M auxiliary contact
XTMCXFC22
K5M delta contactor
XTMC9A01_
1
K3M star contactor
XTMC9A10_
K3M auxiliary contact
XTMCXFC02
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
22 32 54
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
21 31 53
Mini Overload Relay Settings (A)
Setting
Starting
A: IN x 0.58
Motor protection in the Y and delta configurations.
<15 sec
B: IN x 1
Only partial motor protection in star position
15–40 sec
C: IN x 0.58
Motor not protected in star position.
>40 sec
Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec.
Notes
Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established
whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the main and delta contactors are to be
common or separate.
1
2
Operating frequency: 30 starts/hour. See Magnet Coil Suffix table on following page.
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
400V 50 Hz
N
120 Vdc
AD
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
D
380V 60 Hz
P
220 Vdc
BD
230V 50 Hz
F
208V 60 Hz
E
12V 50/60 Hz
R
12 Vdc
RD
24V 50/60 Hz
T
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
24V 50 Hz
U
48 Vdc
WD
24 Vdc
TD 1
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
—
—
—
—
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
48V 50 Hz
Y
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
Mini Overload Relays
XTOM_
1
1
Mini Overload Relays 23
1
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
Overload
Release It
Trip
Class
0.1–0.16A
10A
Contact
Configuration
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
97 95
1NO-1NC
20
0.5
15
—
XTOMP16AC1
2 4 6 98 96
Contact
Sequence
0.16–0.24A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
1
15
—
XTOMP24AC1
0.24–0.4A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
2
15
—
XTOMP40AC1
0.4–0.6A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
2
15
—
XTOMP60AC1
0.6–1A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
4
15
3
XTOM001AC1
1–1.6A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
6
15
6
XTOM1P6AC1
1.6–2.4A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
6
15
6
XTOM2P4AC1
2.4–4A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
15
15
XTOM004AC1
4–6A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
15
20
XTOM006AC1
6–9A
10A
1NO-1NC
20
15
35
XTOM009AC1
9–12A
10A
1NO-1NC
—
—
45
XTOM012AC1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 With DC operation: Integrated diode resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
2 Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct device mounting. See MN03402002E for more information.
3 When fitted directly to the contactor, a clearance of at least 5 mm is required between the overload relays.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-23
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for mini contactors are available with screw terminals in a
variety of contact configurations. Auxiliary contact modules are standard with interlocked opposing
contacts, except in the case of early-make or late-break contacts.
1
1
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with Mini Contactors
1
Conventional Free Air
Thermal Current,
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
10
2NC
1
Contact Sequence
21 31
1
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTMCXFC02
5
XTMCXFD11
5
XTMCXFC22
5
XTMCXFA02
5
XTMCXFA11
5
XTMCXFA20
5
XTMCXFA04
5
XTMCXFA13
5
XTMCXFA22
5
XTMCXFA31
5
XTMCXFA40
5
XTMCXFAL22 2
22 32
1
10
1NO-1NC
1
1
10
2NO-2NC
1
21
33
22
34
21 31 43 53
22 32 44 54
1
10
2NC
51 61
1
52 62
1
10
1NO-1NC
53 61
1
54 62
10
1
2NO
53 63
1
54 64
10
1
1
4NC
51 61 71 81
52 62 72 82
10
1
1NO-3NC
53 61 71 81
54 62 72 82
1
10
1
1
10
2NO-2NC
3NO-1NC
1
53 61 71
83
54 62 72
84
53 61 73 83
54 62 74 84
1
10
4NO
1
53 63 73 83
54 64 74 84
1
10
1
1
1NO-1NC
1NOE-1NCL
57 65 71
83
58 66 72
84
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 One early-make contact (NO ), one late-break contact (NC ).
E
L
1
V5-T1-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Suppressors
XTMCXR_
1
RC Suppressor 1
Voltage
XTMC Relay with
Installed Suppressor
For Use
with…
24–48
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
48–130
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
110–250
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
1
Circuit Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
A1
10
XTMCXRSW
10
XTMCXRSA
10
XTMCXRSB
A2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTMCX_
Voltage
XTMC Relay with
Installed Suppressor
1
Varistor Suppressor 3
For Use
with…
Circuit Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
1
24–48
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
A1
10
XTMCXVSW
48–130
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
A2
10
XTMCXVSA
110–250
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
10
XTMCXVSB
1
380–415
XTMC6A_,
XTMC9A_
10
XTMCXVSN
1
1
1
1
Mechanical Interlock
XTMCXML
1
Mechanical Interlock
1
Description
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
Mechanical interlock
5
XTMCXML
1
1
Notes
For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system that are horizontally or vertically mounted,
the distance between contactors is 0 mm and the mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations.
1
2
3
1
For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. Note dropout delay.
Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. DC operated contactors have integrated varistor suppressors.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-25
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Additional Accessories
1
XTMCXRL
1
Reversing Link Kit 12
Description
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
Main current wiring for reversing contactors and starters
1
XTMCXRL
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
1
XTMCXSDL
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
50
XTMCXCN 6
Description
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
IP40 sealable transparent shroud, snap fitting on mini contactor
1
XTMCXSHROUD
1
1
1
XTMCXSDL
1
Description
Main current wiring for star-delta (wye-delta) combinations.
Includes the star-delta bridge
1
1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Link Kit 45
XTMCXCN
Connector
1
Description
1
For mechanically arranging contactors and timing relays in
combinations
1
1
XTMCXSHROUD
1
IP40 Sealable Transparent Shroud
1
1
Notes
1 The following control cables are integrated as part of the electrical interlock: K1M: A1–K2M: 21; K1M: 21–K2M: A1
2 Reversing link kit does not include mechanical interlock. See Mechanical Interlock.
3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
4 The following control cables are integrated in addition to the electrical interlock: K3M: A1–K5M: 21; K3M: 21–K5M: A1; K3M: A2–K5M: A2
5 When combined with overload relay, use separate mounting.
6 0 mm distance between contactors.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Technical Data and Specifications
1
XT Miniature Controls—General
XTMC6A_
Description
XTMC9A_
1
XTMF9A_
1
AC Coils
DC Coils
AC Coils
DC Coils
AC Coils
DC Coils
Standards
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
UL, CCC
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
UL, CCC
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
UL, CCC
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
UL, CCC
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
UL, CCC
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
UL, CCC
Weights in kg [lb]
0.2 [0.44]
0.17 [0.37]
0.2 [0.44]
0.17 [0.34]
0.2 [0.44]
0.17 [0.37]
Physical and Electrical
Mechanical life—operations
10,000,000
20,000,000
10,000,000
20,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
Mechanical life—coil at 50 Hz
7
—
7
—
7
—
Maximum mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
9000
9000
9000
9000
9000
9000
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
690
1
1
1
1
1
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
6000
6000
6000
6000
Operational Voltage (Ue) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
690
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
300
300
300
300
300
300
Between contacts (Vac)
300
300
300
300
300
300
110
110
110
110
110
110
220/230V
90
90
90
90
90
90
380/400V
90
90
90
90
90
90
500V
64
64
64
64
64
64
660/690V
54
54
54
54
54
54
1
Type 2 coordination (A)
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
Type 1 coordination (A)
20
20
20
20
20
20
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
Terminal screw
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
1
Pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Standard screwdriver (mm)
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
1
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1
Standard screwdriver (mm)
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
0.6 x 3.5
Mounting position
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Making capacity (amps)
1
1
Breaking capacity (amps)
1
1
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (gL/gG)
1
1
Max. tightening torque
1
Terminal capacity of spring cage main terminals
Solid (mm2)
1
Note
1 As required, except vertical with terminals A1/A2 at the bottom.
1
A1
A2
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-27
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
XT Miniature Controls—General, continued
1
Description
XTMC6A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
AC Coils
DC Coils
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
Main contact—make contact
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
Main contact—break/make contact
10/8g
10/8g
10/8g
10/8g
—
—
10g
Environmental
Ambient temperature
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
1
XTMF9A_
DC Coils
1
1
XTMC9A_
AC Coils
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Contactor without auxiliary contact module
1
Contactor with auxiliary contact module
Main contact—make contact
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
1
Main contact—make/break contact
20/20g
20/20g
20/20g
20/20g
20/20g
20/20g
Climatic proofing
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
1
Note
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60 068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-28
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Miniature Controls—Magnet Systems
XTMC6A_
Description
XTMC9A_
1
XTMF9A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
AC Coils
DC Coils
AC Coils
DC Coils
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
0.8–1.1
—
0.8–1.1
—
0.8–1.1
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz
0.85–1.1
—
0.85–1.1
—
0.85–1.1
—
—
0.8–1.1
—
0.8–1.1
—
0.85–1.1
1
Voltage Tolerance
1
Pickup (x Uc)
DC operated
1
1
1
Power Consumption
1
AC operation
Pickup VA
1
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
25
—
25
—
25
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz
30
—
30
—
30
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
29
—
29
—
29
—
1
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
22
—
22
—
22
—
1
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz
26
—
26
—
26
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
24
—
24
—
24
—
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
4.6
—
4.6
—
4.6
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz
5.4
—
5.4
—
5.4
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
3.9
—
3.9
—
3.9
—
Pickup W
1
1
Sealing VA
1
1
Sealing W
1
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
1.3
—
1.3
—
1.3
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz
1.6
—
1.6
—
1.6
—
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
1.1
—
1.1
—
1.1
—
1
—
2.6
—
2.6
—
2.6
1
100
100
100
100
100
100
14
26
14
26
14
26
DC operated 1
Power consumption pickup = sealing (VA/W)
Duty factor (%)
1
Switching Time at 100% Uc
1
Make contact
Closing delay min. (ms)
Closing delay max. (ms)
21
35
21
35
21
35
Opening delay min. (ms)
8
15
8
15
8
15
Opening delay max. (ms)
18
25
18
25
18
25
Closing delay with top-mounting auxiliary contact (ms)
Max. 45
Max. 70
Max. 45
Max. 70
Max. 45
Max. 70
Minimum (ms)
16
40
16
40
16
40
Maximum (ms)
21
50
21
50
21
50
Max. 12
Max. 12
Max. 12
Max. 12
Max. 12
Max. 12
1
1
1
Reversing Contactors
1
Changeover time at 100% Uc
Arcing time at 690 Vac (ms)
1
1
Note
1 Smoothed DC or three-phase bridge rectifier.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-29
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
XT Miniature Controls
1
Description
1
1
1
1
1
XTMC6A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
XTMC9A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
XTMF9A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
AC-1 Operation
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz (A)
at 40°C (Ith)
22
22
22
22
22
22
at 50°C (Ith)
20
20
20
20
20
20
at 55°C (Ith)
19
19
19
19
19
19
50
50
50
50
60
60
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)
AC-3 Operation
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes (A)
220/230V
6.6
6.6
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
240V
6.6
6.6
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
380/400V
6.6
6.6
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
1
415V
6.6
6.6
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
440V
6.6
6.6
9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
1
500V
5.0
5.0
6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4
660/690V
3.5
3.5
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
1
1
Rated power (P) in kilowatts (kW)
220/230V
1.5
1.5
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
1
240V
1.8
1.8
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
1
380/400V
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
415V
3.1
3.1
4.3
4.3
4.3
4.3
1
440V
3.3
3.3
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
500V
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
1
660/690V
3.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
220/230V
5.0
5.0
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
240V
5.0
5.0
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
1
380/400V
5.0
5.0
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
415V
5.0
5.0
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
1
440V
5.0
5.0
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
500V
3.7
3.7
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
660/690V
2.9
2.9
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
220/230V
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1
240V
1.3
1.3
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
380/400V
2.2
2.2
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1
415V
2.3
2.3
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
440V
2.4
2.4
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
1
500V
2.2
2.2
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
660/690V
2.2
2.2
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
12V
20
20
20
20
—
—
24V
20
20
20
20
—
—
1
60V
20
20
20
20
—
—
110V
20
20
20
20
—
—
1
220V
20
20
20
20
—
—
1
Notes
1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
2 Rated operation current (l ) in amperes, at maximum permissible ambient temperature.
e
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AC-4 Operation
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes (A)
Rated power (P) in kilowatts (kW)
DC-1 Operation 2
V5-T1-30
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Miniature Controls, continued
1
XTMC6A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
XTMC9A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
XTMF9A_
AC Coils
DC Coils
1
12V
6
6
8
8
—
—
24V
6
6
8
8
—
—
1
60V
3
3
4
4
—
—
110V
2
2
3
3
—
—
220V
—
—
—
—
1.0
1.0
1
12V
1.8
1.8
2.5
2.5
—
—
1
24V
1.8
1.8
2.5
2.5
—
—
60V
1.8
1.8
2.5
2.5
—
—
110V
1.1
1.1
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
220V
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.3
1.0
1.0
1
at Ith
2.0
3.5
2.0
3.5
2.7
4.7
1
at Ie to AC-3/400V
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
—
—
Description
DC-3 Operation 1
1
DC-4 Operation 1
1
Current Heat Loss (Three- or Four-Pole) in Watts
1
1
XT Miniature Controls—Auxiliary Contacts
1
Description
Built-In Auxiliary
XTMC
Add-On Auxiliary
XTMCXF_
Interlocked opposing contacts to ZH1/457, including auxiliary contact module
Yes
Yes
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp (Vac)
6000
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
Rated insulation voltage, Ui (Vac)
690
690
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac)
600
600
1
Between coil and auxiliary contacts
300
300
1
Between the auxiliary contacts
300
300
220/240V
6A
4A
380/415V
3A
2A
500V
1.5A
1.5A
1
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101(A) in Vac
1
Rated operational current
1
AC-15, Ie
1
1
DC-13 (contacts in series)
1
1: 24V
2.5A
2.5A
2: 60V
2.5A
2.5A
3: 100V
1.5A
1.5A
3: 220V
0.5A
0.5A
Conventional thermal current, Ith
10A
10A
Control circuit reliability (at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17V, I min = 5.4 mA)
<10–8, <1 failure at 100 million operations
<10–8, <1 failure at 100 million operations
1
AC-15, operations x 106
0.2
0.2
DC-13 L/R = 50 ms: 2 contacts in series at Ie = 0.5A, operations x 106
0.15
0.15
1
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse, 500V gG/gL
6A
6A
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse, 500V fast
10A
10A
0.2
0.2
1
1
Component lifespan at Ue = 240V
1
Short-circuit rating without welding
Current heat loss at conventional free air thermal current Ith per contact, W
1
1
Note
1 Rated operation current (l ) in amperes, at maximum permissible ambient temperature.
e
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-31
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Wiring Diagrams
1
XTMR Reversing Contactor
Control Circuit
1
1
1
1
1
1
2h
100
60
40
21
0
II
22
1 3 5
22
21
22
K1M
21
53
13 5
K2M
2 4 6
54
I
53
54 54
54
K1M
K2M
53
53
22
K1M 22
K2M 21
21
A1 K2M A1
K1M
A2
A2
2 4 6
M1
XTOM
20
10
6
4
2
UV W
1
40
M
3
3-Phase
20
XT Mini Star-Delta (Wye-Delta)
Contactor Power Circuit
1
10
6
4
2-Phase
2
1
0.6
B
1
1
1
Tripping Characteristics Chart
Minutes
1
XTMR Reversing Contactor
Power Circuit
Seconds
1
Tripping Characteristics
1.5 2
3
4
6
x Setting Current
K1M
1
1 3 5
K5M
24 6
13 5
K3M
24 6
A
1 35
246
C
1
U1
V1 M1
W1 3
M1
1
1
V2
W2
U2
1
1
1
These tripping characteristics
are mean values of the
spread at 20°C ambient
temperature in a cold state.
Tripping time depends on
response current. With
devices at operating
temperature, the tripping
time of the overload relay
reduces to approximately
25% of the read off value.
Specific characteristics for
each individual setting range
can be found on Page
V5-T1-33.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
8 10 15
20
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Electrical Switching Operation Charts
1
Operating characteristics
Jogging, plugging, reversing
Electrical characteristics
Make (NO): Up to 6x rated motor current
Breaking (NC): 1x rated motor current
Electrical characteristics
Make (NO): 6x rated motor current
Breaking (NC): 6x rated motor current
Normal Switching Duty—AC-3/400V
Extreme Switching Duty—AC-4/400V
AC-3/400V
30
22
18.5
15
11
7.5
5.5
4
3
2.2
Rated operational current le 50 – 60 Hz
kW
A
58
43
36
30
23
16
12
8.8
XTMC 9A
6.5
XTMC 6A
5
XTMC DC Coil
1.5
3.5
1.1
2.5
0.8
2
0.55
1.6
XTMC AC Coil
0.01
11
7.5
5.5
4
3
2.2
1.5
1
1
1
AC-4/400V
A
43
36
30
AC-1/400V
1
16
1
12
1
8.8
1
6.5 XTMC 9A
5 XTMC 6A
1
3.5
0.8
2
1
0.55
1.6
1
0.37
1.2
0.25
0.8
0.01
1
0.03 0.06
0.2 0.4
1
3 5 8
0.3
0.02 0.04
0.1
0.6
2
4 6 10
Component lifespan (millions of operations)
A
700
AC-1/400V
100
1
1
1
1
150
70
1
1
300
55
35
1
1
500
400
200
1
XTMC 6A
XTMC 9A
1
50
40
10
7
5
4
3
2
1
2.5
160
100
XTMC 6A
20 XTMC 9A
1
23
Short Time Loading, Three-Pole—AC-1/400V
(time interval between two loading cycles: 15 minutes)
Short-time current
1400
1000
700
500
350
275
1
1.1
0.04
0.1
0.4 0.75
2
4 6 10
0.02
0.06
0.2
0.6 1
3 5 8
Component lifespan (millions of operations)
Switching Duty for Non-Motor Loads, Three- and
Four-Pole—AC-1/400V
Breaking current
kW
22
18.5
15
Rated operational current le 50 – 60 Hz
Operating characteristics
Starting: from rest
Stopping: after attaining a full running speed
Rated output of three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz
Squirrel cage motors
Rated output of three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz
Squirrel cage motors
30
1
20
1
15
1
1
0.1
0.2 0.3
0.5 0.7
1
2
3
5
7
10
Seconds 2
Component lifespan (millions of operations)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
3
5
7 10
20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 900
Duration of load
CA08100006E—February 2014
1 min
3 min
10 min
5 min
15 min
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-33
1
1
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.]
1
1
Non-Reversing Mini Contactor with Overload Relay
Non-Reversing Mini Contactor
D
58
[2.28]
50
[1.97]
1
1
45
[1.77]
1
1
1
1
106
49
[4.17] [1.93]
35
[1.38]
1
1
5.5 [.22]
M4
D1
XTMC
32
[1.26]
45
[1.77]
XTMCC
D
52 [2.05]
54 [2.13]
D1
83 [3.27]
86 [3.39]
Star-Delta Starter Combinations
61
[2.40]
62.5
[2.46]
1
45
[1.77]
1
1
1
180
[7.09]
83
[3.27]
43
[1.69]
108
[4.25]
58
[2.28]
1
Reversing Mini Contactor
1
1
45
[1.77]
45
[1.77]
1
1
52
[2.05]
XTMCXTSA Mini Sealable Shroud
1
1
≥ 5 [.20]
XTMCXRSA, XTMCXVSA Mini Suppressors
1
1
58
[2.28]
69
[2.72]
XTMCXML Mechanical Interlock
61
[2.40]
58
[2.28]
108
[4.25]
90
[3.54]
63
[2.48]
1
1
90
[3.54]
94
[3.70]
58
[2.28]
1
1
90
[3.54]
1
V5-T1-34
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
94
[3.70]
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Contents
XT Family of Contactors
Description
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-36
V5-T1-38
V5-T1-39
V5-T1-65
V5-T1-78
V5-T1-109
V5-T1-114
An Eaton
Green Solution
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contactors and Starters
Product Description
Application Description
The Eaton XT contactors
and starters includes nonreversing and reversing
contactors, overload relays
and a variety of related
accessories. Because XT
meets IEC, UL®, CSA® and
CE standards, it is the perfect
product solution for IEC
applications all over the
world. The compact, space
saving and easy to install
XT line of IEC contactors and
starters is the efficient and
effective solution for
customer applications from
7A to 2450A.
The XT line of IEC power
control was engineered to
provide highly effective
control and protection for a
variety of loads, including
motors, compressors,
pumps, resistive, capacitor
banks, isolation, and others.
XT also includes IEC ratings
for lighting applications as
well.
XT contactors can be used in
safety applications according
to EN 954-1, EN ISO 13849-1
and IEC 62061 up to Category
4, Pl e and SIL 3. Information
concerning safety related
characteristics (B10 and B10d
values) is available online. The
auxiliary contact modules and
built-in auxiliary contacts
meet IEC EN 60947-5-1
Annex L (positively driven)
and IEC EN 60947-4-1
Annex F (mirror contacts).
Features and Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AC control from
12V to 600V 50/60 Hz
DC control from
12V to 220V
Available with screw or
spring cage terminals
Reversing or non-reversing
contactors and starters
AC-3 contactor ratings to
1000A and AC-1 contactor
ratings to 2000A
Non-reversing starters
to 650A
Panel or DIN rail mounting
to 65A
IP20 finger and back-ofhand proof
Large ambient temperature
range, –25 to 50°C
[–13 to 122°F]
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AC and DC controlled
contactors in the same
compact frame
Low power consumption
AC and DC coils
Built-in NO or NC auxiliary
contacts to 32A
Plug-in accessories for
reduced installation time
Coil replacement on
Frames C–N (18–820A)
Contact replacement on
Frames D–N (40 –820A)
Integrated suppressor
7–150A DC operated
contactors and 185–2000A
AC and DC operated
contactors
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
ATEX
RoHS
1
1
1
1
Note: For Type 2 Coordination,
see Page V5-T1-230.
Reference
Refer to Volume 10—Enclosed Control, CA08100012E,
Tab 3, section 3.1 for additional Product information on
IEC Non-Metallic Enclosed Contactors and Starters.
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-35
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Product Identification
1
XTCE007B to XTCE170G (7 to 170A) Contactors
1
1
1
4
4
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
3
4
4
3
4
1
2
3
1
1
1
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Contactor up to 170A AC-3 (see Page V5-T1-39)
AC: 12–600V, 50, 60, 50/60 Hz
0.8–1.1 x Uc)
DC: 12–250V
XTCE…B_ (7–15A): 0.8–1.1 x Uc
XTCE…C_–XTCE…G_(18–150A): 0.7–1.2 x Uc
24V: 0.7–1.3 x Uc at 40°C without additional auxiliary contacts
Coils for special voltages
“Safe Isolation” to IEC 536 between coil and contacts
2 Suppressors (see Page V5-T1-71)
RC suppressor
Varistor suppressor
Free-wheel diode suppressor
3 Overload Relays (see Page V5-T1-130)
Can be mounted directly
Separate mounting, possible
Protection of EEx e-motors
4 Auxiliary Contact Modules (see Page V5-T1-24)
Two-pole, plug-in type
Four-pole, plug-in type
Overlapping contacts
Two-pole, side-mounting
1
1
1
V5-T1-36
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
XTCE185–XTCE20 Contactors
1
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
6
1
Notes
1 XTCE Contactors for 185–2000A
(see Page V5-T1-46)
Multi-voltage coils:
24–48 Vdc
48–110 Vac/Vdc
110–250 Vac/Vdc
250–500 Vac
0.7–1.15 x Uc
Actuation options:
Directly
From the PLC
With low-consumption contact
XTCS Contactors for 185–570A AC-3
(see Page V5-T1-42)
Control voltages:
110–120V 50/60 Hz
220–240V 50/60 Hz
Conventional operation
2
3
4
Cable Terminal Block
(see Page V5-T1-97)
One or two conductors per phase
Round and flat conductor connectable
Finger-proof
Flat Strip Conductor Terminals
(see Page V5-T1-97)
One or two strips per phase
Control circuit terminal
Cover for fingerproofing
Mechanical Interlock
(see Page V5-T1-73)
Fits between contactors
5
6
7
1
Overload Relays
(see Page V5-T1-130)
Can be mounted directly
Separate mounting, possible
Protection of EEx e-motors
PTB certificate
Terminal Shroud
(see Page V5-T1-75)
Finger-proof
Auxiliary Contact Modules
(see Page V5-T1-24)
Two-pole, side-mounting
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-37
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Catalog Number Selection
1
XT IEC Contactors and Starters
XT CE C 007 B 01 AD P16
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
CE
CS
CF
CR
CC
AE
AS
AR
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Type
Three-pole FVNR IEC contactor
Three-pole FVNR S Series IEC contactor
Four-pole FVNR IEC contactor
Three-pole FVR IEC contactor
IEC capacitor contactor
FVNR IEC starter
FVNR S-Series IEC starter
FVR IEC starter
1
007 = 7A
009 = 9A
012 = 12A
015 = 15A
018 = 18A
025 = 25A
032 = 32A
040 = 40A
050 = 50A
065 = 65A
072 = 72A
1
1
1
1
Terminations
Blank = Screw terminals
(6–65A);
5 mm (80–150A);
no lugs
(185–2000A)
C
= Spring cage
terminals consult
local sales office
for availability
Current Ratings, AC-3
080 = 80A
570 = 570A
095 = 95A
580 = 580A
115= 115A
650 = 650A
150 = 150A
750 = 750A
170 = 170A
820 = 820A
185 = 185A
C10 = 1000A
225 = 225A
C14 = 1400A, AC-1
250 = 250A
C16 = 1600A, AC-3
300 = 300A
C20 = 2000A, AC-1
400 = 400A
500 = 500A
Coil Codes
See Page
V5-T1-53.
Built-In Auxiliary Contact
01 = 1NC
10 = 1NO
00 = 0NO–0NC
S1 = 1NO–1NC
side-mount auxiliary
11 = 1NO–1NC
top-mount auxiliary
22 = 2NO–2NC
B
C
D
F
G
H
=
=
=
=
=
=
Frame C
P16 = 0.1–0.16A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
001 = 0.6–1A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
004 = 2.4–4A
006 = 4–6A
010 = 6–10A
016 = 10–16A
024 = 16–24A
032 = 24–32A
Frame Size Designation
45 mm
L = 140 mm
45 mm
M = 160 mm
55 mm
N = 250 mm
90 mm
P = 260 mm
90 mm
R = 515 mm
140 mm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
Frame G
035 = 25–35A
050 = 35–50A
070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A
125 = 95–125A
150 = 120–150A
175 = 145–175A
Frame L
070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A
125 = 95–125A
160 = 120–160A
220 = 160–220A
250 = 200–250A
XTOE Maximum Overload Rating
Standard
Ground Fault
Type Suffix
Type Suffix
Frame B
5E1P6
5G1P6
0.33–1.65A
5E005
5G005
1–5A
5E020
5G020
4–20A
Frame C
5E1P6
5G1P6
0.33–1.65A
5E005
5G005
1–5A
5E020
5G020
4–20A
5E045
5G045
9–45A
Frame D
5E045
5G045
9–45A
5E100
5G100
20–100A
Frame F, G
5E100
5G100
20–100A
Frame G, H
5E175
5G175
35–175A
1
V5-T1-38
XTAE, XTAS and XTAR Starters Only—
Maximum Overload Relay
XTOB Maximum Overload Rating
Frame B
Frame D
P16 = 0.1–0.16A
010 = 6–10A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
016 = 10–16A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
024 = 16–24A
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
040 = 24–40A
001 = 0.6–1A
057 = 40–57A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
065 = 50–65A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
075 = 65–75A
004 = 2.4–4A
006 = 4–6A
Frame F
010 = 6–10A
035 = 25–35A
012 = 9–12A
050 = 35–50A
016 = 12–16A
070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Product Selection
1
Full Voltage, Non-Reversing Contactors
Frame B
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame B—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
20
1/4
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
1NO
XTCE007B10_
20
1/4
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
1NC
XTCE007B01_
20
1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2
1NO
XTCE009B10_
20
1/2
1
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2
1NC
XTCE009B01_
3
10
1NO
XTCE012B10_
20
1
2
2
3
3
10
20
1
2
2
3
3
10 3
10
1NC
XTCE012B01_
3
10
1NO
XTCE015B10_
10
1NC
XTCE015B01_
20
1
2
3
5
5
10
20
1
2
3
5
5
10 3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame B—IEC Ratings
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
7
22
2.2
3
4
7
22
2.2
3
9
22
2.5
4
9
22
2.5
12
22
12
22
15.5
15.5
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
3.5
1NO
XTCE007B10_
4
3.5
1NC
XTCE007B01_
5.5
4.5
1NO
XTCE009B10_
4
5.5
4.5
1NC
XTCE009B01_
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
1NO
XTCE012B10_
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
1NC
XTCE012B01_
22
4
7.5
8
7
1NO
XTCE015B10_
22
4
7.5
8
7
1NC
XTCE015B01_
Notes
The 7–32A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts between the integrated auxiliary contact and
the auxiliary contact module as well as within the auxiliary contact modules.
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DC operated contactors (Frames B–G, 7–150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit.
1
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
For spring cage terminals, insert C after the fourth digit of the catalog number. Example: XTCEC007B10A.
For 7–12A XTCEC contactors, the power, auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 18–32A XTCEC contactors, the auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 40–150A XTCEC contactors, the coil terminals only are spring cage.
For electrical life contactor application data. See Page V5-T1-45.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-39
1.1
1
Frame C
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame C—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
1
1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
40
2
2
3
5
5
10
15
1NO
XTCE018C10_
40
2
2
3
5
5
10
15
1NC
XTCE018C01_
40
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
1NO
XTCE025C10_
1
40
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
1NC
XTCE025C01_
1
40
3
5
5
10
10
20
25
1NO
XTCE032C10_
40
3
5
5
10
10
20
25
1NC
XTCE032C01_
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame C—IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
Ie (A)
1
18
40
5
7.5
10
11
1NO
XTCE018C10_
18
40
5
7.5
10
11
1NC
XTCE018C01_
1
25
45
7.5
11
14.5
14
1NO
XTCE025C10_
1
25
45
7.5
11
14.5
14
1NC
XTCE025C01_
32
45
10
15
18
17
1NO
XTCE032C10_
32
45
10
15
18
17
1NC
XTCE032C01_
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
XTCE040D00_
1
1
Frame D
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame D—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
200V
63
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
30
40
—
1
63
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
30
40
1NO-1NC
XTCE040DS1_
1
80
3
7-1/2
10
15
20
40
50
—
XTCE050D00_
80
3
7-1/2
10
15
20
40
50
1NO-1NC
XTCE050DS1_
1
88
5
10
15
20
25
50
60
—
XTCE065D00_
88
5
10
15
20
25
50
60
1NO-1NC
XTCE065DS1_
1
88
5
10
15
20
25
50
60
—
XTCE072D00_
88
5
10
15
20
25
50
60
1NO-1NC
XTCE072DS1_
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
1
1
230V
460V
575V
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame D—IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
Ie (A)
1
1
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
40
60
12.5
18.5
24
23
—
XTCE040D00_
40
60
12.5
18.5
24
23
1NO-1NC
XTCE040DS1_
50
80
15.5
22
30
30
—
XTCE050D00_
1
50
80
15.5
22
30
30
1NO-1NC
XTCE050DS1_
1
65
98
20
30
39
35
—
XTCE065D00_
65
98
20
30
39
35
1NO-1NC
XTCE065DS1_
72
98
22
37
41
35
—
XTCE072D00_
72
98
22
37
41
35
1NO-1NC
XTCE072DS1_
1
1
Notes
The 7–32A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts between the integrated auxiliary contact and
the auxiliary contact module as well as within the auxiliary contact modules.
1
The 40–65A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts within the auxiliary contact module.
Six auxiliary contacts are possible with a combination of side-mounted and front-mount auxiliary contacts.
1
DC operated contactors (Frames B–G, 7–150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit.
1
1
2
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
For spring cage terminals, insert C after the fourth digit of the catalog number. Example: XTCEC007B10A.
For 7–12A XTCEC contactors, the power, auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 18–32A XTCEC contactors, the auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 40–150A XTCEC contactors, the coil terminals only are spring cage.
1
V5-T1-40
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame F
1.1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame F—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
200V
230V
460V
125
7-1/2
15
15
25
30
60
125
7-1/2
15
15
25
30
125
7-1/2
15
15
25
40
125
7-1/2
15
15
25
40
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
75
—
XTCE080F00_
60
75
1NO-1NC
XTCE080FS1_
75
100
—
XTCE095F00_
75
100
1NO-1NC
XTCE095FS1_
1
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame F—IEC Ratings
Frame G
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
80
110
25
37
48
63
—
XTCE080F00_
80
110
25
37
48
63
1NO-1NC
XTCE080FS1_
95
130
30
45
57
75
—
XTCE095F00_
95
130
30
45
57
75
1NO-1NC
XTCE095FS1_
1
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame G—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
160
10
25
25
40
50
100
100
—
XTCE115G00_
160
10
25
25
40
50
100
100
1NO-1NC
XTCE115GS1_
180
10
25
30
40
60
125
125
—
XTCE150G00_
180
10
25
30
40
60
125
125
1NO-1NC
XTCE150GS1_
180
10
25
30
40
60
125
125
—
XTCE170G00_
180
10
25
30
40
60
125
125
1NO-1NC
XTCE170GS1_
1
1
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame G—IEC Ratings
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
115
160
37
55
70
115
160
37
55
150
190
48
75
150
190
48
170
225
52
170
225
52
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
90
—
XTCE115G00_
70
90
1NO-1NC
XTCE115GS1_
91
96
—
XTCE150G00_
75
91
96
1NO-1NC
XTCE150GS1_
90
100
96
—
XTCE170G00_
90
100
96
1NO-1NC
XTCE170GS1_
1
1
1
1
DC operated contactors (Frames B–G, 7–150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit.
2
1
1
Notes
The 40–65A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts within the auxiliary contact module.
Six auxiliary contacts are possible with a combination of side-mounted and front-mount auxiliary contacts.
1
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
For spring cage terminals, insert C after the fourth digit of the catalog number. Example: XTCEC007B10A.
For 7–12A XTCEC contactors, the power, auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 18–32A XTCEC contactors, the auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 40–150A XTCEC contactors, the coil terminals only are spring cage.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-41
1.1
1
Frame H
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame H (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
240V
480V
600V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 12
250
50
60
125
150
2NO-2NC
XTCE185H22_
250
60
75
150
200
2NO-2NC
XTCE225H22_
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame H (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
1
1
1
1
Frame L
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
220/230V
380/400V
660/690V 3
1000V 3
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 12
185
337
55
90
140
108
2NO-2NC
XTCE185H22_
225
386
70
110
215
108
2NO-2NC
XTCE225H22_
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 12
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame L—UL/CSA Ratings
1
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
1
Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240 Vac Coil Only)
300
75
100
200
250
2NO-2NC
XTCS250L22_
1
350
100
125
250
300
2NO-2NC
XTCS300L22_
1
300
75
100
200
250
2NO-2NC
XTCE250L22_
350
100
125
250
300
2NO-2NC
XTCE300L22_
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 12
Electronic Coil
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame L—IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
Ie (A)
1
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
660/690V 3
1000V 3
Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240 Vac Coil Only)
1
250
429
75
132
240
108
2NO-2NC
XTCS250L22_
300
490
90
160
195
132
2NO-2NC
XTCS300L22_
1
Electronic Coil
250
429
75
132
240
108
2NO-2NC
XTCE250L22_
1
300
490
90
160
195
132
2NO-2NC
XTCE300L22_
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. Terminals not included. See Page V5-T1-75 for terminal accessories.
2 Does not include lugs.
3 For 185–500A contactors at 660/690V or 1000V: Do not reverse directly.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-42
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame M
1.1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame M—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 12
Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240 Vac Coil Only)
450
125
150
300
400
2NO-2NC
XTCS400M22_
550
150
200
400
500
2NO-2NC
XTCS500M22_
450
125
150
300
400
2NO-2NC
XTCE400M22_
550
150
200
400
500
2NO-2NC
XTCE500M22_
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 12
Electronic Coil
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V 3 1000V 3
1
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame M—IEC Ratings
AC-3
Ie (A)
1
Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240 Vac Coil Only)
1
1
400
612
125
200
240
344
132
2NO-2NC
XTCS400M22_
500
800
155
250
300
344
132
2NO-2NC
XTCS500M22_
1
1
Electronic Coil
400
612
125
200
240
344
132
2NO-2NC
XTCE400M22_
500
800
155
250
300
344
132
2NO-2NC
XTCE500M22_
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. Terminals not included. See Page V5-T1-75 for terminal accessories.
2 Does not include lugs.
3 For 185–500A contactors at 660/690V or 1000V: Do not reverse directly.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-43
1.1
1
Frame N
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame N (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
1
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 12
630
200
200
400
600
2NO-2NC
XTCE580N22_ 3
700
200
250
500
600
2NO-2NC
XTCE650N22_ 3
1
800
250
300
600
700
2NO-2NC
XTCE750N22_ 3
850
290
350
700
860
2NO-2NC
XTCE820N22_ 3
1
1100
350
420
850
980
2NO-2NC
XTCEC10N22_ 3
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame N (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V 4
1000V 4
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 12
1
580
980
185
315
348
560
600
2NO-2NC
XTCE580N22_ 3
1
650
1041
205
355
390
630
600
2NO-2NC
XTCE650N22_ 3
750
1102
240
400
455
720
800
2NO-2NC
XTCE750N22_ 3
820
1225
260
450
500
750
800
2NO-2NC
XTCE820N22_ 3
1000
1225
315
560
610
1000
1000
2NO-2NC
XTCEC10N22_ 3
1
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
1
1
Frame P
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame P (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 12
1400
—
—
—
—
2NO-2NC
XTCEC14P22_ 3
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame P (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V 4
1000V 4
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 12
1
—
1714
—
—
—
—
—
2NO-2NC
XTCEC14P22_ 3
Catalog Number 12
1
Frame R
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame R (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
1
UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
1
1600
560
2000
—
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
640
1200
1300
2NO-2NC
XTCEC16R22_ 3
—
—
—
2NO-2NC
XTCEC20R22_ 3
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
200V
230V
1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame R (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V 4
1000V 4
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 12
1
1600
2200
500
900
900
1600
1700
2NO-2NC
XTCEC16R22_ 3
—
2450
—
—
—
—
—
2NO-2NC
XTCEC20R22_ 3
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. Terminals not included. See Page V5-T1-75 for terminal accessories.
2 Does not include lugs.
3 When operating the 580–2000A XTCE contactors with frequency inverters, the suppressor on the load side must be removed. The load side suppressor must also be
removed when performing a high-voltage test—see Pub51204, Pub51209.
4 For 185–500A contactors at 660/690V or 1000V: do not reverse directly.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contactor
Application Data 12
Catalog
Prefix
Electrical Life (Operations)
for 10 hp, 480V (14.2A)
Applications
XTCE012B
1 million
XTCE015B
1.2 million
XTCE018C
2 million
1.1
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Three-Pole Contactors—
Contact Sequence (Circuit Symbols)—Standard Offering
1
Contactor
Frame
Auxiliary
Contacts
1
B–C
1NO
Contact Sequence
1
A1 1 3 5 13
A2 2 4 6 14
B–C
1NC
D–G
—
1
A1 1 3 5 21
1
A2 2 4 6 22
A1 1 3 5
1
A2 2 4 6
L–R
1
2NO-2NC
1
1
Four-Pole Contactors with Screw Terminals—Maximum UL/CSA Motor Ratings
1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
1
2
3
3
10
10
—
XTCF020B00_
1
—
—
7.5
7.5
10
15
1NO
XTCF032C10_
1
—
—
7.5
10
15
20
1NO
XTCF045C10_
—
—
10
15
30
40
—
XTCF063D00_
—
—
15
20
40
50
—
XTCF080D00_
—
—
25
30
60
75
—
XTCF125G00_
—
—
25
40
75
100
—
XTCF160G00_
—
—
40
50
100
125
—
XTCF200G00_
Contact
Sequence
Catalog Number 3
1
1
1
1
1
Four-Pole Contactors with Screw Terminals—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
AC-1
(40°C)
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
12
22
3
3
10
10
—
XTCF020B00_
12
22
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
—
XTCF020B00_
18
32
5
7.5
10
11
1NO
XTCF032C10_
25
45
7.5
11
14.5
14
1NO
XTCF045C10_
1
1
Contact
Sequence
Catalog Number 3
40
63
12.5
18.5
24
23
—
XTCF063D00_
50
80
15.5
22
30
30
—
XTCF080D00_
80
125
25
37
48
63
—
XTCF125G00_
95
160
30
45
57
75
—
XTCF160G00_
115
200
37
55
70
90
—
XTCF200G00_
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 See Page V5-T1-111 for electrical life curves.
2 AC and DC operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit (Frames L–R, 185–2000A).
3 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-45
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Switching of DC Currents 1
Description
Single-Pole
Two-Pole
XTCF020B–XTCF200G
>60 Vdc
1
1
Controlling XTCS and XTCE Contactors Frames L–R (185–2000A)
1
Description
XTCS250L–XTCS500M,
XTCE_H
XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R
XTCE250L–XTCEC14P
1
Conventional
A1/A2 are applied to voltage in the usual manner.
(+) L1
(–) N
(+) L1
(–) N
(+) L1
(–) N
1
1
1
1
Direct from the PLC
A 24V output from the PLC can be connected directly to
connections A3/A4.
b
1
1
From Low-Consumption Command Devices
Command devices, which can only be subject to minimal loads
such as circuit board relays, control circuit devices or position
switches can be connected directly to A10/A11.
b
A10
A2
A10
A2
A10
A2
A11
A1
A11
A1
A11
A1
A3
TY
A3
A3
A4
TX
A4
A4
—
(+) L1
(–) N
(+) L1
(–) N
b
1
1
b
—
b
A10
A2
A10
A2
A11
A1
A11
A1
TY
A3
TX
A4
A3
A4
24V
GND
24V
GND
(+) L1
(–) N
(+) L1
(–) N
c
b
A10
A2
A11
A1
TY
A3
A3
TX
A4
A4
c
A10
A2
A11
A1
1
1
1
Notes
1 When necessary, cable to be supplied by customer.
2 Standstill in an emergency (emergency-stop).
3 Command device connection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
b
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Full Voltage, Reversing Contactors
Frame B
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
1
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
K1M
K2M
1/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
63
64
63
64
XTCR007B21_
1/2
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
63
64
63
64
XTCR009B21_
1/2
2
3
3
7-1/2
10
63
64
63
64
XTCR012B21_
Catalog Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
K1M
K2M
7
2.2
3
4
3.5
63
64
63
64
XTCR007B21_
9
2.5
4
5.5
4.5
63
64
63
64
XTCR009B21_
1
12
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
63
64
63
64
XTCR012B21_
1
Catalog Number
1
1
1
1
Frame C
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
2
3
5
5
10
15
63
64
2
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
15
20
3
5
10
10
20
25
K1M
K2M
Catalog Number 1
1
63
64
63
64
XTCR025C21_
1
63
64
63
64
XTCR032C21_
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
18
5
7.5
8
25
7.5
11
32
10
15
1
1
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3
I e (A)
1
63
64
XTCR018C21_
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
Catalog Number 1
1
K1M
K2M
11
63
64
63
64
XTCR018C21_
14.5
14
63
64
63
64
XTCR025C21_
1
18
17
63
64
63
64
XTCR032C21_
1
1
1
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-47
1.1
1
Frame D
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
K1M
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
3
7-1/2
10
15
30
40
3
10
15
20
40
50
5
15
20
25
50
60
K2M
Catalog Number 1
—
—
XTCR040D11_
—
—
XTCR050D11_
—
—
XTCR065D11_
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
1
40
12.5
18.5
24
23
—
—
XTCR040D11_
50
15.5
22
30
30
—
—
XTCR050D11_
65
20
30
39
35
—
—
XTCR065D11_
1
1
1
Frame F
1
1
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
415V
660/690V
K1M
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
230V
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
460V
575V
K1M
K2M
Catalog Number 1
7-1/2
15
25
30
60
75
—
—
XTCR080F11_
7-1/2
15
25
40
75
100
—
—
XTCR095F11_
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame F—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
1
1
Frame G
1
1
Catalog Number 1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
1
K2M
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
380/400V
415V
660/690V
K1M
K2M
Catalog Number 1
80
25
37
48
63
—
—
XTCR080F11_
95
30
45
57
75
—
—
XTCR095F11_
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
K1M
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
K2M
Catalog Number 1
10
25
40
50
100
100
—
—
XTCR115G11_
15
30
40
60
100
100
—
—
XTCR150G11_
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame G—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
1
1
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
K1M
K2M
Catalog Number 1
115
37
55
70
90
—
—
XTCR115G11_
150
48
75
91
96
—
—
XTCR150G11_
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-48
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
XTCR Reversing Contactor Components
1
Quantity
Frame
B
C
D
F
G
2
Contactor
XTCE…B01_
XTCE…C01_
XTCE…D00_
XTCE…F00_
XTCE…G00_
2
Auxiliary contact
XTCEXFAC20
XTCEXFAC20
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG11
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
XTCEXMLC
XTCEXMLD
XTCEXMLG
XTCEXMLG
1
Reversing link kit
XTCEXRLB
XTCEXRLC
XTCEXRLD
XTCEXRLG
XTCEXRLG
1
1
1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frames A–B
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frames C–F
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frame G
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frames L–N
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
110–250 Vdc 40–60 Hz
A
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
250–500V 40–60 Hz
C
1
1
1
230V 50 Hz
F
230V 50 Hz
F
24V 50/60 Hz
T
48–110 Vdc 40–60 Hz
Y
24V 50/60 Hz
T
24V 50/60 Hz
T
24–27 Vdc
TD
24–48 Vdc
TD 1
24 Vdc
TD
24–27 Vdc
TD
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
Frames L–M, S-Series
1
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
110–120V 50/60 Hz
A
600V 60 Hz
D
600V 60 Hz
D
42–48V 50/60 Hz
W
220–240V 50/60 Hz
B
1
208V 60 Hz
E
208V 60 Hz
E
110–130 Vdc
AD
Frames P–R
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
200–240 Vdc
BD
230–250 Vdc 50–60 Hz
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48–60 Vdc
WD
1
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
Frame H
400V 50 Hz
N
400V 50 Hz
N
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
1
380V 60 Hz
P
380V 60 Hz
P
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
12V 50/60 Hz
R
12V 50/60 Hz
R
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
48V 50 Hz
Y
48V 50 Hz
Y
24V 50/60Hz
T
120 Vdc
AD
110–130 Vdc
AD
42–48V 50/60Hz
W
220 Vdc
BD
200–240 Vdc
BD
110–130 Vdc
AD
12 Vdc
RD
48–60 Vdc
WD
200–240 Vdc
BD
48 Vdc
WD
24–27 Vdc
TD
48–60 Vdc
WD
1
B
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Frames L–M only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-49
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Full Voltage, Non-Reversing Starters, with Bimetallic or Electronic Overload
1
Frame B
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
230V
1/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
1NO
XTAE007B10_ _
1
1/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
1NC
XTAE007B01_ _
1
1/2
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2
1NO
XTAE009B10_ _
1/2
1-1/2
3
3
5
7-1/2
1NC
XTAE009B01_ _
1
1
2
3
3
10 4
10
1NO
XTAE012B10_ _
1
2
3
3
10 4
10
1NC
XTAE012B01_ _
1
1
3
5
5
10 4
10
1NO
XTAE015B10_ _
1
3
5
5
10 4
10
1NC
XTAE015B01_ _
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
AC-3
I e (A)
AC-1
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
1
7
20
2.2
3
4
3.5
1NO
XTAE007B10_ _
7
20
2.2
3
4
3.5
1NC
XTAE007B01_ _
1
9
20
2.5
4
5.5
4.5
1NO
XTAE009B10_ _
9
20
2.5
4
5.5
4.5
1NC
XTAE009B01_ _
1
12
20
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
1NO
XTAE012B10_ _
1
12
20
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
1NC
XTAE012B01_ _
15.5
20
4
7.5
8
7
1NO
XTAE015B10_ _
15.5
20
4
7.5
8
7
1NC
XTAE015B01_ _
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
4
1
1
Frame C
1
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
Three-Pole Starters, Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
200V
230V
230V
460V
2
3
5
5
10
15
1NO
XTAE018C10_ _
2
3
5
5
10 4
15
1NC
XTAE018C01_ _
2
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
15
20
1NO
XTAE025C10_ _
1
2
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
15
20
1NC
XTAE025C01_ _
3
5
10
10
20
25
1NO
XTAE032C10_ _
1
3
5
10
10
20
25
1NC
XTAE032C01_ _
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
AC-3
I e (A)
AC-1
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
1
18
35
5
7.5
10
11
1NO
XTAE018C10_ _
1
18
35
5
7.5
10
11
1NC
XTAE018C01_ _
25
40
7.5
11
14.5
14
1NO
XTAE025C10_ _
1
25
40
7.5
11
14.5
14
1NC
XTAE025C01_ _
32
40
10
15
18
17
1NO
XTAE032C10_ _
1
32
40
10
15
18
17
1NC
XTAE032C01_ _
1
Notes
1 Products shown are with the bimetallic overload relay.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
3 Underscore (_) indicates overload relay suffix required. See Page V5-T1-54.
4 For electrical life contactor application data. See Page V5-T1-53.
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
1
V5-T1-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame D
1.1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
1
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
3
7-1/2
10
15
30
40
—
XTAE040D00_ _
3
10
15
20
40
50
—
XTAE050D00_ _
5
15
20
25
50
60
—
XTAE065D00_ _
Catalog Number
23
1
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
AC-3
I e (A)
Frame F
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
AC-1
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
40
50
12.5
18.5
24
23
—
XTAE040D00_ _
50
60
15.5
22
30
30
—
XTAE050D00_ _
65
72
20
30
39
35
—
XTAE065D00_ _
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
7-1/2
15
25
30
60
75
—
XTAE080F00_ _
7-1/2
15
25
40
75
100
—
XTAE095F00_ _
1
1
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame F—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
Frame G
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
AC-3
I e (A)
AC-1
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
80
110
25
37
48
63
—
XTAE080F00_ _
95
110
30
45
57
75
—
XTAE095F00_ _
1
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
10
25
40
50
15
30
40
60
1
575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number 23
100
125
—
XTAE115G00_ _
125
125
—
XTAE150G00_ _
1
1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame G—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
AC-3
I e (A)
AC-1
220/230V
380/400V
415V
115
160
37
55
70
150
160
48
75
91
1
660/690V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog Number
105
—
XTAE115G00_ _
125
—
XTAE150G00_ _
23
1
1
1
Notes
1 Products shown are with the bimetallic overload relay.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
3 Underscore (_) indicates overload relay suffix required. See Page V5-T1-54.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-51
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Full Voltage, Reversing Starters, with Bimetallic or Electronic Overload
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
1
1
1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
1/4
1
1-1/2
2
1/2
1-1/2
3
3
1
2
3
3
575V
Catalog Number 12
3
5
XTAR007B21_ _
5
7-1/2
XTAR009B21_ _
10
10
XTAR012B21_ _
1
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
1
1
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
660/690V
Catalog Number 12
220/230V
380/400V
415V
7
2.2
3
4
3.5
XTAR007B21_ _
9
2.5
4
5.5
4.5
XTAR009B21_ _
12
3.5
5.5
7
6.5
XTAR012B21_ _
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
1
1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Catalog Number 12
2
3
5
5
10
15
XTAR018C21_ _
2
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
15
20
XTAR025C21_ _
3
5
10
10
20
25
XTAR032C21_ _
1
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
1
1
1
1
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
660/690V
Catalog Number 12
18
5
7.5
8
11
XTAR018C21_ _
25
7.5
11
14.5
14
XTAR025C21_ _
32
10
15
18
17
XTAR032C21_ _
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
1
1
1
Single-Phase hp Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
Catalog Number 12
3
7-1/2
10
15
30
40
XTAR040D11_ _
3
10
15
20
40
50
XTAR050D11_ _
5
15
20
25
50
60
XTAR065D11_ _
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
1
1
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
40
12.5
18.5
50
15.5
22
65
20
30
39
660/690V
Catalog Number 12
24
23
XTAR040D11_ _
30
30
XTAR050D11_ _
35
XTAR065D11_ _
415V
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
2 Underscore (_) indicates overload relay suffix required. See Page V5-T1-54.
1
1
1
V5-T1-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Starter Application Data 1
Catalog Prefix
AC-3
Electrical Life (Operations)
XTAE012B
12A
1 million
XTAE015B
15A
1.2 million
XTAE018C
18A
2 million
1
1
1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frames A–B
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frames C–F
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frame G
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
1
A
1
Frames L–N
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
110–250 Vdc 40–60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
250–500V 40–60 Hz
C
230V 50 Hz
F
230V 50 Hz
F
24V 50/60 Hz
T
48–110 Vdc 40–60 Hz
Y
24V 50/60 Hz
T
24V 50/60 Hz
T
24–27 Vdc
TD
24–48 Vdc
TD 2
24 Vdc
TD
24–27 Vdc
TD
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
Frames L–M, S-Series
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
110–120V 50/60 Hz
A
B
1
B
1
1
1
1
600V 60 Hz
D
600V 60 Hz
D
42–48V 50/60 Hz
W
220–240V 50/60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
E
208V 60 Hz
E
110–130 Vdc
AD
Frames P–R
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
200–240 Vdc
BD
230–250 Vdc 50–60 Hz
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48–60 Vdc
WD
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
Frame H
1
1
400V 50 Hz
N
400V 50 Hz
N
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
380V 60 Hz
P
380V 60 Hz
P
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
12V 50/60 Hz
R
12V 50/60 Hz
R
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
48V 50 Hz
Y
48V 50 Hz
Y
24V 50/60Hz
T
120 Vdc
AD
110–130 Vdc
AD
42–48V 50/60Hz
W
220 Vdc
BD
200–240 Vdc
BD
110–130 Vdc
AD
12 Vdc
RD
48–60 Vdc
WD
200–240 Vdc
BD
48 Vdc
WD
24–27 Vdc
TD
48–60 Vdc
WD
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 See Page V5-T1-111 for electrical life curves.
2 Frames L–M only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-53
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Bimetallic Overload Relay Suffix
1
Motor Full
Load Amperes
1
Frame B
Suffix Code
For Use with
Contactor
Ampere Range
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Suffix Code
For Use with
Contactor
Ampere Range
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
P16
7–15A
XTOBP16BC1
1
0.16–0.24
P24
7–15A
XTOBP24BC1
6–10
010
40–72A
XTOB010DC1
10–16
016
40–72A
0.24–0.4
P40
7–15A
XTOB016DC1
XTOBP40BC1
16–24
024
40–72A
1
0.4–0.6
P60
XTOB024DC1
7–15A
XTOBP60BC1
24–40
04
40–72A
0.6–1
XTOB040DC1
001
7–15A
XTOB001BC1
40–57
057
50–72A
XTOB057DC1
1
1–1.6
1P6
7–15A
XTOB1P6BC1
50–65
065
65–72A
XTOB065DC1
1.6–2.4
2P4
7–15A
XTOB2P4BC1
65–75
075
65–72A
XTOB075DC1
1
2.4–4
004
7–15A
XTOB004BC1
Frame F
Motor Full
Load Amperes
Frame D
1
4–6
006
7–15A
XTOB006BC1
25–35
035
80–95A
XTOB055GC1 1
6–10
010
7–15A
XTOB010BC1
35–50
050
80–95A
XTOB050GC1 1
1
9–12
012
9–15A
XTOB012BC1
50–70
070
80–95A
XTOB070GC1 1
12–16
016
12–15A
XTOB016BC1
70–100
100
80–95A
XTOB100GC1 1
1
Frame C
0.1–0.16
P16
18–32A
XTOBP16CC1
25–35
035
115–170A
XTOB055GC1 1
1
0.16–0.24
P24
18–32A
XTOBP24CC1
35–50
050
115–170A
XTOB050GC1 1
0.24–0.4
P40
18–32A
XTOBP40CC1
50–70
070
115–170A
XTOB070GC1 1
1
0.4–0.6
P60
18–32A
XTOBP60CC1
70–100
100
115–170A
XTOB100GC1 1
0.6–1
001
18–32A
XTOB001CC1
95–125
125
115–170A
XTOB125GC1 1
1
1–1.6
1P6
18–32A
XTOB1P6CC1
120–150
150
150–170A
XTOB150GC1 1
1.6–2.4
2P4
18–32A
XTOB2P4CC1
145–175
175
150–170A
XTOB175GC1 1
1
2.4–4
004
18–32A
XTOB004CC1
006
1
4–6
18–32A
XTOB006CC1
6–10
010
18–32A
XTOB010CC1
10–16
016
18–32A
XTOB016CC1
16–24
024
18–32A
XTOB024CC1
24–32
032
25–32A
XTOB032CC1
1
1
1
1
1
Frame G
Electronic Overload Relay Suffix
XTOE Maximum Overload Rating
Standard Type Suffix
Ground Fault Type Suffix
Frame B
1
0.33–1.65A
5E1P6
5G1P6
1–5A
5E005
5G005
1
4–20A
5E020
5G020
Frame C
1
0.33–1.65A
5E1P6
5G1P6
1–5A
5E005
5G005
1
4–20A
5E020
5G020
9–45A
5E045
5G045
1
Frame D
1
9–45A
5E045
5G045
20–100A
5E100
5G100
5E100
5G100
5E175
5G175
1
Frame F, G
1
Frame G
1
20–100A
35–175A
Note
1 Catalog number refers to direct mount overload relay. Add an S to the end of the catalog number for separate mount.
1
V5-T1-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Starters
1
Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
3
2-1/2
10
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCE007B10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE007B01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE007B01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…BC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLB
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
5
10
10
<20
15
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCE009B10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE009B01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE009B01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…BC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLB
K1M main contactor
XTCE012B10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE012B01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE012B01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…BC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLB
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
500V
660/690V
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
12
3
5.5
5.5
—
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCE007B10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE007B01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE007B01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…BC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLB
K1M main contactor
XTCE009B10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE009B01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE009B01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…BC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLB
K1M main contactor
XTCE012B10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE012B01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE012B01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLB
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…BC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLB
16
22
4
5.5
7.5
11
7
8
14.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings
5.5
1
7.5
11
7.5
11
—
—
<20
<20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-55
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
7-1/2
15
20
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCE018C10_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCE018C01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE018C01_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLC
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…CC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
1
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLC
K1M main contactor
XTCE025C10_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCE025C01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE025C01_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLC
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…CC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
1
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLC
K1M main contactor
XTCE032C10_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCE032C01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE032C01_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLC
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…CC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
1
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLC
1
7-1/2
10
15
15
30
20
40
40
<20
50
<20
Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
500V
660/690V
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
30
7.5
18.5
18.5
—
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCE018C10_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCE018C01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE018C01_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLC
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…CC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLC
K1M main contactor
XTCE025C10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE025C01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE025C01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLC
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…CC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLC
K1M main contactor
XTCE032C10_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE032C01_
K3M star contactor
XTCE032C01_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLC
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…CC1
(3) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLC
1
15
19
1
1
45
11
22
30
30
22
—
<20
1
1
1
1
55
15
30
39
37
30
—
<20
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
1
1
V5-T1-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
20
50
60
<20
K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
Star-delta link kit
K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
Star-delta link kit
K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
Star-delta link kit
XTCE040D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
XTCEXSDLD
XTCE050D00_
XTCE050D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
XTCEXSDLD
XTCE065D00_
XTCE065D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
XTCEXSDLD
25
25
30
40
60
50
75
100
<20
125
<20
Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V 380/400V 415V
500V
660/690V
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
70
18.5
45
37
—
<20
K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
Star-delta link kit
K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
Star-delta link kit
K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
Star-delta link kit
XTCE040D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
XTCEXSDLD
XTCE050D00_
XTCE050D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
XTCEXSDLD
XTCE065D00_
XTCE065D00_
XTCE040D00_
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
XTCEXSDLD
90
115
22
30
45
55
37
45
55
55
75
45
55
—
—
<20
<20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AC-3
I e (A)
37
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-57
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
Three-Phase hp Ratings
1
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
40
60
125
150
<20
1
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
K1M main contactor
XTCE080F00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE080F00_
1
K3M star contactor
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…FC1
1
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
XTCEXFBG11
1
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLF
K1M main contactor
XTCE095F00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE095F00_
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock 2
XTCEXMLG
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…FC1
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLF
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
K1M main contactor
XTCE080F00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock
40
1
60
125
150
<20
1
1
XTCE080F00_
2
XTCEXMLG
1
Frame F—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
1
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
500V
660/690V
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
140
37
75
75
90
90
—
<20
1
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock 2
XTCEXMLG
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…FC1
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLF
K1M main contactor
XTCE095F00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE095F00_
1
1
165
1
45
90
110
110
132
—
<20
1
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock 2
XTCEXMLG
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…FC1
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLF
1
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
2 If mechanical interlock of star contactor is required, it must be the same frame size of the delta contactor or use the same
mechanical interlock, see Page V5-T1-73 for mechanical interlocks. (Example: XTCE…L22_ and XTCE…M22_ both use
mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM.)
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
50
60
125
150
<20
75
100
200
250
<20
1
Component
Description
Catalog Number
K1M main contactor
XTCE115G00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE115G00_
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLG
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…GC1
(2) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLG
K1M main contactor
XTCE150G00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE150G00_
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLG
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…GC1
(2) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLG
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Frame G—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
500V
660/690V
200
55
110
132
132
160
260
75
132
148
160
160
1
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
—
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCE115G00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE115G00_
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLG
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…GC1
(2) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLG
K1M main contactor
XTCE150G00_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE150G00_
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLG
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOB…GC1
(2) auxiliary contacts
XTCEXFBG11
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXSDLG
—
<20
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-59
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame L—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
125
300
400
<30
K1M main contactor
XTCS250L22_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCS250L22_
K3M star contactor
XTCS250L22_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLM
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…LC1
1
150
Frame L—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V 380/400V 415V
500V
660/690V
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
430
132
315
400
200
<30
K1M main contactor
XTCS250L22_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCS250L22_
K3M star contactor
XTCS250L22_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLM
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…LC1
1
250
300
Frame M—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
200
500
600
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCS400M22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCS400M22_
K3M star contactor
XTCS250L22_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLM
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
K1M main contactor
XTCS500M22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCS500M22_
1
K3M star contactor
XTCS300M22_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLM
1
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
1
250
1
290
1
350
700
860
<30
1
Frame M—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V 380/400V 415V
500V
660/690V
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
1
685
200
450
560
220
<20
K1M main contactor
XTCS400M22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCS400M22_
K3M star contactor
XTCS250L22_
Mechanical interlock
XTCSXMLM
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
K1M main contactor
XTCS500M22_
1
K5M delta contactor
XTCS500M22_
K3M star contactor
XTCS300M22_
1
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLM
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
355
390
1
1
1
860
250
450
500
560
600
220
<30
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
2 If mechanical interlock of star contactor is required, it must be the same frame size of the delta contactor or use the same
mechanical interlock, see Page V5-T1-73 for mechanical interlocks. (Example: XTCE…L22_ and XTCE…M22_ both use
mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM.)
1
1
1
V5-T1-60
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Frame N—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings are not applicable.
1
Frame N—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V
380/400V
415V
500V
660/690V
1000
300
560
610
710
900
1120
350
630
680
750
950
1
1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description
Catalog Number 1
355
<30
K1M main contactor
XTCE580N22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE580N22_
K3M star contactor
XTCE580N22_
Mechanical interlock 2
XTCEXMLN
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
K1M main contactor
XTCE650N22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE650N22_
355
<30
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
1290
1400
1700
400
450
560
710
800
1000
760
850
1050
900
950
1200
1200
1300
1700
1400
1400
1700
<30
<30
<20
XTCE580N22_
2
XTCEXMLN
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
K1M main contactor
XTCE750N22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE750N22_
K3M star contactor
XTCE580N22_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLN
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
K1M main contactor
XTCE820N22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCE820N22_
K3M star contactor
XTCE580N22_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLN
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
K1M main contactor
XTCEC10N22_
K5M delta contactor
XTCEC10N22_
K3M star contactor
XTCE650N22_
Mechanical interlock
XTCEXMLN
K1T timing relay
XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay
XTOT…C3S
Notes
Main circuit: Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the main and
delta contactors are to be common or separate.
Control circuit: If the combinations are used in the scope of the IEC/EN 60 204-1, VDE 0113 part 1, point 9.1.1 regarding the supply of control circuits is to be observed.
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
If mechanical interlock of star contactor is required, it must be the same frame size of the delta contactor or use the same mechanical interlock,
see Page V5-T1-73 for mechanical interlocks. (Example: XTCE…L22_ and XTCE…M22_ both use mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM.)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-61
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
1
AC-3
1
12–55
1
90–260
1
K1M
K3M
63
63
63
64
64
64
21 33
—
—
22 34
315–1700
1
21 31
31 43
31 43
22 32
32 44
32 44
1
1
K5M
Magnet Coil Suffix
1
Coil Voltage
1
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
110–250 Vdc 40–60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
250–500V 40–60 Hz
C
230V 50 Hz
F
230V 50 Hz
F
24V 50/60 Hz
T
48–110 Vdc 40–60 Hz
Y
24V 50/60 Hz
T
24V 50/60 Hz
T
24–27 Vdc
TD
24–48 Vdc
TD 1
24 Vdc
TD
24–27 Vdc
TD
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
Frames L–M, S-Series
1
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
110–120V 50/60 Hz
A
600V 60 Hz
D
600V 60 Hz
D
42–48V 50/60 Hz
W
220–240V 50/60 Hz
B
1
208V 60 Hz
E
208V 60 Hz
E
110–130 Vdc
AD
Frames P–R
230–250 Vdc 50–60 Hz
1
1
Suffix Code
Frames A–B
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frames C–F
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Frame G
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
200–240 Vdc
BD
H
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48–60 Vdc
WD
1
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
Frame H
400V 50 Hz
N
400V 50 Hz
N
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
1
380V 60 Hz
P
380V 60 Hz
P
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
12V 50/60 Hz
R
12V 50/60 Hz
R
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
1
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
1
48V 50 Hz
Y
48V 50 Hz
Y
24V 50/60Hz
T
120 Vdc
AD
110–130 Vdc
AD
42–48V 50/60Hz
W
1
220 Vdc
BD
200–240 Vdc
BD
110–130 Vdc
AD
12 Vdc
RD
48–60 Vdc
WD
200–240 Vdc
BD
1
48 Vdc
WD
24–27 Vdc
TD
48–60 Vdc
WD
1
1
Overload Relay Settings (A)
Setting
Starting
A: IN x 0.58
Motor protection in the star (wye) and delta configurations
<15 sec
B: IN x 1
Only partial motor protection in star position
15–40 sec
1
C: IN x 0.58
Motor not protected in star (wye) position
>40 sec
1
Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec
1
Note
1 Frames L–M only.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-62
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
Suffix Code
Frames L–N
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
1
Coil Voltage
www.eaton.com
A
B
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTCC0_
1.1
XTCC Contactors for Three-Phase Capacitors
1
Three-Phase Capacitors, 50–60 Hz
Open kVAR Ratings 1
230V
400V
525V
690V
11
20
25
33.3
15
25
33.3
40
1
Catalog Number 2
Contact Sequence
1
XTCC020C11_
A1
1 3 5 13 21
A2
2 4 6 14 22
XTCC025C11_
1
1
20
33.3
40
55
25
50
65
85
XTCC033D10_
A1
1 3 5 13
A2
2 4 6 14
1
XTCC050D10_
1
1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
230V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
F
400V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
N
24V 50/60 Hz
T
1
1
1
1
Notes
Weld-resistant for capacitors with inrush current peaks up to 180 x IN.
1
1
1
2
With series resistors, without quick-discharge resistor.
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-63
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Engineering Notes for XTCC and XTCE Contactors for Power Factor Correction
1
Individual Compensation, Open Version
1
Group Compensation, with Reactor, Open Version
Catalog
Number
Switching Duty in kVAR
400V, 420V, 440V
525V
690V
Catalog
Number
Switching Duty in kVAR
230V
230V
400V, 420V, 440V
525V
XTCE007B
1.5
3
3.5
5
XTCE007B
4
7
7.5
12
1
XTCE009B
2
4
4.5
6
XTCE009B
5
8
10
14
1
XTCE012B
2.5
4.5
5.5
7
XTCE012B
5.5
1
12
16
XTCE015B
2.5
4.5
5.5
7
XTCE015B
5.5
10
12
16
1
XTCE018C
6.5
12
14.5
19
XTCE018C
7.5
16
20
28
XTCE025C
7
13.5
16
21
XTCE025C
9
18
23
30
1
XTCE032C
7.5
14.5
17
22.5
XTCE032C
10
20
24
32
XTCE040D
11
20.5
24.5
32
XTCE040D
13
25
30
40
1
XTCE050D
11.5
22
26
34.5
XTCE050D
16
30
36
48
XTCE065D
12.5
23.5
28
37
XTCE065D
19
36
43
57
XTCE080F
16
30.5
36.5
48
XTCE080F
30
58
68
90
XTCE095F
18
34
41
54
XTCE095
34
6
7
10
XTCE115G
24
46
54.5
72
XTCE115G
44
8
100
125
XTCE150G
28
53
63.5
83.5
XTCE150
5
97
115
152
XTCE580N
175
300
400
300
XTCE250L
110
190
260
340
XTCE400M
160
280
370
480
XTCE500M
220
390
500
680
1
1
1
1
1
690V
1
Group Compensation, without Reactor, Open Version
1
Catalog
Number
Switching Duty in kVAR
230V
400V, 420V, 440V
525V
1
XTCC020C
11
20
25
33.3
XTCC025C
15
25
33.3
40
XTCC033D
20
33.3
40
55
XTCC050D
25
50
65
85
XTCE580N
145
250
333
250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-64
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
690V
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
Front-mounted snap-on
auxiliary contacts for XT
contactors are available
with screw or spring cage
terminals in a variety of
contact configurations.
1
1
1
1
Auxiliary Contacts Possible Combinations
Frame
Size
Catalog
Number
A
XTMC6A_ –
XTMC9A_
B
XTCE007B_ –
XTCE015B_
Contactor
Built-In
Auxiliary
Front (Top) Mount
Two-Pole
Four-Pole
Single-Pole
Two-Pole
Total Auxiliary
Contacts Available
1NO or 1NC
1
—
—
—
3
—
1
1NO or 1NC
Side-Mount
—
—
5
—
—
—
1
—
—
—
3
—
1
—
—
5
—
—
1
—
2
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C
XTCE018C_ –
XTCE032C_
1NO or 1NC
1
—
—
—
3
—
1
—
—
5
—
—
—
1
3
—
D
XTCE040D00_ –
XTCE065D00_
—
XTCE080F00_ –
XTCE150G00_
—
1
—
1
—
—
2
6
—
1
—
1
6
—
F–G
1
1
1
1
—
1
—
—
2
6
—
1
—
2
8
—
—
—
4
8
—
1
1
1
1
—
1
L–R
XTCE185H22_ –
XTCEC20R22_
2NO–2NC
—
—
—
—
2
1
8
—
1
1
1
Notes
Forced operation contact to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Appendix L (positively driven), inside the auxiliary contact unit
(not early close and late opening).
Auxiliary normally closed contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Appendix F (not late opening).
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-65
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Auxiliary Contact Combinations
1
XTMC6A_–XTMC9A_
1
XTMCXF...A_
Two-Pole or Four-Pole
1
1
1
XTCE007B_– XTCE032C_
1
XTCEXF...C_
Two-Pole or Four-Pole
or
1
1
XTCEXSCR11
1
+
1
1
XTCEXF...G_
Four-Pole
+
or
+
+
XTCE080F_–XTCE150G_
+
XTCE185H_–XTCEC20R_
+
+
Frames L–R
V5-T1-66
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
+
+
XTCEXSCN11
XTCEXSCN11
+
Frames F–G
1
1
XTCEXF...G_
Two-Pole or Four-Pole
+
XTCEXSBR11 (Built-In)
1
+
XTCE080F_–XTCE150G_
XTCEXSBN11
1
or
Frame D
1
1
+
XTCEXSBR11 (Built-In)
1
XTCEXF...G_
Two-Pole
+
XTCE040D_– XTCE065D_
XTCEXSBN11
1
XTCEXSBN11
1
XTCE040D_– XTCE065D_
XTCEXSBN11
1
1
XTCE018C_–XTCE032C_
Frame C
XTCEXSBN11
1
+
XTCEXSBN11
1
Frame B
Not for use with mechanical interlock.
XTCEXSBN11
1
XTCEXF...C_
Two-Pole or Four-Pole
or
XTCE007B_–XTCE015B_
XTCEXSBN11
1
+
XTCEXSCC11
1
XTCE007B_–XTCE015B_
XTCEXSCR11
1
Frame A
XTCEXSAB_
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Auxiliary Contacts
XTCEXF_
1
Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
2NO
1
Circuit
Symbol
53 63
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
5
XTCEXFAC20
1
5
XTCEXFAC11 4
5
XTCEXFAC02
5
XTCEXFALC11 2
5
XTCEXFDC11 3
5
XTCEXFCC02 3
54 64
16
1NO-1NC
53 61
1
1
54 62
16
2NC
51 61
1
52 62
1NOE-1NCL
16
57 65
1
1
58 66
16
1NO-1NC
16
2NC
21 31
1
1
1
22 32
1
XTCEXF_
1
Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Four-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
4NO
Circuit
Symbol
53 6373 83
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
5
XTCEXFAC40 4
1
5
XTCEXFAC31 4
5
XTCEXFAC22 4
5
XTCEXFAC13
5
XTCEXFAC04
5
XTCEXFCLC22 2
5
XTCEXFCC22 3
54 6474 84
16
3NO-1NC
53 61 73 83
16
2NO-2NC
53 61 71 83
1
1
54 62 74 84
1
54 62 72 84
16
1NO-3NC
536171 81
1
1
54 62 72 82
16
4NC
51 61 71 81
1
52 62 72 82
16
1NOE-1NCL
5765 71 83
1
1
58 66 72 84
16
2NO-2NC
21 31 43 53
1
22 32 44 54
1
1
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 1 early-make contact (1NO ), 1 late-break contact (1NC ).
E
L
3 To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, these auxiliary contacts should only be used with contactors
having a built-in 1NO contact (XTCE…B10_, XTCE…C10_).
4 Catalog number is shown with screw type terminal. For spring cage, add a “C” before the last 2 digits. For example,
to order a spring cage version of the XTCEXFAC22, change the catalog number to XTCEXFACC22.
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-67
1.1
1
XTCEXFATC_
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Tall Version Two-Pole 1
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
2NO
Circuit
Symbol
53 63
16
1NO-1NC
53 61
1
16
2NC
51 61
XTCEXFATC20
5
XTCEXFATC11
5
XTCEXFATC02
52 62
1
XTCEXFATC22
1
1
Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Tall Version Four-Pole 1
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
2NO-2NC
Circuit
Symbol
53 61 71 83
1
1
5
54 62
1
1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
54 64
1
1
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTCEXFATC22
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSAB10 3
1
XTCEXSAB01 3
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSCC11 3
54 62 72 84
XTCEXSAB_
1
Frame B, Side-Mount—Single-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
1NO
Circuit
Symbol
53
1
1
54
16
1
1NC
51
1
1
1
52
XTCEXSCC11
1
Frame C, Side-Mount—Two-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
10
1NO-1NC
Circuit
Symbol
53 61
1
54 62
1
Notes
Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules
(not NO [early make] and NC [late break] contacts) and for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the XTCE007B_–XTCE032C_.
1
Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not NC [late break] contact).
1
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
1
1
2
3
1
Front (top) mount tall version is for use with Frame B electrical wire bridges and link kits (see Page V5-T1-74) and
toolless plug combination connection kits: XTCEXRLB, XTCEXSDLB, XTPAXTPCB, XTPAXTPCRB, XTPAX.
Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
Can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary
contacts or mechanical interlocks.
1
1
1
V5-T1-68
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTCEXF_
1.1
Frames D–G—Two-Pole
1
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
2NO
Circuit
Symbol
13 23
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
5
XTCEXFBG20
1
5
XTCEXFAG11
5
XTCEXFBG11
5
XTCEXFBG02
14 24
16
1NO-1NC
53 61
1
1
54 62
16
1NO-1NC
13 21
1
14 22
16
2NC
11 21
1
12 22
XTCEXF_
1
1
Frames D–G—Four-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
4NO-0NC
Circuit
Symbol
13 23 33 43
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTCEXFBG40
5
XTCEXFBG31
5
XTCEXFBG22
5
XTCEXFAG_22 2
1
1
1
14 24 34 44
16
3NO-1NC
13 21 33 43
1
14 22 34 44
16
2NO-2NC
13 21 31 43
1
14 22 32 44
16
2NO-2NC
53 61 71 83
1
1
54 62 72 84
16
1NO-3NC
13 21 31 41
5
XTCEXFBG13
5
XTCEXFBG04
5
XTCEXFBLG22 3
1
14 2232 42
16
0NO-4NC
16
1NOE-1NCL
11 2131 41
1
1
12 2232 42
13 21 35 47
1
14 22 36 48
1
Notes
Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules
(not NO (early make) and NC (late break) contacts) and for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the XTCE007B_–XTCE032C_.
1
Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not NC (late break) contact).
1
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
1
2
3
Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
A “_” denotes catalog numbers are incomplete. To complete the catalog number for ordering a spring cage terminal,
insert a C in the “_” position or remove “_” for screw type terminal.
One early-make contact (1NOE), one late-break contact (1NCL).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-69
1.1
10
1NO–1NC
13
Conventional Free Air
Thermal Current,
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
Circuit
Symbol
10
1NO–1NC
13
54
1
61
83
53
62
71
1NO–1NC
26
84
10
1
25
72
18
47
1
17
35
1NOE–1NCL
48
10
22
36
1
14
43
1
21
31
1
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSBN11
1
XTCEXSBLN11 2
1
XTCEXSCN11 3
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSBR11 4
1
XTCEXSBLR11
1
XTCEXSCR11
Frames L–R, Side Mount (Screw Mount)—Two-Pole
44
XTCEXS_
62
32
1
54
61
83
1
53
71
1NO–1NC
26
84
10
25
72
18
1
1
17
47
1
22
35
1NOE–1NCL
14
48
10
21
36
1
Circuit
Symbol
43
1
Contact
Configuration
31
1
Frames D–H, Side Mount (Snap-On)—Two-Pole
Conventional Free Air
Thermal Current,
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
44
XTCEXS_
XT IEC Power Control
32
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 1 early-make contact (1NO ), 1 late-break contact (1NC ).
E
L
3 To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, the XTCEXSCN11 should be used with Frame D
when a top mount auxiliary is also installed.
4 For replacement only. XTCEXSBR11 and XTCEXSBLR11 cannot be added onto side mount auxiliaries that come with
the Frames L–R contactors as standard. To add auxiliaries onto the included side auxiliaries on Frames L–R
contactors, use XTCEXSCR11.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-70
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Suppressors
The switching of contactor
coils can generate voltage
transients that may cause
arching on switch contacts
and/or damage electronics on
the control line. Either an RC
or varistor suppressor is
recommended in these types
of applications. All XT DC
contactor coils have built-in
suppression.
Varistor suppressors clamp
the voltage transient above
the maximum coil voltage and
are recommended when the
level of the transient is
known to not exceed the coil
voltage. RC suppressors slow
and reduce the level of the
voltage transient but do not
clamp them at a specific
level. The slowing of the
transient can reduce
electrical interference.
These are recommended in
applications where operating
rates are high.
1
RC Suppressor 12
XTCEXRS_
Voltage
24–48
XTCEXRSBW
XTCEXRSBA
110–240
10
XTCEXRSBB
240–500
10
XTCEXRSBC
10
XTCEXRSCW
10
XTCEXRSCA
130–240
10
XTCEXRSCB
240–500
10
XTCEXRSCC
10
XTCEXRSFW
110–130
A2
Catalog Number
10
24–48
A1
24–48
110–130
XTCE007B–
XTCE015B,
XTCF020B
Pkg.
Qty. 3
10
48–130
Contact Sequence
For Use
with…
XTCE018C–
XTCE032C
XTCE040D–
XTCE095F
10
XTCEXRSFA
130–240
10
XTCEXRSFB
240–500
10
XTCEXRSFC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTCEXVS_
Varistor Suppressor 12
Voltage
24–48
48–130
Contact Sequence
A1
A2
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
XTCE007B–
XTCE015B,
XTCF020B
10
XTCEXVSBW
10
XTCEXVSBA
10
XTCEXVSBB
240–500
10
XTCEXVSBC
48–130
XTCE018C–
XTCE032C
10
XTCEXVSCW
10
XTCEXVSCA
130–240
10
XTCEXVSCB
240–500
10
XTCEXVSCC
24–48
10
XTCEXVSFW
10
XTCEXVSFA
130–240
10
XTCEXVSFB
240–500
10
XTCEXVSFC
48–130
XTCEXDSB
XTCEXVSL_
For Use
with…
130–240
24–48
XTCE040D–
XTCE095F
Varistor Suppressor with
Integrated LED 12
Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor 4
Voltage
DC
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
12–250
XTCE007B–
XTCE015B,
XTCF020B
10
XTCEXDSB
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
24–48
XTCE007B–
XTCE015B
10
XTCEXVSLBW
10
XTCEXVSLBB
XTCE018C–
XTCE032C
10
XTCEXVSLCW
10
XTCEXVSLCB
XTCE040D–
XTCE095F
10
XTCEXVSLFW
10
XTCEXVSLFB
130–240
24–48
Contact Sequence
A1
A2
1
Voltage
AC
130–240
24–48
130–240
Notes
1 Note dropout delay.
2 For AC operated contactors, 50–60 Hz. DC operated contactors and XTCE115G_
to XTCE170G_ have a built-in suppressor circuit.
3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
4 In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents
negative breaking voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Contact Sequence
A1
1
1
A2
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-71
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Electronic Timer Modules
1
Frames B–C Contactors (7–32A) 1
1
Voltage
XTCEXTE_
1
24 Vac/Vdc
A1
A2
200–240 Vac
1
Off-Delay
1
100–130 Vac
24 Vac/Vdc
A1
A2
200–230 Vac
1
24 Vac/Vdc
A1
100–130 Vac
1
Timing
Range
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
0.05s–1s
0.5s–10s
5s–100s
XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1
XTCEXTEEC11T
1
XTCEXTEEC11A
1
XTCEXTEEC11B
XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1
XTCEXTED1C11T
1
XTCEXTED1C11A
1
XTCEXTED1C11B
XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1
XTCEXTED10C11T
1
XTCEXTED10C11A
1
XTCEXTED10C11B
XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1
XTCEXTED100C11T
1
XTCEXTED100C11A
1
XTCEXTED100C11B
On-Delay
100–130 Vac
1
A2
200–240 Vac
1
24 Vac/Vdc
1
200–240 Vac
A1
100–130 Vac
A2
57 65
58 66
57 65
0.05s–1s
58 66
57 65
0.5s–10s
58 66
57 65
5s–100s
58 66
Star-Delta
1
24 Vac/Vdc
A1
100–130 Vac
1
1
Contact
Sequence
A2
200–240 Vac
XTCEXTESHRD
1
1s–30s
XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
58 68
1
XTCEXTEYC20T
1
XTCEXTEYC20A
1
XTCEXTEYC20B
1
XTCEXTESHRD
Sealable Shroud
—
1
57 67
Transparent sealable shroud used to
protect electronic timer modules from
unwanted access
XTCEXTEE,
XTCEXTED,
XTCEXTEY
Notes
1 Front (top) mounted timer modules for use with XTCE…B and XTCE…C contactors.
Cannot be combined with top-mount auxiliary contacts, XTCEXF…C_.
2 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-72
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Additional Accessories
1
Mechanical Interlock 1
XTCEXMLB
XTCEXML_
XTCEXMLM
XTCEXMLN
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Link Kits
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
XTCE007B–XTCE015B,
XTCF020B
5
XTCEXMLB
XTCE018C–XTCE032C,
XTCF032C–XTCF045C
1
XTCEXMLC
XTCE040D–XTCE072D,
XTCF063D–XTCF080D
1
XTCEXMLD
XTCE080F–XTCE170G,
XTCF125G–XTCF200G
1
XTCEXMLG 3
XTCE185H–XTCE570M
1
XTCEXMLM
XTCE580N–XTCEC10N
XTCEXSDLB
1
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
1
XTCEXSDLB 3
1
1
1
XTCEXSDL_
1
XTCEXMLN 3
XTCE018C–XTCE032C
1
XTCEXSDLC
XTCE040D–XTCE065D
1
XTCEXSDLD
XTCE080F–XTCE095F
1
XTCEXSDLF
XTCE115G–XTCE150G
1
XTCEXSDLG
Main current wiring for star-delta (wye-delta) combinations.
includes paralleling bridge, reversing bridge and star-delta
bridge. Does not include mechanical interlock, see table on
this page.
Reversing Link Kits
XTCEXRLB
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
Pkg.
Qty. 2
1
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
XTCEXPBB
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
20
XTCEXPBB
XTCEXPBC
XTCE018C–XTCE032C
20
XTCEXPBC
XTCEXRLB
Component part of reversing link kit (XTCEXRL_). Parallels the
phases on the line-side of two contactors.
XTCEXRL_
XTCE018C–XTCE032C
1
XTCEXRLC
XTCE040D–XTCE065D
1
XTCEXRLD
Reversing Bridge
XTCE080F–XTCE150G
1
XTCEXRLG
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
XTCEXRBB
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
20
XTCEXRBB
XTCEXRB_
XTCE018C–XTCE032C
20
XTCEXRBC
XTCE040D–XTCE065D
10
XTCEXRBD
Main current wiring for reversing combinations. Includes
paralleling bridge and reversing bridge. Does not include
mechanical interlock, see table on this page.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Catalog Number
4
1
1
Paralleling Bridge
For Use
with…
1
1
1
1
1
Component part of reversing link kit (XTCEXRL_). Reverses the
phases on the load-side of two contactors.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically mounted. For Frames B–G, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations
and the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For Frames L–N, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 106 operations and no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the
mechanical interlock and the contactor—the distance between contactors is 15 mm.
2 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
3 XTCEXMLG and XTCEXMLN consist of an interlock element and mounting plate.
4 Also includes interlocking bridge (XTCEXLBB). The following control cables are integrated
for electrical interlock: K1M: A1–K2M: 21; K1M: 21–K2M: A1; K1M: A2–K2M: A2.
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-73
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Electrical Interlocking Bridge
Parallel Link 456
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
20
XTCEXLBB
XTCEXPLKB
XTCE007B –XTCE015B
5
XTCEXPLKB
XTCEXPLK_
1
1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Bridge
1
1
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
XTCE018C –XTCE032C
5
XTCEXPLKC
Catalog Number
XTCE040D –XTCE072D
1
XTCEXPLKD
XTCEXSDB
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
20
XTCEXSDBB 2
XTCE080F–XTCE170G
1
XTCEXPLKG
XTCE185L
1
XTCEXPLKL185
XTCEXSDB_
XTCE080F–XTCE170G
1
XTCEXSDBG
XTCE185L–XTCE400M
1
XTCEXSDB400
XTCE500M
1
XTCEXSDB500
1
1
XTCEXPLKL185
1
1
1
Component part of star-delta link kit (XTCEXSDL_). Commons
the three phases on the line side of shorting contactor.
1
Connector
1
1
XTCEXCNC
XTCEXTLA400
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
XTCE007B–XTCE032C
50
Terminal Lug Assembly
Catalog Number
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
XTCEXCNC
XTCE185–XTCE225H
1
XTCEXTLA225A
XTCS250L–XTCS400M,
XTCE250L_–XTCE400M_
2
XTCEXTLA400
1
For connection of: round conductor, flexible and stranded,
flat strip conductor, with control circuit terminal. See Page
V5-T1-97 for terminal capacities.
1
1
For using one contactor per phase. Each package comes with
two links for line: load.
XTCEXCNG
XTCE040D–XTCE170G
10
XTCEXCNG
1
XGKE-GE
1
Contactor Labels
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty.
Catalog Number
XTC…
25
XGKE-GE 7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 Frame B is toolless connection type.
3 For mechanically arranging contactors in combinations. Distance between contactors is 0 mm.
4 Fourth pole can be broken off: four-pole: Ith = 60A; three-pole: Ith = 50A.
5 AC-1 current carrying capacity of the contactor increases by a factor of 2.5. For XTCEXPLKL185, one shroud
is included for protection against accidental contact.
6 Protected against accidental contact in accordance with IEC 536.
7 Quantity 1 equals one sheet. One sheet contains 240 labels.
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-74
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
CI-K Basic Enclosures
CI-K Basic Enclosures 12
1
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Width
Height
External
Depth
3.94 (100.0)
6.30 (160.0)
3.94 (100.0)
5.71 (145.0)
4.72 (120.0)
7.87 (200.0)
4.92 (125.0)
6.30 (160.0)
6.30 (160.0)
9.45 (240.0)
6.30 (160.0)
7.87 (200.0)
11.02 (280.0)
6.30 (160.0)
Internal
Depth
Internal Mounting Type
Pkg.
Qty.
2.87 (73.0)
With mounting rail
1
3.11 (79.0)
With mounting plate
1
Catalog Number
CI-K2X-100-TS-NA 3
CI-K2X-100-M-NA 3
4.65 (118.0)
With mounting rail
CI-K2X-145-TS-NA 3
4.88 (124.0)
With mounting plate
CI-K2X-145-M-NA 3
3.66 (93.0)
With mounting rail
3.86 (98.0)
With mounting plate
CI-K3X-125-M-NA 4
5.04 (128.0)
With mounting rail
CI-K3X-160-TS-NA 4
5.24 (133.0)
With mounting plate
5.04 (128.0)
With mounting rail
5.24 (133.0)
With mounting plate
5.04 (128.0)
With mounting rail
5.24 (133.0)
With mounting plate
1
CI-K3X-125-TS-NA 4
CI-K3X-160-M-NA
1
4
CI-K4X-160-TS-NA 4
CI-K4X-160-M-NA 4
1
CI-K5X-160-TS-NA 4
CI-K5X-160-M-NA 4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTCEXCN_
Terminal Lug Kit—Set of Three Lugs
1
For Use
with…
Description
Pkg.
Qty. 5
Catalog Number
XTCE500M, XTCE570M
#4-500 kcmil two-phase Cu/Al 500A
1
XTCEXTL500
1
1
XTCEXTFB6_
1
Terminal Flat Bar 6
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 5
Catalog Number
XTCE500M–XTCE570M
1
XTCEXTFB650
XTCE750N–XTCE820N
1
XTCEXTFB820
1
1
1
For connection of a flat strip conductor. Comes with control
circuit terminal (consisting of three flat strip conductor terminals).
XTCEXTS_
1
1
Terminal Shroud
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 5
Catalog Number
XTCE185H–XTCE225H
1
XTCEXTS225
XTCE250L–XTCE400M
1
XTCEXTS400
XTCE500M–XTCE570M
1
XTCEXTS500
XTCE580N–XTCE650N
1
XTCEXTS650
XTCE750N–XTCEC10N
1
XTCEXTS820
1
1
1
1
1
Protection against direct contact with connection lugs when
touched vertically from the front.
1
1
Notes
1 Enclosure base RAL 9005, black/enclosure top only RAL 7035. light gray.
2 Degree of protection—IEC: IP65; UL/CSA: Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12, 13—indoor and outdoor use.
3 CI-K2X_: 4 x 1/2 inch knockouts.
4 CI-K3X_, CI-K4X_, CI-K5X_: Smooth overall with sharp corners.
5 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
6 Not UL listed.
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-75
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Renewal Parts
XTCERENC_
Replacement Coil—Frame C
Replacement Coil—Frame F 1
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
110/50 120/60
A
XTCERENCOILCA
110/50 120/60
A
XTCERENCOILFA
1
110–130 Vdc
AD
XTCERENCOILCAD
110–130 Vdc
AD
XTCERENCOILFAD
1
220/50 240/60
B
XTCERENCOILCB
220/50 240/60
B
XTCERENCOILFB
200–240 Vdc
BD
XTCERENCOILCBD
200–240 Vdc
BD
XTCERENCOILFBD
1
415/50 480/60
C
XTCERENCOILCC
415/50 480/60
C
XTCERENCOILFC
600/60
D
XTCERENCOILCD
600/60
D
XTCERENCOILFD
1
208/60
E
XTCERENCOILCE
208/60
E
XTCERENCOILFE
230/50
F
XTCERENCOILCF
230/50
F
XTCERENCOILFF
1
190/50 220/60
G
XTCERENCOILCG
190/50 220/60
G
XTCERENCOILFG
1
240/50 277/60
H
XTCERENCOILCH
240/50 277/60
H
XTCERENCOILFH
380/50 440/60
L
XTCERENCOILCL
380/50 440/60
L
XTCERENCOILFL
1
400/50
N
XTCERENCOILCN
400/50
N
XTCERENCOILFN
380/60
P
XTCERENCOILCP
380/60
P
XTCERENCOILFP
1
12/50 12/60
R
XTCERENCOILCR
12/50 12/60
R
XTCERENCOILFR
1
12–14 Vdc
RD
XTCERENCOILCRD
24/50 24/60
T
XTCERENCOILFT
24/50 24/60
T
XTCERENCOILCT
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILFTD
1
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILCTD
42/50 48/60
W
XTCERENCOILFW
42/50 48/60
W
XTCERENCOILCW
48–60 Vdc
WD
XTCERENCOILFWD
1
48–60 Vdc
WD
XTCERENCOILCWD
48/50
Y
XTCERENCOILFY
48/50
Y
XTCERENCOILCY
1
1
1
Replacement Coil—Frame D
1
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
110/50 120/60
A
XTCERENCOILDA
100–120V 50/60
A
XTCERENCOILGA
110–130 Vdc
AD
XTCERENCOILDAD
110–130 Vdc
AD
XTCERENCOILGAD
1
220/50 240/60
B
XTCERENCOILDB
190–240V 50/60
B
XTCERENCOILGB
200–240 Vdc
BD
XTCERENCOILDBD
200–240 Vdc
BD
XTCERENCOILGBD
1
415/50 480/60
C
XTCERENCOILDC
480–500V 50/60
C
XTCERENCOILGC
600/60
D
XTCERENCOILDD
380–440V 50/60
L
XTCERENCOILGL
1
208/60
E
XTCERENCOILDE
4/50 24/60
T
XTCERENCOILGT
1
230/50
F
XTCERENCOILDF
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILGTD
190/50 220/60
G
XTCERENCOILDG
42–48V 50/60
W
XTCERENCOILGW
240/50 277/60
H
XTCERENCOILDH
48–60 Vdc
WD
XTCERENCOILGWD
380/50 440/60
L
XTCERENCOILDL
1
1
1
1
1
Replacement Coil—Frame G 2
400/50
N
XTCERENCOILDN
380/60
P
XTCERENCOILDP
12/50 12/60
R
XTCERENCOILDR
12–14 Vdc
RD
XTCERENCOILDRD
XTCERENCOILDT
24/50 24/60
T
1
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILDTD
42/50 48/60
W
XTCERENCOILDW
1
48–60 Vdc
WD
XTCERENCOILDWD
48/50
Y
XTCERENCOILDY
Notes
1 Frame F replacement coils can only be used with contactors having the following date codes:
DC coils, 2706 or later; AC coils, 4706 or later.
2 Frame G replacement coils can only be used with contactors having date codes of 2706 or
later.
1
1
V5-T1-76
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Replacement Coil—Frame H
1.1
Replacement Contact Kit
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
XTCERENCOILHA
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
380–440V 50/60 Hz
24V 50/60Hz
For Use with…
Catalog Number
XTCE040D–XTCE065D
XTCERENCONTACTD
XTCE085F–XTCE095F
XTCERENCONTACTF
XTCERENCOILHB
XTCE115G–XTCE150G
XTCERENCONTACTG
XTCERENCOILHC
XTCE185H–XTCE225H
XTCERENCONTACTH
L
XTCERENCOILHL
XTCE250L–XTCE300L
XTCERENCONTACTL
T
XTCERENCOILHT
XTCE300M
XTCERENCONTACTM300
XTCE400M
XTCERENCONTACTM400
XTCE500M
XTCERENCONTACTM500
42–48V 50/60Hz
W
XTCERENCOILHW
110–130 Vdc
AD
XTCERENCOILHAD
200–240 Vdc
BD
XTCERENCOILHBD
Replacement Vacuum Tube Assembly
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILHTD
For Use with…
Catalog Number
48–60 Vdc
WD
XTCERENCOILHWD
XTCE580N
XTCERENVACT580
XTCE650N
XTCERENVACT650
XTCE750N
XTCERENVACT750
XTCE820N
XTCERENVACT820
Replacement Coil—Frame L 1
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
110–250 Vac/Vdc
A
XTCERENCOILLA
250–500V 40–60
C
XTCERENCOILLC
24–48 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILLTD
48–110 Vac/Vdc
Y
XTCERENCOILLY
Replacement Coil—Frame L, S-Series
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
110–120V 50/60 Hz
A
XTCSRENCOILLA
220–240V 50/60 Hz
B
XTCSRENCOILLB
Replacement Coil—Frame M
Catalog Number
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Replacement Arc Chamber
For Use with…
Catalog Number
XTCE250L
XTCERENARC250
XTCE300M
XTCERENARC300
XTCE400M
XTCERENARC400
XTCE500M–XTCE570M
XTCERENARC500
1
1
1
Note
1 Electronic modules including coils.
1
1
1
1
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
110–250 Vac/Vdc
A
XTCERENCOILMA
250–500V 40–60
C
XTCERENCOILMC
24–48 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILMTD
48–110 Vac/Vdc
Y
XTCERENCOILMY
1
1
1
1
Replacement Coil—Frame M, S-Series
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
110–120V 50/60 Hz
A
XTCSRENCOILMA
220–240V 50/60 Hz
B
XTCSRENCOILMB
1
1
1
Replacement Coil—Frame N 1
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Catalog Number
110–250 Vac/Vdc
A
XTCERENCOILNA
250–500V 40–60
C
XTCERENCOILNC
48–110 Vac/Vdc
Y
XTCERENCOILNY
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-77
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Technical Data and Specifications
XT Contactors—Frame B
Description
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS
AC operated
0.23 [0.51]
0.23 [0.51]
0.23 [0.51]
0.23 [0.51]
DC operated
0.28 [0.62]
0.28 [0.62]
0.28 [0.62]
0.28 [0.62]
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
AC operated
9000
9000
9000
5000
DC operated
9000
9000
9000
5000
See Curves,
Page V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page V5-T1-111
General
Standards
Weights in kg [lb]
Mechanical life—operations
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
1
Electrical life
1
Electrical operating frequency (ops/hr)—see Curves, Page V5-T1-111
1
AC-1; 400V I e
800
800
800
800
AC-3; 400V I e
1000
1000
1000
1000
AC-4; 400V I e
300
300
300
300
Climatic proofing
3
3
3
3
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
690
690
690
690
1
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operational voltage (U e) Vac
690
690
690
690
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
400
400
400
400
Between contacts (Vac)
400
400
400
400
112
112
144
155
220/230V
70
90
120
124
380/400V
70
90
120
124
500V
50
70
100
100
660/690V
40
50
70
70
400V; gG/gL 500V
20
20
20
20
690V; gG/gL 690V
16
16
20
20
400V; gG/gL 500V
35
35
35
63
690V; gG/gL 690V
20
20
20
50
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Making capacity up to 690V (amps) 1
Breaking capacity (amps)
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
Type 2 coordination 2
Type 1 coordination 2
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
1
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
1
1
1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2)
Notes
1 Rated operational current: Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, L/R constant as stated.
2 IEC 60947 Standard.
3 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30.
V5-T1-78
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Frame B, continued
Description
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
1
1
General, continued
Main cable and control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
1
1
Tightening torque
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Pozidriv screwdriver
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.
0.8 x 5.5
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
1
1
Tools
1
1
Terminal capacity main circuit cable—spring cage terminals
1
1
1
1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
1
1
1
1
Tools
1
Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Stripping length (mm)
10
10
10
10
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
1
1
30°
90
90
°
°
90
180°
°
1
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
Open
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
Enclosed
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
Ambient storage temperature
1
1
1
Environmental
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Main contact—NO contact
10g
10g
10g
10g
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
7g
7g
7g
7g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
5g
5g
5g
5g
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1
1
1
V5-T1-79
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Frames C–D
Description
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D, XTCE072D
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
AC operated
0.42 [0.93]
0.42 [0.93]
0.42 [0.93]
0.9 [2.0]
0.9 [2.0]
0.9 [2.0]
DC operated
0.48 [1.06]
0.48 [1.06]
0.48 [1.06]
1.1 [2.4]
1.1 [2.4]
1.1 [2.4]
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
AC operated
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
DC operated
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
General
Standards
Weights in kg [lb]
Mechanical life—operations
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
Electrical mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)—
see Curves, Page V5-T1-111
AC-1; 400V I e
800
800
800
800
800
800
AC-3; 400V I e
800
800
800
800
800
800
AC-4; 400V I e
300
300
300
300
300
300
2
2
2
2
2
2
Climatic proofing
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
690
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
690
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
440
440
440
440
440
440
Between contacts (Vac)
238
440
440
440
440
440
238
350
384
560
700
910
220/230V
170
250
320
400
500
650
380/400V
170
250
320
400
500
650
500V
170
250
320
400
500
650
660/690V
120
150
180
250
320
370
Making capacity (amps)
Breaking capacity (amps)
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (amps)
1
Type 2 coordination 1
400V; gG/gL 500V
25
35
63
63
80
125
1
690V; gG/gL 690V
25
35
35
50
63
80
63
100
125
125
160
250
100
1
Type 1 coordination 1
400V; gG/gL 500V
1
50
50
63
80
80
Degree of protection
690V; gG/gL 690V
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
1
Protection against direct contact when
actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
1
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2)
1
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
Stranded (mm2)
1 x 16
1 x 16
1 x 16
1
1 x (16–50)
2 x (16–35)
1 x (16–50)
2 x (16–35)
1 x (16–50)
2 x (16–35)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–6
18–6
18–6
12–2
12–2
12–2
—
—
—
2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
1
Flat conductor
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)
1
Notes
1 IEC 60947 Standard.
2 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
1
V5-T1-80
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Frames C–D, continued
Description
1
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D, XTCE072D
M5
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
Nm
3
3
3
3.3
3.3
3.3
Lb-in
26.6
26.6
26.6
29.2
29.2
29.2
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
1
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
1
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Pozidriv screwdriver
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
1
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
10
10
10
10
10
10
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
1
General, continued
Main cable connection screw/bolt
1
Tightening torque
1
1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2)
1
1
Tightening torque
Tools
Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals
1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
1
1
Tools
1
Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Stripping length (mm)
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
°
90
180°
180°
°
1
°
90
°
90
90
°
1
30° 30°
30°
90
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
Open
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
Enclosed
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
Ambient storage temperature
1
1
1
Environmental
1
Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
1
Main contact—NO Contact
10
10
10
10
1
1
Auxiliary contact—NO Contact
7
7
7
7
7
7
Auxiliary contact—NC Contact
5
5
5
5
5
5
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1
1
1
V5-T1-81
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
XT Contactors—Frames F–G
1
General
Description
Standards
1
1
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
Weights in kg [lb]
AC operated
2 [4.41]
2 [4.41]
2 [4.41]
2 [4.41]
2 [4.41]
DC operated
2.1 [4.63]
2.1 [4.63]
2.1 [4.63]
2.1 [4.63]
2.1 [4.63]
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
AC operated
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
DC operated
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
AC-1; 400V I e
800
800
800
800
800
1
AC-3; 400V I e
800
800
800
800
800
AC-4; 400V I e
300
300
300
300
300
1
Climatic proofing
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mechanical life—operations
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
Electrical mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)—
see Curves, Page V5-T1-111
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operational voltage (U e) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
690
690
690
690
690
Between contacts (Vac)
690
690
690
690
690
1120
1330
1610
2100
2100
Making capacity (amps)
Breaking capacity (amps)
220/230V
800
950
1150
1500
1500
380/400V
800
950
1150
1500
1500
500V
800
950
1150
1500
1500
660/690V
650
800
1100
1200
1320
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
1
Type 2 coordination 1
400V; gG/gL 500V
160
160
250
25
400
1
690V; gG/gL 690V
160
160
25
250
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Type 1 coordination 1
400V; gG/gL 500V
250
25
250
250
400
690V; gG/gL 690V
200
200
250
250
250
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Solid (mm2)
—
—
—
—
—
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
Stranded (mm2)
1 x (16–95)
2 x (16–70)
1 x (16–95)
2 x (16–70)
1 x (16–95)
2 x (16–70)
1 x (16–95)
2 x (16–70)
1 x (16–95)
2 x (16–70)
Flat conductor
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
8–3/0
8–3/0
8–3/0
8–3/0
8–3/0
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
Nm
14
14
14
14
14
Lb-in
123.9
123.9
123.9
123.9
123.9
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
Main cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Notes
1 IEC 60947 Standard.
2 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
V5-T1-82
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Frames F–G, continued
Description
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
1
XTCE170G
1
General, continued
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
1
1
1
1
Tightening torque
1
1
Tools
Main circuit cable—screw terminals
Hexagon socket-head spanner (mm)
5
5
5
5
5
1
1
Control circuit cable—screw terminals
Pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Standard screwdriver
1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5
1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5
1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5
1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5
1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2)
1
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
Stripping length (mm)
10
10
10
10
10
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
1
1
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30°
1
90
°
30°
90
1
180°
180°
°
°
90
90
°
30°
1
1
Tools
30°
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
Open
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
Enclosed
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
Ambient storage temperature
1
1
1
Environmental
1
Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
1
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Main contact—NO contact
10g
10g
10g
10g
1
10g
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
7g
7g
7g
7g
7g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
5g
5g
5g
5g
5g
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-83
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
XT Contactors—Frames H–M
1
Description
1
Standards
1
1
1
XTCE185H
XTCE225H
XTCE250L,
XTCS250L
XTCE300L,
XTCS300L
XTCE400M
XTCS400M
XTCE500M,
XTCS500M
XTCE570M
XTCS570M
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
General
Weights in kg [lb]
3.2 [7.1]
3.2 [7.1]
6.5 [14.3]
6.5 [14.3]
8 [18]
8 [18]
8 [18]
Mechanical life—operations
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
7,000,000
7,000,000
7,000,000
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
AC operated
DC operated
3000
3000
3000
3000
2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
3000
3000
2000
2000
2000
1
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
Climatic proofing
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Between contacts (Vac)
Making capacity (amps)
Breaking capacity (amps)
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
220/230V
See Page V5-T1-93
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
2700
2700
3000
3600
5500
5500
5500
2250
2250
2500
3000
5000
5000
5000
380/400V
2250
2250
2500
3000
5000
5000
5000
500V
2250
2250
2500
3000
5000
5000
5000
660/690V
2250
2250
2500
3000
5000
5000
5000
1000V
760
760
760
950
950
950
950
500
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
Type 2 coordination 1
400V; gG/gL 500V
315
315
315
315
500
500
690V; gG/gL 690V
250
250
315
315
500
500
500
1000V; gG/gL 1000V
160
160
160
160
200
200
200
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
Protection against direct contact when
actuated from front (IEC 536)
Main cable cross-section
Flexible with cable lug (mm2)
Finger and back-of-hand proof with terminal shroud or terminal block
50–185
50–185
50–240
50–240
50–240
50–240
50–240
Stranded with cable lug (mm2)
50–185
70–185
70–240
70–240
70–240
70–240
70–240
Solid or stranded (AWG)
1/0–350 kcmil
2/0–250 kcmil
1/0–250 kcmil
2/0–500 kcmil
1/0–250 kcmil
1/0–250 kcmil
1/0–250 kcmil
Flat conductor (mm)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Busbar—width in mm
32
32
25
25
25
30
30
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
Main cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Nm
Lb-in
24
24
24
24
2
2
2
213
213
213
213
213
213
213
Notes
1 IEC 60947 Standard.
2 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.
1
1
1
V5-T1-84
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Frames H–M, continued
1
XTCE185H
XTCE225H
XTCE250L,
XTCS250L
XTCE300L,
XTCS300L
XTCE400M
XTCS400M
XTCE500M,
XTCS500M
XTCE570M
XTCS570M
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
1
16 mm
16 mm
16 mm
16 mm
16 mm
16 mm
16 mm
1
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Description
1
General, continued
Control circuit cable cross-sections
Solid (mm2)
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Nm
Lb-in
Tools
Main cable wrench
Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30°
30°
30°
1
1
30°
90°
180°
°
90
90
°
90°
1
1
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
Ambient storage temperature
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
1
1
1
Environmental
Mechanical shock
Resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Main contact—NO contact
1
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
8g
8g
8g
8g
8g
8g
8g
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Switching capacity, kVAR 1
Individual compensation
230V
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
400/420/440V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
525V
220
220
—
307
—
—
—
690V
133
133
—
177
—
—
—
1
1
Group compensation, with choke
230V
—
—
100
—
160
160
160
400/420/440V
—
—
190
—
280
280
280
525V
—
—
260
—
370
370
370
690V
—
—
340
—
480
480
480
1
1
1
Note
1 When using contactors for group compensation, a minimum inductance of approx. 6 uh per capacitor must be available to limit the high
inrush current peaks. This corresponds to an air-cored coil with five windings and a coil diameter of approximately 140 mm. The conductor
cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-85
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
XT Contactors—Frames N–R
1
Description
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
XTCE750N,
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R,
XTCEC20R
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
General
1
Standards
1
Weights in kg [lb]
15 [33]
15 [33]
15 [33]
15 [33]
15, [33]
32 [70]
Mechanical life—operations
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
AC operated
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
DC operated
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1
1
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
1
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr)
Climatic proofing
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operating voltage (Ue) Vac
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1
1
See Page V5-T1-113
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
500
500
500
500
500
500
1
Between contacts (Vac)
500
500
500
500
500
500
Making capacity (amps)
7800
7800
9840
9840
9840
19000, 9840
1
Breaking capacity (amps)
220/230V
6500
6500
8200
8200
8200
16000, 8200
1
380/400V
6500
6500
8200
8200
8200
16000, 8200
1
500V
6500
6500
8200
8200
8200
16000, 8200
660/690V
6500
6500
8200
8200
8200
16000, 8200
1000V
4350
4350
5800
5800
5800
5800
1
1
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
Type 2 coordination 1
400V; gG/gL 500V
630
630
630
630
—
—
1
690V; gG/gL 690V
630
630
630
630
—
—
1
1000V; gG/gL 1000V
500
500
630
630
—
—
Type 1 coordination 1
—
1
400V; gG/gL 500V
1000
1000
1200
1200
—
690V; gG/gL 690V
1000
1000
1200
1200
—
—
1
1000V; gG/gL 1000V
630
630
800
800
—
—
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
1
Protection against direct contact when actuated
from front (IEC 536)
Finger and back-ofhand proof with
terminal shroud or
terminal block
Finger and back-ofhand proof with
terminal shroud or
terminal block
Finger and back-ofhand proof with
terminal shroud or
terminal block
Finger and back-ofhand proof with
terminal shroud or
terminal block
Finger and back-ofhand proof with
terminal shroud or
terminal block
Finger and back-ofhand proof with
terminal shroud or
terminal block
Flexible with cable lug (mm2)
50-240
50-240
50-240
50-240
50-240
50-240
Stranded with cable lug (mm2)
70-240
70-240
70-240
70-240
70-240
70-240
Solid or stranded (AWG)
2/0–500 kcmil
2/0–500 kcmil
2/0–500 kcmil
2/0–500 kcmil
2/0–500 kcmil
2/0–500 kcmil
Flat conductor (mm)
3
3
3
3
3
3
Busbar—width in mm
50
50
50
50
50
50
M10
M10
M12
M12
M12
M1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Main cable cross-section
Main cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Nm
24
24
35
35
35
35
Lb-in
213
213
311
311
311
311
Notes
1 IEC 60947 Standard.
2 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.
V5-T1-86
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Frames N–R, continued
Description
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
XTCE750N, XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R
1
General, continued
Control circuit cable cross-sections
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
Main cable wrench
16 mm
16 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
18 mm
Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
1
1
1
1
1
Tightening torque
1
1
Tools
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30°
90°
1
1
30°
90°
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
1
Ambient storage temperature
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
1
Environmental
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms (g)
Main contact—NO contact
10
10
10
10
10
10
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
10
10
10
10
10
10
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
8
8
8
8
8
8
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
230V
175
—
—
—
—
—
400/420/440V
300
—
—
—
—
—
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
1
1
1
Switching capacity, kVAR 1
1
Individual compensation
525V
400
—
—
—
—
—
690V
300
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
Note
1 When using contactors for group compensation, a minimum inductance of approx. 6 uh per capacitor must be available to limit the high
inrush current peaks. This corresponds to an air-cored coil with five windings and a coil diameter of approximately 140 mm. The conductor
cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-87
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Coil Data—Frames B–D
1
Description
1
1
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B,
XTCF020B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D,
XTCE072D
Voltage Tolerance
Pickup (x Uc)
AC operated
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
DC operated
0.8–1.1 1
0.8–1.1 1
0.8–1.1 1
0.8–1.1 1
0.7–1.2 2
0.7–1.2 2
0.7–1.2 2
0.7–1.2 2
0.7–1.2 2
0.7–1.2 2
1
Dropout (x Uc)
AC operated
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
1
DC operated
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
1
AC operated
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz
1
1
1
1
1
1
Pickup VA
24
24
24
24
52
52
52
149
149
149
Pickup W
19
19
19
19
40
40
40
80
80
80
Sealing VA
3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4
7.1
7.1
7.1
16
16
16
Sealing W
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
2.1
2.1
2.1
4.3
4.3
4.3
Pickup VA
30
30
30
30
67
67
67
178
178
178
Pickup W
23
23
23
23
50
50
50
117
117
117
Sealing VA
4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4
8.7
8.7
8.7
19
19
19
Sealing W
1.4
1.4
1.4
1.4
2.6
2.6
2.6
5.3
5.3
5.3
Single-voltage coil 60 Hz
50/60 Hz
1
Pickup VA
27
25
27
25
27
25
27
25
62
58
62
58
62
58
168
154
168
154
168
154
1
Pickup W
22
21
22
21
22
21
22
21
48
43
48
43
48
43
120
43
120
43
120
43
1
Sealing VA
4.2
3.3
4.2
3.3
4.2
3.3
4.2
3.3
9.1
6.5
9.1
6.5
9.1
6.5
22
14
22
14
22
14
Sealing W
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.4
1.2
2.5
2
2.5
2
2.5
2
5.3
4.3
5.3
4.3
5.3
4.3
Pickup W
3
3
4.5
4.5
12 at 24V
12 at 24V
12 at 24V
24 at 24V
24 at 24V
24 at 24V
Sealing W
3
3
4.5
4.5
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
DC operated
1
Duty factor (%DF)
1
Main contact
1
1
1
1
1
Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
AC operated
Closing delay (ms)
<21
<21
<21
<21
<22
<22
<22
<18
<18
<18
Opening delay (ms)
<18
<18
<18
<18
<14
<14
<14
<13
<13
<13
DC operated
Closing delay (ms)
<31
<31
<31
<31
<47
<47
<47
<54
<54
<54
Opening delay (ms)
<12
<12
<12
<12
<30
<30
<30
<24
<24
<24
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Arcing time (ms)
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
1
Emitted interference
To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1
Noise immunity
To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1
1
Notes
1 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient temperature +40°C [104°F].
2 Coil Suffix TD: U
min 24 Vdc/Umax 27 Vdc.
Coil Suffix WD: Umin 48 Vdc/Umax 60 Vdc.
Coil Suffix AD: Umin 110 Vdc/Umax 130 Vdc.
Coil Suffix BD: Umin 200 Vdc/Umax 240 Vdc.
Example:
Uc = 0.7 x Umin—1.2 x Umax
Uc = 0.7 x 24V—1.2 x 27 Vdc
1
1
1
V5-T1-88
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Coil Data—Frames F–G
Description
XTCE80F
XTCE95F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
1
XTCE170G
1
Voltage Tolerance
Pickup (x Uc)
1
AC operated
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
DC operated
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
1
1
Dropout (x Uc)
AC operated
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.25–0.6
0.25–0.6
0.25–0.6
DC operated
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
1
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
AC operated
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz
Pickup VA
310
310
180
180
180
1
1
Pickup W
165
165
130
130
130
Sealing VA
26
26
3.1
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
5.8
5.8
2.1
2.1
2.1
1
Pickup VA
345
345
170
170
170
1
Single-voltage coil 60 Hz
1
Pickup W
190
190
130
130
130
Sealing VA
30
30
3.1
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
7.1
7.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
1
Pickup VA
372
328
170
170
170
1
50/60 Hz
Pickup W
190
190
130
130
130
Sealing VA
37.1
22.6
3.1
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
7.5
6.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
90 at 24V
90 at 24V
149 at 24V
149 at 24V
149 at 24V
1
1
DC operated
Pickup W
Sealing W
Duty factor (%DF)
1.3 at 24V
1.3 at 24V
2.1 at 24V
2.1 at 24V
2.1 at 24V
100
100
100
100
100
1
1
1
Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
Main contact
1
AC operated
Closing delay (ms)
<20
<20
<33
<33
<33
Opening delay (ms)
<14
<14
<41
<41
<41
1
Closing delay (ms)
<45
<45
<35
<35
<35
1
Opening delay (ms)
DC operated
<34
<34
<30
<30
<30
Arcing time (ms)
15
15
15
15
15
Permissible residual current with actuation of
A1–A2 by the electronics (with 0 signal) (mA)
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
Emitted interference
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
Noise immunity
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
1
1
1
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
1
1
Note
1 At 24V: 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient temperature +40°C [104°F].
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-89
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Coil Data—Frames H–R
1
Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTCE185H, XTCE225H
XTCE250L, XTCS250L
XTCE300L, XTCS300L
XTCE400M, XTCS400M, XTCE500M,
XTCS500M, XTCE570M, XTCS570M
XTCE185H–XTCEC20R
0.8 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
XTCS250L–XTCS500M
—
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
Voltage Tolerance
Pickup (x Uc)
Dropout (x Uc)
XTCE185H–XTCEC20R
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
XTCS250L–XTCS500M
—
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
XTCE185H–XTCEC20R
Pickup VA
210 1
250 1
380 1
450 1
Pickup W
180
200
250
350
Sealing VA
2.6
4.3
4.3
4.3
Sealing W
2.1
3.3
3.3
3.3
XTCS250L–XTCS500M
Pickup VA
—
360
360
715
Pickup W
—
325
625
645
Sealing VA
—
4.3
4.3
4.3
Sealing W
—
3.3
3.3
3.3
—
100
100
100
Duty factor (%DF)
Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)
XTCE185H–XTCEC20R
Closing delay (ms)
<60
<100
<80
<80
Opening delay (ms)
<40
<80
<110
<80
1
XTCS250L–XTCS500M
1
Closing delay (ms)
—
<50
<55
<50
Opening delay (ms)
—
<40
<40
<40
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185H–XTCEC20R)
Voltage interruptions
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms
Time is bridged successfully
Time is bridged successfully
Time is bridged successfully
Time is bridged successfully
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <12 ms
Time is bridged successfully
Time is bridged successfully
Time is bridged successfully
Time is bridged successfully
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Dropout of the contactor
Contactor remains switched on
(0.6–0.7 x Ucmin)
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax)
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) <3s
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
Contactor remains switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Contactor does not switch on
Contactor does not switch on
Contactor does not switch on
Contactor does not switch on
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms
Voltage dips
Excess voltage
Pickup phase
(0–0.7 x Ucmin)
(0.7 x Ucmin –1.15 x Ucmax)
Contactor switches on with certainty
Contactor switches on with certainty
Contactor switches on with certainty
Contactor switches on with certainty
(>1.15 x Ucmax)
Contactor switches on with certainty
Contactor switches on with certainty
Contactor switches on with certainty
Contactor switches on with certainty
Note
1 Control transformer with U <6%.
k
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-90
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Coil Data—Frames H–R, continued
Description
XTCE185H, XTCE225H
XTCE250L, XTCS250L
XTCE300L, XTCS300L
XTCE400M, XTCS400M,
XTCE500M, XTCS500M,
XTCE570M, XTCS570M
Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185H–XTCEC20R), continued
1
1
Permissible contact resistance (of the external command
device with actuation of A11), ohms
—
≤500
≤500
≤500
1
Permissible residual current (with actuation of A11
by the electronics with 0 signal)
—
≤1
≤1
≤1
1
High
15V
15V
15V
15V
Low
5V
5V
5V
5V
1
SPS signal level (A3–A4) to IEC/EN 61131-2 (Type 2)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
1
1
This product is designed for operation in industrial environments (environment 2). The use in residential environments
(environment 1) could cause electrical interference so that addition suppression must be planned.
1
Coil Data—Frames N–R
1
XTCE580N
XTCE750N,
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCE16R,
XTCEC20R
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
Description
1
Voltage Tolerance
Pickup (x Uc)
Dropout (x Uc)
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
800 1
800 1
800 1
800 1
1600 1
1
1
1
1
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
Pickup VA
1
1
Pickup W
700
700
700
700
1400
Sealing VA
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
15
Sealing W
6.5
6.5
6.5
6.5
13
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
Pickup VA
Pickup W
—
—
—
—
—
Sealing VA
—
—
—
—
—
Sealing W
—
—
—
—
—
100
100
100
100
100
Duty factor (%DF)
1
1
1
Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)
1
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
Closing delay (ms)
<70
<70
<70
<70
<70
Opening delay (ms)
<70
<70
<70
<40
<40
Closing delay (ms)
—
—
—
—
—
Opening delay (ms)
—
—
—
—
—
1
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
1
1
Note
1 Control transformer with U <7%.
k
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-91
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Coil Data—Frames N–R, continued
1
Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTCE580N
XTCE750N,
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCE16R,
XTCEC20R
Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185L–XTCEC20R)
Voltage interruptions
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
Time is bridged
successfully
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
(0.6–0.7 x Ucmin)
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax)
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) <3s
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
Contactor remains
switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Dropout of the contactor
Voltage dips
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <12 ms
Excess voltage
Pickup phase
1
(0–0.7 x Ucmin)
Contactor does not
switch on
Contactor does not
switch on
Contactor does not
switch on
Contactor does not
switch on
Contactor does not
switch on
1
(0.7 x Ucmin –1.15 x Ucmax)
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
1
(>1.15 x Ucmax)
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Contactor switches on
with certainty
Permissible contact resistance (of the external
command device with actuation of A11), ohms
<500
<500
<500
<500
<500
Permissible residual current (with actuation of A11
by the electronics with 0 signal)
<1
<1
<1
<1
<1
High
15V
15V
15V
15V
15V
Low
5V
5V
5V
5V
5V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
SPS signal level (A3–A4) to IEC/EN 61131-2 (Type 2)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Note
1 This product is designed for operation in industrial environments. Usage in domestic areas can cause radio frequency interference (RFI).
Noise suppression measures must be provided for the additional interference.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-92
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
XT Contactors—Four-Pole
Description
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
AC operated
0.22 [0.49]
0.49 [1.1]
0.49 [1.1]
1.0 [2.3]
1.0 [2.3]
2.8 [6.2]
2.8 [6.2]
2.8 [6.2]
DC operated
0.29 [0.64]
0.49 [1.1]
0.49 [1.1]
1.0 [2.3]
1.0 [2.3]
2.8 [6.2]
2.8 [6.2]
2.8 [6.2]
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
AC operated
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
3600
3600
3600
DC operated
5000
5000
5000
5000
5000
3600
3600
3600
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
See Curves,
Page
V5-T1-111
General
Standards
Weights in kg [lb]
Mechanical life—operations
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
Electrical life
Electrical operating frequency (ops/hr)
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
Climatic proofing
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operation voltage (Ue) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
690
400
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
Between contacts (Vac)
Making capacity up to 690V (amps)
400
440
440
440
440
440
440
440
144
238
350
560
700
1120
1330
1800
120
180
250
00
00
800
950
1150
380/400V
120
180
250
400
500
800
950
1150
500V
100
180
250
400
500
800
950
1150
660/690V
70
120
144
250
296
650
750
800
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Breaking capacity (amps)
220/230V
1
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
1
1
1
1
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
Type 2 coordination
1
400V; gG/gL 500V
20
35
35
63
80
160
160
250
690V; gG/gL 690V
2
35
35
50
63
160
160
200
1
400V; gG/gL 500V
35
6
100
125
160
250
250
250
690V; gG/gL 690V
25
50
50
80
80
200
200
200
1
IP20
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
—
—
—
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Finger and
back-of-hand
proof
Type 1 coordination
Degree of protection with accessories
Protection against direct contact when
actuated from front (IEC 536)
1
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-3.
2 Damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-93
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75 –10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75 –10)
1 x (2.5 –16)
2 x (2.5 –16)
1 x (2.5 –16)
2 x (2.5 –16)
—
—
—
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (10 –95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10 –95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10 –95)
2 x (10–70)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–6
18–6
12–2
12–2
8–250 kcmil
8–250 kcmil
8–250 kcmil
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
General, continued
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw
terminals
Main cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Nm
1.2
3
3
3.3
3.3
14
14
14
Lb-in
10.6
26.6
26.6
29.2
29.2
123.9
123.9
123.9
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Tools
Main and control circuit cable—
Screw terminals
2
2
2
2
2
—
—
—
Pozidriv screwdriver
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
—
—
—
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
—
—
—
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30°
90
1
XTCF020B
°
1
Description
Open
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
–25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F)
Enclosed
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
90
1
XT Contactors—Four-Pole, continued
°
1
XT IEC Power Control
90
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
°
180°
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
Ambient storage temperature
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-94
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Contactors—Four-Pole, continued
Description
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
1
1
Environmental
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
1
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Main contact—NO contact
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
10g
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
7g
7g
7g
7g
7g
7g
7g
7g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
5g
5g
5g
5g
5g
5g
5g
5g
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
1
1
1
Coil Data Voltage Tolerance
Pickup (x Uc)
1
AC operated
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
DC operated
0.8–1.1
0.7–1.2
0.7–1.2
0.7–1.2
0.7–1.2
0.7–1.2
0.7–1.2
0.7–1.2
1
1
Dropout (x Uc)
AC operated
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
0.4–0.6
DC operated
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
0.2–0.6
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
AC operated 50/50Hz
1
1
Pickup VA
24
50
50
150
150
180
180
180
Pickup W
19
40
40
95
95
150
150
150
Sealing VA
4
8
8
16
16
3.1
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
1.2
2.4
2.4
4
4
2.1
2.1
2.1
1
Pickup W
4.5
12
12
24
24
149
149
149
1
Sealing W
4.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
2.1
2.1
2.1
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
1
DC operated
Duty factor (%DF)
1
1
Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
Main contact
AC operated
1
Closing delay (ms)
15 to 21
6 to 22
6 to 22
12 to 18
12 to 18
28 to 33
28 to 33
28 to 33
Opening delay (ms)
9 to 18
8 to 14
8 to 14
8 to 13
8 to 13
35 to 41
35 to 41
35 to 41
1
31
47
47
54
54
35
35
35
1
DC operated
Closing delay (ms)
Opening delay (ms)
Arcing time (ms)
12
30
30
24
24
30
30
30
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-95
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Auxiliary Contacts
XTCE007B_–
XTCE032C
XTCEXFAC_
XTCEXFATC_
XTCEXFCC_
XTCEXSCC_
XTCEXFAG_
XTCEXSBLN_
XTCEXSBN_
XTCEXSBNC_
XTCEXSCN_
XTCEXSCNC_
Interlocked opposing contacts with an auxiliary contact
module (to IEC 60947-5 -1 Annex L)
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Break contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror
contact (to IEC/EN 60947-4 -1 Annex F)
XTCE007B_–
XTCE032C
XTCE007B_–XTCE032C
XTCE007B_–XTCE032C
XTCE040D_–XTCE065D_ XTCE040D_–XTCE065D_
XTCE185L_–XTCEC10N_
Rated impulse withstand voltage, (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
6000
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Rated insulation voltage, (Ui) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
Rated operational voltage, (Ue) Vac
500
500
500
500
500
Between coil and auxiliary contacts
400
400
400
440
440
Between the auxiliary contacts
400
400
400
440
440
230V
6A
6A
6A
6A
6A
380/415V
4A
3A
4A
4A
4A
500V
1.5A
—
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
6000
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101(A) in Vac
Rated operational current, le
AC-15
DC-3 L/R <5 ms 1
1
24V
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
60V
6A
6A
6A
6A
6A
1
110V
3A
3A
3A
3A
3A
220V
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
1
Conventional thermal current, Ith
16A
16A
16A 3
10A
10A
1
Control circuit reliability
(at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17 V, Imin = 5.4 mA)
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
1
Component lifespan, operations x 106
at Ue = 230V, AC-15, 3A
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1
Short-circuit rating without welding 2
10A
10A
10A
16A
16A
1
1
Maximum fuse, gG/gL
Notes
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time L/R contact as stated.
2 See fuses overlay for time/current characteristic (on request).
3 Conventional thermal current (I ) of XTCEXSCC_ is 10A.
th
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-96
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Parallel Link
Description
1
XTCEXPLKB
XTECXPLKC
XTCEXPLKD
XTCEXPLKG
XTCEXPLK185
Solid (mm2)
1–16
16
16
—
—
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.5–25)
2 x (0.5–16)
1 x (16–35)
1 x (16–120)
—
—
1
Stranded (mm2)
1 x (0.5–25)
2 x (0.5–16)
1 x (16–50)
1 x (16–120)
1 x (35–300)
2 x (35–120)
—
1
Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm)
6 x 9 x 0.8
—
—
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
4
4
14
—
—
Pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
—
—
—
Hexagon socket head spanner—SW (mm)
—
—
5
6
—
Three-pole (Ith) A
50
100
180
400
—
Four-pole (Ith) A
60
—
—
—
—
1
Terminal capacity
Tightening torque (Nm)
1
1
1
Tools
1
Conventional thermal current
1
1
1
Cable Terminal Block, Flat Cable Terminal
XTCEXTLA225A
XTCEXTLA400
XTCEXPLK185
XTCEXTFB650
XTCEXTFB820
1
Stranded (mm2)
1 x (16–185)
2 x (16–150)
1 x (120–300)
2 x (70–240)
—
—
—
1
Stranded (AWG)
1 x (6–350 kcmil)
2 x (6–350 kcmil)
1 x (250–600 kcmil)
2 x (2/0–500 kcmil)
—
—
—
1
Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm)
—
—
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (10 x 40 x 1)
2 x (20 x 40 x 0.5)
Description
Terminal capacity
1
1
AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation
Description
1
1
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
at 40°C (Ith)
22A
22A
22A
22A
40A
45A
45A
at 50°C (Ith)
21A
21A
21A
21A
38A
43A
43A
at 55°C (Ith)
21A
21A
21A
21A
37A
42A
42A
at 60°C (Ith)
20A
20A
20A
20A
35A
40A
40A
Enclosed
18A
18A
18A
18A
32A
36A
36A
1
Open
50A
50A
50A
50A
88A
100A
100A
1
Enclosed
45A
45A
45A
45A
80A
90A
90A
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz
1
Open
1
1
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-97
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-3 Operation
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
220/230V
7
9
12
15.5
18
25
32
240V
7
9
12
15.5
18
25
32
1
380/400V
7
9
12
15.5
18
25
32
415V
7
9
12
15.5
18
25
32
1
440V
7
9
12
15.5
18
25
32
500V
5
7
10
12.5
18
25
32
660/690V
4
5
7
9
12
15
18
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz
1 (I
e) in amperes
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
220/230V
2.2
2.5
3.5
4
5
7.5
10
240V
2.2
3
4
4.6
5.5
8.5
11
1
380/400V
3
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
15
1
415V
4
5.5
7
8
10
14.5
19
440V
4.5
5.5
7.5
8.4
10.5
15.5
20
500V
3.5
4.5
7
7.5
12
17.5
23
660/690V
3.5
4.5
6.5
7
11
14
17
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
7
10
13
15
1
1
1
AC Ratings—AC-4 Operation
1
Description
1
220/230V
5
6
7
1
240V
5
6
7
7
10
13
15
380/400V
5
6
7
7
10
13
15
1
415V
5
6
7
7
10
13
15
440V
5
6
7
7
10
13
15
1
500V
4.5
5
6
6
1
13
1
1
660/690V
4
4.5
5
5
8
10
12
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 2 (Ie) in amperes
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
220/230V
1
1.5
2
2
2.5
3.5
4
240V
1.5
1.6
2.2
2.2
3
4
4.5
380/400V
2.2
2.5
3
3
4.5
6
7
415V
2.3
2.8
3.4
3.4
5
6.5
7.5
1
440V
2.4
3
3.6
3.6
5.5
7
8
500V
2.5
2.8
3.5
3.5
6
8
9
1
660/690V
2.9
3.6
4.4
4.4
6.5
8.5
10
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
2 Example—
The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
AC-3 current of 18/6 x 10A = 30A. Using an XTCE032C (32A AC-3) contactor is recommended.
1
1
1
V5-T1-98
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-6A Operation
Description
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
1
Transformer loads
Values are
application specific
Values are
application specific
Values are
application specific
Values are
application specific
Values are
application specific
Values are
application specific
Values are
application specific
1
1
Calculation is Ie AC-3 = X / 6 * Ie transformer where X is the inrush current of the transformer and Ie transformer is the nominal current. 1
1
AC Ratings—AC-6B Operation
Description
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
Capacitor loads
Individual compensation rated operational current Ie
of three-phase capacitors in amperes
1
1
Up to 525V
See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
690V
See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
1
Maximum inrush current peak (x Ie)
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Component lifesaving (operations)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation
Description
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
XTCE072D
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
1
Conventional free air thermal current,
three-pole, 50–60 Hz
Open
at 40°C (Ith)
60A
80A
98A
98A
110A
130A
160A
190A
275A 2
at 50°C (Ith)
57A
71A
88A
88A
98A
125A
142A
180A
200A
at 55°C (Ith)
55A
68A
83A
83A
94A
115A
135A
170A
190A
at 60°C (Ith)
50A
65A
80A
80A
90A
110A
130A
160A
185A
45A
58A
72A
72A
80A
100A
115A
144A
166A
Open
125A
162A
200A
200A
225A
275A
325A
400A
460A
Enclosed
112A
145A
180A
180A
200A
250A
285A
360A
415A
Enclosed
1
Conventional free air thermal current,
single-pole (Ith)
Notes
1 Example—
The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
AC-3 current of 18/6 x 10A = 30A. Using an XTCE032C (32A AC-3) contactor is recommended.
2 For 225–275A, use 2X 70 mm2 wire.
3 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-99
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-3 Operation
Description
XTCE040D
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz
1 (I
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
XTCE072D
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
e) in amperes
220/230V
40
50
65
72
80
95
115
150
170
240V
40
50
65
72
80
95
115
150
170
380/400V
40
50
65
7
80
95
115
150
170
415V
40
50
65
72
80
95
115
150
170
440V
40
50
65
72
80
95
115
15
170
500V
40
50
65
72
80
95
115
150
170
660/690
25
32
37
37
65
80
93
100
150
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
1
220/230V
12.5
15.5
20
22
25
30
37
48
52
240V
13.5
17
22
35
27.5
34
40
52
57
1
380/400V
18.5
22
30
37
37
45
55
75
90
1
415V
24
30
39
41
43
57
70
91
100
440V
25
32
41
44
51
60
75
95
105
1
500V
28
36
47
45
58
70
85
110
120
660/690V
23
30
35
35
63
75
90
96
140
1
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
XTCE072D
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
1
AC Ratings—AC-4 Operation
1
Description
1
220/230V
18
21
25
25
40
50
55
65
65
1
240V
18
21
25
25
40
50
55
65
65
380/400V
18
21
25
25
40
50
55
65
65
1
415V
18
21
25
25
40
50
55
65
65
440V
18
21
25
25
40
50
55
65
65
1
500V
18
21
25
25
40
50
55
65
65
1
660/690V
14
17
20
20
40
50
45
50
50
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
1
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
220/230V
5
6
7
7
12
16
17
20
1
240V
5.5
6.5
7.5
7.5
13
17
19
22
22
1
380/400V
9
10
12
12
20
26
28
33
33
415V
9.5
11
13
13
24
30
33
39
39
1
440V
10
12
14
14
25
32
35
41
41
500V
11
13
16
16
29
36
40
47
47
1
660/690V
12
14
17
17
26
35
43
48
48
1000V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
Note
1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-100
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC6-A Operation
Description
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
XTCE072D
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
Transformer loads
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Calculation is Ie AC-3 = X / 6 * Ie transformer where X is the inrush current of the transformer and Ie transformer is the nominal current. 1
1
1
1
1
AC Ratings—AC6-B Operation
Description
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
XTCE072D
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
1
Capacitor loads
Individual compensation rated operational current Ie of
three-phase capacitors in amperes
Up to 525V
See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
690V
See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
Maximum inrush current peak (x Ie)
30
30
30
30
30
30
1
30
30
30
Component lifesaving (operations)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE185H
XTCE225L
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
1
1
XTCE500M
XTCE570M
XTCE580N
1
1
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz
at 40°C (Ith)
337
356
429
490
612
857
857
980
at 50°C (Ith)
301
310
383
438
548
767
767
876
at 55°C (Ith)
287
295
366
418
522
731
731
836
at 60°C (Ith)
275
285
350
400
500
700
700
800
245
275
875
315
1250
1750
1750
2000
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)
1
1
AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation
Description
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Example—The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
AC-3 current of 18/6 x 10A = 30A. Using an XTCE032C (32A AC-3) contactor is recommended.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-101
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-3 Operation
XTCE185H
XTCE225L
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
XTCE500M
XTCE570M
XTCE580N
220/230V
185
225
250
300
400
500
580
580
240V
185
225
250
300
400
500
580
580
1
380/400V
185
225
250
300
400
500
580
580
415V
185
225
250
300
400
500
580
580
1
440V
185
225
250
300
400
500
580
580
500V
185
225
250
300
400
500
580
580
660/690V
150
160
250
210
400
500
580
580
1000V
76
76
76
95
95
95
95
435
220/230V
55
70
75
90
125
155
185
185
240V
62
75
85
100
132
170
200
200
1
380/400V
90
110
132
160
200
250
315
315
415V
110
132
148
180
240
300
348
348
1
440V
115
138
157
185
255
345
370
370
1
500V
132
160
180
215
290
360
420
420
660/690V
140
150
240
195
344
344
344
560
1000V
108
108
108
132
132
132
132
600
XTCE185H
XTCE225L
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
XTCE500M
XTCE570M
XTCE580N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz
1 (I
e) in amperes
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
AC Ratings—AC-4 Operation
1
Description
1
220/230V
136
164
200
200
296
360
360
456
240V
136
164
200
200
296
360
360
456
1
380/400V
136
164
200
200
296
360
360
456
1
415V
136
164
200
200
296
360
360
456
440V
136
164
200
200
296
360
360
456
1
500V
136
164
200
200
296
360
360
456
660/690V
110
120
200
200
296
360
360
456
1
1000V
55
55
76
76
95
95
95
348
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
1
220/230V
41
51
62
75
92
112
112
143
1
240V
45
54
68
82
101
122
122
156
380/400V
75
90
110
132
160
200
200
250
1
415V
80
96
117
142
176
216
216
274
440V
85
102
125
150
186
229
229
290
1
500V
96
116
143
172
214
260
260
330
660/690V
102
110
189
160
283
344
344
440
1000V
77
77
108
109
132
132
132
509
1
1
Note
1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-102
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation
Description
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R
XTCEC20R
1
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole,
50–60 Hz
at 40°C (Ith)
1041
1102
1225
1225
1714 1
2200
2450 1
at 50°C (Ith)
931
986
1095
1095
1533 1
1970
2190 1
at 55°C (Ith)
888
940
1044
1044
1462 1
1800
2089 1
at 60°C (Ith)
850
900
1000
1000
1400 1
1800
2000 1
2125
2250
2500
2500
3500
4500
5000
Conventional free air thermal current,
single-pole (Ith)
1
1
1
1
1
AC Ratings—AC-3 Operation
Description
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R
XTCEC20R
220/230V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
240V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 2 (Ie) in amperes
380/400V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
415V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
440V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
500V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
660/690V
650
750
820
1000
—
1600
—
1000V
435
580
580
700
—
—
—
220/230V
205
240
260
315
—
500
—
240V
225
260
285
340
—
550
—
380/400V
355
400
450
560
—
900
—
415V
390
455
500
610
—
930
—
440V
420
480
525
650
—
1000
—
500V
470
550
600
730
—
1180
—
630
720
750
1000
—
1600
—
1000V
600
800
800
1000
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
660/690V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Up to 690V.
2 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-103
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-4 Operation
Description
XTCE650N
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz
1 (I
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R
XTCEC20R
e) in amperes
220/230V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
240V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
1
380/400V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
415V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
1
440V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
500V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
660/690V
512
576
656
800
—
1280
—
1000V
348
464
464
700
—
—
—
1
1
1
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
220/230V
161
181
209
260
—
30
—
240V
176
200
228
280
—
450
—
1
380/400V
280
315
355
450
—
750
—
1
415V
307
346
394
490
—
770
—
440V
32
367
41
520
—
830
—
500V
370
417
474
590
—
940
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
660/690V
494
556
633
780
—
1300
—
1000V
509
678
678
1000
—
—
—
AC Ratings—AC-6A Operation
Description
Transformer loads
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R
XTCEC20R
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Values are
application
specific
Calculation is Ie AC-3 = X / 6 * Ie transformer where X is the inrush current of the transformer and Ie transformer is the nominal current. 2
Notes
1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
2 Example—The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
AC-3 current of 18/6 x 10A = 30A. Using an XTCE032C (32A AC-3) contactor is recommended.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-104
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
AC Ratings—AC-6B Operation
Description
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC16R
XTCEC20R
1
Capacitor loads
Individual compensation rated operational
current Ie of three-phase capacitors in amperes
Up to 525V
463
463
463
463
—
—
—
690V
265
265
265
265
—
—
—
30
30
30
30
—
—
—
Maximum inrush current peak (x Ie)
Component lifesaving (operations)
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000
—
—
—
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr)
200
200
200
200
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
AC Ratings—Four-Pole—AC-1 Operation
Description
1
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
at 40°C (Ith)
22
32
45
3
80
125
160
200
at 50°C (Ith)
21
30
41
60
76
116
15
188
at 60°C (Ith)
20
28
39
54
69
108
138
172
Enclosed (amps)
18
27
36
50
64
100
128
160
1
Open (amps)
60
84
117
162
207
325
415
516
1
Enclosed (amps)
54
76
105
146
186
292
373
464
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50-60 Hz
1
Open (amps)
1
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole
1
1
AC Ratings—Four-Pole—AC-3 Operation
Description
1
1
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
220/230V
12
18
25
40
50
80
95
115
240V
12
18
25
40
50
80
95
115
380/400V
12
18
25
40
50
80
95
115
415V
12
18
25
40
50
80
95
115
440V
12
18
25
40
50
80
95
115
500V
10
18
25
40
50
80
95
115
660/690V
7
12
15
25
32
65
80
93
1
220/230V
3.5
5
7.5
2.5
15.5
25
30
37
240V
4
5.5
8.5
13.5
17
27.5
33
40
1
380/400V
5.5
7.5
11
18.5
22
37
45
55
415V
7
10
14.5
24
30
48
57
70
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz (Ie) in amperes
1
1
1
1
Rated power, (P) in kilowatts
440V
7.5
10.5
15.5
25
32
51
60
75
500V
47
12
17.5
28
36
58
70
85
660/690V
6.5
11
14
23
30
63
75
90
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-105
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
DC Ratings—DC-1
1
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes
1
60V
1
110V
220V
1
440V
1
XTCE009B
XTCE012B,
XTCF020B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
20
20
20
20
35
40
40
50
60
72
20
20
20
20
35
40
40
50
50
72
15
15
15
15
3
4
40
45
45
65
1
1.3
1.3
1.3
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
2.9
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE185H
XTCE225H
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
XTCE500M
XTCE007B
1
60V
110
110
160
160
300
300
300
300
400
400
110V
110
110
16
160
300
300
300
300
400
400
1
220V
70
70
90
90
300
300
300
300
400
400
440V
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
11
11
11
11
11
11
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC20R
XTCEC16R
1
1
60V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
110V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
220V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
440V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
72
1
1
1
DC Ratings—DC-3
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes
XTCE007B
1
60V
20
20
20
20
35
35
40
50
60
110V
20
20
20
20
35
35
40
50
50
72
1
220V
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
10
10
25
25
25
35
440V
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE185H
XTCE225H
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
XTCE500M
1
1
1
1
60V
110
110
160
160
300
300
300
300
400
400
110V
110
110
160
160
300
300
300
300
400
400
220V
35
35
40
40
300
300
300
300
400
400
440V
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC20R
XTCEC16R
1
1
60V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
110V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
220V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
440V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-106
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
DC Ratings—DC-5
1
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes
XTCE007B
XTCE009B
XTCE012B
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
60V
20
20
20
20
35
35
40
50
60
72
110V
20
20
20
20
35
35
40
50
50
72
220V
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
10
10
25
25
25
35
440V
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE185H
XTCE225H
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
XTCE500M
60V
110
110
160
160
300
300
300
300
400
400
110V
110
110
160
160
300
300
300
300
400
400
220V
35
35
40
40
300
300
300
300
400
400
440V
1
1
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC20R
60V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
110V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
220V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
440V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DC Ratings—Four-Pole—DC-1 Operation
1
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
60V
22
32
45
63
80
125
160
200
110V
22
32
45
6
80
125
160
200
220V
6
32
45
63
80
125
160
200
440V
1.3
3
3
5
5
100
125
150
1
1
1
1
1
DC Ratings—Four-Pole—DC-3 Operation
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
60V
20
32
45
63
80
125
160
200
110V
20
32
45
63
80
125
160
200
220V
1.5
32
45
63
80
125
160
200
440V
0.2
6
6
8
8
75
95
115
1
1
1
1
1
DC Ratings—Four-Pole—DC-5 Operation
1
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes
XTCF020B
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
60V
20
32
45
63
80
125
160
200
110V
20
25
32
508
80
125
160
200
220V
1.5
15
22
38
70
100
125
150
440V
0.2
4
4
8
8
60
75
90
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-107
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts
1
Description
1
1
XTCE007B
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
XTCE025C
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
at Ith
3
3
3
3
7.3
9.6
12.1
11.3
at Ie to AC-3/400V
0.37
0.6
1.1
1.8
1.9
3.8
6.1
7.2
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2
2
2
1.5
XTCE050D
XTCE065D
XTCE072D
XTCE080F
XTCE095F
XTCE115G
XTCE150G
XTCE170G
at Ith
19
28.8
28.8
12.2
18.2
20.3
30.7
41.1
at Ie to AC-3/400V
11.3
19
23
9.6
13.5
15.9
27.0
34.7
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.4
XTCE185H
XTCE225H
XTCE250L
XTCE300L
XTCE400M
XTCE500M
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
at Ith
34
45
55
37
58
113
61
69
at Ie to AC-3/400V
16
23
28
21
37
58
32
41
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCE750N
XTCE820N
XTCEC10N
XTCEC14P
XTCEC20R
XTCEC16R
XTCF160G
XTCF200G
Impedance per pole, megohms
Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
Impedance per pole, megohms
Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
Impedance per pole, megohms
1
1
XTCE012B,
XTCF020B
Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
1
1
XTCE009B
Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
at Ith
78
96
96
188
192
155
at Ie to AC-3/400V
54
65
96
—
—
123
—
—
—
—
—
—
XTCF032C
XTCF045C
XTCF063D
XTCF080D
XTCF125G
Impedance per pole, megohms
Current Heat Loss (Four-Pole) in Watts
Description
XTCF020B
Current heat loss (four-pole) in watts
at Ith
Impedance per pole, megohms
4.7
8.2
12
16
23
29
46
60
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.7
0.6
0.6
0.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-108
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Wiring Diagrams
1
7–150A XTCR Reversing Contactors
Control Circuit—7–32A
Control Circuit—40–170A
21
22
0
0
II
1
21
22
22
21
22
21
14
13
I
14
13
14
14
K2M
K1M
13
13
22
K2M
K1M 22
21
21
A1
A1
K1M
K2M
A2
A2
(-)N
22
21
21
22
13
14
I
14
13
54
54
K1M
K2M 53
53
22
22
K2M 21
K1M 21
A1
A1
K1M
K2M
A2
A2
II
1
Power Circuit—7–150A with
Mechanical Interlock 80–
150A on Mounting Plate
1 3 5
K1M
1
13 5
1
2 4 6 K2M 2 4 6
M1
1
UV W
M
3
1
1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Starters
XTCC Contactors for Three-Phase Capacitors
1
Power Circuit—12–385A AC-3
Power Circuit—11–85 kVAR
1
L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3
1
F1
B 1 x ln
135
2 4 6 K5M
K1M
0.58 x ln
135
2 4 6 K3M
A
0.58 x ln
13 5
246
K1M
13
14
A1
K1M
(–)N
A2
K1T
N
17
K1 18 K1
17
28
22
22
K5M 21 K3M 21
A1
A1
A1
K5M
K3M
A2
A2
A2
Y
Control Circuit—70–1700A AC-3
21
0 22
S11
I
13
14
K1M
13
14
44 14 14
K1M 43 13 13
K3M K5M
A1
K1M
(–)N
A2
N
K1T
A2
2 4 6
1
C1
1
R11
1
R11
21
0 22
S11
54 54 54
K1M 53 53 53
K3M K5M
1
1
Control Circuit—12–55A AC-3
13
14
1 3 5
C
U1
V2
V1 M1 W2
W1 3~ U2
M1
I
A1
17
K1 18 K1
17
28
R11
In the case of group
compensation, multi-stage
capacitor banks are
connected to the mains, as
required. In the process,
transient currents of up to
180 x Ie can flow between
the capacitors. The capacitors
are pre-charged via the earlymake auxiliary contacts and
the fitted wire resistors,
thereby reducing the inrush
current. The main contacts
then close after a time lag
and carry the uninterrupted
current. The contactors for
capacitors are weld-resistant
with inrush current peaks up
to 180 x 1 Ie due to their
special contacts. For
switching reactive-power
compensation equipment
with chokes, observe
design notes.
For switching of power factor
connection with reactors,
please observe engineering
notes, Page V5-T1-64. Use of
the contactors XTCE without
series resistor for centralized
power factor correction—
when using contactors for
group compensation, a
minimum inductance of
approximately 6 μH per
capacitor must be available to
limit the high inrush current
peaks. This corresponds to an
air-cored coil with 5 windings
and a coil diameter of
approximately 140 mm
diameter. The conductor
cross-section must be
selected according to the
rated current per phase.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
22
22
K5M 21 K3M 21
1
A1
A1
A1
K3M
K5M
A2
A2
A2
1
Y
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-109
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contactor Contact Travel Diagrams
Frame B
XTCE 7–15A, XTC—AC
XTCE 7–9A—DC
NO contact
NO contact
0
NC contact
3.3
0
XTCEXSAC11
NC contact
0
0
2.1 2.9
NC contact
2.9
0.7
XTCEXSAC11
NO contact
0
3.2
4.5
1.6
NC contact
4.4
4.4
1.0
NO contact
0
4.5
0
3.3
XTCEXSAC11
NO contact
0
NC contact
NO contact
0
4.5
4.5
1.0
XTCE 12–15A, XTCF—DC
0
2.3 2.9
0
NC contact
2.9
0.7
0
3.2
4.4
4.4
1.6
1
1
1
1
1
XTCEXF...LC_
NO contact
NC contact
2.8
4.5
1
1
0
0
2.9
NC contact
2.9
1.9
0
Frames F and G
XTCE 40–72A
XTCE 80–170A
NO contact
0
4
6.0
0
NO contact
5.1 7.5
2.0
4.4
4.4
2.8
0
8
11
0
9.2 11
1.8
XTCEXF...G_
Auxiliary NO
XTCEXF...G_
3.2
NO contact
NO contact
0
NC contact
XTCEXSAC11, XTCEXF...C_
0
5.7 7.5
NC contact
7.5
3.9
0
7.4
11
0
7.3
11
NO contact
0
NC contact
3.2
6
XTCEXF...LG_
0
XTCEXF...LG_
6
1.6
NO contact
1
1
NC contact
1.1
Frame D
1
1
0
NO contact
0
4.5
XTCE 15–32A
Auxiliary NC
1
2.0
Frame C
NO contact
1
XTCEXF...LC_
NO contact
0
1
1
XTCEXF...LC_
0
NO contact
7.5
3.8
NC contact
NC contact
0
XTCEXF...LC_
5.4 7.5
0
8.9 11
0
8.95 11
NO contact
0
NC contact
2.0
6
XTCEXS...N_
0
2.8
XTCEXS...N_
6
NO contact
NO contact
0
1
NC contact
0
5.45 7.5
3.6
NC contact
7.5
0
7.1
11
1
XTCEXSBLN11
1
NO contact
1
0
4.1
NO contact
7.5
NC contact
NC contact
0
1
1
XTCEXSBLN11
4.95 7.5
Note: The diagrams indicate the closing and travel of the contacts of the contactors and auxiliary
contacts at no-load. Tolerances are not taken into consideration.
1
1
V5-T1-110
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
0
0
7.6
11
8.45 11
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Electrical Life Curves
1
Normal Switching Duty
170
150
115
95
80
65
50
40
32
7.5
5.5
4
3
kW
AC-3/400V
XTCE170G
XTCE150G
XTCE115G
XTCE095F
XTCE080F
XTCE065D
XTCE050D
XTCE040D
XTCE032C
25
XTCE025C
18
XTCE015B
XTCE018C
12
XTCE012B
9
7
XTCE009B, XTMC9A
XTCE007B
5
4
XTMC9A
3
XTMC9A
2
0.01
0.02
0.04 0.06 0.1
0.2
0.4 0.6
1
2
4
6
10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
900
A
1600 XTCEC16R
560
1000 XTCEC10N
450
400
355
315
250
200
160
132
110
90
75
55
45
37
30
Rated Operational Current Ie 50 – 60 Hz
A
90
75
55
45
37
30
22
18.5
15
11
1
XTCE185H–XTCEC16R
Rated Output of Three-phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz
kW
Rated Operational Current Ie 50 – 60 Hz
Rated Output of Three-phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz
XTCE007B–XTCE170G
820
750
AC-3/400 V
1
XTCE820N
XTCE750N
1
650 XTCE650N
580 XTCE580N
1
500 XTCE500M
400 XTCE400M
300 XTCE300L
250
225
XTCE250L
XTCE225H
185
XTCE185H
1
1
145
1
104
85
1
72
58
22
43
18.5
36
15
30
11
7.5
23
16
1
1
0.01 0.02
0.04 0.06 0.1
0.2
0.4 0.6
1
2
3 4 5 6 8 10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
1
5.5
4
3.5
2.5
XTCE150G,
XTCE170G
XTCE115G
XTCE095F
XTCE080F
40 XTCE065D
XTCE050D
35
32 XTCE040D
20 XTCE032C
XTCE025C
17
13
XTCE012B,
9 XTCE015B
XTCE009B
8.3
6.5 XTCE007B
5
4
3
XTMC9A
2
0.01
0.02
0.04 0.06
0.1
0.2
0.4 0.6
1
2
4
6
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
10
AC-4/400 V
kW
A
750
1280
XTCEC16R
450
355
800
656
XTCEC10N
XTCE820N
576
512
456
360
296
XTCE750N
XTCE650N
XTCE580N
XTCE500M
XTCE400M
240
200
164
140
XTCE300L
XTCE250L
XTCE225H
XTCE185H
315
280
250
200
160
132
110
90
75
55
45
37
30
22
18.5
15
11
7.5
Rated Operational Current I e 50 – 60 Hz
9
7. 5
AC-4/400V
A
100
90
80
66
1
XTCE185H–XTCEC16R
Rated Output of Three-phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz
19
17
15
Rated Operational Current I e 50 – 60 Hz
Rated Output of Three-phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz
XTCE007B–XTCE170G
52
47
41
33
1
1
Extreme Switching Duty
kW
1
1
1
1
1
104
85
72
58
1
43
36
30
1
23
1
16
5.5
12
4
8.8
3
6.5
2.2
5
1.5
3.5
1
1
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.1
0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6
1
2
3 4 5 6 8 10
1
1
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-111
1.1
1
1
1
Three-Pole—XTCE007B–XTCEC20R
2000
1800
XTCEC20R
XTCEC16R
1400
XTCEC14P
XTCE820N, XTCEC10N
XTCE650N XTCE750N
XTCE580N
XTCE500M
1000
900 850
800
700
1
1
1
Four-Pole—XTCF020B–XTCF200G
AC-1/400 V
AC-1/400 V
XTCE400M
XTCE300L
XTCE250L
XTCE225H
XTCE185H
200
XTCF200G
500
400
350
300
275
160
XTCF160G
125
XTCF125G
80
XTCF080D
63
XTCF063D
45
XTCF045C
160
XTCE150G, XTCE170G
130
110
90
80
65
XTCE115G
XTCE095F
XTCE080F
XTCE065D
XTCE050D
50
40
35
XTCE040D
XTCE025C, XTCE032C
XTCE018C
20
XTMC9A
Breaking Current A
1
XT IEC Power Control
Switching Duty for Non-Motor Loads
Breaking Current A
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XTC
E00
1
10
1
5
4
7B,
XTC
E00
9B,
XTC
E01
2B,
7
XTC
E01
5B
32
XTCF032C
22
XTCF020B
3
1
2
0.1
1
0.2
0.4
0.6
1
2
4
6
10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
1
0.1
0.2
0.5
0.3
0.7
1
2
3
5
7
10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
1
1
1
Operating characteristics:
Non-inductive and slightly inductive loads
Electrical characteristics:
Switch on: 1 x Rated current
Switch off: 1 x Rated current
Utilization category:
100% AC-1
Typical applications:
Electrical heating
1
Short-Time Loading
Three-Pole—XTCE007B–XTCEC20R
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
AC-1/400 V
A
700
Short-time Current
1
Three-Pole—XTCE080F–XTCEC16R
Short-time Current
1
600
XTCE065D
500
450
400
350
XTCE050D
XTCE040D
300
XTCE025C
250
XTCE032C
A
AC-1/400 V
19000 XTCEC16R
10000 XTCE820N
XTCE750N
8000 XTCE650N
XTCE580N
6000
XTCE500M
XTCEC10N, XTCEC14P
XTC
EC2
0R
5000
XTCE018C
4000
200
XTCE400M
XTCE300L
150
120
3000 XTCE250L
XTCE012B,
XTCE015B
2500
70
2000 XTCE185H, XTCE225H
1800 XTCE115G,
1500 XTCE150G,
XTCE170G
50
1100 XTCE080F, XTCE095F
1000
100
90
XTCE007B,
XTCE009B
40
700
30
500
400
20
15
300
1
2
1
3
5
7
10
20
30
Duration of load
50 70 100
1 min
200 300
3 min 5 min
500 700 900 Seconds
200
10 min 15 min
2
3
5
7
10
20
30
Duration of load
1
1
V5-T1-112
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
50 70 100
200 300
1 min 3 min 5 min
500 700 900
10 min 15 min
Seconds
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Maximum Operating Frequency—Related to Rating and Utilization Category (400V)
7 to 150 hp
185 to 820 hp
Ops./h
Ops./h
6000
1
1
4000
4000
a
3000
b
2000
c
1500
a
b
c
1
d
1
d
2000
1
1000
800
1
600
e
1000
500
800
400
e
1
f
300
600
200
400
1
g
150
1
100
200
1
50
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0
10
20
30
50
40
60
70
80
90
100 %
PN [kW/hp]
100 %
1
PN [kW/hp]
Utilization Category 1
1
Utilization Category 1
1
Characteristic Curve Above
Characteristic Curve Above
Type
AC-1
AC-3
AC-2, AC-4
Type
AC-1
AC-3
AC-2, AC-4
XTCE007B–XTCE015B
3
1
5
XTCE185H
2
1
6
XTCE018C–XTCE032C
3
2
5
XTCE225H
2
1
6
XTCE040D–XTCE065D
3
2
5
XTCE250L
2
1
6
XTCE080F–XTCE150G
3
4
5
XTCE300L
3
2
7
XTCE400M
3
2
7
XTCE500M
3
2
7
XTCE580N
3
4
5
XTCE650N
3
4
5
XTCE750N
3
4
5
XTCE820N
3
4
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 P = max. motor rating (kW/hp) of the relevant contactor.
N
ops./h = max. number of operations per hour.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-113
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTCE Contactors (Three-Pole)
1
Frame B, XTCE007B and XTCE015B Contactors with Screw Terminals (7–15A) XTCF020B
1
36 [1.42]
1
4 x M4 Dia.
1
68
[2.68]
18
[.71]
1
60 [2.36]
45
[1.77]
1
1
1
8.7 [.34]
Typ.
1
6.5 [.26]
5.1 [.20]
75 [2.95]
45 [1.77]
1
1
3.2 [.13]
C
Auxiliary
Type
C
XTCEXFAC_
117 [4.61]
XTCEXFCC_
117 [4.61]
35 [1.38]
XTCEXFATC_ 125 [4.92]
Frame B, XTCEC007B–XTCEC012B Contactors with Spring Cage Terminals (7–12A)
1
1
26.4
[1.04]
1
4 x M4 Dia.
52.3
[2.06]
1
1
1.8
[.07]
1.8
[.07]
1
1
68
[2.68]
8.7 [.34]
Typ.
1
60 [2.36]
3.2 [.13]
6.5 [.26]
35 [1.38]
75 [2.95]
5.1 [.20]
125.2 [4.93]
45 [1.77]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-114
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Frame C, XTCE018C–XTCE032C Contactors (18–32A)
1
1
38
[1.50]
1
71
[2.80]
60.4
[2.38]
2 x M4 Dia.
85
[3.46]
1
1
75 [2.95]
1
1
4.5 [.17]
4.8 [.19]
17.7 [.70]
6.4
[.25]
11.6
[.46]
4.5 [.17]
1
6.5 [.26]
10.6
[.42]
97.4 [3.83]
35 [1.38]
138.7 [5.46]
11.6
[.46]
45 [1.77]
1
1
Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in]
1
Frame D, XTCE040D–XTCE072D Contactors (72A)
1
1
4 x M4 Dia.
1
1
104
[4.09]
57
[2.24]
86.4
[3.40]
1
105 [4.13]
1
1
1
34.4 [1.35]
55 [2.17]
1
45 [1.77]
4.7 [.19]
1
6.9 [.27]
113.8 [4.48]
132.1 [5.20]
146.8 [5.78]
1
Note: Sideways distance to
grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-115
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Frames F–G, XTCE080F–XTCE170G Contactors (80–170A)
1
4 x M6 Dia.
1
156 [6.14]
1
156 [6.14]
57 [2.24]
76.5 [3.01]
1
170 [6.69]
1
1
1
1
1
90 [3.54]
1
1
1
1
70 [2.79]
82.5 [3.25]
85.5 [3.37]
142 [5.59]
111 [4.37]
Note: Sideways distance to
grounded parts: 10 mm [.39 in]
160 [6.30]
Frames H–M, XTCE185H–XTCE570M Contactors (185–580A)
W1
W
11 [.43] Dia.
1
M6 Dia.
1
1
1
H2
H3
H1 H
1
1
W3
1
W2
D1
W4
D2
8 [.31]
D
1
W
W1
W2
W3
W4
H
H1
H2
H3
D
D1
D2
1
Frame H
140 [5.51]
160 [6.30]
120 [4.72]
20 [.79]
41 [1.61]
180 [7.09]
165 [6.50]
190 [7.48]
160 [6.30]
158 [6.22]
4 [.16]
83 [3.27]
Frame L
140 [5.51]
160 [6.30]
120 [4.72]
20 [.79]
48 [1.89]
180 [7.09]
164 [6.46]
189 [7.44]
160 [6.30]
208 [8.19]
5 [.20]
140 [5.51]
1
Frame M
160 [6.30]
180 [7.09]
130 [5.12]
25 [.98]
48 [1.89]
200 [7.87]
184 [7.24]
209 [8.23]
180 [7.09]
216 [8.50]
6 [.24]
140 [5.51]
160 [6.30]
180 [7.09]
130 [5.12]
38 [1.50]
57 [2.24]
200 [7.87]
189 [7.44]
219 [8.62]
180 [7.09]
216 [8.50]
6 [.24]
140 [5.51]
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-116
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Frame N, XTCE580N–XTCEC10N Contactors (580–1000A)
1
A Dia.
1
M6
Dia.
1
1
232
[9.13]
1
215
[8.46]
256 H
[10.08]
1
1
165 [6.50]
80
[3.15]
250 [9.84]
1
D1
1
232 [9.13]
1
W
140 [5.51]
270 [10.63]
W
H
D1
A (Dia.)
XTCE580N
45 [1.77]
296 [11.65]
6 [.24]
13.5 [.53]
XTCE650N
45 [1.77]
296 [11.65]
6 [.24]
13.5 [.53]
XTCE750N
45 [1.77]
296 [11.65]
6 [.24]
13.5 [.53]
XTCE820N
45 [1.77]
296 [11.65]
6 [.24]
13.5 [.53]
XTCEC10N
45 [1.77]
296 [11.65]
10 [.40]
13.5 [.53]
1
1
1
1
1
Frame P, XTCEC14P Contactor (1400A, AC-1)
1
1
M6 Dia.
1
210
342
[8.27]
[13.46]
232
256
[9.13]
[10.08]
1
215
[8.46]
1
308
[12.13]
1
1
165 [6.50]
60
[2.36]
100
[3.94]
14 [.55]
Dia.
100
[3.94]
130 [5.12]
1
10
[.39]
232 [9.13]
1
260 [10.24]
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-117
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Frame R, XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R Contactors
1
1
1
210
[8.27]
392
[15.43]
300
272
[11.81]
10.71]
352
[13.86]
1
1
1
1
150 [5.91]
1
80 [3.15]
40
[1.57]
80 [3.15]
150 [5.90]
125 [4.92]
14 [.55]
Dia.
1
1
172.5 [6.79]
1
252 [9.92]
172.5 [6.79]
515 [20.28]
1
M6 Dia.
1
1
270
[10.63]
1
1
1
430 [16.93]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-118
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
10 [.39]
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTCF Contactors (Four-Pole)
1
Frame B, XTCF020B Contactors
1
45.0
18.0 [1.77]
[0.71]
1
2 x M4
60.0
[2.36]
1
68.0
[2.68]
36.0
[1.42]
1
3.2
[0.13]
45.0
[1.77]
1
6.5
[0.26]
35.0
[1.38]
75.0
[2.95]
1
1
117.0
[4.61]
1
Frame C, XTCF032C–XTCF045C Contactors
1
85.0
[3.35]
1
2 x M4
60.0
38.0 [2.36]
[1.50]
71.0
[2.80]
1
75.0
[2.95]
1
1
58.0
[2.28]
4.5
[0.18]
6.5
[0.26]
1
35.0
[1.38]
97.4
[3.83]
1
138.0
[5.43]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-119
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Frame D, XTCF063D–XTCF080D Contactors
1
1
57.0
[2.24]
1
2 x M4
115.0
[4.53]
86.4
[3.40]
105.0
[4.13]
104.0
[4.09]
1
1
1
1
74.0
[2.91]
4.7
[0.19]
85.0
[3.35]
6.9
[0.27]
114.0
[4.49]
45.0
[1.77]
132.1
[5.20]
147.0
[5.79]
1
1
Frame G, XTCF125G–XTCF200G Contactors
1
1
4 x M6
170.0
[6.69]
1
1
57.0
[2.24]
156.0
[6.14]
156.0
[6.14]
1
1
1
122.0
[4.80]
1
82.5
[3.25]
85.5
[3.37]
133.0
[5.24]
1
70.0
[2.76]
142.0
[5.59]
1
175.0
[6.89]
1
160.0
[6.30]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-120
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTAE Starters with XTOB Overload Relay
Frame B, XTAE007B–XTAE015B Starters with
XTOB (7–12A)
45.3
[1.78]
35
[1.38]
Mounting
Holes for
M4 or #8
Screws
(4 Places)
117.1
[4.61]
60
[2.36]
45
[1.77]
75.8
[2.98]
1
Frame D, XTAE040D–XTAE065D Starters with XTOB
(40–65A)
Mounting
Holes for
M4 or #8
Screws
(4 Places)
1
146
[5.75]
1
132.5
[5.22]
1
1
60
[2.36]
1
105
[4.13]
117.8
[4.64]
1
174
[6.85]
1
1
83.3 [3.28]
88.4 [3.48]
To Reset
1
1
Frame C, XTAE018C–XTAE032C Starters with
XTOB (18–32A)
45
[1.77]
35
[1.38]
Mounting
Holes for
M4 or #8
Screws
(2 Places)
1
98 [3.86]
To Reset
93.6 [3.69]
1
139.8
[5.50]
1
97.8
[3.85]
1
1
75
[2.95]
1
136.4
[5.37]
1
1
1
1
100.2 [3.94]
105.3 [4.15]
To Reset
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-121
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Frames F–G, XTAE080F–XTAE150G Starters with XTOB (80–150A)
90 [3.54]
70 [2.76]
1
160 [6.30]
150 [5.91]
1
1
1
1
170
57
[2.24] [6.69]
156
[6.14]
1
1
1
277
[10.91]
1
1
91
[3.58]
1
74
[2.91]
1
1
1
1
7 [.276]
Dia.
95 [3.74]
100 [3.94]
118 [4.65]
134 [5.28]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-122
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay
Frame B, XTAE007B–XTAE012B Starters
with XTOE (0.35–20A)
117.0 [4.61]
Mounting
Holes for
M4 or #8
Screws
(4 places)
75.8 [2.98]
143.2
[5.64]
1.2 Nm
[11 lb-in]
60.0
[2.36]
100.6
[3.96]
1
90.0
[3.54]
Mtg.
140.0 [5.50]
98.0 [3.80]
Mounting
Holes for
M4 or #8
Screws
(2 places)
222.3
[8.75]
To Reset
45.0 [1.77]
35.0 [1.38]
75.0
[2.95]
117.3
[4.62]
213.6
[8.41]
132.4 [5.21]
To Reset
140.2 [5.52]
56.0 [2.20]
156.0
[6.14]
10.6 [0.42]
Reset
1
1
Terminal
Torque:
14 Nm
[124 lb-in]
21.3 [0.84]
1
1
77.0
[3.00]
18.2 [0.71] Trip/Test
10.6 [0.42] Reset
36.0 [1.42]
89.0
[3.50]
1
1
152.0
[6.00]
146.1 [5.75]
1
1
345.0
[13.6]
5.0
[0.20]
1
1
Frame G, XTAE115G–XTAE150G Starters
with XTOE (100–175A)
M6 [#10] Screws
45.0 [1.77] Mtg.
55.0 [2.17]
105.0
[4.13]
Mtg.
1
41.2 [1.62] Mtg.
Mtg. Holes
for (2) M4
or #8 Screws
18.2 [0.71]
Trip/Test
Mtg. Holes for
(4) #8 Screws or
M4 Screws
1
1
Frame D, XTAE040D–XTAE065D Starters
with XTOE (20–100A)
5.0 [0.20]
1
108.4
[4.27]
Mtg.
70.0
[2.76]
5.0 [0.20]
1
291.1
[11.46]
2.5–3.0 Nm
[22–26 lb-in]
102.7 [4.04]
110.4 [4.35]
175.0 [6.89]
160.0 [6.30]
156.0
[6.14]
Mtg. 167.3
[6.59]
Mtg.
Frame C, XTAE018C–XTAE032C Starters
with XTOE (0.35–45A)
161.0
[6.30]
1
Mtg. Holes for
(4) M6 or #10
Screws
70.0
[2.76]
7.8
[0.31]
1
10.6 [0.42]
Reset
110.4 [4.35]
1
111.8
[4.40]
45.3 [1.78]
35.0 [1.38]
18.2 [0.71]
Trip/Test
102.7 [4.04]
1
Frames F–G, XTAE080F–XTAE115G Starters
with XTOE (20–100A)
1
157.0 [6.18]
161.0 [6.30]
1
110.0 [4.30]
1
1
159.7
[6.29]
To Reset
1
1
1
38.7 [1.52]
To Reset
1
136.2 [5.36]
To Reset
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-123
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
XTCR Reversing Combination
Frames B–D
1
1
1
H
1
1
1
1
1
1
W
D
Frame B (7–15A)
Frame C (18–32A)
Frame D (40–65A)
W
H
D
W
H
D
W
H
D
90
[3.54]
68
[2.68]
117
[4.61]
90
[3.54]
85
[3.34]
138
[5.43]
110
[4.33]
115
[4.53]
146.8
[5.78]
Frames F–G
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
299
314
[11.77] [12.36]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
176 [6.93]
M6
196 [7.72]
183 [7.20]
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-124
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Star-Delta Combination
1
Frames B–D
1
1
H
1
W
Frame B
1
D
Frame C
1
Frame D
W
H
D
W
H
D
W
H
D
158
[6.22]
68
[2.68]
117
[4.61]
158
[6.22]
85
[3.34]
138
[5.43]
188
[7.40]
115
[4.53]
146.8
[5.78]
1
1
1
Frames F–G
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
299
314
[11.77] [12.36]
1
1
1
1
1
1
144 [5.67]
144 [5.67]
1
M6
183 [7.20]
308 [12.13]
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-125
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Mechanical Interlock
Frames H–M—XTCEXMLM
1
XTCEXMLN
15
[.59]
1
1
270
[10.63]
1
300
[11.81]
1
1
9 [.35]
1
1
1
1
1
20
[.79]
515 [20.28]
430 [16.93]
Contactor with Terminal Shroud
Frames L–N Contactors, XTCE250L–XTCEC10N,
with Terminal Shroud XTLEXTS
W
1
1
1
1
H
1
1
1
1
1
XTCE500M, XTCE570M
XTCE580N, XTCE650N,
XTCE750N, XTCE820N,
XTCEC10N
W
H
W
H
W
H
W
H
1
150
[5.91]
384
[15.12]
150
[5.91]
404
[15.91]
174
[6.85]
426
[16.77]
236
[9.29]
506
[19.92]
XTCE250L
XTCE400M
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-126
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Suppressor
Flat Strip Conductor Terminals
XTCE_ Suppressor
XTCEXTFB
1
1
1
H3
H2
1
H1
1
1
H
1
D
W2
1
W1
W1
W2
H1
H2
H3
D
XTCEXRSB_
XTCEXVSB_
XTCEXVSLB_
XTCEXDSB_
25
[.98]
9.2
[.36]
25.9
[1.02]
28
[1.10]
32
[1.26]
9
[.35]
XTCEXRSC_
XTCEXVSC_
XTCEXVSLC_
25
[.98]
9.2
[.36]
16
[.63]
28
[1.10]
32
[1.26]
9
[.35]
XTCEXRSF_
XTCEXVSF_
XTCEXVSLF_
25
[.98]
20
[.79]
18.5
[.73]
28
[1.10]
32
[1.26]
9
[.35]
1
1
W
1
W
H
XTCE500M–XTCE570M
171 [6.73]
232 [9.13]
XTCE750N–XTCE820N
231 [9.09]
310 [12.20]
Three-Phase Commoning Link
XTCEXTLA
Frame B
1
1
1
1
18.1
[.71]
Cable Terminal Block
1
1
13.1
[.52]
H
W
135
[5.31]
222
[8.74]
12.5
[.49]
1
1
1
30
[1.18]
1
W
H
XTCEXCLK3B
112 [4.41]
XTCE250L
198 [7.80]
XTCEXCLK4B
157 [6.18]
XTCE400M
218 [8.58]
XTCBXCLK5B
202 [7.95]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-127
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contents
XTOB, XTOT Overload Relays
Description
1
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-129
V5-T1-130
V5-T1-133
V5-T1-136
V5-T1-138
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
Thermal Overload Relays
1
Product Description
1
1
1
1
The XT line of IEC motor
thermal overload relays
provides an efficient motor
protection solution, available
up to 630A. XTOB units can
be directly mounted to the
contactor or mounted
separately.
Features and Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
1
●
1
●
Direct connect up to 250A
Stand alone and CT type
up to 630A
Large thermal overcurrent
range
Test button
Manual/automatic
selectable reset
NO-NC auxiliary as
standard
Class 10A (to 250A)
Class 30 (CT type)
1
1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
ATEX
RoHS
Notes
Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct
device mounting. See MN03402001E for more information on overload relays for Frames B–G.
Trip Class: 10A
Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors. EC prototype test certificate available upon request.
See manuals MN03402001E and MN03407001E, Page V5-T1-133.
1
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51221
XTOB, D Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
1
Pub51222
1
XTOB, B–C Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-128
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Catalog Number Selection
1
XT IEC Overload Relays
1
XT OB P16 B C1 S
1
Device Type
XT = XT line of IEC control
Type
OB = Bimetallic overload relay
OT = Current transformer overload relay
Overload Release
Frame G
Frame B
035 = 25–35A
P16 = 0.1–0.16A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
050 = 35–50A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
070 = 50–70A
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
100 = 70–100A
001 = 0.6–1A
125 = 95–125A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
150 = 120–150A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
175 = 145–175A
004 = 2.4–4A
006 = 4–6A
Frame H
010 = 6–10A
070 = 50–70A
012 = 9–12A
100 = 70–100A
016 = 12–16A
125 = 95–125A
160 = 120–160A
Frame C
220 = 160–220A
P16 = 0.1–0.16A
250 = 200–250A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
Frame L
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
070 = 50–70A
001 = 0.6–1A
100 = 70–100A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
125 = 95–125A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
160 = 120–160A
004 = 2.4–4A
220 = 160–220A
006 = 4–6A
250 = 200–250A
010 = 6–10A
300 = 200–300A
016 = 12–16A
Frame M
024 = 16–24A
063 = 42–63A
032 = 24–32A
090 = 60–90A
Frame D
125 = 85–125A
010 = 6–10A
160 = 110–160A
016 = 12–16A
240 = 160–240A
024 = 16–24A
290 = 190–290A
040 = 24–40A
400 = 170–400A
057 = 40–57A
540 = 360–540A
065 = 50–65A
075 = 65–75A
Frame N
063 = 42–63A
Frame F
090 = 60–90A
035 = 25–35A
125 = 85–125A
160 = 110–160A
050 = 35–50A
240 = 160–240A
070 = 50–70A
290 = 190–290A
100 = 70–100A
400 = 170–400A
540 = 360–540A
630 = 420–630A
Frame Size
Designation
B = 45 mm
C = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
G = 90 mm
L = 140 mm
Blank = XTOT only
C1
C3
Trip Class
= Class 10A (XTOB)
= Class 30 (XTOT)
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
S
= Separate mount
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-129
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Product Selection
1
Frame B
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame B
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
1
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
0.1–0.16
1
0.16–0.24
1
0.4–0.6
0.24–0.4
1
Contact
Sequence
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
Fuse
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
0.5
25
3
XTOBP16BC1
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
1
25
3
XTOBP24BC1
2 4 6 98 96A2 14/ 1NO-1NC
22
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
2
25
3
XTOBP40BC1
7–15A
25
4
25
3
XTOBP60BC1
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
4
25
3
XTOB001BC1
97 95
0.6–1
1–1.6
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
6
25
6
XTOB1P6BC1
1.6–2.4
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
10
25
6
XTOB2P4BC1
1
2.4–4
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
16
25
15
XTOB004BC1
4–6
1NO-1NC
7–15A
25
20
25
20
XTOB006BC1
1
6–10
1NO-1NC
7–15A
50
25
25
35
XTOB010BC1
1
1
1
1
Frame C
9–12
1NO-1NC
9–15A
50
25
25
45
XTOB012BC1
12–16
1NO-1NC
12–15A
50
25
30
45
XTOB016BC1
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame C
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
1
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
0.1–0.16
Contact
Sequence
97 95
Fuse
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
0.5
25
3
XTOBP16CC1
1
0.16–0.24
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
1
25
3
XTOBP24CC1
1
0.24–0.4
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
2
25
3
XTOBP40CC1
0.4–0.6
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
4
25
3
XTOBP60CC1
1
0.6–1
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
4
25
3
XTOB001CC1
1–1.6
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
6
25
6
XTOB1P6CC1
1
1.6–2.4
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
10
25
6
XTOB2P4CC1
2.4–4
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
16
25
15
XTOB004CC1
1
4–6
1NO-1NC
18–32A
25
20
25
20
XTOB006CC1
1
6–10
1NO-1NC
18–32A
50
25
25
25
XTOB010CC1
10–16
1NO-1NC
18–32A
63
35
30
25
XTOB016CC1
16–24
1NO-1NC
18–32A
100
35
30
25
XTOB024CC1
24–32
1NO-1NC
25–32A
125
63
30
25
XTOB032CC1
1
2 4 6 989614/
22
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-130
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame D
1.1
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame D
1
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
Overload
Releases, Ir
6–10
Contact
Sequence
97 95
10–16
16–24
Frames F–G
1
Fuse
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
40–72A
50
25
25
25
XTOB010DC1
1NO-1NC
40–72A
63
35
25
25
XTOB016DC1
1NO-1NC
40–72A
63
50
30
25
XTOB024DC1
24–40
1NO-1NC
40–72A
125
63
125
125
XTOB040DC1
40–57
1NO-1NC
50–72A
160
80
150
150
XTOB057DC1
50–65
1NO-1NC
65–72A
160
100
150
200
XTOB065DC1
65–75
1NO-1NC
72A
200
125
150
200
XTOB075DC1
2 4 6 98 96
25–35
97 95
35–50
50–70
Frames F–G
Fuse
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
80–170A
125
100
125
125
XTOB035GC1
1NO-1NC
80–170A
160
125
150
200
XTOB050GC1
1NO-1NC
80–170A
250
160
150
200
XTOB070GC1
1NO-1NC
80–170A
315
200
400
400
XTOB100GC1
95–125
1NO-1NC
80–170A
315
200
500
400
XTOB125GC1
120–150
1NO-1NC
80–170A
315
200
600
600
XTOB150GC1
145–175
1NO-1NC
150–170A
315
200
600
600
XTOB175GC1
Fuse
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
80–170A
125
100
125
125
XTOB035GC1S
35–50
1NO-1NC
80–170A
160
125
150
200
XTOB050GC1S
50–70
1NO-1NC
80–170A
250
160
150
200
XTOB070GC1S
70–100
1NO-1NC
80–170A
315
200
400
400
XTOB100GC1S
95–125
1NO-1NC
80–170A
315
250
500
400
XTOB125GC1S
120–150
1NO-1NC
80–170A
315
250
600
600
XTOB150GC1S
145–175
1NO-1NC
150–170A
315
250
600
600
XTOB175GC1S
25–35
97 95
2 4 6 98 96
1
1
1
1
1
1
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
Contact
Sequence
1
1
Overload Relay, Separate Mount—Frames F–G
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
1
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
70–100
2 4 6 98 96
1
1
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
Contact
Sequence
1
1
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frames F–G
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-131
1.1
1
Frame H
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Overload Relay, Separate Mount—Frame H
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
1
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
50–70
1
1 3 5 97 95
70–100
1
95–125
1
1
1
Contact
Sequence
Frame L
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
185–250A
250
160
150
200
XTOB070HC1
1NO-1NC
185–250A
315
200
400
400
XTOB100HC1
1NO-1NC
185–250A
315
250
500
400
XTOB125HC1
120–160
1NO-1NC
185–250A
400
250
600
600
XTOB160HC1
160–220
1NO-1NC
185–250A
400 1
315 1
600
800
XTOB220HC1
200–250
1NO-1NC
225–250A
400 1
315 1
600
700
XTOB250HC1
2 4 6 98 96
Overload Relay, Separate Mount—Frame L
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
1
1
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
50–70
Contact
Sequence
1 3 5 97 95
70–100
1
95–125
1
1
1
1
Fuse
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Frames M-N
1
Contact
Configuration
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Maximum
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
185–250A
250
160
150
200
XTOB070LC1
1NO-1NC
185–250A
315
200
400
400
XTOB100LC1
1NO-1NC
185–250A
315
250
500
400
XTOB125LC1
120–160
1NO-1NC
185–250A
400
250
600
600
XTOB160LC1
160–220
1NO-1NC
185–250A
400 1
315 1
600
800
XTOB220LC1
1
315 1
600
700
XTOB250LC1
630 1
600
700
XTOB300LC1
2 4 6 98 96
200–250
1NO-1NC
225–250A
400
200–300
1NO-1NC
225–300A
630 1
Current Transformer Operated Overload Relays, Separate Mount—Frames M–N 2
Overload
Releases, Ir
1
Fuse
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
42–63
Contact
Sequence
97 95
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
Contact
Configuration
For Use
with
Contactor
Amp Range
Type 1
Coordination,
gG/gL
Type 2
Coordination,
gG/gL
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
150
200
XTOT063C3S
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
250
250
XTOT090C3S
1
60–90
1
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
500
400
XTOT125C3S
110–160
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
600
600
XTOT160C3S
1
160–240
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
600
700
XTOT240C3S
190–290
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
600
700
XTOT290C3S
1
270–400
1NO-1NC
300–500A
—
—
1000
1000
XTOT400C3S
360–540
1NO-1NC
500A
—
—
600
1000
XTOT540C3S
1
420–630
1NO-1NC
630A
—
—
600
1000
XTOT630C3S
85–125
1
98 96
Notes
1 For separate mounting, short-circuit Type 1 rating is 500A and short-circuit Type 2 rating is 400A.
2 The main current parameters are defined by the main current wiring that is used.
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-132
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Accessories
XTOBXDIN_
1
DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter,
Frames C–D 1
Terminal Lug Kit—Set of Three Lugs
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
Description
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Catalog Number
XTOB…CC1
5
XTOBXDINC
#6 AWG-350 kcmil
XTOB…LC1
1
XTOBXTLL
XTOB…DC1
2
XTOBXDIND
1
1
1
1
XTOBXTSL
XTOBXTSCL
Documentation—Manuals for Overload Monitoring
of EEX e-motors
1
Catalog Number
Publication Number
For Use with…
XTOBXTSL
MN03402001E
XTOB…BC1
XTOB…CC1
1
MN03407001E
XTOB…DC1
XTOB…GC1
Terminal Shroud
For Use
with…
XTOB…LC1
Terminal Shroud
For Direct
Mounting of …
XTOB…LC1 to XTCE250L
or XTCE300L
Catalog Number
1
1
Notes
1 Can be snap fitted on a top hat rail (DIN rail) to IEC/EN 60715 or can be screw fitted.
2 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
XTOBXTSCL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-133
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Overload Fitted Directly to the Contactor
Frame B (7–15A)
Frame C (18–32A)
Frame D (40–72A)
Frames F–G (80–170A)
Frames H–L (185–250A)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-134
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Overload Mounted Separately from the Contactor
Frame C (18–32A)
Frame D (40–72A)
Frames F–G (80–170A)
Frames H–L (185–250A)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-135
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
XTOB Overload Relay—General
Description
XTOB…BC1, XTOB…CC1
XTOB…DC1
XTOB…GC1, XTOB…GC1S
XTOB…HC1, XTOB…LC1
1
Standards
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
1
Climate proofing
1
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
1
–25°C to 55°C
[–13°F to 131°F]
–25°C to 55°C
[–13°F to 131°F]
–25°C to 55°C
[–13°F to 131°F]
–25°C to 50°C
[–13°F to 122°F]
Temperature compensation
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
Continuous
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
10g
10g
10g
10g
1
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
P00
Protection against direct contact when actuated
from front (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
1
2
690
690
690
1000
1
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
1
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
6000
8000
Operational voltage (Ue) Vac
690
690
690
1000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and part 101/A1
between auxiliary contacts and main contacts (Vac)
440
440
440
500
between main contacts (Vac)
440
440
440
500
6–75A
25–150A
50–300A
<0.25
<0.25
Overload release setting range
0.1–32A
Short-circuit protection maximum fuse
See overload relay tables starting on Page V5-T1-144.
Temperature compensation residual error >40°C
<0.25
<0.25
Current heat loss (three conductors)
Lower value of setting range, W
2.5
3
16
16
Upper value of setting range
6
7.5
28
28
Solid, mm2
2 x (1–6)
2 x (1–16)
2 x (4–16)
—
Flexible with ferrule, mm2
2 x (1–4)
2 x (1–6) 3
1 x 25
2 x (1–10) 4
1 x (4–70)
2 x (4–50)
—
—
Flexible with cable lug, mm2
—
—
—
50–240
Stranded with cable lug, mm2
—
—
—
50–240
Solid or stranded, AWG
250 kcmil
Terminal capacity
14 - 8
14 - 2
3/0
Flat conductor (number of segments x width x thickness, mm2)
—
—
—
6 x 16 x 0.8
Busbar—width (mm)
—
—
—
25
Terminal screw
M4
M6
M10
M10 x 35
Tightening torque
Nm
1.8
3.5
10
18
Lb-in
16
31
88.5
159.31
Tools
Pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
—
—
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
—
—
Hexagon socket head spanner (SW)
—
—
5 mm
16 mm
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30.
2 Ambient temperature operating range to IEC/EN 60947, PTB: –5°C to 50°C.
3 6 mm2 flexible with ferrules to DIN 46228.
4 Main contact terminal capacity, solid and stranded conductors with ferrules: When using two conductors use identical cross-section.
1
1
1
V5-T1-136
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTOB Overload Relay—Auxiliary and Control Circuit Connections
Description
XTOB…BC1, XTOB…CC1
XTOB…DC1
XTOB…GC1, XTOB…GC1S
XTOB…HC1, XTOB…LC1
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
6000
4000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Solid, mm2
2 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule, mm2
2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
1
Terminal capacity
Solid or stranded (AWG)
1
1
1
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
Nm
0.8–1.2
0.8–1.2
0.8–1.2
0.8–1.2
Lb-in
7–10.6
7–10.6
7–10.6
7–10.6
1
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
1
Terminal screw
1
Tightening torque
Tools
Pozidriv screwdriver
Standard screwdriver
Rated insulated voltage (Ui) Vac
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
500
500
500
500
1
1
Rated operational voltage
500
500
500
500
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and part 101/A1
between auxiliary contacts
240
240
240
240
Conventional thermal current, Ith
6
6
6
6
120V
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
240V
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
415V
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
500V
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
120V
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
240V
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
415V
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
500V
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1
24V
0.9
0.9
0.9
0.9
1
60V
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
1
1
Rated operational current—AC-15
Make contact
1
1
1
Break contact
1
1
Rated operational current—DC-13 L/R <15 ms 1
110V
0.4
0.4
0.4
0.4
220V
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
6
6
6
6
Short-circuit rating without welding maximum fuse, A gG/gl
1
1
1
Note
1 Rated operational current: Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, L/R constant as stated.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-137
1.1
1
Tripping Characteristics
These tripping characteristics
are the mean values of the
spread at 20°C ambient
temperature in a cold state.
1
XTOB...BC1, XTOB...CC1,
XTOB...DC1
1
1
1
1
20
10
6
4
2
1
1
2h
100
60
40
10
6
4
2-Phase
2
20
10
6
4
2
10
6
4
1.5 2
3 4
6 8 10 15 20
3-Phase
10
6
4
2-Phase
1
0.6
1
x Setting Current
10
6
4
2
2
1
0.6
1
20
20
2-Phase
2
XTOB...HC1,
XTOB...LC1
1
40
3-Phase
20
1
0.6
2h
100
60
40
XTOB...GC1
1
40
3-Phase
20
1
1
XTOB...HC1, XTOB...LC1
XTOB...BC1,
XTOB...CC1,
XTOB...DC1
1
40
Seconds
1
XTOB...GC1
Minutes
1
Minutes
1
2h
100
60
40
25% of the read off value.
Specific characteristics for
each individual setting
range can be found in
MN03402001E.
Seconds
1
Tripping time depends on
response current. With
devices at operating
temperature, the tripping
time of the overload relay
reduces to approximately
Minutes
1
XT IEC Power Control
Seconds
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
1.5 2
3 4
1
6 8 10 15 20
1.5 2
3 4
6 8 10 15 20
x Setting Current
x Setting Current
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Frames B–C, XTOB…BC1 and XTOB…CC1 Overload Relays
1
1
1
29.5
39.5 [1.16]
[1.56]
1
1
1
1
35.5
[1.40]
48
[1.89]
65 [2.56]
83 [3.27]
45 [1.77]
Frame D, XTOB…DC1 Overload Relay
1
51.5
[2.03]
20.3
[.80]
1
1
1
79.2
[3.12]
1
1
95.5 [3.76]
1
60 [2.36]
V5-T1-138
102 [4.02]
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Frames B–C, XTOBXDINC DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter
and Frame D, XTOBXDIND DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter
1
D1
1
42.5
[1.67]
1
H
1
1
5 [.20]
D2
16.5 [.65]
1
D
1
W
H
W
D
D1
D2
XTOB…CC1
85 [3.46]
45 [1.77]
90.5 [3.56]
58.3 [2.30]
3.8 [.15]
XTOB…DC1
86 [3.39]
60 [2.36]
112 [4.41]
80.5 [3.17]
4.7 [.19]
Frames F–G, XTOB…GC1 Overload Relay
1
1
1
Frames F–G, XTOB…G1CS Overload Relay
100 [3.94]
99 [3.90]
80 [3.15]
1
73 [2.87]
1
121
[4.76]
1
74
[2.91]
138
[5.43]
1
74
[2.91]
1
95 [3.74]
99 [3.90]
118 [4.65]
95 [3.74]
100 [3.94]
118 [4.65]
63 [2.48]
129 [5.08]
134 [5.28]
1
1
63 [2.48]
129 [5.08]
134 [5.28]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-139
1.1
1
1
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Frames L and H, XTOB…LC1, HC1 Overload Relay
121 [4.76]
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
110 [4.33]
144 [5.67]
96 [3.78]
111 [4.37]
48 [1.89]
1
1
144
[5.67]
**
*
1
1
74
[2.91]
7 [.28]
169
[6.65]
94
[3.70]
1
1
1
5*
25 [.20]
[.98]
128 [5.04]
1
1
1
1
1
7 [.28] Dia.
16.5 **
[.65]
* = OFF
** = RESET/ON
11 [.43] Dia.
XTOT…C3S Current Transformer Operated Overload Relay
185 [7.28]
4.3 [.17]
8 [.31]
21 [.83]
26
[1.02]
1
1
*
85
55
[2.17] [3.35]
71 44 [1.73] 33
[2.80]
[1.30]
1
1
185 [7.28]
1.5 [.06]
7.5 [.30]
44
[1.73]
M4
55
[2.17]
26 [1.02]
*
159 [6.26]
172 – 250
[6.77 – 9.84]
* = RESET/ON
200 [7.87]
65
[2.56]
1
65
[2.56]
71
[2.80]
90°
1
90°
90°
27
[1.06]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-140
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Contents
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
1
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
1
V5-T1-142
V5-T1-143
V5-T1-144
V5-T1-146
V5-T1-149
V5-T1-155
An Eaton
Green Solution
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
Eaton’s new electronic
overload relay (EOL) is
the most compact, highfeatured, economical product
in its class. Designed on a
global platform, the new
EOL covers the entire power
control spectrum including
NEMA, IEC and
DP contactors. The NEMA
and DP versions are offered
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has the
XT designation. The
electronic design provides
reliable, accurate and value
driven protection and
communications capabilities
in a single compact device. It
is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
Features and Benefits
Eaton has a long history of
innovations and product
development in motor control
and protection, including both
traditional NEMA, as well as
IEC control. It was from this
experience that the C440 was
developed, delivering new
solutions to meet today’s
demands.
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules
with I/O for DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, and Modbus.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Product Description
1
Features
●
Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
●
Easy to select, install and maintain
●
Compact size
●
Flexible, intelligent design
●
Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
power control
Size/Range
●
Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500A)
●
Selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
●
Direct mounting to NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Most compact electronic
overload in its class
User Interface
●
Large FLA selection dial
●
Trip status indicator
●
Operating mode LED
●
DIP switch selectable trip
class, phase unbalance and
ground fault
●
Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
Motor Control
●
Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
●
Test/Trip button
Feature Options
●
Remote reset
●
120 Vac
●
24 Vac
●
24 Vdc
Motor Protection
●
Thermal overload
●
Phase loss
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase unbalance
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
●
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Tamper-proof cover
Communications modules
●
Modbus RTU RS-485
●
DeviceNet with I/O
●
PROFIBUS with I/O
●
Modbus RTU with I/O
●
Ethernet IP with I/O
●
Modbus TCP with I/O
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-141
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Standards and Certifications
Benefits
Reliability and Improved
Uptime
●
C440 provides the users
with peace of mind
knowing that their
assets are protected
with the highest level
of motor protection and
communication capability
in its class
●
Extends the life of plant
assets with selectable
motor protection features
such as trip class, phase
unbalance and ground fault
●
Protects against
unnecessary downtime
by discovering changes
in your system (line/load)
with remote monitoring
capabilities
●
Status LED provides
added assurance that
valuable assets are
protected by indicating the
overload operational status
●
Flexibility
●
Available with NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Improves return on
investment by reducing
inventory carrying costs
with wide FLA adjustment
(5:1) and selectable
trip class
●
Design incorporates built-in
ground fault protection
thus eliminating the need
for separate CTs and
modules
●
Flexible communication
with optional I/O enables
easy integration into plant
management systems for
remote monitoring and
control
●
Available as an open
component and in
enclosed control and motor
control center assemblies
Monitoring Capabilities
●
Individual phase
currents RMS
●
Average three-phase
current RMS
●
Thermal memory
●
Fault indication (overload,
phase loss, phase
unbalance, ground fault)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL
CSA
CE
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1)
RoHS
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
Equipment Group 2,
Category 2
Safety
●
IP 20 rated terminal blocks
●
Available in Eaton’s
industry leading FlashGard
MCCs
●
Tested to the highest
industry standards such
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
●
RoHS compliant
1
1
1
1
Electronic Overload Education
Description
Definition
Cause
Effect if not Protected
C440/XT Protection
Overload is a condition in which
current draw exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating for
an inductive motor.
• An increase in the load or torque that is
being driven by the motor.
• Increase in current draw leads to heat
and insulation breakdown, which can
cause system failure.
• Thermal trip behavior is defined by
UL, CSA and IEC standards.
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
1
• A poor power factor causing above
normal current draw.
1
1
• A low voltage supply to the motor
causes the current to go high to
maintain the power needed.
1
1
1
• Trip class is settable from 10A,
10, 20, 30
Ground fault
A line to ground fault.
A current leakage path to ground.
An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
mention risk to equipment or personnel
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if ground fault current
exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,
that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
current exceeds 6A.
Unbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Uneven voltage or current between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be unbalanced.
Unbalanced voltage causes large
unbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
of unbalanced phases as listed above.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase is lost.
1
1
• Increase in current can increase
power consumption and waste
valuable energy.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-142
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Catalog Number Selection
1
XT Electronic Overload Relay—IEC 1
1
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
1
1
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
P = Pass-through
S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
Type
OE = Electronic overload relay
1
1
Trip Type
CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30
GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20
1
1
Overload Range
1P6
005
020
1P6
005
020
045
045
100
100
175
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
9–45A
20–100A
20–100A
35–175A
Contactor Frame
B = 45 mm
1
C = 45 mm
1
1
D = 55 mm
1
F, G = 105 mm
G, H = 110 mm
1
1
1
Note
1 See Page V5-T1-144 for Product Selection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-143
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Product Selection
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays
1
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
For Use with
XT Contactor
Frame
B
1
1
C
1
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
XTCE007B…,
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B…
0.33–1.65
XTCE018C…,
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration
45 mm
NO-NC
4–20
2 4 6 98 96
0.33–1.65
97 95
45 mm
NO-NC
1–5
2 4 6 98 96
9–45
1
D
1
F
1
XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D…
XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…
9–45
97 95
20–100
45 mm
NO-NC
55 mm
Type
Catalog Number
ZEB12-1,65
XTOE1P6BCS
ZEB12-5
XTOE005BCS
ZEB12-20
XTOE020BCS
ZEB32-1,65
XTOE1P6CCS
ZEB32-5
XTOE005CCS
ZEB32-20
XTOE020CCS
ZEB32-45
XTOE045CCS
ZEB65-45
XTOE045DCS
ZEB65-100
XTOE100DCS
ZEB150-100
XTOE100GCS
2 4 6 98 96
20–100
97 95
1
55 mm
NO-NC
55 mm
NO-NC
2 4 6 98 96
G
1
1
H
1
1
97 95
Frame
Size
1–5
4–20
1
Contact
Sequence
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount
with Ground Fault
1
1
For Use with
XT Contactor
Frame
C
1
20–100
XTCE185H…
35–175
97 95
35–175
110 mm
2 4 6 98 96
110 mm
NO-NC
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
XTCE007B…,
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B…
0.33–1.65
4–20
XTCE018C…,
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
1–5
Contact
Sequence
ZEB225-175
XTOE175HCS
97 95
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration
Type
45 mm
NO-NC
ZEB12-1,65-GF
XTOE1P6BGS
ZEB12-5-GF
XTOE005BGS
ZEB12-20-GF
XTOE020BGS
2 4 6 98 96
0.33–1.65
97 95
45 mm
NO-NC
2 4 6 98 96
9–45
D
1
1
XTOE100GCS
XTOE175GCS
Frame
Size
1–5
4–20
1
1
ZEB150-100
ZEB150-175
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
B
1
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
F
XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D…
XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…
9–45
97 95
20–100
45 mm
NO-NC
55 mm
Catalog Number
ZEB32-1,65-GF
XTOE1P6CGS
ZEB32-5-GF
XTOE005CGS
ZEB32-20-GF
XTOE020CGS
ZEB32-45-GF
XTOE045CGS
ZEB65-45-GF
XTOE045DGS
ZEB65-100-GF
XTOE100DGS
ZEB150-100-GF
XTOE100GGS
2 4 6 98 96
20–100
1
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
55 mm
NO-NC
2 4 6 98 96
G
1
1
H
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
XTCE185H…
20–100
97 95
35–175
35–175
110 mm
2 4 6 98 96
110 mm
NO-NC
1
1
1
V5-T1-144
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
ZEB150-100-GF
XTOE100GGS
ZEB150-175-GF
XTOE175GGS
ZEB225-175-GF
XTOE175HGS
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1–5A OL with CTs
45 mm XT for
Separate Mount
1.1
XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R)
Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
XT
Contactor
Frame
For Use with IEC
Contactor Amp
Range (AC-3)
CT Range
(Amps)
L, M
185–500A
60-300
M, N
300–820A
N
R
1
CT Kit
Catalog Number
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
300: 5 panel-mount CT kit
with integrated lugs
ZEB-XCT300
750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
120-600
600: 5 panel-mount CT kit
with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT600
(2) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
580–1000A
200-1000
1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT1000
with integrated,
pass through holes
(3) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
1600A
300-1500
1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT1500
with integrated,
pass through holes
(4) 750 kcmil
1/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
Description
Frame
Size
Contact
Sequence
45 mm
1 3 5 97 95
1–5
4–20
2 4 6 98 96
9–45
Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
ZEB32-1,65/KK
XTOE1P6CCSS
XTOE1P6CGSS
ZEB32-5/KK
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
ZEB32-20/KK
XTOE020CCSS
XTOE020CGSS
ZEB32-45/KK
XTOE045CCSS
XTOE045CGSS
55 mm
ZEB150-100/KK
XTOE100GCSS
XTOE100GGSS
35–175
110 mm
ZEB150-175/KK
XTOE175GCSS
XTOE175GGSS
35–175
110 mm
Contact
Sequence
1 3 5 97 95
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design
Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
Frame
Size
1
1
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
20–100
Overload
Range (Amps)
1
1
Overload Relay
0.33–1.65
1
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
Overload
Range (Amps)
1
1
Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
ZEB150-175/PT
XTOE175GCSP
XTOE175GGSP
1
1
1
2 4 6 98 96
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-145
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Accessories
CT Kits
Accessories
Description
Catalog Number
Safety Cover
Safety Cover
1
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.
ZEB-XSC
1
1
1
Reset Bar
Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door
mounted reset operators.
1
ZEB-XRB
1
1
1
Remote Reset
Remote Reset
1
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1
C440-XCOM
Remote reset module (120 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-24
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Communication
The C440 is provided with two levels of communication capability.
Advanced
Basic Communication via
Communication—
Expansion Module—
Monitoring and Control
Monitoring Only
C440 also has the ability to
Basic communication on
communicate on industrial
the C440 is accomplished
protocols such as DeviceNet,
using an expansion module.
PROFIBUS, Modbus RTU and
The expansion module plugs
Modbus TCP, and Ethernet
into the expansion bay on
(planned) while providing
the C440 overload relay,
control capability using I/O.
enabling communications
with the overload via their
An expansion module
Modbus RTU (RS-485)
(mentioned earlier) combined
network. No additional parts
with a communication
are required. See
adapter and a communication
figure below.
module allows easy
integration onto the
customer’s network. See
figure below.
Advanced
Communication—
Communication Module
The communication adapter
comes standard with four
inputs and two outputs
(24 Vdc or 120 Vac) while
providing the customer with
flexible mounting options
(DIN rail or panel). See
figure below,
1
1
1
1
Basic Communication—
Modbus
Advanced Communication—
Communication Adapter with
Communication Module
1
1
Note
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
V5-T1-146
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
●
●
●
Motor status—running,
Percent thermal capacity
Overload relay settings—
stopped, tripped or
trip class, DIP switch
●
Fault codes (only available
resetting
selections, reset selections
prior to reset)
●
●
Individual rms phase
Modbus address (can be
●
Percent phase unbalance
currents (A, B, C)
set over the network)
●
Ground fault current and
●
Average of three-phase
percent
rms current
1
1
1
1
1
Communication Accessories
Expansion Module
Description
Catalog Number
Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication)
C440-XCOM
1
1
1
1
1
Communication
Adapter
Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)
1
C440-COM-ADP
1
1
1
1
1
DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-120
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-24
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-120
PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-24
Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-120
Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-24
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U)
C440-ET-120
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V)
C440-ET-24
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-147
1.1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Modbus Communication Module
The Modbus module
combined with an expansion
module and a communication
adapter provide Modbus
communication capability to
the C440 electronic overload
relay.
1
1
1
1
1
Modbus
Communication Module
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
●
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the HMi user interface
●
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches; LEDs are
provided to display
Modbus traffic
●
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
●
●
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
●
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet
Features and Benefits
Communication Module
●
Communication to
provides monitoring and
DeviceNet uses only one
control for the C440 overload
DeviceNet MAC ID
relay from a single DeviceNet
●
Configuration
node. These modules also
●
DeviceNet MAC ID and
offer convenient I/O in two
Baud rate are set via
voltage options,
convenient DIP switches
24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
with an option to set
from the network
●
Advanced configuration
available using common
DeviceNet tools
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
●
DeviceNet
Communication Module
●
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
The PROFIBUS module
Features and Benefits
combined with an expansion
●
The PROFIBUS
module and a communication
communication module is
adapter provide Modbus
capable of baud rates
communication capability to
up to 12 Mb
the C440 electronic overload
●
PROFIBUS address is
relay.
set via convenient DIP
switches; LEDs are
provided to display
PROFIBUS status
●
Intuitive configuration
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
1
1
●
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
PROFIBUS
Communication Module
1
V5-T1-148
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Technical Data and Specifications
1
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
1
Specification
Description
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Electrical Ratings
Range
Range
Range
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
20–100A
28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
XT IEC frames
B, C, D
F, G
G, H
Freedom NEMA sizes
00, 0, 1, 2
3
4
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
Thermal overload setting
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
Feature
Range
Range
Range
Phase loss
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
Orange flag
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
1
1
FLA Range
1
1
Use with Contactors
1
1
Trip Class
1
1
Motor Protection
1
1
1
1
1
Indicators
Options
1
1
1
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
124 lb-in (14 Nm)
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
1
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
500 Vac
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
1
1
Capacity
1
Load terminals
1
1
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
1
Voltages
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-149
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
1
Description
1
1
1
1
1
Specification
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
5A
5A
5A
120V
15A
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
Conventional thermal continuous current
Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
Make contact (1800 VA)
Break contact (180 VA)
1
120V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
1
415V
0.9A
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
1.0A
120V
30A
30A
30A
1
240V
15A
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
1
600V
6A
6A
6A
120V
3A
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
0.6A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
0–250V
Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
Break contact (360 VA)
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
0.22A
250V
0.11A
0.11A
0.11A
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Maximum fuse
Environmental Ratings
1
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
1
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
1
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
15g any direction
1
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
1
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from
front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
Any
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-150
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
1
Specification
Description
1
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
1
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
1
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
1
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
1
Electrical/EMC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-151
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Communication Modules
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
1
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
1
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Description
Electrical/EMC
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
1
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
1
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
1
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
3
3
3
1
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
1
Overvoltage category per UL 508
III
III
III
III
DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate
—
125K, 250K, 500K
—
125K, 250K, 500K
1
1
Ethernet
1
Ethernet connections
—
—
—
Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
1
Ethernet type
—
—
—
Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
1
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS connections
—
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
PROFIBUS baud rate
—
—
9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, —
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
1
1
1
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-152
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Communication Modules, continued
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
1
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
1
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
Description
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
1
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
>18 Vdc
>10 Vdc
>18 Vdc
Nominal input current
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
1
1
1
1
1
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF state
0–6 Vdc
Transition region
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
ON state
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
1
Nominal input voltage
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
1
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
<30 Vac
<20 Vac
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
>80 Vac
>70 Vac
>80 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
1
C441_ 120 Vac Input
1
1
1
1
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF state
0–30 Vac
Transition region
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
ON state
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
1
1
1
Output Modules
Relay OFF time
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
Relay ON time
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
Max. current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-153
1.1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with
regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined
with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR
solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the
latest information as of April 2010.
C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
1
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
Maximum
Fuse Size (A)
(RK5)
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Maximum
Breaker
Size (A)
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
1
Overload
FLA Range
1
0.33–1.65A
600 Vac
1
6
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
1–5A
600 Vac
5
20
20
100
100
30
100
35
20
1
4–20A
600 Vac
5
80
80
100
100
100
100
35
80
9–45A
600 Vac
5
175
175
100
100
100
100
35
100/175 (480/600)
1
20–100A
600 Vac
10
400
400
100
100
200
150
35
250/400 (480/600)
1
28–140A
600 Vac
10
450
500
100
100
400
100
65
400
35–175A
690 Vac
10
500 (gG)
350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100
100
500 (gG)
100 (415 Vac)
—
350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
600V (kA)
480V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size
600V (kA)
480V (kA)
1
1
IEC XT Starters with XT Electronic Overload Relays
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Contactor
Frame Size
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480V
1
B
1–5A
1
4–20A
C
1–5A
1
1
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
600V
Maximum
Fuse Size
480V
600V
Maximum
Breaker Size
100
100
30
—
—
—
100
100
30
—
—
—
100
100
60
—
—
—
4–20A
100
100
60
—
—
—
9–45A
100
100
60
—
—
—
9–45A
100
100
200
65
35
175
20–100A
100
100
200
65
35
175
100
100
200
65
65
350
1
D
1
F
20–100A
G
20–100A
100
100
200
65
65
350
35–175A
100
100
400
65
30
250 (480 Vac)
350 (600 Vac)
35–175A
100
100
400
65
30
400
1
1
H
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-154
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
600V (kA)
Maximum
Breaker Size
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
1
1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
C
1
Text Orientation
1
1
1
B1
1
B
Width
A
1
Depth
B1
B
Mounting Holes
(Height) C
4.32 (109.7)
4.63 (117.5)
3.68 (93.5)
1
1.80 (45.7)
4.00 (101.6)
4.30 (109.2)
3.68 (93.5)
1
1.80 (45.7)
4.30 (109.2)
4.60 (116.8)
3.68 (93.5)
1
NEMA Starter Size
00–2
1.80 (45.7)
XT IEC Frame Size
B, C, D
Standalone
0.35–45A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-155
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
55 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
1
1
B
1
B1
C
1
1
1
A
1
1
NEMA Starter Size
1
XT IEC Frame Size
1
Standalone
3
D, F, G
Width
A
Height To Reset
B
B1
Mounting Depth
C
2.21 (56.0)
5.52 (140.2)
5.21 (132.4)
4.13 (104.8)
2.21 (56.0)
5.52 (140.2)
5.21 (132.4)
4.13 (104.8)
2.21 (56.0)
5.52 (140.2)
5.21 (132.4)
4.13 (104.8)
1
20–100A
1
110 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
B1
1
1
1
1
C
1
1
1
B
A
1
Width
A
Height To Reset
B
B1
Mounting Depth
C
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
1
NEMA Starter Size
1
XT IEC Frame Size
1
G
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
H
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
4.33 (110.0)
5.90 (149.0)
5.60 (142.0)
4.00 (102.0)
4
1
Standalone
1
Pass-Through
1
1
1
V5-T1-156
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Contents
Manual Motor Protectors
Description
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-158
V5-T1-158
V5-T1-159
V5-T1-160
V5-T1-161
V5-T1-164
V5-T1-176
V5-T1-185
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Manual Motor Protectors
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton’s new XT family of
manual motor protectors
(MMPs) features a
pushbutton or rotary ON/OFF
manual disconnect, Class 10
adjustable bimetallic overload
relay and fixed magnetic
short-circuit trip capability
in one compact unit. Two
frame sizes are available:
Frame B (45 mm) for motors
with FLA ratings up to 32A
and Frame D (55 mm) covers
motor FLA ratings up to 65A.
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
can be used in the following
applications.
1
1
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
In many countries outside
of the United States and
Canada, especially Europe,
the MMPs are tested and
classified as thermalmagnetic circuit breakers
for use in motor branch
circuits. This can be an
important consideration for all
companies who export their
equipment and machines
internationally. Both the XTPB
and XTPR conform to IEC/EN
60947 and have the CE Mark.
Group Motor Installations
A group motor installation
can be defined as more than
one motor circuit protected
by a single set of fuses or
circuit breaker on a motor
branch circuit. This eliminates
the need for individual fuses
or circuit breakers for each
motor circuit. Substantial
component cost savings,
panel space savings and
reduced wiring installation
time can be achieved in
group motor installations.
Manual Motor Protectors
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
are UL listed under UL 508 as
manual motor protectors. They
provide an economical solution
for applications requiring
simple manual starting and
stopping of motors. When
used as a manual starter, they
are typically installed in an
enclosure. Many enclosures
are offered as accessories for
the MMPs. Separate shortcircuit protective devices, such
as circuit breakers or fuses, are
wired ahead of the MMPs. The
short-circuit protective device
should be sized per the NEC
and should not exceed 400%
of the maximum FLA dial
setting of the MMP.
The MMPs are tested and
listed for group installation.
If remote operation is required,
a magnetic contactor can be
wired in series with the MMP.
Article 430.53 of the NEC
contains the rules and
requirements for group motor
installations. Refer to
application note AP03402001E
for NEC requirement for
group motor installation.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Individual Branch Motor
Applications
A UL 508 Type E selfprotected manual
combination starter/motor
controller consists of a single
device possessing four
essential elements:
disconnect, short circuit
protection, motor controller,
and motor overload
protection. Some MMPs
require use of a lineside
adapter for this type of
approval. When tested as an
official combination by UL,
this device takes the place of
a fuse-starter or breakerstarter, XT Type E MMPs are
self-protected, meaning they
do not need additional short
circuit protection of a fuse or
breaker. Type E devices can
also be used with a contactor
or other types of UL approved
controllers. If tested with a
contactor, the combination
motor controller becomes a
Type F device. See Page
V5-T1-199 for XTFC Type F
devices.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-157
1.1
1
1
●
●
1
1
●
1
XT IEC Power Control
Features and Benefits
●
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
●
●
1
●
1
●
1
1
●
1
●
1
ON/OFF rotary handle with
lockout provision
Visible trip indication
Class 10 overload
protection
Phase loss sensitivity
Ambient temperature
compensation to IEC/EN
60947, VDE 0660
Fixed short-circuit trip—
14 times maximum setting
of overload FLA dial
Type 2 coordination per IEC
947
Identification markers
standard on starter
faceplate
Motor applications from
0.1A to 65A
Built-in heater and
magnetic trip elements
to protect the motor
Line Side Adapters—When to Use Them
●
●
●
●
Adjustment dial for setting
motor FLA
DIN rail mount
Terminal types available:
●
Screw terminals
●
Screw (line) and spring
cage (load) terminals
●
Spring cage terminals
Accessories include:
●
Front and side auxiliary
contacts
●
Trip indicating contacts
●
Tamperproof cover for
OLR dial
●
Undervoltage release
●
Shunt trip
●
Through-the-door
operators
●
Enclosures
●
Three-phase line side
connecting links
Note: Line side adapters are not required for non-US applications.
Most countries outside of the US classify the MMP as a thermal
magnetic circuit breaker.
Manual Motor Protectors
Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters
Group Installation
Upstream SCPD required.
Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Not required
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
Manual Motor Protector
and Line Side Adapter
CE approved
UL listed File No. E245398
UL 508 group motor and
Type E compliant
IEC/EN 60947
CSA File 229767, Class
3211-05
DIN VDE 0660 Part 100,
Part 101 and Part 102
1
1
Note: For Type 2 Coordination
of MMCs, see Page V5-T1-230.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-158
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
UL 508 Type E Self-Protected Manual
Combination Starter
Self-protected. No additional SCPD needed in
branch circuit.
Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Required
Line Side Adapter
XTPAXLSA
Line Side Adapter
XTPAXLSAD
MMP
XTPR…BC1
MMP
XTPR…DC1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Product Identification
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
5
5
1
3
1
1
1
5
1
1
2
1
2
6
1
1
6
1
1
Notes
Basic Units
1 XTPB pushbutton manual motor
protectors (see Page V5-T1-161)
Rated operational current up to 25A
Switching capacity 50 kA/415V
Short-circuit release, adjustable
0.6–1 x lu
Single-phasing sensitive
2 XTPR rotary manual motor protectors
(see Page V5-T1-162)
Rated operational current up to
32A, 65A
Switching capacity 150/50 kA/415V
Short-circuit release, fixed setting to
14 x lu
Overload release, adjustable 0.6–1 x lu
Single-phasing sensitive
With screws or spring-loaded
terminals
1
Mounting Accessories
Rotary handle mechanism
(see Page V5-T1-167)
ON/OFF/tripped switch position indication
Lockable door/cover interlock
Extendable y plug fit extension shaft
Handle latched in switch positions
Optionally also without locking and
door interlock function
3
Insulated enclosures
(see Page V5-T1-171)
Surface mounting, enclosures, IP40,
IP55 and IP40 and IP55 front flush
mounting enclosure
Mounting/wiring (see Page V5-T1-167)
Component adapter for busbar mounting
Three-phase commoning link for
side-by-side-mounting
Mounting kits for rapid mounting of
direct-on-line, reversing and stardelta starters
1
Add-On Functions
4 Voltage releases (see Page V5-T1-166)
Undervoltage release
Shunt releases
With screws or spring-loaded terminals
5 Standard auxiliary contacts
(see Page V5-T1-164)
ON/OFF indication
Differential fault indication overload/
short-circuit release
ON/OFF for (high capacity) contact
module
ON/OFF for starter combination
With early-make contacts
With screws or spring-loaded terminals
6 Current limiter (see Page V5-T1-166)
Increases the switching capacity of the
10–25A manual motor protectors to
100 kA/440V
Can be used for individual group
protection
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-159
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Catalog Number Selection
XT Manual Motor Protectors
XT PR 012 B C1
1
1
1
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
PB =
PR
1
=
PM =
1
PT
1
=
Type
Manual motor protector—
pushbutton
Manual motor protector—
rotary
Manual motor protector—
magnetic only
Manual transformer
protector (high mag.)
1
1
1
Current Ratings
Frame B
Frame D
P16 = 0.16A
016 = 16A
P25 = 0.25A
025 = 25A
P40 = 0.40A
032 = 32A
P63 = 0.63A
040 = 40A
001 = 1A
050 = 50A
1P6 = 1.6A
058 = 58A
2P5 = 2.5A
063 = 63A
004 = 4A
6P3 = 6.3A
010 = 10A
012 = 12A
016 = 16A
020 = 20A
025 = 25A
032 = 32A
Frame Size
B
= 45 mm
D
= 55 mm
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-160
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
Trip Class
C1
= Class 10
Blank = Magnetic only (no thermal trip)
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Product Selection
1
Product Selection for Manual Motor Starter Applications
When ordering, specify catalog numbers according to the following stipulations:
1
XT manual motor protectors
are selected based on the
overload current range
required for a given motor.
This current range is
determined from the motor
full load ampere rating and
motor service factor usually
found on the motor
nameplate.
1
For motors with service
factors less than 1.15,
multiply the motor FLA by
0.90 to select appropriate
MMP.
For motor with service
factor of 1.15 or greater,
use motor nameplate full load
amperes to select the
appropriate MMP.
Example: For motor having
FLA of 6.4A and service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x 0.90 =
5.76A) select catalog number
XTPB6P3B01.
Example: For motor having
FLA of 11A and service factor
of 1.15, select catalog
number XTPR012BC1.
1
1
1
1
1
See Application Note—
AP03402001E.
1
Frame B
XTPB Pushbutton Manual Motor Protectors—Global and North American Ratings—Frame B
Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu = Ie (Amps)
FLA
Adjustment
Range/
Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
Maximum Motor Ratings 1
Maximum kW Rating
AC-3—P (kW)
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
Three-Phase
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
440V
500V
1
660–
690V
200V
240V
480V
600V
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
0.16
0.1–0.16
2.2
—
—
—
—
0.06
2
2
2
2
XTPBP16BC1
0.25
0.16–0.25
3.5
—
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.12
2
2
2
2
XTPBP25BC1
0.4
0.25–0.4
5.6
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.12
0.18
2
2
2
2
XTPBP40BC1
2
2
2
XTPBP63BC1
XTPB001BC1
0.63
0.4–0.63
8.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.25
2
1
0.63–1
14
0.12
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.55
2
2
2
1/2
1.6
1–1.6
22
0.25
0.55
0.55
0.75
1.1
2
2
3/4
3/4
XTPB1P6BC1
2.5
1.6–2.5
35
0.37
0.75
1.1
1.1
1.5
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
XTPB2P5BC1
4
2.5–4
56
0.75
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
3/4
3/4
2
3
XTPB004BC1
6.3
4–6.3
88
1.1
2.2
3
3
4
1
1-1/2
3
5
XTPB6P3BC1
10
6.3–10
140
2.2
4
4
4
7.5
3
3
7-1/2
10
XTPB010BC1
12
8–12
168
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
11
3
3
7-1/2
10
XTPB012BC1
16
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
9
12.5
3
5
10
10
XTPB016BC1
20
16–20
280
5.5
9
11
12.5
15
5
—
—
15
XTPB020BC1
25
20–25
350
5.5
12.5
12.5
15
22
—
7-1/2
15
20
XTPB025BC1
Notes
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Service Factor (SF)—Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:
SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1
For manual motor protective circuit breaker switching capacity, see Page V5-T1-181.
2
1
1
Can be snap-fit to IEC/EN 60715 top-hat (DIN) with 7.5 or 15 mm height.
1
1
Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-161
1.1
1
Frame B
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors with Screw Terminals—
Global Ratings and North American Ratings—Frame B
Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
1
1
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu = Ie (Amps)
1
FLA
Adjustment
Range/
Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Maximum Motor Ratings 1
Maximum kW Rating
AC-3—P (kW)
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
Three-Phase
440V
500V
660–
690V
200V
240V
480V
600V
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
0.16
0.1–0.16
2.2
—
—
—
—
0.06
2
2
2
2
XTPRP16BC1
0.25
0.16–0.25
3.5
—
0.06
0.06
0.06
0.12
2
2
2
2
XTPRP25BC1
1
0.4
0.25–0.4
5.6
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.12
0.18
2
2
2
2
XTPRP40BC1
0.63
0.4–0.63
8.8
0.09
0.12
0.18
0.25
0.25
2
2
2
2
XTPRP63BC1
1
1
0.63–1
14
0.12
0.25
0.25
0.37
0.55
2
2
2
2
XTPR001BC1
1–1.6
22
0.25
0.55
0.55
0.75
1.1
2
1
1.6
2
3/4
3/4
XTPR1P6BC1
2.5
1.6–2.5
35
0.37
0.75
1.1
1.1
1.5
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
XTPR2P5BC1
1
4
2.5–4
56
0.75
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
3/4
3/4
2
3
XTPR004BC1
6.3
4–6.3
88
1.1
2.2
3
3
4
1
1-1/2
3
5
XTPR6P3BC1
1
10
6.3–10
140
2.2
4
4
4
7.5
3
3
7-1/2
10
XTPR010BC1
XTPR012BC1
1
12
8–12
168
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
11
3
3
7-1/2
10
1
16
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
9
12.5
3
5
10
10
XTPR016BC1
1
20
16–20
280
5.5
9
11
12.5
15
5
—
—
15
XTPR020BC1
25
20–25
350
5.5
12.5
12.5
15
22
—
7-1/2
15
20
XTPR025BC1
32
25–32
448
7.5
15
15
22
30
7-1/2
10
20
25
XTPR032BC1
1
1
Frame D
1
XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors with Screw Terminals—
Global Ratings and North American Ratings—Frame D
Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
1
1
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu = Ie (Amps)
1
FLA
Adjustment
Range/
Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Maximum Motor Ratings 1
Maximum kW Rating
AC-3—P (kW)
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
Three-Phase
440V
500V
660–
690V
200V
240V
480V
600V
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
16
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
9
12.5
3
5
10
15
XTPR016DC1
1
25
16–25
350
5.5
12.5
12.5
15
22
7-1/2
7-1/2
15
20
XTPR025DC1
32
25–32
448
7.5
15
17.5
22
22
10
10
20
30
XTPR032DC1
40
32–40
560
11
20
22
24
30
10
15
30
30
XTPR040DC1
1
1
1
50
40–50
700
14
25
30
30
45
10
15
30
40
XTPR050DC1
58
50–58
812
17
30
37
37
55
15
15
40
50
XTPR058DC1
65
55–65
882
18.5
34
37
45
55
15
15
40
50
XTPR063DC1
Notes
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
1
Can be snap-fit to IEC/EN 60715 top-hat (DIN) with 7.5 or 15 mm height.
1
Service Factor (SF)—Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:
SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1
For manual motor protective circuit breaker switching capacity, see Page V5-T1-181.
1
1
2
Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1
V5-T1-162
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame B
XTPR Manual Self-Protected Motor Starters—North American Ratings, UL 508 Type E—Frame B 1
Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu (Amps)
0.16
FLA
Adjustment
Range/
Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
0.1–0.16
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
Maximum Motor Ratings
2
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
Three-Phase
Rated Short-Circuit
Breaking Capacity (kA)
Manual Motor
Protector—
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
200V
240V
480V/
277V
600V/
247V
480/
277V
600/
347V
Line Side
Adapter 1
Catalog Number
2.2
3
3
1/2
1/2
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP16BC1
3
1/2
1/2
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP25BC1
0.25
0.16–0.25
3.4
3
0.4
0.25–0.4
5.6
3
3
1/2
1/2
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP40BC1
0.63
0.4–0.63
8.8
3
3
1/2
1/2
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP63BC1
1
0.63–1
14
3
3
1/2
1/2
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPR001BC1
1.6
1–1.6
22
3
3
3/4
3/4
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPR1P6BC1
2.5
1.6–2.5
35
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPR2P5BC1
4
2.5–4
56
3/4
1
2
3
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPR004BC1
6.3
4–6.3
88
1
1-1/2
3
5
65
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPR6P3BC1
10
6.3–11
140
3
3
7-1/2
10
65
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPR010BC1
12
8–12
168
3
3
7-1/2
—
65
—
XTPAXLSA
XTPR012BC1
16
10–16
224
3
5
10
—
42
—
XTPAXLSA
XTPR016BC1
20
16–20
280
5
5
—
—
18
—
XTPAXLSA
XTPR020BC1
25
20–25
350
5
7-1/2
15
—
18
—
XTPAXLSA
XTPR025BC1
32
25–32
448
7-1/2
10
25
—
18
—
XTPAXLSA
XTPR032BC1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Frame D
XTPR Manual Self-Protected Motor Starters—North American Ratings, UL 508 Type E—Frame D
Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu (Amps)
FLA
Adjustment
Range/
Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
1
1
1
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
Maximum Motor Ratings 2
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
Three-Phase
200V
240V
480V/
277V
Rated Short-Circuit
Breaking Capacity (kA)
600V/
247V
240V
480/
277V
600/
347V
Line Side
Adapter 1
Catalog Number
Manual Motor
Protector—
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
16
10–16
224
3
5
10
10
65
65
25
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR016DC1
25
16–25
350
7-1/2
7-1/2
20
25
65
65
25
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR025DC1
32
25–32
448
10
10
25
30
65
65
25
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR032DC1
40
32–40
560
10
—
30
30
65
65
25
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR040DC1
50
40–50
700
—
15
30
—
65
65
—
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR050DC1
58
50–58
812
—
—
40
—
65
65
—
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR058DC1
65
55–65
882
—
—
40
—
65
65
—
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR063DC1
Notes
A UL 508 Type E self-protected manual combination starter (XTPR) consists of a manual motor protector (XTPR) and a UL Listed line side adapter (for example, XTPAXLSA).
The Type E self-protected manual combination starter alone is a legitimate short-circuit protective device and disconnect means for the downstream motor,
while the contactor has been added to provide remote operation of the motor circuit. Conductor size for XTPAXLSA is 14–6 AWG, XTPAXLSAD is 8 AWG–1/0.
1
2
3
UL 508 Type E starters are assembled from a standard XTPR and a special incoming terminal line side adapter (XTPAXLSA or XTPAXLSAD).
Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-163
1.1
1
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
XTPAXSA_
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Side-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
1
1NO-1NC
1
Contact Sequence
1.13 1.21
L1 L2 L3
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTPAXSA11
5
XTPAXSA12
5
XTPAXSA21
XTPAXSA11
1
1.14 1.22
1NO-2NC
1
1.13 1.21 1.31
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXSA12
1
1.14 1.22 1.32
1
2NO-1NC
1
1.13 1.21 1.33
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXSA21
1
1.14 1.22 1.34
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and
manual transformer protectors (XTPT) and can be combined with XTPAXSATR_ and
XTPAXFA_ trip indicating auxiliary contact.
1
1
1
XTPAXFA11
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
1
1NO-1NC
1
Contact Sequence
1.53 1.61
L1 L2 L3
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTPAXFA11
XTPAXFA11
1
1.54 1.62
1
Can be fitted to manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and manual
transformer protectors (XTPT). 45 mm (XTPR…B and XTPB) or 55 mm (XTPR…D)
widths of manual motor protectors remain unchanged.
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-164
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTPAXSATR_
1.1
Side-Mount Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
Contact Sequence
2 x 1NO
“+” “ ”
4.43 4.13
Pkg.
Qty. 1
For Use
with…
2
XTPB, XTPR,
XTPM, XTPT
1
Catalog Number
1
XTPAXSATR20
1
1
4.44 4.14
On/Off
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
Trip “+”
1
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
2 x 1NC
1
“+” “ ”
4.31 4.21
2
XTPB, XTPR,
XTPM, XTPT
XTPAXSATR02
1
1
1
4.32 4.22
On/Off
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
Trip “+”
1
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
1
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors. Can be combined with
standard auxiliary contacts. Trip indication: A. General trip indication (overload) B.
Short-circuit trip. Local short-circuit indication by red indicator, manually resettable.
1
1
Early-Make Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
XTPBXFAEM20
2NO
Contact Sequence
3.13 3.23
Pkg.
Qty. 1
For Use
with…
Catalog Number
5
XTPB
XTPBXFAEM20
1
1
1
1
3.14 3.24
XTPAXFAEM20
2NO
2
XTPR, XTPM,
XTPT
XTPAXFAEM20 2
1
1
1
1
For use with XTPB_, Frame B XTPR and XTPT. Can be fitted to the front of a manual
motor protector. 45 mm width of manual motor protector remains unchanged. For
early energization of undervoltage release, for example, in emergency-stop circuits to
EN 60204.
1
1
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 Not for use with rotary handle mechanism.
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-165
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Additional Accessories
1
XTPAXSR_
Shunt Release
Undervoltage Release
XTPAXUVR_
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
2
XTPAXSR24V50H
2
XTPAXUVR24V50H
2
XTPAXSR48V50H
2
XTPAXUVR24V60H
2
XTPAXSR110V50H
2
XTPAXUVR48V50H
2
XTPAXSR120V60H
2
XTPAXUVR60V50H
1
2
XTPAXSR208V60H
2
XTPAXUVR110V50H
2
XTPAXSR220V50H
2
XTPAXUVR120V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR230V50H
2
XTPAXUVR208V60H
1
1
1
Contact Sequence
C1
Contact Sequence
D1
U
2
XTPAXSR240V50H
2
XTPAXUVR220V50H
2
XTPAXSR240V60H
2
XTPAXUVR230V50H
2
XTPAXSR380V50H
2
XTPAXUVR240V50H
2
XTPAXSR400V50H
2
XTPAXUVR240V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR415V50H
2
XTPAXUVR380V50H
2
XTPAXSR440V60H
2
XTPAXUVR400V50H
1
2
XTPAXSR480V60H
2
XTPAXUVR415V50H
2
XTPAXSR24VDC
2
XTPAXUVR440V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR48VDC
2
XTPAXUVR480V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR60VDC
2
XTPAXUVR600V60H
2
XTPAXSR110VDC
1
2
XTPAXSR125VDC
2
XTPAXSR220VDC
1
2
XTPAXSR250VDC
Can be used to trip the manual motor
protector from a remote location. Can
be fitted on left side manual motor
protectors. Cannot be combined with
XTPAXSR. When combined with a circuit
breaker, it can be used as emergency-stop
device to IEC/EN 60204.
1
C2
1
Can be used to trip the manual motor
protector from a remote location. Can
be fitted on the left side of manual
motor protectors. Cannot be combined
with the XTPAXUVR. DC: Intermittent
operation 5 sec.
1
1
1
1
D2
XTPAXCL
Current Limiter 2
1
Description
1
To enhance the switching capacity of non-inherently
safe 10–25A manual motor protectors to 150 kA/440V
1
Contact
Sequence
L
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
1
XTPAXCL
T
1
The XTPAXCL enhances the switching capacity of the XT manual motor
protectors. It can be used with the XTPB, XTPR…BC1, XTPR…DC1 for
individual or group protections. The rated uninterrupted current is 63A for IEC
and 25A for UL/CSA. It can be mounted next to or behind the manual motor
protector. See Page V5-T1-181 for ratings when using the current limiter.
1
1
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 Max. rated operation voltage Ue = 690V, rated uninterrupted current I = 63A. Can be used for individual and
u
group protection. For group protection and in combination with the XTPR…D order additional XTPAXIT incoming
terminal if required. Mounting next to or behind the manual motor protector. 16–63A XTPR…D: 100 kA/400V, 10 kA/690V.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-166
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
IP65 Rotary Handle Mechanism 1234
Enclosure
Rating
Description
XTPAXRHM_
1
Catalog Number
1
1
Complete Kits—Includes Handle, Shaft and Required Hardware
Rotary handle mechanism—black 6
IP65
NEMA 12
UL/CSA 4X
1
XTPAXRHMB
1
XTPAXRHMRY
Rotary handle mechanism—black—rotated 90° from vertical 6
1
XTPAXRHM90B
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow—rotated 90° from
vertical 7
1
XTPAXRHM90RY
10
XTPAXRHMSFT
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow 7
XTPAXRHMSFT
Pkg.
Qty. 5
1
1
Separate Parts
Shaft only—includes shaft to mount to XTPR, 175 mm length
—
1
1
XTPAXSW
1
Sealing Facility
Description
To prevent tampering with the overload release and the test function.
It can be sealed using industry standard sealing wire. For use with
XTPR manual motor protectors.
Pkg.
Qty. 5
Catalog Number
5
XTPAXSW
1
1
1
Three-Phase Commoning Links
1
8
For Use with…
MMP with no side-mounted auxiliaries or voltage
releases
Each MMP with one auxiliary contact or trip-indicating
auxiliary contact fitted on the right
Qty.
MMP
MMP
Frame Size
Pkg.
Qty. 5
Catalog Number
2
B
10
XTPAXCLKA2
D
1
XTPAXCLKA2D
3
B
10
XTPAXCLKA3
D
1
XTPAXCLKA3D
4
B
10
XTPAXCLKA4
D
1
XTPAXCLKA4D
5
B
10
XTPAXCLKA5
2
B
10
XTPAXCLKB2
D
1
XTPAXCLKB2D
3
B
10
XTPAXCLKB3
D
1
XTPAXCLKB3D
B
10
XTPAXCLKB4
D
1
XTPAXCLKB4D
5
B
10
XTPAXCLKB5
2
B
10
XTPAXCLKC2
4
D
1
XTPAXCLKC4D
4
Each MMP with an auxiliary contact and trip-indicating
auxiliary contact mounted on the right or a voltage
release mounted on the left.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
For parallel power feed to several manual motor protectors on terminals
1, 3 and 5.
1
Notes
1 Plug-in connection shafts, XTPAXRHMSFT_ can be cut to desired length for mounting depths of 100–240 mm. Carrier
with extension shaft included.
2 With ON/OFF switch position and “+” (tripped), lockable with 3 padlocks, 4–8 mm hasp. Can be locked in the
OFF position, if required.
3 Rotary handle mechanisms ship with door interlock disabled. See instruction publication with product for how to
enable door interlock.
4 Not for use with XTPAXFAEM20 early-make front-mount auxiliary contact.
5 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
6 For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204.
7 For use on main switches with emergency-stop function to IEC/EN 60204.
8 Protected against accidental contact. Frame B short-circuit proof U = 690V, I = 63A. Frame B links can be combined by
e
u
rotating mounting.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-167
1.1
1
XTPAXUTS
1
1
1
1
XTPAXIT
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Shroud for Unused Terminals of Three-Phase Commoning Links
For Use with…
Description
Frame B
XTPR
To cover unused terminals on three-phase
commoning link. Protected against direct
contact.
Catalog Number
20
XTPAXUTS
Incoming Terminals for Three-Phase
Commoning Link 2
For Use with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
Frame B XTPR, XTPB
5
XTPAXIT
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
1
Line-Side Adapter 3
1
For Use with…
1
Pkg.
Qty. 1
XTPAXLSA
Frame B XTPR to create a
UL 508 Type E/F manual
combination starter
5
XTPAXLSA
XTPAXLSAD
Frame D XTPR to create a
UL 508 Type E/F manual
combination starter
1
XTPAXLSAD 4
1
1
1
1
1
1
Combination Connection Kits
1
Non-Reversing Starters
1
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPR…B + XTCE…B
Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCB
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor in toolless plug connection
1
1
XTPAXTPCB
1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables
up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
1
1
XTPAXTPC_
1
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
DIN rail adapter plate
Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCC
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
DIN rail adapter plate
Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCD
1
1
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact, U = 690V, I = 63A;
e
u
For conductor cross-sections: 2.5–25 mm2 stranded; 2.5–16 mm2 flexible with ferrules, AWG 14-6.
3 XTPAXLSA is for three-phase commoning link, finger and back-of-hand proof,
Ue = 690V, Iu = 60A for conductor cross sections: 2.5–25 mm2 stranded,
2.5–16 mm2 flexible with ferrule, AWG 14-6.
4 XTPAXLSAD cannot be combined with three-phase commoning links. Conductor size 8 AWG–1/0.
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-168
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Reversing Starters
XTPAXTPCRB
1
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPR…B + XTCE…B01_
Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCRB
Reversing starter main current wiring in toolless plug connection
1
Control cables for electrical interlocking in toolless plug connection:
– K1M: A1–K2M: 21
– K1M: 21–K2M: A1
– K1M: A2–K2M: A2
1
Cable guidance
1
1
1
1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables
up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
XTPAXTPCRC
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
1
1
DIN rail adapter plate
1
Reversing starter main current wiring
1
XTPAXTPCRC
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-169
1.1
1
XTPAXECM_
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Electrical Connection Module
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor
5
XTPAXECMC
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
Main current wiring between XTPR…D and contactor
5
XTPAXECMD
1
DIN Rail Adapter Plates
1
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPAXTPCB
XTPAXTPCRB
45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail
4
XTPAXTPCPB
XTPAXECMD
XTPR…D + XTCE…C
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
55 mm wide adapter plate with two DIN rails
4
XTPAXTPCPD
1
XTPAXTPCPB
1
Connection element for side-by-side positioning of further plates
1
1
XTPAXTPCPD
1
Connection cams for further plates
For use with reversing and star-delta starters
1
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-170
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Pushbutton MMP Enclosures
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton
Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers—Global Usage 1
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
IP40
NEMA 1
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
Description
Catalog Number
—
XTPBXENCS40
With actuation membrane.
XTPBXENCS65
1
1
1
1
1
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Lockable in OFF position.
XTPBXENCSLO65
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
Lockable in OFF position in combination with XTPBXFAEM20
early-make front-mount auxiliary contact
XTPBXENCSLE65
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
XTPBXENCSES65
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
key release
XTPBXENCSEK65
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
1
1
1
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton
Manual Motor Protectors—North American Usage 23
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
IP41
NEMA 1
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
Description
Catalog Number
—
XTPBXENAS41
With actuating diaphragm
XTPBXENAS65
1
1
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Lockable in OFF position
XTPBXENASLO65
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
Lockable in OFF position in combination with XTPBXFAEM20
early-make front-mount auxiliary contact
XTPBXENASLE65
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
XTPBXENASES65
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
key release
XTPBXENASEK65
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
1
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection, two M25 cable entry knockouts at top and at bottom.
2 Built-in terminal for PE(N).
3 North American enclosures come with conduit adapters for use with 1/2 in NPT.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-171
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton
Manual Motor Protectors—North American Usage 1
1
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
1
Front IP40
NEMA 1
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_
1
1
Front IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
1
1
1
1
—
XTPBXENCF40
With actuating diaphragm
XTPBXENCF55
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Lockable in OFF position
XTPBXENCFLO55
Front IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
Lockable in OFF position in combination with XTPBXFAEM20
early-make front-mount auxiliary contact
XTPBXENCFLE55
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
XTPBXENCFES55
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
key release
XTPBXENCFEK55
Front IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
Catalog Number
Front IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
Front IP65
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
Description
Note
1 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-172
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Rotary MMP Enclosures
1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A)
XTPR Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers—Global Usage
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
IP41 with vertical
mounting
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXSA_,
XTPAXSATR_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Description
Catalog Number
Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of
MMP. IP40, when mounted turned through 90° to left/right
XTPAXENCS41 1
IP65
With black/grey rotary handle
XTPAXENCS65B 1
IP65
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switches to IEC/EN 60204
XTPAXENCS65RY 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IP40
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of MMP
XTPAXENCS40 2
IP55
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXSA_,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
With black/gray rotary handle
XTPAXENCS55B 2
1
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switches to IEC/EN 60204
XTPAXENCS55RY 2
1
1
1
IP55
1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A)
XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors—North American Usage 3
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
IP55
NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXSA_ and XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXUVR_ and XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXSR_ and XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXCL
Description
Catalog Number
With black/gray rotary handle
XTPAXENAS55B
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switch to VDE 0113
XTPAXENAS55RY
1
1
1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A) Rotary Motor-Protective Circuit
Breakers with XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact—Global Usage
1
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
1
IP65
Frame B XTPR and XTPAXFAEM20
only or with: XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXSATR_,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
IP65
IP55
IP55
Frame B XTPR and XTPAXFAEM20
only or with: XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
Description
Catalog Number
With black/gray rotary handle
XTPAXENCSEM65B
1
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switches to IEC/EN 60204
XTPAXENCSEM65RY
1
With black/gray rotary handle
XTPAXENCSEM55B
1
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switches to IEC/EN 60204
XTPAXENCSEM55RY
1
1
1
Notes
1 M25 metric cable entry knock-out, top and bottom. Cable push-through membrane, top and bottom, in the back plate and as a control line entry.
Includes N and PE terminals.
2 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection, two M25 cable entry knockouts at the top and bottom.
3 Built-in N and PE terminal, lower part without knockouts.
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-173
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A) Rotary Manual Motor Protectors
with XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact—North American Usage 1
1
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
1
IP55
NEMA 1, 12, 3R
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXCL
1
1
Description
Catalog Number
With black/grey rotary handle
XTPAXENASEM55B
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switch to VDE 0113
XTPAXENASEM55RY
Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A)
XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors—Global Usage 2
1
1
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
Front IP40
Front IP55
1
1
1
Description
Catalog Number
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of MMP
XTPAXENCF40
Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXCL
With black/gray rotary handle
XTPAXENCF55B
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switches to IEC/EN 60204
XTPAXENCF55RY
1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame D (10–65A)
Rotary Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers
1
1
1
Degree of
Protection
For Use
with…
IP65
NEMA 1, 12,
3R, 4X
Frame D XTPR only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXFAEM20,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXSATR_,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
IP65
NEMA 1, 12,
3R, 4X
1
1
Description
Catalog Number
With black/gray rotary handle
XTPAXENCSD65B
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
switches to IEC/EN 60204
XTPAXENCSD65RY
Notes
1 Built-in N and PE terminal, lower part without knockouts.
2 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-174
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
MMP Enclosure Accessories
XTPAXPL_
1
XTPR Manual Motor Protector Enclosure Padlock Attachment
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
3
XTPAXPL1 2
XTPAXENCSD65B, XTPAXENCSD65RY
1
XTPAXPL2
2
XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY
3
XTPAXPL3 3
Description
XTPAXENCS65B, XTPAXENCS65RY,
XTPAXENCSEM65B, XTPAXENCSEM65RY,
XTPAXENCS55B, XTPAXENCS55RY,
XTPAXENCSEM55B, XTPAXENCSEM55RY
Padlocking feature. Up to three padlocks with 3–6 mm hasp thickness.
For use as main switch to IEC/EN 60204
1
1
1
1
1
XTPAXNT
XTPBXENCF40, XTPBXENCF55, XTPAXENCF40,
XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY
XTPAXIL_
1
Neutral Terminal for Use with XTPB and Frame B XTPR Flush-Mount Enclosures
For Use
with…
Description
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
For connection of a fifth conductor
20
XTPAXNT
1
1
Indicating Lights with Neon Bulb 4
Color
Description—
Indicating Light
White
110–230V
10
XTPAXILWB
230–400V
10
XTPAXILWN
Green
Red
1
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Catalog Number
415–500V
10
XTPAXILWC
110–230V
10
XTPAXILGB
230–400V
10
XTPAXILGN
415–500V
10
XTPAXILGC
110–230V
10
XTPAXILRB
230–400V
10
XTPAXILRN
1
1
1
1
1
1
For use with XTPR and XTPB enclosures.
1
Lights do not carry individual IP or NEMA rating. All enclosure ratings remain
valid when using indicating lights.
1
Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 Lockable in the 0-position of the XTPR manual motor protector.
3 Lockable in the OFF position of the Frame B XTPR manual motor protector.
4 Product is not UL Listed/Registered.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-175
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Technical Data and Specifications
XT Manual Motor Protectors
XTPBP16B–
XTPB025B
XTPRP16B–
XTPR032B
XTPR016D–
XTPR063D
Standards
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 14
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 14
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 14
Climatic proofing
1
1
1
Description
General
Ambient temperature, °C
Storage
–25/80
–25/80
–25/70
Open
–25/55
–25/55
–25/55
Enclosed
–25/40
Mounting position
90
–25/40
90
90
–25/40
90
90
90
90
90
1
1
1
Direction of incoming supply
As required
As required
As required
Device
IP20
IP20
IP20
Terminals
IP00
IP00
IP00
Degree of protection
1
Protection against direct contact
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
1
Shock resistance half-sinusoidal shock
10 ms to IEC 60068-2-27 (g)
25
25
15
1
Altitude (m), maximum
2000
2000
2000
Terminal capacity
1
Solid (mm2)
1 x (1–6)
2 x (1–6)
1 x (1–6)
2 x (1–6)
1 x (1–50)
2 x (1–35)
1
Flexible with ferrule to DIN 46228, (mm2)
1 x (1–6)
2 x (1–6)
1 x (1–6)
2 x (1–6)
1 x (1–35)
2 x (1–35)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–10
18–10
14–2
1
Terminal screw tightening torque
1
Main cable, Nm
1.7
1.
3
Main cable, lb-in
15.0
15.0
26.6
1
Control circuit cable, Nm
1
1
1
Control circuit cable, lb-in
8.9
8.9
8.9
6000
1
Main Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp), Vac
6000
6000
1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
690
690
690
1
Rated operational voltage (Ue), Vac
Rated uninterrupted current = rated operational
current (Iu = Ie) in amperes
25 or current setting of
the overcurrent release
25 or current setting of
the overcurrent release
25 or current setting of
the overcurrent release
1
Rated frequency, Hz
40–60
40–60
40–60
Current heat loss (three-pole at operating temperature), W
6
6
22
1
Lifespan, mechanical (ops)
50,000
100,000
30,000
Lifespan, electrical (AC-3 at 400V) (ops)
50,000
100,000
30,000
1
Maximum operating frequency, operations/hr
25
40
40
1
1
1
1
1
Short-circuit rating
AC
See Page V5-T1-181
See Page V5-T1-181
See Page V5-T1-181
DC (kA)
60
60 (up to XTPR016B)
40 (XTPR020B–XTPR032B)
60
AC-3 (up to 690V) in amperes
25
32
65
DC-5 (up to 250V) in amperes
25
25 (3 contacts in series)
63 (3 contacts in series)
Motor switching capacity
Note
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30.
V5-T1-176
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XT Manual Motor Protectors, continued
XTPBP16B–
XTPB025B
XTPRP16B–
XTPR032B
XTPR016D–
XTPR063D
Overload release setting range (x Iu)
0.6–1.0
0.6–1.0
0.6–1.0
Fixed short-circuit release (x Iu)
14
14
14
Description
1
1
Releases
Short-circuit release tolerance
± 20%
± 20%
± 20%
Phase-failure sensitivity
IEC/EN 60947-1-1,
VDE 0660 Part 102
IEC/EN 60947-1-1,
VDE 0660 Part 102
IEC/EN 60947-1-1,
VDE 0660 Part 102
1
1
1
Temperature compensation
to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, °C
–5/40
–5/40
–5/40
operating range, °C
–25/55
–25/55
–25/55
<0.25
<0.25
<0.25
Temperature compensation residual error for T >20°C, %/K
1
1
1
1
Auxiliary Contacts
Description
XTPAXSA_ _
XTPAXFA_ _
XTPA(B)XFAEM_ _
XTPAXSATR_ _
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp (Vac)
6000
4000
4000
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
1
Ue (Vac)
500
440
440
500
Ue (Vdc)
250
250
250
250
1
690
690
690
690
1
Rated operational voltage
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and
Part 101/A1 between auxiliary contacts
and main contacts (Vac)
1
1
Rated operational current
1
AC-15
220–240 V, Ie (A)
3.5
1
1
3.5
380–415 V, Ie (A)
2
—
—
2
440–500 V, Ie (A)
1
—
—
1
1
1
DC-13 L/R <100 ms
24 V, Ie (A)
2
2
2
2
60 V, Ie (A)
1.5
—
—
1.5
110 V, Ie (A)
1
—
—
1
220 V, Ie (A)
0.25
—
—
0.25
Mechanical, operations (x 106)
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.01
Electrical, operations (x 106)
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.005
1
Contact reliability (at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin–17V,
Imin = 5.4 mA, fault probability
<10–8 <1 fault
at 1 x 108 operations
<10–8 <1 fault
at 1 x 108 operations
<10–8 <1 fault
at 1 x 108 operations
<10–8 <1 fault
at 1 x 108 operations
1
Positively driven contacts to ZH 1/457
Yes
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
Lifespan
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Fuseless
FAZ-B4/1-HI
—
—
FAZ-B4/1-HI
Fuse (A gG/gL)
10
10
10
10
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2)
0.75–2.5
0.75–1.5
0.75–1.5
0.75–2.5
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–16
18–16
18–14
1
Terminal Capacity
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-177
1.1
1
1
1
1
XT IEC Power Control
Undervoltage Release
Description
XTPAXUVR_
Cross-Section
Min. Cross-Section Protected
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2)
380-415V, 50 Hz, Cu mm2
4
2.5
1.5
1
Solid or stranded (AWG)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac)
24–250
0.85–1.1
1
Dropout voltage, x Us
0.7–0.35
1
1
1
XTPRP16BC1
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPR010BC1
XTPR016BC1
XTPR020BC1
XTPR025BC1
XTPR016DC1
XTPR025DC1
XTPR032DC1
XTPR040DC1
XTPR050DC1
XTPR058DC1
XTPR063DC1
42–480
Pickup voltage, x Us
1
Type
0.75
Main Contact
1
1
Device
1 x (18–14)
2 x (18–14)
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vdc)
1
Protection of PVC Insulated Cables Against Thermal
Overload at Short-Circuit
...
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
Power Consumption
Pickup AC (VA)
5
Sealing AC (VA)
3
Current Limiter
Description
XTPAXCL
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp), Vac
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac)
690
Rated interrupted current = Rated operational current (lu = le) in amperes
63
The chart above indicates which minimum cable cross-sections
are protected by XTPR motor protective circuit breakers up to
their rated conditional short-circuit current I q.
1
1
1
1
1
XTPB, XTPR Single- and Two-Pole Circuits with DC
and AC Current
1
3 5
I> I> I>
2 4 6
1
3 5
I> I> I>
2 4 6
Shunt Release
Description
XTPAXSR __
Cross-Section
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
1 x (18–14)
2 x (18–14)
Main Contact
1
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac)
1
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vdc)
24–250
AC operating range, x Us
0.7–1.1
1
DC operating range, x Us (intermittent operation 5s)
0.7–1.1
Power Consumption
1
1
1
Pickup AC (VA)
5
Sealing AC (VA)
3
Pickup DC (VA)
3
Sealing DC (VA)
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-178
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
42–480
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Wiring Diagrams
1
Fuseless Installation with XTPR
Backup Protection Diagram—XTPR…B
100
20
16
10
6
0.16...
XTPR...D + XTPAXCL
Rated
short-circuit
breaking
capacity
range
XTPR…D
50
30
20
16
10
Inherently
short-circuit-proof
30
XTPR…B + XTPAXCL
50
Back-up
protection
range
with XTPAXCL
1
100
415 Vac
cn
cc
Inherently short-circuit proof
cc rms [kA]
Rated
short-circuit
breaking
capacity
range
XTPR…B
cn
cc
Inherently short-circuit proof
cc rms [kA]
Back-up
protection
range
with XTPAXCL
XTPR…D
XTPR...B
Inherently
short-circuit-proof
XTPR…B
XTPR…B
415 Vac
1
Backup Protection Diagram—XTPR…D
1
Rated
Current
n [A]
1
1
XTPR…D
1
6
16... 25
1016 20 25
Rated
Current
n [A]
32
40
1
50 63
Rated
Current
n [A]
1
1
Time/Current Curves
1
Characteristics
Under normal operating
conditions, all three-poles of
the device must be loaded.
The three main conducting
paths must be connected in
series in order to protect
single-phase or DC loads.
With three-pole loading, the
maximum deviation in the
tripping time for 3 times the
setting current and upwards
is ±20% and thus in
accordance with DIN VDE
0165.
Time/current characteristics,
current limiting characteristics
and I2t characteristics are
available on request.
Minutes
Seconds
2h
20
10
5
1
XTPB, XTPR Frame B
1
2
1
40
20
10
5
1
1
XTPT
2
1
Milli-seconds
1
200
1
50
1
20
1
5
2
1.5 2
6 8 10 15 20
3 4
x Rated Operational Current
30
1
XTPR Frame D
Minutes
The characteristics apply to
the cold state. At operating
temperature, the tripping
times of the thermal releases
are reduced to approximately
25%.
The characteristics of the
electromagnetic overcurrent
releases apply to frequencies
of 50/60 Hz. Appropriate
correction factors must be
used for lower frequencies up
to 16-2/3 Hz, for higher
frequencies up to 400 Hz and
for DC.
1
XTPB, XTPR Frame B
Seconds
The tripping characteristic of
the inverse-time delayed
overload releases (thermal
overload releases or “a”
releases) for DC and AC with
a frequency of 0 to 400 Hz
also apply to the time/current
characteristic.
The tripping characteristics
for the instantaneous,
electromagnetic overcurrent
releases (short-circuit
releases or “n” releases) are
based on the rated current In,
which is also the maximum
value of the setting range for
circuit breakers with
adjustable overload releases.
If the current is set to a lower
value, the tripping current of
the “n” release is increased
by a corresponding factor.
2h
20
10
5
1
XTPR Frame D
1
1
2
1
40
20
10
5
1
1
2
1
Milli-seconds
The time/current
characteristic, the current
limiting characteristics and
the I2t characteristics were
determined in accordance
with DIN VDE 0660 and IEC
60 947.
MMP Tripping Characteristics
200
1
50
20
1
5
1
2
1.5 2
6 8 10 15 20
3 4
x Rated Operational Current
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
1
30
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-179
1.1
XTPR Frame D
106
4.0 A
2
1
1
0.8
0.6
1
1
1
i dt
[A2 s]
0.4
0.3
1.6 A
0.2
1A
0.63 A
0.04
0.03
1
1
Ue = 400 V
1 1.5 2 3 4
1
1
XTPR Frame D
1
ID
[kA]
104
103
100
Ue = 400 V
0.25 A
6 8 10 15 20 3040 60 80100
cc rms [kA]
102
1
10
XTPR Frame D
^
1
2•
cc
1
1
1
63/58 A
50/40/32 A
25 A
16 A
10
1
1
1
1
Ue = 400 V
1
63/58 A
50/40/32 A
25 A
16 A
0.4 A
0.02
0.015
0.01
10
5
2.5 A
0.1
0.08
0.06
1
XTPR Frame D
2
e
10 XTPB
8 XTPR Frame B
^
ID
6 XTPM
[kA]
4
3
alf
-w
av
32 A
25 A
20 A
16 A
10 A/12 A
6.3 A
1s
th
1
XTPB, XTPR Frame B
cc
1
MMP Let-Through Tripping Characteristics
•
1
XT IEC Power Control
2
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
1
10
100
cc rms[kA]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-180
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
100
cc rms[kA]
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Manual Motor Protector Short-Circuit Ratings
1
Rated uninterrupted current Iu = Rated operational current Ie.
Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq —IEC/EN 60947-4-1.
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu — IEC/EN 60947-2.
Rated operational short-circuit breaking capacity Ics — IEC/EN 60947-2.
1
1
1
Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPB with Classification Type “1” and Type “2”
230V
400V
440V
500V
690V
Iu
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
0.16–1
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.6
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2.5
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6.3
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
10
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
42
42
10
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
15
15
10
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
15
15
10
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
10
10
10
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
25
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
10
10
10
50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
400V
Icu
Fuse 12
Ics
Iq
440V
Icu
Fuse 12
Ics
Iq
500V
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
690V
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
A
kA
kA
kA
A
N
3
3
3
N
Iu
Iq
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
0.16–1
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
3
3
3
N
3
3
3
1.6
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
3
3
3
N
3
3
3
N
3
3
3
N
2.5
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
3
3
3
N
3
3
3
N
5
5
5
50
4
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
3
3
3
N
3
3
3
N
3
3
3
50
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6.3
150
N
150
N
3
N
42
42
6
50
3
3
2
50
10
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
150 3
150 3
150 3
N
42
42
10
50
42
42
6
50
3
3
2
50
12
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
15
15
10
50
15
15
6
50
3
3
2
50
16
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
15
15
10
50
15
15
6
50
3
3
2
50
20
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
15
15
10
50
6
6
6
50
3
3
2
50
25
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
10
10
10
50
6
6
6
50
3
3
2
50
32
50
50
10
50
50
50
10
50
10
10
10
50
6
6
6
50
3
3
2
50
150
150
150
150
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPR…BC1 with Classification Type “1” and Type “2”
230V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 N = Not required.
2 XTPR…BC1, XTPT, XTPM—Required back-up fuse if the short-circuit current exceeds the rated conditional
short-circuit current (Icc > Iq); XTPB, XTPR…DC1—Fuse (A gG/gL) for enhancing the switching capacity of the
motor protective circuit breaker to 100 kA.
3 No upstream protective device required, as it is the auto-protected range (100/150 kA—Frame B, 150 kA—Frame D).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-181
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPR…DC1 with Classification Type “1” and Type “2”
1
Iu
230V
Iq
400V
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
440V
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
500V
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
Iq
690V
Icu
Ics
kA
Fuse 12
Iq
Icu
Ics
Fuse 12
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
A
kA
kA
kA
A
16
150 3
150 3
25
N
150 3
150 3
25
N
45
45
25
100
15
15
100
8
8
2.5
100
1
25
150 3
150 3
25
N
150 3
150 3
25
N
45
45
25
100
15
15
100
8
8
2.5
100
32
50
50
25
100
50
50
25
100
45
45
25
100
15
15
100
5
5
2.5
100
1
40
50
50
25
100
50
50
25
100
45
45
25
100
15
15
100
5
5
2.5
100
50
50
50
25
100
50
50
25
100
45
45
25
100
15
15
100
5
5
2.5
100
58
50
50
25
160
50
50
25
160
45
45
25
160
15
15
160
5
5
2.5
160
63
50
50
25
160
50
50
25
160
45
45
25
160
15
15
160
5
5
2.5
160
1
1
1
1
Ratings for Group Motor Applications
1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPB—Frame B, Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
1
1
FLA
Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection
Catalog Number
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu (Amps)
1
XTPBP16BC1
0.16
0.1–0.16
2.2
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPBP25BC1
0.25
0.16–0.25
3.5
50
—
600
—
600
—
1
XTPBP40BC1
0.4
0.25–0.4
5.6
50
—
600
—
600
—
1
XTPBP63BC1
0.63
0.4–0.63
8.8
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPB001BC1
1
0.63–1
14
50
—
600
—
600
—
1
XTPB1P6BC1
1.6
1–1.6
22
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPB2P5BC1
2.5
1.6–2.5
35
50
—
600
—
600
—
1
XTPB004BC1
4
2.5–4
56
50
—
600
—
600
—
1
XTPB6P3BC1
6.3
4–6.3
88
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPB010BC1
10
6.3–10
140
30
50
600
600
600
600
XTPB012BC1
12
8–12
168
10
50
150
600
125 5
600
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Maximum rms
Sym Current—
480V (kA)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Maximum Fuse
Rating (A)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Circuit Breaker
Maximum (A)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
16
10–16
224
10
50
150
600
125 5
600
4
20
16–20
280
10
18
150
600
125
600
XTPB025BC1 4
25
20–25
350
10
18
150
600
125
600
XTPB016BC1
XTPB020BC1
Notes
1 N = Not required.
2 XTPR…BC1, XTPT, XTPM—Required back-up fuse if the short-circuit current exceeds the rated conditional short-circuit current (I > I ); XTPB, XTPR…DC1—Fuse (A gG/gL) for enhancing the
cc q
switching capacity of the motor protective circuit breaker to 100 kA.
3 No upstream protective device required, as it is the auto-protected range (100/150 kA—Frame B, 150 kA—Frame D).
4 IEC/EN 60947-4-1.
5 22 kA 600 Vac.
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-182
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPR—Frame B (all Screw and Spring Cage Terminal Options),
Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
FLA
Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
1
Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection
Catalog Number
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu (Amps)
XTPRP16BC1
0.16
0.1–0.16
2.2
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPRP25BC1
0.25
0.16–0.25
3.5
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPRP40BC1
0.4
0.25–0.4
5.6
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPRP63BC1
0.63
0.4–0.63
8.8
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR001BC1
1
0.63–1
14
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR1P6BC1
1.6
1–1.6
22
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR2P5BC1
2.5
1.6–2.5
35
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR004BC1
4
2.5–4
56
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR6P3BC1
6.3
4–6.3
88
50
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR010BC1
10
6.3–10
140
30
50
600
600
600
600
XTPR012BC1
12
8–12
168
10
50
150
600
125
600
XTPR016BC1
16
10–16
224
10
50
150
600
125 1
600
XTPR032BC1
32
25–32
448
10
18
150
600
125
600
XTPR025BC1
25
20–25
350
10
18
150
600
125
600
XTPR032BC1
32
25–32
448
10
18
150
600
125
600
Maximum rms
Sym Current—
480V (kA)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Maximum Fuse
Rating (A)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Circuit Breaker
Maximum (A)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPR—Frame D, Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
FLA
Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection
Catalog Number
Rated
Uninterrupted
Current—
Iu (Amps)
XTPR016DC1
16
10–16
224
65
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR025DC1
25
16–25
350
65
—
600
—
600
—
Maximum rms
Sym Current—
480V (kA)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Maximum Fuse
Rating (A)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Circuit Breaker
Maximum (A)
w/Current
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
XTPR032DC1
32
25–32
448
65
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR040DC1
40
32–40
560
65
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR050DC1
50
40–50
700
65
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR058DC1
58
50–58
812
65
—
600
—
600
—
XTPR063DC1
65
55–63
882
65
—
600
—
600
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 22 kA 600 Vac.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-183
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
UL 508 Type E Ratings—XTPR Frame B + XTPAXLSA
1
Manual Motor
Protector—
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
UL 508 Type E Application
Maximum rms Symmetrical
Short-Circuit Ratings (kA)
Maximum Upstream
Protective Device (A) 1
Line Side Adapter
Catalog Number
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
XTPRP16BB1
XTPAXLSA
0.1–0.16
2.2
50
XTPRP25BC1
XTPAXLSA
0.16–0.25
3.5
50
1
XTPRP40BC1
XTPAXLSA
0.25–0.4
5.6
50
50
XTPRP63BC1
XTPAXLSA
0.4–0.63
8.82
50
50
Not required
Not required
1
XTPR001BC1
XTPAXLSA
0.63–1
14
50
50
Not required
Not required
XTPR1P6BC1
XTPAXLSA
1–1.6
22.4
50
50
Not required
Not required
1
XTPR2P5BC1
XTPAXLSA
1.6–2.5
35
50
50
Not required
Not required
1
XTPR004BC1
XTPAXLSA
2.5–4
56
50
50
Not required
Not required
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXLSA
4–6.3
88.2
65
50
Not required
Not required
1
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXLSA
6.3–10
140
65
50
Not required
Not required
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXLSA
8–12
168
65
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXLSA
10–16
224
42
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXLSA
16–20
280
18
—
Not required
Not required
XTPR025BC1
XTPAXLSA
20–25
350
18
—
Not required
Not required
XTPR032BC1
XTPAXLSA
25–32
448
18
—
Not required
Not required
1
1
1
1
1
480/277V
Maximum Fuse
600V
Maximum
Circuit Breaker
600V
50
Not required
Not required
50
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
600/347V
UL 508 Type E Ratings—XTPR Frame D + XTPAXLSAD
Maximum Upstream
Protective Device (A) 1
Line Side
Adapter
Catalog Number
FLA
Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short
Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
UL 508 Type E Application
Maximum rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit Ratings (kA)
240V
480/277V
XTPR016DC1
XTPAXLSAD
10–16
224
65
1
XTPR025DC1
XTPAXLSAD
16–25
350
65
XTPR032DC1
XTPAXLSAD
25–32
448
1
XTPR040DC1
XTPAXLSAD
32–40
XTPR050DC1
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR058DC1
XTPR063DC1
1
1
1
1
1
Manual Motor
Protector—
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
600/347V
Maximum Fuse
600V
Maximum
Circuit Breaker
600V
65
25
Not required
Not required
65
25
Not required
Not required
65
65
25
Not required
Not required
560
65
65
25
Not required
Not required
40–50
700
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTPAXLSAD
50–58
812
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTPAXLSAD
55–65
882
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
Note
1 For UL 508 Type E applications, the manual motor protector assembly does not require a dedicated upstream protective
device in the panel, thus a maximum rating is not required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-184
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Dimensions
1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
93
[3.66]
1
Manual Motor Protectors, Manual Transformer
Protectors—XTPR…B
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB
XTPAXFA _
XTPAXFA _
45
[1.77]
1
XTPAXFA _
93
[3.66]
1
1
45
[1.77]
1
50
[1.97]
45
[1.77]
44
[1.73]
5.5
[.22]
45
[1.77]
XTPAXFA _
1
88 [3.46]
94 [3.70]
74 [2.91]
85 [3.35]
1
1
1
Manual Motor Protector—XTPR…DC1
1
4 [.16]
1
140
[5.57]
65
45 [2.56] 125
[4.92]
[1.77]
XTPAXFA _
130
[5.12]
1
1
1
1
XTPAXFA _
30
[1.18]
7.5 [.30]
1
118 [4.65]
55 [2.17]
1
127 [5.00]
145 [5.71]
1
171 [6.73]
1
MMPs with Early-Make Auxiliary Contacts—
XTPR…BC1 + XTPAXFAEM20
Current Limiter—XTPAXCL
45
[1.77]
28
[1.10]
1
80 [3.15]
1
*
XTPAXFAEM20
93
[3.66]
45
55
[1.77] [2.17]
93
[3.66]
90
73
[3.54] [2.87]
1
1
1
7.5
[.30]
* IEC/EN 60715 DIN Rail
44
[1.73]
49.5
[1.95]
7.5
[.30]
70
[2.76]
45
[1.77]
50
[1.97]
XTPAXFAEM20
68 [2.68]
86 [3.39]
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-185
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Standard Auxiliary Contact—XTPAXSA_
Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKB5,
XTPAXCLKB4, XTPAXCLKB3 and XTPAXCLKB2
261 [10.28] (207 [8.15],
153 [6.02], 99 [3.90])
1
1
1
1
1
45
90
[1.77] [3.54]
36
[1.42]
27
[1.06]
54
[2.13]
9
[.35]
26
[1.02]
Overlapping Mounting
to Extend the Three-Phase
Commoning Link
68 [2.68]
1
1
Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKC4, XTPAXCLKC2
Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contact—XTPAXSATR_
234 [9.21] (108 [4.25])
1
1
27
[1.06]
45
90
[1.77] [3.54]
36
[1.42]
1
63
[2.48]
1
1
9
[.35]
26
[1.02]
1
68 [2.68]
1
1
Incoming Terminal, Line Side Adapter—XTPAXIT, XTPAXLSA
56
[2.20]
Undervoltage/Shunt Release—XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_
7.5
[.30]
1
31
[1.22]
XTPAXLSA
1
73
[2.87]
45
90
[1.77] [3.54]
36
[1.42]
48
[1.89]
1
1
1
41
[1.61]
18
[.71]
49
[1.93]
XTPAXIT
68 [2.68]
1
1
1
Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKA4, XTPAXCLKA2
180 [7.09] (90 [3.54])
1
1
27
[1.06]
45
[1.77]
1
1
1
V5-T1-186
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Three-Phase Commoning Link
XTPAXCLKA4D, XTPAXCLKA3D and XTPAXCLKA2D
XTPAXCLKC4D and XTPAXCLKC2D
1
XTPAXCLKA4D
XTPAXCLKC4D
1
36
[1.42]
36
[1.42]
205 [8.07]
14
[.55]
1
260 [10.24]
33
[1.30]
XTPAXCLKA3D
XTPAXCLKC2D
36
[1.42]
36
[1.42]
33
[1.30]
14
[.55]
151 [5.94]
14
[.55]
33
[1.30]
1
1
1
1
1
115 [4.53]
14
[.55]
33
[1.30]
1
1
XTPAXCLKA2D
1
36
[1.42]
1
98 [3.86]
14
[.55]
1
33
[1.30]
1
XTPAXCLKB4D, XTPAXCLKB3D and XTPAXCLKB2D
1
XTPAXCLKB4D
1
36
[1.42]
1
232 [9.13]
1
33
[1.30]
14
[.55]
1
XTPAXCLKB3D
1
1
36
[1.42]
170 [6.69]
14
[.55]
1
33
[1.30]
1
1
XTPAXCLKB2D
1
36
[1.42]
117 [4.6]
14
[.55]
1
33
[1.30]
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-187
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors
1
1
1
158
[6.22]
158
[6.22]
1
1
1
80 [3.15]
80 [3.15]
116.5 [4.59]
XTPBXENCS40, XTPBXENCS65, XTPBXENAS41, XTPBXENAS65
116.5 [4.59]
177.2 [6.98]
XTPBXENCSEK65, XTPBXENCSES65, XTPBXENASEK65, XTPBXENASES65
1
1
1
158
[6.22]
1
1
1
80 [3.15]
116.5 [4.59]
129.5 [5.10]
XTPBXENCSLE65, XTPBXENCSLO65, XTPBXENASLE65, XTPBXENASO065
1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors
1
69
[2.72]
69
[2.72]
1
1
1
129
[5.08]
129
[5.08]
1
90.2
[3.55]
1
1
90.2
[3.55]
93 [3.66]
115.2 [4.54]
XTPBXENCF40, XTPBXENCF55
93 [3.66]
115.2 [4.54]
175.9 [6.93]
XTPBXENCFEK55, XTPBXENCFES55
1
69
[2.72]
1
1
1
129
[5.08]
1
1
90.2
[3.55]
93 [3.66]
115.2 [4.54]
XTPBXENCFLE55, XTPBXENCFLO55
1
V5-T1-188
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors
1
Drilling Dimensions
4.5 [.18]
1
1
70
[2.76]
158
[6.22]
153
[6.02]
158
[6.22]
1
1
80 [3.15]
1
8 [.31]
4.5
97.5 [3.84]
[.18]
125.5 [4.94]
XTPAXENCS55B, XTPAXENCS55RY, XTPAXENCSEM55B, XTPAXENCSEM55RY
90 [3.54]
100 [3.94]
80 [3.15]
XTPAXENCS40
1
98 [3.86]
1
30 [1.18]
SVB-PKZ0-CI
44
[1.73]
97.5 [3.84]
30
[1.18]
28
[1.10]
Drilling Dimensions
4.5
[.18]
1
1
1
33
[1.30]
55
[2.17]
158
[6.22]
153
[6.02]
1
1
4.5
[.18]
80 [3.15]
XTPAXENCS55_ + XTPAXPL1, XTPAXENCSEM55_ + XTPAXPL1
1
8
[.31]
1
Drilling Dimensions
M4
1
181
160
[7.13] [6.30]
181 160
[7.13] [6.30]
47.5
100
[1.87]
[3.94]
104
[4.09]
XTPAXENCSH41, XTPAXENCS41, XTPAXENAS41
47.5
M4
[1.87]
103 [4.06]
130 [5.12]
XTPAXENCS65B, XTPAXENCS65RY, XTPAXENCSEM65B, XTPAXENCSEM65RY,
XTPAXENAS55B, XTPAXENAS55RY, XTPAXENASEM55B, XTPAXENASEM55RY,
XTPAXENCSH65B, XTPAXENCSH65RY, XTPAXENCSEMH65B, XTPAXENCSEMH65RY
1
171
[6.73]
1
1
1
100
[3.94]
1
1
98 [3.86]
30 [1.18]
SVB-PKZ0-CI
44
[1.73]
114 [4.49]
30
[1.18]
28
[1.10]
1
Drilling Dimensions
M4
1
1
33
[1.30]
55
[2.17]
1
171
[6.73]
181 160
[7.13] [6.30]
1
97 [3.82]
1
M4
1
XTPAXENCS65_ + XTPAXPL1, XTPAXENCSEM65_ + XTPAXPL1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-189
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors
69
[2.72]
1
1
129
[5.08]
4 [.16]
R
55
[2.17]
116 – 118
[4.57 – 4.64]
1
1
85 [3.35]
80 [3.15]
96 [3.78]
1
1
XTPAXENCF40, XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY
1
1
Mounting Cutout XTPAXENCF_
98
[3.86]
30
[1.18]
1
1
70 – 72
[2.76 – 2.83]
124 [4.88]
30
[1.18]
58
[2.28]
28 [1.10]
1
55
[2.17]
1
21
[.83]
129
[5.08]
1
1
1
80 [3.15]
85
[3.35]
96 [3.78]
124 [4.88]
XTPAXENCF55_ + XTPAXPL3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-190
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR…D Manual Motor Protectors
1
98 [3.86]
3 [.12]
1
32 [1.26]
SVB-PKZ4-CI
1
1
240
[9.45]
1
1
72
[2.83]
1
160 [6.30]
1
134 [5.28]
181 [7.13]
1
197 [7.76]
XTPAXENCSD65B, XTPAXENCSD65RY
1
XTPAXENCSD65_ + XTPAXPL2
Drilling Dimensions
5.6 [.22]
Dia.
72
[2.83]
1
1
1
1
240
[9.45]
193
[7.60]
1
1
1
1
160 [6.30]
186 [7.32]
28 [1.10]
142 [5.60]
1
30
[1.18]
XTPAXENCSD65
1
1
Rotary Handle Mechanism—XTPAXRHM_
1
43 [1.69] Dia.
64
[2.52]
64
[2.52]
19.5
[.77]
1
48
[1.89]
1
48
[1.89]
1
1
62
[2.44]
At least 100 [3.94]
up to Cover Hinge
1
Mounting Depth:
100 – 240 [3.94 – 9.45]
from the top edge of
the mounting rail to the
front edge of the panel
door/cover
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1
1
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-191
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Pushbutton MMP Enclosures
Insulated Enclosures for
Surface Mounting
Insulated Enclosures for
Flush Mounting
1
XTPB Pushbutton MotorProtective Circuit Breakers
Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR
Motor-Protective Circuit
Breakers
Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A)
Rotary Motor-Protective
Circuit Breakers with
XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact
1
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1
1
HxWxD
Global Usage
HxWxD
Global Usage
HxWxD
Global Usage
XTPBXENCS40
158 x 80 x 116.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59]
XTPAXENCS41
160 x 100 x 104
[6.30 x 3.94 x 4.09]
XTPAXENCSEM65B
1
XTPBXENCS65
158 x 80 x 116.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59]
XTPAXENCS65B
160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCSEM65RY 160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
1
XTPBXENCSLO65
158 x 80 x 129.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10]
XTPAXENCS65RY
160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCSEM55B
158 x 80 x 100
[6.22 x 3.15 x 3.94]
1
XTPBXENCSLE65
158 x 80 x 129.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10]
XTPAXENCS40
158 x 80 x 100
[6.22 x 3.15 x 3.94]
XTPAXENCSEM55RY 158 x 80 x 100
[6.22 x 3.15 x 3.94]
1
XTPBXENCSES65
158 x 80 x 177.2
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
XTPAXENCS55B
158 x 80 x 125.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.94]
1
XTPBXENCSEK65
158 x 80 x 177.2
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
XTPAXENCS55RY
158 x 80 x 125.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.94]
1
1
1
160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPB Pushbutton Manual
Motor Protectors
Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR
Rotary Manual Motor
Protectors
Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A)
Rotary Manual Motor
Protectors with
XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
HxWxD
HxWxD
HxWxD
XTPB Pushbutton Manual
Motor Protectors
Catalog Number
HxWxD
Global and
North American Usage
XTPBXENCF40
129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
XTPBXENCF55
129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
XTPBXENCFLO55
129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
XTPBXENCFLE55
129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
XTPBXENCFES55
129 x 90.2 x 175.9
[5.08 x 3.55 x 6.93]
XTPBXENCFEK55
129 x 90.2 x 175.9
[5.08 x 3.55 x 6.93]
Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR
Rotary Manual Motor
Protectors
Catalog Number
HxWxD
North American Usage
North American Usage
North American Usage
Global Usage
XTPBXENAS41
XTPAXENAS55B
160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCSEM55B
XTPAXENCF40
1
158 x 80 x 116.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59]
129 x 85 x 96
[5.08 x 3.35 x 3.78]
XTPBXENAS65
XTPAXENAS55RY
160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCSEM55RY 160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCF55B
1
158 x 80 x 116.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59]
129 x 85 x 124
[5.08 x 3.35 x 4.88]
XTPBXENASLO65
158 x 80 x 129.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10]
XTPAXENCF55RY
129 x 85 x 124
[5.08 x 3.35 x 4.88]
1
1
XTPBXENASLE65
1
158 x 80 x 129.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10]
XTPBXENASES65
1
158 x 80 x 177.2
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
XTPBXENASEK65
158 x 80 x 177.2
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
1
1
160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
Frame D (10–65A) Rotary
Motor-Protective Circuit
Breakers
Catalog Number
HxWxD
Global and
North American Usage
XTPAXENCSD65B
240 x 160 x 197
[9.45 x 6.30 x 7.76]
XTPAXENCSD65RY
240 x 160 x 197
[9.45 x 6.30 x 7.76]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-192
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Contents
Combination Motor Controllers
Description
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-194
V5-T1-194
V5-T1-195
V5-T1-195
V5-T1-203
V5-T1-205
V5-T1-211
An Eaton
Green Solution
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-216
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Combination Motor Controllers
1
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton’s XT IEC open nonreversing and reversing
manual motor controllers
combine a manual motor
protector with an IEC
contactor(s) to provide a
complete motor protection
solution by combining motor
disconnect function, thermal
overload protection, magnetic
short-circuit protection and
remote control operation in
one compact, assembled
unit. these assembled
manual motor controllers
cover motors with FLA
ratings from 0.10A to 65A.
The XT IEC non-reversing and
reversing manual
and combination motor
controllers can be used in
the following applications:
1
The UL 508 Type F labeled
combination motor controller
(CMC) includes a line side
adapter (LSA). These
assembled combination
motor controllers cover
motors with FLA ratings
from 0.10A to 65A.
Group Motor Control
Manual motor controllers
(MMCs) are ideal for group
motor applications where an
upstream breaker or fuse
provides protection for two or
more motors. XT manual
motor controllers (MMC)
combine a manual motor
protector, a wiring connector
link and IEC contactor.
1
1
Individual Branch Circuit for Motor Loads
Combination motor controller
The manual motor protector
(CMC), consisting of a line
was invented in Germany by
side adapter, manual motor
Moeller to correct this
protector, wiring connector
inefficiency. The MMP
link and IEC contactor,
operates similarly to a circuit
provide an efficient means to
breaker, except the inrush
build an entire branch circuit.
(magnetic) protection is set to
The XT CMC is UL 508 Type
14 times the running current,
F approved, meaning it is
thus accounting for motor
“self-protected” and doesn’t
start-up current without the
require the use of an
necessity to oversize. A
additional fuse or breaker for
overcurrent dial was added to
short circuit protection. This
the face of the MMP to serve
approval means CMC’s can
as the motor overload
be used in place of a
protection. This “motor
traditional fuse-starter and
protective circuit breaker”, as
breaker-starter motor circuit.
it is referred to in Europe,
now accomplishes all four
Based around two key
key functions of a motor
functional components (MMP
branch circuit: disconnect,
and contactor), the CMC is a
short circuit, motor controller
very cost effective means to
and motor overload
build a branch circuit. Fuses
protection. With the addition
and breakers must be
of a contactor, users have the
oversized to prevent tripping
ability to remotely control the
during motor start up, and
starter device.
thus these oversized devices
can no longer protect the
Whether a single motor
motor. To compensate for
application or a multiple
this, a motor overload relay is
motor application, CMC’s are
necessary to protect the
an ideal solution for
motor.
machinery OEMs and panel
builders.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-193
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1.1
1
1
1
●
●
●
●
●
1
●
1
1
●
1
●
1
●
●
●
1
●
1
●
1
●
1
●
1
1
1
1
1
XT IEC Power Control
Features
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
●
●
Standards and Certifications
ON/OFF rotary handle
with lockout provision
Visible trip indication
Test trip function
Motor applications
from 0.10A to 65A
Class 10 overload
protection
Built-in heater and
magnetic trip elements
to protect the motor
Phase loss sensitivity
Type 2 coordination
Ambient compensated
up to 55°C [140°F]
Control inputs located at
front of starter for easy
access and wiring
Wide range of coils
DIN rail mount—
XTSC…BB_
Mounting plates—
XTSC…BC_, XTSC…D
motor controllers
Adjustment dial for setting
motor FLA
Short-circuit trip at
14 times the maximum
setting of the FLA
adjustment dial
UL 508 Type F CMC high
fault short-circuit ratings
1NO-1NC auxiliary contact
as standard on manual
motor controller and
combination motor
controller
MMC and CMC Applications
UL 508 Type F combination
motor controller
●
●
●
XTIEC Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
IEC Type 2 Approved per
IEC 60947-4-1
UL Listed File No. E245398
CE Mark
Manual Motor Controller
Use in group installation
applications. Upstream
SCPD 1 is required and must
be sized smaller than the
maximum upstream SCPD 1
rating on each MMC 2 used.
Line
Side
Adapter
Tap
rules
should
also be(LSA)
observed.
Not required
Note: For Type 2 Coordination of
MMCs, see Page V5-T1-230.
Protection in different controller
types
Manual Motor Controller
XTSC/XTSR
Combination Motor Controller
XTFC/XTFR
Technical Paper AP03402001E.
Line side adapters are not required for non-U.S. applications.
Most countries outside of the U.S. classify the MMP as a
motor-protective circuit breaker.
1
2
SCPD = Short-circuit protective device (circuit breaker, fuses).
MMC = Manual motor controller
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Line Side Adapter (LSA)
Required—factory assembled
Notes
1
V5-T1-194
UL 508 Type F Combination
Motor Controller
Use for single motor branch circuits or use
multiple CMC’s for a multiple motor panel
applications. No additional SCPD 1 is required
in the branch, as these devices are “selfprotected”.
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Catalog Number Selection
1
Combination Motor Controllers
1
XT SC 012 B B A
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
SC
=
SR
=
FC
=
FR
=
Type
Manual motor controller—
FVNR
Manual motor controller—
FVR
Combination motor controller,
UL 508 Type F—FVNR
Combination motor controller,
UL 508 Type F—FVR
1
Frame Size—Contactor
B = 45 mm, 7 to 15A
C = 45 mm, 18 to 32A
D = 55 mm, 40 to 65A
Rated Current of MMP
Frame B
Frame D
P16 = 0.16A 016 = 16A
P25 = 0.25A 025 = 25A
P40 = 0.40A 032 = 32A
P63 = 0.63A 040 = 40A
001 = 1A
050 = 50A
1P6 = 1.6A
058 = 58A
2P5 = 2.5A
063 = 63A
004 = 4A
6P3 = 6.3A
010 = 10A
012 = 12A
016 = 16A
020 = 20A
025 = 25A
032 = 32A
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
L
N
P
R
T
W
Y
AD
BD
RD
TD
WD
Frame Size—MMP
B = 45 mm, 0.1 to 32A
D = 55 mm, 16 to 63A
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Coil Voltage
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
208V 50 Hz
230V 50 Hz
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
400V 50 Hz
380V 60 Hz
12V 50/60 Hz
24V 50/60 Hz
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
48V 50 Hz
120 Vdc
220 Vdc
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Product Selection
XTSC and XTSR Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)/Starter Combinations
Frame B MMP +
Frame B Contactor
1
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Three-Phase
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Reversing
Catalog Number
200V
240V
480V
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
3.2
3
3
1/2
1/2
XTSCP16BB_
XTSRP16BB_
0.16–0.25
3.5
3
3
1/2
1/2
XTSCP25BB_
XTSRP25BB_
0.25–0.4
5.6
3
3
1/2
1/2
XTSCP40BB_
XTSRP40BB_
0.4–0.63
8.82
3
3
1/2
1/2
XTSCP63BB_
XTSRP63BB_
0.63–1
14
3
3
1/2
1/2
XTSC001BB_
XTSR001BB_
1–1.6
22.4
3
3
3/4
1
XTSC1P6BB_
XTSR1P6BB_
1.6–2.5
35
1/2
1/2
1
1-1/2
XTSC2P5BB_
XTSR2P5BB_
2.5–4
56
1
1
2
3
XTSC004BB_
XTSR004BB_
4–6.3
88.2
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
5
XTSC6P3BB_
XTSR6P3BB_
6.3–10
140
3
3
7-1/2
3
XTSC010BB_
XTSR010BB_
8–12
168
3
3
7-1/2
3
XTSC012BB_
XTSR012BB_
10–16
224
3
3
10
3
XTSC016BB_
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Select manual motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-198.
3 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-195
1.1
1
Frame B MMP +
Frame B Contactor
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Factory-Assembled Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip + Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
3.2
—
—
—
0.06
XTSCP16BB_
XTSRP16BB_
0.16–0.25
3.5
—
0.06
0.06
0.12
XTSCP25BB_
XTSRP25BB_
1
0.25–0.4
5.6
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.18
XTSCP40BB_
XTSRP40BB_
0.4–0.63
8.82
0.09
0.18
0.25
0.25
XTSCP63BB_
XTSRP63BB_
1
0.63–1
14
0.12
0.25
0.37
0.55
XTSC001BB_
XTSR001BB_
1
1–1.6
22.4
0.25
0.55
0.75
1.1
XTSC1P6BB_
XTSR1P6BB_
1.6–2.5
35
0.37
0.75
1.1
1.5
XTSC2P5BB_
XTSR2P5BB_
1
2.5–4
56
0.75
1.5
2.2
3
XTSC004BB_
XTSR004BB_
4–6.3
88.2
1.1
2.2
3
4
XTSC6P3BB_
XTSR6P3BB_
1
6.3–10
140
2.2
4
4
7.5
XTSC010BB_
XTSR010BB_
1
1
1
1
Frame B MMP +
Frame C Contactor
168
3
5.5
5.5
11
XTSC012BB_
XTSR012BB_
224
4
7.5
9
12.5
XTSC016BB_
—
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8–12
10–16
Frame B MMP +
Frame C Contactor
200V
240V
480V
10–16
224
3
3
16–20
280
5
5
20–25
350
5
25–32
448
7-1/2
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
10
10
XTSC016BC_
XTSR016BC_
10
15
XTSC020BC_
XTSR020BC_
7-1/2
15
20
XTSC025BC_
XTSR025BC_
10
20
25
XTSC032BC_
XTSR032BC_
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum IEC RatingS 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
12.5
XTSC016BC_
XTSR016BC_
1
16–20
280
5.5
9
12.5
15
XTSC020BC_
XTSR020BC_
1
20–25
350
5.5
11
15
22
XTSC025BC_
XTSR025BC_
25–32
448
7.5
15
22
30
XTSC032BC_
XTSR032BC_
1
Notes
1 Select manual motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-198.
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-196
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Frame D MMP +
Frame C Contactor
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
10–16
Frame D MMP +
Frame C Contactor
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
200V
240V
480V
224
3
5
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
10
15
XTSC016DC_
XTSR016DC_
16–25
350
5
7-1/2
15
20
XTSC025DC_
XTSR025DC_
25–32
448
7-1/2
10
20
30
XTSC032DC_
XTSR032DC_
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
1
1
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
12.5
XTSC016DC_
XTSR016DC_
16–25
350
5.5
12.5
12.5
22
XTSC025DC_
XTSR025DC_
25–32
448
7.5
15
17.5
22
XTSC032DC_
XTSR032DC_
1
1
1
1
1
Frame D MMP +
Frame D Contactor
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
200V
240V
480V
32–40
560
10
15
40–50
700
15
50–58
812
15
55–65
882
15
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
30
30
XTSC040DD_
XTSR040DD_
15
30
—
XTSC050DD_
XTSR050DD_
15
40
—
XTSC058DD_
XTSR058DD_
15
40
—
XTSC063DD_
XTSR063DD_
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Select manual motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-198.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-197
1.1
1
Frame D MMP +
Frame D Contactor
1
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
1
1
XT IEC Power Control
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
32–40
560
11
20
22
30
XTSC040DD_
XTSR040DD_
40–50
700
14
25
30
45
XTSC050DD_
XTSR050DD_
50–58
812
17
30
37
55
XTSC058DD_
XTSR058DD_
55–65
882
18.5
34
37
55
XTSC063DD_
XTSR063DD_
AC and DC Coil Suffixes
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
1
Frame B Contactors
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
400V 50 Hz
N
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
400V 50 Hz
N
230V 50 Hz
F
380V 60 Hz
P
230V 50 Hz
F
380V 60 Hz
P
1
24V 50/60 Hz
T
12V 50/60 Hz
R
24V 50/60 Hz
T
12V 50/60 Hz
R
1
24 Vdc
TD 3
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
24–27 Vdc
TD 3
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
48V 50 Hz
Y
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
48V 50 Hz
Y
AD
3
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
D
110–130 Vdc
AD 3
BD
3
208V 60 Hz
E
200–240 Vdc
BD 3
RD
3
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
12–14 Vdc
RD 3
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48–60 Vdc
WD 3
1
1
1
1
1
600V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
Frame C and D Contactors
D
E
G
H
120 Vdc
220 Vdc
12 Vdc
48 Vdc
Notes
The assembled manual motor controller (MMC) consists of an XTPR manual motor protector (MMP) and an XTCE contactor. For Frame B MMP +
Frame B contactor assemblies, the XTSC and XTSR can be mounted directly on DIN rail without an adapter. The contactors are supported
mechanically with a mechanical connection element (included in XTPAXTPCB, XTPAXRPCRB). For MMCs using a Frame C or Frame D contactor,
the assembly is mounted via a DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPC, XTPAXTPCPD) and the electrical connection is made with electrical contact modules
(XTPAXECMC, XTPAXECMD), both included in XTPAXTPCC and XTPAXTPCD.
1
Service Factor (SF)—Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:
SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
1
2
1
1
WD
3
1
3
Select manual motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See AC and DC coil suffixes above.
With DC operation: Integrated diode-resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
Non-Reversing Manual
Motor Controller Power
Circuit
Reversing Manual
Motor Controller Power
Circuit
1
1
1
1
1
M
3~
M
3~
1
1
1
V5-T1-198
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F
Frame B MMP + Two
Frame B Contactors
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
200V
240V
480V
0.16–0.25
3.5
3
3
1/2
0.25–0.4
5.6
3
3
0.4–0.63
8.82
3
3
0.63–1
14
3
3
1–1.6
22.4
3
3
1.6–2.5
35
1/2
1/2
2.5–4
56
1
1
2
3
XTFC004BB_
XTFR004BB_
4–6.3
88.2
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
5
XTFC6P3BB_
XTFR6P3BB_
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
1/2
XTFCP25BB_
XTFRP25BB_
1/2
1/2
XTFCP40BB_
XTFRP40BB_
1/2
1/2
XTFCP63BB_
XTFRP63BB_
1/2
1/2
XTFC001BB_
XTFR001BB_
3/4
1
XTFC1P6BB_
XTFR1P6BB_
1
1-1/2
XTFC2P5BB_
XTFR2P5BB_
6.3–10
140
3
3
7-1/2
10
XTFC010BB_
XTFR010BB_
8–12
168
3
3
7-1/2
—
XTFC012BB_
XTFR012BB_
10–16
224
3
5
10
—
XTFC016BB_
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
2.2
—
—
—
0.06
XTFCP16BB_
XTFRP16BB_
0.16–0.25
3.5
—
0.06
0.06
0.12
XTFCP25BB_
XTFRP25BB_
0.25–0.4
5.6
0.06
0.09
0.12
0.18
XTFCP40BB_
XTFRP40BB_
0.4–0.63
8.82
0.09
0.18
0.25
0.25
XTFCP63BB_
XTFRP63BB_
0.63–1
14
0.12
0.25
0.37
0.55
XTFC001BB_
XTFR001BB_
1–1.6
22.4
0.25
0.55
0.75
1.1
XTFC1P6BB_
XTFR1P6BB_
1.6–2.5
35
0.37
0.75
1.1
1.5
XTFC2P5BB_
XTFR2P5BB_
2.5–4
56
0.75
1.5
2.2
3
XTFC004BB_
XTFR004BB_
4–6.3
88.2
1.1
2.2
3
4
XTFC6P3BB_
XTFR6P3BB_
6.3–10
140
2.2
4
4
7.5
XTFC010BB_
XTFR010BB_
8–12
168
3
5.5
5.5
11
XTFC012BB_
XTFR012BB_
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
12.5
XTFC016BB_
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Select combination motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
3 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-199
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
200V
240V
480V
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
1
10–16
224
3
5
10
—
XTFC016BC_
XTFR016BC_
16–20
280
5
5
—
—
XTFC020BC_
XTFR020BC_
1
20–25
350
5
7-1/2
15
—
XTFC025BC_
XTFR025BC_
25–32
448
7-1/2
10
20
—
XTFC032BC_
XTFR032BC_
1
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
1
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
12.5
XTFC016BC_
XTFR016BC_
16–20
280
5.5
9
12.5
15
XTFC020BC_
XTFR020BC_
1
20–25
350
5.5
11
15
22
XTFC025BC_
XTFR025BC_
25–32
448
7.5
15
22
30
XTFC032BC_
XTFR032BC_
1
Notes
1 Select combination motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-200
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
10–16
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
200V
240V
480V
224
3
5
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
10
10
XTFC016DC_
XTFR016DC_
16–25
350
5
7-1/2
15
20
XTFC025DC_
XTFR025DC_
25–32
448
7-1/2
10
25
30
XTFC032DC_
XTFR032DC_
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
1
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
10–16
224
4
7.5
9
12.5
XTFC016DC_
XTFR016DC_
16–25
350
5.5
12.5
12.5
22
XTFC025DC_
XTFR025DC_
25–32
448
7.5
15
17.5
22
XTFC032DC_
XTFR032DC_
1
1
1
1
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
200V
240V
480V
32–40
560
10
15
40–50
700
10
50–58
812
15
55–65
882
15
Three-Phase
600V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
30
30
XTFC040DD_
XTFR040DD_
15
30
—
XTFC050DD_
XTFR050DD_
15
40
—
XTFC058DD_
XTFR058DD_
15
40
—
XTFC063DD_
XTFR063DD_
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Select combination motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-201
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
(Amps)
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
1
1
1
1
1
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Three-Phase
220–
240V
380–
415V
500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
32–40
560
11
20
22
30
XTFC040DD_
XTFR040DD_
40–50
700
14
25
30
45
XTFC050DD_
XTFR050DD_
50–58
812
17
30
37
55
XTFC058DD_
XTFR058DD_
55–65
882
18.5
34
37
55
XTFC063DD_
XTFR063DD_
AC and DC Coil Suffixes
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
1
Frame B Contactors
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
400V 50 Hz
N
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
400V 50 Hz
N
230V 50 Hz
F
380V 60 Hz
P
230V 50 Hz
F
380V 60 Hz
P
1
24V 50/60 Hz
T
12V 50/60 Hz
R
24V 50/60 Hz
T
12V 50/60 Hz
R
1
24 Vdc
TD 3
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
24–27 Vdc
TD 3
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
48V 50 Hz
Y
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
48V 50 Hz
Y
AD
3
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
D
110–130 Vdc
AD 3
BD
3
208V 60 Hz
E
200–240 Vdc
BD 3
RD
3
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
12–14 Vdc
RD 3
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48–60 Vdc
WD 3
1
1
1
1
1
600V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
Frame C and D Contactors
D
E
G
H
120 Vdc
220 Vdc
12 Vdc
48 Vdc
WD
3
Notes
The assembled manual motor controller (MMC) consists of an XTPR manual motor protector (MMP) and an XTCE contactor. For Frame B MMP +
Frame B contactor assemblies, the XTSC and XTSR can be mounted directly on DIN rail without an adapter. The contactors are supported
mechanically with a mechanical connection element (included in XTPAXTPCB, XTPAXRPCRB). For 16A and above, the assembly is mounted via a
DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPC, XTPAXTPCPD) and the electrical connection is made with electrical contact modules (XTPAXECMC,
XTPAXECMD), both included in XTPAXTPCC and XTPAXTPCD.
1
Service Factor (SF)—Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:
SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
1
2
1
XTFC Manual Motor
Controller
1
3
Select combination motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See AC and DC coil suffixes above.
With DC operation: Integrated diode-resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
XTFR Manual Motor
Controller
1
1
1
1
1
M
3~
M
3~
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-202
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Accessories
1
Line Side Adapters
Line side adapters are required for use with XTPR MMPs only when used as Type E self-protected
manual combination starters or as part of XTFC or XTFR Type F combination motor controllers.
Not required for group installation.
1
1
Line Side Adapters
XTPAXLSA
Description
Catalog Number
For use with Frame B MMPs (up to 32A)
XTPAXLSA
1
1
1
XTPAXLSA
For use with Frame D MMPs (up to 40A)
1
XTPAXLSAD
1
1
1
Combination Connection Kits
Combination connection kits include the necessary components to field assemble a manual motor
controller with an MMP (XTPR) and contactor (XTCE).
1
1
Non-Reversing Starters
XTPAXTPCB
For Use with …
Description/Composed of …
Std.
Pack 1
XTPR…B + XTCE…B
Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor
1
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor in toolless plug connection
1
Cable guidance
1
Catalog Number
XTPAXTPCB
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
DIN rail adapter plate
1
1
1
Use as contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables up to 2.5 mm2
external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter
XTPAXTPCC and
XTPAXTPCD
1
XTPAXTPCC
1
1
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCD
1
1
1
Reversing Starters
For Use with …
XTPAXTPCRB
Description/Composed of …
XTPR…B + XTCE…B01_ Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
1
XTPAXTPCRB
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
1
Reversing starter main current wiring in toolless plug connection
1
Control cables for electrical interlocking in toolless plug connection—
K1M: A1–K2M: 21, K1M: 21–K2M: A1, K1M: A2–K2M: A2
1
1
Cable guidance
1
1
1
Use as contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables up to 2.5 mm2
external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
XTPAXTPCRC
1
DIN rail adapter plate
1
Reversing starter main current wiring
1
XTPAXTPCRB
1
1
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1
1
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-203
1.1
1
XTPAXEC_
1
1
XT IEC Power Control
Electric Contact Module
For Use with …
Description/Composed of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor
5
XTPAXECMC
5
XTPAXECMD
Use only in combination with busbar adapter
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
1
DIN Rail Adapter Plates
1
XTPAXTPCPB
1
For Use with …
Description/Composed of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPAXTPCB
XTPAXTPCRB
45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail
4
XTPAXTPCPB
4
XTPAXTPCRPB
55 mm wide adapter plate with two DIN rails
4
XTPAXTPCPD
Connection cams for further plates
4
Connection element for side-by-side positioning of further plates
1
1
Main current wiring between XTPR…D and contactor
Use only in combination with busbar adapter
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XTPAXTPCRPB
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
XTPAXECMC
45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail
1
Connection element for side-by-side positioning of further plates
1
1
XTPAXTPCPD
1
XTPAXECMD
XTPR…D + XTCE…C
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
1
For use with reversing and star-delta starters
1
1
Lateral Module
1
For Use with …
—
1
Description/Composed of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
Can be grouped on the DIN rail adapter
10
XTPAXLM
Expansion of the mounting width by 9 mm
1
1
Connection Element
1
For Use with …
Description/Composed of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
—
For connection of several DIN rail adapters
50
XTPAXCNE
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-204
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Technical Data and Specifications
1
XTSC Non-Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)—Component Bill of Material
1
Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor
Assembled Manual
Motor Controller 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir (Amps)
Component Catalog Numbers
Manual Motor
Protector
Combination
Connection Kit
Contactor 1
Manual Motor Protector
Auxiliary Contact
XTSC Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
XTSCP16BB_
0.1–0.16
XTPRP16BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSCP25BB_
0.16–0.25
XTPRP25BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
1
XTSCP40BB_
0.25–0.4
XTPRP40BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSCP63BB_
0.4–0.63
XTPRP63BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC001BB_
0.63–1
XTPR001BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC1P6BB_
1–1.6
XTPR1P6BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC2P5BB_
1.6–2.5
XTPR2P5BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC004BB_
2.5–4
XTPR004BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC6P3BB_
4–6.3
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC010BB_
6.3–10
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE009B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC012BB_
8–12
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE012B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC016BB_
10–16
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE015B10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTSC Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSC016BC_
10–16
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE018C10_
XTPAXFA1
XTSC020BC_
16–20
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE025C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC025BC_
20–25
XTPR025BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE025C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC032BC_
25–32
XTPR032BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE032C10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
XTSC Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSC016DC_
10–16
XTPR016DC1
2
XTCE018C10_
XTPAXFA1
XTSC025DC_
16–25
XTPR025DC1
2
XTCE025C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC032DC_
25–32
XTPR032DC1
2
XTCE032C10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
XTSC Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
XTSC040DD_
32–40
XTPR040DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTCE040D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC050DD_
40–50
XTPR050DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTCE050D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC058DD_
50–58
XTPR058DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTSC063DD_
55–65
XTPR063DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
2 The connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the XTCE…C_ contactor will be made with flexible wire and mounted to the DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD).
3 The reversing connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the (2) XTCE…C_ contactors will be accomplished by using the non-reversing combination connection kit (XTPAXTPCD),
Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-205
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTSR Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)—Component Bill of Material
Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor
Assembled Manual
Motor Controller 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir (Amps)
Component Catalog Numbers
Manual Motor
Protector
Combination
Connection Kit
Contactor 1
Manual Motor Protector
Auxiliary Contact
XTPAXFA11
XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
1
XTSRP16BB_
0.1–0.16
XTPRP16BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
1
XTSRP25BB_
0.16–0.25
XTPRP25BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTSRP40BB_
0.25–0.4
XTPRP40BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSRP63BB_
0.4–0.63
XTPRP63BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTSR001BB_
0.63–1
XTPR001BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR1P6BB_
1–1.6
XTPR1P6BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTSR2P5BB_
1.6–2.5
XTPR2P5BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR004BB_
2.5–4
XTPR004BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR6P3BB_
4–6.3
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTSR010BB_
6.3–10
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE009B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR012BB_
8–12
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE012B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR016BC_
10–16
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE018C01
XTPAXFA11
XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSR020BC_
16–20
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR025BC_
20–25
XTPR025BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR032BC_
25–32
XTPR032BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE032C01_
XTPAXFA11
XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSR016DC_
10–16
XTPR016DC1
2
(2) XTCE018C01
XTPAXFA11
XTSR025DC_
16–25
XTPR025DC1
2
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR032DC_
25–32
XTPR032DC1
2
(2) XTCE032C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR040DD_
32–40
XTPR040DC1
3
(2) XTCE040D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR050DD_
40–50
XTPR050DC1
3
(2) XTCE050D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTSR058DD_
50–58
XTPR058DC1
3
(2) XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR063DD_
55–65
XTPR063DC1
3
(2) XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
2 The connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the XTCE…C_ contactor will be made with flexible wire and mounted to the DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD).
3 The reversing connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the (2) XTCE…C_ contactors will be accomplished by using the non-reversing combination connection kit (XTPAXTPCD),
Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-206
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTFC Non-Reversing Combination Motor Controllers—Component Bill of Material
1
Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor + Line Side Adapter
Assembled
Combination
Motor Controller 1
FLA Adjustment Range/
Overload Release—Ir
(Amps)
Component Catalog Numbers
Line Side
Adapter
Manual Motor
Protector
Combination
Connection Kit
Contactor 1
Manual Motor Protector
Auxiliary Contact
XTFC Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
1
1
1
XTFCP16BB_
0.1–0.16
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP16BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFCP25BB_
0.16–0.25
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP25BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFCP40BB_
0.25–0.4
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP40BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFCP63BB_
0.4–0.63
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP63BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC001BB_
0.63–1
XTPAXLS
XTPR001BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC1P6BB_
1–1.6
XTPAXLSA
XTPR1P6BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC2P5BB_
1.6–2.5
XTPAXLSA
XTPR2P5BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC004BB_
2.5–4
XTPAXLSA
XTPR004BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC6P3BB_
4–6.3
XTPAXLSA
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC010BB_
6.3–10
XTPAXLSA
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE009B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC012BB_
8–12
XTPAXLSA
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE012B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC016BB_
10–16
XTPAXLSA
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE015B10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTFC Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFC016BC_
10–16
XTPAXLSA
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE018C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC020BC_
16–20
XTPAXLSA
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE025C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC025BC_
20–25
XTPAXLSA
XTPR025BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE025C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC032BC_
25–32
XTPAXLSA
XTPR032BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE032C10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
XTFC Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFC016DC_
10–16
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR016DC1
2
XTCE018C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC025DC_
16–25
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR025DC1
2
XTCE025C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC032DC_
25–32
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR032DC1
2
XTCE032C10_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
XTFC Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
XTFC040DD_
32–40
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR040DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTCE040D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC050DD_
40–50
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR050DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTCE050D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTFC058DD_
50–58
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR058DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
XTFC063DD_
55–65
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR063DC1
XTPAXTPCD 3
1
1
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
2 The connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the XTCE…C_ contactor will be made with flexible wire and mounted to the DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD).
3 The reversing connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the (2) XTCE…C_ contactors will be accomplished by using the non-reversing combination connection kit (XTPAXTPCD),
Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-207
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTFR Reversing Combination Motor Controllers—Component Bill of Material
Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor + Line Side Adapter
Assembled Combination
Motor Controller 1
FLA Adjustment Range/
Overload Release—Ir
(Amps)
Component Catalog Numbers
Line Side
Adapter
Manual Motor
Protector
Combination
Connection Kit
Contactor 1
Manual Motor Protector
Auxiliary Contact
XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
1
XTFRP16BB_
0.1–0.16
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP16BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFRP25BB_
0.16–0.25
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP25BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFRP40BB_
0.25–0.4
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP40BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFRP63BB_
0.4–0.63
XTPAXLSA
XTPRP63BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR001BB_
0.63–1
XTPAXLSA
XTPR001BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR1P6BB_
1–1.6
XTPAXLSA
XTPR1P6BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR2P5BB_
1.6–2.5
XTPAXLSA
XTPR2P5BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR004BB_
2.5–4
XTPAXLSA
XTPR004BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR6P3BB_
4–6.3
XTPAXLSA
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE007B01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR010BB_
6.3–10
XTPAXLSA
XTPR010BC
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE009B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR012BB_
8–12
XTPAXLSA
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXTPCRB
(2) XTCE012B01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR016BC_
10–16
XTPAXLSA
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE018C01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFR020BC_
16–20
XTPAXLSA
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR025BC_
20–25
XTPAXLSA
XTPR025BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR032BC_
25–32
XTPAXLSA
XTPR032BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE032C01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFR016DC_
10–16
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR016DC1
2
(2) XTCE018C01_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR025DC_
16–25
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR025DC1
2
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR032DC_
25–32
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR032DC1
2
(2) XTCE032C01_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR040DD_
32–40
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR040DC1
3
(2) XTCE040D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR050DD_
40–50
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR050DC1
3
(2) XTCE050D00_
XTPAXFA11
XTFR058DD_
50–58
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR058DC1
3
(2) XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
XTFR063DD_
55–65
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR063DC1
3
(2) XTCE065D00_
XTPAXFA11
1
1
1
XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
2 The connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the XTCE…C_ contactor will be made with flexible wire and mounted to the DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD).
3 The reversing connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the (2) XTCE…C_ contactors will be accomplished by using the non-reversing combination connection kit (XTPAXTPCD), Frame D reversing
link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-208
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Manual Motor Controllers Short-Circuit Ratings for UL/CSA Group Installations
1
XTSC and XTSR Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)
Group Installation, UL/CSA
Assembled Controller 1
Non-Reversing
Reversing
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Max. rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit
Ratings (kA/kA with Current Limiter)
Maximum Upstream Protective Device
(A/A with Current Limiter)
240V
480V
600V
Maximum Fuse
600V
Maximum Circuit
Breaker 600V
XTSC and XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
XTSCP16BB_
XTSRP16BB_
0.1–0.16
2.2
50
50
50
600
600
XTSCP25BB_
XTSRP25BB_
0.16–0.25
3.5
50
50
50
600
600
XTSCP40BB_
XTSRP40BB_
0.25–0.4
5.6
50
50
50
600
600
XTSCP63BB_
XTSRP63BB_
0.4–0.63
8.82
50
50
50
600
600
XTSC001BB_
XTSR001BB_
0.63–1
14
50
50
50
600
600
XTSC1P6BB_
XTSR1P6BB_
1–1.6
22.4
50
50
50
600
600
XTSC2P5BB_
XTSR2P5BB_
1.6–2.5
35
50
50
50
600
600
XTSC004BB_
XTSR004BB_
2.5–4
56
50
50
50
600
600
XTSC6P3BB_
XTSR6P3BB_
4–6.3
88.2
50
50
50
600
600
XTSC010BB_
XTSR010BB_
6.3–10
140
22
22
22
150/600
125/600
XTSC012BB_
XTSR012BB_
8–12
168
10/50
10/50
10/50
150/600
125/600
XTSC016BB_
—
10–16
224
10/50
10/50
10/50
150/600
125/600
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XTSC and XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
1
XTSC016BC_
XTSR016BC_
10–16
224
10/50
10/50
10/50
150/600
125/600
XTSC020BC_
XTSR020BC_
16–20
280
10/18
10/18
10/18
150/600
125/600
XTSC025BC_
XTSR025BC_
20–25
350
10/18
10/18
10/18
150/600
125/600
XTSC032BC_
XTSR032BC_
25–32
448
5/18
5/18
5/18
150/600
125/600
1
1
1
XTSC and XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSC016DC_
XTSR016DC_
10–16
224
50
50
10
600
600
XTSC025DC_
XTSR025DC_
16–25
350
50
50
10
600
600
XTSC032DC_
XTSR032DC_
25–32
448
50
50
10
600
600
560
50
50
10
600
600
1
1
XTSC and XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
XTSC040DD_
XTSR040DD_
32–40
XTSC050DD_
XTSR050DD_
40–50
700
50
50
10
600
600
XTSC058DD
XTSR058DD_
50–58
812
50
50
—
—
—
XTSC063DD_
XTSR063DD_
55–65
882
50
50
—
—
—
1
1
1
Note
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-209
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Combination Motor Controllers Short-Circuit Ratings for UL 508 Type F Application
XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F
1
1
UL 508 Type F Application
Assembled Controller 1
Non-Reversing
Reversing
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Short-Circuit
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Max. rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit
Ratings (kA)
Maximum Upstream
Protective Device (A) 2
240V
Maximum Fuse
600V
480/277V
600/347V
Maximum Circuit
Breaker 600V
1
XTFC and XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
1
XTFCP16BB_
XTFRP16BB_
0.1–0.16
2.2
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTFCP25BB_
XTFRP25BB_
0.16–0.25
3.5
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTFCP40BB_
XTFRP40BB_
0.25–0.4
5.6
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTFCP63BB_
XTFRP63BB_
0.4–0.63
8.82
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC001BB_
XTFR001BB_
0.63–1
14
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
Not required
XTFC1P6BB_
XTFR1P6BB_
1–1.6
22.4
65
65
—
Not required
XTFC2P5BB_
XTFR2P5BB_
1.6–2.5
35
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC004BB_
XTFR004BB_
2.5–4
56
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC6P3BB_
XTFR6P3BB_
4–6.3
88.2
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTFC010BB_
XTFR010BB_
6.3–10
140
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTFC012BB_
XTFR012BB_
8–12
168
50
50
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC016BB_
—
10–16
224
50
50
—
Not required
Not required
1
1
1
XTFC and XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFC016BC_
XTFR016BC_
10–16
224
18
18
—
Not required
Not required
1
XTFC020BC_
XTFR020BC_
16–20
280
18
18
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC025BC_
XTFR025BC_
20–25
350
18
18
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC032BC_
XTFR032BC_
25–32
448
18
18
—
Not required
Not required
1
1
1
XTFC and XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFC016DC_
XTFR016DC_
10–16
224
65
65
50
Not required
Not required
XTFC025DC_
XTFR025DC_
16–25
350
65
65
50
Not required
Not required
XTFC032DC_
XTFR032DC_
25–32
448
65
65
50
Not required
Not required
1
XTFC and XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
1
XTFC040DD_
XTFR040DD_
32–40
560
65
65
50
Not required
Not required
XTFC050DD_
XTFR050DD_
40–50
700
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC058DD_
XTFR058DD_
50–58
812
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
XTFC063DD_
XTFR063DD_
55–65
882
65
65
—
Not required
Not required
1
1
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-202.
2 For UL 508 Type F applications, the combination motor controller assembly does not require a dedicated upstream protective device in the panel, thus a maximum rating is not required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-210
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTSC…BB_
1
1
32.5 [1.28]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
178.5
[7.03]
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
To Terminals
1
1
45
[1.77]
95.7
[3.77]
1
1
XTSR…BB_
32.5 [1.28]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
183.4
[7.22]
1
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
To Terminals
95.3
[3.75]
1
1
90.3
[3.55]
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-211
1.1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
XTSC…BC_
57.5 [2.26]
To Terminals
Mounting Holes
for M4 Screws
or #8 Screws
(4 Places)
1
1
1
1
1
228.8 235.7
[9.01] [9.28]
210.8 [8.30]
Mounting
1
1
1
86.8
[3.42]
To Terminals
1
1
9 [.35]
1
1
1
34
[1.34]
45.2
[1.78]
124.3
[4.89]
XTSR…BC_
Mounting Holes for
M4 Screws or #8 Screws
(4 Places)
1
57.5 [2.26]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
1
228.8 235.4
[9.01] [9.27]
210.8 [8.30]
Mounting
1
1
86.8 [3.42]
To
Terminals
1
1
9 [.35]
1
34
[1.34]
45
[1.77]
1
79
[3.11]
1
V5-T1-212
89.6
[3.53]
124.3
[4.89]
5.3
[.21]
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTSC…DD_
1
196 [7.72]
Mounting Holes for
M5 Screws or #10 Screws
(4 Places)
83.4 [3.28]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
1
266 [10.47]
Mounting
1
284
[11.18]
1
1
1
142.8
[5.62]
To Coil
Terminals
1
1
1
9 [.35]
158.5
[6.24]
1
55 [2.17]
1
172.1 [6.78]
To Optional Aux. Contacts
43.4 [1.71]
Mounting
1
XTFC…BB_
1
36.3 [1.43]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
209.2
[8.24]
1
1
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
To Terminals
95.7 [3.77]
1
1
45 [1.77]
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-213
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
XTFR…BB_
36.3 [1.43]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
1
214.2
[8.43]
1
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
XTFC…BC_
34 [1.34]
Mounting
1
1
1
90.3
[3.55]
95.3
[3.75]
61.3 [2.41]
To Terminals
Mounting Holes
for M4 Screws
or #8 Screws
(4 Places)
1
1
1
1
1
266.7
[10.50]
235.7
228.8 [9.28]
[9.01]
210.8 [8.30]
Mounting
1
1
1
86.8 [3.42]
To Terminals
1
1
9 [.35]
124.3
[4.89]
1
45.2
[1.78]
1
V5-T1-214
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
XTFR…BC_
1
61.3 [2.41]
To Terminals
1
Mounting Holes for
M4 Screws or #8 Screws
(8 Places)
1
1
1
1
266.4
[10.49]
1
235.4
[9.27]
210.8
[8.30]
1
228.8
[9.01]
1
1
1
86.8 [3.42]
To Terminals
1
9 [.35]
34 [1.34]
45 [1.77]
79 [3.11]
124.3 [4.89]
1
89.6 [3.53]
1
5.3 [.21]
1
XTFC…DD_
86 [3.39]
To Line Side
Connector
Mounting Holes for
M5 Screws or #10 Screws
(4 Places)
1
1
1
1
1
1
297
[11.69]
266 [10.47]
Mounting
1
284
[11.18]
1
1
1
142.8
[5.62]
To Coil
Terminals
1
1
1
9 [.35]
43.4 [1.71]
Mounting
158.5 [6.24]
172.1 [6.78] To Optional Aux. Contacts
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1
55 [2.17]
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-215
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contents
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector
Description
1
Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-141
V5-T1-157
V5-T1-193
V5-T1-217
V5-T1-218
V5-T1-220
V5-T1-226
V5-T1-228
V5-T1-229
1
1
1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector
1
Product Description
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
The XT Electronic Manual
Motor Protector provides the
same functionality as the XT
thermal manual motor
protector, but with an added
level of flexibility and
selectability. The XTPE
incorporates electronic
control technology to enable
more options and larger dial
setting ranges. The trip units
are interchangeable, allowing
users to exchange as needed
using the same base. The
reduced number of part
numbers decreases bill of
material complexity while
reducing inventory demands.
The XTPE electronic manual
motor protector includes the
following features:
1
●
1
●
1
●
1
1
●
●
4:1 max to min overcurrent
dial setting range
Selectable trip class (5, 10,
15, 20)
Interchangeable trip units
Three base units (12, 32
and 65A)
Common accessories with
the XTPR
Features and Benefits
Advanced Trip Unit
Standards and Certifications
●
●
In addition to the selectability,
the XTPE is also available
with an advanced trip unit
that can communicate
system data and protector
data thru SmartWire-DT.
SmartWire-DT is an
innovative cost effective
connection technology that
enables quick installation of
control wiring to the starter
through a single green cable.
When on SmartWire-DT, the
XTPE can communicate the
following:
●
Current Values
●
Maximum phase current
●
Overload warning
Diagnostics Data
●
Overload fault
●
Cause of trip
(overcurrent or short
circuit)
●
Phase loss
●
Trip via TEST
Status Messages
●
Control unit type
●
Overload setting
●
Time-lag
●
Switching status
XTPE Electronic MMP
The XTPE Electronic MMP
provides the selectability,
control, and insight options
that give panel builders and
OEMs the solutions
necessary to enhance motor
control designs while
reducing total costs.
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-216
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
CE approved
UL Listed File No. E36332
UL 508 group motor and
Type E
IEC/EN 60947
CSA File 012528,
Class 3211-05
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Catalog Number Selection
1
XT—Manual Motor Protector
1
XT PE 004 B CS
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
Type
PE = Electronic MMP
Overload Release
1P2 = 0.3–1.2A
004 = 1–4A
012 = 3–12A
032 = 8–32A
065 = 16–65A
1
MMP Frame
B = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
1
Trip Type
CS = Standard
CA = Advanced (SmartWire-DT)
1
1
1
1
XT—Combinations
1
XT FCE 004 B C CS A
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
A
B
F
T
TD
Type
FCE = Electronic
combination motor
controller
Overload Release
1P2 = 0.3–1.2A
004 = 1–4A
012 = 3–12A
032 = 8–32A
MMP Frame
B = 45 mm
Contactor Frame
C = 45 mm
=
=
=
=
=
Coil Voltage
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
230V 50 Hz
24V 50/60 Hz
24 Vdc
1
1
1
1
Trip Type
CS = Selectable class 5, 10, 15, 20
CA = Selectable, advanced
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-217
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Product Selection
1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector
1
B Frame
IEC
1
1
1
1
1
MMP Base
B Frame
UL/CSA
Maximum Motor kW Ratings
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings
380V
400V
415V
240V
480V
600V
220V
230V
240V
3
3
7.5
10
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
5
7.5
15
20
7.5
15
15
18.5
15
15
40
40
18.5
30
37
45
55
Maximum
Amperage
200V
12
32
65
Base Unit
440V
500V
UL/CSA
Maximum Motor kW Ratings
380V
400V
415V
For Use with
Base Catalog
Number
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
240V
480V
600V
220V
230V
240V
440V
0.3–1.2
XTPE012B
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.18
0.37
0.37
1–4
XTPE012B
0.75
0.75
2
3
0.75
1.5
1
3–12
XTPE012B
3
3
7.5
10
3
5.5
1
8–32
5
7.5
15
20
7.5
15
1
1
7.5
PKE12
XTPE012B
30
PKE32
XTPE032B
PKE65
XTPE065D
Trip Unit
500V
600V
690V
Type Number
Catalog Number
0.37
0.75
PKE-XTU-1,2
XTPEXT1P2B
1.5
2.2
3
PKE-XTU-4
XTPEXT004B
5.5
5.5
7.5
PKE-XTU-12
XTPEXT012B
15
18.5
30
PKE-XTU-32
XTPEXT032B
XTPE032B
1
B Frame
XTPE032B
8–32
XTPE065D
7.5
7.5
20
25
7.5
15
15
18.5
30
PKE-XTUW-32
XTPEXT032D
16–65
XTPE065D
15
15
40
40
18.5
30
37
45
55
PKE-XTU-65
XTPEXT065D
MMP Advanced Trip Units Used with SmartWire-DT
IEC
1
UL/CSA
Maximum Motor kW Ratings
For Use with
Base Catalog
Number
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V
240V
480V
600V
220V
230V
240V
380V
400V
415V
440V
0.3–1.2
XTPE012B
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.18
0.37
1–4
XTPE012B
0.75
0.75
2
3
0.75
1.5
XTPE012B
3
3
7.5
10
3
Overload
Release Setting
Amp Range
1
1
3–12
1
Trip Unit
500V
600V
690V
Type Number
0.37
0.37
0.75
PKE-XTUA-1,2
XTPEXTA1P2B
1.5
2.2
3
PKE-XTUA-4
XTPEXTA004B
5.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
PKE-XTUA-12
XTPEXTA012B
Catalog Number
XTPE032B
1
1
1
Catalog Number
MMP Trip Units
Overload
Release Setting
Amp Range
1
Type Number
IEC
1
1
600V
690V
D Frame
8–32
XTPE032B
5
7.5
15
20
7.5
15
15
18.5
30
PKE-XTUA-32
XTPEXTA032B
8–32
XTPE065D
7.5
7.5
20
25
7.5
15
15
18.5
30
PKE-XTUWA-32
XTPEXTA032D
16–65
XTPE065D
15
15
40
40
18.5
30
37
45
55
PKE-XTUA-65
XTPEXTA065D
MMP Complete Assembly
IEC
1
Overload
Release Setting
Amp Range
1
1
1
1
Maximum Motor kW Ratings
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings
380V
400V
415V
200V
240V
480V
600V
220V
230V
240V
440V
500V
600V
690V
Type Number
Catalog Number
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.18
0.37
0.37
0.37
0.75
PKE12/XTU-1,2
XTPE1P2BCS
1–4
0.75
0.75
2
3
0.75
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
PKE12/XTU-4
XTPE004BCS
3–12
3
3
7.5
10
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
PKE12/XTU-12
XTPE012BCS
0.3–1.2
1
UL/CSA
Complete Manual Motor Protector
8–32
5
7.5
15
20
7.5
15
15
18.5
30
PKE32/XTU-32
XTPE032BCS
8–32
7.5
7.5
20
25
7.5
15
15
18.5
30
PKE65/XTUW-32
XTPE032DCS
16–65
15
15
40
40
18.5
30
37
45
55
PKE65/XTU-65
XTPE065DCS
Note
1 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6 (A) (1).
1
V5-T1-218
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
B Frame
1.1
MMP Used with SmartWire-DT—Complete Assembly
1
IEC
UL/CSA
Maximum Motor kW Ratings
Overload
Release Setting
Amp Range
Maximum Motor hp Ratings
200V
230V
460V
575V
220V
230V
240V
380V
400V
415V
440V
0.3–1.2
1
1
0.5
0.5
0.18
0.37
1–4
0.75
0.75
2
3
0.75
3–12
3
3
7.5
10
8–32
5
7.5
15
20
Complete Manual Motor Protector
500V
600V
690V
Type Number
Catalog Number
0.37
0.37
0.75
PKE12/XTUA-1,2
XTPE1P2BCA
1.5
1.5
2.2
3
PKE12/XTUA-4
XTPE004BCA
3
5.5
5.5
5.5
7.5
PKE12/XTUA-12
XTPE012BCA
7.5
15
15
18.5
30
PKE32/XTUA-32
XTPE032BCA
1
1
1
1
1
1
UL 508 Type E XT Electronic Combination Motor Controllers—Complete Assembly Including Trip Unit
1
B Frame
1
B Frame Electronic MMP with C Frame Contactor
UL/CSA
Overload
Release Setting
Amp Range
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings
Maximum Single-Phase hp Ratings
200V
240V
380Y/
415V
480Y/
277V
600Y/
347V
115V
200V
240V
Catalog Number
Standard
Catalog Number
With SmartWire-DT
0.3–1.2
1
1
1
1
0.5
1
1
1
XTFCE1P2BCCS_ 3
XTFCE1P2BCCATD 3
1–4
0.75
0.75
1.5
2
—
0.125
0.25
0.33
XTFCE004BCCS_ 4
XTFCE004BCCATD 4
XTFCE012BCCATD 4
XTFCE032BCCATD 4
3–12
3
3
5
7.5
—
0.5
1
1.5
XTFCE012BCCS_ 4
8–32
5
5
10
15
—
1.5
3
3
XTFCE032BCCS_ 4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6 (A) (1).
2 Complete the catalog number by replacing the underscore (_) with the coil suffix from Page V5-T1-238.
3 SCCR: 14 kA, 600 Vac
4 SCCR: 18 kA, 480 Vac
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-219
1.1
1
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
XTPAXSA_
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Side-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
1
1NO-1NC
1
Contact Sequence
1.13 1.21
L1 L2 L3
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTPAXSA11
5
XTPAXSA12
5
XTPAXSA21
XTPAXSA11
1
1.14 1.22
1NO-2NC
1
1.13 1.21 1.31
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXSA12
1
1.14 1.22 1.32
1
2NO-1NC
1
1.13 1.21 1.33
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXSA21
1
1.14 1.22 1.34
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and
manual transformer protectors (XTPT) and can be combined with XTPAXSATR_ and
XTPAXFA_ trip indicating auxiliary contact.
1
1
1
XTPAXFA11
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
1
1NO-1NC
1
Contact Sequence
1.53 1.61
L1 L2 L3
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTPAXFA11
XTPAXFA11
1
1.54 1.62
1
Can be fitted to manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and manual
transformer protectors (XTPT). 45 mm (XTPR…B and XTPB) or 55 mm (XTPR…D)
widths of manual motor protectors remain unchanged.
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-220
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTPAXSATR_
1.1
Side-Mount Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
Contact Sequence
2 x 1NO
“+” “ ”
4.43 4.13
1
Pkg.
Qty. 1
For Use
with…
Catalog Number
2
XTPE
XTPAXSATR20
1
1
1
4.44 4.14
On/Off
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
Trip “+”
1
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
2 x 1NC
1
“+” “ ”
4.31 4.21
2
XTPE
XTPAXSATR02
1
1
1
4.32 4.22
On/Off
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
Trip “+”
1
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
1
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors. Can be combined with
standard auxiliary contacts. Trip indication: A. General trip indication (overload) B.
Short-circuit trip. Local short-circuit indication by red indicator, manually resettable.
1
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-221
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Additional Accessories
1
XTPAXSR_
Shunt Release
Undervoltage Release
XTPAXUVR_
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
2
XTPAXSR24V50H
2
XTPAXUVR24V50H
2
XTPAXSR48V50H
2
XTPAXUVR24V60H
2
XTPAXSR110V50H
2
XTPAXUVR48V50H
2
XTPAXSR120V60H
2
XTPAXUVR60V50H
1
2
XTPAXSR208V60H
2
XTPAXUVR110V50H
2
XTPAXSR220V50H
2
XTPAXUVR120V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR230V50H
2
XTPAXUVR208V60H
1
1
1
Contact Sequence
C1
Contact Sequence
D1
U
2
XTPAXSR240V50H
2
XTPAXUVR220V50H
2
XTPAXSR240V60H
2
XTPAXUVR230V50H
2
XTPAXSR380V50H
2
XTPAXUVR240V50H
2
XTPAXSR400V50H
2
XTPAXUVR240V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR415V50H
2
XTPAXUVR380V50H
2
XTPAXSR440V60H
2
XTPAXUVR400V50H
1
2
XTPAXSR480V60H
2
XTPAXUVR415V50H
2
XTPAXSR24VDC
2
XTPAXUVR440V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR48VDC
2
XTPAXUVR480V60H
1
2
XTPAXSR60VDC
2
XTPAXUVR600V60H
2
XTPAXSR110VDC
1
2
XTPAXSR125VDC
2
XTPAXSR220VDC
1
2
XTPAXSR250VDC
1
C2
1
1
1
D2
Can be used to trip the manual motor protector from a remote
location. Can be fitted on left side manual motor protectors.
Cannot be combined with XTPAXSR. When combined with a
circuit breaker, it can be used as emergency-stop device to
IEC/EN 60204.
Can be used to trip the manual motor protector from a remote
location. Can be fitted on the left side of manual motor
protectors. Cannot be combined with the XTPAXUVR. DC:
Intermittent operation 5 sec.
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-222
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
IP65 Rotary Handle Mechanism 123
Enclosure
Rating
Description
XTPAXRHM_
1
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
1
1
Complete Kits—Includes Handle, Shaft and Required Hardware
Rotary handle mechanism—black 5
IP65
NEMA 12
UL/CSA 4X
1
XTPEXRHMB
1
XTPEXRHMRY
Rotary handle mechanism—black—rotated 90° from vertical 5
1
XTPEXRHM90B
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow—rotated 90° from vertical 6
1
XTPEXRHM90RY
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow 6
1
1
Three-Phase Commoning Links 7
For Use with…
MMP with no side-mounted
auxiliaries or voltage releases
Each MMP with one auxiliary
contact or trip-indicating auxiliary
contact fitted on the right
Each MMP with an auxiliary
contact and trip-indicating
auxiliary contact mounted on
the right or a voltage release
mounted on the left.
1
Qty.
MMP
Length of
Link (mm)
Unit
Width (mm)
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
2
90
45
10
XTPAXCLKA2
1
3
135
45
10
XTPAXCLKA3
1
4
180
45
10
XTPAXCLKA4
1
5
225
45
10
XTPAXCLKA5
1
2
99
45 + 9
10
XTPAXCLKB2
1
3
153
45 + 9
10
XTPAXCLKB3
1
4
207
45 + 9
10
XTPAXCLKB4
1
5
261
45 + 9
10
XTPAXCLKB5
1
2
108
45 + 18
10
XTPAXCLKC2
1
1
1
For parallel power feed to several manual motor protectors on terminals
1, 3 and 5.
XTPAXUTS
XTPAXIT
1
Shroud for Unused Terminals of Three-Phase Commoning Links
For Use with…
Description
Frame B
XTPE
To cover unused terminals on three-phase
commoning link. Protected against direct
contact.
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
20
XTPAXUTS
1
1
1
1
Incoming Terminals for Three-Phase
Commoning Link 8
For Use with…
Pkg.
Qty. 4
Catalog Number
Frame B XTPE
5
XTPAXIT
1
1
1
Notes
1 Plug-in connection shafts, XTPAXRHMSFT_ can be cut to desired length for mounting depths of 100–240 mm. Carrier
with extension shaft included.
2 With ON/OFF switch position and “+” (tripped), lockable with 3 padlocks, 4–8 mm hasp. Can be locked in the
OFF position, if required.
3 Rotary handle mechanisms ship with door interlock disabled. See instruction publication with product for how to
enable door interlock.
4 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
5 For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204.
6 For use on main switches with emergency-stop function to IEC/EN 60204.
7 Protected against accidental contact. Frame B short-circuit proof U = 690V, I = 63A. Frame B links can be combined by
e
u
rotating mounting.
8 For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact, U = 690V, I = 63A;
e
u
For conductor cross-sections: 2.5–25 mm2 stranded; 2.5–16 mm2 flexible with ferrules, AWG 14-6.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
1
1
1
1
1
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-223
1.1
1
XT IEC Power Control
Combination Connection Kits
Non-Reversing Starters
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XTPAXTPCB
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPE…B + XTCE…B
Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCB
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor in toolless plug connection
1
1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables
up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
1
1
1
XTPAXTPC_
XTPR…B + XTCE…C
DIN rail adapter plate
Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1
XTPAXTPCC
1
1
1
1
Reversing Starters
1
For Use with…
XTPAXTPCRB
XTPE…B + XTCE…B01_
1
1
1
1
1
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPAXTPCRB
Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor
1
Reversing starter main current wiring in toolless plug connection
1
Control cables for electrical interlocking in toolless plug connection:
– K1M: A1–K2M: 21
– K1M: 21–K2M: A1
– K1M: A2–K2M: A2
1
Cable guidance
1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables
up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
XTPAXTPCRC
XTPE…B + XTCE…C
DIN rail adapter plate
1
Reversing starter main current wiring
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-224
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
XTPAXTPCRC
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
XTPAXECM_
1.1
Electrical Connection Module
1
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPE…B + XTCE…C
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor
5
XTPAXECMC
1
1
1
DIN Rail Adapter Plates
XTPAXTPCPB
For Use with…
Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1
Catalog Number
XTPAXTPCB
XTPAXTPCRB
45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail
4
XTPAXTPCPB
Connection element for side-by-side positioning of further plates
1
1
1
1
PKE-SWD-32
XTPE…B +
XTCE…B or C
SmartWire-DT communication link
1
PKE-SWD-32
1
1
1
1
Note
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-225
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Technical Data and Specifications
XT Electronic Manual Motor Controllers
Description
Specification
XTPE012B
XTPE032B
XTPE065D
General
Standards and regulations
IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0600, UL 508, CSA C 22.2 No. 14
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature
Storage
–40° to 80°C
–40° to 80°C
–40° to 80°C
Open
–25° to 55°C
–25° to 55°C
–25° to 55°C
Enclosed
–25° to 40°C
–25° to 40°C
–25° to 40°C
Any
Any
Any
Device
IP20
IP20
IP20
Terminals
IP00
IP00
IP00
Touch protection
Mechanical shock resistance half-sinusoidal shock,
10 ms to IEC 60068-2-27
25g
25g
25g
Altitude
Max. 2000m
Max. 2000m
Max. 2000m
Direction of incoming supply
Degree of protection
Conductor Cross-Sections
1 x (1–6) mm2
1 x (1–6) mm2
1 x (0.75–16) mm2
2 x (1–6) mm2
2 x (1–6) mm2
2 x (0.75–16) mm2
1
Stranded with ferrule 1 x (1–6) mm2
to DIN 46228
2 x (1–6) mm2
1 x (1–6) mm2
1 x (0.75–35) mm2
2 x (1–6) mm2
2 x (0.75–25) mm2
1
Solid or stranded
18–10 AWG
18–10 AWG
14–2 AWG
1
Screw terminals
Solid
Screw Terminal Tightening Torque
1
Main conductor
1.7 Nm
1.7 Nm
3.3 Nm
1
Auxiliary conductor
1 Nm
1 Nm
1 Nm
Main Circuit
6,000 Vac
6,000 Vac
6,000 Vac
III/3
III/3
III/3
690V
690V
65A
1
1
1
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Ump
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
Rated operational voltage
Ue
690V
Rated uninterrupted current = rated output current
Iu = Ie
12A
32A
Rated frequency
40–60 Hz
40–60 Hz
40–60 Hz
Current heating losses (three-pole at operating
temperature)
6W
6W
6W
0.05 x 106
Lifespan, mechanical
Operations
0.05 x 106
0.05 x 106
1
Lifespan, electrical (AC-3 at 400V)
Operations
0.05 x 106
0.05 x 106
0.05 x 106
1
Maximum operating frequency
Operations/h
60
60
60
Short-Circuit Rating
AC-3 up to 690V
12A
32A
65A
1
1
Motor switching capacity AC
Trip Unit
Temperature compensation to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660
–5° to 40°C
–5° to 40°C
–5° to 40°C
Operating range
–25° to 55°C
–25° to 55°C
–25° to 55°C
1
Temperature compensation residual error for T >40°C
<0.1%/K
<0.1%/K
<0.1%/K
1
Overload release setting range
0.25–1 xlu
0.25–1 xlu
0.25–1 xlu
Fixed short-circuit trip setting
12 x lr (trip unit),14 x lu (base)
12 x lr (trip unit),14 x lu (base)
12 x lr (trip unit),14 x lu (base)
Short circuit release tolerance
±20%
±20%
±20%
Phase failure sensitivity
Yes
Yes
Yes
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-226
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Trip Characteristics
1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Controllers
1
XTPE …
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-227
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Dimensions
1
XT Electronic MMP—B Frame
1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
XT Electronic MMP—D Frame
4.65 (118.0)
1.77
(45.0)
3.79 (96.2)
1
1.28
(32.5)
1
3.98
(101.0)
1
1
6.30
(160.0)
0.57
(14.5)
4.72 (120.0)
1
1
1
1
1.38
(35.0)
1
2.17
(55.0)
XT Electronic CMC With C Frame Contactor
5.71 (145.0)
1
4.77 (121.2)
Line Side
Adapter
1
3.66 (92.9)
To Line
Side Adapter
1
1
1
9.01
(228.8)
1
1
10.63
(269.9)
To Line
Side
Adapter
9.46
(240.3)
1
1
1
1
1
1.76
(44.6)
1
4.87 (123.8)
Mounting
Rail
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-228
2.22
(56.5)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
0.22 (5.5)
5.00 (127.0)
6.77 (172.0)
7.36 (187.0)
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Reference Data
Type 2 Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Approvals for World Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors
(Based on 2005 NEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
V5-T1-230
V5-T1-239
V5-T1-242
V5-T1-245
1
1
V5-T1-249
1
1
1
1
Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination
What is it?
The International
Electrotechnical Commission
(IEC) developed short-circuit
performance criteria for
contactors and starters called
Type 1 coordination and Type
2 coordination. This defines
motor controller protection
levels following a short-circuit
fault. In order to achieve this
performance, the
combination of a motor
controller (contactor or
starter) and short-circuit
protective device (manual
motor protector, circuit
breaker or fuse) must meet
the following criteria as
specified by IEC 60947-4-1—
Low voltage switchgear and
controlgear—Part 4-1:
Contactors and motorstarters—Electromechanical
contactors and motorstarters:
Type 1 Coordination
Type 1 Coordination requires
that under short-circuit
conditions, the contactor or
starter shall cause no danger
to persons or installation and
may not be suitable for
further service without repair
and replacement of parts.
1
1
1
1
1
In this case, significant
damage is allowed to the
contactor/starter (for example,
contact welding, burning or
disintegration) and the
overload relay (for example,
component harm or heater
element burn-out).
1
1
1
1
Type 2 Coordination
Type 2 Coordination requires
that under short-circuit
conditions, the contactor or
starter shall cause no danger
to persons or installation and
shall be suitable for further
use. The risk of contact
welding is recognized, in
which case the manufacturer
shall indicate the measures to
be taken as regards to the
maintenance of the
equipment.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-229
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
Type 2 Coordination
1
400, xx415V Type 2 Coordination—MMC
MMP
Catalog Number
Contactor
Catalog Number 2
MMC
Catalog Number 2
50 (150) 1
XTPRP25BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP25BB_
0.31
50 (150)
1
XTPRP40BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP40BB_
0.41
50 (150) 1
XTPRP63BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP63BB_
1
0.18
0.60
50 (150) 1
XTPRP63BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP63BB_
1
0.25
0.80
50 (150) 1
XTPR001BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC001BB_
0.37
1.10
50 (150) 1
XTPR1P6BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC1P6BB_
1
0.55
1.50
50 (150) 1
XTPR1P6BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC1P6BB_
0.75
1.90
50 (150) 1
XTPR2P5BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC2P5BB_
1
1.10
2.60
50 (150) 1
XTPR004BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC004BB_
1.50
3.60
50 (150)
1
XTPR004BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC004BB_
1
2.20
5.00
50 (150) 1
XTPR6P3BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTSC6P3BB_
1
3.00
6.60
50 (150) 1
XTPR010BC1
XTCE018C10_
XTSC010BC_
4.00
8.50
50 (150) 1
XTPR010BC1
XTCE018C10_
XTSC010BC_
1
5.50
11.3
50
XTPR012BC1
XTCE018C10_
XTSC012BC_
7.50
16.0
50
XTPR016BC1
XTCE018C10_
XTSC016BC_
11.0
21.7
50
XTPR025BC1
XTCE025C10_
XTSC025BC_
15.0
29.3
50
XTPR032BC1
XTCE032C10_
XTSC032BC_
1
1
1
1
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
0.06
0.21
0.09
0.12
5.50
11.3
50
XTPR016DC1
XTCE018C10_
XTSC016DC_
7.50
16.0
50
XTPR016DC1
XTCE018C10_
XTSC016DC_
11.0
21.7
50
XTPR025DC1
XTCE025C10_
XTSC025DC_
15.0
29.3
50
XTPR032DC1
XTCE032C10_
XTSC032DC_
18.5
36.0
50
XTPR040DC1
XTCE040D00_
XTSC040DD_
1
22.0
41.0
50
XTPR050DC1
XTCE050D00_
XTSC050DD_
1
30.0
55.0
50
XTPR058DC1
XTCE065D00_
XTSC058DD_
34.0
63.0
50
XTPR063DC1
XTCE065D00_
XTSC063DD_
1
1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1
2
Values in parentheses ( ) are for Type 1 Coordination.
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-238.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-230
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
480V Type 2 Coordination—MMC
P
(hp)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
MMP
Catalog Number
Current Limiter
Catalog Number
Contactor
Catalog Number 2
MMC
Catalog Number 2
1/2
0.24
65
XTPRP25BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP25BB_
1/2
0.32
65
XTPRP40BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP40BB_
1/2
0.51
65
XTPRP63BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP63BB_
1/2
0.74
65
XTPR001BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSC001BB_
1/2
0.94
65
XTPR001BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSC001BB_
3/4
1.32
65
XTPR1P6BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSC1P6BB_
1
1.72
65
XTPR2P5BC1
—
XTCE018C10_
XTSC2P5BC_
2
2.55
65
XTPR004BC1
—
XTCE018C10_
XTSC004BC_
2
3.10
65
XTPR004BC1
—
XTCE018C10_
XTSC004BC_
3
4.55
65 (50) 1
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC6P3BC_
3
6.15
65 (50)
1
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC6P3BC_
7-1/2
8.40
65 (50) 1
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC010BC_
7-1/2
11.0
65 (50)
1
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC012BC_
10
14.5
65 (50) 1
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC016BC_
10
20.0
65 (50) 1
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE025C10_
XTSC020BC_
20
20.0
65
XTPR025DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC025DD_
25
27.0
65
XTPR032DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC032DD_
25
32.0
65
XTPR032DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC032DD_
30
37.5
65
XTPR040DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC040DD_
40
40.5
65
XTPR050DC1
—
XTCE050D00_
XTSC050DD_
40
50.5
65
XTPR058DC1
—
XTCE065D00_
XTSC058DD_
40
64.0
65
XTPR063DC1
—
XTCE065D00_
XTSC063DD_
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
P
(hp)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
MMP
Catalog Number
Current Limiter
Catalog Number
Contactor
Catalog Number 2
MMC
Catalog Number 2
1/2
0.19
50
XTPRP25BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP25BB_
1/2
0.26
50
XTPRP40BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP40BB_
1/2
0.41
50
XTPRP63BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP63BB_
1/2
0.59
50
XTPRP63BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP63BB_
1/2
0.75
50
XTPR001BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSC001BB_
1
1.06
50
XTPR1P6BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSC1P6BB_
1
1.38
50
XTPR1P6BC1
—
XTCE007B10_
XTSC1P6BB_
1-1/2
2.04
50
XTPR2P5BC1
—
XTCE018C10_
XTSC2P5BC_
2.48
50
XTPR2P5BC1
—
XTCE018C10_
XTSC2P5BC_
3
3.64
50
XTPR004BC1
—
XTCE018C10_
XTSC004BC_
5
4.92
50 (18) 1
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC6P3BC_
10
6.72
50 (18) 1
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC010BC_
10
8.60
50 (18) 1
XTPR010BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC010BC_
10
11.5
50 (18) 1
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC012BC_
10
16.0
50 (18) 1
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTSC016BC_
25
21.5
50
XTPR025DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC025DD_
30
25.5
50
XTPR032DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC032DD_
30
30.0
50
XTPR032DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC032DD_
30
37.5
50
XTPR040DC1
—
XTCE040D00_
XTSC050DD_
40
40.5
50
XTPR050DC1
—
XTCE050D00_
XTSC050DD_
40
51.0
42
XTPR058DC1
—
XTCE065D00_
XTSC058DD_
50
61.0
42
XTPR063DC1
—
XTCE065D00_
XTSC063DD_
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Values in parentheses ( ) are achieved without the current limiter.
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-238.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1
1
600V Type 2 Coordination—MMC
1-1/2
1
1
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-231
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Fuses
Class gG/gL
Contactor
Catalog Number 1
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 1
0.12
0.41
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP60BC1
XTAE007B10_P60
1
0.18
0.60
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
1
0.25
0.80
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
0.37
1.10
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
1
0.55
1.50
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
0.75
1.90
100
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB2P4BC1
XTAE007B10_2P4
1
1.10
2.60
100
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
1.50
3.60
100
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
1
2.20
5.00
100
10
XTCE007B10_
XTOB006BC1
XTAE007B10_006
1
3.00
6.60
100
16
XTCE007B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE007B10_010
4.00
8.50
100
20
XTCE009B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE009B10_010
1
5.50
11.3
100
25
XTCE018C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE018C10_016
7.50
16.0
100
32
XTCE018C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE018C10_016
1
11.0
21.7
100
40
XTCE025C10_
XTOB024CC1
XTAE032C10_024
15.0
29.3
100
63
XTCE032C10_
XTOB032CC1
XTAE032C10_032
18.5
36.0
100
63
XTCE040D00_
XTOB040DC1
XTAE040D00_040
1
22.0
41.0
100
80
XTCE050D00_
XTOB057DC1
XTAE065D00_057
30.0
55.0
100
100
XTCE065D00_
XTOB057DC1
XTAE065D00_057
1
37.0
68.0
100
125
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
45.0
81.0
100
160
XTCE095F00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE095F00_100
1
55.0
99.0
100
200
XTCE115G00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE115G00_100
1
75.0
134.0
100
200
XTCE150G00_
XTOB150GC1
XTAE150G00_150
90.0
161.0
100
250
XTCE185L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE185L22_220
1
110.0
196.0
100
315
XTCE225L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE225L22_220
132.0
231.0
100
400
XTCE250L22_
XTOB250LC1
XTAE250L22_250
1
160.0
279.0
100
400
XTCE300M22_
XTOT290C35
XTAE300M22_290
1
1
200.0
349.0
100
500
XTCE400M22_
XTOT400C35
XTAE400M22_400
1
250.0
437.0
100
630
XTCE500M22_
XTOT540C35
XTAE500M22_540
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-238.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-232
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
500V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Fuses
Class gG/gL
Contactor
Catalog Number 1
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 1
0.12
0.33
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP40BC1
XTAE007B10_P40
0.18
0.48
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP60BC1
XTAE007B10_P60
0.25
0.70
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
0.37
0.90
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
0.55
1.20
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
0.75
1.50
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
1.10
2.10
100
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB2P4BC1
XTAE007B10_2P4
1.50
2.90
100
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
2.20
4.00
100
10
XTCE007B10_
XTOB006BC1
XTAE007B10_006
3.00
5.30
100
16
XTCE009B10_
XTOB006BC1
XTAE009B10_006
4.00
6.80
100
16
XTCE009B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE009B10_010
5.50
9.00
100
20
XTCE012B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE012B10_010
7.50
12.1
100
25
XTCE018C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE018C10_016
11.0
17.4
100
32
XTCE025C10_
XTOB024CC1
XTAE025C10_024
15.0
23.4
100
50
XTCE040D00_
XTOB024DC1
XTAE040D00_024
18.5
28.9
100
50
XTCE040D00_
XTOB040DC1
XTAE040D00_040
22.0
33.0
100
63
XTCE050D00_
XTOB040DC1
XTAE050D00_040
30.0
44.0
100
80
XTCE065D00_
XTOB057DC1
XTAE065D00_057
37.0
54.0
100
100
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
45.0
65.0
100
125
XTCE095F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE095F00_070
55.0
79.0
100
160
XTCE115G00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE115G00_100
75.0
107.0
100
200
XTCE185L22_
XTOB125LC1
XTAE185L22_125
90.0
129.0
100
200
XTCE185L22_
XTOB125LC1
XTAE185L22_125
110.0
157.0
100
250
XTCE185L22_
XTOB160LC1
XTAE185L22_160
132.0
184.0
100
250
XTCE185L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE185L22_220
160.0
224.0
100
315
XTCE225L22_
XTOB250LC1
XTAE225L22_250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-238.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-233
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
690V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Fuses
Class gG/gL
Contactor
Catalog Number 1
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 1
0.12
0.24
100
1
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP40BC1
XTAE007B10_P40
1
0.18
0.35
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP40BC1
XTAE007B10_P40
1
0.25
0.50
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP60BC1
XTAE007B10_P60
0.37
0.70
100
2
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
1
0.55
0.90
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
0.75
1.10
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
1
1.10
1.50
100
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
1.50
2.10
100
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB2P4BC1
XTAE007B10_2P4
1
2.20
2.90
100
10
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
1
3.00
3.80
100
10
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
4.00
4.90
100
16
XTCE009B10_
XTOB006BC1
XTAE009B10_006
1
5.50
6.50
100
16
XTCE012B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE012B10_010
7.50
8.80
100
20
XTCE018C10_
XTOB010CC1
XTAE018C10_010
1
11.0
12.6
100
25
XTCE025C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE025C10_016
15.0
17.0
100
32
XTCE032C10_
XTOB024CC1
XTAE032C10_024
18.5
20.9
100
32
XTCE040D00_
XTOB024DC1
XTAE040D00_024
1
22.0
23.8
100
50
XTCE040D00_
XTOB040DC1
XTAE040D00_040
30.0
32.0
100
63
XTCE065D00_
XTOB040DC1
XTAE065D00_040
1
37.0
39.0
100
80
XTCE080F00_
XTOB050GC1
XTAE080F00_050
45.0
47.0
100
80
XTCE080F00_
XTOB050GC1
XTAE080F00_050
1
55.0
58.0
100
100
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
1
75.0
78.0
100
160
XTCE095F00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE095F00_100
90.0
93.0
100
160
XTCE115G00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE115G00_100
1
110.0
114.0
100
200
XTCE185L22_
XTOB125LC1
XTAE185L22_125
132.0
134.0
100
250
XTCE185L22_
XTOB160LC1
XTAE185L22_160
1
160.0
162.0
100
250
XTCE185L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE185L22_220
1
1
1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-238.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-234
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Fuses 1
Class BS88
Contactor
Catalog Number 2
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 2
0.12
0.41
80
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP60BC1
XTAE007B10_P60
0.18
0.60
80
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOBP60BC1
XTAE007B10_P60
0.25
0.80
80
4
XTCE007B10_
XTOB001BC1
XTAE007B10_001
0.37
1.10
80
6
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
0.55
1.50
80
10
XTCE007B10_
XTOB1P6BC1
XTAE007B10_1P6
0.75
1.90
80
16
XTCE007B10_
XTOB2P4BC1
XTAE007B10_2P4
1.10
2.60
80
16
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
1.50
3.60
80
20
XTCE007B10_
XTOB004BC1
XTAE007B10_004
2.20
5.00
80
20
XTCE007B10_
XTOB006BC1
XTAE007B10_006
3.00
6.60
80
20
XTCE007B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE007B10_010
4.00
8.50
80
25
XTCE009B10_
XTOB010BC1
XTAE009B10_010
5.50
11.3
80
25
XTCE018C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE018C10_016
7.50
16.0
80
25
XTCE018C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE018C10_016
11.0
21.7
80
35 and 32M35
XTCE025C10_
XTOB024CC1
XTAE032C10_024
15.0
29.3
80
50
XTCE032C10_
XTOB032CC1
XTAE032C10_032
18.5
36.0
80
63
XTCE040D00_
XTOB040DC1
XTAE040D00_040
22.0
41.0
80
80
XTCE050D00_
XTOB057DC1
XTAE065D00_057
30.0
55.0
80
100
XTCE065D00_
XTOB065DC1
XTAE065D00_065
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
2
1
GEC/Alstom “Red Spot.”
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-238.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-235
1.1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Circuit
Breaker
Contactor
Catalog Number 1
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 1
0.12
0.41
15
2
2
2
2
15
2
2
2
2
15
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.18
0.25
0.60
0.80
0.37
1.10
15
2
1
0.55
1.50
15
2
2
2
2
0.75
1.90
15
2
2
2
2
1
1.10
2.60
15
2
2
2
2
1.50
3.60
15
2
2
2
2
15
2
2
2
2
6.60
15
2
2
2
2
XTAE018C10_010
1
1
2.20
3.00
5.00
4.00
8.50
15
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
XTOB010CC1
5.50
11.3
15
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTAE018C10_016
7.50
16.0
15
2
2
2
2
11.0
21.7
15
2
2
2
2
15.0
29.3
15
2
2
2
2
1
18.5
36.0
50
2
2
2
2
1
22.0
41.0
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE050D00_
XTOB057DC1
XTAE050D00_057
30.0
55.0
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE065D00_
XTOB065DC1
XTAE065D00_065
1
37.0
68.0
80
HMCPJ250D5L
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
45.0
81.0
80
HMCPJ250F5L
XTCE095F00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE095F00_100
55.0
99.0
80
HMCPJ250G5L
XTCE115G00_
XTOB125GC1
XTAE115G00_125
XTAE150G00_150
1
1
1
75.0
134.0
80
HMCPJ250J5L
XTCE150G00_
XTOB150GC1
90.0
161.0
80
HMCPJ250W5L
XTCE185L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE185L22_220
1
110.0
196.0
70
HMCPJ250W5L
XTCE225L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE225L22_220
132.0
231.0
70
HMCPL600R6G
XTCE300M22_
XTOT240C3S
XTAE300M22_240
1
160.0
279.0
70
HMCPL600X6G
XTCE300M22_
XTOT400C3S
XTAE300M22_400
200.0
349.0
70
HMCPL600P6G
XTCE400M22_
XTOT400C3S
XTAE400M22_400
1
250.0
430.0
70
HMCPL600M
XCE500M22_
XTOT540C3S
XTAE500M22_540
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1
1
2
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-238.
Use MMP contactor combination. See Page V5-T1-230.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-236
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
525V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Circuit
Breaker
Contactor
Catalog Number 1
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 1
0.37
1.02
50
2
2
2
2
0.55
1.22
50
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.75
1.66
50
2
1.10
2.22
50
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1.50
3.16
50
2
2.20
4.25
50
2
2
2
2
3.00
5.60
50
2
2
2
2
4.00
7.50
50
2
2
2
2
5.50
9.90
50
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
7.50
14.1
50
2
11.0
19.3
50
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
15.0
23.5
50
2
18.5
27.2
50
2
2
2
2
22.0
37.0
50
2
2
2
2
30.0
45.0
50
2
2
2
2
37.0
54.0
50
HMCP100R3C
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
45.0
66.0
50
HMCPJ250D5L
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
55.0
79.0
50
HMCPJ250F5L
XTCE115G00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE115G00_100
75.0
111.0
50
HMCPJ250J5L
XTCE115G00_
XTOB125GC1
XTAE115G00_125
90.0
130.0
50
HMCPJ250K5L
XTCE185L00_
XTOB160LC1
XTAE185L00_160
110.0
159.0
50
HMCPJ250W5L
XTCE185L00_
XTOB160LC1
XTAE185L00_160
132.0
185.0
50
HMCPL600N6G
XTCE185L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE185L22_220
160.0
225.0
50
HMCPL600R6G
XTCE225L22_
XTOB250LC1
XTAE225L22_250
200.0
270.0
50
HMCPL600X6G
XTCE300M22_
XTOT290C3S
XTAE300M22_290
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
480V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker
P
(hp)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Circuit
Breaker
Contactor
Catalog Number 1
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Assembled Starter
Catalog Number 1
1
50.0
65.0
65
HMCPJ250D5L
XTCE080F00_
XTOB070GC1
XTAE080F00_070
60.0
77.0
65
HMCPJ250G5L
XTCE080F00_
XTOB100GC1
XTAE080F00_100
1
75.0
96.0
25
HMCPJ250J5L
XTCE115G00_
XTOB125GC1
XTAE115G00_125
100.0
124.0
50
HMCPJ250K5L
XTCE185L22_
XTOB160LC1
XTAE185L22_160
125.0
156.0
50
HMCPJ250W5L
XTCE185L22_
XTOB160LC1
XTAE185L22_160
150.0
180.0
25
HMCPL600N6G
XTCE225L22_
XTOB220LC1
XTAE225L22_220
200.0
240.0
50
HMCPL600N
XTCE300M22_
XTOB240C3S
XTAE300M22_240
250.0
290.0
50
HMCPL600R
XTCE300M22_
XTOB290C3S
XTAE300M22_290
300.0
361.0
50
HMCPL600Y
XTCE400M22_
XTOB400C3S
XTAE400M22_400
350.0
414.0
50
HMCPL600M
XTCE500M22_
XTOB540C3S
XTAE500M22_540
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-238 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
2
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-238.
Use MMP contactor combination.
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-237
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor with
Circuit Breaker 1
1
P
(kW)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Circuit
Breaker—MCP
Contactor
Catalog Number 2
P
(hp)
Ie
(A)
Iq
(kA)
Circuit
Breaker—MCP
Contactor
Catalog Number 2
1
1.50
3.60
50
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
50.0
65.0
65
HMCPJ250G5L
XTCE080F00_
2.20
5.00
50
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
60.0
77.0
65
HMCPJ250G5L
XTCE080F00_
1
3.00
6.60
50
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
150.0
180.0
50
HMCPL600N
XTCE300M00_
4.00
8.50
50
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
200.0
240.0
50
HMCPL600N
XTCE300M22__
1
5.50
11.3
50
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
250.0
300.0
50
HMCPL600R
XTCE300M22_
1
7.50
16.0
50
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
300.0
361.0
50
HMCPL600Y
XTCE400M00_
11.0
21.7
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE040D00_
350.0
414.0
50
HMCPL600M
XTCE500M00_
1
15.0
29.3
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE040D00_
18.5
36.0
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE040D00_
1
22.0
41.0
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE050D00_
30.0
55.0
50
HMCPE100R3C
XTCE065D00_
1
37.0
68.0
80
HMCPJ250D5L
XTCE080F00_
45.0
81.0
80
HMCPJ250F5L
XTCE095F00_
1
55.0
99.0
80
HMCPJ250G5L
XTCE115G00_
1
75.0
134.0
80
HMCPJ250J5L
XTCE150G00_
90.0
161.0
80
HMCPJ250W5L
XTCE185L22_
1
110.0
196.0
80
HMCPJ250W5L
XTCE225L22_
132.0
231.0
70
HMCPL600R
XTCE300M22_
1
160.0
279.0
70
HMCPL600X
XTCE300M22_
200.0
350.0
70
HMCPL600P
XTCE400M22_
1
250.0
430.0
70
HMCPL600M
XTCE500M22_
1
480V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor with
Circuit Breaker 1
Magnet Coil Suffix
1
Frames A–B
1
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
Coil Voltage
Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
110–250V 40–60 Hz/DC
A
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
250–500V 40–60 Hz/DC
C
230V 50 Hz
F
230V 50 Hz
F
24V 50/60 Hz
T
48–110V 40–60 Hz/DC
Y3
24–48 Vdc
TD 3
1
1
24V 50/60 Hz
Frames C–F
T
24V 50/60 Hz
3
Frame G
T
3
Frames L–M
24–27 Vdc
TD
3
24 Vdc
TD
24–27 Vdc
TD
480–500V 50/60 Hz
C
1
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
C
380–440V 50/60 Hz
L
1
600V 60 Hz
D
600V 60 Hz
D
42–48V 50/60 Hz
W
208V 60 Hz
E
208V 60 Hz
E
110–130 Vdc
AD 3
1
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
G
200–240 Vdc
BD 3
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
H
48–60 Vdc
WD 3
1
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
L
400V 50 Hz
N
400V 50 Hz
N
1
380V 60 Hz
P
380V 60 Hz
P
12V 50/60 Hz
R
12V 50/60 Hz
R
1
24V 50 Hz
U
24V 50 Hz
U
1
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
W
48V 50 Hz
Y
48V 50 Hz
Y
120 Vdc
AD 3
110–130 Vdc
AD 3
220 Vdc
BD 3
200–240 Vdc
BD 3
12 Vdc
RD 3
12–14 Vdc
RD 3
48 Vdc
WD 3
48–60 Vdc
WD 3
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-238
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Wye-Delta (Star-Delta) Applications
If Type 2 Coordination is
required when using wyedelta starters, the full voltage
(direct on-line) test data that
is included in this document
is valid. To ensure proper
protection, the K1M (main),
K3M (star) and K5M (delta)
contactors must all be the
same size (amperage). For
wye-delta starter kits, please
see Page V5-T1-55.
Notes
1 For use with magnetic sensing means to monitor motor current.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See magnet coil suffix tables on
this page.
3 With DC operation: integrated diode-resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Approvals for World Markets
Overview
The XT line of products is
approved for use throughout
the world, including the USA
and Canada. As such, they
can be used without
restriction as devices for
world markets.
The majority of countries
permit the import of devices
on the manufacturer’s
undertaking that they have
been constructed in
accordance with the pertinent
specifications. In the USA and
Canada, however, there is a
legal obligation to obtain
official approval. In these
countries, devices and
enclosures—sometimes
even complete control
systems—are tested and
approved by independent
bodies.
In Europe, there also used to
be a legal obligation to obtain
official approval for lowvoltage switchgear and
controlgear. For industrial
control gear, this legal
obligation has now been
abolished, provided the
devices have been
manufactured and tested in
accordance with harmonized
European standards (such as
IEC/EN 60947). There is then
no longer a requirement for
them to carry their country’s
own approval mark.
1
Since January 1997, all
devices must conform to the
European Low-Voltage
Directive and, where
intended for sale within the
European Union, must carry
the CE mark.
Europe
Conformité
Européen
(CE)
This mark denotes that the
device carrying it conforms
to all relevant requirements
and specifications. The
mandatory application of this
mark therefore enables the
unrestricted use of marked
devices within the European
economic area.
Since January 1996, all
devices sold within the
European union must comply
with the Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC)
Directive. XT has passed the
required tests to these
Directives and the devices
carry the CE mark,
demonstrating compliance
with the EMC Directive.
Because devices bearing the
CE mark comply with the
harmonized standards,
approval and the associated
marking is no longer required
in the following countries:
Belgium
Comité Electrotechnique Belge
Belgisch Elektrotechnisch Comité
(CEBEC)
Denmark
Danmarks
Elektriske
Materielkontrol
(DEMKO)
Finland
(FIMKO)
Recently introduced is the
mandatory approval of
electrical products for:
●
Slovakia
●
Poland
●
South Africa
●
China
●
Russia
●
Turkey
●
Argentina
Marking is partly mandatory
for these countries. The IEC
rating data is accepted as in
other European countries.
France
Union Technique
de l’Electricité
(UTE)
Netherlands
Naamloze
Vennootschap
tot Keuring van
Electrotechnische
Materialien
(KEMA)
Norway
Norges Elektriske
Materiellkontrol
(NEMKO)
Sweden
Svenska
Elektriska MaterielKontrollanstalten
(SEMKO)
Switzerland
Schweizerischer
Elektrotechischer
Verein
(SEV)
Approval is not mandatory
in the Czech Republic and
Hungary. The manufacturer’s
declaration of conformity is
sufficient here.
Romania requires that
components that are to be
used in public buildings must
be approved by the Romanian
test authority ICECON.
Russia
Devices for Russia
must bear the
appropriate
marking.
Recognition
Canada
Canadian
Standards
Association
(CSA)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Russia
Goststandart
(GOST-R)
1
South Africa
ZA
SABS
1
Argentina
1
1
Devices in the USA and
Canada have UL and CSA
approval.
USA
Underwriters
Laboratories
(UL)
Listing
1
1
Selection of Devices
”Selection appropriate for
export” does not mean
merely meeting the requisite
approvals and conformity to
relevant specifications. The
meaning of the term goes a
great deal further by even
including that equipment
and installations must be
designed to a concept with
export in mind.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-239
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1
The following are important criteria for selecting switchgear suitable
for export:
1
For motor-protective circuit
breakers
Use inherently short-circuit
proof switches capable
of controlling the highest
prospective fault levels at
the point of installation
without the need for backup protection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
●
1
●
1
No restrictions whatsoever
for installation
Complete independence
from the on-site protective
system
No problems getting
spare parts
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
For circuit breakers
Use types with visible
contacts, quick-make and
quick-break operation as
standard. Use current-limiting
circuit breakers for high shortcircuit levels. Selective
switches are recommended
for the selective graduation
of networks.
●
1
1
●
1
●
1
During electrification
work in areas such as
Africa and the Middle East,
an insufficient voltage
stability is—at least for a
certain time—likely in
many applications (for
example due to long spur
lines or small local
generators). The use of
devices that fulfill the
above requirements will
eliminate one of the main
failure causes related to
contactors.
Advantage:
1
1
●
Independence from local
accident prevention
regulations requiring visible
contacts and safety faults
caused by inexperienced
operating personnel.
The effects of short-circuits
are kept to a minimum.
Fuseless installations
offer greater safety and
reliability in plant operation.
In the event of a fault, only
the faulty section of the
system is isolated.
For enclosures
Use insulated enclosures
with transparent covers
(that is, “totally insulated”
enclosures).
●
●
Total insulation is the best
possible protective
measure from the user’s
point of view, avoiding
reliance on the possibly
doubtful skills of unknown
installation personnel.
Furthermore, protective
measures based on
earthing are often
extremely difficult, if not
impossible (in the Middle
East, for example, due to
the dryness of the ground).
Insulated enclosures
completely eliminate the
need for any additional
protection against
corrosion. The transparent
covers contribute
significantly to the correct
operation of a system,
because switchgear
operation can be
monitored even with the
doors or covers closed,
thus virtually eliminating
the possibility of these
being left open through
carelessness. The
transparent cover is an
important contribution to
safety, especially where
exports to areas of
uncertain skills are
concerned.
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-240
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
For overcurrent protective
devices
Always use circuit breakers
and motor-protective circuit
breakers. Avoid fuses as
much as possible.
Advantage:
Advantage:
Advantage:
Advantage:
●
For contactors
Use contactors whose entire
range provides consistently
reliable operation in the event
of voltage drops (consistently
down to 80% Un should be
aimed for) and whose contact
system will not assume an
indeterminate position either
on closing or on opening in
such conditions.
www.eaton.com
●
The operational reliability of
a system is especially
important for export
contracts. Circuit breakers
and motor-protective circuit
breakers provide this
reliability in full measure
since they can be
immediately reclosed once
a fault has been cleared,
they disconnect all poles,
they have ideal protection
through high tripping
accuracy and they can be
used for selective
operation. Because they
have no fuses or other
consumables, they also
greatly reduce the problem
of obtaining replacement
parts. The advantages of
fuseless design for export
are especially evident in
this case. No complicated
investigation is needed to
find out which fusing
system is used in the
respective location and
which specifications have
to be followed to select the
correct fuses. Often
several different fuse
systems with widely
varying characteristics are
used side-by-side in the
same country. For the
uninitiated, it may be
almost impossible to find
the right fuse in these
circumstances. These
problems do not arise
where a circuit breaker
is used.
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
For main switches and
safety switches
Use devices with positive
contact separation and clear
switch position indication.
Advantage:
●
The mechanical coupling
of the actuating element
with the contacts ensues
that the OFF position is
indicated only when all
main contacts are
separated by the
prescribed distance and
only in this position can the
switch be padlocked. This
ensures safety when
carrying out maintenance
and repair work on the
installation or machinery.
Test Authorities
Shipping Classifications
USA
USA
UL
Germany
Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
Canada
CDN
CSA
Great Britain
Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)
Romania
RO
ICECON
Russia
RUS
GOST-R
South Africa
ZA
SABS
Slovakia
SK
SKTC
France
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Poland
PL
BBJ-SEP
Norway
Det Norske Veritas(DNV)
Turkey
TR
TSE
China
PRC
CCC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Russia
Russian Maritime Register of Shipping (RS)
1
1
Italy
Registro Italiano Navale (RINA)
1
1
1
1
Poland
Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS)
1
1
1
Ukraine
UA
Ukrain-GOST
1
1
1
Approvals for North America
In the U.S., the legally
established OSHA
(Occupational Safety and
Health Act) and the NEC
(National Electrical Code)
require the use of approved
devices and systems.
In Canada, all electrical
apparatus must comply with
the CEC (Canadian Electrical
Code), which requires that all
equipment and installations
have CSA approval.
1
In addition to the normal UL
and CSA approvals, the trade
regulations originating from
the NAFTA agreements allow
the application for a joint
UL and CSA approval. The
devices then carry a logo
that is recognized in both
countries.
Some local inspectors and
end users still refuse to
accept the joint listing.
Approvals for North America
Type of Approval
Approval Mark
The device is UL- and CSA-approved as discrete device.
1
1
1
1
The device is CSA-approved as discrete device.
1
The device is UL-approved as discrete device.
1
1
The device contains UL-approved components; its approval
conditions must be maintained in use (UL Recognized). The
device is CSA-approved as discrete device.
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-241
1.1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
IEC Utilization Categories
(See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19)
A combination of specified
requirements relating to the
condition in which the
switching device or fuse
fulfills its purpose and
selected to represent a
characteristic group of
real-life applications. The
specified requirements may,
for example, relate to the
values of making and
breaking capacity and other
characteristic values, data
concerning associated
circuits and the applicable
conditions of use and
operational behavior.
Used in Technical Data and Formula
Code
Description
Code
Description
DF
Duty factory
Irmv
Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
Response value of earth-fault release
Isd
Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
Rated short-circuit making capacity
IT
Response value of earth-fault release
Icn
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
Ig
Response value of earth-fault release
Ics
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity
Ith
Conventional free air thermal current
Icu
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
Ithe
Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices
1
Icw
Rated short-time withstand current
Iu
Rated uninterrupted current
Ie
Rated operational current
SNT
Transformer rating
1
Ik
Transformer initial short-circuit AC current
tr
Time delay of overload release response
Load monitoring response value
tT
Time delay of earth-fault release response
Rated current
tg
Time delay of earth-fault release response
1
INT
Transformer rated current
tv
Time delay of short-circuit release response
IPK
Rated peak withstand current
Uc
Rated actuating voltage
1
Iq
Rated conditional short-circuit current
Ue
Rated operational voltage
Ir
Overcurrent release set value
Ui
Rated insulation voltage
Irm
Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release
Uimp
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Ii
Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release
Uk
Transformer short-circuit voltage
Response value of fixed, non-delayed short-circuit release
Us
Rated control voltage
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
IDn
Icm
IL
In
Irmf
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-242
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Annex A (informative)
1
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear 1
Category
Typical Application
Relevant IEC Product Standard
1
Nature of Current—AC
AC-1
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-4-1
AC-2
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off
60947-4-1
AC-3
Squirrel cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running
60947-4-1
AC-4
Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3
60947-4-1
AC-5a
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
60947-4-1
AC-5b
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-4-1
AC-6a
Switching of transformers
60947-4-1
AC-6b
Switching of capacitor banks
60947-4-1
AC-7a
Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications
61095
AC-7b
Motor-loads for household applications
61095
AC-8a
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases
60947-4-1
AC-8b
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases
60947-4-1
AC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers
60947-5-1
AC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
60947-5-2
AC-13
Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation
60947-5-1
AC-14
Control of small electromagnetic loads
60947-5-1
AC-15
Control of AC electromagnetic loads
60947-5-1
AC-20
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
60947-3
AC-21
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
AC-22
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
AC-23
Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads
60947-3
AC-31
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads
60947-6-1
AC-33
Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads
60947-6-1
AC-35
Electric discharge lamp loads
60947-6-1
AC-36
Incandescent lamp loads
60947-6-1
AC-40
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance
60947-6-2
AC-41
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-6-2
AC-42
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off
60947-6-2
AC-43
Squirrel cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running
60947-6-2
AC-44
Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3
60947-6-2
AC-45a
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
60947-6-2
AC-45b
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-6-2
AC-51
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-4-3
AC-52a
Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-52b
Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty
60947-4-2
AC-53a
Control of squirrel cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-53b
Control of squirrel cage motors: intermittent duty
60947-4-2
AC-55a
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
60947-4-3
AC-55b
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-4-3
AC-56a
Switching of transformers
60947-4-3
AC-56b
Switching of capacitor banks
60947-4-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2 Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching (jogging) is energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-243
1.1
1
1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, continued 1
Category
Typical Application
Relevant IEC Product Standard
Nature of Current—AC, continued
AC-58a
Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases:
h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-58b
Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty
60947-4-2
AC-140
Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current <0,2 A, for example, contactor relays
60947-5-2
1
Nature of Current—AC and DC
A
Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current
60947-2
1
B
Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current
60947-2
Nature of Current—DC
1
DC-1
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-4-1
1
DC-3
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors
60947-4-1
DC-5
Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors
60947-4-1
1
DC-6
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-4-1
DC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers
60947-5-1
1
DC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
60947-5-2
DC-13
Control of electromagnets
60947-5-1
DC-13
Control of electromagnets
60947-5-2
1
DC-14
Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit
60947-5-1
DC-20
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
60947-3
1
DC-21
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
DC-22
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (for example, shunt motors)
60947-3
1
DC-23
Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (for example, series motors)
60947-3
1
DC-31
Resistive loads
60947-6-1
DC-33
Motor loads or mixed loads including motors
60947-6-1
1
DC-36
Incandescent lamp loads
60947-6-1
DC-40
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance
60947-6-2
1
DC-41
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-6-2
DC-43
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC
60947-6-2
DC-45
Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC
60947-6-2
DC-46
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-6-2
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2 Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching (jogging) is energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-244
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Motor Ratings Data
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors
Ampere ratings of motors
vary somewhat, depending
upon the type of motor. The
values given below are for
drip-proof, Class B insulated
(T Frame) where available,
1.15 service factor, NEMA
Design B motors. These
values represent an average
full load motor current that
was calculated from the
motor performance data
published by several motor
manufacturers. In the case
of high torque squirrel cage
motors, the ampere ratings
will be at least 10% greater
than the values given below.
1
Caution—These average
ratings could be high or low
for a specific motor
and therefore heater coil
selection on this basis
always involves risk.
For fully reliable motor
protection, select heater
coils on the basis of full
load current rating as
shown on the motor
nameplate.
1
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz,
AC Induction Motor
1
Current in Amperes
hp
Syn.
Speed
RPM
200V
230V
380V 1
460V
575V
1/4
1800
1.09
0.95
0.55
0.48
0.38
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
1200
1.61
1.40
0.81
0.70
0.56
900
1.84
1.60
0.93
0.80
0.64
1800
1.37
1.19
0.69
0.60
0.48
1200
1.83
1.59
0.92
0.80
0.64
900
2.07
1.80
1.04
0.90
0.72
1800
1.98
1.72
0.99
0.86
0.69
1200
2.47
2.15
1.24
1.08
0.86
900
2.74
2.38
1.38
1.19
0.95
1800
2.83
2.46
1.42
1.23
0.98
1200
3.36
2.92
1.69
1.46
1.17
900
3.75
3.26
1.88
1.63
1.30
3600
3.22
2.80
1.70
1.40
1.12
1800
4.09
3.56
2.06
1.78
1.42
1200
4.32
3.76
2.28
1.88
1.50
900
4.95
4.30
2.60
2.15
1.72
3600
5.01
4.36
2.64
2.18
1.74
1800
5.59
4.86
2.94
2.43
1.94
1200
6.07
5.28
3.20
2.64
2.11
900
6.44
5.60
3.39
2.80
2.24
3600
6.44
5.60
3.39
2.80
2.24
1800
7.36
6.40
3.87
3.20
2.56
1200
7.87
6.84
4.14
3.42
2.74
900
9.09
7.90
4.77
3.95
3.16
3600
9.59
8.34
5.02
4.17
3.34
1800
10.8
9.40
5.70
4.70
3.76
1200
11.7
10.2
6.20
5.12
4.10
900
13.1
11.4
6.90
5.70
4.55
3600
15.5
13.5
8.20
6.76
5.41
1800
16.6
14.4
8.74
7.21
5.78
1200
18.2
15.8
9.59
7.91
6.32
900
18.3
15.9
9.60
7.92
6.33
3600
22.4
19.5
11.8
9.79
7.81
1800
24.7
21.5
13.0
10.7
8.55
1200
25.1
21.8
13.2
10.9
8.70
900
26.5
23.0
13.9
11.5
9.19
3600
29.2
25.4
15.4
12.7
10.1
1800
30.8
26.8
16.3
13.4
10.7
1200
32.2
28.0
16.9
14.0
11.2
900
35.1
30.5
18.5
15.2
12.2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 380V 50 Hz.
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-245
1.1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz,
AC Induction Motor, continued
1
hp
Syn.
Speed
RPM
Current in Amperes
200V
230V
380V 1
460V
575V
75
3600
206
179
108
89.6
71.7
1800
210
183
111
91.6
73.2
16.5
1200
212
184
112
92.0
73.5
22.2
17.8
900
222
193
117
96.5
77.5
30.5
25.2
20.1
3600
266
231
140
115
92.2
31.0
25.6
20.5
1800
271
236
144
118
94.8
52.8
31.9
26.4
21.1
1200
275
239
145
120
95.6
63.1
54.9
33.2
27.4
21.9
900
290
252
153
126
101
3600
69.9
60.8
36.8
30.4
24.3
3600
—
292
176
146
116
1800
74.5
64.8
39.2
32.4
25.9
1800
—
293
177
147
117
1200
75.4
65.6
39.6
32.8
26.2
1200
—
298
180
149
119
900
77.4
67.3
40.7
33.7
27.0
900
—
305
186
153
122
3600
84.8
73.7
44.4
36.8
29.4
3600
—
343
208
171
137
1800
86.9
75.6
45.7
37.8
30.2
1800
—
348
210
174
139
1200
90.6
78.8
47.6
39.4
31.5
1200
—
350
210
174
139
900
94.1
81.8
49.5
40.9
32.7
900
—
365
211
183
146
3600
111
96.4
58.2
48.2
38.5
3600
—
452
257
226
181
1
1800
116
101
61.0
50.4
40.3
1800
—
458
265
229
184
1200
117
102
61.2
50.6
40.4
1200
—
460
266
230
184
1
900
121
105
63.2
52.2
41.7
900
—
482
279
241
193
3600
138
120
72.9
60.1
48.2
3600
—
559
338
279
223
1
1800
143
124
75.2
62.2
49.7
1800
—
568
343
284
227
1
1200
145
126
76.2
63.0
50.4
1200
—
573
345
287
229
900
150
130
78.5
65.0
52.0
900
—
600
347
300
240
3600
164
143
86.8
71.7
57.3
1800
—
678
392
339
271
1800
171
140
90.0
74.5
59.4
1200
—
684
395
342
274
1200
173
150
91.0
75.0
60.0
400
1800
—
896
518
448
358
900
177
154
93.1
77.0
61.5
500
1800
—
1110
642
555
444
1
hp
Syn.
Speed
RPM
Current in Amperes
200V
230V
380V 1
460V
575V
15
3600
41.9
36.4
22.0
18.2
14.5
1800
45.1
39.2
23.7
19.6
15.7
1200
47.6
41.4
25.0
20.7
900
51.2
44.5
26.9
3600
58.0
50.4
1800
58.9
51.2
1200
60.7
900
1
1
1
20
1
1
25
1
1
30
1
1
1
1
40
50
60
100
125
150
200
250
300
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Single-Phase AC Motors
The following values of fullload currents are for motors
running at usual speeds and
motors with normal torque
characteristics. Motors built
for especially low speeds or
high torques may have higher
full-load currents and
multispeed motors will have
full-load current varying with
speed, in which case the
nameplate current ratings
shall be used.
The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. The currents
listed shall be permitted for
system voltage ranges of 110
to 120 and 220 to 240V.
1
1
1
Full-Load Currents in Amperes, Single-Phase
Alternating-Current Motor
hp
115V
200V
208V
230V
1/6
4.4
2.5
2.4
2.2
1/4
5.8
3.3
3.2
2.9
1/3
7.2
4.1
4.0
3.6
1/2
9.8
5.6
5.4
4.9
3/4
13.8
7.9
7.6
6.9
1
16
9.2
8.8
8
1-1/2
20
11.5
11
10
2
24
13.8
13.2
12
3
34
19.6
18.7
17
5
56
32.2
30.8
28
7-1/2
80
46
44
40
10
100
57.5
55
50
Note
1 380V 50 Hz.
1
V5-T1-246
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
1.1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Three-Phase AC Motors
The following values of fullload currents are typical for
motors running at speeds
usual for belted motors and
motors with normal torque
characteristics.
Motors built for low speeds
(1,200 RPM or less) or high
torques may require more
running current and multispeed motors will have fullload current varying with
speed. In these cases the
nameplate current rating shall
be used.
1
The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. The currents
listed shall be permitted for
system voltage ranges of 110
to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to
480 and 550 to 600V.
1
1
1
1
Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors
Synchronous Type Unity Power Factor 1 Amperes
Induction Type Squirrel Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes
hp
115V
200V
208V
230V
460V
575V
230V
460V
575V
1/2
4.4
2.5
2.4
2.2
1.1
.9
—
—
—
3/4
6.4
3.7
3.5
3.2
1.6
1.3
—
—
—
1
8.4
4.8
4.6
4.2
2.1
1.7
—
—
—
1-1/2
12.0
6.9
6.6
6.0
3.0
2.4
—
—
—
2
13.6
7.8
7.5
6.8
3.4
2.7
—
—
—
3
—
11.0
10.6
9.6
4.8
3.9
—
—
—
5
—
17.5
16.7
15.2
7.6
6.1
—
—
—
7-1/2
—
25.3
24.2
22
11
9
—
—
—
10
—
32.2
30.8
28
14
11
—
—
—
15
—
48.3
46.2
42
21
17
—
—
—
20
—
62.1
59.4
54
27
22
—
—
—
25
—
78.2
74.8
68
34
27
53
26
21
30
—
92
88
80
40
32
63
32
26
40
—
120
114
104
52
41
83
41
33
50
—
150
143
130
65
52
104
52
42
60
—
177
169
154
77
62
123
61
49
75
—
221
211
192
96
77
155
78
62
100
—
285
273
248
124
99
202
101
81
125
—
359
343
312
156
125
253
126
101
150
—
414
396
360
180
144
302
151
121
200
—
552
528
480
240
192
400
201
161
250
—
—
—
—
302
242
—
—
—
300
—
—
—
—
361
289
—
—
—
350
—
—
—
—
414
336
—
—
—
400
—
—
—
—
477
382
—
—
—
450
—
—
—
—
515
412
—
—
—
500
—
—
—
—
590
472
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note
1 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-247
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
DC Motors
The following values of fullload currents are for motors
running at base speed.
1
Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current Motors
Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors
Armature Voltage Rating 1
Recommended Values
hp
120V
240V
120V
240V
1
1/4
3.1
1.6
5
3
1
1/3
4.1
2.0
5
3
1/2
5.4
2.7
7
3
1
3/4
7.6
3.8
10
5
1
9.5
4.7
15
7
1
1-1/2
13.2
6.6
20
10
2
17
8.5
25
12
1
3
25
12.2
30
15
1
5
40
20
50
25
7-1/2
58
29
80
40
1
10
76
38
100
50
15
—
55
—
75
1
20
—
72
—
100
1
25
—
89
—
125
30
—
106
—
150
1
40
—
140
—
200
50
—
173
—
250
1
60
—
206
—
275
75
—
255
—
350
1
100
—
341
—
500
1
125
—
425
—
600
150
—
506
—
—
200
—
675
—
—
1
Note
1 These are average direct-current quantities.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-248
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
1.1
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 2005 NEC)
1
Table 310.16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 60°–90°C [140°–194°F],
Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried),
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C [86°F] 1
1
1
Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
Copper
Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
1
60°C [140°F]
75°C [167°F]
90°C [194°F]
60°C [140°F]
75°C [167°F]
90°C [194°F]
AWG
kcmil
Types
TW†, UF 2
Types
FEPW 2, RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
THWN 2, XHHW 2,
USE 2, ZW 2
Types
TBS, SA, SIS, FEP 2, FEPB 2, MI,
RHH 2, RHW-2, THHN 2, THHW 2,
THW-2 2, THWN-2 2, USE-2,
XHH, XHHW 2, XHHW-2, ZW-2
Types
TW 2, UF 2
Types
RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
THWN 2, XHHW 2,
USE 2
Types
TBS, SA, SIS, THHN 2,
THHW 2, THW-2, THWN-2,
RHH 2, RHW-2, USE-2, XHH,
XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2
18
—
—
14
—
—
—
—
16
—
—
18
—
—
—
—
14
20✝
20✝
25†
—
—
—
—
12
25✝
25✝
30†
20†
20†
25†
12
Size
Size
AWG
kcmil
10
30
35✝
40†
25
30†
35†
10
8
40
50
55
30
40
45
8
6
55
65
75
40
50
60
6
70
85
95
55
65
75
4
70
85
100
110
65
75
85
3
85
95
115
130
75
90
100
2
95
110
130
150
85
100
115
1
110
1/0
125
150
170
100
120
135
1/0
2/0
145
175
195
115
135
150
2/0
3/0
165
200
225
130
155
175
3/0
4/0
195
230
260
150
180
205
4/0
250
215
255
290
170
205
230
250
300
240
285
320
190
230
255
300
350
260
310
350
210
250
280
350
400
280
335
380
225
270
305
400
500
320
380
430
260
310
350
500
600
355
420
475
285
340
385
600
700
385
460
520
310
375
420
700
750
400
475
535
320
385
435
750
800
410
490
555
330
395
450
800
600
355
420
475
285
340
385
600
700
385
460
520
310
375
420
700
750
400
475
535
320
385
435
750
800
410
490
555
330
395
450
800
900
435
520
585
355
425
480
900
1000
455
545
615
375
445
500
1000
1250
495
590
665
405
485
545
1250
1500
520
625
705
435
520
585
1500
1750
545
650
735
455
545
615
1750
2000
560
665
750
470
560
630
2000
Notes
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-2005. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2005. National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
2 Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code, the overcurrent protection for conductor types marked with an obelisk (†) shall not exceed 15A for No. 14, 20A for No. 12 and 30A
for No. 10 copper; or 15A for No. 12 and 25A for No. 10 aluminum and copper-clad aluminum after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-249
1.1
1
1
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Table 310.16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 60°–90°C [140°–194°F],
Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried),
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C [86°F]—Correction Factors 1
Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
Copper
1
Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
60°C [140°F]
75°C [167°F]
90°C [194°F]
Types
FEPW 2, RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
THWN 2, XHHW 2,
USE 2, ZW 2
Types
TBS, SA, SIS, FEP 2, FEPB 2, MI,
RHH 2, RHW-2, THHN 2, THHW 2,
THW-2 2, THWN-2 2, USE-2,
XHH, XHHW 2, XHHW-2, ZW-2
60°C [140°F]
75°C [167°F]
90°C [194°F]
Types
TW 2, UF 2
Types
RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
THWN 2, XHHW 2,
USE 2
Types
TBS, SA, SIS, THHN 2,
THHW 2, THW-2, THWN-2,
RHH 2, RHW-2, USE-2, XHH,
XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2
1
Size
1
AWG
kcmil
Types
TW†, UF 2
1
Ambient
Temp. °C
For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 30°C [86°F], Multiply the
Allowable Ampacities Shown in the Table on Page V5-T1-249
by the Appropriate Factor Shown Below
For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 30°C [86°F], Multiply the
Allowable Ampacities Shown in the Table on Page V5-T1-249
by the Appropriate Factor Shown Below
Ambient
Temp. °F
1
21–25
1.08
1.05
1.04
1.08
1.05
1.04
70–77
1
26–30
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
78–86
31–35
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.91
0.94
0.96
87–95
1
36–40
0.82
0.88
0.91
0.82
0.88
0.91
96–104
41–45
0.71
0.82
0.87
0.71
0.82
0.87
105–113
1
46–50
0.58
0.75
0.82
0.58
0.75
0.82
114–122
51–55
0.41
0.67
0.76
0.41
0.67
0.76
123–131
56–60
—
0.58
0.71
—
0.58
0.71
132–140
61–70
—
0.33
0.58
—
0.33
0.58
141–158
71–80
—
—
0.41
—
—
0.41
159–176
1
1
Size
AWG
kcmil
1
1
1
1
Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway or
cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities shall be reduced
as shown in the following table:
Table 310.15 (B)(2)(a). Adjustment Factor for More Than
Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable
Number of Current-Carrying
Conductors
Percent of Values in Tables as Adjusted
for Ambient Temperature if Necessary
4–6
80
7–9
70
1
10–20
50
21–30
45
1
31–40
40
41 and above
35
1
1
1
1
1
Notes
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-2005. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2005.
National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
2 Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code, the overcurrent protection
for conductor types marked with an obelisk (†) shall not exceed 15A for No. 14, 20A for No.
12 and 30A for No. 10 copper; or 15A for No. 12 and 25A for No. 10 aluminum and copperclad aluminum after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors
have been applied.
Where single conductors or multiconductor cables are stacked
or bundled longer than 24 in (610 mm) without maintaining
spacing and are not installed in raceways, the allowable
ampacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in
the above table.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-250
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Table 310.18. Allowable Ampacities of Three Single Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V,
150°–250°C [302°–482°F], in Raceway or Cable Based on Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C [104°F]
1.1
1
1
Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
Size
AWG
kcmil
150°C [302°F]
200°C [392°F]
Type Z
Types FEP, FEPB, PFA
Copper
250°C [482°F]
150°C [302°F]
Size
1
1
Types PFAH, TFE
Type Z
Nickel or Nickel-Coated Copper
Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
AWG
kcmil
14
34
36
39
—
14
12
43
45
54
30
12
10
55
60
73
44
10
8
76
83
93
57
8
1
1
1
6
96
110
117
75
6
4
120
125
148
94
4
3
143
152
166
109
3
2
160
171
191
124
2
1
186
197
215
145
1
1/0
215
229
244
169
1/0
2/0
251
260
273
198
2/0
3/0
288
297
308
227
3/
4/0
332
346
361
260
4/0
250
—
—
—
—
250
300
—
—
—
—
300
350
—
—
—
—
350
400
—
—
—
—
400
500
—
—
—
—
500
600
—
—
—
—
600
700
—
—
—
—
700
750
—
—
—
—
750
800
—
—
—
—
800
1000
—
—
—
—
1000
1500
—
—
—
—
1500
2000
—
—
—
—
2000
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Correction Factors
Ambient
Temp. °C
For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40°C [104°F], Multiply the Allowable Ampacities Shown Above By the Appropriate Factor Shown Below
Ambient
Temp. °F
41–50
0.95
0.97
0.98
0.95
105–122
51–60
0.90
0.94
0.95
0.90
123–140
61–70
0.85
0.90
0.93
0.85
141–158
71–80
0.80
0.87
0.90
0.80
159–176
81–90
0.74
0.83
0.87
0.74
177–194
91–100
0.67
0.79
0.85
0.67
195–212
101–120
0.52
0.71
0.79
0.52
213–248
121–140
0.30
0.61
0.72
0.30
249–284
141–160
—
0.50
0.65
—
285–320
161–180
—
0.35
0.58
—
321–356
181–200
—
—
0.49
—
357–392
201–225
—
—
0.35
—
393–437
Note
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-2005. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2005. National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—February 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T1-251
NEMA Contactors and Starters
NEMA AN16DN0AB
NEMA Size 1 Starter
NEMA Size 1 Contactor
2.1
Freedom Series
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing,
Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage,
Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2
2.3
2
2
V5-T2-4
2
V5-T2-10
2
V5-T2-15
2
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-38
V5-T2-48
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-65
V5-T2-66
2
V5-T2-73
2
V5-T2-80
2
V5-T2-83
V5-T2-89
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
V5-T2-144
V5-T2-145
V5-T2-146
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
V5-T2-147
V5-T2-148
V5-T2-150
Reference Data
IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Annex A (informative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-152
V5-T2-153
V5-T2-155
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Drawings
Online
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
2
2
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6
V5-T2-3
Solenoids—Alternating Current
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5
V5-T2-3
A200 Series
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4
V5-T2-2
Space-Savings Series
Contactors and Starters
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NEMA Space-Savings
Size 1C Contactor
V5-T2-2
2
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-1
2.1
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Contents
Freedom Series
Description
2
Technical Data and Specifications
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Overview
Features, Benefits and Functions
Freedom Series starters and
contactors feature a compact,
space-saving design, using
state-of-the-art technology
and the latest in high
strength, impact and
temperature resistant
insulating materials.
Freedom NEMA
●
2
2
2
●
2
2
●
2
2
●
2
2
●
2
●
2
2
2
Adjustable bimetallic
ambient compensated
overload relays with
interchangeable heater
packs—available in three
basic sizes, covering
applications up to
900 hp—reducing the
number of different
contactor/overload relay
combinations that have to
be stocked. Fixed heater
overloads are optional
Electronic overload relay
(C440) available as a standalone unit and assembled
with Freedom Contactor
A full line of snap-on
accessories— top and side
mounted auxiliary contacts,
solid-state and pneumatic
timers, and so on
Straight-through wiring—
line lugs at top, load lugs
at bottom
Horizontal or vertical
mounting on upright panel
for application freedom
Screw type power
terminals have captive,
backed-out self-lifting
pressure plates with
± screws—reduced
wiring time
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Accessible terminals for
easy wiring. Optional
fingerproof shields
available to prevent
electrical shock
Top located coil terminals
convenient and readily
accessible. 45 mm
contactor magnet coils
have three terminals,
permitting either top or
diagonal wiring—easy to
replace European or U.S.
style starters or contactors
without changing wiring
layout
Designed to meet or
exceed NEMA, UL, CSA,
VDE, BS and other
international standards
and listings
American engineering—
built by Eaton, using the
latest in statistical process
control methods to
produce high quality,
reliable products
Sized based on standard
NEMA classifications
Easy coil change and
inspectable/replaceable
contacts
Available in open and
NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X
and 12 enclosures
2
2
V5-T2-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T2-3
V5-T2-3
V5-T2-4
V5-T2-10
V5-T2-15
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-38
V5-T2-48
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
Standard: designed to
meet or exceed UL,
NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE
and BS
UL listed: UL File #E1491,
Guide #NLDX—Open and
NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed
CSA Certified: CSA File
#LR353, Class #321104
Open and NEMA 1
Enclosed
ISO 9000 Certification
Short Circuit Protection
When you turn to Eaton’s
products, you turn to quality.
The International Standards
Organization (ISO) has
established a series of
standards acknowledged
by 91 industrialized nations
to bring harmony to the
international quest for quality.
The ISO certification process
covers 20 quality system
elements in design,
production and installation
that must conform to
achieve registration. This
commitment to quality will
result in increased product
reliability and total customer
satisfaction.
Fuses and Inverse-Time
Circuit Breakers may be
selected per Article 430,
Part D of the National
Electrical Code to protect
motor branch circuits from
fault conditions. If higher
ratings or settings are required
to start the motor, do not
exceed the maximum as listed
in Exception No. 2, Article
430-52.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
Freedom Series
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
Device Type
A = Starter
C = Contactor
Device Assembly
Configuration
70 = Multi-speed
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
5G = Ground fault feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20)
Standard
E = IEC
N = NEMA
5
6
9
OLR Type
= Contactor only—no overload relay
= Starter w/C306 bi-metal OLR
= Starter w/C440 electronic
overload
Contactor Frame Size 1
NEMA
Continuous
Size
Amperes
A=
00
9
B=
0
18
D=
1
27
G=
2
45
K=
3
90
N= 4
135
S=
5
270
T=
6
540
U=
7
810
V=
8
1215
2
NEMA Enclosure
N = Open
For Starters
Starter
Mounting Option
0 = Horizontal
V = Vertical
For Contactors Only
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
5 = Five-pole
Suffix
A
B
C
D
E
H
J
K
L
N
T
U
V
W
Y
AC Coil Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
= 120/60 or 110/50
= 240/60 or 220/50
= 480/60 or 440/50
= 600/60 or 550/50
= 208/60
= 277/60
= 208 – 240/60 2
= 240/50
= 380 – 415/50
= 550/50
= 24/60, 24/50 3
= 24/50
= 32/50
= 48/60
= 48/50
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
NEMA Size 00
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 0
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 1
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 2
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100A
NEMA Size 4
140 = 28–140A
NEMA Size 5 4
300 = 60–300A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 For contactor only orders, add B to end of catalog number if NEMA Size 00–2, 6.
2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
4 NEMA Size 5 requires the use of CTs with 1-5A OL relay.
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-3
2.1
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Contents
Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors
Description
2
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-5
V5-T2-6
V5-T2-6
V5-T2-7
V5-T2-8
V5-T2-10
V5-T2-15
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-38
2
2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
2
Product Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Features, Benefits and Functions
●
Non-Reversing
Contactors are most
commonly used to switch
motor loads in applications
where running overcurrent
protection is either not
required or is provided
separately. Contactors consist
of a magnetically actuated
switch which can be remotely
operated by a pushbutton
station or pilot device such
as a proximity switch, limit
switch, float switch, auxiliary
contacts, and so on.
Reversing
Reversing contactors are
used primarily for reversing
single- or three-phase motors
in applications where running
overcurrent protection is
either not required or is
provided separately. They
consist of two contactors
mechanically and electrically
interlocked to prevent line
shorts and energization of
both contactors
simultaneously.
2
●
●
●
2
Designed specifically for
use in applications
requiring NEMA ratings.
Contactors meet or
exceed NEMA standards
ICS 2-1993
Long life twin break,
silver cadmium oxide
contacts—provide
excellent conductivity and
superior resistance to
welding and arc erosion
Designed to 3,000,000
electrical operations at
maximum hp ratings up
through 25 hp at 600V
Steel mounting plate
standard on all open
type contactors
2
Non-Reversing
Holding circuit contact(s)
supplied as standard:
●
Sizes 00–3 have NO
auxiliary contact block
mounted on right hand
side (on Size 00, contact
occupies 4th power pole
position—no increase
in width)
●
Sizes 4–5 have a
NO contact block
mounted on left side
●
Sizes 6–7 have a
2NO/2NC contact
block on top left
●
Size 8 has a NO/NC
contact block on top left
back and a NO contact
block on top right back
●
Reversing
●
One NO-NC side mounted
interlock supplied as
standard on each
contactor for Sizes 00–8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Product Selection
2
Three-Pole Contactors
2
2
Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
NEMA Size 00
CN55AN3AB
Maximum UL Horsepower 1
NEMA Size 0
CN15BN3AB
NEMA Size 3
CN15KN3A
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
208V
240V
480V
600V
00
9
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
CN15AN3_B
CN55AN3_B
0
18
1
2
3
3
5
5
CN15BN3_B
CN55BN3_B
1
27
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
CN15DN3_B
CN55DN3_B
2
45
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
CN15GN3_B
CN55GN3_B
3
90
25
30
50
50
CN15KN3_
CN55KN3_
230V
2
Non-Reversing
Reversing
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
135
40
50
100
100
CN15NN3_
CN55NN3_
5
270
75
100
200
200
CN15SN3_
CN55SN3_
6
540
150
200
400
400
CN15TN3_B
CN55TN3_B
7
810
200
300
600
600
CN15UN3_
CN55UN3_
82
1215
400
450
900
900
CN15VN3_
CN55VN3_
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Magnet Coils—AC and DC
Contactor coils listed in this
section also have a 50 Hz
rating as shown in the
adjacent table. Select
required contactor by
catalog number and replace
the magnet coil alpha
designation in the catalog
number (_) with the proper
code suffix from the table.
For Sizes 00–2, the magnet
coil alpha designation will be
the next to the last digit of
the listed catalog number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz
coil, change CN15AN3_B
to CN15AN3LB. For all
other sizes, the magnet
coil alpha designation will
be the last digit of the listed
catalog number.
For DC Magnet Coils,
see Accessories, Pages
V5-T2-28 and V5-T2-29.
2
Coil Volts and Hertz
Code Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
A
380–415/50
L
240/60 or 220/50
B
550/50
N
480/60 or 440/50
C
24/60, 24/50 4
T
600/60 or 550/50
D
24/50
U
208/60
E
32/50
V
277/60
H
48/60
W
208–240/60 3
J
48/50
Y
240/50
K
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2
3
4
00
Horsepower
1-1/2 5
0
2
2
AC Suffix
NEMA Size
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
25
50
75
150
300
600
900
2
2
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number.
Example:CN15VND3C.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
2
2
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-5
2.1
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors
NEMA Size 2
Five-Pole Contactor
CN15GN5AB
Type CN15 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing
2
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
2
00
Maximum UL Horsepower
Two-Pole
Non-Reversing
Four-Pole
Non-Reversing
Five-Pole
Non-Reversing
Single-Phase (Two-Pole)
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
9
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
CN15AN2_B
CN15AN4_B
—
0
18
1
2
2
3
5
5
CN15BN2_B
—
—
2
1
27
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
CN15DN2_B
CN15DN4_B
CN15DN5_B
2
2
45
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
CN15GN2_B
CN15GN4_B
CN15GN5_B
3
90
25
30
50
50
CN15KN2_
—
—
4
135
40
50
100
100
CN15NN2_
—
—
5
270
75
100
200
200
CN15SN2_
—
—
6
540
150
200
400
400
CN15TN2_B
—
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Magnet Coils—AC and DC
Select required starter by
catalog number and replace
the magnet coil alpha
designation in the catalog
number (_) with the proper
code suffix from the table.
2
2
2
2
2
to CN15BN3LB. For all
other sizes, the magnet
coil alpha designation will
be the last digit of the listed
catalog number.
For DC Magnet Coils,
see Accessories, Pages
V5-T2-28 and V5-T2-29.
AC Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
Code Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
A
380–415/50
L
240/60 or 220/50
B
550/50
N
480/60 or 440/50
C
24/60, 24/50 2
T
600/60 or 550/50
D
24/50
U
208/60
E
32/50
V
277/60
H
48/60
W
208–240/60 1
J
48/50
Y
240/50
K
Kits and Accessories
●
2
2
For Sizes 00–2, the magnet
coil alpha designation will be
the next to the last digit of
the listed catalog number.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz
coil, change CN15BN3_B
●
●
Auxiliary contacts,
contactor mounted—
Pages V5-T2-25 to
V5-T2-27
Transient suppressor, for
magnet coil—Page
V5-T2-24
Timers—solid-state and
pneumatic, mount on
contactor—Page
V5-T2-22
Publication Numbers
See Page V5-T2-30
●
Renewal Parts
Notes
1 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
2
V5-T2-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Technical Data and Specifications
2
2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size
Power Terminals Line or Load
Control Terminals Cu Only
00
12–16 stranded; 12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded
12–14 solid
0
8–16 stranded; 10–14 solid Cu
1
8–14 stranded or solid Cu
2
3–14 (upper) and/or 6–14 (lower) stranded or solid 1 Cu
3
1/0–14 Cu/Al
4
250 mcm–6
5
750 kcmil–2, or (2) 250 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
6
(2) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
7
(3) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
8
(4) 750 kcmil–4/0 Cu/Al
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
NEMA Size
200V
230V
460V
575V
00
—
1/2
1/2
1/2
0
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1
3
3
5
5
2
7-1/2
10
15
15
3
15
20
30
30
4
25
30
60
60
5
60
75
150
150
6
125
150
300
300
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Two compartment box lug.
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-7
2.1
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Non-Reversing Contactors—Open Type
2
G
A
G
G
F
A
G
2
2
A
U
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U E
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
B
2
G
A
G
G
F
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
C
Top Side
Mtd. Mtd.
Aux. Aux.
A
U E
X
B
A
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U E
X
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole
D
F
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 00, Two- to Four-Pole
D
2
A
C
2
2
G
F
C
D
A
C
C
C
2
2
A
U
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U E
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
E
2
2
D
2
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 1–2, Five-Pole
D
2
E
B
D
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3
A
B
Mtg. Holes for
(3) Screws
Sizes 4–5
C
2
Mtg. Holes for (2)
5/16-18 Screws
2
E
B
2
2
D
2
Mtg. Slots for (2)
5/16-18 Screws
Size 6
2
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
F
G
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
1.7 (0.7)
00
2–4
1.75 (44.5)
3.88 (98.6)
3.49 (88.6)
1.50 (38.1) 1
3.38 (85.9)
4.62 (117.3)
0.54 (13.7)
2
0
2–3
1.75 (44.5)
3.88 (98.6)
3.49 (88.6)
1.50 (38.1) 1
3.38 (85.9)
4.62 (117.3)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
2
1–2
2–3
2.56 (65.0)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8) 1
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.1 (1.4)
1–2
4
3.44 (87.4)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8) 1
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.6 (1.6)
2
1–2
5
4.32 (109.7)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8) 1
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
4.0 (1.8)
3
2–3
4.08 (103.6)
7.17 (182.1)
5.94 (150.9)
3.00 (76.2)
6.63 (168.4)
—
—
8.5 (3.9)
2
4
2–3
7.05 (179.1)
9.11 (231.4)
7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
5
2–3
7.05 (179.1)
13.12 (333.2)
7.78 (197.6)
6.00 (152.4)
12.50 (317.5)
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
6
3
8.63 (219.2)
13.54 (343.9)
8.88 (225.6)
4.33 (110.0)
8.63 (219.2)
—
—
35.0 (15.9)
2
7
3
11.02 (279.9)
19.30 (490.2)
11.46 (291.1)
6.89 (175.0)
11.02 (279.9)
—
—
100.0 (45.4)
8
3
13.00 (330.2)
24.50 (622.3)
13.63 (346.2)
4.22 (107.2)
14.86 (377.4)
—
—
160.0 (72.6)
2
Note
1 Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.
2
V5-T2-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Reversing Contactors—Open Type
G
A
G
F
A
2
C
2
C
A
U
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X E
2
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B
2
2
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 00–2
A
B
E
2
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3
D
2
2
C
A
E
C
B
2
B
E
2
2
D
D
Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
Sizes 4–5
A
2
D
Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
Open Type—Sizes 7–8 Horizontal
2
2
C
2
2
2
B
E
2
2
2
Mtg. Holes for (4)
3/8-16 Screws
D
Size 6
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA
Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
F
G
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
00–0
4.20 (106.7)
4.35 (110.5)
3.52 (89.4)
3.50 (88.9)
3.86 (98.0)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
3.3 (1.5)
2
2
2
1–2
5.71 (145.0)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
5.25 (133.4)
3.63 (92.2)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
7.8 (3.5)
3
8.70 (221.0)
7.17 (182.1)
5.94 (150.9)
7.00 (177.8)
6.63 (168.4)
—
—
17.0 (7.7)
4
14.68 (372.9)
9.11 (231.4)
7.25 (184.2)
13.50 (342.9)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
47.0 (21.3)
5
14.50 (368.3)
12.25 (311.2)
7.78 (197.6)
13.50 (342.9)
11.50 (292.1)
—
—
63.0 (28.6)
6
19.77 (502.2)
16.61 (421.9)
9.90 (251.5)
18.00 (457.2)
12.00 (304.8)
—
—
80.0 (36.3)
7
28.00 (711.2)
26.75 (679.5) 1
12.75 (323.9)
12.75 (323.9)
11.00 (279.4)
—
—
260.0 (118.0)
8
30.13 (765.3)
39.00 (990.6) 1
14.69 (373.1)
14.13 (358.9)
15.00 (381.0)
—
—
350.0 (158.9)
2
2
Note
1 Includes cross wiring.
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-9
2.1
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Contents
Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters
Description
2
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-4
V5-T2-11
V5-T2-13
V5-T2-13
V5-T2-13
V5-T2-14
V5-T2-15
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-38
V5-T2-48
2
2
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
2
Product Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Non-Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage
magnetic starters are most
commonly used to switch AC
motor loads. Starters consist
of a magnetically actuated
switch (contactor) and an
overload relay assembled
together.
Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage
magnetic starters are used
primarily for reversing of
three-phase squirrel cage
motors. They consist of two
contactors and a single
overload relay assembled
together. The contactors are
mechanically and electrically
interlocked to prevent line
shorts and energization of
both contactors
simultaneously.
2
2
2
2
2
Features, Benefits and
Functions
●
Bimetallic ambient
compensated overload
relays—available in three
basic sizes covering
applications up to 900 hp—
reducing number of
different contactor/overload
relay combinations that
have to be stocked
These overload relays
feature:
●
Selectable manual
or automatic reset
operation
●
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
calibrated for 1.0 and
1.15 service factors.
Heater packs for smaller
overload relay will mount
in larger overload relay—
useful in derating
applications such as
jogging
●
Load lugs built into
relay base
●
Single-phase protection,
Class 20 or Class 10
trip time
●
Overload trip indication
●
Electrically isolated
NO-NC contacts (pull
RESET button to test)
●
●
●
●
●
The C440 is a selfpowered, robust
electronic overload
designed for integrated
use with Freedom
NEMA contactors
●
Tiered feature set to
provide coverage
specific to your
application
●
Broad 5: 1 FLA range
for maximum flexibility
●
Coverage from
0.05–1500A to meet
all your needs
Long life twin break,
silver cadmium oxide
contacts—provide
excellent conductivity
and superior resistance
to welding and arc erosion.
Generously sized for low
resistance and cool
operation
Designed to 3,000,000
electrical operations at
maximum hp ratings up
through 25 hp at 600V
Steel mounting plate
standard on all open
type starters
Wired for separate or
common control
2
2
V5-T2-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Non-Reversing
Holding circuit contact(s)
supplied as standard:
●
Sizes 00–3 have a NO
auxiliary contact block
mounted on right-hand
side (on Size 00, contact
occupies 4th power pole
position—no increase
in width)
●
Sizes 4–5 have a
NO contact block
mounted on left side
●
Sizes 6–7 have a
2NO/2NC contact
block on top left
●
Size 8 has a NO/NC
contact block on top
left back and a NO on
top right back
●
Reversing
●
Each contactor (Size 00–8)
supplied with one NO-NC
side mounted contact
block as standard. NC
contacts are wired as
electrical interlocks
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Product Selection
2
When Ordering Supply
●
Catalog number
●
Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T2-40 to V5-T2-42) or full load current
2
Size 0
Non-Reversing Starter
Size 1
Reversing Starter
2
Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing 1
Maximum UL Horsepower 2
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 3
Three-Pole
Reversing 3
Vertical
Reversing 3
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service-Limit
Current Rating
(Amperes) 4
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
NEMA
Size
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
00
9
11
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
AN16AN0_C
AN56AN0_C
—
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
5
5
AN16BN0_C
AN56BN0_C
AN56BNV0_
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
AN16DN0_B
AN56DN0_B
AN56DNV0_
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
AN16GN0_B
AN56GN0_B
AN56GNV0_
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
50
AN16KN0_
AN56KN0_
AN56KNV0_
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN16NN0_
AN56NN0_
AN56NNV0_
5
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN16SN0_B
AN56SN0_B
—
6
540
621
—
—
150
200
400
400
AN16TN0_C
AN56TN0_C
—
7
810
932
—
—
200
300
600
600
AN16UN0_B
AN56UN0_B
—
85
1215
1400
—
—
400
450
900
900
AN16VN0_B
AN56VN0_B
—
in the catalog number (_) with
the proper code suffix from
the table.
For Sizes 00–2 and 5–8, the
magnet coil alpha designation
will be the next to last digit
of the listed catalog number.
120/60 or 110/50
A
380–415/50
L
240/60 or 220/50
B
550/50
N
480/60 or 440/50
C
24/60, 24/50 7
T
600/60 or 550/50
D
24/50
U
208/60
E
32/50
V
277/60
H
48/60
W
208–240/60 6
J
48/50
Y
240/50
K
48/50
Y
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
25
50
75
150
300
600
900
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-40 to V5-T2-42.
2 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
1
2
2
Code Suffix
3
2
2
Coil Volts and Hertz
1-1/2 5
2
2
For DC Magnet Coils,
see Accessories, Pages
V5-T2-28 and V5-T2-29.
Code Suffix
Horsepower
2
2
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz
coil, change AN16BN0_C
to AN16BN0LC. For all
other sizes, the magnet
coil alpha designation will
be the last digit of the listed
catalog number.
Coil Volts and Hertz
0
2
2
AC Suffix
00
2
2
Magnet Coils—AC or DC
Starter coils listed in this
section also have a 50 Hz
rating as shown in the
adjacent table. Select
required starter by catalog
number and replace the
magnet coil alpha designation
NEMA Size
2
2
2
Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see AC Suffix table.
The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current
ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor
protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller.
Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number. Example: AN56VND0CB.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-11
2.1
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Two-Speed Selective Control
When Ordering Supply
●
Catalog number plus
magnet coil code suffix.
Example: Size 0—
AN700BN022B
●
Heater pack number or full
load current for each speed
●
2
●
2
2
2
Two-Winding
AN700DN022
Note: Two-speed starters
are designed for starting and
controlling both separate
(two-winding) and reconnectable
(one-winding) motors. Separate
winding, WYE-WYE motors
have a separate winding for
each speed. Reconnectable,
consequent pole motors use the
same winding for both speeds. All
standard starters are wired
for selective control.
For two-speed other than
selective control:
Catalog number plus
magnet coil code suffix and
option required. Example:
AN700BN022B except
compelling
Heater pack number or full
load current for each speed
Separate Winding 1
Maximum Horsepower—60/50 Hertz
Constant or Variable Torque
Constant Horsepower
2
115V
200V
230V
460V/575V
115V
200V
230V
460/575V
NEMA
Size
Open Type
Catalog Number
2
1-1/2
3
3
5
1
2
2
3
0
AN700BN022_
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
2
5
5
7-1/2
1
AN700DN022_
2
—
10
15
25
—
7-1/2
10
20
2
AN700GN022_
—
25
30
50
—
20
25
40
3
AN700KN022_
2
—
40
50
100
—
30
40
75
4
AN700NN022_
—
75
100
200
—
60
75
150
5
AN700SN022_
2
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-40 to V5-T2-42.
2
2
One-Winding
AN700BN0218
Reconnectable Winding 1
Maximum Horsepower—60/50 Hertz
Open Type
Constant or
Variable Torque
Constant
Horsepower
460/575V
NEMA
Size
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
3
0
AN700BN0218_
AN700BN0219_
5
7-1/2
1
AN700DN0218_
AN700DN0219_
7-1/2
10
20
2
AN700GN0218_
AN700GN0219_
—
20
25
40
3
AN700KN0218_
AN700KN0219_
—
30
40
75
4
AN700NN0218_
AN700NN0219_
2
Constant or Variable Torque
115V
200V
230V
460V/575V
115V
200V
230V
2
1-1/2
3
3
5
1
2
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
2
5
—
10
15
25
—
—
25
30
50
—
40
50
100
2
2
One-Winding
AN700DN0218
2
Constant Horsepower
Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-40 to V5-T2-42.
2
2
Magnetic Coils—AC or DC
2
Coil Voltage and Hz
Code Suffix
Coil Voltage and Hz
Code Suffix
Coil Voltage and Hz
2
120/60 or 110/50
A
277/60
H
24/60, 24/50 2
T
240/60 or 220/50
B
208–240/60
J
24/50
U
2
480/60 or 440/50
C
240/50
K
32/50
V
600/60 or 550/50
D
380–415/50
L
48/60
W
2
208/60
E
550/50
N
48/50
Y
2
Notes
1 If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–5 are 24/60 only.
2
2
2
V5-T2-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Code Suffix
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Kits and Accessories
●
●
●
Auxiliary contacts,
contactor mounted—
Pages V5-T2-25 to
V5-T2-27
Transient suppressor, for
magnet coil—Page
V5-T2-24
Timers—solid-state and
pneumatic, mount on
contactor—Page
V5-T2-22
2.1
Renewal Parts
Publication Numbers
●
2
2
See Page V5-T2-30
2
2
2
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 00–2—Open and Enclosed
2
Wire Size 1 Cu Only
NEMA Size
2
Power Terminals—Line
2
00
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
0
8–16 AWG stranded, 10–14 AWG solid
1
8–14 AWG stranded or solid
2
3–14 AWG (upper) and/or 6–14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid 2
2
2
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (stranded or solid)
00–0
14–6 AWG stranded or solid
1–2
14–2 AWG stranded or solid
2
2
Control Terminals—Cu Only
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
2
2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 3–8—Open and Enclosed
Wire Size 2
NEMA Size
2
Power Terminals—Line and Load
3
1/0–14 AWG Cu/Al
4
Open—3/0–8 AWG Cu; Enclosed—250 kcmil—6 AWG Cu/Al
5
750 kcmil—2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al
6
(2) 750 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al
7
(3) 750 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al
8
(4) 750 kcmil—1/0 AWG Cu/Al
2
2
2
2
Control Terminals—Cu Only
2
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
2
Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 3
NEMA Size
200V
230V
460V
575V
00
—
1/2
1/2
1/2
0
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1
3
3
5
5
2
7-1/2
10
15
15
3
15
20
30
30
4
25
30
60
60
5
60
75
150
150
6
125
150
300
300
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1–2 to 2 AWG.
2 Two compartment box lug.
3 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
2
2
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-13
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Wiring Diagrams
2
Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications
L1 L2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
A2
2
2
2
3
98
97
96
95
Remove Wire “c”
when it is supplied.
“c”
Connect separate
control lines to the
T3
No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2
T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot
device and Terminal
96 on the overload
relay.
Motor
L1 L2
Remote Pilot Devices
Two-Wire
3
Control 1
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
Three-Wire Start
Control
3
2
Stop
1
When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect
per sketch.
Start
T1
Start
Stop
Stop
3
2
1
T2
Field Conversion
to Single-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
T1
T2
“A”
Motor
NEMA Size 00
L1 L2
2
2
2
A1 A2
Separate Control
2
2
L3
1
L3
“c”
A1 A2
2
3
Separate Control
Remove Wire “c”
when it is supplied.
Connect separate
control lines to the
No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3
T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot
device and Terminal
96 on the overload
relay.
Motor
98
97
96
95
Remote Pilot Devices
Two-Wire
3
Control 1
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
L1 L2
Three-Wire Start
Control
3
2
Stop
1
When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect
per sketch.
Start
T1
Start
Stop
Stop
3
2
1
T2
Field Conversion
to Single-Phase, Add
Dotted Connections
T1
T2
“A”
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2
2
Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Contents
NEMA Size 1—BN15DN0AB
Description
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
V5-T2-4
2
V5-T2-10
2
V5-T2-16
V5-T2-16
V5-T2-17
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-38
V5-T2-48
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload
2
Product Description
2
Single-phase, full voltage
magnetic starters connect
the motor directly across the
line, allowing it to draw full
inrush current during start-up.
These starters are most
commonly used for control of
self-starting single-phase
motors up to 15 hp at 230V.
They consist of a two-pole
electromagnetic contactor to
make and break the motor
power circuit and an overload
relay to provide running
overload protection. Starters
listed in the table include:
●
Two-pole Freedom Series
contactor with long life
twin break, silver cadmium
oxide contacts. Generously
sized for low resistance
and cool operation.
Designed to 3 million
electrical operations
at maximum hp and
30 million mechanical
operations to Size 0,
10 million operations
to Size 2 and 6 million
operations to Size 3
●
●
●
Three-pole Freedom Series
overload with poles two
and three wired in series
for motor overload
protection. This overload
is ambient compensated,
selectable manual or
automatic reset,
interchangeable Class 10 or
20 heater packs, 1.0
or 1.15 service factor
selectability, overload trip
indication and electrically
isolated NO-NC contacts
(pull RESET button to test)
Holding circuit NO auxiliary
contact supplied as
standard. On Size 00, the
contact occupies the 4th
power pole position. Sizes
0–3 have the NO auxiliary
mounted on the right side
of the contactor
Steel mounting plate as
standard on all open type
starters. Wired for separate
or common control
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-15
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Product Selection
2
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number
●
Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T2-40 to V5-T2-42) or full load current
2
2
Type BN16 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay
BN16DM0AB
2
Maximum Horsepower
NEMA
Size
2
00
2
0
2
Motor Voltage
1
2
1P
2
2
2
Single-Phase
Open Type Two-Pole
Magnet Coil Voltage
(60 Hz)
Catalog Number
1
BN16AN0AC
115
1/3
120
230
1
240
BN16AN0BC
115
1
120 1
BN16BN0AC
230
2
240
BN16BN0BC
115
2
120 1
BN16DN0AB
230
3
240
BN16DN0BB
115
3
120 1
BN16PN0AB
230
5
240
BN16PN0BB
115
3
120 1
BN16GN0AB
230
7-1/2
240
BN16GN0BB
115
7-1/2
120 1
BN16KN0A
230
15
240
BN16KN0B
2
3
2
Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-40 to V5-T2-42.
Note
1 For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
2
2
Wiring Diagrams
2
Single-Phase Applications (Factory Wired)
2
1
L1
2
1
2
AC Lines
A1
A2
T2
2/13
Single-Phase Motor
3/14
OL
2
2/T1 4/T2
T1
2
6/T3
97
96
Reset
95
T2
4
Separate Control
Remove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate control
lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device
and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay.
2
START
3/14
1
98
2
2
T1
M
2
2
“C”
3
L2
STOP
Two-Wire Control
Three-Wire Control
When more than
one pushbutton
station is used,
omit Connector “A”
and connect per
sketch at right.
START “A” START
STOP
Front View of Panel
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
3/14
2/13
1
Not for Use with
Auto Reset OL Relays
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
STOP
3/14
2/13
1
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Non-Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type
2
G
A
G
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
G
F
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
A Top A
U Mtd. U
X Aux. X
A
G
CL
C
A Top A
U Mtd. U
X Aux. X
B
E
2
F
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
C
2
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
0.13
(3.3)
Auxiliary
Contacts
CL
2
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws
2
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 1–2
D
2
A
G
2
B
E
C
A
2
C
C
2
Aux.
Aux.
Cont.
D
A
2
E
B
E
B
B
E
2
2
D
Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 4
Size 3
A
2
Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws
Size 5
D
2
C
2
A
C
2
B
E
E
Mtg. Holes for (4)
3/8-16 Screws
B
2
2
Mtg. Holes for
1/2-13 Screws
D
D
2
2
Sizes 7–8
2
Size 6
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA
Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
F
G
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
00–0
1.80 (45.7)
6.60 (167.6)
3.52 (89.4)
—
6.07 (154.2)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
2.2 (1.0)
2
2
1–1P
2.56 (65.0)
7.08 (179.8)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
6.63 (168.4)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
4.5 (2.0)
2
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.2)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
7.63 (193.8)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
4.7 (2.1)
3
4.08 (103.6)
11.35 (288.3)
5.94 (150.9)
3.00 (76.2)
10.81 (274.6)
—
—
11.0 (5.0)
4
7.05 (179.1)
12.06 (306.3)
7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
5
7.00 (177.8)
17.77 (451.4)
7.76 (197.1)
6.00 (152.4)
16.00 (406.4)
—
—
36.0 (16.3)
6
9.47 (240.5)
21.69 (550.9)
9.90 (251.5)
3.10 (78.7)
18.00 (457.2)
—
—
75.0 (34.1)
7
15.13 (384.3)
29.13 (739.9)
12.64 (321.1)
13.25 (336.6)
21.25 (539.8)
—
—
120.0 (54.5)
8
15.13 (384.3)
34.50 (876.3)
15.00 (381.0)
13.25 (336.6)
16.75 (425.5)
—
—
210.0 (95.3)
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position—no increase in width.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
2
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-17
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type
A
2
C
CL
2
G
2
G
A
F
C
B
E
2
A
U
X
2
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
CL
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B
E
2
D
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
Size 3
b
2
D
.13
(3.3)
2
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
Sizes 00 – 2
A
C
2
2
E
2
A
D
2
B
C
2
Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
D
2
Sizes 4 – 5
E
B
E1
2
A
C
2
E
2
Mtg. Holes for (6)
3/8-16 Screws
Size 6
D1
2
D
2
B
Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
D
Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
2
NEMA
Size
2
00–0
4.20 (106.7)
7.38 (187.5)
3.52 (89.4)
3.50 (88.9)
6.87 (174.5)
—
—
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7
3.6 (1.6)
1
5.71 (145.0)
7.08 (179.8)
4.44 (112.8)
5.25 (133.4)
5.75 (146.1)
—
—
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
8.3 (3.8)
2
2
5.71 (145.0)
8.08 (205.2)
4.44 (112.8)
5.25 (133.4
6.75 (171.5)
—
—
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
8.5 (3.9)
3
8.70 (221.0)
11.35 (288.3)
5.94 (150.9)
7.00 (177.8)
10.81 (274.6)
—
—
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
4
14.68 (372.9)
12.06 (306.3)
7.25 (184.2)
13.50 (342.9)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
—
—
49.0 (22.2)
2
5
14.50 (368.3)
17.77 (451.4)
7.76 (197.1)
13.50 (342.9)
16.00 (406.4)
—
—
—
—
68.0 (30.9)
6
19.77 (502.2)
22.63 (574.8)
9.90 (251.5)
18.00 (457.2)
12.00 (304.8)
3.10 (78.7)
18.00 (457.2)
—
—
90.0 (40.9)
2
7
28.06 (712.7)
32.13 (816.1) 1
12.70 (322.6)
12.75 (323.9)
21.25 (539.8)
—
—
—
—
175.0 (79.5)
8
30.38 (771.7)
41.50 (1054.1) 1
14.70 (373.4)
14.13 (358.9)
16.75 (425.5)
—
—
—
—
430.0 (195.2)
2
2
2
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
D1
E1
Notes
1 Includes cross wiring overhang.
2 See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.
V5-T2-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
F
G
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Reversing Starters—Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN56V Open Vertical Starter
2
A
C
F
A
F
2
C
2
2
2
B
E
2
B
E
2
2
2
D
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Size 0
D
2
Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Sizes 1 – 2
2
2
2
F
A
F
C
F
A
2
C
F
2
2
E
E
B
2
B
2
2
2
D
D
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 3
2
Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
NEMA Size 4
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA
Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
Wide
D
Mounting
HIgh
E
Wire Zone
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
0
4.25 (108.0)
12.05 (306.1)
3.84 (97.5)
2.00 (50.8)
11.50 (292.1)
—
4.0 (1.8)
1
4.25 (108.0)
12.05 (306.1)
3.86 (98.0)
2.00 (50.8)
11.50 (292.1)
1.00 (25.4)
9.0 (4.1)
2
2
4.25 (108.0)
12.05 (306.1)
3.86 (98.0)
2.00 (50.8)
11.50 (292.1)
1.00 (25.4)
9.5 (4.3)
3
9.25 (235.0)
16.75 (425.5)
5.18 (131.6)
7.15 (181.6)
16.07 (408.2)
1
21.0 (9.5)
4
9.08 (230.6)
19.84 (503.9)
5.18 (131.6)
8.00 (203.2)
18.51 (470.2)
1.50 (38.1)
50.0 (22.7)
2
2
2
Note
1 Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-19
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN700 Open Vertical Starter
2
2
2
A
E
B
C
D
a
E
Size “1 – 2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
C
A
2
A
F
C
D
E
B
D
Size “4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
2
A
c
F
Size “5” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
A
F
C
E
a
B
C
D
E
a
B
E
F
E
2
d
2
C
A
C
2
2
D
Size “2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
Size “1” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
A
B
D
a
Size “0” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
2
2
C
A
F
2
2
B
E
c
2
2
D
Size “3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
b
F
B
D
a
2
2
B
E
Size “0” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
2
C
A
F
F
2
2
C
A
F
E
B
F
D
Size “3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
D
B
햶
Size “4” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA
Size
Wide
A
High
B
Mounting
Wide
D
Deep
C
Mounting
High
E
Wire
Zone F
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
Two-Speed—Selective Control—Separate Winding
2
0
5.19 (132)
7.38 (188)
3.52 (89)
3.50 (89)
6.87 (175)
0.89 (23)
4.5 (2.0)
1
5.66 (144)
7.08 (180)
4.42 (112)
5.25 (133)
5.75 (146)
1.23 (31)
9.0 (4.1)
2
2
5.66 (144)
8.08 (205)
4.42 (112)
5.25 (133)
6.75 (165)
1.63 (41)
10.0 (4.5)
3
8.72 (221)
11.35 (288)
5.89 (150)
7.00 (178)
10.81 (275)
1.77 (45)
24.0 (10.9)
2
4
14.68 (373)
12.06 (306)
7.25 (184)
13.50 (343)
8.50 (216)
1.95 (50)
53.0 (24.1)
5
14.50 (368)
17.82 (453)
7.76 (197)
13.50 (343)
16.00 (406)
4.56 (116)
73.0 (33.1)
2
Two-Speed—Selective Control—Reconnectable Winding
0
8.62 (219)
7.06 (179)
3.82 (81)
6.62 (168)
6.50 (165)
0.50 (13)
6.0 (2.7)
2
1
8.97 (228)
7.12 (181)
4.72 (120)
6.62 (168)
6.50 (165)
1.04 (26)
10.0 (4.5)
2
8.90 (226)
8.62 (219)
4.75 (121)
8.40 (213)
8.12 (206)
1.03 (26)
11.0 (5.0)
2
3
16.00 (406)
13.46 (342)
6.38 (162)
15.00 (381)
12.25 (311)
1.24 (31)
31.0 (14.1)
4
15.46 (393)
31.00 (787)
7.74 (197)
13.50 (343)
30.00 (762)
1.84 (47)
72.0 (32.7)
2
2
Notes
1 Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws.
2 Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws.
V5-T2-20
3
4
Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws.
Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
5
Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Accessories
IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2
Field mount to Freedom
Series starters and contactors.
Designed to save space and
2
Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit
reduce installation costs. They
provide short circuit protection
for branch circuits.
Mechanical interlocks and
reversing kits are designed
for field assembly of
reversing contactors or
starters from Freedom Series
components. The reversing
kits include a mechanical
interlock, stabilizer bar and
a pre-cut, trimmed and
formed wire set. Auxiliary
contacts, if required, must
be ordered separately. See
Pages V5-T2-25 and
V5-T2-26.
Fuse Block Kits
Mounted Fuse
Block Kit
Fuse Type
Catalog Number
Class H—30A 250V
C350KH21
Class R—30A 250V
C350KR21
Class G—15A 300V
Mechanical Interlock Only
C321KM60B
C350KG37
IEC Size
Contactor
Mounting
Catalog
Number
Class G—20A 300V
C350KG38
00–2
A–K
Horizontal
C321KM60B
Class G—30A 300V
C350KG31
3
L–N
Horizontal
C321KM30
Class G— 60A 300V
C350KG32
3 to 4
N to P
Horizontal
C321KM43
Class T— 30A 300V
C350KT31
Class T— 60A 300V
C350KT32
Class J—30A 600V
Class J—60A 600V
4
P–S
Horizontal
C321KM40
4 to 5
—
Horizontal
C321KM45
C350KJ61
4 to 6
S to T/U
Horizontal
C321KM80
C350KJ62
5
—
Horizontal
C321KM50
Type M—30A 600V 1
C350KM61
5 to 6
—
Horizontal
C321KM56
Class CC—30A 600V
C350KC63
6
T and U
Horizontal
C321KM70
Class T—30A 600V
C350KT61
6 to 7
T/U to V–X
Horizontal
C321KM90
Class T—60A 600V
C350KT62
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit
D
A
7
V, W and X
Horizontal
C321KM34
4 or 5 to 5
P–S to 5
Vertical
C321KM55
5 to 6
—
Vertical
C321KM65
6
T and U
Vertical
C321KM66
6 to 7
T/U to V–X
Vertical
C321KM67
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
C
B
Mounting
Plate
Fuse Block
2
2
Application
Wire Set
2
2
23
NEMA
Size
Part No. 23-7165
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor
Mounting Only)
2
Application
2
NEMA
Size
IEC Size
Catalog
Number
00
A–C
C321KM60K14B
0
D–F
C321KM60K13B
1
—
C321KM60K15B
Class
Amperes
Volts
Wide A
High B
Deep C
D
2
G–K
C321KM60K16B
G
15, 20, 30
60
300
2.40 (61.0)
3.00 (76.2)
2.04 (51.8)
—
3
—
C321KM60K17 4
300
2.62 (66.5)
4.25 (108.0)
2.08 (52.8)
—
—
L and M
C321KM60K21 4
H
30
250
3.00 (76.2)
3.10 (78.7)
2.23 (56.6)
3.62 (91.9)
—
N
C321KM60K18
J
30, 60
600
4.81 (122.2)
4.12 (104.6)
2.82 (71.6)
—
4
—
C321KM60K19 4
4
M, CC
30
600
2.40 (61.0)
3.00 (76.2)
2.04 (51.8)
—
5
—
C321KM60K20 4
R
30
250
3.00 (76.2)
3.10 (78.7)
2.23 (56.6)
3.62 (91.9)
—
P–S
C321KM60K44 4
T
30, 60
300
3.44 (87.4)
3.00 (76.2)
2.33 (59.2)
—
30
600
3.75 (95.3)
3.31 (84.1)
2.26 (57.4)
—
60
600
4.87 (123.7)
3.00 (76.2)
2.58 (65.5)
—
Notes
1 Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
2 Without cross-wiring.
3 For use with latest series product.
4 Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-21
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Solid-State Timers
2
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer—Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA
00–2, IEC A–K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame
This timer is designed to be
ON DELAY timing function
wired in series with the
starts. At the completion of
load (typically a coil). When
the set timing period, timer
the START button is pushed
and series wired load will
(power applied to timer), the
both be energized.
2
2
Pneumatic Timers—Top Mounted
2
2
Solid-State Timer
Pneumatic Timers
Mounted Timer Product Selection
Timing Range
Catalog
Number 123
0.1–1.0 seconds
C320TDN1_
2
1–30 seconds
C320TDN30_
2
30–300 seconds
C320TDN300_
5–30 minutes
C320TDN3000_ 4
2
2
2
2
Attachment mounts on top of
any NEMA Size 00–2 or IEC
Size A–K Freedom Series
starter or contactor (top
mounted auxiliary contacts
cannot be installed on device
when timer is used). Timer
unit has 1NO-1NC isolated
timed contacts—circuits in
each pole must be the same
polarity. Units are convertible
from OFF to ON DELAY or
vice-versa.
Pneumatic Timers
Timing Range
Catalog
Number
0.1 to 30 seconds
C320TP1
10 to 180 seconds
C320TP2
Maximum Ampere Ratings
Vac
Shorting Bar Kits
These kits provide phase-tophase power connections of
contactors for field assembly.
The kits include bus
connections and mounting
hardware. The shorting bars
connect all three phases of a
single contactor.
2
2
Shorting Bar Kits
2
Description
Catalog
Number
NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L–N
C321SB18
NEMA Size 4, IEC Sizes A–S
C321SB19
NEMA Size 6, IEC Sizes T and U
C321SB22
2
2
Description
120
240
480
Make
30
15
7.5
6
Break
3
1.5
0.75
0.6
Locking Cover for Overload Relay—C306 Only
Snap-on transparent or
opaque plastic panel for
covering access port to the
overload relay trip setting
Locking Cover for
Overlay Relay
dial—helps prevent accidental
or unauthorized changes to
trip and reset setting.
Locking Cover for Overlay Relay
Min. Ordering
Quantity (Std. Pkg.)
Catalog
Number
Clear cover, no
accessibility
50
C320PC3
Gray cover, no
accessibility, with
Auto only nib
50
C320PC4
Gray cover, no
accessibility, with
Manual only nib
50
C320PC5
50
Gray cover with FLA dial
accessibility, A, B, C, D
positions and Auto only nib
C320PC6
Gray cover with FLA dial
accessibility, A, B, C, D
positions and Manual
only nib
C320PC7
Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
50
Notes
1 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number.
A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
2 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
3 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
4 240V operating voltage not available for C320TDN3000_.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
600
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Identification Markers
IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2
Designed to snap on the face
of contactor for easy,
personalized identification of
DIN Rail Mounting Channel—35 mm
individual devices. Includes
holder and labels.
DIN Rail
Catalog Number
Identification marker
C320DL2
2
2
Identification Markers
Description
2
Designed for DIN rail
mounting of IEC style
contactors and starters.
DIN Rail
Description
Catalog Number
1 meter length
MC382MA1
2
2
2
2
Finger Protection Shields
Control Circuit Fuse Block
These panel mounted
fuse holders, designed for
control circuit protection or
other similar low current
requirements, have extractor
type fuse caps. The Class CC
rejection type fuses (KTK-R)
used in these holders are
intended for use with
Control Circuit
Fuse Block
equipment designated as
being suitable for use on
systems having high available
fault currents. If branch
circuit protective device is
45A or greater, C320FBR
fuse kit may be required for
control circuit protection per
NEC 430-72.
Snap-on shields for both
contactors and starters
provide IEC Type IP20 finger
protection. Prevents
accidental contact with
line/load terminals.
2
2
2
Finger Protection Shields
2
Application
Catalog Number
NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes A–C
C320LS1
NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes D–F
C320LS2
2
Contactors
C320LS3
2
Control Circuit Fuse Block
Reversing contactors
C320LS4
2
Type
Max. Amperes
Catalog Number
NEMA Size 1
Fuse holder only
15
C320FB 1
Starters
C320LS5
2
Reversing starters
C320LS6
2
Starters
C320LS7
Reversing starters
C320LS8
2
30
C320FBR
NEMA Sizes 1–2, IEC Sizes G–K
2
NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K
2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount
1.88 (47.8)
1.25 (31.8)
0.97
(24.6)
0.88 1.19
(22.4) (30.2)
NEMA 1–2 and IEC G–K Contactors
Designed to allow DIN rail
mounting of NEMA 1–2 and
IEC G–K contactors. Includes
all hardware required to
convert contactors from
panel mounting to 35 mm
DIN rail mounting.
2
2
Fuse
2
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount
Catalog Number
2
C320DN65
2.06
(52.3)
2
2
Notes
1 A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R
(13/32 in x 1-1/2 in) fuse, 600V maximum.
2 Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-23
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Transient Suppressor Kits
2
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
These kits limit high voltage
transients produced in the
control circuit when power is
removed from the contactor
or starter coil. There are three
separate suppressors for use
on 24–120V, 208–240V or
277–480V coils respectively.
2
2
2
Adhesive Dust Cover
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
These adhesive stickers
come 25 to a package and
provide extra protection from
contaminants when applied
to the sides of Freedom
NEMA Sizes 00–2 and IEC
These devices mount directly
to the coil terminals of
Freedom Series contactors
or starters NEMA Sizes 00–2,
IEC Sizes A–K and lighting
contactors 10–60A.
Reversing devices will
require two.
2
2
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
C320TS2
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
Description
2
Transient suppressor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Sizes A–K. Adhesive covers
are easily applied to side
opening where auxiliaries
are not installed and provide
extra protection from metal
filings and other debris.
NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S
This device mounts on top
of any side mounted auxiliary
contact on Freedom Series
NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes
L–S and lighting contactors
100–300A. It connects across
coil terminals on any 120V
contactor or starter magnet
C320AS1
2
Coil
Voltage 1
Catalog
Number
24/120V
C320TS1
208/240V
C320TS2
277/480V
C320TS3
Description
Catalog Number
25 to a package
C320DSTCVR
coil (reversing starters or
contactors require 2).
Limits high voltage
transients produced in
the circuit when power is
removed from the coil.
NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S
Description
Coil
Voltage
Catalog
Number
Transient suppressor
120V
C320AS1
2
2
2
Add-On Power Pole Kit 2
2
NEMA Sizes 00–0, IEC Sizes A–F
This device mounts on the
side of Freedom NEMA Size
00–0 and IEC Sizes A–F
contactors. One unit can be
mounted on each side and
2
2
2
carries UL, cUL and IEC
ratings. The device is rated
for resistive, inductive and
lighting applications.
NEMA Sizes 00–0, IEC Sizes A–F
2
UL Ampere Rating
2
Inductive
600V
Resistive
600V
115V
2
15
20
1/2
2
2
IEC 947 Ampere Rating
Horsepower Single-Phase
230V
Locked
Rotor
240V
Lighting Ballast
Tungsten
480V
AC-1
600V
AC-3
600V
AC-5a
AC-5b
480V
1NO Power Pole
Catalog
Number
2
96
20
20
12
18
C320PPD10
Notes
1 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
2 Power pole kits sold for replacement purposes only. For new applications, order the correct
four-pole and five-pole contactor catalog numbers.
V5-T2-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Auxiliary Contacts
2
Contact Configuration Code
This two-digit code is found
on the auxiliary contact to
assist in identifying the
specific contact configuration.
The first digit indicates the
quantity of NO contacts and
the second indicates the
quantity of NC contacts.
NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K
The auxiliary contacts listed
on this page are designed
for installation on Freedom
Series starters and
contactors. Snap-on
design facilitates quick,
easy installation.
2
These bifurcated design
contact blocks, featuring
silver cadmium alloy
contacts, are well suited
for use in very low energy
(logic level) circuits.
2
2
2
2
NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K 1
Side Mounted
Top Mounted
2
Contact
Configuration Code 2
Catalog Number
1NO
10
C320KGS1
1NC
01
C320KGS2
1NO-1NC
11
C320KGS3
2NO
20
C320KGS4
2NC
02
C320KGS5
1NO-1NCI
N/A
C320KGS6
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
N/A
C320KGS7
1NCI
N/A
C320KGS8
2
1NO
10
C320KGT1
1NC
01
C320KGT2
2
1NO-1NC
11
C320KGT3
2NO
20
C320KGT4
2NC
02
C320KGT5
1NO-1NCI
N/A
C320KGT6
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
N/A
C320KGT7
1NCI
N/A
C320KGT8
3NO
30
C320KGT9
2NO-1NC
21
C320KGT10
1NO-2NC
12
C320KGT11
3NC
03
C320KGT12
4NO
40
C320KGT13
3NO-1NC
31
C320KGT14
2NO-2NC
22
C320KGT15
1NO-3NC
13
C320KGT16
4NC
04
C320KGT17
3NO-1NCI
N/A
C320KGT18
2NO-1NCI-1NC
N/A
C320KGT19
2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
N/A
C320KGT20
1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
N/A
C320KGT21
Description
2
Side Mounted
2
2
2
2
Top Mounted
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.
2 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-25
2.1
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
NEMA Sizes 3–8—IEC Sizes L–Z
C320KGS42
2
2
2
2
Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)
Base Auxiliary Contacts—
NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S
Ratings—NEMA A600
AC Volts
120V
240V
480V
600V
Make
60
30
15
12
Circuit
NEMA Sizes 4–5
IEC Sizes P–S
Catalog
Number
Current
Contact
Configuration
Code 1
NEMA Size 3
IEC Sizes L –N
Catalog
Number
Break
6
3
1.5
1
NO
10
C320KGS31
C320KGS41
Continuous
10
10
10
10
NO-NC
11
C320KGS32
C320KGS42
Ratings—NEMA P300
2
2
Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A
C320KGS22
2
Auxiliary Contacts—NEMA Sizes 3–5,
IEC Sizes L–S
DC Volts
Make/Break Amperes
125
1.10
250
0.55
Circuit
Contact
Configuration Code 1
Catalog
Number
2
NO
10
C320KGS20
NC
01
C320KGS21
Ratings—Logic Level
2
NO-NC 2
11
C320KGS22
Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application
2
NO
Sealed Logic Level
2
10
C320KGS20L
NC
01
C320KGS21L
NO-NC 3
11
C320KGS22L
Minimum Amperes
20 mA
Minimum Volts
24 Vac/Vdc
Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L
2
DC-12
Auxiliary Contacts—NEMA Sizes 6–8,
IEC Sizes T–Z
2
2
Circuit
2
2
Contact
Configuration
Code 1
Size
Catalog
Number
NO-NC
11
NEMA 8, IEC Z
C320KA5
2NO-2NC
22
NEMA 6–7
C320KA6
2NO-2NC
22
IEC T–X
C320KA8
AC-12
Ue
Ie
Ue
Ie
80
0.1
250
0.1
Notes
1 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
2 NO-NC occupies two position—L2 and L3, or R2 and R3. See figure on Page V5-T2-27.
3 Form C contacts.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Auxiliary Contact Location
2
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
The sketches below illustrate
the maximum number of
auxiliary contacts that can be
assembled to a contactor or
starter and their locations.
NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC Sizes L–Z
The sketches below illustrate
the maximum number of
auxiliary contacts that can be
assembled to a contactor and
their locations.
Note: A base auxiliary contact
must be added in position R1
before additional auxiliary
contacts can be mounted on
NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes L–N,
or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4–5 and
IEC Sizes P–S.
Auxiliary Contacts
Available Mounting Positions 12
Size
Poles
Open Type
Enclosed
Catalog
Number
A–K
3
T1, L1
L1
AE16
00
3
T1, L1, R1
L1
0–2
3
T1, L1
L1
AN16
A–K
3
L1, R1
L1, R1
AE56
00–2
3
T1, T2
—
AN56
A–C
2–4
T1, L1, R1
L1, R1
CE15
D–K
3
T1, L1
L1
G–J
4
T1, R1
—
G–J
5
T1
—
00
2–4
T1, L1, R1
L1
0–2
2–3
T1, L1
L1
1, 2
4
T1, L1
—
1, 2
5
T1, L1
—
10A
2–4
T1, L1, R1
L1
20–60A
2–3
T1, L1
L1
Available Mounting Positions 1
NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L–N
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
NEMA Sizes 4–5, IEC Sizes P–S
L2, L3, R1, R2, R3
NEMA Sizes 6–7, IEC Sizes T–X
R1
NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z
L2, R2
L1
2
2
Rear
L3
R3
Base Aux. Aux.
Aux. Cont. Cont.
Cont.
R2
Front
of Contactor
2
R1
Aux. Aux. Base
Cont. Cont. Aux.
Cont.
Left Side
of Contactor
Right Side
of Contactor
4
T1, L1
—
60A
5
T1, L1
—
A–K
3
L1, R1
L1, R1
CE55
00–2
3
T1, T2
—
CN55
2
2
L1
R1
L1
2
2
2
Auxiliary Contact Location
L1
2
2
NEMA Sizes 3–5
IEC Sizes L–S
60A
2
2
Rear
CN35
L2
2
2
Auxiliary Contact Location
CN15
2
2
Mounting Positions
Size
2
R1
2
2
NEMA Sizes 6–7
IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X
R1
2
T1
T1
T1
L1
R1
2
L2
R2
2
Top View
Top View
L1
2
T2
R1
L1
T1
T2
Front View
Front View
Non-Reversing
Contactors and Starters
Reversing
Contactors and Starters
2
NEMA Size 8
IEC Size Z
R1
Notes
1 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
2 When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact
positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary
contact position.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-27
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
DC Magnet Coils
2
When Ordering Specify
Conversion Kit for
Field Assembly
2
2
2
●
Factory Installed DC Coil
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Catalog number
For factory installed DC
magnet coil on AC
contactors or noncombination starters (open
type only), substitute the
code suffix from the table
on this page for the
magnet coil identifier in
the device catalog number.
EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC
contactor with a 24 Vdc
coil, change AN16BN0AC
to AN16BN0T1C
Application
●
Connect for separate
control
●
Not for use with cover
control switch operators
●
Use twin break, heavyduty pilot devices
●
Designed for +10%, –20%
rated voltage, continuous
duty operation
Non-Reversing Kit Consists of:
●
One encapsulated DC
magnet coil
●
One NCI or NO/NCI side
mounted auxiliary contact
Note: These kits are supplied
with a NO/NCI side mounted
auxiliary contact in place of the
NCI contact.
●
●
Two blue colored
connection wires
One instruction publication
Operation
See next page for operation
details.
2
DC Magnet Coils
Conversion Data
Contactor or
Starter Size
NEMA
Magnet Coil
IEC
Volts
Coil
Number
Amps
P.U./Seal
Watts
P.U./Seal
NCI
Interlock
Factory
Installed
Catalog
Number
Ship Wt.
Lbs (kg)
Code
Suffix
1.0 (0.5)
Non-Reversing—Kit Includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact
00 and 0
CN35–A, B, D
D15 Relays
1
A–F
A–F
00 and 0
CN35–A, B, D
D15 Relays
1 and 2
CN35–G
3
CN35–K
4 and 5
CN35–N, S
G–K
L–N
P–S
12
9-2988-11
6.4/0.28
76.8/3.36
C320KGD1
C335KD3R1
24
9-2988-12
3.2/0.14
76.8/3.36
C320KGD1
C335KD3T1
R1
T1
48
9-2988-13
1.6/0.07
76.8/3.36
C320KGD1
C335KD3W1
W1
120
9-2988-14
0.64/0.028
76.8/3.36
C320KGD1
C335KD3A1
A1
12
9-2988-11
6.4/0.28
76.8/3.36
C320KGD2 1
C335KD3R4
24
9-2988-12
3.2/0.14
76.8/3.36
C320KGD2 1
C335KD3T4
48
9-2988-13
1.6/0.07
76.8/3.36
C320KGD2 1
C335KD3W4
W4
120
9-2988-14
0.64/0.028
76.8/3.36
C320KGD2 1
C335KD3A4
A4
12
9-2990-1
15.4/0.42
185/4.98
C320KGD5
C335KD4R4
24
9-2990-2
7.7/0.021
185/4.96
C320KGD5
C335KD4T4
1.0 (0.5)
R4
T4
1.0 (0.5)
R4
T4
48
9-2990-3
3.9/0.11
185/5.04
C320KGD5
C335KD4W4
W4
120
9-2990-4
1.5/0.041
185/4.87
C320KGD5
C335KD4A4
A4
12
9-3002-1
24/0.40
293/4.84
C320KGD3
C335KD5R1
24
9-3002-2
12/0.20
288/4.75
C320KGD3
C335KD5T1
2.0 (0.9)
R1
T1
48
9-3002-3
6.1/0.097
295/4.67
C320KGD3
C335KD5W1
W1
120
9-3002-4
2.5/0.038
298/4.57
C320KGD3
C335KD5A1
A1
24
9-2026-4
18/0.22
400/5.3
C320KGD3
C335KA3T1
48
9-2026-3
9/0.11
400/5.2
C320KGD3
C335KA3W1
W1B
120
9-2026-2
3.3/0.05
450/5.4
C320KGD3
C335KA3A1
A1B
2.5 (1.1)
T1B
240
9-2026-1
1.7/0.02
440/4.9
C320KGD3
C335KA3B1
B1B
12
(2) 9-2988-1
6.4/0.28
76.8/3.36
(2) C320KGD1
C335RD3R1 2
(2) C320KGD1
2
Reversing
00 and 0
CN35–A, B, D
D15 relays
A–F
24
48
120
1 and 2
CN35–G
G–K
(2) 9-2988-2
(2) 9-2988-3
(2) 9-2988-4
3.2/0.14
1.6/0.07
0.64/0.028
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
76.8/3.36
(2) C320KGD1
C335RD3T1
C335RD3W1
(2) C320KGD1
C335RD3A1
1.0 (0.5)
R1 3
T1 3
2
W1 3
2
A1 3
12
(2) 9-2990-1
15.4/0.42
185/4.98
(2) C320KGD3
4
24
(2) 9-2990-2
7.7/0.21
185/4.96
(2) C320KGD3
4
T1 3
48
(2) 9-2990-3
3.9/0.11
185/5.04
(2) C320KGD3
4
W1 3
120
(2) 9-2990-4
1.5/0.041
185/4.87
(2) C320KGD3
4
A1 3
—
R1 3
Notes
1 These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
2 Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.
3 Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical
interlocking. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.
4 Available factory assembled only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-28
Complete Conversion Kit
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Operation
These DC coil kits have
separate pick-up and seal
windings. A special (side
mounted) early-break NCI
auxiliary contact is used to
either disconnect the pick-up
winding or insert the seal
winding in series with the
pick-up winding, depending
on the frame size of the
contactor. DC coil kits come
in two styles, a suffix 1 and a
suffix 4. Suffix 1 contains only
the special (side mounted)
early break NCI auxiliary
contact. Suffix 4 contains
a NO contact in the same
package as the special
(side mounted) early-break
NCI auxiliary contact.
Competitive Mounting Plates
may utilize either suffix 1 or 4 DC
coil kits; starters may utilize suffix
4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA
Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes G–K,
both contactors and starters may
utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only.
On the above sizes only,
when the special auxiliary
package is mounted on the
side of a contactor or starter,
no standard auxiliary contact
may be mounted on the
same side.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 3–5 and
IEC Sizes L–S, special coil NCI
clearing contact is an add-on
auxiliary (must mount on a base
mount auxiliary contact; normally
a 1NO). This arrangement will
normally account for two of the
three contact positions on the
side of each contactor or starter.
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0
and IEC Sizes A–F, contactors
Elementary Diagrams
A1
2.1
The C321 adapter plates
permit direct replacement of
competitive starters with
Freedom Series starters
without drilling and tapping
new mounting holes. AllenBradley 509, Eaton’s A10
C321CMP1
(adapter plate not required for
replacing A10 Starter Sizes 1,
4 and 5), Furnas 14, ESP100,
General Electric CR206,
CR306, Siemens SXL,
Square D 8536,
Westinghouse A200, B200.
Index Number 2
00, 0
C321CMP0
1
C321CMP1
2
C321CMP2
3
C321CMP3
4
C321CMP4
5
C321CMP5
3
2
2
2
Catalog Number
2
2
2
2
Note
1 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only.
2 Handling number only—does not appear on product. The handling number is stamped
on the carton label only.
2
2
2
A2
Hold
2
2
Competitive Mounting Plates
Freedom
NEMA Size
2
Pick-Up
2
NCI
2
2
3
2
a
NO
2
DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 1–3 and IEC Sizes G–N
Contactors and Starters
2
Important
Incoming DC must be connected
between A1 and Top A2 T erminal.
A1
2
A2 Top
2
Hold
2
a
2
NCI
2
3
Auxiliary
Contact
2
NO
Pick-Up
A2 Bottom
2
DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 and 5
and IEC Sizes A–F and P–S
Contactors and Starters
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-29
2.1
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Special Modifications
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CN55
Starter Size —NEMA
00
0
1/—
Addition or Special Feature
2
2
Extra auxiliary circuit, factory installed NO or NC—each contact 1
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Transient suppressor 1
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2
Power Circuit
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contactor/starter for ring lug capability—add Mod Code T16 to catalog number 2
(Power terminals only, control terminals as standard)
Standalone overload relays can not accept ring lugs on line side
5
6
7
8
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Factory Installed Dust Covers
Factory installed C320DSTCVR—add Mod Code -53 to catalog number 1
Renewal Parts
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15,
CN35 3 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 00, 0)
Description
NEMA Size 00
Series B1
Part No.
Series C1
Part No.
NEMA Size 0
Series B1
Part No.
Series C1
Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number
22177
22177
22177
22177
2
Two-pole
4
4
4
4
2
Three-pole
4
4
4
4
Four-pole
4
4
4
4
2
Five-pole
4
4
4
4
2
4
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Contact Kits
2
3
Control Circuit
Magnet Coils
Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
A
9-2875-1
9-2875-1
9-2876-1
9-2876-1
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
B
9-2875-2
9-2875-2
9-2876-2
9-2876-2
9-2876-3
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
C
9-2875-3
9-2875-3
9-2876-3
2
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
D
9-2875-4
9-2875-4
9-2876-4
9-2876-4
208V 60 Hz
E
9-2875-5
9-2875-5
9-2876-5
9-2876-5
2
277V 60 Hz
H
9-2875-12
9-2875-12
9-2876-12
9-2876-12
208/240V 60 Hz
J
9-2875-37
9-2875-37
9-2876-17
9-2876-17
240V 50 Hz
K
9-2875-11
9-2875-11
9-2876-11
9-2876-11
2
2
2
380–415V 50 Hz
L
9-2875-6
9-2875-6
9-2876-6
9-2876-6
380V 50 Hz
L
—
—
—
—
415V 50 Hz
M
—
—
—
—
550V 50 Hz
N
—
—
—
—
2
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz
T
9-2875-36
9-2875-36
9-2876-36
9-2876-36
24V 60 Hz
T
—
—
—
—
2
24V 50 Hz
U
9-2875-36
9-2875-36
9-2876-36
9-2876-36
32V 50 Hz
V
9-2875-16
9-2875-16
9-2876-16
9-2876-16
48V 60 Hz
W
9-2875-8
9-2875-8
9-2876-8
9-2876-8
48V 50 Hz
Y
9-2875-9
9-2875-9
9-2876-9
9-2876-9
2
2
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower magnet frame
4
4
4
4
2
Upper magnet frame
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
Notes
1 These modifications are generally available in kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for kit listings.
2 The T16 modifications are only available on C306 overloads and the following three-pole devices: CN15, CN55, AN16, AN56 and AN700 (separate winding only).
The 45 mm and 65 mm frames (NEMA Size 0–2) reversing devices (CN55B, CN55D, CN55G, AN56B, AN56D, AN56G, AN700 and AN700G) with the T16 modification
are supplied without crossover wires.
3 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
4 Replace with complete contactor.
V5-T2-30
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1
and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 1, 2)
NEMA Size 1
Series A1
2
NEMA Size 2
Series B1
Series A1
Series B1
NEMA Size 3
2
Description
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number
20861
22177
20861
22177
20426
Two-pole
6-65
6-65
6-65-7
6-65-7
6-43-5
Three-pole
6-65-2
6-65-2
6-65-8
6-65-8
6-43-6
Four-pole
6-65-9
6-65-9
6-65-15
6-65-15
—
Five-pole
6-65-10
6-65-10
6-65-16
6-65-16
—
2
2
2
2
Contact Kits
2
Magnet Coils
Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
A
9-3285-1
9-3285-1
9-3285-1
9-3285-1
9-2756-1 KIT
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
B
9-2703-2 KIT
9-2703-2 KIT
9-2703-2 KIT
9-2703-2 KIT
9-2756-2 KIT
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
C
9-2703-3 KIT
9-2703-3 KIT
9-2703-3 KIT
9-2703-3 KIT
9-2756-3 KIT
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
D
9-2703-4 KIT
9-2703-4 KIT
9-2703-4 KIT
9-2703-4 KIT
9-2756-4 KIT
208V 60 Hz
E
9-2703-9 KIT
9-2703-9 KIT
9-2703-9 KIT
9-2703-9 KIT
9-2756-5 KIT
277V 60 Hz
H
9-2703-7 KIT
9-2703-7 KIT
9-2703-7 KIT
9-2703-7 KIT
9-2756-9 KIT
208/240V 60 Hz
J
—
—
—
—
—
240V 50 Hz
K
9-2703-14 KIT
9-2703-14 KIT
9-2703-14 KIT
9-2703-14 KIT
9-2756-13 KIT
380–415V 50 Hz
L
9-2703-8 KIT
9-2703-8 KIT
9-2703-8 KIT
9-2703-8 KIT
—
380V 50 Hz
L
—
—
—
—
9-2756-12 KIT
415V 50 Hz
M
—
—
—
—
9-2756-8 KIT
550V 50 Hz
N
—
—
—
—
9-2756-14 KIT
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz
T
—
—
—
—
—
24V 60 Hz
T
9-2703-6 KIT
9-2703-6 KIT
9-2703-6 KIT
9-2703-6 KIT
9-2756-6 KIT
24V 50 Hz
U
9-2703-12 KIT
9-2703-12 KIT
9-2703-12 KIT
9-2703-12 KIT
9-2756-11 KIT
32V 50 Hz
V
9-2703-10 KIT
9-2703-10 KIT
9-2703-10 KIT
9-2703-10 KIT
9-2756-10 KIT
48V 60 Hz
W
9-2703-11 KIT
9-2703-11 KIT
9-2703-11 KIT
9-2703-11 KIT
9-2756-15 KIT
48V 50 Hz
Y
9-2703-13 KIT
9-2703-13 KIT
9-2703-13 KIT
9-2703-13 KIT
9-2756-7 KIT
2
Lower magnet frame
17-18200
17-18200
17-18200
17-18200 KIT
17-8955-2 KIT
2
Upper magnet frame
48-1936
48-1936
48-1936
48-1936 KIT
48-1902 KIT
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Magnet Frame Armature
2
Note
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-31
2.1
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55
Contactors and Starters (Size 4, 5, 6)
NEMA Size 4
2
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
Series A1
Series B1
Series A1
Series B1
Contactor and Starter
Series A1, Starter Series B1
Contactor and Starter
Series B1, Starter Series C1
2
Description
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
2
Renewal Parts Publication Number
20428
20428
20429
20429
20146
23349
Contact Kits
2
Two-pole
6-44
6-26
6-45
6-45
6-601-2
—
Three-pole
6-44-2
6-26-2
6-45-2
6-45-2
6-601
6-648
2
Magnet Coils
Coil Suffix
2
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
A
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-1 KIT
9-2698
9-3006
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
B
9-1891-2 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-2698-2
9-3006-2
2
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
C
9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-3 KIT
9-2698-3
9-3006-3
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
D
9-1891-4 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-2698-4
9-3006-4
2
208V 60 Hz
E
9-1891-13 KIT
9-1891-13 KIT
9-1891-13 KIT
9-1891-13 KIT
9-2698-5
—
277V 60 Hz
H
9-1891-26 KIT
9-1891-26 KIT
9-1891-26 KIT
9-1891-26 KIT
—
—
2
208/240V 60 Hz
J
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
240V 50 Hz
K
9-1891-20 KIT
9-1891-20 KIT
9-1891-20 KIT
9-1891-20 KIT
—
—
380–415V 50 Hz
L
—
—
—
—
9-2698-6
9-3006-7
2
380V 50 Hz
L
9-1891-14 KIT
9-1891-14 KIT
9-1891-14 KIT
9-1891-14 KIT
—
—
415V 50 Hz
M
9-1891-21 KIT
9-1891-21 KIT
9-1891-21 KIT
9-1891-21 KIT
—
—
2
550V 50 Hz
N
9-1891-8 KIT
9-1891-8 KIT
9-1891-8 KIT
9-1891-8 KIT
—
—
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz
T
—
—
—
—
—
9-3006-8
2
24V 60 Hz
T
9-1891-15 KIT
9-1891-15 KIT
9-1891-15 KIT
9-1891-15 KIT
—
—
2
24V 50 Hz
U
9-1891-16 KIT
9-1891-16 KIT
9-1891-16 KIT
9-1891-16 KIT
—
—
48V 60 Hz
W
—
—
—
—
9-2698-8
9-3006-9
2
48V 50 Hz
Y
9-1891-18 KIT
9-1891-18 KIT
9-1891-18 KIT
9-1891-18 KIT
—
—
Overload Relays
2
For replacement on existing starters three-pole—ambient 10-6530-4
compensated bimetallic
10-6530-4
C306DN3B
C306DN3B
C306DN3B
C306DN3B
2
Current Transformer
—
—
42-3564
42-3564
42-3598
42-3598
2
Lower Magnet Frame
48-1030-2
48-1030-2
48-1030-2
48-1030-2
—
—
Upper Magnet Frame
48-1029-4
48-1029-4
48-1029-4
48-1029-4
—
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Magnet Frame Armature 2
Feeder Group Renewal 3
NEMA Size 4
NEMA Size 5
NEMA Size 6
Volts
Hertz
Series A1
Series B1
Series A1
Series B1
Contactor and Starter
Series A1, Starter Series B1
Contactor and Starter
Series B1, Starter Series C1
110–120
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705
9-3007
220–240
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-2
9-3007-2
440–480
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-3
9-3007-3
550–600
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-4
9-3007-4
208
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-5
9-3007-5
380–415
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-6
9-3007-7
48–52
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-8
9-3007-9
24
50/60
—
—
—
—
9-2705-9
9-3007-8
Notes
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
2 Consult factory.
3 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
V5-T2-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
2
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1
and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 7, 8)
NEMA Size 7
2
NEMA Size 8
2
Series A1
Series B1
Series A1
Series B1
Description
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number
20848
20848
20849
20849
2
—
—
—
—
2
6-613
6-613
6-571
6-571
2
9-2698
9-2698
9-2654
9-2654
2
Contact Kits
Two-pole
Three-pole
Magnet Coils
Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
A
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
B
9-2698-2
9-2698-2
9-2654-2
9-2654-2
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
C
9-2698-3
9-2698-3
9-2654-3
9-2654-3
2
2
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
D
9-2698-4
9-2698-4
9-2654-4
9-2654-4
208V 60 Hz
E
9-2698-5
9-2698-5
9-2654-6
9-2654-6
277V 60 Hz
H
—
—
—
—
208/240V 60 Hz
J
—
—
—
—
240V 50 Hz
K
—
—
—
—
380–415V 50 Hz
L
—
—
—
—
380V 50 Hz
L
9-2698-6
9-2698-6
9-2654-5
9-2654-5
415V 50 Hz
M
—
—
—
—
550V 50 Hz
N
—
—
—
—
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz
T
—
—
—
—
24V 60 Hz
T
—
—
—
—
24V 50 Hz
U
—
—
—
—
32V 50 Hz
V
—
—
—
—
48V 60 Hz
W
—
—
—
—
48V 50 Hz
Y
—
—
—
—
2
For replacement on existing starters three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic
C306DN3B
C306DN3B
C306DN3B
C306DN3B
2
Current Transformer
42-3598-2
42-3598-2
42-3598-3
42-3598-3
2
Lower magnet frame
—
—
—
—
Upper magnet frame
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Overload Relays
Magnet Frame Armature 2
2
Notes
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
2 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-33
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Feeder Group Renewal 1
2
Volts
Hertz
Series A1
Series B1
Series A1
Series B1
110–120
50/60
9-2705
9-2705
—
—
220–240
50/60
9-2705-2
9-2705-2
—
—
2
440–480
50/60
9-2705-3
9-2705-3
—
—
550–600
50/60
9-2705-4
9-2705-4
—
—
2
208
50/60
9-2705-5
9-2705-5
—
—
380–415
50/60
9-2705-6
9-2705-6
—
—
2
48–52
50/60
9-2705-8
9-2705-8
—
—
2
120
50/60
—
—
9-2664
9-2664
240
50/60
—
—
9-2664-2
9-2664-2
2
480
50/60
—
—
9-2664-3
9-2664-3
600
50/60
—
—
9-2664-4
9-2664-4
2
380
50/60
—
—
9-2664-5
9-2664-5
208
50/60
—
—
9-2664-6
9-2664-6
2
415
50/60
—
—
9-2664-7
9-2664-7
2
110
50/60
—
—
9-2664-8
9-2664-8
220
50/60
—
—
9-2664-9
9-2664-9
550
50/60
—
—
9-2664-10
9-2664-10
440
50/60
—
—
9-2664-11
9-2664-11
2
2
NEMA Size 7
NEMA Size 8
2
2
2
Technical Data and Specifications
2
All data is based on a standard
contactor with no auxiliary
devices and a 120 Vac or
24 Vdc magnet coil. Coil data
2
Coil Data Notes
has a ±5% range depending
on the application, therefore
specific data may vary.
2
P.U.
Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit
to main contact touch
2
D.O.
Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit
to main contact separation
2
Cold
Coil data with a cold coil
Hot
Coil data with a hot coil
2
2
Note
1 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-34
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Specifications—Sizes 00–3
2
Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15A
NEMA Size 00
CN15B
NEMA Size 0
CN15D
NEMA Size 1
CN15G
NEMA Size 2
CN15K
NEMA Size 3
2
Number of poles
2, 3, 4
2, 3
2, 3, 4, 5
2, 3, 4, 5
2, 3
2
Auxiliary contacts, standard
4th pole NO (1)
Side NO (1)
Side NO (1)
Side NO (1)
Side NO (1)
Add-on auxiliary contacts
Top (4) or side (4)
Top (4) or side (3)
Top (4) or side (3)
Top (4) or side (3)
Left side (4) or right side (3)
Frame size
45 mm
45 mm
65 mm
65 mm
90 mm
Maximum voltage rating
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
Continuous ampere ratings (I)
9A
18A
27A
45A
90A
Description
Configuration
2
2
2
2
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
Single-phase
2
115V
1/3
1
2
3
7-1/2
230V
1
2
3
7-1/2
15
2
200V
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
10
25
230V
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
30
2
460V
2
5
10
25
50
575V
2
5
10
25
50
85%
85%
85%
85%
85%
Three-phase
2
2
AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-up volts—cold
Pick-up volts—hot
85%
85%
85%
85%
85%
Pick-up voltamperes
80
100
230
230
390
Pick-up watts
49
65
95
95
112
Sealed voltamperes
7.5
10
28
28
49.8
Sealed watts
2.4
3.1
7.8
7.8
13
Drop-out volts—cold
75%
75%
75%
75%
75%
Drop-out volts—hot
75%
75%
75%
75%
75%
Maximum operation rate—ops/hour
12,000
12,000
12,000
12,000
7,200
2
2
2
2
2
2
Pick-up time (ms)
12
12
20
20
14
Drop-out time (ms)
12
12
14
14
11
Coil operating range % of rated voltage
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
2
DC magnet coil data
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
2
Operating temperature
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
Maximum operating altitude (ft)
6000
6000
6000
6000
6000
Mechanical life
20,000,000
20,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
6,000,000
AC-3
4,000,000
3,000,000
5,000,000
3,500,000
1,700,000
AC-4
90,000
85,000
200,000
62,000
80,000
2
Power terminals
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
8–16 stranded,
10–14 solid Cu
8–14 stranded or
solid Cu
2–14 (upper) and/or
6–14 (lower) stranded
or solid Cu
1/0–14 Cu
2
Control terminals
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
2
Power terminal torque
Line and load—lb-in
7
15
20
40 (14–8 AWG)
35 (14–10 AWG)
2
2
2
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
Wire Range
2
45 (6–4 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
50 (3 AWG)
45 (6–4 AWG)
2
50 (3–1/0 AWG)
Auxiliary contact rating
2
A600, P300
A600, P300
A600, P300
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
A600, P300
CA08100006E—August 2014
2
A600, P300
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-35
2.1
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Specifications—Sizes 4–8
Contactor Catalog Number/Size
CN15N
NEMA Size 4
Description
CN15S
NEMA Size 5
CN15T
NEMA Size 6
CN15U
NEMA Size 7
CN15V
NEMA Size 8
Configuration
Number of poles
2, 3
2, 3
3
3
3
2
Auxiliary contacts, standard
Side NO (1)
Side NO (1)
Top left 2NO/2NC (1)
Top left 2NO/2NC (1)
Side 2NO/NC (1)
2
Add-on auxiliary contacts
Left side (3) or right side (4)
Left side (3) or right side (4)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1)
Top right 2NO/2NC (1)
NO/NC (2)
Frame size
180 mm
180 mm
280 mm
280 mm
334 mm
2
Maximum voltage rating
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
Continuous ampere ratings (I)
135A
270A
540A
810A
1215A
2
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
115V
—
—
—
—
—
230V
—
—
—
—
—
200V
40
75
150
200
400
230V
50
100
200
300
450
460V
100
200
400
600
900
575V
100
200
400
600
900
2
2
2
2
2
Single-phase
Three-phase
AC Magnet Coil Data
2
Pick-up volts—cold
85%
85%
85%
85%
85%
Pick-up volts—hot
85%
85%
85%
85%
85%
2
Pick-up voltamperes
1158
1158
1600
1600
2450
Pick-up watts
240
240
1345
1345
2060
75
2
Sealed voltamperes
100
100
25
25
2
Sealed watts
27.2
27.2
22
22
60
Drop-out volts—cold
75%
75%
1
1
1
2
Drop-out volts—hot
75%
75%
1
1
1
Maximum operation rate—ops/hour
2400
2400
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
Pick-up time (ms)
28
25
105
105
70
2
2
2
Drop-out time (ms)
14
13
200
200
50
Coil operating range % of rated voltage
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
–15% to +10%
DC magnet coil data
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
For DC magnet coils (and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29.
Operating temperature
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
–20° to 65°C
2
Maximum operating altitude (ft)
6000
6000
6000
6,00
6000
Mechanical life
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
2
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)
AC-3
800,000
500,000
590,000
450,000
420,000
AC-4
70,000
34,000
7400
5000
4200
Power terminals
Open—3/0–8 Cu;
Enclosed—250 kcmil–
6 Cu/Al
750 kcmil—2 or
(2) 250 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
(3) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
(4) 750 kcmil–1/0 Cu/Al
2
Control Terminals
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu
2
Power terminal torque line and load—lb-in 200
550
550
550
500
Auxiliary contact rating
A600, P300
A600, P300
A600, P300
A600, P300
2
Note
1 20–30% of rated coil voltage.
2
2
Wire Range
2
A600, P300
2
V5-T2-36
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Electrical Life—AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
Life Load Curves
Eaton’s Freedom Series
NEMA contactors have been
designed and manufactured
for superior life performance
in any worldwide application.
All testing has been based on
requirements as found in
NEMA and UL standards and
conducted by Eaton. Actual
application life may vary
depending on environmental
conditions and application
duty cycle.
2
Utilization Categories
The International
Electrotechnical Commission
(IEC) has developed utilization
categories for contactors and
auxiliary contacts. The IEC
utilization categories are used
to define the type of electrical
load for estimating electrical
life, and do not imply the
devices are IEC rated.
AC-1—Non-inductive or
slightly inductive loads,
such as resistance furnaces
and heating.
AC-2—Starting of slip-ring
motors.
AC-3—Squirrel cage motors;
starting, switching off motors
during running.
AC-4—Squirrel cage motors;
starting, plugging, inching
or jogging.
Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at
rated device currents and AC-4
tests are conducted at six times
rated device currents. All tests
have been run at 460V, 60 Hz.
Contactor Choice
●
Decide what utilization
category your application
is and choose the
appropriate curve
●
Locate the intersection of
the life-load curve of the
appropriate contactor with
the applications operational
current (Ie), as found on the
horizontal axis
●
Read the estimated
contact life along the
vertical axis in number
of operational cycles
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
100,000,000
2
2
10,000,000
Operations
2
2
2
27
45
90 135
100
2
Size 5
18
Size 4
Size 3
9
10
Size 2
1
Size 1
100,000
Size 0
Size 00
1,000,000
2
270
1000
Break Amperes
NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00–5, 480V 60 Hz
2
2
100,000,000
2
2
2
1,000,000
2
1
2
Size 5
Size 4
Size 3
Size 2
10,000
Size 0
Size 1
100,000
Size 00
Operations
10,000,000
54 108 153 270 540 822 1620
10
100
1000
Break Amperes
NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00–5, 480V 60 Hz
2
2
10,000
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-37
2.1
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Contents
32A Overload—C306DN3B
Description
2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Relays—Thermal Overload
2
Product Description
Features
C306 Overload Relays are
designed for use with CE
or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
overload protection up
to 144A.
●
2
2
2
●
2
2
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
2
●
2
2
●
●
2
2
Standards and Certifications
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
motors. Heater packs for
32A overload relay will
mount in 75A overload
relay—useful in derating
applications such as
jogging
Class 10 or 20
heater packs
Load lugs built into
relay base
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
Electrically isolated NO-NC
contacts (pull RESET
button to test). (Electrical
ratings see table on
Page V5-T2-46)
Overload trip indication
Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce
possibility of electrical
shock
●
●
Meets UL 508 singlephasing requirements
UL listed, CSA certified and
NEMA compliance
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-38
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T2-4
V5-T2-10
V5-T2-15
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-39
V5-T2-43
V5-T2-43
V5-T2-44
V5-T2-45
V5-T2-47
V5-T2-48
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Product Selection
2
C306 Thermal Overload Relays
2
C306DN3B
Number
of Poles
Open Type
NEMA 1 Enclosed
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
00, 0
32
2
3
C306DN3B
C306DG3B
1, 2
75 2
3
C306GN3B
C306GG3B
3
105
3
3
C306KN3
—
4
144 3
3
C306NN3
—
5–8 1
—
—
—
—
NEMA Size
C306GN3B
2
Contactors
Maximum
Ampere Rating
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
C306DT3B
2
Standalone Applications
Maximum
Ampere Rating
Number
of Poles
Open Type
NEMA Size
00, 0, 1 4
32
3
C306DT3B
14
75
3
C306GT3B
35
105
3
C306KN3
45
144
3
C306NN3
5–8 6
—
—
—
2
Catalog Number
2
2
2
2
C306GT3B
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 NEMA Sizes 5–8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
2 Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays
can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page V5-T2-44.
3 These relays can be panel mounted only.
4 Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount.
5 Panel mount only.
6 NEMA Sizes 5–8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-39
2.1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Freedom Series
Heater Pack Selection
Heater packs H2001B to
H2017B and H2101B to
H2117B are to be used only
with Series B overload relays
Catalog Numbers C306DN3B
(Part No. 10-7016) and
C306GN3B (Part No.
10-7020). The load lugs are
built into the overload relay
base to allow load wiring prior
to heater pack installation.
The previous heater design
had integral load lugs. The
Series B heater packs are
electrically equivalent to the
previous heater design.
Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3
have not changed.
Starters with Series B Overload Relays 1
NEMA—AN Type
IEC—AE Type
Size
Series
Size
Series
00–0
C
A–F
C
1–2
B
G–K
B
5
B
G–K
B
6
C
G–K
B
7–8
B
G–K
B
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Heater Pack
H2001B–H2017B
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
Dial Position
2
Overload Relay Size
2
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B
32A or 75A
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
2
0.375
0.452
0.530
0.607
H2002B-3
2
0.560
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
2
1.20
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.90
H2006B-3
2
2.15
2.60
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.23
3.90
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
2
4.55
5.50
6.45
7.40
H2009B-3
2
6.75
8.17
9.58
11.0
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14.0
H2011B-3
2
14.0
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
2
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K Only, Series B
2
75A
2
2
29.0
34.0
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
Notes
1 The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed catalog number. Example: AN16DN0AB.
2 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-40
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Heater Pack
H2018–H2024
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater, continued
2
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
Dial Position
Overload Relay Size
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 1
2
For Use with NEMA Sizes 3–4, IEC Sizes L–N Only—Series A
105A or 144A
8.0
9.2
10.3
11.5
H2025-3
11.4
12.8
14.3
15.7
H2026-3
14.3
15.7
17.4
19.0
H2027-3
18.0
20.2
22.3
24.5
H2018-3
24.6
27.6
30.5
33.4
H2019-3
33.5
37.5
41.5
45.6
H2020-3
45.7
51.2
56.7
62.1
H2021-3
62.2
69.7
77.1
84.6
H2022-3
84.7
95.0
105.0
115.0
H2023-3
106.0
118.0
131.0
144.0
H2024-3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
For Use with Size 5 Starters—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A 2
49
59
69
79
H2004B-3
72
87
103
118
H2005B-3
107
130
152
174
H2006B-3
129
156
182
209
H2007B-3
194
234
274
—
H2008B-3
2
2
2
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT
32A 2
144
174
205
235
H2005B-3
215
259
304
348
H2006B-3
258
312
365
419
H2007B-3
388
468
547
627
H2008B-3
2
2
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT
32A 2
163
197
230
264
H2004B-3
240
290
342
392
H2005B-3
358
432
506
580
H2006B-3
430
520
608
698
H2007B-3
646
780
912
—
H2008B-3
2
2
2
2
For Use Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 2
2
244
295
345
396
H2004B-3
360
435
513
588
H2005B-3
537
648
759
870
H2006B-3
645
780
912
1047
H2007B-3
969
1170
1368
—
H2008B-3
2
2
2
Notes
1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
2 Sizes 5–8 and IEC P–Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-41
2.1
2
Heater Pack
H2101B–H2117B
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
Dial Position
Overload Relay Size
2
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 1
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B
32A or 75A
0.260
0.313
0.367
0.420
H2101B-3
0.384
0.464
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
2
0.570
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
0.846
1.02
1.20
1.37
H2104B-3
2
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.10
H2105B-3
2
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
2
2.30
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
2
3.38
4.10
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
2
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
9.60
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
2
14.4
17.5
20.7
23.8
H2112B-3
18.7
21.8
25.0
28.1
H2113B-3
23.5
27.3
31.0
34.8
H2114B-3
2
For Use with Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K Only—Series B
2
75A
2
2
28.3
32.6
37.0
41.3
H2115B-3
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
For Use with Size 5 Starters Only—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
32A 2
51
61
72
82
H2104B-3
77
93
110
126
H2105B-3
2
115
140
164
189
H2106B-3
138
167
197
226
H2107B-3
2
203
246
289
—
H2108B-3
2
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT
2
32A 2
2
2
154
186
220
252
H2105B-3
230
280
329
378
H2106B-3
276
335
394
452
H2107B-3
406
492
578
—
H2108B-3
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT
2
32A 2
2
2
2
169
204
240
274
H2104B-3
256
310
366
420
H2105B-3
384
466
543
630
H2106B-3
460
558
656
754
H2107B-3
676
820
—
—
H2108B-3
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 2
254
306
360
411
H2104B-3
2
384
465
549
630
H2105B-3
2
576
699
822
945
H2106B-3
690
837
984
1131
H2107B-3
1014
1230
—
—
H2108B-3
2
Notes
1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
2 Sizes 5–8 and IEC P–Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
2
2
2
V5-T2-42
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Accessories
Modifications
2
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
These adapters are required
adapter includes line
when component overload
terminals and connects
relays are to be separately
with the overload relays
mounted. The terminal base
on Page V5-T2-39.
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter
Consists of a thermal
permits fast and easy
overload relay mounted to a
installation.
terminal base adapter—
2
2
C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter
C306TB1
DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
Description
Catalog Number
For 32A overload relay
C306TB1
For 75A overload relay
C306TB2B 1
Description
Catalog Number
C306DN3B + C306TB1
C306DT3B
C306GN3B + C306TB2B
C306GT3B
2
2
2
2
2
2
Locking Cover for Overload Relay—C306 Only
Snap-on transparent or
dial—helps prevent accidental
opaque plastic panel for
or unauthorized changes to
covering access port to the
trip and reset setting.
overload relay trip setting
Overload Relay Cover
2
2
2
Locking Cover for Overload Relay—
C306 Only
2
Description
Min. Order Qty.
(Std. Pkg.)
Catalog
Number
Clear cover, no accessibility
50
C320PC3
Gray cover, no accessibility with 50
auto only nib
C320PC4
2
Gray cover, no accessibility with 50
manual only nib
C320PC5
2
Gray cover with FLA dial
50
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and auto only nib
C320PC6
2
Gray cover with FLA dial
50
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and manual only nib
C320PC7
2
2
2
2
Note
1 This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B),
C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-43
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Replacement Parts
2
Heater Pack Replacement
The heater pack series is
determined by the 6th
character of the catalog
number. Series A or prior
heater packs (identified by
either “A” or “-” as the 6th
character) have built-in load
lugs. Series B or later heater
2
2
2
Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit
packs do not (load lugs are on
overload relay). Replacement
of Series A or earlier heater
packs with Series B or later
heater packs, requires the
one time addition of Lug
Adapter Kit C306KAL1-3B to
the Series A1 overload relay.
Superseded 32A Series A
Overload Relay—C306DN3
Superseded 75A Series A
Overload Relay—C306GN3
These kits are used in
conjunction with Catalog
Numbers H2001B–H2014B or
H2101B–H2114B heater
packs as a means of utilizing
these Series B heater packs
in Catalog Numbers
C306DN3 and C306GN3
Series Al overload relays. The
kit consists of three lug
adapters and installation
instructions. When installing
Series B heater packs plus
lug adapters in Series A
overload relays, refer to
heater pack FLA adjustment
tables originally supplied with
equipment (also supplied
with kit).
2
2
Superseded Series A
Heater Pack
2
Heater Pack Replacement Requirements
Existing Heater Pack
Catalog Numbers
Replacement Product Required
H2001-3–H2013-3
H2001A-3–H2013A-3
Lug adapter kit C306KAL1-3B and
Series B heater pack
H2001B-3–H2013B-3
Series B heater pack
2
H2014-3
H2014A-3
Replace with lug adapter kit
C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack
2
H2014B-3
Series B heater pack
H2015-3–H2017-3
Replace with heater pack chosen from
table below
H2015A-3–H2017A-3
Replace with lug adapter kit
C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack
H2015B-3–H2017B-3
Series B heater pack
2
2
Series B
Heater Pack
2
2
C306KAL1
2
2
2
Overload Relay Lug
Description
Catalog Number
Series Al overload relay lug adapter kit
C306KAL1-3B
Heater Pack Ratings
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
2
Dial Position
A
B
C
D
Order Heater Pack
Catalog Number
2
29.0
32.5
36.0
39.5
H2015B-3
39.6
44.3
49.1
53.8
H2016B-3
2
53.9
60.4
66.8
74.9
H2017B-3
2
Overload Relay Replacement—
Series A Only
When replacing a Catalog
Number C306DN3 (Part No.
10-6044) or C306GN3 (106319) Series A overload relay
on a starter, order a Series B
overload relay and Series B
heater packs.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Operation
C306 Overload Relay Setting
For motors having a 1.15
service factor, rotate the
FLA (Full Load Amperes)
adjustment dial to correspond
to the motor’s FLA rating.
The overload relay is factory
set at M for manual reset
operation. For automatic
reset operation, turn the reset
adjustment dial to the
A position as shown in the
illustration.
Estimate the dial position
when the motor FLA falls
between two letter values as
shown in the example.
Automatic reset is not
intended for two-wire
control devices.
Manual/Automatic Reset
For motors having a 1.0
service factor, rotate the
FLA dial one-half position
counterclockwise (CCW).
A
M
FLA Dial Adjustment
1.0
1.15
Service Service
Factor Factor
B
C
A
D
Example of 12.0 FLA setting
for heater pack number H2011B
showing position for
1.0 or 1.15 service
factor motors.
Example of setting for
manual reset.
Test for Trip Indication
To test overload relay for trip
indication when in manual
reset, pull out the blue reset
button. An orange flag will
appear indicating that the
device has tripped. Push
reset button in to reset.
Warning—To provide
continued protection against
fire or shock hazard, the
complete overload relay must
be replaced if burnout of the
heater element occurs.
General
“Overload relays are provided
to protect motors, motor
control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors
against excessive heating
due to motor overloads and
failure to start. This definition
does not include: 1) motor
circuits over 600V, 2) short
circuits, 3) ground faults
and 4) fire pump control.”
(NEC Art. 430-31)
Time Current Characteristics
The time-current
characteristics of an overload
relay is an expression of
performance which defines
its operating time at various
multiples of its current
setting. Tests are run at
Underwriters Laboratories
(UL) in accordance with
NEMA Standards and the
NEC. UL requires:
●
When tested at 100
percent of its current
rating, the overload relay
shall trip ultimately
●
●
When tested at 200
percent of its current rating,
the overload relay shall trip
in not more than 8 minutes
When tested at 600 percent
of the current rating, the
overload relay shall trip
in not more than 10 or
20 seconds, depending
on the Class of the relay
“Current Rating” is defined
as the minimum current at
which the relay will trip. Per
NEC, an overload must
ultimately trip at 125% of FLA
current (heater) setting for a
1.15 service factor motor and
115% FLA for a 1.0 service
factor motor.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
“Current Setting” is defined
as the FLA of the motor and
thus the overload heater
pack setting.
2
Example: 600% of current
rating is defined as 750%
(600 x 1.25) of FLA current
(heater) setting for a 1.15
service factor motor. A 10A
heater setting must trip in 20
seconds or less at 75A motor
current for a Class 20 relay.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves
10,000
10,000
2
5000
4000
3000
2000
5000
4000
3000
2000
2
1000
1000
500
400
300
200
From
Cold Start
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
From
Hot Start
50
40
30
20
500
400
300
200
10
5
4
3
2
1
10
Class 10 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating
From
Hot Start
50
40
30
20
5
4
3
2
1
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting
From
Cold Start
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
10
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting
2
10
2
Class 20 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-45
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC A–K—Open
2
Power Terminals—Line
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
IEC Size
NEMA Size
Cu Only
A, B, C
00
12–16 stranded, 12–14 solid
D, E, F
0
8 –16 stranded, 10–14 solid
1
8–14 stranded or solid
G, H, J, K
2
3–14 (upper) and/or 6–14 (lower) stranded or solid 1
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
2
2
2
2
NEMA Size
200V
230V
460V
575V
00
—
1/2
1/2
1/2
0
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
1
3
3
5
5
2
7-1/2
10
15
15
3
15
20
30
30
4
25
30
60
60
5
60
75
150
150
6
125
150
300
300
Catalog Number
Terminal
Wire Size
C306DN3B
32A
14–6 AWG
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit 3
C306GN3B
75A
14–2 AWG
AC Volts
Control Terminals—Cu Only
120V
240V
480V
600V
Make and break amperes
30
15
7.5
6
Break amperes
3
1.5
0.75
0.6
Continuous amperes
5
5
5
5
3
NC Contact B600
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC L–N—Open
NO Contact C600
Power Terminals—Line and Load
Make and break amperes
15
7.5
3.375
IEC Size
NEMA Size
Wire Size
Break amperes
1.5
0.75
0.375
0.3
L
3
1/0–14 Cu/Al
Continuous amperes
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
M
—
14–2/0 Cu/Al
N
—
3/0–8 Cu/Al
—
4
Open—3/0–8 Cu
—
5
750 kcmil—2 or (2) 250 kcmil—3/0 Cu/Al
Enclosed—250 kcmil—6 Cu/Al
6–7
(2) 750 kcmil—3/0 Cu/Al
8
(2) 750 kcmil—1/0 Cu/Al
Notes
1 Two compartment box lug.
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more
than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
3 DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.
Control Terminals—Cu Only
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals
Catalog Number
Terminal
Torque in lb-in
C306DT3B
32A
20
C306GT3B
75A
35 (14–10 AWG)
2
2
Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
40 (8 AWG)
45 (6–4 AWG)
50 (3–2 AWG)
C306KN3
(socket head screw)
105A
120 (3/16)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
C306NN3
(socket head screw)
144A
120 (3/16)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
C306NN3
(slotted head screw)
35 (14–10 AWG)
2
40 (8 AWG)
2
50 (3–1/0 AWG)
45 (6–4 AWG)
2
V5-T2-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Stand-Alone Overload Relays
2
32A and 75A Sizes—C306DT38 and C306GT3B
D
B
F
G
2
105A and 144A Sizes—C306KN38 and C306NN3B
A
C
B
E
C
2
2
E
2
2
A
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
D
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere
Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
E
F (Slot)
G (Hole)
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
32A
1.77 (45.0)
4.13 (104.9)
3.69 (93.7)
1.36 (34.5)
3.74 (95.0)
0.18 x 0.30 (4.6 x 7.6)
0.18 (4.6) dia.
0.8 (0.4)
75A
2.54 (64.5)
4.69 (119.1)
3.74 (95.0)
2.00 (50.8)
3.45 (87.6)
0.22 x 0.26 (5.6 x 6.6)
0.21 (5.3) dia.
1.4 (0.6)
105 and 144A
4.00 (101.6)
7.17 (182.1)
4.91 (124.7)
3.00 (76.2)
6.62 (168.1)
—
—
4.0 (1.8)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-47
2.1
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Contents
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
2
Product Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton’s new electronic
overload relay (EOL) is
the most compact, highfeatured, economical product
in its class. Designed on a
global platform, the new
EOL covers the entire power
control spectrum including
NEMA, IEC and
DP contactors. The NEMA
and DP versions are offered
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has the
XT designation. The
electronic design provides
reliable, accurate and value
driven protection and
communications capabilities
in a single compact device. It
is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
V5-T2-10
V5-T2-15
V5-T2-21
V5-T2-30
V5-T2-34
V5-T2-38
V5-T2-49
V5-T2-50
V5-T2-51
V5-T2-53
V5-T2-57
V5-T2-63
Features and Benefits
Eaton has a long history of
innovations and product
development in motor control
and protection, including both
traditional NEMA, as well as
IEC control. It was from this
experience that the C440 was
developed, delivering new
solutions to meet today’s
demands.
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules
with I/O for DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, and Modbus.
2
Features
●
Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
●
Easy to select, install and maintain
●
Compact size
●
Flexible, intelligent design
●
Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
power control
Size/Range
●
Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500A)
●
Selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
●
Direct mounting to NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Most compact electronic
overload in its class
Motor Control
●
Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
●
Test/Trip button
Motor Protection
●
Thermal overload
●
Phase loss
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase unbalance
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-48
V5-T2-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
User Interface
Large FLA selection dial
●
Trip status indicator
●
Operating mode LED
●
DIP switch selectable trip
class, phase unbalance and
ground fault
●
Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
●
Feature Options
●
Remote reset
●
120 Vac
●
24 Vac
●
24 Vdc
●
●
Tamper-proof cover
Communications modules
●
Modbus RTU RS-485
●
DeviceNet with I/O
●
PROFIBUS with I/O
●
Modbus RTU with I/O
●
Ethernet IP with I/O
●
Modbus TCP with I/O
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Benefits
Standards and Certifications
Reliability and Improved
Uptime
●
C440 provides the users
with peace of mind
knowing that their
assets are protected
with the highest level
of motor protection and
communication capability
in its class
●
Extends the life of plant
assets with selectable
motor protection features
such as trip class, phase
unbalance and ground fault
●
Protects against
unnecessary downtime
by discovering changes
in your system (line/load)
with remote monitoring
capabilities
●
Status LED provides
added assurance that
valuable assets are
protected by indicating the
overload operational status
●
Flexibility
Available with NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Improves return on
investment by reducing
inventory carrying costs
with wide FLA adjustment
(5:1) and selectable
trip class
●
Design incorporates built-in
ground fault protection
thus eliminating the need
for separate CTs and
modules
●
Flexible communication
with optional I/O enables
easy integration into plant
management systems for
remote monitoring and
control
●
Available as an open
component and in
enclosed control and motor
control center assemblies
●
Monitoring Capabilities
Individual phase
currents RMS
●
Average three-phase
current RMS
●
Thermal memory
●
Fault indication (overload,
phase loss, phase
unbalance, ground fault)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL
CSA
CE
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1)
RoHS
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
Equipment Group 2,
Category 2
Safety
●
IP 20 rated terminal blocks
●
Available in Eaton’s
industry leading FlashGard
MCCs
●
Tested to the highest
industry standards such
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
●
RoHS compliant
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Electronic Overload Education
Description
2
Definition
Cause
Effect if not Protected
C440/XT Protection
Overload is a condition in which
current draw exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating for
an inductive motor.
• An increase in the load or torque that is
being driven by the motor.
• Increase in current draw leads to heat
and insulation breakdown, which can
cause system failure.
• Thermal trip behavior is defined by
UL, CSA and IEC standards.
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
• A low voltage supply to the motor
causes the current to go high to
maintain the power needed.
• A poor power factor causing above
normal current draw.
Ground fault
A line to ground fault.
A current leakage path to ground.
• Increase in current can increase
power consumption and waste
valuable energy.
• Trip class is settable from 10A,
10, 20, 30
2
2
2
2
An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
mention risk to equipment or personnel
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if ground fault current
exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,
that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
current exceeds 6A.
Unbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Uneven voltage or current between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be unbalanced.
Unbalanced voltage causes large
unbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
of unbalanced phases as listed above.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-49
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays 1
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
2
2
Device Type
A = Starter
2
2
2
Device Assembly
Configuration
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
5G = Ground fault feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20)
Standard
N = NEMA
9
OLR Type
= Starter w/C440 EOLR
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contactor Frame Size
NEMA
Continuous
Size
Amperes
A = 00
9
B= 0
18
C = 1C
27
D= 1
27
G= 2
45
K= 3
90
M = 4C
135
N= 4
135
S= 5
270
NEMA Enclosure
N = Open
For Starters
Starter Mounting Option
0 = Horizontal
Suffix
A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
H=
J=
K=
L=
N=
T=
U=
V=
W=
Y=
AC Coil Suffix
Volts and Hertz
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
208/60
277/60
208–240/60 2
240/50
380–415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 3
24/50
32/50
48/60
48/50
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 See Page V5-T2-51 for Product Selection.
2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–3 are 24/60 only.
4 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
NEMA Size 00
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 0
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 1/1C
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 2
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100A
NEMA Size 4/4C
140 = 28–140A
NEMA Size 5 4
300 = 60–300A
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Product Selection
2
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters
2
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
2
Non-Reversing and Reversing
NEMA Starter
Maximum UL Horsepower
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
2
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
00
9
11
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
AN19AN0_ 5E _
AN59AN0_ 5E _
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
5
5
AN19BN0_ 5E _
AN59BN0_ 5E _
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
AN19DN0_ 5E _
AN59DN0_ 5E _
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
AN19GN0_ 5E _
AN59GN0_ 5E _
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
50
AN19KN0_ 5E _
AN59KN0_ 5E _
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19NN0_ 5E _
AN59NN0_ 5E _
53
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN19SN0_ 5E _
AN59SN0_ 5E _
2
2
2
2
Non-Reversing and Reversing
Maximum UL Horsepower
2
2
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
NEMA Starter with
Ground Fault
2
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
2
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
00
9
11
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
AN19AN0_ 5G _
AN59AN0_ 5G _
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
5
5
AN19BN0_ 5G _
AN59BN0_ 5G _
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
AN19DN0_ 5G _
AN59DN0_ 5G _
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
AN19GN0_ 5G _
AN59GN0_ 5G _
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
50
AN19KN0_ 5G _
AN59KN0_ 5G _
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19NN0_ 5G _
AN59NN0_ 5G _
53
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN19SN0_ 5G _
AN59SN0_ 5G _
2
2
2
2
2
2
Coil Suffix Codes
C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)
Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
NEMA Size
A
120/60 or 110/50
L
380–415/50
00
B
240/60 or 220/50
N
550/50
C
480/60 or 440/50
T
24/60, 24/50
D
600/60 or 550/50
U
24/50
E
208/60
V
32/50
H
277/60
W
48/60
J
208–240/60
Y
48/50
K
240/50
0
1
2
3
OLR Code
FLA Range
OLR Code
FLA Rating
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A
005
1.0–5.0A
—
—
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A
005
1.0–5.0A
—
—
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A
005
1.0–5.0A
045
9.0–45A
005
1.0–5.0A
045
9.0–45A
020
4.0–20A
—
—
100
20–100A
—
—
4
140
28–140A
—
—
53
300
60–300A
—
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above.
3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-51
2.1
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters
New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only.
Non-Reversing
2
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
2
NEMA
Size
2
Standard Fault Overload
1C
27
32
2
3
7.5
7.5
2
4C
135
156
—
—
40
50
240V
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing
480V
600V
Catalog Number
10
10
AN19CN0_5E_
100
100
AN19MN0_5E_
Ground Fault Overload
2
2
1C
27
32
2
3
7.5
7.5
10
10
AN19CN0_5G_
4C
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19MN0_5G_
2
Electrical Life at Rated Continuous Current
2
NEMA
Size
Rated Current
(Amperage)
AC3/AC4
2
1C
27/150
2,500,000/40,000
2
1
27/153
5,000,000/110,000
4C
135/516
500,000/40,000
4
135/822
800,000/70,000
2
Operations
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Accessories
2
CT Kits
2
Accessories
Description
Safety Cover
Catalog Number
2
ZEB-XSC
2
Safety Cover
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.
2
2
Reset Bar
2
Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door
mounted reset operators.
ZEB-XRB
2
2
2
Remote Reset
Remote Reset
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1
Remote reset module (120 Vac)
2
C440-XCOM
1
2
ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-24
2
2
Communication
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability.
Advanced
Advanced
Basic Communication via
Communication—
Communication—
Expansion Module—
Monitoring and Control
Communication Adapter 2
Monitoring Only
The communication adapter
C440 also has the ability to
Basic communication on
(C440-COM-ADP) is required
communicate on industrial
the C440 is accomplished
for obtaining control capability
protocols such as Modbus
using an expansion module
via communications within
RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
(C440-XCOM). The expansion
Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP
the C440 family. Combined
module plugs into the
while providing control
with a communication
expansion bay on the C440
capability using I/O.
module, the customer is
overload relay, enabling
provided with flexible
communications with the
An
expansion
module
(C440mounting options (DIN rail or
overload via their Modbus
XCOM) combined with a
panel) along with four inputs
RTU (RS-485) network. No
communication adapter
additional cards or modules are
and two outputs (24 Vdc or
(C440-COM-ADP) and a
required. See figure below.
120 Vac) as standard.
communication module
allows easy integration onto
the customer's network.
See figure below. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Basic Communication—
Modbus
Advanced Communication—
Communication Adapter with
Communication Module
2
Notes
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
2 Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP communication modules do not require the C440-COM-ADP communication adapter.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
2
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-53
2.1
2
2
2
2
Freedom Series
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
●
●
●
Motor status—running,
Percent thermal capacity
Overload relay settings—
stopped, tripped or
trip class, DIP switch
●
Fault codes (only available
resetting
selections, reset selections
prior to reset)
●
●
Individual rms phase
Modbus address (can be
●
Percent phase unbalance
currents (A, B, C)
set over the network)
●
Ground fault current and
●
Average of three-phase
percent
rms current
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Communication Accessories
Description
Catalog Number
Expansion Module
Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication)
C440-XCOM
Communication
Adapter
Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)
C440-COM-ADP
2
DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-120
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-24
2
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-120
PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-24
2
Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-120
2
Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-24
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U)
C440-ET-120
2
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V)
C440-ET-24
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Modbus Communication Module
The Modbus communication
module combined with an
expansion module and a
communication adapter
provides monitoring and
control capability to the
C440/XTOE electronic
overload relay via Modbus
RTU communications.
These modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or
120 Vac options.
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
●
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the HMi user interface
●
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches; LEDs are
provided to display
Modbus traffic
●
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
●
2.1
2
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Modbus
Communication Module
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet communication
Features and Benefits
module combined with an
●
Communication to
expansion module and a
DeviceNet uses only one
communication adapter
DeviceNet MAC ID
provides monitoring and
●
Configuration
control capability to the
●
DeviceNet MAC ID and
C440/XTOE electronic
Baud rate are set via
overload relay via DeviceNet
convenient DIP switches
communications. These
with an option to set
modules also provide
from the network
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc
●
Advanced configuration
or 120 Vac options.
available using common
DeviceNet tools
2
●
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
●
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
DeviceNet
Communication Module
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-55
2.1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
The PROFIBUS
Features and Benefits
communication module
●
The PROFIBUS
combined with an expansion
communication module is
module and a communication
capable of baud rates
adapter provides monitoring
up to 12 Mb
and control capability to the
●
PROFIBUS address is
C440 / XTOE electronic
set via convenient DIP
overload relay via PROFIBUS
switches; LEDs are
communications. These
provided to display
modules also provide
PROFIBUS status
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or
●
Intuitive configuration
120 Vac options.
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
●
●
2
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
PROFIBUS
Communication Module
Ethernet Communication Modules
The Ethernet communication
module combined with an
expansion module provides
both Modbus TCP and
EtherNet/IP communication
capabilities with built-in HTTP
web services to the C440/
XTOE overload relay. Unlike
the other communications
modules, a communication
adapter (C440-COM-ADP) is
not required when using the
Ethernet communication
module in C440/XTOE
applications.
The Ethernet communication
module has built-in I/O
providing communication,
monitoring and control for the
C440/XTOE overload relay.
Ethernet with
I/O Module
Features and Benefits
Supports Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP in a single
device
●
Contains an internal
embedded switch which
provides two Ethernet
ports allowing linear or ring
network configurations
●
Embedded web services
allow for simple
configuration and
monitoring through
Internet Explorer
●
IP Address is set via
convenient DIP Switches
located on the device
●
●
●
Ethernet Communication Module
2
Description
I/O
Catalog
Number
2
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel)
120 Vac
C441U
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel)
24 Vdc
C441V
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
2
Specification
Description
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Electrical Ratings
Range
Range
Range
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
20–100A
28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
XT IEC frames
B, C, D
F, G
G, H
Freedom NEMA sizes
00, 0, 1, 2
3
4
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
Thermal overload setting
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
Feature
Range
Range
Range
Phase loss
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
Orange flag
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
2
2
FLA Range
2
2
Use with Contactors
2
2
Trip Class
2
2
Motor Protection
2
2
2
2
2
Indicators
Options
2
2
2
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
124 lb-in (14 Nm)
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
2
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
500 Vac
2
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
2
2
Capacity
2
Load terminals
2
2
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
2
Voltages
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-57
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
2
Description
2
2
2
2
2
Specification
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
5A
5A
5A
120V
15A
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
Conventional thermal continuous current
Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
Make contact (1800 VA)
Break contact (180 VA)
2
120V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
2
415V
0.9A
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
1.0A
120V
30A
30A
30A
2
240V
15A
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
2
600V
6A
6A
6A
120V
3A
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
0.6A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
0–250V
Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
Break contact (360 VA)
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
0.22A
250V
0.11A
0.11A
0.11A
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Maximum fuse
Environmental Ratings
2
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
2
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
2
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
15g any direction
2
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
2
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from
front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
Any
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
2
Specification
Description
2
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
2
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
2
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
2
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
2
Electrical/EMC
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-59
2.1
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Communication Modules
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
2
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
2
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Description
Electrical/EMC
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
2
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
2
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
2
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
3
3
3
2
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
2
Overvoltage category per UL 508
III
III
III
III
DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
—
DeviceNet baud rate
—
125K, 250K, 500K
—
—
2
2
Ethernet
2
Ethernet connections
—
—
—
Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
2
Ethernet type
—
—
—
Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
2
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS connections
—
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
PROFIBUS baud rate
—
—
9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, —
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
2
2
2
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-60
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
2.1
Communication Modules, continued
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
2
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
2
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
Description
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
2
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
>18 Vdc
>10 Vdc
>18 Vdc
Nominal input current
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
2
2
2
2
2
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF state
0–6 Vdc
Transition region
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
ON state
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
2
Nominal input voltage
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
2
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
<30 Vac
<20 Vac
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
>80 Vac
>70 Vac
>80 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
2
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
2
2
C441_ 120 Vac Input
2
2
2
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF state
0–30 Vac
Transition region
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
ON state
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
2
2
Output Modules
Relay ON time
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
Max. current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-61
2.1
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with
regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined
with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR
solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the
latest information as of April 2010.
C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
2
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
Maximum
Fuse Size (A)
(RK5)
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Maximum
Breaker
Size (A)
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
2
Overload
FLA Range
2
0.33–1.65A
600 Vac
1
6
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
1–5A
600 Vac
5
20
20
100
100
30
100
35
20
2
4–20A
600 Vac
5
80
80
100
100
100
100
35
80
9–45A
600 Vac
5
175
175
100
100
100
100
35
100/175 (480/600)
2
20–100A
600 Vac
10
400
400
100
100
200
150
35
250/400 (480/600)
2
28–140A
600 Vac
10
450
500
100
100
400
100
65
400
35–175A
690 Vac
10
500 (gG)
350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100
100
500 (gG)
100 (415 Vac)
—
350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
600V (kA)
480V (kA)
600V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size
480V (kA)
2
2
2
2
NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
NEMA
Size
00
2
2
2
2
0
1
2
2
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480V
600V
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Maximum
Fuse Size
480V
600V
Maximum
Breaker Size
—
0.33–1.65A
100
100
30
—
—
1–5A
100
100
30
100
35
35
4–20A
100
100
30
100
35
35
0.33–1.65A
100
100
60
—
—
—
1–5A
100
100
60
100
35
70
4–20A
100
100
60
100
35
70
0.33–1.65A
100
100
100
—
—
—
1–5A
100
100
100
100
35
100
4–20A
100
100
100
100
35
100
9–45A
100
100
100
100
35
100
1–5A
100
100
100
100
35
175
4–20A
100
100
100
100
35
175
9–45A
100
100
100
100
35
175
3
20–100A
100
100
200
50
50
250
4
28–140A
100
100
400
100
65
300
2
2
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-62
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
600V (kA)
Maximum
Breaker Size
2.1
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
NEMA Starters
2
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
2
2
2
E
2
B
2
A
2
2
C
A
Sizes 00, 0
2
E
B
2
2
E
2
B
C
2
D
Size 4
2
2
C
D
A
Sizes 1, 2
A
2
D
D
2
2
2
B
E
B
2
E
2
2
2
C
A
2
C
Size 3
2
Size 5
NEMA Size
A
B
C
D
E
00, 0
1.97 (50.0)
6.60 (167.6)
4.90 (124.5)
—
6.18 (157.0)
1, 2
2.60 (65.0)
7.10 (180.0)
4.98 (126.5)
2.00 (50.8)
6.50 (165.0)
3
4.09 (103.8)
11.40 (289.6)
5.92 (150.3)
1.77 (44.9)
10.81 (274.6)
4
7.10 (179.0)
17.00 (432.0)
7.00 (177.0)
3.70 (94.0)
16.30 (415.0)
5
7.00 (177.8)
17.81 (452.3)
8.08 (205.2)
6.00 (152.4)
16.01 (406.6)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-63
2.1
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Full Voltage Reversing Starters
2
2
B
B
B
E
E
E
2
2
C
D
A
2
C
D
A
Size 1
Sizes 00, 0
C
D
A
Size 2
2
2
2
A
2
2
D
E
B
B
2
E
2
2
C
2
2
Size 4
C
D
A
Size 3
2
A
D
2
2
2
E
2
B
2
2
C
2
2
2
2
2
2
Size 5
NEMA Size
A
B
C
D
E
00, 0
5.20 (132.0)
7.40 (187.0)
4.90 (125.0)
3.50 (89.0)
6.90 (174.0)
1
6.70 (171.0)
7.10 (180.0)
4.98 (126.5)
5.25 (133.0)
5.70 (144.0)
2
6.70 (171.0)
8.10 (205.0)
4.98 (126.5)
5.25 (133.0)
6.70 (170.0)
3
8.08 (205.2)
11.35 (288.3)
6.00 (152.0)
7.00 (177.8)
10.77 (273.6)
4
14.60 (371.0)
17.10 (433.0)
7.00 (177.0)
13.50 (343.0)
16.30 (145.0)
5
14.50 (368.3)
17.81 (452.3)
8.06 (204.8)
13.50 (342.9)
16.00 (406.6)
V5-T2-64
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
NEMA Space-Savings Family of Contactors and Starters
2.2
Contents
Description
Page
Contactors and Starters
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-66
V5-T2-66
V5-T2-68
V5-T2-72
V5-T2-73
V5-T2-97
2
2
2
2
2
2
An Eaton
Green Solution
2
2
2
2
2
Contactors and Starters
Product Description
Application Description
Features and Benefits
The Eaton NEMA® SpaceSavings line of contactors
and starters includes nonreversing and reversing
contactors, electronic
overload relays and a variety
of related accessories.
Because the Space-Savings
family meets IEC, UL®, CSA®
and CE standards, it is the
perfect product solution for
applications all over the
world. The compact and easy
to install Space-Savings line
of NEMA contactors and
starters is the efficient and
effective solution for
customer applications from
Size 0 through Size 5.
The Space-Savings line of
NEMA power control was
engineered to provide highly
effective control and
protection for a variety of
loads, including motors,
compressors, pumps,
resistive, capacitor banks,
isolation and others.
●
The Space-Savings
contactors are perfectly
suited for use in Motor
Control Center applications
where bucket space sizing is
critical. With both AC and DC
control and flexible
communication options, the
Space-Savings family can be
easily integrated into various
customer applications.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AC control from
120V to 600V 50/60 Hz
24 Vdc control
Reversing or non-reversing
contactors and starters
XTOE self-powered
electronic overload relay
Non-reversing starters
to NEMA Size 5
Panel or DIN rail mounting
to NEMA Size 2
IP20 finger and back-ofhand proof
Large ambient temperature
range, –25 to 50°C
[–13 to 122°F]
AC and DC controlled
contactors in the same
compact frame
Low power consumption
AC and DC coils
Built-in NO or NC auxiliary
contacts to 32A
Plug-in accessories for
reduced installation time
Coil replacement on NEMA
Size 0–5
Contact replacement on
NEMA Size 1–5
Integrated suppressor
NEMA Size 0–4 DC
operated contactors and
NEMA Size 5 AC and DC
operated contactors
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
ATEX
RoHS
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-65
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
Space-Savings NEMA Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays
A N 1 3 C N 0 1 A 5E 005
2
2
Device Type
A = Starter
C = Contactor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Device Assembly
Configuration
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
Contactor Frame Size
NEMA
Continuous
Size
Amperes
B= 0
18
C = 1C
27
D= 1
27
G= 2
45
K= 3
90
M= 4
135
S= 5
270
Standard
N = NEMA
3
OLR Type
= Starter w/XTOE EOLR
NEMA Enclosure
N = Open
2
2
For Starters
0
Suffix
A=
B=
TD =
Starter Mounting Option
= Horizontal
Coil Suffix
Volts and Hertz
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
24 Vdc
For Contactors Only
Starter Mounting Option
10 = 1 normally open
01 = 1 normally closed
11 = 1 normally open,
1 normally closed
00 = No auxiliary contacts
22 = 2 normally open,
2 normally closed
2
2
XTOE OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset,
SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
5G = Ground fault feature set
SEL Reset,
SEL Class (10, 20)
XTOE FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
NEMA Size 0
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 1C/1
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A 1
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 2
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100A
NEMA Size 4/4C
175 = 35–175A
NEMA Size 5
300 = 60–300A
Product Selection
Type CN13/53 Space-Savings NEMA Contactors
NEMA Contactor
Non-Reversing and Reversing
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 2
Catalog Number
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
5
5
CN13BN010_
—
1C
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
CN13CN010_
CN53CN011_
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
CN13DN000_
CN53DN011_
2
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
CN13GN000_
CN53GN011_
2
3
90
104
7.5
15
25
30
50
50
CN13KN000_
CN53KN011_
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
CN13MN000_
—
53
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
CN13SN022_
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Available on Compact Size 1 starter only.
2 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-66
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Three-Pole
Reversing 2
Catalog Number
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Type AN13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays
NEMA Starter
2
Non-Reversing and Reversing
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
0
18
21
1
2
3
5
1C
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
AN13GN0_ 5E _
AN53GN0_ 5E _
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
50
AN13KN0_ 5E _
AN53KN0_ 5E _
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN13MN0_ 5E _
AN53MN0_ 5E _
54
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN13SN0_ 5E _
AN53SN0_ 5E _
3
600V
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
Catalog Number 3
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
Catalog Number 3
5
AN13BN0_ 5E _
AN53BN0_ 5E _
10
10
AN13CN0_ 5E _
AN53CN0_ 5E _
10
10
AN13DN0_ 5E _
AN53DN0_ 5E _
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
Catalog Number 3
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
Catalog Number 3
5
5
AN13BN0_ 5G _
AN53BN0_ 5G _
10
10
AN13CN0_ 5G _
AN53CN0_ 5G _
10
10
AN13DN0_ 5G _
AN53DN0_ 5G _
25
AN13GN0_ 5G _
AN53GN0_ 5G _
50
AN13KN0_ 5G _
AN53KN0_ 5G _
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
1C
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN13NN0_ 5G_
AN53NN0_ 5G _
54
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN13SN0_ 5G _
AN53SN0_ 5G _
XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Suffix Code
2
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
A
2
4.0–20A
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
B
9.0–45A
24–27 Vdc
TD
045
9.0–45A
Sizes 3, 4
—
—
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
20–100A
—
—
190–240V 50/60 Hz
B
35–175A
—
—
24–27 Vdc
TD
60–300A
—
—
Sizes 5
2
100–120V 50/60 Hz
A
24–48 Vdc
TD
2
NEMA Size
OLR Code
FLA Range
OLR Code
FLA Rating
Coil Voltage
0
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A.
Sizes 0–2
005
1.0–5.0A
—
—
1P6 5
0.33–1.65A
020
005
1.0–5.0A
045
—
—
—
—
3
100
4
175
54
300
2
2
2
Non-Reversing and Reversing
1C/1
2
2
Type AN13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
NEMA Starter with
Ground Fault
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see XTOE FLA Range table above.
3 For MCC replacement needs, contact MCC Aftermarket.
4 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
5 Not available on AN13DN or AN53DN starters.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-67
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Accessories
2
Auxiliary Contacts—Overview
Front-mounted snap-on
auxiliary contacts for SpaceSavings contactors are
available with screw
terminals in a variety of
contact configurations.
2
2
2
2
2
Auxiliary Contacts Possible Combinations
Frame
Size
Catalog
Number
0, 1C
CN13BN0_ –
CN13CN0_
2
Contactor
Built-In
Auxiliary
Front (Top) Mount
Two-Pole
Four-Pole
Side-Mount
Single-Pole
Two-Pole
Total Auxiliary
Contacts Available
1NO or 1NC
1
—
—
—
3
—
1
—
—
5
—
—
—
1
2
—
3
—
2
2
1, 2
CN13DN0_ –
CN13GN0_
—
1
—
—
2
—
1
—
1
2
—
6
6
—
2
2
3, 4
CN13KN0_ –
CN13MN0_
—
2
1
—
—
2
6
—
1
—
2
8
—
—
—
4
—
2
2
2
5
CN13SN0
2NO–2NC
—
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
8
—
2
V5-T2-68
8
—
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Auxiliary Contacts
XTCEXF_
2
NEMA Size 0, 1C— Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
2NO
2
Circuit
Symbol
53 63
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
2
5
XTCEXFAC20
2
5
XTCEXFAC11 2
5
XTCEXFAC02
54 64
16
1NO-1NC
53 61
2
2
54 62
16
2NC
51 61
2
52 62
2
XTCEXF_
2
NEMA Size 0, 1C— Front (Top) Mount—Four-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
4NO
Circuit
Symbol
53 6373 83
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
2
5
XTCEXFAC40 2
2
5
XTCEXFAC31 2
5
XTCEXFAC22
2
5
XTCEXFAC13
2
54 6474 84
16
3NO-1NC
53 61 73 83
2
54 62 74 84
16
2NO-2NC
53 61 71 83
2
54 62 72 84
16
1NO-3NC
536171 81
2
2
54 62 72 82
16
4NC
5
51 61 71 81
2
XTCEXFAC04
52 62 72 82
XTCEXSCC11
2
2
NEMA Size 0, 1C—Side-Mount—Two-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
10
1NO-1NC
Circuit
Symbol
53 61
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSCC11 3
2
2
2
54 62
Notes
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
2
1
2
2
3
Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, these auxiliary contacts should only be used with contactors
having a built-in 1NO contact (XTCE…B10_, XTCE…C10_).
Can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary
contacts or mechanical interlocks.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-69
2.2
2
XTCEXF_
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
NEMA Sizes 1–4—Two-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
2NO
13 23
16
1NO-1NC
13 21
Circuit
Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTCEXFBG20
5
XTCEXFBG11
5
XTCEXFBG02
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
5
XTCEXFBG40
5
XTCEXFBG31
5
XTCEXFBG22
5
XTCEXFAG22
5
XTCEXFBG13
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSBN11
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
XTCEXSBR11 2
14 24
2
2
14 22
16
2
2NC
11 21
12 22
2
2
XTCEXF_
2
2
NEMA Sizes 1–4—Four-Pole
Conventional Thermal Current,
Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
16
4NO-0NC
16
3NO-1NC
Circuit
Symbol
13 23 33 43
14 24 34 44
2
2
13 21 33 43
14 22 34 44
16
2
2NO-2NC
13 21 31 43
14 22 32 44
2
2
16
2NO-2NC
16
1NO-3NC
53 61 71 83
54 62 72 84
13 21 31 41
2
14 2232 42
2
Contact
Configuration
Circuit
Symbol
10
1NO–1NC
13
14
2
Conventional Free Air
Thermal Current,
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
Circuit
Symbol
10
1NO–1NC
13
14
2
43
2
21
22
31
2
NEMA Size 5, Side Mount (Screw Mount)—Two-Pole
44
2
XTCEXS_
22
32
2
21
43
2
Conventional Free Air
Thermal Current,
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
31
2
NEMA Sizes 1–4, Side Mount (Snap-On)—Two-Pole
44
XTCEXS_
32
2
Notes
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
2
1
2
2
Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
For replacement only. XTCEXSBR11 and XTCEXSBLR11 cannot be added onto side mount auxiliaries that come with
the Size 5 contactors as standard. To add auxiliaries onto the included side auxiliaries on Size 5 contactors, use
XTCEXSCR11.
2
2
V5-T2-70
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Suppressors
Additional Accessories
The switching of contactor
coils can generate voltage
transients that may cause
arching on switch contacts
and/or damage electronics on
the control line. Either an RC
or varistor suppressor is
recommended in these types
of applications. All SpaceSavings DC contactor coils
have built-in suppression.
XTCEXVS_
2.2
Varistor suppressors clamp
the voltage transient above
the maximum coil voltage and
are recommended when the
level of the transient is
known to not exceed the coil
voltage. RC suppressors slow
and reduce the level of the
voltage transient but do not
clamp them at a specific
level. The slowing of the
transient can reduce
electrical interference.
These are recommended in
applications where operating
rates are high.
XTCEXML_
XTCEXMLM
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
48–130
CN13BN0_
CN13CN0_
10
XTCEXVSCA
48–130
CN13DN0_
CN13GN0_
10
XTCEXVSFA
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
CN13BN0_,
CN13CN0_
1
XTCEXMLC
2
CN13DN0_,
CN13GN0_
1
XTCEXMLD
2
CN13KN0_,
CN13MN0_
1
XTCEXMLG 6
2
CN13SN0_
1
XTCEXMLM
2
Reversing Link Kits
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_
1
XTCEXRLC
CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_
1
XTCEXRLD
CN13KN0_, CN13MN0_
1
XTCEXRLG
2
2
Main current wiring for reversing combinations. Includes
paralleling bridge and reversing bridge. Does not include
mechanical interlock, see table on this page.
2
A2
XTCEXRS_
2
2
Contact Sequence
A1
2
2
XTCEXRL_
For Use
with…
2
For Use
with…
2
Varistor Suppressor 12
Voltage
2
Mechanical Interlock 5
2
XTCEXTLA400
RC Suppressor 12
Voltage
24–48
110–130
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
CN13DN0_
CN13GN0_
—
XTCEXRSFW
—
XTCEXRSFA
Terminal Lug Assembly
2
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
CN13SN0_
1
XTCEXTLA400
2
For connection of: round conductor, flexible and stranded,
flat strip conductor, with control circuit terminal. See Page
V5-T2-74 for terminal capacities.
Contact Sequence
A1
A2
2
XTCEXTS_
2
2
2
Terminal Shroud
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3
Catalog Number
CN13SN0_
1
XTCEXTS400
2
2
2
Notes
1 Note dropout delay.
2 For AC operated contactors, 50–60 Hz. Sizes 0–5 DC operated contactors and Size 5 AC
operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit.
3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
4 In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents
negative breaking voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC.
5 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically
mounted. For Sizes 0–4, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations
and the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For Size 5, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 106
operations and no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the
mechanical interlock and the contactor—the distance between contactors is 15 mm.
6 XTCEXMLG and XTCEXMLN consist of an interlock element and mounting plate.
Protection against direct contact with connection lugs when
touched vertically from the front.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-71
2.2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Renewal Parts
XTCERENC_
2
Replacement Coils
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
Replacement Contact Kit
Catalog Number
Size 0, 1C
2
110/50 120/60
A
XTCERENCOILCA
2
220/50 240/60
B
XTCERENCOILCB
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILCTD
110/50 120/60
A
XTCERENCOILDA
2
220/50 240/60
B
XTCERENCOILDB
2
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILDTD
Size 3, 4
2
Size 1, 2
2
2
100–120V 50/60
A
XTCERENCOILGA
190–240V 50/60
B
XTCERENCOILGB
24–27 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILGTD
110–250 Vac/Vdc
A
XTCERENCOILLA
24–48 Vdc
TD
XTCERENCOILLTD
For Use with…
Catalog Number
CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_
XTCERENCONTACTD
CN13SN0_
XTCERENCONTACTL
Replacement Arc Chamber
For Use with…
Catalog Number
CN13SN0_
XTCERENARC250
Size 5
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-72
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Auxiliary Contacts
2
CN13BN0_,
CN13CN0_
XTCEXFAC_
XTCEXFATC_
XTCEXFCC_
XTCEXSCC_
XTCEXFAG_
XTCEXSBLN_
XTCEXSBN_
XTCEXSBNC_
XTCEXSCN_
XTCEXSCNC_
Interlocked opposing contacts with an auxiliary contact
module (to IEC 60947-5 -1 Annex L)
—
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Break contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror
contact (to IEC/EN 60947-4 -1 Annex F)
CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_
CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_
CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_
CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_
CN13DN0_, CN13GN0_,
CN13SN0_
Rated impulse withstand voltage, (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
6000
6000
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Rated insulation voltage, (Ui) Vac
690
690
690
690
690
Rated operational voltage, (Ue) Vac
500
500
500
500
500
Between coil and auxiliary contacts
400
400
400
440
440
Between the auxiliary contacts
400
400
400
440
440
6A
6A
6A
6A
6A
Description
2
2
2
2
2
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101(A) in Vac
2
2
Rated operational current, le
2
AC-15
230V
2
2
380/415V
4A
3A
4A
4A
4A
500V
1.5A
—
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
2
2
DC-3 L/R <5 ms 1
24V
10A
10A
10A
10A
10A
60V
6A
6A
6A
6A
6A
110V
3A
3A
3A
3A
3A
220V
1A
1A
1A
1A
1A
2
Conventional thermal current, Ith
16A
16A
16A 3
10A
10A
2
Control circuit reliability
(at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17 V, Imin = 5.4 mA)
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
<10-8, <1 failure at
100 million operations
2
Component lifespan, operations x 106
at Ue = 230V, AC-15, 3A
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
2
10A
10A
10A
16A
16A
Short-circuit rating without welding 2
Maximum fuse, gG/gL
2
2
Notes
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time L/R contact as stated.
2 See fuses overlay for time/current characteristic (on request).
3 Conventional thermal current (I ) of XTCEXSCC_ is 10A.
th
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-73
2.2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Parallel Link
Description
XTCEXPLKB
XTECXPLKC
XTCEXPLKD
XTCEXPLKG
XTCEXPLK185
Terminal capacity
2
Solid (mm2)
1–16
16
16
—
—
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (16–35)
1 x (16–120)
—
—
2
1 x (0.5–25)
2 x (0.5–16)
Stranded (mm2)
1 x (0.5–25)
2 x (0.5–16)
1 x (16–50)
1 x (16–120)
1 x (35–300)
2 x (35–120)
—
2
Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm)
6 x 9 x 0.8
—
—
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
4
4
14
—
—
Pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
—
—
—
Hexagon socket head spanner—SW (mm)
—
—
5
6
—
2
2
2
2
Tightening torque (Nm)
Tools
Conventional thermal current
Three-pole (Ith) A
50
100
180
400
—
Four-pole (Ith) A
60
—
—
—
—
XTCEXTLA400
XTCEXPLK185
XTCEXTFB650
XTCEXTFB820
Stranded (mm2)
—
—
—
2
1 x (120–300)
2 x (70–240)
Stranded (AWG)
1 x (250–600 kcmil)
2 x (2/0–500 kcmil)
—
—
—
2
Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm)
—
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (10 x 40 x 1)
2 x (20 x 40 x 0.5)
2
2
2
2
Cable Terminal Block, Flat Cable Terminal
Description
Terminal capacity
2
2
2
2
AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation
Description
CN13B
CN13C
CN13D
CN13G
CN13K
CN13M
CN13S
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz
Open
2
at 40°C (Ith)
40A
45A
60A
80A
130A
190A
490
at 50°C (Ith)
38A
43A
57A
71A
125A
180A
438
2
at 55°C (Ith)
37A
42A
55A
68A
115A
170A
418
at 60°C (Ith)
35A
40A
50A
65A
110A
160A
400
Enclosed
32A
36A
45A
58A
100A
144A
315
2
2
2
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)
Open
88A
100A
125A
162A
275A
400A
—
Enclosed
80A
90A
112A
145A
250A
360A
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-74
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2
2
Size 0
CN13BN010_
Size 1C
CN13CN010_
Size 1
CN13DN000_
Size 2
CN13GN000_
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
2
AC operated
0.42 [0.93]
0.42 [0.93]
0.9 [2.0]
0.9 [2.0]
DC operated
0.48 [1.06]
0.48 [1.06]
1.1 [2.4]
1.1 [2.4]
2
Description
2
General
Standards
2
Weights in kg [lb]
Mechanical life—operations
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
10,000,000
Climatic proofing
1
1
1
1
2
2
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
690
690
690
690
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
8000
8000
8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac
690
690
690
690
2
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
440
440
440
440
2
Between contacts (Vac)
238
440
440
440
238
384
560
910
220/230V
170
320
400
650
380/400V
170
320
400
650
500V
170
320
400
650
660/690V
120
180
250
370
400V; gG/gL 500V
25
63
63
125
690V; gG/gL 690V
25
35
50
80
400V; gG/gL 500V
63
125
125
250
690V; gG/gL 690V
50
63
80
100
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
2
Protection against direct contact when
actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
2
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
Stranded (mm2)
1 x 16
1 x 16
1 x (16–50)
2 x (16–35)
1 x (16–50)
2 x (16–35)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–6
18–6
12–2
12–2
—
—
2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Making capacity (amps)
2
2
Breaking capacity (amps)
2
2
2
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (amps)
Type 2 coordination 2
2
2
Type 1 coordination 2
2
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
Flat conductor
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
2 IEC 60947 Standard.
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-75
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2, continued
2
Description
2
2
2
2
Size 0
CN13BN010_
Size 1C
CN13CN010_
Size 1
CN13DN000_
Size 2
CN13GN000_
M5
M5
M6
M6
General, continued
Main cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Nm
3
3
3.3
3.3
Lb-in
26.6
26.6
29.2
29.2
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2)
2
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
2
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
M3.5
2
2
2
Tightening torque
Nm
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
Tools
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Size 2
Pozidriv screwdriver
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
1x6
1x6
2
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2)
2
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
18–14
18–14
2
2
2
Tools
Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Stripping length (mm)
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
10
10
10
10
3.5
3.5
3.5
3.5
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
°
90
180°
°
°
90
2
90
2
30° 30°
30°
°
90
°
2
90
2
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
180°
2
Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals
2
2
Ambient temperature
2
Open
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
2
Enclosed
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
2
Ambient storage temperature
2
Environmental
2
2
2
Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Main contact—NO Contact
10
10
10
1
Auxiliary contact—NO Contact
7
7
7
7
Auxiliary contact—NC Contact
5
5
5
5
III/3
III/3
III/3
III/3
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
V5-T2-76
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4
2
Size 3
CN13KN000_
Size 4
CN13MN000_
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
2
AC operated
2 [4.41]
2 [4.41]
DC operated
2
Description
2
General
Standards
2
Weights in kg [lb]
2.1 [4.63]
2.1 [4.63]
Mechanical life—operations
10,000,000
10,000,000
Climatic proofing
1
1
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
690
690
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
8000
Operational voltage (U e) Vac
690
690
2
2
2
2
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
690
690
Between contacts (Vac)
690
690
1610
2100
2
220/230V
1150
1500
380/400V
1150
1500
2
500V
1150
1500
660/690V
1100
1200
1000V
—
—
400V; gG/gL 500V
250
25
690V; gG/gL 690V
25
250
2
250
250
2
Making capacity (amps)
Breaking capacity (amps)
2
2
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
2
Type 2 coordination 2
Type 1 coordination 2
400V; gG/gL 500V
250
250
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
2
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
2
Solid (mm2)
—
—
2
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
2
Stranded (mm2)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–20)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–20)
2
Flat conductor
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
8–3/0
8–3/0
2
M10
M10
2
Nm
14
14
2
Lb-in
123.9
123.9
690V; gG/gL 690V
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
Main cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
2
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
2 IEC 60947 Standard.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-77
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4, continued
2
Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
Size 3
CN13KN000_
Size 4
CN13MN000_
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
General, continued
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
M3.5
M3.5
Nm
1.2
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
10.6
5
5
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
Tightening torque
Tools
2
Main circuit cable—screw terminals
2
Control circuit cable—screw terminals
Hexagon socket-head spanner (mm)
Size 2
Size 2
Pozidriv screwdriver
0.8 x 5.5
0.8 x 5.5
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
Solid (mm2)
2
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2)
2
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
18–14
18–14
2
2
2
2
2
2
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Tools
Control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Stripping length (mm)
10
10
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
3.5
3.5
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30°
180°
°
90
90
°
2
30°
2
2
2
Ambient temperature
2
Open
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
2
Enclosed
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
10g
10g
2
Ambient storage temperature
2
Environmental
2
2
2
2
Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Main contact—NO contact
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
7g
7g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
5g
5g
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
V5-T2-78
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Size 5
Description
Size 5
CN13SN022_
Standards
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
Weights in kg [lb]
6.5 [14.3]
Mechanical life—operations
10,000,000
3000
Solid (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG)
2 x (18–12)
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
3000
Climatic proofing
1
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac
1000
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac
8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac
1000
2
Nm
1.2
Lb-in
10.6
2
Main cable wrench
16 mm
Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver
Size 2
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
Between contacts (Vac)
500
Ambient temperature
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
Ambient storage temperature
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
3000
Breaking capacity (amps)
660/690V
2500
1000V
760
Mechanical shock
Resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
2
30°
30°
°
2500
2
Environmental
90
500V
2
180°
°
2500
2
90
2500
2
Tools
500
380/400V
2
M3.5
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
220/230V
2
Tightening torque
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101
and Part 101/A1
Making capacity (amps)
2
Control circuit cable cross-sections
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
DC operated
2
General, continued
General
AC operated
2
Size 5
CN13SN022_
Description
2
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
2
Type 2 coordination 2
400V; gG/gL 500V
315
690V; gG/gL 690V
315
1000V; gG/gL 1000V
160
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Type 1 coordination 2
Main contact—NO contact
10g
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
10g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
8g
III/3
400V; gG/gL 500V
400
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
690V; gG/gL 690V
400
Switching capacity, kVAR 4
200
Individual compensation
1000V; gG/gL 1000V
2
2
2
2
2
Degree of protection
IP00
230V
Protection against direct contact when actuated
from front (IEC 536)
Finger and back-of-hand proof with
terminal shroud or terminal block
400/420/440V
—
525V
—
690V
—
2
100
2
Main cable cross-section
—
2
Flexible with cable lug (mm2)
50–240
Stranded with cable lug (mm2)
70–240
230V
Solid or stranded (AWG)
1/0–250 kcmil
400/420/440V
190
Flat conductor (mm)
3
525V
260
Bus bar—width in mm
25
690V
340
2
2
Main cable connection screw/bolt
M10
Tightening torque
Group compensation, with choke
2
Group compensation, without choke
230V
—
Nm
24
400/420/440V
—
Lb-in
213
525V
—
690V
—
2
2
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
2 IEC 60947 Standard.
3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.
4 When using contactors for group compensation, a minimum inductance of approx. 6 uh per capacitor must be available to limit the high
inrush current peaks. This corresponds to an air-cored coil with five windings and a coil diameter of approximately 140 mm. The conductor
cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
2
2
2
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-79
2.2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Contents
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description
2
Page
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-81
V5-T2-82
V5-T2-83
V5-T2-85
V5-T2-89
V5-T2-97
An Eaton
Green Solution
2
2
2
2
2
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay
2
Product Description
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Eaton’s new electronic
overload relay (EOL) is the
most compact, high-featured,
economical product in its
class. Designed on a global
platform, the new EOL covers
the entire power control
spectrum including NEMA,
IEC and DP Contactors. The
standard NEMA and DP
versions are offered with the
C440 designation while the
Space-Savings NEMA and
IEC versions have the XTOE
designation. The electronic
design provides reliable,
accurate and value driven
protection and communications
capabilities in a single
compact device. It is the
flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
2
Features and Benefits
Eaton has a long history of
innovations and product
development in motor control
and protection, including both
traditional NEMA, as well as
IEC control. It was from this
experience that the XTOE
was developed, delivering
new solutions to meet
today’s demands.
XTOE is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, XTOE can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules
with I/O for DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus,
EtherNet/IP, and Modbus TCP.
Features
●
Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
●
Easy to select, install and maintain
●
Compact size
●
Flexible, intelligent design
●
Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
power control
Size/Range
●
Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500A)
●
Selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
●
Direct mounting to NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Most compact electronic
overload in its class
Motor Control
●
Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
●
Test/Trip button
Motor Protection
●
Thermal overload
●
Phase loss
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase unbalance
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-80
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
User Interface
Large FLA selection dial
●
Trip status indicator
●
Operating mode LED
●
DIP switch selectable trip
class, phase unbalance and
ground fault
●
Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
●
Feature Options
●
Remote reset
●
120 Vac
●
24 Vac
●
24 Vdc
●
●
Tamper-proof cover
Communications modules
●
Modbus RTU RS-485
●
DeviceNet with I/O
●
PROFIBUS with I/O
●
Modbus RTU with I/O
●
Ethernet IP with I/O
●
Modbus TCP with I/O
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Benefits
Standards and Certifications
Reliability and Improved
Uptime
●
XTOE provides the users
with peace of mind
knowing that their
assets are protected
with the highest level
of motor protection and
communication capability
in its class
●
Extends the life of plant
assets with selectable
motor protection features
such as trip class, phase
unbalance and ground fault
●
Protects against
unnecessary downtime
by discovering changes
in your system (line/load)
with remote monitoring
capabilities
●
Status LED provides
added assurance that
valuable assets are
protected by indicating the
overload operational status
●
Flexibility
Available with NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Improves return on
investment by reducing
inventory carrying costs
with wide FLA adjustment
(5:1) and selectable
trip class
●
Design incorporates built-in
ground fault protection
thus eliminating the need
for separate CTs and
modules
●
Flexible communication
with optional I/O enables
easy integration into plant
management systems for
remote monitoring and
control
●
Available as an open
component and in
enclosed control and motor
control center assemblies
●
Monitoring Capabilities
Individual phase
currents RMS
●
Average three-phase
current RMS
●
Thermal memory
●
Fault indication (overload,
phase loss, phase
unbalance, ground fault)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL
CSA
CE
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1)
RoHS
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
Equipment Group 2,
Category 2
Safety
●
IP 20 rated terminal blocks
●
Available in Eaton’s
industry leading FlashGard
MCCs
●
Tested to the highest
industry standards such
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
●
RoHS compliant
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Electronic Overload Education
Description
2
Definition
Cause
Effect if not Protected
XTOE/XT Protection
Overload is a condition in which
current draw exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating for
an inductive motor.
• An increase in the load or torque that is
being driven by the motor.
• Increase in current draw leads to heat
and insulation breakdown, which can
cause system failure.
• Thermal trip behavior is defined by
UL, CSA and IEC standards.
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
• A low voltage supply to the motor
causes the current to go high to
maintain the power needed.
• A poor power factor causing above
normal current draw.
Ground fault
A line to ground fault.
A current leakage path to ground.
• Increase in current can increase
power consumption and waste
valuable energy.
• Trip class is settable from 10A,
10, 20, 30
2
2
2
2
An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
mention risk to equipment or personnel
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if ground fault current
exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,
i.e., if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
current exceeds 6A.
Unbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Uneven voltage or current between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be unbalanced.
Unbalanced voltage causes large
unbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
of unbalanced phases as listed above.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase is lost.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-81
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Catalog Number Selection
2
XT Electronic Overload Relay—NEMA Space-Savings
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
2
2
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
P = Pass-through
S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
Designation
XT = NEMA Space-Savings control
2
Type
OE = Electronic overload relay
2
Trip Type
CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30
GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20
2
2
Overload Range
2
1P6
005
020
1P6
005
020
045
1P6
005
020
045
100
175
2
2
2
2
2
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
20–100A
35–175A
Contactor Frame
C = Space-Savings Size 0
C = Space-Savings Size 1C
D = Space-Savings Size 1
D = Space-Savings Size 2
G = Space-Savings Size 3
G = Space-Savings Size 4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-82
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Product Selection
2
XT Electronic Overload Relays
XTOE for Direct Mount
to NEMA Size 1
2
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors
NEMA
Space-Savings
Size
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
0
CN13BN010_
0.35–1.65
Contact
Sequence
97 95
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration
Catalog Number
45 mm
NO-NC
XTOE1P6CCS
1–5
4–20
1C
CN13CN010_
0.35–1.65
97 95
XTOE020CCS
45 mm
NO-NC
CN13DN000_
1–5
CN13GN000_
2
XTOE045CCS
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
4–20
2
2
XTOE020CCS
9–45
1
2
XTOE1P6CCS
XTOE005CCS
2 4 6 98 96
XTOE005DCS
2
XTOE020DCS
9–45
2 4 6 98 96
9–45
97 95
2
XTOE045DCS
55 mm
NO-NC
20–100
XTOE045DCS
XTOE100DCS
2
2
2 4 6 98 96
3
CN13KN000_
20–100
4
CN13MN000_
35–175
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
XTOE100GCS
110 mm
NO-NC
XTOE175GCS
2
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
2
2 4 6 98 96
XTOE for Direct Mount
to NEMA Size 4
2
2
XTOE005CCS
2 4 6 98 96
1–5
4–20
2
Frame
Size
2
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors
2
NEMA
Space-Savings
Size
For Use with
Contactor
2
0
CN13BN010_
Overload
Range (Amps)
0.33–1.65
Contact
Sequence
97 95
Frame
Size
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration
Catalog Number
45 mm
NO-NC
XTOE1P6CGS
1–5
4–20
1C
CN13CN010_
0.33–1.65
XTOE005CGS
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
4–20
45 mm
NO-NC
CN13DN000_
0.33–1.65
2 4 6 98 96
XTOE045CGS
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
CN13GN000_
9–45
2
XTOE1P6DGS
2
XTOE005DGS
2 4 6 98 96
XTOE020DGS
9–45
2
2
XTOE020CGS
1–5
4–20
2
XTOE1P6CGS
XTOE005CGS
9–45
1
2
XTOE020CGS
1–5
2
XTOE045DGS
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
20–100
XTOE045DGS
XTOE100DGS
2
XTOE100GGS
2
2 4 6 98 96
3
CN13KN000_
20–100
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
2
2 4 6 98 96
4
CN13MN000_
35–175
97 95
2
110 mm
NO-NC
2
XTOE175GGS
2
2 4 6 98 96
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-83
2.2
2
1–5A OL with CTs
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Size 5 NEMA Space-Savings Contactors
Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
Space-Savings For Use with CT Range
Contactor Size Contactor
(Amps)
2
1
CN13SN022_
60-300
2
2
2
45 mm XT for
Separate Mount
300: 5 panel-mount CT kit
with integrated lugs
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
ZEB-XCT300
750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
Overload
Range (Amps)
2
Description
CT Kit
Catalog Number
Frame
Size
Contact
Sequence
Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
2
0.33–1.65
2
4–20
45 mm
1 3 5 97 95
1–5
2 4 6 98 96
ZEB32-1,65/KK
XTOE1P6CCSS
XTOE1P6CGSS
ZEB32-5/KK
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
ZEB32-20/KK
XTOE020CCSS
XTOE020CGSS
ZEB32-45/KK
XTOE045CCSS
XTOE045CGSS
2
9–45
20–100
55 mm
ZEB150-100/KK
XTOE100GCSS
XTOE100GGSS
2
35–175
110 mm
ZEB150-175/KK
XTOE175GCSS
XTOE175GGSS
2
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design
Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
2
2
2
2
Overload
Range (Amps)
Frame
Size
35–175
110 mm
Contact
Sequence
1 3 5 97 95
Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
ZEB150-175/PT
XTOE175GCSP
XTOE175GGSP
2 4 6 98 96
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-84
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Accessories
2
CT Kits
2
Accessories
Description
Safety Cover
Catalog Number
2
ZEB-XSC
2
Safety Cover
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.
2
2
Reset Bar
2
Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door
mounted reset operators.
ZEB-XRB
2
2
2
Remote Reset
Remote Reset
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1
Remote reset module (120 Vac)
2
C440-XCOM
1
2
ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-24
2
Communication
The XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability.
Advanced
Basic Communication via
Communication—
Expansion Module—
Monitoring and Control
Monitoring Only
XTOE also has the ability to
Basic communication on
communicate on industrial
the XTOE is accomplished
protocols such as DeviceNet,
using an expansion module.
PROFIBUS, Modbus RTU
The expansion module plugs
and Modbus TCP, and
into the expansion bay on
EtherNet/IP while providing
the XTOE overload relay,
control capability using I/O.
enabling communications
with the overload via their
An expansion module
Modbus RTU (RS-485)
(mentioned earlier) combined
network. No additional parts
with a communication
are required. See
adapter and a communication
figure below.
module allows easy
integration onto the
customer’s network. See
figure below.
2
2
Advanced
Communication—
Communication Module
The communication adapter
comes standard with four
inputs and two outputs
(24 Vdc or 120 Vac) while
providing the customer with
flexible mounting options
(DIN rail or panel). See
figure below,
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Basic Communication—
Modbus
Advanced Communication—
Communication Adapter with
Communication Module
2
Note
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (i.e., 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
2
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-85
2.2
2
2
2
2
Space-Savings Series
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
●
●
●
Motor status—running,
Percent thermal capacity
Overload relay settings—
stopped, tripped or
trip class, DIP switch
●
Fault codes (only available
resetting
selections, reset selections
prior to reset)
●
●
Individual rms phase
Modbus address (can be
●
Percent phase unbalance
currents (A, B, C)
set over the network)
●
Ground fault current and
●
Average of three-phase
percent
rms current
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Communication Accessories
Description
Catalog Number
Expansion Module
Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication)
C440-XCOM
Communication
Adapter
Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)
C440-COM-ADP 1
2
DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-120
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-24
2
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-120
PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-24
2
Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-120
2
Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-24
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U)
C440-ET-120
2
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V)
C440-ET-24
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 C440-COM-ADP Din C Panel adapter not required for ModbusTCP / EtherNet/IP communication module.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-86
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Modbus Communication Module
The Modbus module
combined with an expansion
module and a communication
adapter provide Modbus
communication capability to
the XTOE electronic overload
relay.
Modbus
Communication Module
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
●
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the HMi user interface
●
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches; LEDs are
provided to display
Modbus traffic
●
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
●
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet
Features and Benefits
Communication Module
●
Communication to
provides monitoring and
DeviceNet uses only one
control for the XTOE overload
DeviceNet MAC ID
relay from a single DeviceNet
●
Configuration
node. These modules also
●
DeviceNet MAC ID and
offer convenient I/O in two
Baud rate are set via
voltage options,
convenient DIP switches
24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
with an option to set
from the network
●
Advanced configuration
available using common
DeviceNet tools
2.2
2
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
●
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
●
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
DeviceNet
Communication Module
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-87
2.2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
The PROFIBUS module
Features and Benefits
combined with an expansion
●
The PROFIBUS
module and a communication
communication module is
adapter provide Modbus
capable of baud rates
communication capability to
up to 12 Mb
the XTOE electronic overload
●
PROFIBUS address is
relay.
set via convenient DIP
switches; LEDs are
provided to display
PROFIBUS status
●
Intuitive configuration
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
PROFIBUS
Communication Module
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Modules
The Ethernet module
Features and Benefits
combines user selectable
●
Supports EtherNet/IP
Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP
Protocol
protocols in a single device.
●
Supports Modbus TCP
A communication adapter is
Protocol
not required for this module
●
Integrated web page for
as it is designed for DIN/
device monitoring and
Panel-Mounting. Combined
configuration
with an expansion module,
●
●
Dual Ethernet ports with
integrated switch
Can simultaneously
support data access from
EtherNet/IP originators and
Modbus TCP clients
Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP
capability are added to the
XTOE overload relay.
2
2
2
2
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP
Communication Module
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-88
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
2
Specification
Description
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Electrical Ratings
Range
Range
Range
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
20–100A
28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
0, 1C
1, 2, 3
4
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
Thermal overload setting
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
2
Feature
Range
Range
Range
Phase loss
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
2
2
2
FLA Range
2
2
Use with Contactors
Space-Savings NEMA Size
2
2
Trip Class
2
Motor Protection
2
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
2
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
Orange flag
2
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
2
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Yes
2
Indicators
2
Options
2
2
2
Capacity
Load terminals
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
2
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
124 lb-in (14 Nm)
2
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
2
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
2
Voltages
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-89
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
2
Description
2
2
2
2
2
Specification
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
5A
5A
5A
120V
15A
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
Conventional thermal continuous current
Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
Make contact (1800 VA)
Break contact (180 VA)
2
120V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
2
415V
0.9A
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
1.0A
120V
30A
30A
30A
2
240V
15A
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
2
600V
6A
6A
6A
120V
3A
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
0.6A
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
0–250V
Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
Break contact (360 VA)
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
0.22A
250V
0.11A
0.11A
0.11A
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Maximum fuse
Environmental Ratings
2
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
2
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% noncondensing
5% to 95% noncondensing
5% to 95% noncondensing
2
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
15g any direction
2
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
2
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from
front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
Any
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-90
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
2
Specification
Description
2
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
2
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
2
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
2
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
2
Electrical/EMC
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-91
2.2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Communication Modules
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
2
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 MHz
30–1000 MHz
30–1000 MHz
30–1000 MHz
2
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 MHz
0.15–30 MHz
0.15–30 MHz
0.15–30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Description
Electrical/EMC
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
2
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
2
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
2
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
3
3
3
2
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
2
Overvoltage category per UL 508
III
III
III
III
DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate
—
125K, 250K, 500K
—
125K, 250K, 500K
2
2
Ethernet
2
Ethernet connections
—
—
—
Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
2
Ethernet type
—
—
—
Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
2
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS connections
—
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
PROFIBUS baud rate
—
—
9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, —
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
2
2
2
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-92
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Communication Modules, continued
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
2
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
2
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
Description
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
2
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
>18 Vdc
>10 Vdc
>18 Vdc
Nominal input current
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
2
2
2
2
2
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF state
0–6 Vdc
Transition region
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
ON state
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
2
Nominal input voltage
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
2
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
<30 Vac
<20 Vac
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
>80 Vac
>70 Vac
>80 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
2
C441_ 120 Vac Input
2
2
2
2
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF state
0–30 Vac
Transition region
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
ON state
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
2
2
2
Output Modules
Relay OFF time
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
Relay ON time
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
Max. current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-93
2.2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with
regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s XTOE electronic overload relays combined
with XT Series IEC, Freedom Series NEMA and XT NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of
SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects
the latest information as of April 2010.
XTOE Standalone Overload Relays (XTOE)
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
2
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
Maximum
Fuse Size (A)
(RK5)
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Maximum
Breaker
Size (A)
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
2
Overload
FLA Range
2
0.33–1.65A
600 Vac
1
6
15
—
—
—
—
—
—
1–5A
600 Vac
5
20
20
100
100
30
100
35
20
2
4–20A
600 Vac
5
80
80
100
100
100
100
35
80
9–45A
600 Vac
5
175
175
100
100
100
100
35
100/175 (480/600)
2
20–100A
600 Vac
10
400
400
100
100
200
150
35
250/400 (480/600)
2
28–140A
600 Vac
10
450
500
100
100
400
100
65
400
35–175A
690 Vac
10
500 (gG)
350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100
100
500 (gG)
100 (415 Vac)
—
350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
600V (kA)
480V (kA)
600V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size
480V (kA)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
Contactor
Frame Size
Overload
FLA Range
480V
B
1–5A
4–20A
1–5A
C
D
600V
480V
600V
Maximum
Breaker Size
100
100
30
—
—
—
100
100
30
—
—
—
100
100
60
—
—
—
—
4–20A
100
100
60
—
—
9–45A
100
100
60
—
—
—
9–45A
100
100
200
65
35
175
20–100A
100
100
200
65
35
175
F
20–100A
100
100
200
65
65
350
G
20–100A
100
100
200
65
65
350
35–175A
100
100
400
65
30
250 (480 Vac)
350 (600 Vac)
35–175A
100
100
400
65
30
400
2
2
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Maximum
Fuse Size
H
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-94
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
600V (kA)
Maximum
Breaker Size
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2.2
Coil Data—Frames B–D
CN13B_
NEMA Size 0
CN13C_
NEMA Size 1C
CN13D_
NEMA Size 1
CN13G_
NEMA Size 2
AC operated
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
DC operated
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
Description
2
2
Voltage Tolerance
2
Pickup (x Uc)
2
Dropout (x Uc)
AC operated
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.3–0.6
DC operated
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
2
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
2
AC operated
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz
2
Pickup VA
52
52
149
149
Pickup W
40
40
80
80
2
2
Sealing VA
7.1
7.1
16
16
Sealing W
2.1
2.1
4.3
4.3
2
Pickup VA
67
67
178
178
Pickup W
50
50
117
117
2
Sealing VA
8.7
8.7
19
19
Sealing W
2.6
2.6
5.3
5.3
Pickup VA
62
58
62
58
168
154
168
154
2
Pickup W
48
43
48
43
120
43
120
43
Sealing VA
9.1
6.5
9.1
6.5
22
14
22
14
2
Sealing W
2.5
2
2.5
2
5.3
4.3
5.3
4.3
Pickup W
12 at 24V
12 at 24V
24 at 24V
24 at 24V
Sealing W
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
0.5 at 24V
100
100
100
100
Single-voltage coil 60 Hz
2
2
50/60 Hz
2
2
DC operated
Duty factor (%DF)
2
2
2
Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
Main contact
2
AC operated
Closing delay (ms)
<22
<22
<18
<18
Opening delay (ms)
<14
<14
<13
<13
<47
<47
<54
<54
2
DC operated
Closing delay (ms)
Opening delay (ms)
<30
<30
<24
<24
10
10
10
10
Emitted interference
To EN-60947-1
To EN-60947-1
To EN-60947-1
To EN-60947-1
Noise immunity
To EN-60947-1
To EN-60947-1
To EN-60947-1
To EN-60947-1
Arcing time (ms)
2
2
2
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
2
2
Note
1 Coil Suffix TD: U
min 24 Vdc/Umax 27 Vdc.
Coil Suffix WD: Umin 48 Vdc/Umax 60 Vdc.
Coil Suffix AD: Umin 110 Vdc/Umax 130 Vdc.
Coil Suffix BD: Umin 200 Vdc/Umax 240 Vdc.
Example:
Uc = 0.7 x Umin—1.2 x Umax
Uc = 0.7 x 24V—1.2 x 27 Vdc
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-95
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
2
Coil Data—Frames F–G
2
Description
2
2
Coil Data—Frames L–R
CN13K_
NEMA Size 3
CN13M_
NEMA Size 4
CN13S_
NEMA Size 5
Description
Voltage Tolerance
Voltage Tolerance
Pickup (x Uc)
Pickup (x Uc)
AC operated
0.8–1.1
0.8–1.1
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
DC operated
0.7–1.2 1
0.7–1.2 1
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
2
Dropout (x Uc)
AC operated
0.25–0.6
0.25–0.6
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
2
DC operated
0.15–0.6
0.15–0.6
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
2
AC operated
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dropout (x Uc)
180
180
Pickup W
130
130
Sealing VA
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
2.1
2.1
Pickup VA
170
170
Pickup W
130
130
Sealing VA
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
2.1
2.1
Single-voltage coil 60 Hz
170
170
130
130
2
Sealing VA
3.1
3.1
Sealing W
2.1
2.1
Pickup W
149 at 24V
149 at 24V
Sealing W
2.1 at 24V
2.1 at 24V
100
100
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4.3
Sealing W
3.3
Pickup VA
360
Pickup W
325
Sealing VA
4.3
Sealing W
3.3
100
Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)
Pickup W
2
200
Sealing VA
Duty factor (%DF)
50/60 Hz
Pickup VA
2
Pickup W
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
2
2
250 2
Pickup VA
Pickup VA
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
<100
Opening delay (ms)
<80
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
DC operated
Duty factor (%DF)
Closing delay (ms)
Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
Closing delay (ms)
<50
Opening delay (ms)
<40
Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range
(XTCE185L–XTCEC20R)
Voltage interruptions
Main contact
AC operated
Closing delay (ms)
<33
<33
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms
Time is bridged successfully
Opening delay (ms)
<41
<41
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms
Dropout of the contactor
Closing delay (ms)
<35
<35
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <12 ms
Opening delay (ms)
<30
<30
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms
Dropout of the contactor
Arcing time (ms)
15
15
(0.6–0.7 x Ucmin)
Contactor remains switched on
Permissible residual current with actuation of
A1–A2 by the electronics (with 0 signal) (mA)
<1
<1
Voltage dips
DC operated
Excess voltage
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Emitted interference
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
Noise immunity
To EN60947-1
To EN60947-1
2
2
Time is bridged successfully
(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax)
Contactor remains switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) <3s
Contactor remains switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s
Dropout of the contactor
Pickup phase
(0–0.7 x Ucmin)
Contactor does not switch on
(0.7 x Ucmin –1.15 x Ucmax)
Contactor switches on with certainty
(>1.15 x Ucmax)
Contactor switches on with certainty
Notes
1 At 24V: 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient
temperature +40°C [104°F].
2 Control transformer with U <6%.
k
2
2
V5-T2-96
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts
Description
CN13BN0_
CN13CN0_
CN13DN0_
CN13GN0_
CN13KN0_
CN13MN0_
7.3
12.1
11.3
28.8
20.3
30.7
2
2
Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
at Ith
at Ie to AC-3/400V
Impedance per pole, megohms
1.9
6.1
7.2
19
15.9
27.0
2
2
1.5
1.5
0.4
0.4
2
2
2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
2
Contactors
2
Type CN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1C
2
2
38
[1.50]
2
71
[2.80]
60.4
[2.38]
2 x M4 Dia.
85
[3.46]
2
2
75 [2.95]
2
4.5 [0.17]
4.8 [0.19]
17.7 [0.70]
6.4
[0.25]
2
4.5 [0.17]
2
6.5 [0.26]
10.6 [0.42]
97.4 [3.83]
35 [1.38]
138.7 [5.46]
11.6
[0.46]
11.6 [0.46]
45 [1.77]
2
2
Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in]
2
Type CN13 NEMA Size 1 and 2
2
4 x M4 Dia.
2
2
104
[4.09]
57
[2.24]
86.4
[3.40]
2
105 [4.13]
2
2
2
2
45 [1.77]
4.7 [0.19]
34.4 [1.35]
55 [2.17]
2
6.9 [0.27]
113.8 [4.48]
132.1 [5.20]
146.8 [5.78]
2
Note: Sideways distance to
grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in]
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-97
2.2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Type CN13 NEMA Size 3 and 4
2
4 x M6 Dia.
2
156 [6.14]
2
156 [6.14]
57 [2.24]
76.5 [3.01]
2
170 [6.69]
2
2
2
2
2
90 [3.54]
2
2
2
2
70 [2.79]
82.5 [3.25]
85.5 [3.37]
142 [5.59]
111 [4.37]
Note: Sideways distance to
grounded parts: 10 mm [0.39 in]
160 [6.30]
Type CN13 NEMA Size 5
160 [6.30]
140 [5.51]
11 [0.43] Dia.
2
M6 Dia.
2
2
2
189
[7.44]
164 180
[6.46] [7.09]
160
[6.30]
2
2
20 [0.79]
48 [1.89]
2
120 [4.72]
5 [0.20]
140 [5.51]
208 [8.19]
8 [0.31]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-98
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
2
XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay
Type AN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1C
140.0 [5.50]
98.0 [3.80]
45.0 [1.77]
35.0 [1.38]
Mounting
Holes for
M4 or #8
Screws
(2 places)
161.0
[6.30]
2
Type AN13 NEMA Size 3
75.0
[2.95]
117.3
[4.62]
111.8
[4.40]
2
90.0
[3.54]
Mtg.
2
Mtg. Holes for
(4) M6 or #10
Screws
70.0
[2.76]
7.8
[0.31]
2
175.0 [6.89]
160.0 [6.30]
2
2.5–3.0 Nm
[22–26 lb-in]
18.2 [0.71]
Trip/Test
102.7 [4.04]
110.4 [4.35]
10.6 [0.42]
Reset
222.3
[8.75]
To Reset
Mtg. Holes for
(4) #8 Screws or
M4 Screws
2
2
108.4
[4.27]
Mtg.
45.0 [1.77] Mtg.
55.0 [2.17]
5.0 [0.20]
2
291.1
[11.46]
Type AN13 NEMA Size 1 and 2
5.0 [0.20]
2
156.0
[6.14]
Mtg. 167.3
[6.59]
Mtg.
146.1 [5.75]
2
132.4 [5.21]
To Reset
140.2 [5.52]
41.2 [1.62] Mtg.
Mtg. Holes
for (2) M4
or #8 Screws
56.0 [2.20]
213.6
[8.41]
2
M6 [#10] Screws
159.7
[6.29]
To Reset
70.0
[2.76]
156.0
[6.14]
2
Terminal
Torque:
14 Nm
[124 lb-in]
21.3 [0.84]
2
345.0
[13.6]
38.7 [1.52]
To Reset
152.0
[6.00]
136.2 [5.36]
To Reset
5.0
[0.20]
2
2
2
77.0
[3.00]
18.2 [0.71] Trip/Test
10.6 [0.42] Reset
36.0 [1.42]
89.0
[3.50]
2
2
Type AN13 NEMA Size 4
105.0
[4.13]
Mtg.
2
2
157.0 [6.18]
161.0 [6.30]
2
2
110.0 [4.30]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-99
2.2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Space-Savings Series
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
Reversing Contactors
Type CN53 Size 0, 1C, 1 and 2
2
2
2
H
2
2
2
2
2
2
W
D
Size 0 and 1C
Size 1 and 2
W
H
D
W
H
D
90
[3.54]
85
[3.34]
138
[5.43]
110
[4.33]
115
[4.53]
146.8
[5.78]
Type CN53 Size 3 and 4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
299
314
[11.77] [12.36]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
176 [6.93]
M6
196 [7.72]
183 [7.20]
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-100
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Description
Page
A200 Series
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
2
Product Description
2
Class A201 Contactors,
Sizes 00–4; Three-Phase,
1-1/2–100 hp
A201 Magnetic Contactors
from Eaton’s Electrical Sector
are 600V rated devices
available in NEMA Sizes 00–
4, 10A through 150A (open
rating). Product features
include:
●
●
●
●
Straight-through wiring
to line and load terminals
located up front for ease
of installation
Moving and stationary
contacts are front
accessible, simplifying
inspection and
maintenance
Reliable U-shaped magnet
for reduced power
consumption
Coil design reduces
inventory/maintenance
expenses. For a given
voltage, one size coil fits
all contactors Sizes 00–2,
and a second coil fits threepole Model J Sizes 3 and 4.
Model K coils are different
design
A201 contactors have
normally open holding circuit
interlocks which are supplied
as standard.
Panel layout and drilling are
simplified through the use
of common backplates, one
for Sizes 00–2 and one for
Sizes 3–4. In addition, panel
space is reduced dramatically
through the use of unique
corner cavities for mounting
the wide variety of
modifications shown on
Page V5-T2-120.
For reversing applications,
two contactors are supplied
on a common base with
electrical and mechanical
interlocks which prevent both
contactors from being closed
at the same time.
Class A201 Contactors,
Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase,
Over 100 hp
These AC magnetic
contactors utilize clapper
design and feature straightthrough wiring.
Contacts are silver alloy for
longer life. The contacts close
with optimum wiping action
which serves to keep the
contacting surfaces clean.
De-ion® arc quenchers draw
the arc away from the
contacts at opening, which
reduces burning and pitting
and increases contact life.
All of the contactors are
complete with one unwired,
normally-open (NO) auxiliary
contact mounted and have
accommodations for
additional auxiliary contacts.
No control circuit wiring or
terminal markings are included.
Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open
Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open
Class A201 Size 5 and 6
contactors are front clapper
design, AC operated with the
armature pivoting on dual
needle bearings which assure
accurate contact alignment.
A201 Size 5 and 6
contactors and starters are
UL recognized when supplied
without terminals. When
supplied with terminals, the
devices are UL listed.
2
Two special configurations of
the Class A201 Size 5 and 6
contactors are available:
2
●
The contactor base is molded
of a high impact, nontracking, non-hygroscopic
glass polyester material
permitting front mounting
and wiring on a steel panel.
Floating magnet assures
quiet operation.
Size 5 and 6 contactors must
be mounted with the line
terminals directly above the
load terminals.
Multi-voltage coil ratings
allow selection of the voltage
which closely matches the
actual system voltage to assure
optimum contactor operation.
Each contactor
accommodates two Type J11
auxiliary contacts, providing
up to four auxiliary circuits,
normally-open or normallyclosed (NO and NC).
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
●
Latched Design—
This is a mechanically
held, electrically released
device. It is applied where
the contactor must remain
closed during extreme
voltage fluctuations or
power failure. It is also
suitable for applications
requiring quiet operation
since the operating coil is
de-energized when the
contactor is closed. The
latch assembly consists
of a mechanical latch
mechanism, electrically
operated AC trip solenoid
and a clearing contact
DC Operated—This device
is DC operated. It is used
where low dropout voltage
or exceptionally quiet
operation is desired. The
DC assembly consists of a
DC operating coil, integrally
mounted rectifier and
shorting contact
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-101
2.3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open
Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open
Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open
Class A201 Size 7 and 8
contactors are DC operated
side clapper design with the
shaft mounted on dual needle
bearings to ensure positive
contact alignment and long
contact life.
A steel panel base permits
mounting on angle or channel
without additional support,
for versatile low cost
installation.
Each stationary contact
assembly is mounted on an
individual molded insulator.
Each pair of contacts is
surrounded by a De-ion grid
type arc quencher for rapid
and confined arc interruption
and long contact life.
The shunt for each pole is
made of flexible, braided
copper cable for freedom of
movement and long life.
The rugged DC operating
coils are designed to operate
at high temperature and
insulated to meet Class H
service.
An integrally mounted
avalanche type silicon
rectifier supplies DC coil
voltage from the AC
control circuit.
Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate
three Type L-63 auxiliary
contacts which are easily
converted from normallyopen to normally-closed,
providing auxiliary circuit
flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64
auxiliary contacts with a total
of four circuits.
Application Description
Standards and Certifications
Magnetic contactors are
used to switch transformers
and capacitors and to control
electrical power circuits
such as heating, lighting
and motors that require
no overload protection, or
where overload protection
is separately provided. They
can be operated remotely
by manual or automatic
pilot devices.
A201 contactors are UL listed
components and also have
CSA certification.
Instructional Leaflets
16960B Sizes 00–1 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
16961E Size 2 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
13238G Size 3 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
A201 Size 7, 8 and 9
contactors and starters are
UL recognized when supplied
without terminals. When
supplied with terminals, the
devices are UL listed.
17001C Size 4 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
17049D Size 5 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
17053B Size 6 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
2
17048 Sizes 7–8 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
2
16978 Size 9 Magnetic
Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-102
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Product Selection
2
Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9
2
When Ordering Specify
2
Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for
coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
A201 Size 1 Contactor
2
2
Front Connected Contactors
Max. UL Horsepower
Size
Amps
Two Poles Open
Three Poles Open
Four Poles Open
Five Poles Open
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Sizes 00–6
00
9
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
A201KAB_
A201KAC_
A201KAD_
A201KAE_
0
18
1
2
3
3
5
5
A201K0B_
A201K0C_
A201K0D_
A201K0E_
2
2
2
2
1
27
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
A201K1B_
A201K1C_
A201K1D_
A201K1E_
2
45
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
A201K2B_
A201K2C_
A201K2D_
A201K2E_
3
90
—
—
25
30
50
50
A201K3B_
A201K3C_
A201K3D_
A201K3E_
4
135
—
—
40
50
100
100
A201K4B_
A201K4C_
A201K4D_
A201K4E_
5
270
—
—
75
100
200
200
A201K5B_
A201K5C_
—
—
6
540
—
—
150
200
400
400
A201K6B_
A201K6C_
—
—
2
2
Sizes 7–9
71
810
—
—
200
300
600
600
A201K7B_
A201K7C_
—
—
81
1215
—
—
400
450
900
900
A201K8B_
A201K8C_
—
—
91
2250
—
—
—
800
1600
—
A201K9B_
A201K9C_Z1 23
—
—
2
2
2
2
Rear Connected Contactors
Coil Suffix
120V Rectified Coil/Open Only
Coil Volts and Hz
2
Code Suffix
2
Size
Catalog Number
Sizes 00–6
7
A201K7CJZ1Z4
120/60 or 110/50
A
8
A201K8CJZ1Z4
200–208/60
B
9
A201K9CJZ1Z4
240/60
W
2
2
Sizes 7, 8 and 9 2
480/60
X
600/60
E
110–120/50 or 60
J
220–240/50 or 60
K
440–480/50 or 60
U
600/60
E
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
3 Supplied without terminal lugs.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-103
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Reversing, Sizes 00–9
2
When Ordering Specify
2
2
2
Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for
coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
Size 1 Horizontal
Reversing Contactor
2
Class A211—Horizontally Mounted and Class A251—Vertically Mounted Reversing Contactors
Max. UL Horsepower
Size
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
Amps
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Horizontal Design
Vertical Design
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Sizes 0–6
2
0
18
1
2
3
3
5
5
A211K0C_
A251K0C_
2
1
27
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
A211K1C_
A251K1C_
2
45
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
A211K2C_
A251K2C_
2
3
90
—
—
25
30
50
50
A211K3C_
A251K3C_
4
135
—
—
40
50
100
100
A211K4C_
A251K4C_
2
5
270
—
—
75
100
200
200
A211K5C_
A251K5C_
2
6
540
—
—
150
200
400
400
A211K6C_
A251K6C_
Sizes 7–9
2
71
810
—
—
200
300
600
600
—
A251K7C_
81
1215
—
—
400
450
900
900
—
A251K8C_
2
91
2250
—
—
—
800
1600
—
—
A251K9C_ 2
2
Coil Suffix
2
Coil Volts and Hz
2
120/60 or 110/50
A
2
200–208/60
B
240/60
W
2
480/60
X
2
600/60
E
Sizes 7, 8 and 9 2
Code Suffix
Sizes 00–6
2
110–120/50 or 60
J
220 –240/50 or 60
K
2
440–480/50 or 60
U
600/60
E
2
Notes
1 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-104
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Dimensions
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2
Non-Reversing Open Contactors
Figure A—Sizes 00–4 A210
Figure B—Size 5
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2 Mounting Slots
0.22 (5.6)
Dia. Hole
A
2
G
2
C
F
2
0.12
(3.0)
D
2
B
D
2
B
C
E
2
0.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End
Mounting Slot
(2 Places)
G 0.20 (5.1) 4
Mounting Slots
E
E
2
E
A
2
H
2
2
Figure D—Sizes 7–9
Figure C—Size 6
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2 Mounting Slots
C
G
A
E
2
H
2
G
0.12
(3.0)
D
B
E
2
D
2
E
2
C
2
B
2
4 Holes for 0.38 (9.7) Dia.
Mounting Hardware
H
A
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Mounting Screws
NEMA
Size
No. of
Poles
Fig.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Weight,
Lbs (kg)
2
00, 0, 1
2–4
A
3
#10
3.31 (84.1)
4.38 (111.3)
4.61 (117.1)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
1.66 (42.2)
0.45 (11.5)
—
2.6 (1.2)
5
A
3
#10
4.19 (106.4)
4.38 (111.3)
4.61 (117.1)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
2.09 (53.1)
0.45 (11.5)
—
3.2 (1.5)
2
2
3, 4
2, 3
A
3
#10
3.31 (84.1)
4.38 (111.3)
4.94 (125.5)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
1.66 (42.2)
0.45 (11.5)
—
3.3 (1.5)
4, 5
A
3
#10
5.06 (128.5)
4.38 (111.3)
4.94 (125.5)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
2.53 (64.3)
0.45 (11.5)
—
4.5 (2.0)
2, 3
A
3
1/4 in.
4.63 (117.6)
6.63 (168.4)
6.75 (171.5)
6.00 (152.4)
1.88 (47.8)
2.31 (58.7)
0.38 (9.7)
—
9.3 (4.2)
4, 5
A
3
1/4 in.
7.25 (184.2)
6.63 (168.4)
6.75 (171.5)
6.00 (152.4)
1.88 (47.8)
3.63 (92.2)
0.38 (9.7)
—
13.0 (5.9)
5
2, 3
B
4
3/8 in.
7.22 (183.4)
12.00 (304.8)
7.75 (196.9)
11.00 (279.4)
2.75 (69.9)
—
0.59 (15.0)
2.22 (56.4)
25.0 (11.4)
6
2, 3
C
4
3/8 in.
7.22 (183.4)
13.50 (342.9)
9.50 (251.3)
11.00 (279.4)
2.75 (69.9)
—
0.59 (15.0)
2.22 (56.4)
42.0 (19.1)
7
3
D
4
3/8 in.
23.50 (596.9)
18.63 (473.2)
11.00 (279.4)
12.00 (304.8)
22.00 (558.8)
—
5.63 (143.0)
0.75 (19.1)
215.0 (97.6)
8
3
D
4
3/8 in.
23.50 (596.9)
19.25 (489.0)
11.00 (279.4)
12.00 (304.8)
22.00 (558.8)
—
5.63 (143.0)
0.75 (19.1)
265.0 (120.3)
9
3
D
4
1/2 in.
33.00 (838.2)
29.75 (755.7)
12.94 (328.7)
8.00 (203.2)
30.75 (781.1)
—
14.50 (368.3)
1.63 (41.4)
315.0 (143.0)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-105
2.3
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Reversing Open Contactors
Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal
2
A
G
G
F
2
Figure C—Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal
C
D B
2
2
E
2
0.20 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting
Slots
E
2
D
C
A
Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical
2
A
Figure E—Sizes 7–9 Vertical
A
E
C
H
G
H
2
2
G
Figure D—Sizes 5, 6 Vertical
C
2
2
E
2
E H
F
2
2
B
D
D B
E
2
C
0.20 (5.1)
Dia.
3 Mtg.
Holes
2
E
H
D
A
B
B
0.53 (13.5) Dia.—3 Holes
F
2
2
2
2
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
NEMA
Size
Mounting Screws
Fig.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Weight,
Lbs (kg)
3 x 3 H.
A
3
#10
7.13 (181.1)
4.45 (113.0)
5.05 (128.3)
3.95 (100.3)
5.31 (134.9)
3.56 (90.4)
0.25 (6.4)
—
7.8 (3.5)
3 x 3 V.
B
3
#10
3.33 (84.6)
9.61 (244.1)
5.05 (128.3)
9.08 (230.6)
2.16 (54.9)
0.75 (19.1)
0.25 (6.4)
4.52 (114.8)
8.9 (4.0)
3 x 3 H.
A
3
#10
7.13 (181.1)
4.45 (113.0)
5.38 (136.7)
3.95 (100.3)
5.31 (134.9)
3.56 (90.4)
0.25 (6.4)
—
9.1 (4.1)
3 x 3 V.
B
3
#10
3.33 (84.6)
9.61 (244.1)
5.38 (136.7)
9.08 (230.6)
2.16 (54.9)
0.75 (19.1)
0.25 (6.4)
4.52 (114.8)
10.0 (4.5)
3 x 3 H.
A
3
1/4 in.
9.75 (247.7)
6.88 (174.8)
7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)
7.00 (177.8)
4.88 (124.0)
0.44 (11.2)
—
24.0 (10.9)
3 x 3 V.
B
3
1/4 in.
4.63 (117.6)
16.56 (420.6)
7.25 (184.2)
15.69 (398.5)
2.75 (69.9)
0.94 (23.9)
0.44 (11.2)
7.78 (197.6)
25.0 (11.4)
2
5
3 x 3 H.
C
8
3/8 in.
17.22 (437.4)
12.00 (304.8)
7.75 (196.9)
11.00 (279.4)
2.75 (69.9)
10.00 (254.0
0.59 (15.0)
1.38 (35.1)
55.0 (25.0)
3 x 3 V.
D
8
3/8 in.
8.25 (209.6)
30.00 (762.0)
7.75 (196.9)
18.00 (457.8)
2.75 (69.9)
—
—
1.38 (35.1)
55.0 (25.0)
2
6
3 x 3 H.
C
8
3/8 in.
17.22 (437.4)
13.50 (342.9)
8.75 (222.3)
11.00 (279.4)
2.75 (69.9)
10.00 (254.0)
0.59 (15.0)
1.38 (35.1)
90.0 (40.9)
3 x 3 V.
D
8
3/8 in.
8.25 (209.6)
41.50 (1054.1)
8.75 (222.3)
28.00 (711.2)
2.75 (69.9)
—
—
1.38 (35.1)
90.0 (40.9)
450.0 (204.3)
2
2
2
00, 0, 1
No. of
Poles
2
3, 4
2
7
3 x 3 V.
E
8
3/8 in.
23.50 (596.9)
38.63 (981.2)
11.00 (279.4)
20.00 (508.0)
22.00 (558.8)
—
5.63 (143.0)
0.75 (19.1)
2
8
3 x 3 V.
E
8
3/8 in.
23.50 (596.9)
39.25 (997.0)
11.00 (279.4)
20.00 (508.0)
22.00 (558.8)
—
5.63 (143.0)
0.75 (19.1)
550.0 (249.7)
9
3 x 3 V.
E
8
1/2 in.
33.00 (838.2)
62.75 (1593.9)
12.94 (328.7)
33.00 (838.2)
30.75 (781.1)
—
14.50 (368.3)
1.63 (41.4)
650.0 (295.1)
2
V5-T2-106
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Description
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-108
V5-T2-108
V5-T2-108
V5-T2-108
V5-T2-109
V5-T2-112
V5-T2-115
V5-T2-120
V5-T2-121
V5-T2-123
V5-T2-125
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing
2
Product Description
NEMA Sizes 00–4; Three-Phase,
1-1/2–100 hp
These Starters from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector use Class
A201 contactors as described
on Page V5-T2-101.
Contactor features are
enhanced through the ability
to provide positive motor
protection in the form of
several types of overload
relays. See Pages V5-T2-128
to V5-T2-140.
Type B Overload Relay,
Manual Reset Only
Supplied as standard on
Class A200 and A900 starters
(two-speed). The bi-metallic
overload relay offers ambient
compensation and trip-to-test
feature (relay contact status
check) as standard. In
addition, an isolated normallyopen contact is available in kit
form for customer mounting.
Type B overload relays are
manual reset only.
Type A Overload Relay,
Manual or Automatic Reset
This is an optional overload
relay, offering the capability
of field conversion to
automatic reset. It is available
as an ambient compensated
or non-compensated type.
Non-Reversing Starters
Non-reversing starters are
supplied as open devices. All
starters are supplied with a
normally-open holding circuit
interlock.
Reversing Starters
For reversing applications
(Class A210), a starter and a
contactor electrically and
mechanically interlocked are
supplied on a common
baseplate. Reversing starters
are used to start, stop and
reverse AC squirrel cage
motors and for primary
control of reversing woundrotor motors.
For plugging or inching, when
operations exceed five times
per minute, decreased
horsepower ratings in
accordance with NEMA
Standard ICS 2-321 are
recommended.
Two-Speed Starters, A900s
For across-the-line starting of
two-speed constant hp,
constant torque and variable
torque squirrel cage motors,
two-speed starters (Class
A900) are available. These
starters consist of two
starters, one for each motor
speed, mechanically and
electrically interlocked and
wired for manual speed
selection by means of
pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays
may be added to provide
automatic acceleration or
deceleration.
Starters for two-speed, two
independent winding motors
consist of two-, three- or fourpole starters electrically and
mechanically interlocked.
Starters for two-speed, single
reconnectable winding
motors consist of one threepole and one five-pole starter
mechanically and electrically
interlocked.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-107
2.3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
NEMA Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase
75 to 1600 hp
Non-reversing (Class A200),
and reversing (Classes A210,
A250) full voltage starters
are used for across-the-line
starting of squirrel cage
induction motors. They are
used with motors rated above
50 hp at 230V, and above
100 hp at 460 through 600V.
Application Description
Features and Benefits
Standards and Certifications
Magnetic starters are used
for full-voltage, across-theline starting and stopping of
squirrel cage motors. They
can be operated locally or
remotely by manual or
automatic pilot devices.
Sizes 00–4
●
Straight-Through Wiring,
Up-Front, Out-Front
Terminals for ease in
installation
●
Unique Accessory
Mounting Cavities reduce
panel space requirements
●
Snap-in Accessories for
application flexibility
●
Vertical and Horizontal
Interlocking capability
increases application
flexibility
●
Ambient Compensated
Overload Relays available
as standard, offering
superior motor protection
in variable motor/controller
environments
●
Isolated Normally Open
Relay Contact available in
kit mounting form on Type
B Overload Relay
Class A200 starters are UL
listed and recognized and also
carry CSA certification.
Sizes 5 and 6 starters use
Class A201 contactors as
described on Page V5-T2-101.
In addition to standard motor
starters, special application
devices are available: Sizes 5
and 6 starters with integrally
rectified AC to DC coils for
applications where low
voltage problems are
prevalent are available.
Front Removable Parts—
All operating parts can be
removed quickly and easily
from the front. Straightthrough wiring and
conveniently located
connection points for external
wires and cables minimize
installation time.
Type B Block Type
Thermal Overload Relay—
Dependable overload
protection is assured by
these snap-action, manual
reset relays. Automatic reset
Type A relays are available as
an option.
Types of Starters
Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6—
Non-reversing starters
contain an AC magneticallyoperated Size 5 or Size 6 line
contactor and block Type B
three-pole overload relay,
along with three current
transformers. A control relay
whose contacts handle the
coil current of the starter is
provided with Size 6 starters.
Sizes 5–9
●
Rectified AC/DC Coils
available to reduce
premature drop-out or
“kiss” problems due to
inherent low voltage
conditions
●
Clapper Design armature
assembly pivots on needle
bearings resulting in quick,
smooth opening and
closing of the magnet
●
Stainless Steel Kick-Out
Spring assures quick,
positive drop-out time
●
Front Removable Parts all
current carrying parts front
removable for easy
inspection and
maintenance
Class A200, Sizes 7, 8
and 9—Non-reversing
starters contain a DC
operated line contactor, DC
power supply, block Type B
three-pole overload relay with
three current transformers
and a control relay.
Class A960/A970/A980
Multi-Speed Starters:
Refer to Page V5-T2-111.
2
V5-T2-108
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Instructional Leaflets
16958 Sizes 00–1, 3-Pole
Motor Controller
16956 Sizes 00–1, 2-Pole,
Single-Phase Motor
Controller
16959 Size 2, 3-Pole
Motor Controller
16957 Size 2, 2-Pole,
Single-Phase
Motor Controller
15465C Sizes 3 and 4J
Motor Controller
17000C Size 4, Model K
Motor Controller
17054C Size 5
Motor Controller
17055C Size 6
Motor Controller
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Product Selection
2
Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9
When Ordering Specify
Order by catalog number
from the tables to the right,
plus suffix for coil voltages,
verifying usage of appropriate
sizes.
Size 3 Starter
2
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate
item by listing catalog
number from the tables
on Pages V5-T2-139 and
V5-T2-140, as required per
starter.
2
2
2
2
Non-Reversing Starters
Max. UL Horsepower
Single-Phase
Size
Amperes
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Open
Catalog Number 1
Two-Poles 2 —Sizes 00–2
00
9
1/3
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
A200MABR
0
18
1
—
3
3
5
5
A200M0BR
2
2
2
2
1
27
2
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
A200M1BR
1-1/2
36
3
—
—
—
—
—
A200MDBR
2
45
7-12
—
10
15
25
25
A200M2BR
2
2
2
A200MAC_
2
Three Poles—Sizes 00–6
00
9
1/3
—
1-1/2
1-1/2
0
18
1
—
3
3
5
5
A200M0C_
1
27
2
—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
A200M1C_
2
45
7-12
—
10
15
25
25
A200M2C_
3
90
—
—
25
30
50
50
A200M3C_
4
135
—
—
40
50
100
100
A200M4C_
5
270
—
—
75
100
200
200
A200M5C_
6
540
—
—
150
200
400
400
A200M6C_
2
2
2
2
2
Three Poles—Sizes 7–9
73
810
—
—
200
300
600
600
A200M7C_
83
1215
—
—
400
450
900
900
A200M8C_
93
2250
—
—
—
800
1600
—
A200M9C_ 4
2
2
2
Coil Suffix
Coil Volts and Hz
Code Suffix
2
120/60 or 110/50
AC
200–208/60
B
2
240/60
W
480/60
X
Sizes 00–6
600/60
Sizes 7, 8 and 9
2
2
E
4
110–120/50 or 60
J
220–240/50 or 60
W
440–480/50 or 60
X
600/60
E
2
2
2
Notes
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
2 Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
3 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
4 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-109
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Reversing, Sizes 00–9
2
When Ordering Specify
2
2
Order by catalog number
from table below, plus suffix
for coil voltages, verifying
usage of appropriate sizes.
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate
item by listing catalog
number from the tables on
Pages V5-T2-139 and
V5-T2-140, as required per
starter.
2
2
2
Size 1 Horizontal
Reversing Starter
2
Reversing Starters
Max. UL Horsepower
Size
Amps
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
Horizontal Design
Vertical Design
600V
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
2
Sizes 00–6
00
9
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2
A210MAC_
A250MAC_
2
0
18
1
2
3
3
5
5
A210M0C_
A250M0C_
1
27
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
A210M1C_
A250M1C_
2
2
45
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
25
A210M2C_
A250M2C_
2
3
90
—
—
25
30
50
50
A210M3C_
A250M3C_
4
135
—
—
40
50
100
100
A210M4C_
A250M4C_
2
5
270
—
—
75
100
200
200
A210M5C_
A250M5C_
6
540
—
—
150
200
400
400
A210M6C_
A250M6C_
2
Sizes 7–9
2
72
810
—
—
200
300
600
600
—
A250M7C_
82
1215
—
—
400
450
900
900
—
A250M8C_
92
2250
—
—
—
800
1600
—
—
A250M9C_ 3
2
2
Coil Suffix
Coil Volts and Hz
2
Code Suffix
Sizes 00–6
2
120/60 or 110/50
AC
2
200–208/60
B
240/60
W
2
480/60
X
2
Sizes 7, 8 and 9
600/60
E
3
110–120/50 or 60
J
2
220–240/50 or 60
W
2
440–480/50 or 60
X
600/60
E
2
Notes
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
2 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
3 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-110
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
For Separate Two-Winding Motors
2
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate
item by listing catalog
number from the tables
on Pages V5-T2-139 and
V5-T2-140, as required per
starter.
2
2
2
2
Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection
Constant or Variable Torque
NEMA
Constant Horsepower
Three Poles Open
Amperes
208V
240V
480V
600V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog Number 1
18
3
3
5
5
2
2
3
3
A960M0C_
2
Sizes 0–6
0
1
27
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
A960M1C_
2
45
10
15
25
25
7-1/2
10
20
20
A960M2C_
3
90
25
30
50
50
20
25
40
40
A960M3C_
4
135
40
50
100
100
30
40
75
75
A960M4C_
5
270
75
100
200
200
60
75
150
150
A960M5C_
6
540
150
200
400
400
100
150
300
300
A960M6C_
2
2
2
2
2
For Single-Winding Motors
2
Sizes 0–6
Three Poles Open
NEMA
2
Amperes
2
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog Number 1
2
2
Constant Horsepower
0
18
3
3
5
5
A970M0C_
1
27
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
A970M1C_
2
45
10
15
25
25
A970M2C_
3
90
25
30
50
50
A970M3C_
4
135
40
50
100
100
A970M4C_
5
270
75
100
200
200
A970M5C_
6
540
150
200
400
400
A970M6C_
2
2
2
2
Constant or Variable Torque
0
18
2
2
3
3
A980M0C_
1
27
5
5
7-1/2
7-1/2
A980M1C_
2
45
7-1/2
10
20
20
A980M2C_
3
90
20
25
40
40
A980M3C_
4
135
30
40
75
75
A980M4C_
5
270
60
75
150
150
A980M5C_
6
540
100
150
300
300
A980M6C_
2
2
2
2
2
Coil Suffix
Coil Volts and Hz
Coil Suffix
2
Sizes 0–6
120/60 or 110/50
AC
200–208/60
B
240/60
W
480/60
X
600/60
E
2
2
2
2
Note
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-111
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Accessories
2
SS-56 Surge Suppressor
●
Designed to be used with
magnetic motor controllers
through Size 4 in 120V,
60 Hz control circuit
applications where
electronic equipment
is used
●
Steady state coil volts: 120,
60 Hz, rms
2
2
2
2
2
●
●
●
●
Peak input volts: 169.6,
60 Hz, max. amplitude
Max. ambient temperature:
65°C
Nominal limiting volts:
270 peak
Nominal rate of volt rise:
0.5 per ms
Type Mounting
Kit Catalog Number
Starter
SS-56
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
●
●
●
Mounts in same cavity as
Type J auxiliary contact
No tools or mounting
hardware needed
Fuse not included
Fuse Block
Mounting
Kit Catalog Number
Starter
F56
Panel
F56-P
Surge Suppressor 1
SS-56 Surge
Suppressor
2
2
F-56 Fuse Block
●
Facilitates installation of
fuses (15A, 600V max.) in
control circuits
●
Utilizes Bussman type KTK
fuses, or equivalent
Mechanical Interlock
●
Prevents closing of one
member of a reversing or
multi-speed contactor until
the opposite member is
completely open
●
Lever type mechanism
assures positive action
R-56 Interposing Relay
The R-56AA interposing relay
is a low energy solid-state
device with a single NO solidstate contact. It can be used
as a 120 Vac control relay, and
will operate on as little as 40
Vac input. Is useful in
applications requiring long
control wiring runs where
excessive voltage drop would
prevent the contactor or relay
from energizing. Will operate a
Size 4 contactor from 10,000
feet using 18 AWG wire.
Interposing Relay
●
Can be factory assembled
or field mounted on A200
and A900 starters and
contactors
Type Mounting
Kit Catalog Number
Starter or panel
R56-AA
B3NO Bell Alarm Contact
Isolated normally open bell
alarm contact
●
Mechanical Interlock
2
Continuous
Size
Interlock
Catalog Number
Kit Catalog Number
2
3 x 3 horizontal
0, 1
M-33-1B
B3NO-2
4 x 4 horizontal
0, 1
M-33-1B
B3NO-4 2
2
5 x 3 horizontal
0, 1
M-33-1B
All pole combination, vertical
0, 1
M-34-1A
2
3 x 3 horizontal reversing
2
M-33-2B
2
3 x 3 vertical reversing
2
M-34-2A
5 x 3 horizontal
2
M-35-2A
4 x 4 horizontal
2
M-36-2A
All pole combination horizontal
3, 4
M-33-3B
2
All pole combination vertical
3, 4
M-34-3
Control Contact Ratings (B600)
Maximum Amperes
AC Volts
Make
Break
24–120
30
3.00
121–600
3600 VA
360 VA
Continuous current rating: 5A
Overload Relay Reset Extension
Used to adjust overload
reset rod depth of Class
A200 Model J starters
and current design
overload relays to same
dimensions as obsolete
B200 starters and overloads
identified by suffix B, for
example, BA13B
2
●
2
2
2
2
2
Mounts in Type B blocktype overload relay
Bell Alarm Contact
Contactor Arrangement
(Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical)
2
●
When replacing obsolete
B200 device with Class A200
starter and Type B overload,
order Style 6710C11H03.
No charge.
When replacing obsolete
B200 device with Class A200
starter and Type A overload,
order Style 1490C15H10.
No charge.
Notes
1 Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. Mounting bracket required—order separately.
Mounting bracket 177C043G04.
2 For Size 3 and 4.
2
V5-T2-112
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Power Pole Kit
●
Adds 1NO or 1NC power
pole to Size 00–1 A201
Class contactors
●
Factory installed or field
mountable in load side
auxiliary cavities
●
●
600 Vac
Continuous current rating
of 18A for Size 0, 27A for
Size 1
DC Coil Conversion Kits
Kits listed below include all
necessary parts to convert
from AC to DC control
including the DC coil with
built-in diode, rectifier,
auxiliary interlock and all
mounting hardware.
Continuous Current Rating
2
Kit Size
Kit Catalog Number
18
0
PNO-0
27
1
PNO-1
Size
Voltage
Kit Style Number
5
110-120
7864A28G01
220-240
7864A28G02
440-480
7864A28G03
Normally Open
6
Normally Closed
18
0
PNC-0
27
1
PNC-1
110-120
7864A29G01
220-240
7864A29G02
440-480
7864A29G03
2
2
2
2
2
Mechanical Interlocks
Replacement Auxiliary Contacts
Contactor Sizes
Horizontal
Vertical
3, 4 and 5
2050A11G75
2050A11G65
5 and 5
2050A11G27
2050A11G17
5 and 6
2050A11G26
2050A11G16
6 and 7, 8
—
2050A11G55
7, 8 and 7, 8
No (rear conn.)
567D624G01
7, 8 and 9
No (rear conn.)
9944D56G06
9 and 9
No (rear conn.)
9944D56G01
Contact
Arrangement
Catalog
Number
Style
Number
5, 6
1NO + 1NC
J11
9084A17G01
2NO
J20
9084A17G02
2NC
J02
9084A17G03
1NO
—
578D461G01
1NC
—
578D461G03
1NO + 1NC
—
843D943G04
2NO
—
843D943G05
2NC
—
843D943G06
7, 8
9
2
Style Numbers
Auxiliary Elect. Contact
Contactor
Size
2
2
DC Coil Conversion Kits
Power Pole Kit 1
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Do not use with DC operated contactors.
2 Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
2
2
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
All starters include an auxiliary
contact with 1NO and 1NC
contact. These kits include an
auxiliary contact with contacts
2
as shown, plus operating arm
and mounting bracket when
required.
2
2
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits
Contactor Size
Contact Arrangement
Style Number
5, 6
1NO + 1NC
3463D94G18
2NO
3463D94G04
2NC
3463D94G19
2NO
818D498G06
1NO
818D498G04
7, 8 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-113
2.3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Overload Protection
Overload Protection
Size 5 Starters
Type B overload relay is a
three-pole, block type, thermal
ambient compensated device
with manual reset mounted
integrally. Current
transformers are enclosed in a
protective case and integrally
mounted to save panel space.
Standard ratio is 300:5.
panel which connects
directly to the load terminal
of the contactor. Current
transformers are 600:5 ratio
as standard.
If automatic reset is required,
the Type A, three-pole block,
ambient compensated relay
is available upon request.
Overload Relay Kits
Each kit includes three
current transformers
(standard ratio) and one
Type B, three-pole block
overload relay, ambient
compensated with
manual reset.
Overload Protection
Size 6 Starters
Overload protection assembly
consists of three current
transformers, Type B threepole block overload relay and
an optional interposing relay.
These parts are mounted on a
Overload Relay Kits
Kit Size
Kit Part Number
5
2057A34G01
6
6379D80G10
2
2
Replacement Terminal Lugs 1
Terminals
2
Contactor
Size
Cable
Size
Quantity
in Kit
Quantity Required
per Pole
Kit Style
Number
2
5
1-500 MCM
6
2
2119A76G01
2
6
2-500 MCM
6
2
7858A96G01
7
4-500 MCM
12
4
7858A96G02
8
4-500 MCM
12
4
7858A96G03
2
2
Note
1 All mounting hardware is included in kit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-114
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Renewal Parts
2
When Ordering Specify
Use this renewal parts data
to identify device by style
number, catalog number
and/or description.
Select style number of
replacement part from the
following pages.
For clarification of ordering
procedure, pricing and
discounts, contact the
Customer Support Center.
General Information
This renewal parts data
will provide the proper
identification of standard
parts which may be required
for maintenance of Eaton’s
components.
It is the intent of this catalog
section to make it possible
to quickly select the parts
needed.
An investment in
renewal parts and regular
maintenance program will
protect against downtime
and ensure a proper duty
cycle for your equipment.
2
2
To maintain maximum
operating efficiency and
dependability of your
equipment, only genuine
Eaton replacement parts
should be used.
2
2
2
This section identifies the
replacements parts which
are available. Order by style
number.
2
2
2
JF Autostarters
JF Autostarter Kits
2
1
Start Contacts
Run Contacts
Grid Stack Kit
Frame Size
Required
Style Number
Required
Style Number
Required
Style Number
2–3
1
38A7018G12
1
38A7018G13
1
3354D90G10
4–5 5L
1
550D409G18
1
550D409G19
1
3354D90G10
5M–5MM
1
3354D90G08
1
3354D90G09
2
3354D90G10
2
2
2
2
Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes) 2
Volt
Hz
Style Number
115
60
5264C05H01
230
60
5264C05H02
460
60
5264C05H03
575
60
5264C05H04
3
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs.
2 When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160 use adapter plate style 9917D02H01—
one required.
3 These styles replace coil style 296B892G__. When ordering new style as replacement,
customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01, one required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-115
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201
2
AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits 1
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
2
Part
Poles
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
Contact kit
2
373B331G17
373B331G02
373B331G07
373B331G11
3
373B331G18
373B331G04
373B331G09
373B331G12
4
373B331G18
373B331G04
373B331G09
373B331G13 3
5
373B331G19
373B331G05
373B331G10
—
2, 3, 4
6714C74G01
6714C74G02
6714C74G03
6714C74G07 4
5
6714C74G04
6714C74G05
6714C74G06
6714C74G08 5
2, 3
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G32
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G34
2, 3
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G33
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G35
2, 3
N/A
N/A
N/A
1250C33G09
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
1250C33G05
KO spring (package of 10)
All
N/A
N/A
N/A
503C796G01
2
Terminal line/load (package of 3)
All
N/A
N/A
N/A
371B870G03
2
AC Coils
2
2
2
Arc box 2
2
Cross bar
2
Upper base (for single rated coils only)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Lower base
Size 00, 0, 1
Size 2
Two-, Three-, Four-Pole
Five-Pole
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
Voltage
Hz
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
120/110
60/50
505C806G01
505C808G01
505C806G01
505C818G01
208
60
505C806G02
505C808G02
505C806G02
505C818G02
600/550
60/50
505C806G05
505C808G05
505C806G05
505C818G05
380
50
505C806G07
505C808G07
505C806G07
505C818G07
240/220
60/50
505C806G12
505C808G12
505C806G12
505C818G12
480/440
60/50
505C806G13
505C808G13
505C806G13
505C818G13
505C818G15
24
60
505C806G16
N/A
505C806G16
277
60
505C806G18
505C808G16
505C806G18
505C818G16
2
240/480 6
60/60
505C806G03
505C808G03
505C806G03
505C818G03
120/240 7
60/60
505C806G10
505C808G10
505C806G10
505C818G10
2
DC Coil 7
2
2
Voltage
Size 0, 1
Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole
Style Number
Size 2
Single-, Two-, Three-Pole
Style Number
12
1268C86G07
1268C86G07
2
24
1268C86G04
1268C86G04
2
48
1268C86G05
1268C86G05
125
1268C86G02
1268C86G02
250
1268C86G01
1268C86G01
125/250 6
1268C86G03
1268C86G03
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as
Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
2 Mounting hardware included.
3 Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
4 Two-, three-pole.
5 Four-, five-pole.
6 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual
voltage coil.
7 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
V5-T2-116
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Accessories for Size 5–9 AC Contactors
A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This
conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All
necessary parts are included in the kit.
Accessories for Size 00–6 AC Contactors
2
Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits
Catalog
Number
(Obsolete)
Style
Number
(Obsolete)
Circuits
Catalog
Number
Current
Style
Number
Current
Size 5
Size 6
(L-56)
(2609D01G01)
1NO and 1NC
J11
9084A17G01
Voltage
Style Number
Style Number
(L-56D)
(2609D01G02)
2NO
J20
9084A17G02
120 Vac
7864A28G01
7864A29G01
(L-56E)
(2609D01G03)
1NO and 1NC
J11
9084A17G01
240 Vac
7864A28G02
7864A29G02
(L-56B)
(2609D01G04)
2NO
J20
9084A17G02
480 Vac
7864A28G03
7864A29G03
(L-56H)
(2609D01G05)
2NO
J20
9084A17G02
(L-56J)
(2609D01G06)
1NO and1NC DB
J1C
9084A17G04
(L-56A)
(2609D01G07)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(L-56B)
(2609D01G08)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(L-56F)
(2609D01G09)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(L-56G)
(2609D01G10)
1NO and 1NC DB
J1C
9084A17G04
(L-56C)
(2609D01G11)
2NC
J02
9084A17G03
(L-56M)
(2609D01G12)
N/A
N/A
N/A
(L-56P)
(2609D01G17)
1NO and 1NC
J11
9084A17G01
(L-56R)
(2609D01G18)
2NC
J02
9084A17G03
(L-56S)
(2609D01G19)
1NO and 1NC
J11
9084A17G01
Replacement Coils for AC-DC Coil Conversion Kit
Size 5
Size 6
Voltage
Style Number
Style Number
120 Vac
7856A15G05
7856A16G05
240 Vac
7856A15G10
7856A16G10
480 Vac
7856A15G15
7856A16G15
Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7–9 AC and All DC Units
Type
Circuits
Application
Style Number
L63
NO
Size 7–8
578D461G01
L63
NC
Size 7–8
578D461G03
L64
NO-NC
Size 9
843D943G04
L64
2NO
Size 9
843D943G05
L64
2NC
Size 9
843D943G06
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Model J–K, Sizes 3 and 4
2
Sizes 3 and 4 Kits 1
Part
Poles
Size 3–Model J
Style Number
Size 4–Model J 2
Style Number
Size 4–Model K 3
Style Number
Contact kit
2
626B187G12
626B187G16
5250C81G16
3
626B187G13
626B187G17
5250C81G17
4
4
6
5250C81G18
Arc box
5
5
7
5250C81G19
2, 3
6714C74G09
6714C74G11
6714C74G11
4, 5
6714C74G10
6714C74G12
6714C74G12
Cross bar
2, 3
672B788G36
672B788G36
672B788G40
4, 5
672B788G38
672B788G38
—
Upper base
2, 3
672B788G37
672B788G37
672B788G52
4, 5
672B788G39
672B788G39
—
Lower base
2, 3
1250C33G03
1250C33G03
1250C33G10
4, 5
1250C33G06
1250C33G06
—
KO spring (package of 10)
All
503C796G02
503C796G02
672B788G50
Terminal line/load (package of 3)
All
372B357G12
372B357G18
372B357G18
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
2 For 200A A202 magnetically latched lighting contactors order three-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
4 Use quantity two of 626B187G12.
5 Use quantity one each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.
6 Use quantity two of 626B187G16.
7 Use quantity one each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
2
2
2
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-117
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Accessories for Model J–K, Series 3, 4
2
DC Coils 1
2
Model J Size 3, 4
Two-, Three-Pole
Voltage
Style Number
2
24
1255C68G04
48
1255C68G05
2
125
1255C68G01
2
250
1255C68G02
125/250 2
1255C68G03
2
AC Coils
Model K Size 4 3
Model J Size 3, 4
2
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
2
Voltage
Hz
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
120/110
60/50
505C633G01
505C635G01
5250C79G01
5250C80G01
2
208
60
505C633G02
505C635G02
5250C79G02
5250C80G02
600/550
60/50
505C633G05
505C635G05
5250C79G05
5250C80G05
2
380
50
505C633G07
505C635G07
5250C79G07
5250C80G07
2
240/220
60/50
505C633G12
505C635G12
5250C79G12
5250C80G12
480/440
60/50
505C633G13
505C635G13
5250C79G13
5250C80G13
2
24
60
505C633G34
N/A
5250C79G34
N/A
277
60
505C633G14
N/A
5250C79G14
N/A
2
240/480 2
60/60
505C633G03
505C635G03
5250C79G03
5250C80G03
120/244 2
60/60
505C633G10
505C635G10
5250C79G10
5250C80G10
2
A201 Contactors—Size 5–9
2
GCA 530/630—GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits 4
Size 5
Size 6
Size 7
Size 8
Size 9
Part
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
Style Number
2
Contact kit (one per pole)
477B477G05 5
2066A10G11
461A757G17
646C829G05
5264C42G01 6
2
Arc box
2050A15G45
2066A10G45
831D580G01
831D580G01
9917D69G02
2
Magnet assembly
2050A15G46
2050A15G46
N/A
N/A
N/A
Mag. spg. kit
2050A15G47
2050A15G47
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
Acr cup kit
2050A15G48
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
5264C42G02 7
Load conversion kit
2050A15G49
2066A10G49
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
Line conversion kit
2050A15G50
2066A10G50
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
K.O. spring–6
2050A15G51
2066A10G46
N/A
N/A
N/A
C.T. 300/5
655C285H03
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
C.T. 400/5
655C285H04
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
C.T. 600/5 8
N/A
2066A10G18
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
C.T. 800/5 8
N/A
2066A10G19
N/A
N/A
N/A
2
Phase barrier
N/A
N/A
640C441G01
640C441G01
5264C35G03 6
Cross bar
2050A15G12
2066A10G15
N/A
N/A
N/A
Shunt
N/A
2066A10G48
650C129G01
646C831G02 9
5264C39G02 j
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil.
2 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil.
3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are
different. Use parts for proper model only.
4 Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same.
5 Use 477B477G06 for silver tungsten applications.
6 R.C.
V5-T2-118
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
7
8
9
j
F.C.
C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 C.T. assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit
includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the
single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.
Set of three.
Set of four.
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Accessories for A201 Contactors—Size 5–9
2
Coils (Sizes 5 and 6)
Size 5
Size 6
Hz
Style Number
Style Number
110/120
60
2050A14G05
2050A12G05
110/120
50
2050A14G06
2050A12G06
200/208
50
2050A14G07
2050A12G07
220/240
50
2050A14G08
2050A12G08
200/208
60
2050A14G09
2050A12G09
220/240
60
2050A14G10
2050A12G10
277/303
60
2050A14G12
2050A12G12
380/415
50
2050A14G14
2050A12G14
440/480
60
2050A14G15
2050A12G15
440/480
50
2050A14G16
2050A12G16
550/600
60
2050A14G17
2050A12G17
550/600
50
2050A14G18
2050A12G18
380/415
60
2050A14G19
2050A12G19
120/240
60
2050A14G20
2050A12G20
24 DC
—
2050A14G21
2050A12G21
48 DC
—
2050A14G22
2050A12G22
125 DC
—
2050A14G25
2050A12G25
250 DC
—
2050A14G27
2050A12G27
Voltage
2
2
Sizes 5 and 6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Coils (Sizes 7–9)
Line Voltage
Style Number
Required
125 Vdc
438C805G04
2
230 Vdc
438C805G02
2
250 Vdc
438C805G03
2
110/120 Vac 14
438C805G12
2
220/240 Vac 24
438C805G11
2
380 Vac 34
438C805G15
2
440/480 Vac 34
438C805G10
2
34
438C805G13
2
2
—
2
2
Sizes 7 and 8
550/575 Vac
2
2
2
2
Size 9
110 Vdc
5264C34G01
5
Notes
1 Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (one required).
2 Rectifier 250V 2018A40G02 (one required).
3 Rectifier 600V 2018A40G03 (one required).
4 These coils require an external rectifier. If the rectifier needs replacement, order by the
appropriate style number.
5 Contains coil and resistor.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-119
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Modifications
2
Factory Modifications
2
Catalog
Number
Suffix
NEMA Size
Modification
Description
Control circuit
1 Extra auxiliary contact (1NO-1NC) non-reversing,
reversing, 2-speed unwired
J1
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2
2 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, reversing,
2-speed unwired
J2
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2
3 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired
J3
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
4 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired
J4
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2
Wired for separate control (NC)
C
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Omit control wiring (NC)
X
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Ambient compensated with auto reset (NC)
D
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Fast trip—ambient compensated (specify motor FLA)
D7
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Overload relay alarm contact (NO) per overload
E
Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2
2
Overload relays
(substitutions)
2
2
2
00–1
2
3
4
Accessories and Field Modification Kits
Type J Auxiliary Contact
●
2
2
2
●
2
2
Capable of being field
mounted in a contactor or
starter (Classes A200,
A900 Sizes 00–6, V200,
V201 vacuum and definite
purpose controllers)
Provides two separate
electrical contact sets
which wire vertically and
are color coded; black
designates NC and silver
designates NO. Please
●
●
note that the vertical wiring
is contrary to the horizontal
wiring of the L-56 auxiliary
contacts
Designed to fit within
dimensions of starter; no
additional panel space is
required
Provides circuit isolation
(no polarity restrictions)
and single break bifurcated
contacts
2
2
2
Auxiliary Contact Ratings
Voltage
Make
Break
NEMA A600
2
120–600 Vac
7200 VA
720 VA
72–120 Vac
60A
720 VA
2
28–72 Vac
60 VA
10A
28 VA
28 VA
2
2
2
5
NEMA R300
28–300 Vdc
Auxiliary Contact Types
Contact Type
Max.
2
1NO and 1NC
4
Catalog Number
J11
2NC
4
J02
2
2NO
4
J20
1 coil clearing NC and 1NO
4
J1C
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-120
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
6
7
8
9
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Electrical Characteristics
Sizes 00–4
Max. voltage rating
2
Sizes 5–9
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
600V
600V
600V
600V
600V
600V
Ampere rating
Max. voltage rating
Size 5
Size 6
Size 7
Size 8
Size 9
600V
600V
600V
600V
600V
Ampere rating
(Open)
10A
20A
30A
50A
100A
150A
(Open)
300A
600A
900A
1350A
2500A
(Enclosed)
9A
18A
27A
45A
90A
135A
(Enclosed)
270A
540A
810A
1215A
2250A
—
—
Squirrel Cage Motor
Squirrel Cage Motor
Maximum horsepower at:
Maximum horsepower at:
200V/60 Hz
1-1/2 hp
3 hp
7-1/2 hp
10 hp
25 hp
40 hp
200V/60 Hz
75 hp
150 hp
—
230V/ 60 Hz
1-1/2 hp
3 hp
7-1/2 hp
15 hp
30 hp
50 hp
230V/60 Hz
100 hp
200 hp
300 hp
450 hp
800 hp
380V/50 Hz
1-1/2 hp
5 hp
10 hp
25 hp
50 hp
75 hp
380V/50 Hz
150 hp
300 hp
—
—
—
460V–575V/60 Hz
2 hp
5 hp
10 hp
25 hp
50 hp
100 hp
460V–575V/60 Hz
200 hp
400 hp
600 hp
900 hp
1600 hp
Resistive Heating kW 1
Resistive Heating kW 1
Single-phase, two-pole
—
—
3 kW
5 kW
10 kW
15 kW
120V
30 kW
60 kW
90 kW
3
3
240V
—
—
6 kW
10 kW
20 kW
30 kW
240V
60 kW
120 kW
180 kW
3
3
480V
—
—
12 kW
20 kW
40 kW
60 kW
480V
120 kW
240 kW
360 kW
3
3
600V
—
—
15 kW
25 kW
50 kW
75 kW
600V
150 kW
300 kW
450 kW
3
3
120V
—
—
5 kW
8.5 kW
17 kW
26 kW
120V
52 kW
105 kW
155 kW
3
3
240V
—
—
10 kW
17 kW
34 kW
68 kW
240V
105 kW
210 kW
315 kW
3
3
3
480V
—
—
20 kW
34 kW
68 kW
105 kW
480V
210 kW
415 kW
625 kW
3
600V
—
—
25 kW
43 kW
86 kW
130 kW
600V
260 kW
515 kW
775 kW
3
3
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
240V
—
—
—
12 kVAR
27 kVAR
40 kVAR
240V
80 kVAR
160 kVAR
240 kVAR
360 kVAR
665 kVAR
480V
—
—
—
25 kVAR
53 kVAR
80 kVAR
480V
160 kVAR
320 kVAR
480 kVAR
720 kVAR
1325 kVAR
600V
—
—
—
31 kVAR
67 kVAR
100 kVAR
600V
200 kVAR
400 kVAR
600 kVAR
900 kVAR
1670 kVAR
41 kVA
61 kVA
112 kVA
Transformer Switching kVA 2
Transformer Switching kVA 2
Single-phase, two-pole
Single-phase, two-pole
120V
—
0.6 kVA
1.2 kVA
2.1 kVA
4.1 kVA
240V
—
1.2 kVA
2.4 kVA
4.1 kVA
480V
—
2.4 kVA
4.9 kVA
8.3 kVA
600V
—
3 kVA
6.2 kVA
10 kVA
20 kVA
34 kVA
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Three-phase, three-pole
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase
2
2
Single-phase, two-pole
120V
Three-phase, three-pole
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
6.8 kVA
120V
14 kVA
27 kVA
8.1 kVA
14 kVA
240V
27 kVA
54 kVA
81 kVA
122 kVA
225 kVA
16 kVA
27 kVA
480V
54 kVA
108 kVA
162 kVA
244 kVA
450 kVA
600V
68 kVA
135 kVA
203 kVA
304 kVA
562 kVA
2
122 kVA
182 kVA
337 kVA
2
Three-phase, three-pole
Three-phase, three-pole
120V
—
1.8 kVA
3.6 kVA
6.3 kVA
12 kVA
20 kVA
120V
41 kVA
81 kVA
240V
—
2.1 kVA
4.3 kVA
7.2 kVA
14 kVA
23 kVA
240V
47 kVA
94 kVA
140 kVA
210 kVA
342 kVA
480V
—
4.2 kVA
8.5 kVA
14 kVA
28 kVA
47 kVA
480V
94 kVA
188 kVA
280 kVA
420 kVA
783 kVA
600V
—
5.2 kVA
11 kVA
18 kVA
35 kVA
59 kVA
600V
117 kVA
234 kVA
351 kVA
526 kVA
975 kVA
Notes
1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating.
2 These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of
continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
3 For ratings refer to factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-121
2.3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
DC Power Pole Ratings
The following represent typical production test values and should
not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
DC Contact Ampere Rating
Two Poles in Series 1
Contactor Size
120V
240V
0
—
—
1
20
10
2
45
30
3
75
40
4
90
70
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Horsepower Ratings
NEMA Size
00
Maximum
horsepower
1-1/2 5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
25
50
75
150
300
450
700
2
Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00–9
The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
2
Operating Coil Characteristics
2
2
Sizes 00, 0, 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4 2
Size 5
Size 6
Size 7
Size 8
Size 9
AC Coil
Burden
(Open VA)
160 VA
160 VA
625 VA
700 VA
1700 VA
2900 VA
3
3
3
(Closed VA)
25 VA
25 VA
50 VA
64 VA
180 VA
220 VA
3
3
3
2
(Closed Watts)
7.8 W
7.8 W
18 W
21 W
32 W
42 W
—
—
—
Pick-up volts 4
85%
85%
85%
85%
78%
70%
—
—
—
2
Drop-out volts 4
40–60%
40–60%
40–60%
40–60%
65 to 75%
60 to 70%
—
—
—
Pick-up time Hz 56
1–1-1/2
1-1/2–2
2–2-1/2
1–1-1/2
1.5
4.0
—
—
—
Drop-out time Hz 5
3/4–1
3/4–1
3/4–1
3/4–1
0.75
0.75
—
—
—
2
2
2
DC Coil
Burden
2
(Open VA)
17 VA
17 VA
35 VA
35 VA
600 VA
2120 VA
400 VA
400 VA
2100 VA
(Closed VA)
17 VA
17 VA
35 VA
35 VA
22 VA
21 VA
400 VA
400 VA
350 VA
2
(Closed Watts)
18 W
18 W
35 W
35 W
20 W
20 W
400 W
400 W
73%
45%–65% 7
13%
30%–45% 7
2
2
2
2
2
2
Pick-Up Volts
4
Drop-Out Volts
80%
4
Pick-Up Time Hz
5–10%
6
Drop-Out Time Hz
5
—
—
80%
5–10%
25–75 ms
16–25 ms
80%
5–10%
25–75 ms
16–25 ms
80%
5–10%
25–75 ms
16–25 ms
64%
18%
2.7
Hz 5
9.3
Hz 5
3 Hz
5
17.5 Hz
21–41
5
Notes
1 Non-inductive load.
2 AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.
3 DC operated only.
4 Percent of rated coil voltage.
5 At 60 Hz base.
6 To contact touch.
7 Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.
8 Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.
2
V5-T2-122
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Hz 75
7–12 Hz
85
350 W
45%–65%
7
50%–65% 7
30%–45%
7
40%–50% 7
17–29 Hz
7–12 Hz
75
85
16–18 75
18–20 Hz 75
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Mechanical Characteristics
2
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110
Direct-current operated
contactors shall withstand
110% of their rated voltage
continuously without injury to
the operating coils and shall
close successfully at 80% of
their rated voltage.
2
Alternating-current operated
contactors shall withstand
110% of their rated voltage
continuously without injury to
the operating coils and shall
close successfully at 85% of
their rated voltage.
2
2
2
Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00–9
2
Sizes 00, 0, 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
Size 7
Size 8
Size 9
Height
6.45 (163.8)
7.16 (181.9)
9.93 (252.2)
9.93 (252.2)
12.00 (304.8) 1
13.50 (342.9) 1
18.62 (472.9) 1
19.25 (489) 1
25.00 (635) 1
Width
3.31 (84.1)
3.31 (84.1)
4.62 (117.3)
4.62 (117.3)
7.00 (177.8) 1
7.00 (177.8) 1
23.50 (596.9) 1
23.50 (596.9) 1
32.00 (812.8) 1
Depth
4.61 (117.1)
4.96 (126)
6.75 (171.5)
6.75 (171.5)
7.75 (196.9) 1
8.75 (222.3) 1
11.00 (279.4) 1
11.00 (279.4) 1
13.00 (330.2) 1
Panel area—square inches
21.35
23.7
46.0
46.0
84.0
94.5
437.5
452.4
800
Weight—pounds
3.5
3.5
11.5
11.5
25
42
215
265
315
Cable connection
—
—
—
—
Front
Front
Front/rear
Front/rear
Front/rear
Maximum cable size/phase
copper (AWG/MCM)
6 AWG
3 AWG
1/0
4/0
1–500 MCM
2–500 MCM
3–500 MCM
4–500 MCM
8–500 MCM
2
Auxiliary electrical circuits
available
8
6
6
6
4
4
3
3
4
2
Latched version available
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
2
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
—
Dimensions in inches (mm)
Mechanical interlock combinations available
Vert., Horiz.
2
2
2
2
Sizes
00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4
2
Vert., Horiz.
2
5
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
—
—
—
6
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
Vert., Horiz.
Vertical
Vertical
—
7, 8
—
—
—
—
—
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
9
—
—
—
—
—
—
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
2
2
2
Data from Tables 430—147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load 2, Three-Phase AC
Single-Phase
AC
Induction Type Squirrel Cage
and Wound-Rotor Amperes
Single-Phase
AC
Induction Type Squirrel Cage
and Wound-Rotor Amperes
hp
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
120V
240V
hp
115V
230V
200V
230V
460V
575V
120V
240V
1/6
4.4
2.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
30
—
—
92
80
40
32
—
106
1/4
5.8
2.9
—
—
—
—
3.1
1.6
40
—
—
120
104
52
41
—
140
1/3
7.2
3.6
—
—
—
—
4.1
2.0
50
—
—
150
130
65
52
—
173
DC
DC
1/2
9.8
4.9
2.5
2.2
1.1
0.9
5.4
2.7
60
—
—
177
154
77
62
—
206
3/4
13.8
6.9
3.7
3.2
1.6
1.3
7.6
3.8
75
—
—
221
192
96
77
—
255
1
16
8
4.8
4.2
2.1
1.7
9.5
4.7
100
—
—
285
248
124
99
—
341
1-1/2
20
10
6.9
6.0
3.0
2.4
13.2
6.6
125
—
—
359
312
156
125
—
425
2
24
12
7.8
6.8
3.4
2.7
17
8.5
150
—
—
414
360
180
144
—
506
3
34
17
11.0
9.6
4.8
3.9
25
12.2
200
—
—
552
480
240
192
—
675
5
56
28
17.5
15.2
7.6
6.1
40
20
250
—
—
—
—
302
242
—
—
7-1/2
80
40
25.3
22
11
9
58
29
300
—
—
—
—
361
289
—
—
10
100
50
32.2
28
14
11
76
38
350
—
—
—
—
414
336
—
—
15
—
—
48.3
42
21
17
—
55
400
—
—
—
—
477
382
—
—
20
—
—
62.1
54
27
22
—
72
450
—
—
—
—
515
412
—
—
25
—
—
78.2
68
34
27
—
89
500
—
—
—
—
590
472
—
—
Notes
1 For Sizes 5–9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5–9, refer to factory.
2 These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters
should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-123
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Combination Ratings
2
Sizes 00–2
2
2
Short-Circuit
Protective Device
(SCPD)
Sizes 3 and 4
Max.
Rating
SCPD
Circuit Breaker
Interrupting
Rating
Short-Circuit
Withstand Capability
Current
Voltage
Short-Circuit
Protective Device
(SCPD)
Max.
Rating
SCPD
Circuit Breaker
Interrupting
Rating
Short-Circuit
Withstand Capability
Current
Voltage
600V
Size 3
Sizes 00, 0, 1
Class H fuse
60A
—
5000A
600V
Class H fuse
60A
—
5000A
2
Class J fuse
60A
—
100,000A
600V
Class J fuse
60A
—
100,000A
600V
2
Class R fuse
60A
—
100,000A
600V
Class R fuse
60A
—
100,000A
600V
Class T fuse
60A
—
100,000A
600V
Class T fuse
60A
—
100,000A
600V
2
Magnetic only 1
Type CB 2
30A
Marked HMCP
100,000A
480V
100A
Marked HMCP
100,000A
480V
50,000A
600V
Magnetic only 1
Type CB 2
50,000A
600V
2
Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
50A
65,000A
65,000A
480V
150A
65,000A
65,000A
480V
25,000A
25,000A
600V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
25,000A
25,000A
600V
100,000A
100,000A
480V
100,000A
100,000A
480V
2
35,000A
35,000A
600V
35,000A
35,000A
600V
Magnetic only
Type CB + CL 4
30A
HMCP + current
limiter
100,000A
600V
Magnetic only
Type CB + CL 4
100A
HMCP + current
limiter
100,000A
600V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CLB 5
50A
150,000A
100,000A
480V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CLB 5
150A
50,000A
100,000A
480V
2
Class H fuse
100A
—
5000A
600V
Class H fuse
400A
—
10,000A
600V
Class J fuse
100A
—
100,000A
600V
Class J fuse
400A
—
100,000A
600V
2
Class R fuse
100A
—
100,000A
600V
Class R fuse
400A
—
100,000A
600V
100A
—
100,000A
600V
Class T fuse
400A
—
100,000A
600V
150A
Marked HMCP
2
2
2
Size 2
Size 4
Class T fuse
2
Magnetic only
Type CB 2
2
Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
2
2
2
2
1
50A
90A
Marked HMCP
100,000A
480V
50,000A
600V
65,000A
65,000A
480V
25,000A
25,000A
600V
100,000A
100,000A
480V
65,000A
65,000A
480V
25,000A
25,000A
600V
100,000A
100,000A
480V
35,000A
35,000A
600V
35,000A
35,000A
600V
HMCP + current
limiter
100,000A
600V
Magnetic only
Type CB + CL 4
150A
HMCP + current
limiter
100,000A
600V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CLB 5
50A
150,000A
100,000A
480V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CB + CL 5
250A
200,000A
100,000A
600V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CLB 6
250A
150,000A
100,000A
480V
2
Other Available Coil Voltages—AC and DC Coils 7
Coils
AC
Catalog
Number
Suffix
Coil Rating
(Volts/Hertz)
Catalog
Number Coil Rating
Suffix
(Volts/Hertz)
A
120/60, 110/50
N
110/50
B
200-208/60
P
48/60
C
240/60 and 480/60
R
120/60 and 240/60
2
D
440/50
U
440-480/50 or 60 Rect. to DC
E
600/60 Hz
V
110/60
2
G
220/50
W
240/60
H
380/50
X
480/60
2
I
24/60
Y
415/50
2
J
110-120/50 or 60 Rect. to DC Z
277/60
K
220-240/50 or 60 Rect. to DC —
—
L
24 Vdc
S
125 Vdc
M
48 Vdc
T
250 Vdc
2
2
250A
480V
600V
50A
Coil Suffix
2
Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
100,000A
50,000A
Magnetic only
Type CB + CL 4
2
2
Magnetic only
Type CB 2
1
DC 89
V5-T2-124
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Notes
1 Instantaneous adjustable trip.
2 Circuit breaker.
3 Inverse time circuit breaker.
4 Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.
5 Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
6 Inverse time current limiting breaker.
7 Availability may be limited.
8 DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only.
A mechanical latch is required.
9 DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Dimensions
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2
Open Non-Reversing Starters
Figure A—Sizes 00–4
Figure B—Size 5
A
C
2
0.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
(2 Mtg. Slots)
D
B
2
G
2
B
D
2
K
G
F
E
2
M
J
L
E
E
2
M
Term. Lug
Supplied
When
Ordered
Reset Travel
L
C
F
E
A
H
Reset Rod
CL Cont’r Mtg.
Holes
J
K
CL of Cont’r
Figure C—Size 6
E
2
2
2
H
2
G
Reset
Rod
2
D
2
B
K
M
C
2
2
E
0.38 (9.7) Wide
4 Mtg. Slots
2
2
L
A
2
F
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Mounting
Screws
2
NEMA
Size
No. of
Poles
Fig.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
Weight,
Lbs (kg)
00, 0, 1
2, 3
A
3
#10
3.31
(84.1)
6.42
(163.1)
4.61
(117.1)
6.00
(152.4)
1.88
(47.8)
1.66
(42.2)
0.23
(5.8)
—
0.39
(9.9)
0.59
(15.0)
4.48
(113.8)
0.27
(6.9)
35.0
(15.9)
2
2, 3
A
3
#10
3.31
(84.1)
7.17
(182.1)
4.94
(125.5)
6.75
(171.5)
1.88
(47.8)
1.66
(42.2)
0.23
(5.8)
—
0.41
(10.4)
0.77
(19.6)
4.53
(115.1)
0.27
(6.9)
43.0
(19.5)
3, 4
2, 3
A
3
1/4 in.
4.63
(117.6)
9.94
(252.5)
6.75
(171.5)
9.25
(235.0)
2.88
(73.2)
.94
(23.9)
0.38
(9.7)
—
0.55
(14.0)
0.80
(20.3)
6.36
(161.5)
0.27
(6.9)
115.0
(52.2)
2
5
3
B
4
3/8 in.
7.59
(192.8)
16.22
(412.0)
7.75
(196.9)
11.00
(279.4)
2.75
(69.9)
3.81
(96.8)
2.69
(68.3)
2.42
(61.5)
0.33
(8.4)
0.33
(8.4)
7.00
(177.8)
0.27
(6.9)
29.0
(13.2)
2
6
3
C
4
3/8 in.
9.25
(235.0)
23.50
(596.9)
9.50
(241.3)
11.00
(279.4)
2.75
(69.9)
4.81
(122.2)
2.75
(69.9)
3.06
(77.7)
—
6.50
(165.1)
8.44
(214.4)
0.27
(6.9)
55.0
(25.0)
2
3
1
1
1
37.88
(962.2)
21.50
(546.1)
11.75
(298.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
3
1
1
1
37.88
(962.2)
21.50
(546.1)
11.75
(298.5)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
7
8
9
Note
1 Refer to factory.
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-125
2.3
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
Open Reversing Starters
Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal
A
2
Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical
A
C
G
F
C
F
G
2
N
2
D
2
B D
2
2
B
0.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes
K
0.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes
M
Reset
Travel
J
E
L
K
2
Reset Travel
J
M
L
E
2
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
2
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
Fig.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
J
K
L
M
N
2
00, 0, 1
3 x 3 Horiz.
A
3
#10
7.13
(181.1)
6.50
(165.1)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.3
(58.4)
0.59
(15.0)
4.92
(125.0
0.27
(6.9)
—
9.0
(4.0)
3 x 3 Vert.
B
3
#10
3.33
(84.6)
11.63
(295.4)
5.05
(128.3)
11.13
(282.7)
1.88
(47.8)
1.66
(42.2)
0.25
(6.4)
0.39
(9.9)
0.59
(15.0)
4.92
(125.0)
0.27
(6.9)
4.52
(114.8)
9.8
(4.4)
3 x 3 Horiz.
A
3
#10
7.13
(181.1)
7.25
(184.2)
5.38
(136.7)
6.75
(171.5)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.31
(58.7)
0.77
(19.6)
4.97
(126.2)
0.27
(6.9)
—
10.8
(4.9)
3 x 3 Vert.
B
3
#10
3.33
(84.6)
12.38
(314.5)
5.38
(136.7)
11.88
(301.8)
1.88
(47.8)
1.66
(42.2)
0.25
(6.4)
0.39
(9.9)
0.77
(19.6)
4.97
(126.2)
0.27
(6.9)
4.52
(114.8)
12.2
(5.5)
3 x 3 Horiz.
A
3
1/4 in.
9.75
(247.7)
10.13
(257.3)
7.25
(184.2)
9.25
(235.0)
8.00
(203.2)
4.88
(124.0)
0.44
(11.2)
3.11
(79.0)
0.80
(20.3)
6.86
(174.2)
0.27
(6.9)
—
26.0
(11.8)
3 x 3 Vert.
B
3
1/4 in.
4.63
(117.6)
19.81
(503.2)
7.25
(184.2)
18.94
(481.1)
2.88
(73.2)
2.94
(74.7)
0.44
(11.2)
0.55
(14.0)
0.80
(20.3)
6.86
(174.2)
0.27
(6.9)
7.91
(200.9)
28.0
(12.7)
5
3 x 3 Horiz.
—
4
3/8 in.
35.25
(895.4)
25.50
(647.7)
8.75
(222.3)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
73.0
(33.1)
6
3 x 3 Horiz.
—
4
3/8 in.
35.25
(895.4)
25.50
(647.7)
10.50
(266.7)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
127.0
(57.7)
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3, 4
Mounting
Screws
Note
1 Refer to factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-126
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Weight,
Lbs (kg)
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2
Open Multi-Speed Starters
2
Figure A—Sizes 00–4
A
G
F
2
C
2
2
D
2
B
2
K
2
N
M
J
R
Reset Travel
L
0.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots
2
E
2
2
Figure B—Sizes 2
G
A
C
2
2
2
B
D
2
2
K
J
0.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots
E
M
2
Reset Travel
L
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
2
Mounting
Screws
NEMA
Size
Number
of
Poles
Fig.
No.
Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
J
K
L
M
N
P
R
Weight,
Lbs (kg)
2
00, 0, 1
3 x 3 Horiz.
A
3
#10
7.13
(181.1)
6.50
(165.1)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.30
(58.4)
0.33
(8.4)
4.92
(125.0)
0.27
(6.9)
3.81
(96.8)
—
2.91
(73.9)
10.0
(4.5)
2
5 x 3 Horiz.
B
3
#10
8.00
(203.2)
6.50
(165.1)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
6.53
(165.9)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.30
(58.4)
0.48
(12.2)
4.92
(125.0)
0.27
(6.9)
4.66
(118.4)
—
2.91
(73.9)
11.0
(5.0)
2
3 x 3 Horiz.
A
3
#10
7.13
(181.1)
7.25
(184.2)
5.38
(136.7)
6.75
(171.5)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.69
(68.3)
0.69
(17.5)
4.97
(126.2)
0.27
(6.9)
3.81
(96.8)
—
2.91
(73.9)
11.0
(5.0)
2
5 x 3 Horiz.
B
3
#10
8.88
(225.6)
7.25
(184.2)
5.38
(136.7)
6.75
(171.5)
6.56
(166.6)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.69
(68.3)
0.69
(17.5)
4.97
(126.2)
0.27
(6.9)
4.66
(118.4)
—
2.84
(72.1)
13.0
(5.9)
2
3 x 3 Horiz.
A
3
1/4 in.
9.75
(247.7)
10.13
(257.3)
7.25
(184.2)
9.25
(235.0)
8.00
(203.2)
4.88
(124.0)
0.44
(11.2)
3.11
(79.0)
0.80
(20.3)
6.86
(174.2)
0.27
(6.9)
5.13
(130.3)
—
4.00
(101.6)
28.0
(12.7)
2
5 x 3 Horiz.
B
3
1/4 in.
12.38
(314.5)
10.13
(257.3)
7.25
(184.2)
9.25
(235.0)
9.31
(236.5)
4.88
(124.0)
0.44
(11.2)
3.11
(79.0)
0.80
(20.3)
6.86
(174.2)
0.27
(6.9)
6.44
(163.6)
—
4.00
(101.6)
33.5
(15.2)
2
5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
3, 4
2
Notes
Three-pole x three-pole devices are for Wye-Wye two-winding motors only.
1 Refer to factory.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
2
2
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-127
2.3
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Contents
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip
Description
2
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-129
V5-T2-129
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
2
2
2
2
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip
2
Product Overview
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Type B and Type A, Class 20
Thermal Overload Relays
from Eaton’s Electrical Sector
will protect the motor against
abnormal overload conditions.
Bimetallic actuated, they are
available as either ambient
compensated or noncompensated in either singlepole or block type three-pole
design. Type B use one pole
of the three-pole block for
single-phase.
Single-pole relays are also
available as Fast Trip Class 10
ambient compensated type,
which provides approximately
125% motor protection with
a tripping time of less than
10 seconds, at 600% of
heater current rating.
Fast trip relays can be
identified by the green reset
rods. They are available for
panel or starter mounting.
The three-pole fast trip design
is composed of
three single-pole relays
on a common baseplate,
with a common reset bar.
Features
The bimetal element is
actuated by precisely
calibrated heater elements
which are connected directly
in the circuit to be protected.
Thermal actuation of this
device opens the contacts in
the coil circuit of a contactor
or relay which results in the
disconnection of power to the
overloaded circuit.
Interchangeable thermal
heater elements for singlepole standard trip and block
type overload relays are
available to cover motor full
load currents from 0.29 to
133A in approximately 10%
steps (see Heater Application
Table). Fast trip overload
relays do not have
interchangeable heater
elements but are available
in a series of ratings to cover
motor full load currents from
1.6 to 150A in approximately
50% steps.
Manual or Automatic Reset
Type B is furnished with a
manual reset. Type A is
normally furnished set for
manual reset operation and
may be quickly adjusted
for automatic reset when
required. Automatic reset
should not be used with
two-wire control or where
automatic restarting would
endanger either personnel
or equipment.
Adjustable Trip
On Type A, the trip rating of a
specific heater element can
be adjusted over a range of
approximately 85% to 115%
of its respective rating to
permit the desired close
protection.
Trip Indication
An immediate visible
indication of trip is provided
on the overload relay. When
an overload occurs, which
causes the relay to operate,
a trip indicator projects out
and thus shows positive
visual indication of trip.
Type B has a mechanical
trip bar to manually check
the NC contact operation on
the overload relay.
Positive Contact Break
A follow-through contact,
provided on the stationary
terminal of the snap action
control switch, provides
reliable electrical continuity
during toggling, thus
eliminating false trip
sometimes prevalent
with thermally operated
switches. This contact also
allows contact wipe for
further reliability.
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-128
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
This is accomplished by
turning the adjusting knob
on the relay to the respective
stop position.
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Standards and Certifications
Ambient Compensation
Motor overload protection
can be provided with the
same trip characteristics in
ambient temperature from
–40° to 77°C (–40° to 167°F).
A compensating bimetal
maintains a constant “travel
to trip” distance independent
of ambient conditions.
The compensating feature
is fully automatic and no
adjustments are required
over wide fluctuations in
ambient temperatures.
Compensated relays are
identified by black reset rods
on Type A and light gray reset
rods on Type B, while noncompensated relays use red
reset rods. AA three-pole
units have gray reset rods.
AA one-pole units have black
reset rods.
Control Contact
Single-pole and block
type relays are supplied as
standard with a SPST NC
control contact. A SPDT
NO-NC with common is
available as a factory
modification on Type A.
An isolated NO contact can
be supplied on Type B as
either a factory modification
or as a field kit.
●
●
●
UL 508
CSA
ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222
Instruction Leaflets
14885B Fast Trip A
Sizes 0–4, 3-Pole
OL Relay
14567E Type A Sizes 1–2,
1-Pole OL Relay
Mod A
14568
Type A Sizes 1–2,
3-Pole OL Relay
Mod J
14570D Type A Sizes 3–4,
3-Pole OL Relay
Mod J
14569C Type A Sizes 3–4,
1-Pole OL Relay
Mod A
17093A Type B OLR for
Sizes 7, 8 and
9 Contactors
16955A Type B Sizes 1–2,
1-Pole OL Relay
16954A Type B Sizes 1–2,
3-Pole OL Relay
15392B Type B Sizes 3–4,
3-Pole OL Relay
13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0–4,
1-Pole OL Relay
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-129
2.3
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Contents
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Description
2
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-131
V5-T2-131
V5-T2-132
V5-T2-132
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
2
2
2
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
2
Application Description
Operation
The Type B overload relay is
designed to protect industrial
motors against overload
conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design,
this relay will provide
Class 20 operation in either
single-phase or three-phase
applications.
The Type B overload relay
is a bimetallic actuated
device. The bimetal elements
are operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The heater
elements are connected
either directly in the circuit
to be measured, or through
current transformers on
applications NEMA Size 5
and larger.
2
2
2
2
2
Features
As the bimetals are heated
by motor current flow, a
deflection force is produced.
Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the
deflection becomes great
enough to open the snapaction output contact.
2
2
2
2
2
Ambient Compensation
The Type B ambient
compensated design is
supplied as standard on
all A200 starters. This design
uses a second compensating
bimetal responsive to
ambient air temperature in
the surrounding enclosure.
This feature reduces
nuisance tripping in
applications using compact
control panels and motor
control centers where
internal temperature rise
is significant compared to
motor ambient temperature.
The compensating
characteristic is maintained
in ambient temperatures
from 40° to 77°C.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-130
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Ambient compensation
standard
Alarm contact field
mountable
Class 20—600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Test trip device for weld
check
Hi-visibility up-front trip
indication
Trip-free reset mechanism
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Product Selection
2
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate
item by listing catalog
number from tables,
Pages V5-T2-139 and
V5-T2-140, as required per
starter.
2
2
2
2
2
Relays
Type B Overload Relay
Panel Mounting
Thermal Type B Overload Relay
2
Starter Mounted
Panel Mounted
Motor Full
Load Amps
Ambient Comp.
Catalog Number
Non-Comp.
Catalog Number
Replacement for
Type B Overload Relays
Replacement for Type A Overload Relays in
Manual Reset Mode (Three-Pole Only) 1
Ambient Comp.
Catalog Number
Non-Comp.
Catalog Number
Ambient Comp.
Catalog Number
Non-Comp.
Catalog Number
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
BA11JP
BN11JP
BA11A
BN11A
—
—
BA21JP
BN21JP
BA21A
BN21A
—
—
19–90
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
19–135
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
BN13JP
BA13A 2
BN13A 2
BA13J
BN13J
26.3–45
BA23JP
BN23JP
BA23A
BN23A
BA23J
BN23J
19–90
BA33P
BN33P
BA33A
BN33A
BA33A
BN33A
19–135
BA43P
BN43P
BA43A
BN43A
BA43A
BN43A
2
2
2
2
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
BA13JP
2
2
0.25–26.2
26.3–45
0.25–26.2
2
2
2
2
Accessories
2
Alarm Contact Kit Selection 1
Type B Overload Relay Size
Catalog Number
1, 2
B3NO-2
3, 4
B3NO-4
2
2
2
Notes
1 Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.
2 For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead
of BN13A.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-131
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Technical Data
2
Control Contact Ratings—NEMA B600 NO and
NC Control Contact Rating
2
AC Volts
Make
Break
24–120
30A
3A
120–600
3600 VA
360 VA
2
2
2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2
Thermal Type B Overload Relays
Sizes 1 and 2—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted
2
Sizes 3 and 4—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted
0.2 (5.1) Dia.
6 Mtg. Slots
0.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots
2
.17
(4.3)
C
2.22
(56.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2
0.8 2.81 3.14
(20.3) (71.4) (79.8)
2
2
2
2
1.38 (35.1)
D
0.94 (23.9)
1.98
(50.3)
3.38 3.88
(85.9) (98.6)
A
1.34 (34.0)
0.41 (10.4)
2
0.53
(13.5)
1.75 (44.5)
0.47
(11.9)
4.00
(101.6)
2
2.22
(56.4)
5.28
(134.1)
B
2
2
2
2
2
2
4.44
(112.8)
3.31
(84.1)
2
Dimensions
Relay Size
A
B
C
D
3
3.13 (79.5)
4.06 (103.1)
044 (11.2)
0.31 (7.9)
4
3.38 (85.9)
4.38 (111.3)
0.31 (7.9)
0.19 (4.8)
Note
1 Alarm contact available as factory modification of field mountable. For factory modification,
add suffix B.
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-132
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
0.47 (11.9)
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Description
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-134
V5-T2-134
V5-T2-135
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Application Description
The Type A overload relay is
designed to protect industrial
motors against overload
conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design,
this relay will provide Class
20 operation in either singleor three-phase applications.
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Field selectable manual/
auto reset
Alarm contract factory
available
Class 20—600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Adjustable trip rating ±15%
Color coded reset rod:
●
Compensated (gray)
●
Non-compensated (red)
Operation
The Type A overload relay is
a bimetallic actuated device.
The bimetal elements are
operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The
heater elements are
connected either directly in
the circuit to be measured, or
through current transformers
on applications NEMA Size 5
and larger.
Automatic Reset
The Type A overload relay can
be supplied as an option on all
A200 starters to provide
automatic reset operation.
The overload relay is always
shipped in the non-automatic
mode. To set up auto
operation, reposition the
reset rod by loosening and retightening a hold-down clamp
at the base of overload relay.
As the bimetals are heated
by motor current flow, a
deflection force is produced.
Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the
deflection becomes great
enough to open the snapaction output contact.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-133
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Product Selection
2
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate
item by listing catalog
number from tables,
Pages V5-T2-139 and
V5-T2-140, as required per
starter.
2
2
2
2
2
Relays
Type A Overload Relay
Single-Pole Panel
Mounting
Thermal Type A Overload Relay 1
Panel Mounted
Starter Replacement
Ambient Comp.
Non-Comp.
Ambient Comp.
Non-Comp.
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
Motor Full
Load Amps
2
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
0.25–26.2
AA11P
AN11P
AA11A
AN11A
2
26.3–45
AA21P
AN21P
AA21A
AN21A
19–90
AA31P
AN31P
AA31A
AN31A
2
19–135
AA41P
AN41P
AA41A
AN41A
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
2
0.25–26.2
2
2
2
2
2
2
AA13P 2
AN13P 2
AA13A 2
AN13A 2
2
2
2
AN23A 2
26.3–45
AA23P
AN23P
AA23A
19–90
AA33P 2
AN33P 2
AA33A 2
AN33A 2
19–135
AA43P 2
AN43P 2
AA43A 2
AN43A 2
Technical Data and Specifications
Control Contact Ratings
AC
Volts
Normally Closed
Make
Normally Open
Break
Make
Break
Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings
2
24–120
20A
2A
0.5A
0.5A
2
120–600
2400 VA
240 VA
600 VA
60 VA
Single-Pole Control Contact Ratings
2
24–120
30A
3A
10A
1A
120–600
3600 VA
360 VA
1200 VA
120 VA
2
Notes
1 For alarm contact (Form C), add Suffix B. Available only as factory modification on Type A relay.
2 Three-pole Type B overload relay is a suitable alternative to a three-pole Type A overload relay in
manual reset mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, and so on. (See Page V5-T2-131.)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-134
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Dimensions
2
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2
Type A
Single-Pole (Sizes 4 Shown)
Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
C
N
Q
2
E
D
2
P
C
2
A
Trip
Indicator
K Dia. A
2 Mtg.
Holes
2
G F
R
2
R
Common
Terminal
2
N
B
Q
T
J Dia.—3 Mtg. Slots
P
2
No Terminal
(When
Supplied)
G
H
S
F
E
J
M
NC Terminal
K
2
H
L
2
D
2
B
2
L
2
2
M
2
Dimensions
Dimensions
Relay Size
2
Relay Size
Dimension
1
2
3
4
Dimension
1
2
3
4
A
2.72 (69.1)
3.48 (88.4)
4.19 (106.4)
4.5 (114.3)
A
2.38 (60.5)
2.44 (62.0)
3.13 (79.5)
3.38 (85.9)
B
0.94 (23.9)
0.67 (17.0)
0.25 (6.4)
0.38 (9.7)
B
3.13 (79.5)
3.17 (80.5)
4.06 (103.1)
4.38 (111.3)
C
2.75 (69.9)
3.5 (88.9)
3.53 (89.7)
3.78 (96.0)
C
0.36 (9.1)
0.33 (8.4)
0.44 (11.2)
0.31 (7.9)
D
3.25 (82.6)
3.25 (82.6)
4.13 (104.9)
4.13 (104.9)
D
1.66 (42.2)
1.66 (42.2)
2.22 (56.4)
2.22 (56.4)
E
2.63 (66.8)
2.63 (66.8)
3.38 (85.9)
3.38 (85.9)
E
0.17 (4.3)
0.17 (4.3)
0.25 (6.4)
0.25 (6.4)
F
1.34 (34.0)
1.34 (34.0)
2.19 (55.6)
2.19 (55.6)
F
2.81 (71.4)
2.81 (71.4)
3.38 (85.9)
3.38 (85.9)
G
0.25 (6.4)
0.25 (6.4)
0.28 (7.1)
0.28 (7.1)
G
3.08 (78.2)
3.08 (78.2)
3.88 (98.6)
3.88 (98.6)
H
0.31 (7.9)
0.31 (7.9)
0.38 (9.7)
0.38 (9.7)
H
0.47 (11.9)
0.47 (11.9)
0.47 (11.9)
0.47 (11.9)
J
0.06 (1.5)
0.06 (1.5)
0.06 (1.5)
0.06 (1.5)
J
0.20 (5.1)
0.20 (5.1)
0.28 (7.1)
0.28 (7.1)
K
0.22 (5.6)
0.22 (5.6)
0.27 (6.8)
0.27 (6.8)
K
0.28 (7.1)
0.28 (7.1)
0.47 (11.9)
0.47 (11.9)
L
1.34 (34.0)
1.34 (34.0)
1.69 (42.9)
1.69 (42.9)
L
4.00 (101.6)
4.00 (101.6)
5.28 (134.1)
5.28 (134.1)
M
0.66 (16.8)
0.66 (16.8)
0.88 (22.4)
0.88 (22.4)
M
3.31 (84.1)
3.31 (84.1)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
N
0.16 (4.1)
0.16 (4.1)
0.27 (6.8)
0.27 (6.8)
N
1.80 (45.7)
1.80 (45.7)
2.77 (70.4)
2.77 (70.4)
P
0.22 (5.6)
0.22 (5.6)
0.34 (8.6)
0.34 (8.6)
P
1.89 (48.0)
1.89 (48.0)
1.75 (44.5)
1.75 (44.5)
Q
0.06 (1.5)
0.06 (1.5)
0.69 (17.5)
0.69 (17.5)
Q
1.00 (25.4)
1.00 (25.4)
1.34 (34.0)
1.34 (34.0)
R
4.00 (101.6)
4.00 (101.6)
5.19 (131.8)
5.19 (131.8)
R
—
—
1.03 (26.2)
1.03 (26.2)
S
0.47 (11.9)
0.47 (11.9)
0.59 (15.0)
0.59 (15.0)
T
1.11 (28.2)
1.11 (28.2)
0.69 (17.5)
0.69 (17.5)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-135
2.3
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Contents
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Description
2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
2
Application Description
Operation
Features
The Type FT overload relay is
designed to protect special
purpose motors having
restricted thermal and locked
rotor capabilities. Using
modern block type, bimetallic
design, this relay will provide
Class 10 operation in singleor three-phase applications.
The Type FT overload relay is
a bimetallic actuated device.
The bimetal elements are
operated directly from line
current, thus separate
calibrating heater elements
are not utilized. The overload
relay may be wired directly in
the motor circuit, or throughcurrent transformers on
applications larger than 150A.
●
2
2
2
2
2
As the bimetals are heated by
motor current flow, a
deflection force is produced.
Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the
deflection becomes great
enough to open the snap
action output contact.
2
2
2
2
●
●
●
●
●
●
Class 10—600V design
Inverse time delay trip
Color coded reset rod—
green
Alarm contact factory
available
Field selectable manual/
auto reset
Adjustable trip rating
±20%
Ambient compensation
included
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-136
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-137
V5-T2-137
V5-T2-138
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-141
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Product Selection
Type FT Single-Pole
2
Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series) 1
Panel Mounted
2
Starter Replacement
Motor Full Load
Amperes
Single-Pole
Three-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
NEMA Size
Catalog Number
Single-Pole
0.76–1.1
FT11P-1.1
FT13P-1.1
—
FT11A-1.1
1.1–1.6
FT11P-1.6
FT13P-1.6
—
FT11A-1.6
1.6–2.4
FT11P-2.4
FT13P-2.4
0, 1
FT11A-2.4
2.4–3.6
FT11P-3.6
FT13P-3.6
0, 1
FT11A-3.6
3.6–5.4
FT11P-5.4
FT13P-5.4
0, 1
FT11A-5.4
5.4–8.0
FT11P-8.0
FT13P-8
0, 1
FT11A-8
8.0–12
FT11P-12
FT13P-12
0, 1
FT11A-12
12–18
FT11P-18
FT13P-18
1
FT11A-18
16–24
—
FT13P-24
2
2
2
2
2
2
—
22–32
FT11P-32
FT13P-32
0, 1
FT11A-32
24–36
FT21P-36
FT23P-36
2
FT21A-36
36–54
FT21P-54
FT23P-54
12
FT21A-54
22–32
FT31P-32
FT33P-32
3
FT31A-32
32–48
FT31P-48
FT33P-48
3
FT31A-48
48–72
FT31P-72
FT33P-72
3
FT31A-72
72–110
FT41P-110
FT43P-110
4
FT41A-110
100–150
FT41P-150
FT43P-150
4
FT41A-150
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Technical Data and Specifications
2
Control Contact Ratings
Normally Closed
Normally Open
AC Volts
Make
Break
Make
Break
24–120
30A
3A
10A
1A
120–600
3600 VA
360 VA
1200 VA
120 VA
2
2
2
Note
1 Single-pole (1NO-NC contact): add suffix B. Three-pole (3NO-NC contacts): add suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-137
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2
Dimensions
2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2
Type FT Overload Relays
2
Three-Pole, Size 1
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
0.11
(2.8)
0.17
(4.3)
2
2
0.22
(5.6)
1.30
(33.0)
0.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
Holes
0.50
0.19
(12.7)
(4.8)
1.00 (25.4)
0.63
(16.0)
0.11
(2.8)
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
3.48
(88.4)
3.28 (83.3)
1.64
0.22
(41.7)
(5.6)
2
2
1.30
(33.0)
2
2
0.19 0.06
(4.8) (1.5)
0.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
Holes
0.50 (12.7)
1.00 (25.4)
3.28 (83.3)
Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
0.16 (4.1)
2
2
5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.
5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.
4.41 (112)
2.20
(55.9)
1.42
(36.1)
D
0.48
(12.2)
A
3.31 (84.1)
2
2
2
2
2.81 (71.4)
3.88
(98.6) 3.38
(85.9)
C
1.75 0.69
(44.5) (17.5)
0.25
(6.4)
2
2
0.06
(1.5)
0.06
(1.5)
2
2
0.06
(1.5)
0.06
(1.5)
0.69
(17.5)
3.61
(91.7) 3.25
(82.6) 2.81
(71.4)
2
2
0.38
(9.7)
Three-Pole, Size 2
2
2
0.06
(1.5)
0.06
(1.5)
3.25 2.81
(82.6) (71.4)
2
2
1.64
(41.7)
0.69
(17.5)
2
2
4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
2.72
(69.1)
3.28 (83.3)
2
E
0.28 (7.1)
3 Mtg.
Holes
0.88 (22.4)
1.75 (44.5)
0.28 (7.1)
Dimensions
Relay Size
A
B
C
D
E
3
4.25 (108.0)
0.53 (13.5)
2.91 (73.9)
0.09 (2.3)
0.06 (1.5)
4
4.50 (114.3)
0.59 (15.0)
3.03 (77.0)
0.22 (5.6)
0.19 (4.8)
V5-T2-138
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
B 0.74
(18.8)
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Heater Selection
2
General Information on Heater Coil Selection
For maximum motor
protection and compliance
with Article 430-32 of the
National Electrical Code,
select heater coils from the
tables in this section on the
basis of motor nameplate
full load current.
When the full load current is
unknown, selection may be
made on the basis of average
full load currents as shown on
Pages V5-T2-155 and
V5-T2-156. Caution—The
average ratings could be
high or low for a specific
motor and therefore
selection on this basis
always involves risk. For
fully reliable motor
protection, select heater
coils on the basis of full
load current rating as
shown on the motor
nameplate.
Heater coils are rated to
protect 40°C rise motors, and
open and drip-proof motors
having a service factor of
1.15 where the motor and
the controller are at the same
ambient temperature.
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4
Ambient Compensated
Enclosed Starters
For Size 3 Starters
1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise
motors and enclosed
motors having a
service factor of 1.0,
select one
size smaller coil.
2. Ambient temperature of
controller lower than
motor by 26°C (47°F),
use one size smaller coil.
3. Ambient temperature of
controller higher than
motor by 26°C (47°F),
use one size larger coil.
2
Ultimate tripping current of
heater coils is approximately
1.25 times the minimum
current rating listed in the
tables.
2
12.8–14.1
11.9–13.0
FH68
14.2–15.5
13.1–14.3
FH69
15.6–17.1
14.4–15.9
FH70
17.2–18.9
16.0–17.4
FH71
19.0–20.8
17.5–19.1
FH72
20.9–22.9
19.2–21.1
FH73
23.0–25.2
21.2–23.2
FH74
25.3–27.8
23.3–25.6
FH75
27.9–30.6
25.7–28.1
FH76
30.7–33.5
28.2–30.8
FH77
33.6–37.5
30.9–34.5
FH78
37.6–41.5
34.6–38.2
FH79
41.6–56.3
38.3–42.6
FH80
46.4–50
42.7–46
FH81
51–55
47–51
FH82
56–61
52–56
FH83
62–66
57–61
FH84
67–73
62–67
FH85
74–78
68–72
FH86
79–84
73–77
FH87
85–92
78–84
FH88
93–101
85–91
FH89
102–110
92–99
FH90
111–122
100–110
FH91
123–129
111–122
FH92
130–133
123–128
FH93
—
129–133
FH94
2
2
2
Compensated Overload Relay
Full Load Current of Motor Amps
2
2
2
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6 1
Heater (One Heater
per Catalog Number)
Catalog Number
All Applications
Size
Starter
For Size 4 Starters
Non-Compensating
Enclosed Starters
2
For other conditions:
Open Starter
Heater (One Heater per
Catalog Number)
Catalog Number
Enclosed Starter
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)
—
—
FH23
118–129
118–129
FH24
130–141
130–141
FH25
142–155
142–155
FH26
156–170
156–170
FH27
171–187
171–187
FH28
188–205
188–205
FH29
206–224
206–224
FH30
225–244
225–244
FH31
245–263
245–263
FH32
264–292
264–292
FH33
293–300
—
FH34
—
FH23
236–259
236–259
FH24
260–283
260–283
FH25
284–310
284–310
FH26
311–340
311–340
FH27
341–374
341–374
FH28
375–411
375–411
FH29
412–448
412–448
FH30
449–489
449–489
FH31
490–527
490–527
FH32
528–585
528–540
FH33
586–600
—
FH34
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers)
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Note
1 Size 7 and larger—advise full load current.
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-139
2.3
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2
Non-Compensated Open Starters and
Ambient Comp. Open and Enclosed Starters
Size
Starter
Block Type Overload
sing Three Heaters
Non-Compensating
Enclosed Starters
Single-Pole Type
Overload
Heater (One Heater
per Catalog Number)
Catalog Number
Block Type Overload
Using Three Heaters
Single-Pole Type
Overload
Heater
Catalog Number
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
2
0.25–0.27
0.29–0.31
FH03
0.24–0.25
0.28–0.30
FH03
0.28–0.31
0.32–0.35
FH04
0.26–0.28
0.31–0.34
FH04
2
0.32–0.34
0.36–0.39
FH05
0.29–0.31
0.35–0.37
FH05
0.35–0.38
0.40–0.43
FH06
0.32–0.35
0.38–0.42
FH06
2
0.39–0.42
0.44–0.48
FH07
0.36–0.39
0.43–0.47
FH07
0.43–0.46
0.49–.053
FH08
0.40–0.43
0.48–0.52
FH08
2
0.47–0.50
0.54–0.58
FH09
0.44–0.47
0.53–0.56
FH09
0.51–0.55
0.59–0.64
FH10
0.48–0.51
0.57–0.63
FH10
2
0.56–0.62
0.65–0.71
FH11
0.52–0.57
0.64–0.70
FH11
0.63–0.68
0.72–0.79
FH12
0.58–0.63
0.71–0.77
FH12
0.69–0.75
0.80–0.87
FH13
0.64–0.70
0.78–0.85
FH13
0.76–0.83
0.88–0.96
FH14
0.71–0.77
0.86–0.94
FH14
0.84–0.91
0.97–1.06
FH15
0.78–0.85
0.95–1.03
FH15
0.92–1.00
1.07–1.16
FH16
0.86–0.93
1.04–1.13
FH16
1.01–1.11
1.17–1.28
FH17
0.94–1.03
1.14–1.25
FH17
1.12–1.22
1.29–1.41
FH18
1.04–1.13
1.26–1.38
FH18
1.23–1.34
1.42–1.55
FH19
1.14–1.25
1.39–1.52
FH19
1.35–1.47
1.56–1.71
FH20
1.26–1.37
1.53–1.67
FH20
1.48–1.62
1.72–1.87
FH21
1.38–1.51
1.68–1.83
FH21
1.63–1.78
1.88–2.06
FH22
1.52–1.65
1.84–2.01
FH22
1.79–1.95
2.07–2.26
FH23
1.66–1.81
2.02–2.21
FH23
1.96–2.15
2.27–2.48
FH24
1.82–1.99
2.22–2.43
FH24
2.16–2.35
2.49–2.72
FH25
2.00–2.19
2.44–2.66
FH25
2.36–2.58
2.73–2.99
FH26
2.20–2.39
2.67–2.92
FH26
2.59–2.83
3.00–3.28
FH27
2.40–2.63
2.93–3.21
FH27
2.84–3.11
3.29–3.60
FH28
2.64–2.89
3.22–3.53
FH28
3.12–3.42
3.61–3.95
FH29
2.90–3.17
3.54–3.87
FH29
3.43–3.73
3.96–4.31
FH30
3.18–3.47
3.88–4.22
FH30
3.74–4.07
4.32–4.71
FH31
3.48–3.79
4.23–4.61
FH31
4.08–4.39
4.72–5.14
FH32
3.80–4.11
4.62–4.9
FH32
4.40–4.87
5.15–5.6
FH33
4.12–4.55
5.0–5.5
FH33
2
4.88–5.3
5.7–6.2
FH34
4.56–5.0
5.6–6.0
FH34
5.4–5.9
6.3–6.8
FH35
5.1–5.5
6.1–6.6
FH35
2
6.0–6.4
6.9–7.5
FH36
5.6–5.9
6.7–7.3
FH36
6.5–7.1
7.6–8.2
FH37
6.0–6.6
7.4–8.0
FH37
2
7.2–.78
8.3–9.0
FH38
6.7–7.2
8.1–8.7
FH38
7.9–8.5
9.1–9.9
FH39
7.3–7.9
8.8–9.7
FH39
2
8.6–9.4
10.0–10.8
FH40
8.0–8.7
9.8–10.5
FH40
9.5–10.3
10.9–11.9
FH41
8.8–9.5
10.6–11.7
FH41
2
10.4–11.3
12.0–13.1
FH42
9.6–10.5
11.8–12.7
FH42
11.4–12.4
13.2–14.3
FH43
10.6–11.5
12.8–14.0
FH43
2
12.5–13.5
14.4–15.7
FH44
11.6–12.6
14.1–15.3
FH44
13.6–14.9
15.8–17.2
FH45
12.7–13.8
15.4–16.6
FH45
2
15.0–16.3
17.3–18.9
FH46
13.9–15.1
16.7–18.3
FH46
16.4–18.0
19.0–20.8
FH47
15.2–16.7
18.4–20.0
FH47
2
18.1–19.8
20.9–22.9
FH48
16.8–18.3
20.1–21.9
FH48
19.9–21.7
23.0–25.2
FH49
18.4–20.2
22.0–23.9
FH49
21.8–23.9
25.3–27.6
FH50
20.3–22.2
24.0–26.2
FH50
24.0–26.2
27.7–30.3
FH51
22.3–24.3
26.3–28.8
FH51
26.3–28.7
30.4–33.3
FH52
24.4–26.6
28.9–31.4
FH52
28.8–31.4
33.4–36.4
FH53
26.7–29.1
31.5–34.5
FH53
31.5–34.5
36.5–39.9
FH54
29.2–32.0
34.6–37.9
FH54
34.6–37.9
40.0–43.9
FH55
32.1–35.2
3.80–41.9
FH55
38.0–41.5
FH56
35.3–38.5
42.0–45.0
FH56
41.6–45.0
FH57
38.6–42.3
2
2
2
2
2
2
For Size 2 Starters
2
For Size 1 Starters
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-140
For Size 0 Starters
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
FH57
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Relays—Current Sensing Protective
Description
Page
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . .
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . .
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . .
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . .
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-101
V5-T2-107
V5-T2-128
V5-T2-130
V5-T2-133
V5-T2-136
V5-T2-139
V5-T2-142
V5-T2-142
V5-T2-142
V5-T2-143
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Relays—Current Sensing Protective
2
Product Description
2
The IQ500 is a heaterless,
current-sensing, solid-state
motor protective relay with
optional communications
capabilities. Several functions
are incorporated into the base
relay (IQ502/IQ504) as
standard:
●
●
●
Overload (overcurrent)
protection
Phase unbalance and
phase loss protection
Ground current protection
(Class II)
The base relay can serve as
the initial building block for a
motor protection system by
adding the IQ500M Special
Function Module. The
module can address
application related motor load
functions with the additional
features:
●
●
●
●
The IQ500 can provide a costeffective alternative to
conventional protective relays
such as current relays,
ground fault relays and phase
loss or phase unbalance
relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a lowcost, local area
communication network,
information such as current
values, status, setpoint
values and cause of trip can
be displayed remotely. The
IQ500 relay is ideal for a
variety of industrial
applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors,
wastewater treatment plants
and petrochemical industries.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Underload protection
Long acceleration
Jam protection
Load control
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-141
2.3
2
●
2
2
●
2
●
2
●
2
●
●
2
2
●
2
2
●
2
2
A200 Series
Features
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
●
2
2
Overload class is
adjustable using DIP
switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30
seconds, maximum trip
times at six times rated
current
Designed for 1000V and
less distribution systems
Form C (NO/NC) contact on
output relay
Isolated alarm relay output
contact
Communications capability
using IMPACC network
Manual or automatic reset
(either a true manual or
remote electrical reset)—
selectable
Overload, Class II ground
current, phase unbalance
and single-phase
protection are standard
LED indication (bicolored—red/green) for
device status, including
overload, phase unbalance
or ground current trip
Special Function Module
adds protection for
underload and jam
conditions, also provides
for long acceleration
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Optional load control
feature available with
special function module
Feed-through current
transformer windows for
contactors, NEMA Sizes 1–
4 (for Size 5 and larger,
external current
transformers can be used)
Fits mounting footprint of
Eaton’s MORA relay
Panel or starter mountable
Cause of trip is held in
memory through a power
loss
Bell alarm contact available
for remote status
indication
DIP switch provided for
setting operating
frequency—50 or 60 Hz
Plug-in terminal block for
control power, trip relay
and bell alarm relay
connections
Operating temperature:
–20° to 60°C (–4° to 140°F)
Benefits
●
No external current
transformers are required
since they are internal to
the IQ500
●
●
●
DIP switches used to
select functions and
settings on base relay are
clearly marked and covered
with screw-on plastic
covers
On the automatic reset,
the reset times can be
selected for long (90
second) or short (10
second) delay
Device can be set for
different motor full load
currents without additional
parts or modules
Optional Benefits
●
With the addition of the
IQ500M Special Function
Module, the enhanced
protection includes jam
(overtorque) and underload
and provides long
acceleration time (high
inertia load)
●
The underload and jam
protection functions each
have independent Form C
output relays as part of the
module. In addition, the
underload and jam
functions each have their
own LEDs for status
indication
2
2
Standards and Certifications
●
UL File No. E19223
2
2
2
2
2
Product Selection
IQ502A
Current Sensing Protective Relay
Maximum Horsepower
Control Voltage
2
200V
230V
460–475V
Ampere
Rating
2
20
25
50
3.4–66A
IQ502A
60
75
150
10.8–207A
IQ504A
—
2
—
—
0.32–5.4A
Special function module
2
110/120V 50/60 Hz
Catalog Number
220/240V 50/60 Hz
Catalog Number
IQ502B
IQ500LA
IQ504B
1
IQ500M
IQ500LB 1
IQ500M
Note
1 Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
2
2
2
V5-T2-142
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
The underload and jam
functions also have
separate selectable trip
levels and adjustable tripdelay and start-delay
settings
The IQ500M can be used
as a load control module
that allows “shedding and
restoring” a particular load
that contributes to the load
being monitored
The PONI (Product
Operated Network
Interface) card attaches
directly to the base relay or
special function module for
interfacing with the Eaton’s
PowerNet communications
system
Localized display can be
achieved with the Central
Monitoring Unit
2.3
NEMA Contactors and Starters
A200 Series
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Current Sensing Protective Relays
2
IQ504
2
2
4.88
(124.0)
2
2
3.0
2.5
(63.5) (76.2)
2
3.25
(82.6)
2
2
2.88
(73.2)
2
0.81
(20.6)
Dia.
3.59
(91.2)
4.5
(114.3)
2
5.47
(138.9)
2
2
IQ500L and IQ502
0.19 (4.8)
Dia.
2
0.5
(12.7)
0.44 (11.2)
Dia.
2
4.88
(124.0)
0.164-32 Tap
2 Holes
2
1.19
0.78 (30.2)
(19.8)
2
2
4.13
(104.9)
4.13
(104.9)
2
2.75
(69.9)
0.53
(13.5)
1.88
(47.8)
2
2
2
0.5
(12.7)
Dia.
2
5.47
(138.9)
3.59
(91.2)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-143
2.4
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Solenoids—Alternating Current
Contents
Solenoids—Alternating Current
Description
2
Solenoids—Alternating Current
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
Features
Solenoids from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector are used for
a wide variety of applications
where straight line motion is
to be obtained automatically
or at a remote point.
●
2
●
●
●
2
●
2
2
Plunger and frame are
machined to ensure
quiet operation
Push- and pull-type
operation
With and without
terminal box
Plunger provided with
connecting pin
Size C and D solenoids
are provided with special
bearing to minimize
wear in clevis under
severe service
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-144
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T2-145
V5-T2-146
2.4
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Solenoids—Alternating Current
Product Selection
2
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number
2
2
10370
AC Solenoids—60 Hz, Continuous Duty
Operating Data 1
At 85%
Voltage
Max.
At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% Stroke in
Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Inches (mm)
Inrush
Sealed
Without
Conduit Box
Wall Mtg.
Floor Mtg.
Catalog
Catalog
Number
Number
Magnetic Force in Lbs
Horizontal Position
Size
Volt.
At 100%
Voltage
With Gravity
Against Gravity
Current
With
Conduit Box
Mtg. 2
Catalog
Number
60 Hertz Pull Type
A
B
C
D
110
0.72
0.50
0.90
0.68
0.55
0.33
1 (25.4)
1.83
0.34
—
10370H1
10370H610
220
0.72
0.50
0.90
0.68
0.55
0.33
1 (25.4)
0.92
0.17
—
10370H2
10370H611
440
0.72
0.50
0.90
0.68
0.55
0.33
1 (25.4)
0.45
0.08
—
10370H3
10370H612
110
4.2
3
4.5
3.3
3.9
2.7
1 (25.4)
5.4
0.87
10370H57
10370H694
10370H69
220
4.2
3
4.5
3.3
3.9
2.7
1 (25.4)
2.6
0.42
10370H58
10370H696
10370H70
440
4.2
3
4.5
3.3
3.9
2.7
1 (25.4)
1.29
0.20
10370H59
10370H697
10370H71
110
7
5.25
8
6.25
6
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
10.4
1.07
10370H244
—
10370H256
220
7
5.25
8
6.25
6
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
5.2
0.52
10370H245
—
10370H257
B
C
D
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
440
7
5.25
8
6.25
6
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
2.5
0.26
10370H246
—
10370H258
110
12.4
10
13.65
11.25
11.15
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
18
1.58
10370H356
10370H814
10370H368
220
12.4
10
13.65
11.25
11.15
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
9.3
0.81
10370H357
10370H816
10370H369
440
12.4
10
13.65
11.25
11.15
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
4.4
0.40
10370H358
10370H817
10370H370
2
2
60 Hertz Push Type
A
2
110
0.72
0.50
0.90
0.68
0.55
0.33
1 (25.4)
1.83
0.34
—
10370H13
10370H25
220
0.72
0.50
0.90
0.68
0.55
0.33
1 (25.4)
0.92
0.17
—
10370H14 3
10370H26
440
0.72
0.50
0.90
0.68
0.55
0.33
1 (25.4)
0.45
0.08
—
10370H15
10370H27
110
4.2
3
4.5
3.3
3.9
2.7
1 (25.4)
5.4
0.87
10370H81
10370H708
10370H93
220
4.2
3
4.5
3.3
3.9
2.7
1 (25.4)
2.6
0.42
10370H82
10370H710
10370H94
440
4.2
3
4.5
3.3
3.9
2.7
1 (25.4)
1.29
0.20
10370H83
10370H711
10370H95
110
7
5.25
8
6.25
6
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
10.4
1.07
10370H268
—
10370H280
220
7
5.25
8
6.25
6
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
5.2
0.52
—
10370H774
10370H281
440
7
5.25
8
6.25
6
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
2.5
0.26
—
10370H775
10370H282
110
12.4
10
13.65
11.25
11.15
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
18
1.58
10370H380
10370H828 3 10370H392
220
12.4
10
13.65
11.25
11.15
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
9.3
0.81
10370H381
10370H830 3 10370H393
440
12.4
10
13.65
11.25
11.15
8.75
1.25 (31.8)
4.4
0.40
10370H382
10370H831 3 10370H394
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box”—Size A are for wall mounting—Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.
2 Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.
3 Part numbers are now obsolete.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-145
2.4
2
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Solenoids—Alternating Current
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
AC Solenoids
Wall Mounted
Floor Mounted
2
2
E
2
D
A
2
2
2
D
A
C
E
C
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
2
2
B
B
Push Type
Size
Wide
A
Mounting
High
B1
Deep
C
D
Pull Type
Mounting
E
Shipping
Weight
Lbs (kg)
Wide
A
High
B1
Deep
C
D
E
Shipping
Weight
Lbs (kg)
2.0 (0.9)
Wall Mounted
A
2.38 (60.5)
3.63 (92.2)
2.25 (57.2)
1.13 (28.7)
1.63 (41.4)
2.0 (0.9)
2.38 (60.5)
2.63 (66.8)
2.25 (57.2)
1.13 (28.7)
1.63 (41.4)
2
B
2.63 (66.8)
4.88 (124.0)
3.00 (76.2)
2.00 (50.8)
2.13 (54.1)
2.5 (1.1)
2.63 (66.8)
3.63 (92.2)
3.00 (76.2)
2.00 (50.8)
2.13 (54.1)
2.5 (1.1)
C
3.00 (76.2)
6.13 (155.7)
4.13 (104.9)
2.38 (60.5)
3.13 (79.5)
5.0 (2.3)
3.00 (76.2)
4.88 (124.0)
4.13 (104.9)
2.38 (60.5)
3.13 (79.5)
5.0 (2.3)
2
D
4.00 (101.6)
6.13 (155.7)
4.13 (104.9)
2.75 (69.9)
3.13 (79.5)
7.0 (3.2)
4.00 (101.6)
4.88 (124.0)
4.13 (104.9)
2.75 (69.9)
3.13 (79.5)
7.0 (3.2)
Floor Mounted
2
B
3.13 (79.5)
4.88 (124.0)
3.00 (76.2)
1.50 (38.1)
2.25 (57.2)
2.5 (1.1)
3.13 (79.5)
3.88 (98.6)
3.00 (76.2)
1.50 (38.1)
2.25 (57.2)
2.5 (1.1)
2
C
3.50 (88.9)
6.13 (155.7)
3.75 (95.3)
1.75 (44.5)
3.13 (79.5)
5.0 (2.3)
3.50 (88.9)
4.88 (124.0)
3.75 (95.3)
1.75 (44.5)
3.13 (79.5)
5.0 (2.3)
D
3.88 (98.6)
6.13 (155.7)
3.75 (95.3)
2.25 (57.2)
3.13 (79.5)
7.0 (3.2)
3.88 (98.6)
4.88 (124.0)
3.75 (95.3)
2.25 (57.2)
3.13 (79.5)
7.0 (3.2)
2
Note
1 In sealed state.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-146
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
2.5
Contents
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC, 511 Series
Description
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
2
V5-T2-148
V5-T2-150
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description
Application Description
Type S Brakes from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
are electrically released and
spring applied providing
“fail-safe” operation. The
retarding torque developed
is directly proportional to the
spring pressure.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Conveyors
Machine tools
Printing presses
Small cranes
Overhead doors
Dumb waiters
Vacuum molding machines
Carnival rides
2
Features
The brake wheel is of
relatively large size in relation
to the torque developed by
the brake. This permits use of
a larger brake shoe lining and
lower shoe pressures. Low
shoe pressure, equally
distributed over a large lining
area, results in even wear of
the friction surfaces and even
braking torque. The oversize
wheel type construction also
permits use of a smaller
operating solenoid that
requires less current for a
given torque rating.
DC Brakes
Standard DC brakes are
equipped with shunt coils.
The magnet coil circuit on
DC brakes consists of two
separate windings and a
protective switch.
Mounting
Type S brakes are designed
and recommended for use
and mounting only in the
horizontal position. Side or
vertical mountings are not
recommended because the
solenoid loading is altered,
resulting in accelerated wear
and premature coil failure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-147
2.5
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
2
Product Selection
2
When Ordering Specify
●
Brake
●
Catalog number plus
suffix number for coil
●
Example: 511H1193-41
●
Wheel
●
Catalog number plus
suffix number for
bore size
●
Example: 511H1150-3
2
2
2
2
2
2
Size S-4 Brake
and Wheel
Type S Brakes—Floor Mounting
Torque—lb-ft
AC
2
Continuous
2
Intermittent
1
Brake
Size
Base
Catalog
Number 23
DC
For Type S4, S5-1/2, S7, S10
Coil Volts
and Hertz
Coil
Suffix 2
120V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
240V 60 Hz
480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
110V 50 Hz
220V 50 Hz
380V 50 Hz
440V 50 Hz
550V 50 Hz
-39
-45
-40
-41
-58
-5
-6
-7
-8
-9
Base
Catalog
Number 23
3
3
S-4
511H1194
10
10
S-4
511H1193
—
15
S-4
511H1192
25
25
S-5-1/2
511H992
2
—
35
S-5-1/2
511H993
50
50
S-7
511H970
2
—
75
S-7
511H971
85
85
S-7
511H1195
511H1197
—
110
S-7
511H1196
511H1198
2
2
2
511H955
511H956
Coil
Voltage
Coil
Suffix 2
120 Vdc
240 Vdc
-97
-98
511H957
511H994
511H995
511H975
511H976
Notes
1 Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to 1/2 time ON
and 1/2 time OFF.
2 Add suffix number for coil voltage to base catalog number.
3 Does not include wheel.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-148
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.5
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
Brake Selection
The method most generally used to determine required
braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by
the following formula:
2
Brake Wheels
Straight
Bore 1
3
Tapered
Bore 2
2
Base 3
2
T
= 5252 x hp
rpm
Wheel
Size in
Inches
Min.
Max.
Pilot
Bore in
Bore in
Bore in
Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) WK2
Base
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
T
= Full load motor torque in lb-ft
4.0
0.50 (12.7)
1.38 (35.1)
0.50 (12.7)
0.06
511H1150
511H1151
= Motor horsepower
5.5
0.75 (19.1)
2.00 (50.8)
0.75 (19.1)
0.26
511H1160
511H1161
7.0
1.00 (25.4)
2.25 (57.2)
0.75 (19.1)
0.77
511H1170
511H1171
hp
rpm = Speed of shaft on which brake wheel is mounted
2
2
The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal
to the full load motor torque for the duty considered.
2
2
Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers
Bore Size Suffix Number—Add to Base Catalog Number
Bore 4 in Inches (mm)
2
Keyway in Inches
Suffix Number
Bore 4 in Inches (mm)
Keyway in Inches (mm)
Suffix Number
Pilot bore
None
-1
1.625 (41.28)
3/38 x 3/16
-9
0.625 (15.88)
3/16 x 3/32
-2
1.875 (47.63)
1/2 x 1/4
-10
0.750 (19.05)
3/16 x 3/32
-3
2.125 (53.98)
1/2 x 1/4
-11
0.875 (22.23)
3/16 x 3/32
-4
2.375 (60.33)
5/8 x 5/16
-12
2
Standard Bore Sizes
1.000 (25.40)
1/4 x 1/8
-5
2.500 (63.50)
5/8 x 5/16
-63
1.125 (28.58)
1/4 x 1/8
-6
2.625 (66.68)
5/8 x 5/16
-13
1.250 (31.75)
1/4 x 1/8
-7
2.750 (69.85)
5/8 x 5/16
-18
1.375 (34.93)
5/16 x 5/32
-8
2.875 (73.03)
3/4 x 3/8
-14
0.500 (12.70)
1/8 x 1/16
-50
1.687 (42.85)
3/8 x 3/16
-58
0.750 (19.05)
1/4 x 1/8
-51
1.750 (44.45)
3/8 x 3/16
-59
0.875 (22.23)
1/4 x 1/8
-52
1.937 (49.20)
1/2 x 1/4
-60
1.000 (25.40)
5/16 x 5/32
-53
2.000 (50.80)
1/2 x 1/4
-61
2
2
2
2
2
Non-Standard Bore Sizes
1.187 (30.15)
1/4 x 1/8
-54
2.250 (57.15)
1/2 x 1/4
-62
1.375 (34.93)
3/8 x 3/16
-55
—
—
—
1.437 (36.50)
3/8 x 3/16
-56
—
—
—
1.500 (38.10)
3/8 x 3/16
-57
—
—
—
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 Bore tolerance: +0.000–0.001 in.
2 Taper is at rate of 1.25 in per ft on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +0.000–0.005 in.
3 Add suffix number for bore size to base catalog number.
4 Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-149
2.5
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Standard Brake Wheels
2
Z
2
2
2
A
Y
2
2
X
2
W
2
Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
2
A
Z
W1
X
Y
Max.
Min.
2
4.00 (101.6)
2.75 (69.9)
1.63 (41.4)
1.38 (35.1)
2.50 (63.5)
1.38 (35.1)
0.50 (12.7)
5.50 (139.7)
3.25 (82.6)
2.00 (50.8)
1.63 (41.4)
3.25 (82.6)
2.00 (50.8)
0.75 (19.1)
2
7.00 (177.8)
4.25 (108.0)
3.00 (76.2)
1.25 (31.8)
4.00 (101.6)
2.25 (57.2)
1.00 (25.4)
2
Bore
Approximate Shipping Weights
2
2
2
Weight in Lbs (kg)
Brake Size
Torque Rating
ft-lb
Net —
Brake with Wheel
Net —
Wheel Only
Boxed —
Brake with Wheel
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
S-4
3
15.8 (7.2)
3.4 (1.5)
17.0 (7.7)
2
S-4
10
15.8 (7.2)
3.4 (1.5)
17.0 (7.7)
S-4
15
15.8 (7.2)
3.4 (1.5)
17.0 (7.7)
2
S-5-1/2
25
33.2 (15.1)
7.5 (3.4)
36.0 (16.3)
S-5-1/2
35
33.2 (15.1)
7.5 (3.4)
36.0 (16.3)
2
S-7
50
52.1 (23.7)
18.8 (8.5)
55.0 (25.0)
2
S-7
75
52.1 (23.7)
18.8 (8.5)
55.0 (25.0)
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
2
S-4
3
18.0 (8.2)
3.4 (1.5)
20.0 (9.1)
S-4
10
18.0 (8.2)
3.4 (1.5)
20.0 (9.1)
2
S-4
15
18.0 (8.2)
3.4 (1.5)
20.0 (9.1)
S-5-1/2
25
35.0 (15.9)
7.5 (3.4)
38.0 (17.3)
2
S-5-1/2
35
35.0 (15.9)
7.5 (3.4)
38.0 (17.3)
2
S-7
50
54.0 (24.5)
18.8 (8.5)
58.0 (26.3)
S-7
75
54.0 (24.5)
18.8 (8.5)
58.0 (26.3)
S-7
85
54.0 (24.5)
18.8 (8.5)
58.0 (26.3)
S-7
110
54.0 (24.5)
18.8 (8.5)
58.0 (26.3)
2
2
2
Note
1 Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
2
2
V5-T2-150
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.5
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2
Type S4, S5-1/2 and S7 Solenoid Operated
R
U E
2
2
Q
2
P
K
M
L
2
2
C
A
J
B
O
2
Hub
Length
2
N
D
T
F
S
(2) “H” Dia. Holes
for Mounting
D
2
G
2
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
Brake
Size
Torque
Rating
ft-lb
S-4
A
B1
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
2
3
4.00
(101.6)
2.88
(73.2)
7.50
(190.5)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.50
(190.5)
3.13
(79.5)
0.38
(9.7)
0.63
(16.0)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-4
10
4.00
(101.6)
2.88
(73.2)
7.50
(190.5)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.50
(190.5)
3.13
(79.5)
0.38
(9.7)
0.63
(16.0)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-4
15
4.00
(101.6)
2.88
(73.2)
7.50
(190.5)
2.63
(66.8))
1.25
(31.8)
7.50
(190.5)
3.13
(79.5)
0.38
(9.7)
0.63
(16.0)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5))
2
S-5-1/2
25
5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
1.00
(25.4)
4.88
(124.0)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.13
(79.5)
3.75
(95.3)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-5-1/2
35
5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
1.00
(25.4)
7.88
(200.2)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.13
(79.5)
3.75
(95.3)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-7
50
7.00
(177.8)
5.00
(127.0)
11.50
(292.1)
4.38
(111.3)
2.50
(63.5)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
0.56
(14.2)
1.00
(25.4)
6.00
(152.4)
—
4.25
(108.0)
2.13
(54.1)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5)
4.75
(120.7)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-7
75
7.00
(177.8)
5.00
(127.0)
11.50
(292.1)
4.38
(111.3)
2.50
(63.5)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
0.56
(14.2)
1.00
(25.4)
6.00
(152.4)
—
4.25
(108.0)
2.13
(54.1)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5)
4.75
(120.7)
3.13
(79.5)
2
2
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
Brake
Size
Torque
Rating
ft-lb
A
S-4
3
S-4
B1
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
2
4.00
(101.6)
3.50
(88.9)
8.00
(203.2)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.56
(192.0)
3.25
(82.6)
0.38
(9.7)
0.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2))
4.06
(103.1)
2
10
4.00
(101.6)
3.50
(88.9)
8.00
(203.2)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.56
(192.0)
3.25
(82.6)
0.38
(9.7)
0.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.06
(103.1))
2
S-4
15
4.00
(101.6)
3.50
(88.9)
8.00
(203.2)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.56
(192.0)
3.25
(82.6))
0.38
(9.7)
0.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-5-1/2
25
5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
0.75
(19.1)
4.88
(124.0)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.88
(73.2)
3.75
(95.3)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-5-1/2
35
5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
0.75
(19.1)
4.88
(124.0)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.88
(73.2)
3.75
(95.3)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-7
50
7.00
(177.8)
5.00
(127.0)
11.50
(292.1)
4.38
(111.3)
2.50
(63.5)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
0.56
(14.2)
0.75
(19.1)
6.00
(152.4)
—
4.25
(108.0)
2.13
(54.1)
3.00
(76.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-7
75
7.00
(177.8)
5.00
(127.0)
11.50
(292.1)
4.38
(111.3)
2.50
(63.5)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
0.56
(14.2)
0.75
(19.1)
6.00
(152.4)
—
4.25
(108.0)
2.13
(54.1)
3.00
(76.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.06
(103.1)
S-7
85
7.00
(177.8)
5.00
(127.0)
11.50
(292.1)
4.38
(111.3)
2.50
(63.5)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
0.56
(14.2)
0.75
(19.1)
6.00
(152.4)
—
4.25
(108.0)
2.13
(54.1)
3.00
(76.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-7
110
7.00
(177.8)
5.00
(127.0)
11.50
(292.1)
4.38
(111.3)
2.50
(63.5)
9.50
(241.3)
5.00
(127.0)
0.56
(14.2)
0.75
(19.1)
6.00
(152.4)
—
4.25
(108.0)
2.13
(54.1)
3.00
(76.2)
2.88
(73.2)
4.88
(124.0)
4.06
(103.1)
Note
1 Open type brake only.
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-151
2.6
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Reference Data
Reference Data
IEC Utilization Categories
Used in Technical Data and Formulas
(See also IEC/EN 60947-1;
2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19)
Code
A combination of specified
requirements relating to the
condition in which the
switching device or fuse
fulfills its purpose and
selected to represent a
characteristic group of reallife applications. The
specified requirements may,
for example, relate to the
values of making and
breaking capacity and other
characteristic values, data
concerning associated
circuits and the applicable
conditions of use and
operational behavior.
Descriptions
Code
Descriptions
DF
Duty factory
Irmv
Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
IDn
Response value of earth-fault release
Isd
Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
Icm
Rated short-circuit making capacity
IT
Response value of earth-fault release
Icn
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity
Ig
Response value of earth-fault release
Ics
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity
Ith
Conventional free air thermal current
Icu
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
Ithe
Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices
Icw
Rated short-time withstand current
Iu
Rated uninterrupted current
Ie
Rated operational current
SNT
Transformer rating
Ik
Transformer initial short-circuit AC current
tr
Time delay of overload release response
IL
Load monitoring response value
tT
Time delay of earth-fault release response
In
Rated current
tg
Time delay of earth-fault release response
INT
Transformer rated current
tv
Time delay of short-circuit release response
IPK
Rated peak withstand current
Uc
Rated actuating voltage
Iq
Rated conditional short-circuit current
Ue
Rated operational voltage
2
Ir
Overcurrent release set value
Ui
Rated insulation voltage
Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release
Uimp
Rated impulse withstand voltage
2
Irm
Ii
Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release
Uk
Transformer short-circuit voltage
Irmf
Response value of fixed, non-delayed short-circuit release
Us
Rated control voltage
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-152
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Reference Data
2.6
Annex A (informative)
2
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear 1
Category
Typical Applications
Relevant IEC Product Standard
2
2
Nature of Current—AC
AC-1
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-4-1
AC-2
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off
60947-4-1
AC-3
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running
60947-4-1
AC-4
Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3
60947-4-1
AC-5a
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
60947-4-1
AC-5b
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-4-1
AC-6a
Switching of transformers
60947-4-1
AC-6b
Switching of capacitor banks
60947-4-1
AC-7a
Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications
61095
AC-7b
Motor-loads for household applications
61095
AC-8a
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases
60947-4-1
AC-8b
Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases
60947-4-1
AC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers
60947-5-1
AC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
60947-5-2
AC-13
Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation
60947-5-1
AC-14
Control of small electromagnetic loads
60947-5-1
AC-15
Control of AC electromagnetic loads
60947-5-1
AC-20
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
60947-3
AC-21
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
AC-22
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
AC-23
Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads
60947-3
AC-31
Non inductive or slightly inductive loads
60947-6-1
AC-33
Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads
60947-6-1
AC-35
Electric discharge lamp loads
60947-6-1
AC-36
Incandescent lamp loads
60947-6-1
AC-40
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance
60947-6-2
AC-41
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-6-2
AC-42
Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off
60947-6-2
AC-43
Squirrel cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running
60947-6-2
AC-44
Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3
60947-6-2
AC-45a
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
60947-6-2
AC-45b
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-6-2
AC-51
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-4-3
AC-52a
Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-52b
Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty
60947-4-2
AC-53a
Control of squirrel cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-53b
Control of squirrel cage motors: intermittent duty
60947-4-2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Notes
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2 Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-153
2.6
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Reference Data
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, continued 1
Category
Typical Applications
2
Nature of Current—AC, continued
2
AC-55a
Relevant IEC Product Standard
Switching of electric discharge lamp controls
60947-4-3
AC-55b
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-4-3
2
AC-56a
Switching of transformers
60947-4-3
AC-56b
Switching of capacitor banks
60947-4-3
2
AC-58a
Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: 8 h duty
with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
2
AC-58b
Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty
60947-4-2
AC-140
Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current <0,2 A, for example contactor relays
60947-5-2
2
Nature of Current—AC and DC
2
A
Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current
60947-2
B
Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current
60947-2
2
Nature of Current—DC
DC-1
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
2
DC-3
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors
60947-4-1
DC-5
Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors
60947-4-1
2
DC-6
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-4-1
2
DC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers
60947-5-1
DC-12
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
60947-5-2
60947-4-1
2
DC-13
Control of electromagnets
60947-5-1
DC-13
Control of electromagnets
60947-5-2
2
DC-14
Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit
60947-5-1
DC-20
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
60947-3
2
DC-21
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
2
DC-22
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (for example shunt motors)
60947-3
DC-23
Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (for example series motors)
60947-3
2
DC-31
Resistive loads
60947-6-1
2
DC-33
Motor loads or mixed loads including motors
60947-6-1
DC-36
Incandescent lamp loads
60947-6-1
DC-40
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance
60947-6-2
DC-41
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-6-2
2
DC-43
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC
60947-6-2
DC-45
Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC
60947-6-2
2
DC-46
Switching of incandescent lamps
60947-6-2
2
2
2
Notes
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2 Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V5-T2-154
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
2.6
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Reference Data
Motor Ratings Data
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors
Ampere ratings of motors
vary somewhat, depending
upon the type of motor. The
values given below are for
drip-proof, Class B insulated
(T Frame) where available,
1.15 service factor, NEMA
Design B motors. These
values represent an average
full load motor current which
was calculated from the
motor performance data
published by several motor
manufacturers. In the case
of high torque squirrel cage
motors, the ampere ratings
will be at least 10% greater
than the values given in the
following table.
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
Caution—These average
ratings could be high or low
for a specific motor
and therefore heater coil
selection on this basis
always involves risk.
For fully reliable motor
protection, select heater
coils on the basis of full
load current rating as
shown on the motor
nameplate.
Current in Amperes
hp
Syn. Speed
RPM
200V
230V
380V
1/4
1800
1.09
.95
0.55
1200
1.61
1.40
0.81
0.70
0.56
—
900
1.84
1.60
0.93
0.80
0.64
—
1800
1.37
1.19
0.69
0.60
0.48
—
1200
1.83
1.59
0.92
0.80
0.64
—
1/3
1/2
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
3
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
1
460V
575V
2200V
0.48
0.38
—
900
2.07
1.80
1.04
0.90
0.72
—
1800
1.98
1.72
0.99
0.86
0.69
—
1200
2.47
2.15
1.24
1.08
0.86
—
900
2.74
2.38
1.38
1.19
0.95
—
1800
2.83
2.46
1.42
1.23
0.98
—
1200
3.36
2.92
1.69
1.46
1.17
—
900
3.75
3.26
1.88
1.63
1.30
—
3600
3.22
2.80
1.70
1.40
1.12
—
1800
4.09
3.56
2.06
1.78
1.42
—
1200
4.32
3.76
2.28
1.88
1.50
—
900
4.95
4.30
2.60
2.15
1.72
—
3600
5.01
4.36
2.64
2.18
1.74
—
1800
5.59
4.86
2.94
2.43
1.94
—
1200
6.07
5.28
3.20
2.64
2.11
—
900
6.44
5.60
3.39
2.80
2.24
—
3600
6.44
5.60
3.39
2.80
2.24
—
1800
7.36
6.40
3.87
3.20
2.56
—
1200
7.87
6.84
4.14
3.42
2.74
—
900
9.09
7.90
4.77
3.95
3.16
—
3600
9.59
8.34
5.02
4.17
3.34
—
1800
10.8
9.40
5.70
4.70
3.76
—
1200
11.7
10.2
6.20
5.12
4.10
—
900
13.1
11.4
6.90
5.70
4.55
—
3600
15.5
13.5
8.20
6.76
5.41
—
1800
16.6
14.4
8.74
7.21
5.78
—
1200
18.2
15.8
9.59
7.91
6.32
—
900
18.3
15.9
9.60
7.92
6.33
—
3600
22.4
19.5
11.8
9.79
7.81
—
1800
24.7
21.5
13.0
10.7
8.55
—
1200
25.1
21.8
13.2
10.9
8.70
—
900
26.5
23.0
13.9
11.5
9.19
—
3600
29.2
25.4
15.4
12.7
10.1
—
1800
30.8
26.8
16.3
13.4
10.7
—
1200
32.2
28.0
16.9
14.0
11.2
—
900
35.1
30.5
18.5
15.2
12.2
—
3600
41.9
36.4
22.0
18.2
14.5
—
1800
45.1
39.2
23.7
19.6
15.7
—
1200
47.6
41.4
25.0
20.7
16.5
—
900
51.2
44.5
26.9
22.2
17.8
—
3600
58.0
50.4
30.5
25.2
20.1
—
1800
58.9
51.2
31.0
25.6
20.5
—
1200
60.7
52.8
31.9
26.4
21.1
—
900
63.1
54.9
33.2
27.4
21.9
—
Note
1 380V 50 Hz.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-155
2.6
2
2
2
Reference Data
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor,
continued
Current in Amperes
hp
Syn. Speed
RPM
200V
230V
380V 1
460V
575V
25
3600
69.9
60.8
36.8
30.4
24.3
—
1800
74.5
64.8
39.2
32.4
25.9
—
2
2
NEMA Contactors and Starters
1200
75.4
65.6
39.6
32.8
26.2
—
900
77.4
67.3
40.7
33.7
27.0
—
3600
84.8
73.7
44.4
36.8
29.4
—
2
1800
86.9
75.6
45.7
37.8
30.2
—
1200
90.6
78.8
47.6
39.4
31.5
—
2
900
94.1
81.8
49.5
40.9
32.7
—
3600
111
96.4
58.2
48.2
38.5
—
2
1800
116
101
61.0
50.4
40.3
—
1200
117
102
61.2
50.6
40.4
—
2
900
121
105
63.2
52.2
41.7
—
3600
138
120
72.9
60.1
48.2
—
1800
143
124
75.2
62.2
49.7
—
1200
145
126
76.2
63.0
50.4
—
2
30
2200V
40
50
2
2
60
2
2
75
2
2
150
130
78.5
65.0
52.0
—
3600
164
143
86.8
71.7
57.3
—
1800
171
140
90.0
74.5
59.4
—
1200
173
150
91.0
75.0
60.0
—
900
177
154
93.1
77.0
61.5
—
3600
206
179
108
89.6
71.7
—
1800
210
183
111
91.6
73.2
—
1200
212
184
112
92.0
73.5
—
900
222
193
117
96.5
77.5
—
3600
266
231
140
115
92.2
—
2
1800
271
236
144
118
94.8
23.6
1200
275
239
145
120
95.6
24.2
2
900
290
252
153
126
101
24.8
3600
—
292
176
146
116
—
2
1800
—
293
177
147
117
29.2
2
1200
—
298
180
149
119
29.9
900
—
305
186
153
122
30.9
3600
—
343
208
171
137
—
1800
—
348
210
174
139
34.8
2
100
900
125
150
2
2
200
2
1200
—
350
210
174
139
35.5
900
—
365
211
183
146
37.0
3600
—
452
257
226
181
—
1800
—
458
265
229
184
46.7
1200
—
460
266
230
184
47.0
900
—
482
279
241
193
49.4
3600
—
559
338
279
223
—
2
1800
—
568
343
284
227
57.5
1200
—
573
345
287
229
58.5
2
900
—
600
347
300
240
60.5
2
2
2
250
300
1800
—
678
392
339
271
69.0
1200
—
684
395
342
274
70.0
400
1800
—
896
518
448
358
91.8
500
1800
—
1110
642
555
444
116
Single-Phase AC Motors
The following values of fullload currents are for motors
running at usual speeds and
motors with normal torque
characteristics. Motors built
for especially low speeds or
high torques may have higher
full-load currents and
multispeed motors will have
full-load current varying with
speed, in which case the
nameplate current ratings
shall be used.
The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. The currents
listed shall be permitted for
system voltage ranges of 110
to 120 and 220 to 240V.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
hp
115V
200V
208V
230V
1/6
4.4
2.5
2.4
2.2
1/4
5.8
3.3
3.2
2.9
1/3
7.2
4.1
4.0
3.6
1/2
9.8
5.6
5.4
4.9
3/4
13.8
7.9
7.6
6.9
1
16
9.2
8.8
8
1-1/2
20
11.5
11
10
2
24
13.8
13.2
12
3
34
19.6
18.7
17
5
56
32.2
30.8
28
7-1/2
80
46
44
40
10
100
57.5
55
50
Note
1 380V 50 Hz.
2
V5-T2-156
Table 430.248. Full-Load
Currents in Amperes,
Single-Phase AlternatingCurrent Motors
www.eaton.com
2.6
NEMA Contactors and Starters
Reference Data
DC Motors
The following values of fullload currents are for motors
running at base speed.
Three-Phase AC Motors
The following values of fullload currents are typical for
motors running at speeds
usual for belted motors and
motors with normal torque
characteristics.
These are average directcurrent quantities.
full-load current varying with
speed. In these cases the
nameplate current rating shall
be used.
The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. The currents
listed shall be permitted for
system voltage ranges of 110
to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to
480 and 550 to 600V.
Motors built for low speeds
(1,200 RPM or less) or high
torques may require more
running current and
multispeed motors will have
Induction Type Squirrel Cage and
Wound-Rotor Amperes
Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors
hp
Armature Voltage Rating 1
Recommended Values
120V
120V
240V
2
2
2
2
2
2
Table 430.250. Full-Load Current Three-Phase
Alternating-Current Motors
Table 430.247. Full-Load Current in Amperes,
Direct-Current Motors
2
Synchronous Type Unity
Power Factor 2 Amperes
240V
hp
115V 200V 208V 230V 460V 575V 2300V 230V
460V
575V
2300V
4.4
2.5
2.4
2.2
1.1
0.9
—
—
—
—
—
1/4
3.1
1.6
5
3
1/2
1/3
4.1
2.0
5
3
3/4
6.4
3.7
3.5
3.2
1.6
1.3
—
—
—
—
—
8.4
4.8
4.6
4.2
2.1
1.7
—
—
—
—
—
1/2
5.4
2.7
7
3
1
3/4
7.6
3.8
10
5
1-1/2
12.0
6.9
6.6
6.0
3.0
2.4
—
—
—
—
—
13.6
7.8
7.5
6.8
3.4
2.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
11.0
10.6
9.6
4.8
3.9
—
—
—
—
—
1
9.5
4.7
15
7
2
1-1/2
13.2
6.6
20
10
3
2
17
8.5
25
12
5
—
17.5
16.7
15.2
7.6
6.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
25.3
24.2
22
11
9
—
—
—
—
—
3
25
12.2
30
15
7-1/2
5
40
20
50
25
10
—
32.2
30.8
28
14
11
—
—
—
—
—
—
48.3
46.2
42
21
17
—
—
—
—
—
7-1/2
58
29
80
40
15
10
76
38
100
50
20
—
62.1
59.4
54
27
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
78.2
74.8
68
34
27
—
53
26
21
—
15
—
55
—
75
25
20
—
72
—
100
30
—
92
88
80
40
32
—
63
32
26
—
25
—
89
—
125
40
—
120
114
104
52
41
—
83
41
33
—
30
—
106
—
150
50
—
150
143
130
65
52
—
104
52
42
—
40
—
140
—
200
60
—
177
169
154
77
62
16
123
61
49
12
—
221
211
192
96
77
20
155
78
62
15
50
—
173
—
250
75
60
—
206
—
275
100
—
285
273
248
124
99
26
202
101
81
20
75
—
255
—
350
125
—
359
343
312
156
125
31
253
126
101
25
—
414
396
360
180
144
37
302
151
121
30
100
—
341
—
500
150
125
—
425
—
600
200
—
552
528
480
240
192
49
400
201
161
40
150
—
506
—
—
250
—
—
—
—
302
242
60
—
—
—
—
200
—
675
—
—
300
—
—
—
—
361
289
72
—
—
—
—
350
—
—
—
—
414
336
83
—
—
—
—
400
—
—
—
—
477
382
95
—
—
—
—
450
—
—
—
—
515
412
103
—
—
—
—
500
—
—
—
—
590
472
118
—
—
—
—
Notes
1 These are average direct-current quantities.
2 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and
1.25 respectively.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—August 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T2-157
NEMA Manual Starters
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
3.1
Starters and Switches
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T3-2
V5-T3-3
V5-T3-6
V5-T3-10
V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Type B100, Single- and
Three-Phase Starters
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Types B230, B330 Switches
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-1
3.1
3
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Contents
Starters and Switches
Description
3
Page
Starters and Switches
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . .
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase
Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . .
3
3
3
V5-T3-3
V5-T3-6
V5-T3-10
V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Product Overview
Application Description
Eaton offers the most
complete line of manual
motor starters in the industry.
Product offering includes
manual motor starters and
switches that cover single as
well as three-phase motor
applications.
MS Motor Starter is a
compact, versatile unit
featuring heavy sliding
contacts as well as “quickmake” and “quick-break”
mechanism.
B100 Manual Motor
Starters can be used in
single-phase applications
rated 3 hp at 240 Vac or 2 hp
at 230 Vdc. The starter can
also be rated for three-phase
applications up to 10 hp at
600 Vac.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
B230 and B330 Manual
Motor Switches are available
in two- or three-pole
configurations rated at 30A.
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Contents
Types B230, B330 Switches
Description
Page
Types B230, B330, Switches
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . .
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T3-4
V5-T3-4
V5-T3-5
V5-T3-6
V5-T3-10
V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Types B230, B330, Switches
Product Description
Application Description
Features
Manual Motor Switches are
available in two- or three-pole
configurations rated at 30A.
Manual Motor Switches
provide manual control of
single- and three-phase
motors where overload
protection is not required or
provided separately.
Applications include:
●
Optional NEMA 1 aluminum
enclosure is supplied with a
padlock guard for locking in
the OFF or STOP position.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Compact size
Easy installation
Simple operation
Padlockable NEMA 1
enclosure available
Fans
Blowers
Pumps
Wood working equipment
Machine tools
Standards and Certifications
●
●
UL File No. E146654,
Category NLRV
CSA File No. LR710828,
Class 3211-05
3
3
3
3
3
Instructional Leaflet
3
Pub25371
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-3
3.1
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3
Product Selection
3
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number of manual motor switch
3
Manual Motor Switches without Overload
3
3
Maximum Horsepower Ratings
120V
Two-Pole B230AN
3
240V
480V
600V
Open
NEMA 1
Enclosed
Two-Pole—Manual Motor Switches
2
5
—
—
B230AN
B230AG
Two-Pole
NEMA 1 Enclosure
B230BG
2
5
10
15
B230BND
B230BGD
Three-Pole B330AN
Three-Pole—Manual Motor Switches
B330AND
B330AGD
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
7-1/2
15
20
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Wiring Diagrams
B230AN
L1
L2
3
3
3
B230BN
B330AN
L1
T1
L2
L1
T2
T1
T1
T2
1-Ph.
Motor
T2
T1
L2
T2
L3
1-Ph.
Motor
T1
T2
T3
T3
3-Ph.
Motor
3
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Dimensions
3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3
B230AN
1.30
(33.0)
3
1.11
(28.2)
3
3
2.38
(60.5)
4.06 3.28
(103.1) (83.3)
3
2.27
(57.7)
3
2–#6-32 Tapped
Holes for Wall Plate
3
3
Approximate Shipping Weight
4 oz. (0.11 kg)
3
B230BN and B330AN
2.25
(57.2)
0.06
(1.5)
1.12 (28.4)
3
1.44
(36.6)
3
3
4–#6-32
Tap
3.78 3.28 2.38
(96.0) (83.3) (60.5)
3
2.75
(69.9)
3
2–0.20 (5.1)
Dia. Mtg. Holes
3
3
Approximate Shipping Weight
6 oz. (0.17 kg)
3
B230AG, B230BG, B330AG
3.20
(81.3)
1.50
(38.1)
3
2 Holes
0.13 (3.3)
Dia.
3
0.68
(17.3)
3
Front View
2–0.5 (12.7)
Knockouts
3
0.91
(23.1)
2.75 2.44
(69.9) (62.0)
4.72
(119.9)
2.41
(61.2)
2 Holes
0.27 (6.9)
Dia.
Back View
3
3
0.5 (12.7) x 0.75 (19.1)
Knockout Each End
3
End View
3
Approximate Shipping Weight
14 oz. (0.40 kg)
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-5
3.1
3
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Contents
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
Description
3
Page
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . .
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . .
3
3
3
V5-T3-3
V5-T3-7
V5-T3-9
V5-T3-9
V5-T3-10
V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
3
Product Description
3
●
3
3
●
3
3
3
3
3
●
The MS Motor Starter is a
compact, versatile unit
featuring heavy sliding
contacts as well as “quickmake” and “quick-break”
mechanism
Standard with large
pressure type terminals,
straight-through wiring and
a trip-free handle
mechanism
The “plug-in” heater
element is keyed to ensure
proper positioning and an
adjustable knob allows a
setting of plus or minus ten
percent of the nominal
heater rating
Application Description
Features
The MS Manual Motor Starter
provides manual control and
overload protection to singlephase motors. By utilizing the
interchangeable heater
elements, the starter can
protect motors ranging from
0.40A up to 16.0A. Ideal for
HVAC applications.
●
3
●
●
●
●
●
●
Standards and Certifications
Compact size
Trip-free handle
mechanism
Keyed heater elements to
ensure proper installation
Starters available with red
pilot light
The operating handle of the
enclosed units can be
locked in the OFF position
Enclosures are offered in
NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 5
Hazardous locations cast
aluminum enclosures are
available rated for Type 7,
Class I, Group D (vapors)
and Type 9, Class II,
Groups E, F an G (dust)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
●
●
UL File No. E19222,
Category NLRV
CSA File No. LR39402-6,
Class 3211-05
Instructional Leaflet
IL12987G
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Product Selection
3
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number of manual motor starter
●
Heater pack selection
●
Any required accessories
●
Heater coil selection according to the motor full load current requirements
3
3
3
3
MS Series Starters
MS Series, SinglePhase Starters
3
Open Type
Number of Poles
Horsepower
Voltage
Catalog Number 1
1
1
120/240V, 277 Vac
MST01
1/4
120/240 Vdc
MST01
1/4
32 Vdc
MST01
1
120/240V, 277 Vac
MST02
1
120/240 Vdc
MST02
1/4
32 Vdc
MST02
2
3
3
3
3
3
Switch and Pilot
Light Mounted
on Flush Plate
Flush Plate (No Enclosure Included)
Number of Poles
Flush Plate Type
Voltage
Catalog Number 1
1
General purpose
Switch only
MST01FN
Switch with pilot light
MST02FN1P
Switch only
MST01DN
Switch with pilot light
MST01DN1P
Switch only
MST02DN
Switch with pilot light
MST02DN1P
2
1
2
Stainless steel
3
3
3
3
3
Note
1 Does not include heater. Select heater from tables on Page V5-T3-8.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-7
3.1
3
Starters and Switches
Enclosed Types
3
3
NEMA Manual Starters
Switch and Pilot
Light Mounted in
Type 1 Enclosure
Number of Poles
Enclosure Type
Voltage
Catalog Number 1
1
General purpose
Type 1
Switch only
MST01SN
Switch with pilot light
MST01SN1P
Switch only
MST02SN
Switch with pilot light
MST02SN1P
Waterproof
Type 3, 4 and 5
Through hub
MST01AH
Through hub
MST02AH
Hazardous location 2
Types 7D, 9E, 9F and 9G
Through hub
MST01EH
Through hub
MST02EH
2
3
3
3
3
Waterproof
Type 3, 4 and 5
1
Hazardous Location
Type 7D, 9E, 9F and 9G
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
Typical Heater
3
3
3
Heater Element
Installation
3
3
3
3
Heater Selection for MS Starters
Motor Full
Load Current
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Catalog
Number
0.4 – 0.43
MSH-5A
1.04–1.15
MSH1-3A
2.72–2.95
MSH3-4A
7.04– 7.74
MSH8-8A
0.44–0.48
MSH-55A
1.16–1.27
MSH1-45A
2.96–3.27
MSH3-7A
7.75– 8.46
MSH9-7A
0.49 –0.53
MSH-61A
1.28–1.35
MSH1-6A
3.28–3.59
MSH4-1A
8.47– 9.35
MSH10-6A
MSH-67A
1.36–1.51
MSH1-7A
3.60–3.99
MSH4-5A
9.36–10.30
MSH11-7A
0.59–0.64
MSH-74A
1.52–1.67
MSH1-9A
4.00–4.39
MSH5-0A
10.31–11.35
MSH12-9A
0.65–0.71
MSH-81A
1.68–1.83
MSH2-1A
4.40–4.79
MSH5-5A
11.36–12.47
MSH14-2A
MSH15-6A
0.72 –0.78
MSH-89A
1.84–1.99
MSH2-3A
4.80–5.26
MSH6-0A
12.48–13.67
0.79–0.87
MSH-98A
2.00–2.23
MSH2-5A
5.27–5.83
MSH6-6A
13.68–15.12
MSH17-1A
0.88–0.95
MSH1-1A
2.24–2.47
MSH2-8A
5.84–6.39
MSH7-3A
15.13–16.00
MSH18-6A
0.96–1.03
MSH1-2A
2.48–2.71
MSH3-1A
6.40–7.03
MSH8-0A
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-8
Catalog
Number
0.54–0.58
Notes
1 Does not include heater. Select heater from table above.
2 Type 7D = Type 7, Class I, Group D; Type 9E, 9F and 9G = Type 9, Class II, Groups E, F and G.
3
Motor Full
Load Current
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Accessories
3
MS Accessories
Description
Catalog Number
Pilot light kit (NEMA 1 enclosure and flush plates)
MSPT
Box, 1 unit (NEMA 1 enclosure)
MS1BN
Cover, 1 unit (NEMA 1 enclosure)
MS1CN
Flush plate, 1 unit (steel)
MS1FN
Flush plate, 1 unit (stainless steel)
MS1DN
Handle guard (padlockable for NEMA 1 enclosure and flush plates)
MSLG
3
3
3
3
3
3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
MS Motor Starter Toggle Operated Open Units
0.36 (9.1)
Dia.
1.36
(34.5)
Mounting
Purposes
(2) Holes
0.19 (4.8)
0.22
0.31
(5.6)
(7.9)
3.28
1.19
(83.3) 1.25
(30.2)
(31.8)
2.75
(69.9)
1.38
(35.1)
4.5
(114.3)
0.75
(19.1)
2.72
(69.1)
0.06 (1.5)
0.11 (2.8)
Height
of Handle
1.64
(41.7)
1.64
(41.7)
1.91
(48.5)
0.31
(7.9)
0.73
(18.5)
0.22
(5.6)
2.38
(60.5)
0.31
(7.9)
0.14-32
Tap
3
1.52
1.64
(38.6) (41.7)
1.06
(26.9)
3
0.78
(19.8)
3.28 0.66
(83.3) (16.8)
20
Typ.
3.81
(96.8)
3
Flush Plates
3
0.34
(8.6)
3
Handle
Guard
3
2.25
(57.2)
3
1.53
(38.9)
Indicating Light
1 Unit
3
Watertight (Cast Aluminum)
3.63
(92.2)
1.70
(43.2)
3
2.91
(73.9)
0.75
(19.1)
3
3
1.58
(40.1)
3.94
(100.1)
0.81
(20.6)
3
5.81
(147.6)
5.13
(130.3)
Hazardous Location (Cast Aluminum)
3.5 (88.9)
2.63
(66.8)
3
3
3
0.75 (19.1) Pipe Tap
6.72
(170.7)
5.88
(149.4)
0.30 (7.6) Dia.
Lockout Hole
0.75 (19.1)
Pipe Tap
0.34 (8.6) Dia.
(2) Mounting Holes
3
Type 1 Enclosure (Boxes and Covers)
1 Unit
2.38
(60.5)
0.41
1.56
(10.4)
(39.6)
0.44
(11.2)
0.55
(14.0)
3.28 (83.3)
2.83 (71.9)
2.55
(64.8)
2.47
(62.7)
2.11
(53.6)
3
3
3
Indicating
Light
3
Handle
3.06 Guard
(77.7)
4.16
(105.7)
3
3
0.20 (5.1)
Diameter (2)
Mounting Hole
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
3
1.97
(50.0)
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-9
3.1
3
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Contents
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters
Description
3
Page
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . .
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-3
V5-T3-6
V5-T3-11
V5-T3-12
V5-T3-12
V5-T3-13
V5-T3-13
V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters
3
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The B100 Manual Motor
Starters can be used in
single-phase applications
rated 3 hp at 240 Vac or 2 hp
at 230 Vdc. The starter can
also be rated for three-phase
applications up to 10 hp at
600 Vac.
The B100 family of Manual
Motor Starters provides
manual control, as well as
overload protection, to both
single-phase and three-phase
motors. The starter protects
motors up to 38.9A singlephase and 26.8A three-phase
with the appropriate heater
selection.
●
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
There are two methods of
operation for the B100
Manual Starter. It can be
ordered with a toggle switch
operator or a START/STOP
pushbutton operator.
●
●
●
●
Standards and Certifications
Includes three-pole
bimetallic overload relay
Straight-through wiring
Field mounted auxiliary
contacts
Available in NEMA 1, 4, 7, 9
and 12 enclosures with
toggle operation (NEMA 1
enclosure for pushbutton
operator)
Standard with a lockout
device to lock motor in the
OFF position
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
●
●
UL File No. E19222,
Category NLRV
CSA File No. LR39402-6,
Class 3211-05 (Open
Starters)
CSA File No. LR54517-1,
Class 3211-05 (Closed
Starters)
Instructional Leaflet
IL14890
3
V5-T3-10
●
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
3.1
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Product Selection
3
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number of
Starter with application
modifications
●
●
3
Heater pack selection—
a three-phase starter
requires three heaters,
and a single-phase starter
requires two heaters
Any required accessories
3
3
3
3
Toggle and Pushbutton Operated Starters
Toggle Operated
Enclosed
NEMA
Size
Open Type
Toggle Handle
NEMA 1
General Purpose
NEMA 7D,
NEMA 4
9E, 9F and 9G for
Watertight,
Hazardous
1
Locations 23
Stainless Steel
Catalog
Number 4
Catalog
Number 4
Catalog
Number 4
Catalog
Number 4
3
NEMA 12
Dust-Tight
Catalog
Number 4
3
3
Type B100 Non-Reversing Two-Pole (For Single-Phase Motors and DC)
Type 1 Enclosure
3
M-0
B100M0B
B100S0B
B100W0B
B100U0B
B100J0B
M-1
B100M1B
B100S1B
B100W1B
B100U1B
B100J1B
3
3
Type B100 Non-Reversing Three-Pole (For Polyphase Motors) 4
M-0
B100M0C
B100S0C
B100W0C
B100U0C
B100J0C
M-1
B100M1C
B100S1C
B100W1C
B100U1C
B100J1C
3
3
3
Heater Selection—Single-Phase Enclosed Starters 5
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
3
0.28–0.29
1
FH03
1.90–2.10
7
FH22
9.59–10.40
35
FH40
0.30–0.33
1
FH04
2.11–2.32
8
FH23
10.41–11.30
35
FH41
3
0.34–0.36
1
FH05
2.33–2.54
8
FH24
11.40–12.20
40
FH42
0.37–0.40
1
FH06
2.55–2.79
9
FH25
12.30–13.50
45
FH43
0.41–0.45
1
FH07
2.80–3.07
10
FH26
13.60–14.90
50
FH44
0.46–0.50
1
FH08
3.08–3.36
10
FH27
15.00–16.00
50
FH45
0.51–0.56
1
FH09
3.37–3.68
10
FH28
16.10–17.10
60
FH46
0.57–0.63
2
FH10
3.69–4.03
10
FH29
17.20–18.30
60
FH47
0.64–0.70
2
FH11
4.04–4.40
15
FH30
18.40–19.70
70
FH48
0.71–0.78
2
FH12
4.41–4.81
15
FH31
19.80–21.20
70
FH49
0.79–0.86
2
FH13
4.82–5.26
15
FH32
21.30–22.80
80
FH50
0.87–0.95
3
FH14
5.27–5.74
15
FH33
22.90–24.50
88
FH51
0.96–1.04
3
FH15
5.75–6.26
20
FH34
24.60–26.40
90
FH52
1.05–1.14
3
FH16
6.27–6.83
20
FH35
26.50–28.50
90
FH53
1.15–1.25
4
FH17
6.84–7.45
25
FH36
28.60–30.80
100
FH54
1.26–1.39
4
FH18
7.46–8.11
25
FH37
30.90–33.30
110
FH55
1.40–1.54
5
FH19
8.12–8.81
30
FH38
33.40–36.00
125
FH56
1.55–1.71
5
FH20
8.82–9.58
30
FH39
36.10–38.90
125
FH57
1.72–1.89
6
FH21
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Notes
1 One 1 in chrome hub supplied on each end.
2 NEMA 7D = NEMA 7, Class I, Group D. NEMA 9E, 9F and 9G = NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F and G.
3 Tapped for 1 in conduit on each end.
4 Starter does not include heaters. Select catalog numbers of heaters from table on Page V5-T3-12.
5 Single-phase starters require two overload heaters.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
3
3
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-11
3.1
3
3
3
3
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Heater Selection—Three-Phase Enclosed Starters 2
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
0.25–0.26
1
FH03
1.51–1.66
5
FH21
7.12–7.73
25
FH38
0.27–0.29
1
FH04
1.67–1.84
6
FH22
7.74–8.40
25
FH39
0.30–0.32
1
FH05
1.85–2.03
7
FH23
8.41–9.12
30
FH40
0.33–0.35
1
FH06
2.04–2.23
7
FH24
9.13–9.89
35
FH41
3
0.36–0.39
1
FH07
2.24–2.45
8
FH25
9.90–10.70
35
FH42
0.40–0.44
1
FH08
2.46–2.69
9
FH26
10.80–11.80
40
FH43
3
0.45–0.49
1
FH09
2.70–2.95
10
FH27
11.90–13.00
45
FH44
0.50–0.55
1
FH10
2.96–3.23
10
FH28
13.10–14.00
50
FH45
3
3
3
0.56–0.61
2
FH11
3.24–3.53
10
FH29
14.10–15.00
50
FH46
0.62–0.68
2
FH12
3.54–3.85
10
FH30
15.10–16.10
50
FH47
0.69–0.75
2
FH13
3.86–4.22
10
FH31
16.20–17.30
60
FH48
0.78–0.83
2
FH14
4.23–4.61
15
FH32
17.40–18.60
60
FH49
FH50
0.84–0.91
3
FH15
4.62–5.03
15
FH33
18.70–20.00
70
0.92–1.00
3
FH16
5.04–5.49
15
FH34
20.10–21.50
70
FH51
1.01–1.10
3
FH17
5.50–5.99
20
FH35
21.60–23.20
80
FH52
3
1.11–1.22
4
FH18
6.00–6.53
20
FH36
23.30–25.00
80
FH53
3
1.23–1.3
4
FH19
6.54–7.11
25
FH37
25.10–26.80
90
FH54
1.36–1.50
5
FH20
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
3
3
Accessories
3
Type B100 Starters
Description
Catalog Number
3
Field Mounting Kits
3
1NO elect. auxiliary
B1A
1NC elect. auxiliary
B1B
3
Red pilot light 120/60 (NEMA 1 enclosure only)
LK-21
Red pilot light 208-240/6 (NEMA 1 enclosure only)
LK-22
3
Red pilot light 480-600/60 (NEMA 1 enclosure only)
LK-26
3
Options
3
Modifications
3
Description
Catalog Number Suffix 3
3
Pushbutton operator (open and NEMA 1 only)
A
Without lockoff (open only)
X
3
3
3
3
Notes
1 Single-phase starters require two overload heaters.
2 Three-phase starters require three overload heaters.
3 Add suffix letter to starter catalog number Example: B100MOCA.
FH Series heaters are for Type B100 manual motor starters. Heater element selection is based
on motor nameplate’s listed full load amperes. Trip rating of this series of elements is 125% of
minimum motor full load amperes listed for the element. When motor and overload relay are in
the same ambient and the service factor of the motor is 1.15 to 1.25, select heaters from the
heater selection table. If the service factor is 1.0 or less (including zero), or a maximum of 115%
protection is desired, select a heater one size smaller than indicated for the amperage range required.
3
3
3
V5-T3-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Technical Data and Specifications
3
Type B100 Starters
NEMA
Size
Maximum hp for AC Ratings 1
Maximum hp for DC Ratings
120 Vac 208–240 Vac
115 Vdc
480–600 Vac
3
3
230 Vdc
Two-Pole, Single-Phase
3
M-0
1
2
—
1
1-1/2
M-1
2
3
—
1-1/2
2
3
3
Three-Pole, Three-Phase
M-0
2
3
5
—
—
M-1
3
7-1/2
10
—
—
3
3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
3
Type 1 Enclosed
4.72
(119.9)
2.36
(59.9)
Type 4 Enclosed
4.98
(126.5)
3.98
(101.1)
1.05
(26.7)
1.02
(25.9)
0.92
(23.4)
7.59
(192.8)
OFF
0.22 (5.6) Dia.
4 Mtg. Holes
0.63
(16.0)
3.25
(82.6)
3
5.13
(130.3)
2.56
(65.0)
3
5.00
(127.0)
3
3
9.19
(233.4)
3
3
6.00
(152.4)
0.92
(23.4)
1.63
(41.4)
1.50
(38.1)
1/2 x 3/4 Conduit K.O.
2 in Each Side
3.00
(76.2)
10.16
(258.1)
0.09
(2.3)
1/2 x 3/4 Conduit K.O.
2 in Bottom and 2 in
Top End
3
8.28
(210.3)
3
3
3
6.00
(152.4)
3
2.05
(52.1)
1.25
(31.8)
2.50
(63.5)
1.02
(25.9)
0.17
(4.3)
0.63
(16.0)
3
3
Note
1 Ratings up to 3 hp, three-phase are suitable for group fusing.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-13
3.1
3
3
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Type 7 and 9 Enclosed
3
Type 12 Enclosed
7.13 (181.1)
3.56
(90.4)
3
3
6.03
(153.2)
3
3
12.06
(306.3)
3
5.13
(130.3)
8.38
(212.9)
4.19
(106.4)
10.25
(260.4)
4.06
(130.1)
3
1 (25.4)-11.50 NPSK
2 Holes
0.27
(6.9)
8.28
(210.3)
9.19
(233.4)
9.41
(239.0)
0.41 (10.4) Slot
2 Req'd.
1.5
(38.1)
3.0
(76.2)
1.38
(35.1)
3
5.97
(151.6)
7.77
(197.4)
6.31
(160.3)
3
2.33
(59.2)
4.78
(121.4)
0.88
(22.4)
6.0 (152.4)
0.50
(12.7)
3
3
5.00
(127.0)
8.25 (209.6)
3
3
5.13
(130.3)
OFF ON
3
3
2.56
(65.0)
Open, Non-Reversing Starter
3/16-32 Mounting Screw
5.28
(134.1)
5.84
(148.3)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3.19
(81.0)
4.59
(116.6)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Contents
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches
Description
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . .
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
3
V5-T3-3
V5-T3-6
V5-T3-10
3
V5-T3-16
V5-T3-17
V5-T3-17
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches
Application Description
Features
These drum switches are
designed primarily for
use with single-phase and
squirrel cage, single-speed
reversible motors which
may be connected directly
across-the-line. Typical
applications would be
hoists and machine tools.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Compact size
Front mounting—
easily installed
Terminals front
accessible—slanted 45°
for extra convenience
Captive pressure clamps
on terminal screws back
off with screw—no prying
with screwdriver
necessary
Choice of operators
●
Large
●
Lever
●
Knob
Orientation of operator
independent of legend—
360° positioning in 22-1/2°
increments—pointer
remains oriented to legend
Field convertible from
maintained to momentary
operation
Replaceable, large volume,
silver plated contacts
Oiltight machine cavity or
surface mounting types
Modern attractive
appearance
Standards and Certifications
Operation
All of the operators may
be rotated 360° in 22-1/2°
increments without losing
the indication of the drum
position. A red-lined pointer
is permanently orientated to
the legend markings and
clearly indicates the selected
drum function regardless of
the selected setting for the
operator. This enables
the user to “offset” the
operator to afford the
most comfortable operating
position. This is accomplished
simply by loosening and
retightening one screw.
●
●
UL File No. E37316,
Category NLRV
CSA Guide No.
184-N-13.13A, Class 3211
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T3-15
3.1
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3
Product Selection
3
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number
3
3
Type DB1 Flush Mount
Standard Lever
3
Maximum Horsepower
3
3
3
Three-Phase
200–230V
2
3
3
3
380–575V
Single-Phase
DC
115V
230V
115V
230V
1-1/2
2
1
1
Surface Mounting
General Purpose—NEMA 1
Flush or Cavity Mounting
(Oiltight Mounting
on Sizes DB and DD)
Lever
Operator
Lever
Operator
Knob
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
5
7-1/2
2
DB 1
Maintained 1
9441H268
9441H269
9441H274
9441H275
Maintained and
Momentary 2
9441H271
9441H272
9441H276
—
5
7-1/2
10
1-1/2
2
1
1
Maintained 1
9441H353
9441H354
9441H347
—
Maintained and
Momentary 2
9441H356
9441H357
9441H349
9441H350
DB 2
1-1/2
3
2
3
DD 1
Maintained 1
9441H284
9441H285
9441H388
—
2
5
2
3
DD 2
Maintained 1
9441H361
9441H363
9441H362
—
Type DB1 Flush Mount
Knob Operator
3
3
3
3
Knob
Size
Type of
Operation
Three-Pole
Type DB and DD
Surface Mounting
Standard Lever
3
3
Reversing Drum Type without Overload Relay
Type DB and DD
Surface Mounting
Knob Operator
3
3
3
Notes
1 These devices are field convertible from maintained both positions to momentary both positions.
2 These devices are field convertible from maintained FORWARD and momentary REVERSE to momentary FORWARD and maintained REVERSE.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V5-T3-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
3.1
Wiring Diagrams
Single-Phase Motors
L2
L2
S1
L1
1
3
5
2
4
6
A1
T4
T1
T8
T5
SplitSplitCapacitor
Phase
Capacitor-Start
S2
1
3
5
2
4
6
T5
T1
L2
T8
L1
1
3
5
2
4
6
1
3
5
2
4
6
3
T1
L3
T2
3
T1 T2 T3
3
M
3
Three-Phase Three-Wire
3
DC Motors
T5
T4
T1
3
F1
L1
A2
L2
T4
T5 T1
T8 T8
T1
L1
T3
L2
T4
T8
T1
A2
Universal
L2
T8
L1
2
4
6
T5
Arm
S1
1
3
5
S2
A2
A1
L1
3
Polyphase Motors
1
3
5
2
4
6
A1
S1
S2
T5
F1
F2
Shunt Field
3
S1
S2
Series Field
A2
A1
Arm
3
F2
For Shunt Motor
Add Jumper
Series, Compound, Shunt
Four-Wire
Three-Wire
Repulsion-Start Induction,
Repulsion, Repulsion-Induction
3
3
3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Surface Mounting
3
Cavity Mounting
3
F
3
EB
E
3
B
D
A
C
D
A
3
F
C
3
Panel Cutout Cavity Mounting
3
3.50 (88.9)
Size DB1 and DB2
3.88 (98.6)
Size DD1 and DD2
3
3
3.00 (76.2)
Size DB1 and DB2
3.25 (82.6)
Size DD1 and DD2
3
3
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Wide
A
HIgh
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
Lever
F
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
3
Lever
2.50 (63.5)
5.88 (149.4)
4.38 (111.3)
2.00 (50.8)
2.25 (57.2)
1.88 (47.8)
3.0 (1.4)
3
Knob
2.50 (63.5)
5.38 (136.7)
3.00 (76.2)
2.00 (50.8)
2.25 (57.2)
1.38 (35.1)
3.0 (1.4)
Lever
3.38 (85.9)
6.88 (174.8)
4.75 (120.7)
2.63 (66.8)
2.75 (69.9)
2.00 (50.8)
4.0 (1.8)
Knob
3.38 (85.9)
6.25 (158.8)
3.63 (92.2)
2.63 (66.8)
2.75 (69.9)
1.38 (35.1)
4.0 (1.8)
3
DB1 and DB2
Lever
4.00 (101.6)
4.75 (120.7)
5.00 (127.0)
3.50 (88.9)
4.00 (101.6)
1.88 (47.8)
3.0 (1.4)
3
Knob
4.00 (101.6)
4.50 (114.3)
4.50 (114.3)
3.50 (88.9)
4.00 (101.6)
1.38 (35.1)
3.0 (1.4)
DD1 and DD2
Lever
4.50 (114.3)
5.75 (146.1)
5.25 (133.4)
4.00 (101.6)
4.50 (114.3)
2.00 (50.8)
4.0 (1.8)
Knob
4.50 (114.3)
5.13 (130.3)
4.63 (117.6)
4.00 (101.6)
4.50 (114.3)
1.38 (35.1)
4.0 (1.8)
Size
Type of
Operator
Surface Mounting
DB1 and DB2
DD1 and DD2
3
Cavity Mounting
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
3
3
V5-T3-17
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
0–40A Compact Contactor
4.1
Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2
4.3
4.5
V5-T4-17
V5-T4-20
V5-T4-23
V5-T4-30
V5-T4-38
V5-T4-46
V5-T4-49
V5-T4-52
V5-T4-55
V5-T4-57
V5-T4-58
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-59
4
4
V5-T4-64
V5-T4-64
V5-T4-65
V5-T4-65
V5-T4-66
Direct Current Contactors
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8
V5-T4-11
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7
V5-T4-8
Renewal Parts
Product Selection
Contact Kits, Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6
V5-T4-4
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose
V5-T4-3
Starters
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4
V5-T4-2
Contactors
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starter
V5-T4-2
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-74
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-83
Ratings
Ampere Rating of AC Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-86
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-1
4.1
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
Contents
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Description
4
Contactors
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—
C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . .
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . .
Starters
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—
A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—
A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30
and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Product Overview
Application Description
Features
Eaton offers the most
complete line of Definite
Purpose (DP) contactors in
the industry. Designed for
heating, ventilation, air
conditioning and refrigeration
(HVACR) applications, Eaton’s
DP contactors are designed
to handle the most
challenging installations.
These ampere and
horsepower rated devices
from Eaton’s Electrical Sector
are designed for service in
applications such as
refrigeration, air conditioning
and resistance heating and
are manufactured to
traditional standards for
quality and reliability. They are
subjected to stringent quality
assurance inspections and
testing procedures. The life
expectancy, both electrical
and mechanical, will meet or
exceed industry performance
requirements for Definite
Purpose devices.
●
4
4
4
4
●
●
●
●
Completely encased
design impervious to dust
and other environmental
elements
15–360A contactor ratings
Single-, two-, three- and
four-pole configurations
Contactors and starters
(up to 60A)
Open components and
enclosed designs
If more detailed technical
information is required—
specifications, ratings, and so
on—contact your local Eaton
distributor or sales office.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-4
V5-T4-8
V5-T4-17
V5-T4-20
V5-T4-23
V5-T4-30
V5-T4-38
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
4.1
Catalog Number Selection
4
Definite Purpose Control—Contactors and Starters
4
C 25 D N A 2 15 A A 161 -84
Model
C = Contactor
A = Three-phase starter
B = Single-phase starter
4
Options
Blank = Individual pkg.
GL
= Global listed
-84
= 20 pc./pkg. (C25D_)
50 pc./pkg. (C25A_, C25B_, C25C_)
-86
= Rotate coil terminals 180° for
15A–50A contactors
Type
25 = Non-reversing contactors and starters (C306)
27 = Non-reversing starters (XTOB)
30 = Non-reversing starters (C440 EOL)
65 = Reversing contactors
4
4
4
4
4
Fuse Blocks
161 = Class M, 600V, 30A
237 = Class G, 300V, 15A
238 = Class G, 300V, 20A
231 = Class G, 300V, 30A
232 = Class G, 300V, 60A
361 = Class J, 600V, 30A
362 = Class J, 600V, 60A
431 = Class T, 300V, 30A
432 = Class T, 300V, 60A
461 = Class T, 600V, 30A
462 = Class T, 600V, 60A
521 = Class H, 250V, 30A
522 = Class H, 250V, 60A
621 = Class R, 250V, 30A
622 = Class R, 250V, 60A
Contactor Frame Size
A = Compact, single-pole
B = Compact, two-pole
C = Compact, single-pole w/shunt
D = 15–50A, two- and three-pole
E = 25–40A, four-pole
F = 60–75A, two- and three-pole
G = 90A, two- and three-pole
H = 120A, two- and three-pole
K = 200 and 300A, three-pole
L = 360A, three-pole
For Starters Only
C = Common control wiring
S = Separate control wiring
4
4
4
4
4
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount)
A = 1NO pressure plate
B = 1NC pressure plate
C = 1NO-1NC pressure plate
D = 2NO pressure plate
E = 2NC pressure plate
F = 1NO pressure plate and QC
G = 1NC pressure plate and QC
H = 1NO-1NC pressure plate and QC
J = 2NO pressure plate and QC
K = 2NC pressure plate and QC
L = 1NO-1NC snap switch QC only
M = 2NO-2NC snap switch QC only
Enclosure Type
N = Open with metal mounting plate
R = Open with DIN rail mounting adapter
(two- and three-pole, 15–50A contactors only)
G = NEMA Type 1 Enclosed
Power Terminals
A = Binding head screw
B = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
C = Screw/pressure plate 1
D = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) 1
E = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew)
F = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect
terminals (side-by-side)
G = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) 1
J = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect terminals
(vertical in-line)
K = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew)
L = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect
terminals (side-by-side)
M = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect
terminals (vertical in-line)
Number of Poles
1 = Single-pole
2 = Two-pole
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
4
4
4
4
4
4
Coil Selection
A = 110–120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
R = 12 Vac, 50/60 Hz
B = 208–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
T = 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
C = 440–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
1R = 12 Vdc
D = 550–600 Vac, 50/50 Hz
1T = 24 Vdc
H = 277 Vac, 60 Hz
1W = 48 Vdc
J = 220–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
1A = 120 Vdc
L = 380–415 Vac, 50 Hz
15 = 15A
25 = 25A
30 = 30A
40 = 40A
50 = 50A
60 = 60A
4
4
4
4
4
Current Rating
75 = 75A
90 = 90A
120 = 120A
200 = 200A
300 = 300A
360 = 360A
4
4
4
4
Note
1 Not available on 50A devices.
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-3
4.2
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Contents
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
Description
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . .
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s 20–40A, single- and
two-pole, Type C25
contactors from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector feature a
compact, efficient design
with a low VA coil and
straight-through wiring. New
contactor housing design
effectively limits dust and
other contaminants from
magnet structure—reduces
or eliminates noise. These
economically priced, UL
recognized/CSA certified,
ampere rated devices are
well suited for use in heating/
air conditioning, refrigeration,
data processing and food
service applications.
●
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL Recognized
Components: UL File
Number E1491, Guides
NLDX2 and NLDX8
CSA Certified
Components: CSA C22.2
No. 14-05, File Number
238083 Class 3211 84
IEC 60947-4-1
EN 60947-4-1
ARI 780/790 Standard
CE
RoHS Compliance
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-5
V5-T4-5
V5-T4-6
V5-T4-6
V5-T4-7
V5-T4-8
V5-T4-17
V5-T4-20
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4.2
Catalog Number Selection
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
C25BNB230
Incomplete catalog number
4
A
4
4
Magnet coil suffix
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see below
●
Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-6
4
4
Product Selection
4
Compact Contactors—Open Type
Ampere Rating 1
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
4
Resistive
240–277V
480V
575V
115V
230V
115V
230V
Catalog Number 23
4
25
30
150
—
—
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25ANB125_
4
30
40
150
75
50
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25ANB130_
40
50
240
—
—
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25ANB140_
Inductive
Full Load
Single-Pole
Locked Rotor
Single-Pole
4
4
4
Single-Pole
with Shunt
Single-Pole with Shunt
25
30
150
—
—
2
3
30
40
150
75
50
2
5
40
50
240
—
—
3
7-1/2
1.5
2.2
C25CNB125_
1.5
3.7
C25CNB130_
2.2
5.5
C25CNB140_
4
4
4
4
Two-Pole
4
Two-Pole
20
30
120
100
80
1-1/2
3
1.1
2.2
C25BNB220_
25
35
150
125
100
2
3
1.5
2.2
C25BNB225_
30
40
150
125
100
2
5
1.5
3.7
C25BNB230_
40
50
240
200
160
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
C25BNB240_
4
4
4
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
AC Coil Voltage
50/60 Hz
Coil Suffix
24
T
110–120
A
208–240
B
277
H
380–415 (50 Hz), 440–480 (60 Hz)
C
4
4
4
4
Notes
1 Rating per pole.
2 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with coil suffix letter from the table above.
3 Bulk pack quantities are available in quantities of 50, contact local sales office.
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-5
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4
Options
4
When Ordering Specify
To order replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number
with letter F. Example: C25BNF240A.
4
4
4
4
Compact Factory Installed Options
Description
Box lugs with quick connects for 20–40A contactors
Single-pole
Single-pole with shunt
Two-pole
4
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Description
Specification
Insulation voltage
690V
4
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
Double break
Magnet coil
Class F, 155°C
4
Contact arc covers
Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals
5/16 in hex washer head screws
Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals
Box lugs available as option
4
4
Line and load terminal designations
Marked on contactors
Operating temperature range
–13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
4
Terminal wire range
4
4
Hex washer head screws
6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs
6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating
8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating
6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
Mounting position
Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
4
4
4
Coil Characteristics
AC Coil
Voltage 50/60 Hz
Maximum
Inrush VA
Maximum
Sealed VA
Maximum
Sealed Watts
2
Single-Pole
4
24
33
6
4
120
33
6
2
208/240
33
6
2
4
277
33
6
2
4
24
41
6.5
3
120
41
6.5
3
Two-Pole
4
208/240
41
6.5
3
4
277
41
6.5
3
480
41
6.5
3
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4.2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
Single-Pole and Single-Pole + Shunt
4
0.03
(0.8)
0.21
(5.2)
4
0.25 (6.3)
4
4
4
3.19
(81)
1.50 1.77 2.40
(38) (45) (61)
4
4
1.61 (41)
4
2.32 (59)
1.97 (50)
4
Approximate
Shipping Weight
4
0.5 lb (0.2 kg)
4
Two-Pole
0.03
(0.8)
0.21
(5.2)
4
0.25 (6.3)
4
4
4
3.19
(81)
1.50 1.77 2.40
(38) (45) (61)
4
4
1.61 (41)
1.97 (50)
4
2.32 (59)
4
Approximate
Shipping Weight
4
0.7 lb (0.3 kg)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-7
4.2
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Contents
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Description
4
Page
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . .
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-4
V5-T4-9
V5-T4-11
V5-T4-13
V5-T4-14
V5-T4-16
V5-T4-17
V5-T4-20
4
4
4
4
4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
4
Product Description
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Eaton offers the most
comprehensive line of
definite purpose contactors in
the industry. Initially designed
as an HVAC and refrigeration
product, the C25 line is now
the market leader and the
product of choice for many
OEMs and contractors
serving diverse markets.
Featuring current ratings
between 15A and 360A, the
contactors are dual-rated for
inductive and resistive ratings
as well as for horsepower
and kilowatt ratings.
Other terminal configurations
are available, see Page
V5-T4-13. Contactors will
accept add-on auxiliary
contacts—order factory
assembled or as kits for field
installation.
The separately available snapon mechanical interlock
permits interlocking two
contactors for reversing or
two-speed applications.
Standards and Certifications
Standard DP Contactors
(15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole)
The standard line of C25 DP
contactor features:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Pressure plates and quick
connects are standard on
15–30A contactors
Lugs and quick connects
are standard on 40A and
50A contactors
Highest electrical life in its
class—minimum 250,000
operations
Universal baseplate
allows for easy retrofit of
competitive units (optional
DIN rail mounting)
UL recognized design in
U.S. and Canada “cURus”
(CSA approval pending)
Accessories including
auxiliary contacts,
mechanical interlocks
and fuse blocks
RoHS (Reduction of
Hazardous Substances)
compliant
Global Listed Contactors
(15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole)
In addition to all the features
of the standard DP line,
the Global Listed line also
features:
●
●
●
Exact footprint and
mounting dimensions as
the standard line—ideal
for retrofits
CE (Conformité Européen),
CCC (China) and DEMKO
(Denmark) certifications
Higher electrical life—
minimum 300,000
operations
Contactors between 15A
and 50A are offered as two
different lines—Standard
and Global Listed.
4
4
4
V5-T4-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
UL Recognized
Components UL File
#E-1491, Guide NLDX2
CSA Certified Components
File #LR353, Class 3211
04, 481301 and 122201
CE mark (Global line only)
EN 60947-4-1
RoHS Compliance
(15A to 50A and 90A)
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-10
●
Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11
●
Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13
DP Contactor
4
4
C25 Contactors—Open Type
Locked
Rotor
Maximum
Motor (hp)
Single- ThreePhase
Phase
Maximum
Motor (kW)
Single- ThreePhase
Phase
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C25DND215_
C25DRD215_
C25DND215_-GL
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C25DND315_
C25DRD315_
C25DND315_-GL
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DND225_
C25DRD225_
C25DND225_-GL
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C25DND325_
C25DRD325_
C25DND325_-GL
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
4
C25END425_
—
—
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
4
4
Ampere Rating
Inductive Resistive
Full Load per Pole
Line
Voltage
15
25
30
40
50
60
75
90
120
200
300
360
20
35
40
50
65
75
90
120
140
200
300
360
Global Listed Line
With
Baseplate
Catalog
Number 1
4
Standard DP Contactors
With
With DIN Rail
Baseplate
Adapter
Number Catalog
Catalog
1
of Poles Number
Number 1
4
4
4
4
4
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DND230_
C25DRD230_
C25DND230_-GL
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C25DND330_
C25DRD330_
C25DND330_-GL
460
150
—
15
—
11
4
C25END430_
—
—
575
120
—
15
—
11
4
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DNF240_
C25DRF240_
C25DNF240_-GL
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
3
C25DNF340_
C25DRF340_
C25DNF340_-GL
4
460
200
—
20
—
15
4
C25ENF440_
—
—
575
160
—
20
—
15
4
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DNJ250_
C25DRJ250_
C25DNJ250_-GL
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C25DNJ350_
C25DRJ350_
C25DNJ350_-GL
4
460
250
—
30
—
22
575
200
—
30
—
22
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FNF260_
—
—
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C25FNF360_
—
—
460
300
—
40
—
30
575
240
—
40
—
30
115
450
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FNF275_
—
—
3
C25FNF375_
—
—
230
450
15
20
11
18.5
460
375
—
50
—
37
575
300
—
50
—
37
115
540
7-1/2
—
5.5
—
2
C25GNF290_
—
—
230
540
15
30
11
22
3
C25GNF390_
—
—
460
450
—
50
—
37
575
360
—
50
—
37
230
720
—
—
—
—
3
C25HNE3120_
—
—
460
720
575
570
240
1200
480
1200
600
1000
240
1800
480
1800
600
1500
240
2320
480
2320
600
1900
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
—
—
—
—
3
C25KNE3200_
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
C25KNE3300_
—
—
—
—
—
—
3
C25LNE3360_
—
—
4
4
4
4
4
4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-10.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-9
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage
60 Hertz
4
AC
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
1
Voltage
60 Hertz
DC
Coil Suffix
9
4
12 2
12
R
12
4
24 3
24
T
24
1T
110–120 4
110–120 4
A
48
1W
208 5
—
E
120
1A j
208–240 6
208–240
B
240 7
220
J
277
—
H
4
—
380–415
L
4
440–480
440–480
C
550–600 8
550–600
D
4
4
4
1R
Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 Available through 75A.
3 Available through 120A.
4 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A and all four-pole contactors (25A–40A).
5 Available 120–360A.
6 Available 15–90A, others 240V.
7 Available through 50A.
8 Not available for 90A.
9 Contactors with DC coils (only available up to 75A) include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1.
See Page V5-T4-62 for more details.
j Available only for 15A through 75A contactors and four-pole contactors.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4.2
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted)
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
With Pressure Plate and
Quick Connect Terminals
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
1NO
C320KG1
C320KG11
4
1NC
C320KG2
C320KG12
1NO-1NC
C320KG3
C320KG13
2NO
C320KG4
C320KG14
2NC
C320KG5
C320KG15
Circuit
Side Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
4
With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
For 15 through 75A
4
4
4
4
Auxiliary Contact for
FI Series Contactors
4
For 90A
1NO
—
FIC320DPG10 1
1NC
—
FIC320DPG01 1
1NO-1NC
—
FIC320DPG11 1
2NO
—
FIC320DPG20 1
4
4
4
4
4
For 120 through 360A
Side Mounted
Snap Switch
1NO
C320KGS20
—
1NC
C320KGS21
—
1NO-1NC
C320KGS22
—
4
4
4
Snap Switch Design Side Mounted Auxiliary
Contacts (For 15–75A Contactors Only)
4
Snap Switch Design with
Quick Connect Terminals
Circuit
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
C320SNP11
2NO-2NC
C320SNP22
4
4
4
4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal
4
Description
Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped)
for magnet coil terminals 2
4
Notes
1 Valid on Series FI contactors only.
2 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number.
Example: C25DND215A9.
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-11
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Top Mounted)
4
Top Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
4
Circuit
With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
Catalog Number
Circuit
Catalog Number
1
4
For 15 through 75A
1NO
C320KGT1
1NO-2NC
C320KGT11
4
1NC
C320KGT2
3NC
C320KGT12
4
4
4
4
1NO-1NC
C320KGT3
4NO
C320KGT13
2NO
C320KGT4
3NO-1NC
C320KGT14
2NC
C320KGT5
2NO-2NC
C320KGT15
3NO
C320KGT9
1NO-3NC
C320KGT16
2NO-1NC
C320KGT10
4NC
C320KGT17
Mechanical Interlock Kit
Mechanical Interlock
4
Description
Catalog Number
Mechanical interlock kit for 15 through 75A
C321KM60B
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Side mounted on C25D, C25E and C25F frame.
This timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the START
button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion
of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized.
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Solid-State ON DELAY
Timer
Timing Range
Catalog Number 234
0.1–1.0 seconds
C320TDN1_
4
1–30 seconds
C320TDN30_
30–300 seconds
C320TDN300_
4
5–30 minutes
C320TDN3000_
4
4
Separate Enclosures
4
NEMA 1 Enclosure
4
4
Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1
Application
Catalog Number
15 through 50A, two- and three-pole
C799B18
60A, two- and three-pole or
25 through 40A, four-pole
C799B19
4
4
Notes
1 Not available for four-pole contactors (15–40 Amp).
2 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number.
A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
3 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
4 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Options
4
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed
below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
Factory Installed Options
Field Installed Options
Description
Code Letter
Number of Poles
Terminals—15A through 50A
Binding head screws
Without quick connect terminals
4
Description
Catalog Number
Finger-proof shield for 15–50A
49-7899KIT 56
4
4
A
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
G
2-, 3-pole
4
C
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
D
2-, 3-, 4-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H
2-, 3-pole
Screw/pressure plate 1
Without quick connect terminals
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw
Without quick connect terminals
4
4
4
2
E
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
F
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
J
2-, 3-pole
4
4
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw)
Without quick connect terminals
K
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
L
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
M
2-, 3-pole
E
2-, 3-pole
F
2-, 3-pole
Terminals—60A through 75A
4
3
Box lugs (slotted screw)
Without quick connect terminals
With quick connect terminals
4
4
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount)
Add code letter listed below to complete catalog number.
Example: Change C25DND215A to C25DND215AA.
Auxiliary Contacts—Factory Installed
4
With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
Code Letter
With Quick
Connect Terminals
Code Letter
Snap Switch Design with
Quick Connect Terminals
Code Letter
1NO
A
F
—
1NC
B
G
—
1NO-1NC
C
H
—
2NO
D
J
—
2NC
E
K
—
1NO-1NC
—
—
L
2NO-2NC
—
—
M
1NO
A
—
—
1NO-1NC
C
—
—
2NO
D
—
—
2NC
E
—
—
Description
4
4
4
For 15 through 90A 4
4
4
4
For 15 through 75A
4
4
For 120 through 360A
4
4
Special Marking (Special contactor marking, consult local sales office)
4
Notes
1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors.
2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws.
3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250.
4 90A available only with binding head screw and quick connect terminals.
5 Kit contains quantity 1 shield.
6 Not for use with Quick Connect terminals on the power poles.
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
4
4
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-13
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Standard and Global Listed Line
4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Specification
Description
Standard
Global Listed Line
Magnet coil
Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C
Class F (C25D and L), 155°C
Class H (C25D), 180°C
(available as factory installed option)
Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C
Class F (C25D and L), 155°C
Class H (C25D), 180°C
(available as factory installed option)
4
Contacts
Double break
Double break
4
Coil terminals
18 AWG (90A)
18 AWG (90A)
Ambient temperature
150°F (65°C) maximum
150°F (65°C) maximum
4
4
4
Terminal wire range
#8–32 binding head screw
14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
4
#8–32 screw/pressure plate
14–8 AWG (one conductor);
14–8 AWG (two conductors)
14–8 AWG (one conductor);
14–8 AWG (two conductors)
4
Box lugs—15–50A 1
# 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw
Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor)
Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
# 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw
Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor)
Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
Box lugs—60–75A 1
Upper level: 14–2 AWG
Lower level: 14–6 AWG
Upper level: 14–2 AWG
Lower level: 14–6 AWG
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Box lugs—90A
1/0–8 AWG
1/0–8 AWG
Box lugs—120A
3/0–8 AWG
3/0–8 AWG
Box lugs—200–300A
350 kcmil–6 AWG
350 kcmil–6 AWG
Box lugs—360A
750 kcmil–2 AWG
750 kcmil–2 AWG
Contactor Torque Ratings
Contactor Size
15–50A
2
4
Terminal
4
60–75A
12–14 AWG
22 lb-in
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
15 lb-in
Box lug
12–14 AWG
15 lb-in
10 AWG
25 lb-in
8 AWG
40 lb-in
4–6 AWG
45 lb-in
10–14 AWG
40 lb-in
8 AWG
45 lb-in
Box lug
4
4
90A
Box lug
120A
Box lug
4
4
4
4
4
Tightening Torque
8–32 binding head screw
4
3
Wire Range
3–6 AWG
50 lb-in
1/0–8 AWG
60 lb-in
8 AWG
40 lb-in
4–6 AWG
45 lb-in
3–1/0 AWG
50 lb-in
200–300A
Box lug
6–350 kcmil
200 lb-in
360A
Box lug
2–750 kcmil
550 lb-in
Notes
1 The box lugs on the 15–75A device can accept two conductors per pole.
2 The box lugs on the 15–50A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept
4–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG.
3 The box lugs on the 60–75A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept
3–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG.
4
4
4
V5-T4-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
For Global Line Only
4
DC Ratings (Global Listed Line Only)
Two-Pole, 15–30A Inductive
Two-Pole, 40A Inductive
Three-Pole, 15–30A Inductive
Three-Pole, 40A Inductive
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
UL/CSA
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
DC-3/DC-5
Voltage
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
FLA
hp
Ie
240 Vdc three poles in series
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
3/4
4
5
1
5
120 Vdc three poles in series
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
3/4
8
10
1
10
120 Vdc two poles in series
5.5
1/2
5.5
8
3/4
8
5.5
1/2
5.5
8
3/4
8
120 Vdc per pole
2
1/10
2
3.5
1/4
3.5
2
1/10
2
3.5
1/4
3.5
24 Vdc per pole
15
—
15
20
—
20
15
—
15
20
—
20
Tungsten and Ballast (480V)
25A
30A
30A
40A
40A
50A
50A
60A
4
4
4
4
4
Lighting Duty Ratings (Global Listed Line Only)
C25D_ Inductive Rating
4
4
4
4
4
4
IEC/CE Ratings (IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1) for 15A through 50A
C25 D–Contactors (Global Listed Line Only)
C25D_
AC-1 (Ic)
Inductive Rating
480V
600V
AC-3 (Ie)
480V
600V
AC-4 (Ie)
480V
600V
480V
600V
15A
20A
20A
15A
15A
15A
—
15A
15A
25A
30A
30A
25A
25A
25A
—
25A
25A
30A
40A
40A
30A
30A
30A
—
30A
30A
40A
50A
—
40A
—
40A
—
40A
—
50A
65A
65A
50A
50A
50A
—
50A
50A
4
AC-8a
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-15
4.2
4
4
Contactors
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
C25 Contactors, Open Type and Open Type—Reversing
15–75 Ampere (Non-Reversing)
4
4
F
C
Mtg. Holes/Slots for 8 Screws
J
GD
B
H
E
C
Mtg. Holes/Slots for 16 Screws
7/32 Hex Socket
(6 places)
(2) 0.25 x 0.032 Male
with Quick Connects
(6 places)
4
4
GD
H
E
C
1NO Auxiliary Contact
with 0.25 x 0.032 Male
Quick Connects at Left
0.393
(10.0) DIA
0.20
(5.2)
0.20
(5.2)
4.43
4.63
(112.5) (117.5)
B
4
0.20
(5.2)
4
H
E
A
4
4
F
90 Ampere
4
4
J
A
I
Aux. Cont.
4
B
J
Aux. Cont.
4
A
Aux. Cont.
4
15–75 Ampere (Reversing)
J
Aux. Cont.
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
120 Ampere
A
H
E
0.25 x 0.032 Male
with Quick Connect
Coil Terminal (2 places)
200–360 Ampere
J
C
A
C
4
4
4
4
4
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
BE
BE
Aux.
D
Mtg. Holes for 3 Screws
D
Mtg. Holes
for 3 Screws
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Side Auxiliary
Contact Adder
Number
of Poles
Wide
High
Deep
Mounting
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
Shipping
Weight
Lbs (kg)
1.3 (.6)
4
Ampere
Size
4
Open Type
15–50
2 and 3
2.40 (61.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
—
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.34 (8.6)
4
25–40
4
2.68 (68.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.38 (86.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.50 (12.5)
2.3 (1.0)
60–75
2 and 3
2.63 (67.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.37 (9.5)
2.8 (1.3)
4
90
2 and 3
3.86 (98.0)
5.00 (127.0)
4.41 (112.0)
—
2.87 (73.0)
—
—
2.48 (63.0)
—
NN (NN)
4
120
2 and 3
3.54 (90.0)
7.17 (182.0)
5.94 (151.0)
3.00 (76.0)
6.63 (168.0)
—
—
—
0.54 (13.7)
8.5 (3.9)
200 and 300
2 and 3
7.05 (179.0)
9.11 (232.0)
7.25 (184.0)
6.00 (152.0)
8.50 (216.0)
—
—
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
4
360
2 and 3
7.05 (179.0)
13.12 (333.0)
7.78 (198.0)
6.00 (152.0)
12.50 (318.0)
—
—
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
4
15–50
2 and 3
5.0 (127.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.25 (83.0)
4.53 (118.0)
—
3.13 (79.0)
4.13 (105.0)
0.34 (8.6)
2.6 (1.2)
60–75
2 and 3
5.77 (147.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0
5.15 (131.0)
3.15 (80.0)
3.13 (79.0)
4.65 (118.0)
0.37 (9.5)
5.6 (2.5)
4
4
Open Type—Reversing
Note
1 Add 0.30 in (8 mm) to width for C25 contactors with DC coils.
V5-T4-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
4.2
Contents
Description
Page
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . .
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . .
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
V5-T4-4
V5-T4-8
V5-T4-18
V5-T4-19
V5-T4-20
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
4
Product Description
4
Designed to save space and
reduce installation costs,
these three-pole fuse blocks
will accommodate a variety
of fuse classes and fuse
holders to satisfy a wide
range of electrical/electronic
applications such as
commercial space and water
heaters, dishwashers, food
coolers and sterilizing
equipment. They are supplied
either factory assembled,
mounted and wired to the
contactor or in kit form.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Note: Available only on threepole, 15–50A contactors
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-17
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
Optional Three-Pole Fuse Block
4
4
4
4
4
Available only on three-pole, 15–50A contactors
Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate
a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications
such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment.
They are supplied either factory assembled, mounted and wired to the contactor or in kit form.
To order factory assembled, add suffix number from table below to catalog number of contactor listed
on Page V5-T4-9. Example: C25DND325A361.
Three-Pole Fuse Block
Three-Pole Fuse Blocks
Fuse Holder
Volts
4
Fuse Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Amperes
Diameter
Length
Terminal Type
Maximum
Wire Size
Factory Installed
Ordering Suffix
Field Installation Kit
Catalog Number
30
0.41 (10.4)
1.50 (38.1)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
161
C350KM61
15
0.41 (10.4)
1.31 (33.3)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
237
C350KG37
1.41 (35.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
238
C350KG38
1.63 (41.4)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
231
C350KG31
2.25 (57.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
232
C350KG32
Class M
4
600
4
600
Class G
20
4
480
4
Class J
30
0.41 (10.4)
60
4
600
4
Class T
300
4
4
600
4
Class H
250
4
30
0.81 (20.6)
2.25 (57.2)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
361
C350KJ61
60
1.06 (26.9)
2.38 (60.5)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
362
C350KJ62
30
0.41 (10.4)
0.88 (22.4)
Box lug
6 AWG Cu
431
C350KT31
60
0.56 (14.2)
0.88 (22.4)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
432
C350KT32
30
0.56 (14.2)
1.50 (38.1)
Box lug
6 AWG Cu
461
C350KT61
60
0.81 (20.6)
1.56 (39.6)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
462
C350KT62
30
0.56 (14.2)
2.00 (50.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
521
C350KH21
60
0.81 (20.6)
3.00 (76.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
522
C350KH22
30
0.56 (14.2)
2.00 (50.8)
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
621
C350KR21
60
0.81 (20.6)
3.00 (76.2)
Box lug
2 AWG Cu/Al
622
C350KR22
Class R
4
250
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
4.2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
Three-Pole Fuse Block and Contactor
4
4
4
B
4
4
C
A
Front View
Side View
Wide
High
Amps
Volts
A
B
C
G
15
600
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
2.62 (67)
4.25 (108)
5.18 (132)
20
30
480
60
H
30
250
60
J
30
600
60
M
30
600
R
30
250
60
T
4
Deep
Fuse Size
Class
3.00 (76)
3.03 (77)
5.33 (135)
4.22 (107)
4.75 (121)
5.86 (149)
4.81 (122)
4.12 (105)
5.92 (150)
4.81 (122)
4.12 (105)
5.92 (150)
2.41 (61)
2.81 (71)
5.14 (131)
3.00 (76)
3.03 (77)
5.33 (135)
4.22 (107)
4.75 (121)
5.86 (149)
30
300
3.44 (87)
2.75 (70)
5.43 (138)
60
300
3.44 (87)
2.75 (70)
5.43 (138)
30
600
3.75 (95)
3.19 (81)
5.36 (136)
60
600
4.87 (124)
2.94 (75)
5.68 (144)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-19
4.2
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Contents
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
Description
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . .
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . .
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
4
Product Description
4
4
4
4
C65 Reversing Contactors
from Eaton’s Electrical
Sector are furnished with
pressure plates and quick
connect terminals as
standard on 15, 25 and 30A
devices and with box lugs
and quick connect terminals
on 40, 50, 60 and 75A.
Standards and Certifications
Other terminal configurations
are available—see Factory
Installed Options on Page
V5-T4-13. Reversing
contactors will accept add-on
auxiliary contacts on either
side—order factory assembled
or as kits for field installation.
See Page V5-T4-13.
●
●
●
UL Recognized
Components UL File
#E-1491, Guide NLDX2
CSA Certified Components
File #LR353, Guide
380w-1.14 Class 3211 04
CE
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-4
V5-T4-8
V5-T4-17
V5-T4-21
V5-T4-21
4.2
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
C65DND315
Incomplete catalog number
A
4
X
Magnet coil suffix
4
4
Option code as necessary
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-22
●
Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11
●
Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13
4
4
4
Product Selection
C65 Reversing
Contactor
4
Open Type Contactors—Unwired, Mechanically Interlocked Only
Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Open Type with Metal Open Type with DIN
Mounting Plate
Rail Adapter
Inductive
Full Load
Resistive
per Pole
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Number
of Poles
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
15
20
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C65DND215_
C65DRD215_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
C65DND315_
C65DRD315_
25
30
40
50
60
75
35
40
50
65
75
90
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C65DND225_
C65DRD225_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
C65DND325_
C65DRD325_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C65DND230_
C65DRD230_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
460
150
—
15
—
11
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
575
120
—
15
—
11
C65DND330_
C65DRD330_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C65DNF240_
C65DRF240_
3
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
460
200
—
20
—
15
575
160
—
20
—
15
C65DNF340_
C65DRF340_
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C65DNJ250_
C65DRJ250_
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
460
250
—
30
—
22
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
575
200
—
30
—
22
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ350_
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C65FNF260_
—
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C65FNF360_
—
460
300
—
40
—
30
C65FNF360_
—
575
240
—
40
—
30
C65FNF360_
—
115
450
5
—
3.7
—
2
C65FNF275_
—
230
450
15
20
11
18.5
3
C65FNF375_
—
460
375
—
50
—
37
C65FNF375_
—
575
300
—
50
—
37
C65FNF375_
—
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from Page V5-T4-22.
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-21
4.2
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix
Volts
60 Hz
50 Hz
Coil Suffix 1
12
12
R
24
24
T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
208–240
208–240
B
4
240 3
220
J
277
—
H
4
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4
4
Magnet Coil Options
4
Description
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (“U” shaped) for magnet coil terminals.
To order, add Suffix Number 9 to the complete catalog number.
Example: C65DND315A9.
4
4
4
Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor.
Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A.
3 Available through 50A.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Contents
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
Description
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . .
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-24
V5-T4-26
V5-T4-27
V5-T4-28
V5-T4-28
V5-T4-29
V5-T4-30
V5-T4-38
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
Product Description
Features and Benefits
Standards and Certifications
A25 and B25 Definite
Purpose Starters from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector combine the
features and flexibility of the
C25 Definite Purpose
Contactors and Freedom
Series Bi-metallic Ambient
Compensated Overload
Relays mounted on a common
mounting plate.
Overload Relay
●
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
●
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24% to
match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with 1.0
and 1.15 service factor
motors
●
Class 10 or 20 heater packs
●
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
●
Electrically isolated NO-NC
contacts (pull RESET
button to test)
●
Overload trip indication
●
Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce
possibility of electrical
shock
●
Single-phase sensitivity
●
●
4
UL Recognized
Components UL File
#E-1491, Guide NLDX2
CSA Certified Components
File #LR353, Guide
380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25
4
A25CNC30
Incomplete catalog number
4
A
4
Magnet coil suffix
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-24
Example, order catalog number A25CNC30A
●
Heater packs for specific FLA of motor,
see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-23
4.3
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Product Selection
A25 Starter
4
Single- and Three-Phase Starters—Open Type
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase 12
Three-Phase 1
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Common
Control
Separate
Control
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
4
25
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
4
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
4
575
120
—
15
—
11
B25CNC30_
B25SNC30_
A25CNC30_
A25SNC30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
4
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
4
460
200
—
20
—
15
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B25CNE40_
B25SNE40_
A25CNE40_
A25SNE40_
115
300
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
230
300
—
15
—
11
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
460
250
—
30
—
22
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
575
200
—
30
—
22
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
115
360
—
—
—
—
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
230
360
—
20
—
15
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
460
300
—
40
—
30
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
575
240
—
40
—
30
N/A
N/A
A25CNE60_
A25SNE60_
4
4
30
40
50
4
4
4
60
4
4
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage
60 Hertz
4
AC 4
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
Voltage
60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 7
12
12
R
12
4
24
24
T
24
1T
4
110–120 5
110–120 5
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
240 6
220
J
277
—
H
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4
4
4
1R
Notes
1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27.
2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications.
3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from table above.
4 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
5 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor.
6 Available through 50A.
7 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Overload Relay
General
Overload relays are provided
to protect motors, motor
control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors
against excessive heating
due to motor overloads and
failure to start. This definition
does not include: 1) motor
circuits over 600 volts, 2)
short-circuits, 3) ground faults
and 4) fire pump control.
(NEC Art. 430-31)
Time Current
Characteristics
The time-current
characteristics of an overload
relay is an expression of
performance which defines
its operating time at various
multiples of its current
setting. Tests are run at
Underwriters Laboratory (UL)
in accordance with NEMA
Standards and the NEC.
UL requires—
●
When tested at 100
percent of its current
rating, the overload relay
shall trip ultimately
●
When tested at 200
percent of its current
rating, the overload relay
shall trip in not more than 8
minutes
●
When tested at 600
percent of its current
rating, the overload relay
shall trip in not more than
10 or 20 seconds,
depending on the Class of
the relay or heater packs
“Current Rating” is defined
as the minimum current at
which the relay will trip. Per
NEC, an overload must
ultimately trip at 125% of FLA
(Full Load Amperes) current
(heater) setting for a 1.15
service factor motor and
115% FLA for a 1.0 service
factor motor.“Current
Setting” is defined as the
FLA of the motor and thus
the overload heater pack
setting.
Example: 600% of current
rating is defined as 750%
(600 x 1.25) of FLA current
(heater) setting for a 1.15
service factor motor. A 10
ampere heater setting must
trip in 20 seconds or less at
75 amperes motor current for
a Class 20 relay.
Overload Relay Setting
For motors having a 1.0
service factor, rotate the FLA
dial single-half position
counterclockwise (CCW).
Manual/Automatic Reset—
The overload relay is factory
set at M for manual reset
operation. For automatic
reset operation, turn the reset
adjustment dial to the A
position as shown in the
illustration.
Automatic reset is not
intended for two-wire control
devices.
FLA Dial Adjustment—
For motors having a 1.15
service factor, rotate the FLA
adjustment dial to correspond
to the motor’s FLA rating.
Estimate the dial position
when the motor FLA falls
between two letter values as
shown in the example.
Test for Trip Indication—
To test overload relay for trip
indication when in manual
reset, pull out the blue RESET
button. An orange flag will
appear indicating that the
device has tripped. Push
RESET button in to reset.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
FLA Dial Adjustment
4
Reset Adjustment Dial
1.0
1.15
Service Service
Factor Factor
B
A
4
C
4
A
D
Example of 12.0 FLA
setting for heater pack
number H2011B showing
position for 1.0 or 1.15
service factor motors.
4
M
4
Example of setting for manual
reset.
4
4
4
Replacement Overload with Connectors
Starter Size
Overload Part Number
25 and 30A
10-7125
40 and 50A
10-7132
60A
10-7131
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-25
4.3
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Accessories
Contactor Accessories, see Pages V5-T4-11 and V5-T4-12.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay
Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip
setting dial—helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay
Locking Cover
Description
Minimum Order
Quantity
(Std. Pkg.)
Catalog Number
4
Clear cover, no accessibility
50
C320PC3
Gray cover, no accessibility, with auto only nib
50
C320PC4
4
Gray cover, no accessibility, with manual only nib
50
C320PC5
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and auto only nib
50
C320PC6
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
and manual only nib
50
C320PC7
4
4
4
4
Separate Enclosures
Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1
4
Application
Catalog Number
4
25 and 30A
C799B11
40, 50 and 60A
C799B13
4
Heater Packs
4
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs
Manual or Automatic Reset
Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.
Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
Fast Trip Ratings
4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
Dial Position
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2
(Includes Three Heater
Packs)
0.26
0.313
0.367
0.42
H2101B-3
4
0.384
0.464
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
0.57
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
4
0.846
1.02
1.2
1.37
H2104B-3
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.1
H2105B-3
4
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
4
2.3
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
3.38
4.1
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
4
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
4
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
14.4
17.5
20.7
23.8
H2112B-3
4
18.7
21.8
25
28.1
H2113B-3
23.5
27.3
31
34.8
H2114B-3
4
28.3
32.6
37
41.3
H2115B-3
4
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
4
4
4
4
4
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28.
Notes
1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counterclockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors.
A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors.
2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
V5-T4-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs
Manual or Automatic Reset
Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.
Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
4
4
Standard Trip Ratings
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2
(Includes Three Heater
Packs)
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
Dial Position
0.375
0.452
0.53
0.607
H2002B-3
0.56
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
1.2
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.9
H2006B-3
2.15
2.6
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.23
3.9
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
4.55
5.5
6.45
7.4
H2009B-3
6.75
8.17
9.58
11
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14
H2011B-3
14
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
29
34
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28.
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Terminal Wire Sizes
4
Line Side (Contactor) 3
Wire Range—Solid or Stranded
Terminal Type
Power Terminals
Coil Terminals
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Box lug: 25–50A
4–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Box lug: 60A
3–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
4
4
4
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Terminal
Range
Torque Rating
25 and 30A
14–6 AWG
20 lb-in (14–10 AWG)
40, 50 and 60A
14–2 AWG
35 lb-in (14–10 AWG)
40 lb-in (8 AWG)
45 lb-in (6–4 AWG)
50 lb-in (3–2 AWG)
4
4
4
4
Control Terminals—Cu Only
4
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
Notes
1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counterclockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors.
A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors.
2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
3 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-27
4.3
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit
AC Volts
120V
240V
480V
600V
4
NC Contact B600
4
Make and break
30A
15A
7.5A
6A
Break
3A
1.5A
0.75A
0.6A
Continuous
5A
5A
5A
5A
Make and break
15A
7.5A
3.375A
3A
Break
1.5A
0.75A
0.375A
0.3A
Continuous
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
2.5A
4
4
4
4
4
4
NO Contact C600
Trip Curves
Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating
Class 10 Overload Relay
4
4
4
10,000
5000
4000
3000
2000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
1000
500
400
300
200
4
4
Class 20 Overload Relay
10,000
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
From
Hot Start
50
40
30
20
4
4
4
4
500
400
300
200
From
Cold Start
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
10
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting
From
Hot Start
50
40
30
20
10
0
From
Cold Start
0
10
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting
4
4
Wiring Diagrams
4
Single-Phase Connections
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
4
4
L1
1
4
98
4
97
96
4
L1
L2
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
L3
1
13
4
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
L2
4
4
Three-Phase Connections
14
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
95
13
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
1NO Aux. Contact)
14
98
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
1NO Aux. Contact)
97
96
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
T1
AC Motor
T2
95
T3
AC Motor
4
V5-T4-28
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
10
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A25 and B25 Starers—Open Type
4
25 and 30 Ampere
H
A
H
4
40, 50 and 60 Ampere
C
H
A
H
C
4
4
B
BE
4
E
4
4
G
D
Mtg. for #10-32 Screw
G
D
Mtg. for #10-32 Screw
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Deep
D
Mounting
E
Mounting
G
Auxiliary
Contact Adder
H
Shipping
Weight
Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
2.50 (64.0)
7.14 (181.0)
3.56 (90.4)
3.69 (93.7)
6.55 (166.0)
0.20 (5.1)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
40
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.0)
3.50 (89.0)
3.66 (93.0)
7.50 (190.5)
2.00 (51.0)
0.54 (13.7)
1.8 (0.8)
50 and 60
2.56 (65.0)
8.08 (205.0)
4.15 (105.0)
3.66 (93.0)
7.50 (190.5)
2.00 (51.0)
0.54 (13.7)
3.6 (1.6)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-29
4.3
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Contents
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
Description
4
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . .
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Trip Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-23
V5-T4-31
V5-T4-33
V5-T4-33
V5-T4-36
V5-T4-36
V5-T4-37
V5-T4-38
4
4
4
4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
4
Product Description
Features and Benefits
A27 and B27 Definite
Purpose Starters from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
combine the features and
flexibility of the C25 Definite
Purpose Contactors and XT
Series Bi-metallic Ambient
Compensated Overload
Relays.
●
4
4
4
4
4
●
●
●
●
4
4
●
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
Class 10 trip class
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
Electrically isolated NO-NC
contacts (pull TEST button
to test)
Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce
possibility of electrical
shock
Single-phase sensitivity
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL Recognized
Components UL File
#E-1491, Guide NLDX2
CSA Certified Components
File #LR353, Guide 3
80W-1.14 Class 3211 04
IEC/EN 60947
VDE 0660
UL
CSA
CE
4
4
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
4
A27CNE30
4
4
Incomplete catalog number
4
A
Magnet coil suffix
040
Overload relay suffix
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay
suffix, see Page V5-T4-32
Example, order catalog number A27CNE30A040
4
4
4
V5-T4-30
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Product Selection
A27 Starter
4
Three-Phase Starter—Open Type
Common Control
Ampere Rating
4
Separate Control
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
Maximum
Motor (hp)
Maximum
Motor (kW)
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
4
15
115
90
—
—
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
230
90
3
2.2
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
4
460
75
5
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
575
60
5
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
25
30
40
45
115
150
—
—
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
230
150
7-1/2
5.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
460
125
10
7.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
575
100
10
7.5
A27CNC25_
A27CRC25_
A27SNC25_
A27SRC25_
115
180
—
—
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
230
180
10
7.5
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
460
150
15
11
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
575
120
15
11
A27CNE30_
A27CRE30_
A27SNE30_
A27SRE30_
115
240
—
—
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
230
240
10
7.5
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
460
200
20
15
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
575
160
20
15
A27CNE40_
A27CRE40_
A27SNE40_
A27SRE40_
115
270
—
—
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
230
270
15
11
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
460
225
30
22
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
575
180
30
22
A27CNE45_
A27CRE45_
A27SNE45_
A27SRE45_
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload relay suffix from Page V5-T4-32.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-31
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Single-Phase Starter—Open Type, B27
4
Common Control
4
Ampere Rating
Separate Control
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
Maximum
Motor (hp)
Maximum
Motor (kW)
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
4
15
115
90
3/4
0.4
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
230
90
2
1.5
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
460
75
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
575
60
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
115
150
2
1.5
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
230
150
3
2.2
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
460
125
—
—
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
575
100
—
—
B27CNC25_
B27CRC25_
B27SNC25_
B27SRC25_
115
180
2
1.5
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
4
230
180
5
3.7
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
4
460
150
—
—
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
575
120
—
—
B27CNE30_
B27CRE30_
B27SNE30_
B27SRE30_
115
240
3
2.2
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
230
240
7-1/2
5.5
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
460
200
—
—
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
575
160
—
—
B27CNE40_
B27CRE40_
B27SNE40_
B27SRE40_
115
270
3
2.2
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
230
270
7-1/2
7.5
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
460
225
—
—
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
575
180
—
—
B27CNE45_
B27CRE45_
B27SNE45_
B27SRE45_
4
4
25
4
4
30
40
4
4
4
45
4
4
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
4
12
12
R
24
24
T
4
110–120
110–120
A
208–240
208–240
B
120
240 3
220
277
Voltage
60 Hertz
Overload Relay Suffix
AC 2
Voltage
60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 4
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor
Ampere Range
Frame C
1R
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
24
1T
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
48
1W
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
1A
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
J
0.6–1
001
15–25A
—
H
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
—
380–415
L
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
440–480
440–480
C
2.4–4
004
15–25A
550–600
550–600
D
4–6
006
15–25A
6–10
010
15–25A
4
10–16
016
15–25A
16–24
024
15–25A
4
24–32
032
15–25A
6–10
010
30–45A
10–16
016
30–45A
16–24
024
30–45A
24–40
040
30–45A
40–57
057
30–45A
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
12
Motor Full Load Amperes
Frame D
Notes
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload
relay suffix from tables above.
2 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
3 Available through 45A.
4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1.
See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
V5-T4-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Renewal Parts
4
Overload Relays
4
Suffix Code
For use with
Contactor
Ampere Range
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
XTOBP16CC1DP
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
XTOBP24CC1DP
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
XTOBP40CC1DP
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
XTOBP60CC1DP
0.6–1
001
15–25A
XTOB001CC1DP
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
XTOB1P6CC1DP
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
XTOB2P4CC1DP
2.4–4
004
15–25A
XTOB004CC1DP
4–6
006
15–25A
XTOB006CC1DP
6–10
010
15–25A
XTOB010CC1DP
10–16
016
15–25A
XTOB016CC1DP
16–24
024
15–25A
XTOB024CC1DP
24–32
032
15–25A
XTOB032CC1DP
6–10
010
30–45A
XTOB010DC1DP
10–16
016
30–45A
XTOB016DC1DP
16–24
024
30–45A
XTOB024DC1DP
24–40
040
30–45A
XTOB040DC1DP
40–57
057
30–45A
XTOB057DC1DP
Motor Full
Load Amperes
4
Frame C
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Frame D
4
4
4
4
4
Technical Data and Specifications
Terminal Wire Sizes
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Line Side (Contactor) 1
Wire Range—Solid or Stranded
Terminal
Range
Torque Rating
Terminal Type
Power Terminals
Coil Terminals
15 and 25A
14–8 AWG
16 lb-in (14–8 AWG)
Screw/pressure plate
8–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
30, 40 and 45A
14–2 AWG
31 lb-in (14–2 AWG)
Box lug: 15–45A
4–14 AWG
12–16 AWG
Control Terminals—Cu Only
4
4
4
4
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
4
Note
1 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-33
4.3
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Overload Relays
These tripping characteristics are the mean values of the spread at 20°C ambient temperature
in a cold state.
4
Tripping time depends on response current. With devices at operating temperature, the
tripping time of the overload relay reduces to approximately 25% of the read off value.
Specific characteristics for each individual setting range can be found in MN03402001E.
4
Overload Relays
4
Description
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
XTOB … CC1
Specification
XTOB … DC1
Specification
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78;
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78;
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Ambient temperature range 1
–25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
Temperature compensation
Continuous
Continuous
10g
10g
General
Climatic proofing
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated
from front (IEC 536)
Finger and back of hand proof
Finger and back of hand proof
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
690
690
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
Operational voltage (Ue) Vac
690
690
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between auxiliary contacts and main contacts (Vac)
440
440
Between main contacts (Vac)
440
440
Overload relay setting range
0.1–32A
6–75A
Temperature compensation residual error >20°C (%/K)
<0.25
<0.25
Current heat loss (3 conductors)
Lower value of setting range, W
2.5
3
Upper value of setting range, W
6
7.5
2 x (1–6)
2 x (1–6)
Terminal capacity
Solid, mm 2
2 x (1–4)
Flexible with ferrule, mm 2
2 x (1–6)
1 x 25
2
2 x (1–10) 3
Solid or stranded, AWG
14-8
14-2
Terminal screw
M4
M6
1.8 (16)
3.5 (31)
Tightening torque Nm (lb-in)
Tools
Pozidrive screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
Notes
1 Ambient temperature operating range to IEC/EN 60947, PTB: –5° to 50°C [23° to 122°F].
2 6 mm2 flexible with ferrules to DIN 46228.
3 Main contact terminal capacity, solid and stranded conductors with ferrules: When using two conductors use identical cross-section.
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-34
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Overload Relays, continued
4
XTOB … CC1
Specification
XTOB … DC1
Specification
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
6000
6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
Solid, mm 2
2 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule, mm 2
2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded, AWG
2 x (18–12)
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
M3.5
0.8–1.3 (7–11.5)
0.8–1.3 (7–11.5)
Pozidrive screwdriver
Size 2
Size 2
Standard screwdriver
1x6
1x6
Auxiliary circuit rated insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
500
500
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Vac
500
500
4
240
240
6
6
4
Description
4
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Connections
4
4
Terminal capacity
Terminal screw
Tightening torque Nm (lb-in)
4
4
4
Tools
4
4
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between the auxiliary contacts (Vac)
Conventional thermal current, Ith
4
Rated operational current—AC-15
NO contact
120V
1.5
1.5
240V
1.5
1.5
415V
0.5
0.5
500V
0.5
0.5
120V
1.5
1.5
240V
1.5
1.5
415V
0.9
0.9
500V
0.8
0.8
0.9
0.9
4
4
4
NC contact
4
4
4
Rated operational current—DC-13 L/R <15 ms 1
4
NO contact
24V
60V
0.75
0.75
110V
0.4
0.4
220V
0.2
0.2
6
6
Short-circuit rating without welding maximum fuse, A gG/gL
4
4
4
Note
1 Rated operational current: Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, L/R constant as stated.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-35
4.3
4
4
Overload Relay
2h
100
60
40
10
6
4
2
4
1
40
4
3-Phase
20
Seconds
4
XTOB...CC1,
XTOB...DC1
20
Minutes
4
Starters
Trip Curve
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
10
6
4
4
2-Phase
2
1
0.6
4
1
1.5 2
4
3 4
6 8 10 15 20
x Setting Current
4
Wiring Diagrams
4
Single-Phase Connections
4
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
4
4
L1
1
L1
L2
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
L3
1
13
98
4
97
96
4
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
L2
4
4
Three-Phase Connections
14
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
95
13
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
1NO Aux. Contact)
14
98
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
1NO Aux. Contact)
97
96
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
T1
T2
95
T3
4
4
AC Motor
AC Motor
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-36
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A27 and B27 Starters—Open Type
4
15 and 25 Ampere
A
H
4
30, 40 and 45 Ampere
A
C
C
H
4
4
E
E
B
4
B
4
D
4
D
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Deep
D
Mounting
E
Mounting
G
Auxiliary
Contact Adder
H
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
15 and 25 (metal plate)
2.40 (61.0)
5.50 (139.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.70 (94.0)
3.13 (82.6)
—
0.54 (13.7)
1.6 (0.7)
15 and 25 (DIN rail mount)
2.23 (56.5)
5.20 (133.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.70 (94.0)
—
—
0.54 (13.7)
1.6 (0.7)
30, 40 and 45 (metal plate)
2.40 (61.0)
6.00 (152.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.90 (98.0)
3.13 (82.6)
—
0.54 (13.7)
1.11 (0.9)
30, 40 and 45 (DIN rail mount)
2.23 (56.5)
5.70 (145.0)
3.35 (85.0)
3.90 (98.0)
—
—
0.54 (13.7)
1.11 (0.9)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-37
4.3
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Contents
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description
4
Page
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . .
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . .
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-23
V5-T4-30
V5-T4-39
V5-T4-39
V5-T4-40
V5-T4-42
V5-T4-43
V5-T4-45
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Product Description
Features
A30 and B30 Starters
A30 and B30 Definite
Purpose Starters from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector combine the
features and flexibility of the
C25 Definite Purpose
Contactors and C440
Electronic Overload Relays.
A30 and B30 Starters
●
Standard version:
selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30) with
selectable manual or
auto reset
●
Current adjustment
range: 5:1
●
Self-powered design—will
accept AC voltages from
12 to 690V 50/60 Hz
●
Ambient temperature
compensation
●
Low heat generation
●
Phase loss protection
●
Phase unbalance
protection
●
Electrically isolated
1NO-1NC contacts
(push-to-test)
●
Trip status indicator
C440 Overload
C440 is the most compact,
high-featured, economical
product in its class.
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 100A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules
with I/O for DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, and Modbus.
C440 Overload
Reliable, accurate,
electronic motor protection
●
Easy to select, install and
maintain
●
Compact size
●
Flexible, intelligent design
●
Global product offering—
available with NEMA, IEC
and DP power control
●
Motor Control
●
Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
●
Test/Trip button
Motor Protection
●
Thermal overload
●
Phase loss
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase unbalance
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-38
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
User Interface
Large FLA selection dial
●
Trip status indicator
●
Operating mode LED
●
DIP switch selectable trip
class, phase unbalance and
ground fault
●
Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
●
Feature Options
●
Remote reset
●
120 Vac
●
24 Vac
●
24 Vdc
●
Tamper-proof cover
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Standards and Certifications
4
A30 and B30 Starters
●
UL Listed Components
●
CSA Certified Components
●
IEC EN 60947-4-1, EN
60947-5-1
●
CE Certified Components
●
CCC Certified Components
●
RoHS Certified Components
4
4
4
4
4
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
A30 and B30 Definite Purpose Starters
4
4
A 30 C N C 25 A X 5E 005
4
Designation
A = Three-phase starter
B = Single-phase starter
4
Overload Range
DP Starters with C440 Electronic Overload
15A–75A Contactor
005 = 1–5A
045 = 9–45A
020 = 4–20A
100 = 20–100A
4
4
Type
30 = Non-reversing
4
OLR Model Designation
5C = C440 with ground fault
5E = Standard C440 OLR SEL Reset, SEL Class
Control
C = Common control
S = Separate control
4
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount)
A = 1NO pressure plate
B = 1NC pressure plate
C = 1NO-1NC pressure plate
D = 2NO pressure plate
E = 2NC pressure plate
F = 1NO pressure plate and QC
G = 1NC pressure plate and QC
H = 1NO-1NC pressure plate and QC
J = 2NO pressure plate and QC
K = 2NC pressure plate and QC
L = 1NO-1NC snap switch QC only
M = 2NO-2NC snap switch QC only
X = None
Enclosure Type
N = Open with metal mounting plate
R = Open with DIN rail mounting adapter
(two- and three-pole, 15–50A contactors only)
G = NEMA Type 1 enclosed
Power Terminals
15–40A Contactor
A = Binding head screws without quick connect terminals
B = Binding head screws with quick connect terminals
C = Pressure plate without quick connect terminals
D = Pressure plate with quick connect terminals
E = Lugs without quick connect terminals
F = Lugs with quick connect terminals
50–75A Contactor
E = Lugs without quick connect terminals
F = Lugs with quick connect terminals
T = 24V
A = 110/120V
B = 208/240V
C = 440/480V
4
4
4
4
4
4
AC Coil Codes
D = 550/600V
H = 277V
L = 380/415V
J = 240V/60 Hz; 220V/50 Hz
(Available through 50A)
4
4
4
Current Ratings
25 = 25A
50 = 50A
30 = 30A
60 = 60A
40 = 40A
75 = 75A
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-39
4.3
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus AC coil code, auxiliary contact code, OLR model designation and overload
range code, see below
A30 Starter
Three-Phase Starters—Open Type A30 with C440 Electronic Overload
Ampere Rating
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
Maximum
Motor (hp)
Maximum
Motor (kW)
Common Control
Metal
Mounting Plate
Catalog Number 1
4
25
115
150
—
—
A30CNC25_
A30CRC25_
A30SNC25_
A30SRC25_
230
150
7-1/2
5-1/2
460
125
10
7-1/2
575
100
10
7-1/2
115
180
—
—
A30CNE30_
A30CRE30_
A30SNE30_
A30SRE30_
4
230
180
10
7-1/2
460
150
15
11
4
575
120
15
11
115
240
—
—
A30CNE40_
A30CRE40_
A30SNE40_
A30SRE40_
230
240
10
7-1/2
460
200
20
15
575
160
20
15
115
300
—
—
A30CNE45_
A30CRE45_
A30SNE45_
A30SRE45_
230
300
15
11
460
250
30
22
575
200
30
22
115
360
—
—
A30CNE60_
—
A30SNE60_
—
230
360
20
15
460
300
40
30
575
340
40
30
115
450
—
—
A30CNE75_
—
A30SNE75_
—
230
450
20
18-1/2
460
375
50
37
575
300
50
37
4
4
30
40
4
4
45
4
4
60
4
4
4
75
4
4
DIN Rail Adapter
Catalog Number 1
Separate Control
Metal
Mounting Plate
Catalog Number 1
DIN Rail Adapter
Catalog Number 1
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with suffix, see Page V5-T4-41.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-40
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus AC coil code, auxiliary contact code, OLR model designation and overload
range code, see below
4
4
Single-Phase Starters—Open Type, B30 with C440 Electronic Overload
Ampere Rating
Inductive
Full Load
25
30
40
45
C440/XT Electronic
Overload Relay
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
4
Common Control
Separate Control
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail Adapter
Maximum
Motor (hp)
Maximum
Motor (kW)
DIN Rail Adapter
Metal
Mounting Plate
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
Catalog Number 1
B30CNC25_
B30CRC25_
B30SNC25_
B30SRC25_
115
150
2
1.5
230
150
3
2.2
460
125
—
—
575
100
—
—
115
180
2
1.5
230
180
5
3.7
460
150
—
—
575
120
—
—
115
240
3
2.2
230
240
7-1/2
5.5
460
200
—
—
575
160
—
—
115
300
3
2.2
230
300
10
7.5
460
250
—
—
575
200
—
—
B30CNE30_
B30CRE30_
B30SNE30_
B30SRE30_
4
4
4
B30CNE40_
B30CRE40_
B30SNE40_
B30SRE40_
4
4
B30CNE45_
B30CRE45_
B30SNE45_
B30SRE45_
4
4
4
DP Contactor
Rating
Suffix
Code
Overload Relay Catalog
Number (Standard)
Overload Relay Catalog
Number (Ground Fault)
4
1–5
25–50A
005
C440A1A005SDD
C440A2A005SDD
4–20
25–50A
020
C440A1A020SDD
C440A2A020SDD
9–45
25–50A
045
C440A1A045SDD
C440A2A045SDD
60–75A
100
C440B1A100SDF
C440B2A100SDF
4
4
Frame D
4
4
4
Frame F
20–100
4
4
C440 Electronic Overload Relay for Integrated Use with DP Contactors
C440 Overload Relay for Integrated Use with DP Contactors by Feature Set
FLA Range
(Amps)
4
4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with suffix, see table above.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-41
4.3
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
Accessories
CT Kits
Accessories
Description
Safety Cover
4
Catalog Number
Safety Cover
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.
ZEB-XSC
4
4
4
Reset Bar
Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door
mounted reset operators.
4
ZEB-XRB
4
4
4
Remote Reset
4
Remote Reset
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1
C440-XCOM
Remote reset module (120 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-24
4
4
Note
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-42
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
4
Specification
Description
45 mm
55 mm
Electrical Ratings
Range
Range
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
20–100A
XT IEC frames
B, C, D
F, G
Freedom NEMA sizes
00, 0, 1, 2
3
DP contactors
25–50A
60, 75A
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
Thermal overload setting
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
Feature
Range
Range
Phase loss
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
4
4
FLA Range
4
4
Use with Contactors
4
4
4
Trip Class
4
Motor Protection
4
4
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
4
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
4
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
4
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
4
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
4
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
4
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
4
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
4
Indicators
Options
4
4
Capacity
4
Load terminals
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
4
4
Voltages
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-43
4.3
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
4
Description
4
4
4
4
4
Specification
45 mm
55 mm
5A
5A
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
Conventional thermal continuous current
Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
Make contact (1800 VA)
120V
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
Break contact (180 VA)
4
120V
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
4
415V
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
4
4
4
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
0–250V
Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
120V
30A
30A
4
240V
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
4
600V
6A
6A
4
4
4
4
4
4
Break contact (360 VA)
120V
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
250V
0.11A
0.11A
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Maximum fuse
Environmental Ratings
4
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
4
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
4
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
4
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
4
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
4
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
4
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
4
4
4
V5-T4-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Starters
4.3
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
4
Specification
Description
4
45 mm
55 mm
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
30 MHz to 1000 MHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
4
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
4
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 MHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30A/m, 50 Hz
30A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
4
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
4
Electrical/EMC
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Wiring Diagrams
Single-Phase Connections
Three-Phase Connections
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
L1
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
L2
1
4
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
L1
L2
4
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
L3
4
1
13
14
98
2/T1
4/T2
T1
T2
AC Motor
13
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
1NO Aux. Contact)
14
98
97
96
97
96
95
95
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
T1
T2
4
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
1NO Aux. Contact)
4
4
4
T3
4
4
AC Motor
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-45
4.4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
15–60A Contactors—C25
Description
4
15–60A Contactors—C25
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15–60A Contactors—C25
4
Product Description
4
4
4
Eaton offers the Definite
Purpose Contactors and
Starters in NEMA 1
enclosures. The C25
contactors are available as
enclosed. The A25 and B25
Definite Purpose Starters
combine the features and
flexibility of the C25 Definite
Purpose Contactors and
Freedom Series Bimetallic
Ambient Compensated
Overload Relays mounted on
a common mounting plate.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-47
V5-T4-47
V5-T4-48
V5-T4-49
V5-T4-52
V5-T4-55
V5-T4-57
V5-T4-58
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–60A Contactors—C25
C25DGD215
Incomplete catalog number
A
Magnet coil suffix
4
X
4
4
Option code as necessary
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-48
●
Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57
4
4
Product Selection
C25 Enclosed
4
Two-, Three- and Four-Pole NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Contactors
Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor (hp)
Maximum Motor (kW)
Inductive
Full Load
Resistive
per Pole
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Number of
Poles
Catalog
Number 1
15
20
115
90
3/4
—
0.40
—
2
C25DGD215_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
3
C25DGD315_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
C25DGD315_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
C25DGD315_
25
30
40
50
60
35
40
50
65
75
NEMA Type 1
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DGD225_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
3
C25DGD325_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
4
C25EGD425_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
C25EGD425_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
2
C25DGD230_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
3
C25DGD330_
460
150
—
15
—
11
4
C25EGD430_
575
120
—
15
—
11
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DGF240_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
3
C25DGF340_
460
200
—
20
—
15
4
C25EGF440_
575
160
—
20
—
15
115
300
3
—
2.2
—
2
C25DGJ250_
230
300
10
15
7.5
11
3
C25DGJ350_
460
250
—
30
—
22
C25DGJ350_
575
200
—
30
—
22
C25DGJ350_
115
360
5
—
3.7
—
2
C25FGF260_
230
360
10
20
7.5
15
3
C25FGF360_
460
300
—
40
—
30
C25FGF360_
575
240
—
40
—
30
C25FGF360_
C25EGD430_
C25EGF440_
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-48.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-47
4.4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Magnet Coil Suffix
Voltage
60 Hertz
AC
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
1
Voltage
60 Hertz
DC
Coil Suffix
4
4
12
12
R
12
1R
4
24
24
T
24
1T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
E
120
1A
240 3
220
B
277
—
J
—
380–415
H
4
440–480
440–480
L
4
550–600
550–600
C
12
12
D
4
4
4
4
Dimensions
4
C25 Contactors, NEMA 1 Enclosed
4
15–50 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B18)
25–40 Ampere, Four-Pole—
60 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B19)
B
B
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
4
E
4
E
4
D
A
4
D
A
C
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
4
Ampere
Size
4
NEMA 1 Enclosed
4
4
4
4
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
C
Number
of Poles
Wide
A
15–50
2 and 3
4.10 (104.0)
6.75 (171.0)
3.50 (89.0)
2.75 (70.0)
4.88 (124.0)
3.4 (1.5)
25–40
4
5.62 (142.0)
9.51 (241.0)
4.81 (122.0)
4.50 (114.0)
8.00 (203.0)
5.8 (2.6)
60
2 and 3
5.62 (142.0)
9.51 (241.0)
4.81 (122.0)
4.50 (114.0)
8.00 (203.0)
6.3 (2.9)
Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor.
3 Available through 50A.
4 Contactors with DC coils include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-48
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
E
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Contents
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
Description
Page
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-46
V5-T4-50
V5-T4-50
V5-T4-51
V5-T4-52
V5-T4-55
V5-T4-57
V5-T4-58
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
A25 and B25 Definite
Purpose Starters from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector combine the
features and flexibility of the
C25 Definite Purpose
Contactors and Freedom
Series Bi-metallic Ambient
Compensated Overload
Relays mounted on a common
mounting plate.
●
●
4
UL Recognized
Components UL File
#E-1491, Guide NLDX2
CSA Certified Components
File #LR353, Guide
380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-49
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
4
4
4
4
4
A25CGC30
A
Incomplete catalog number
X
Magnet coil suffix
Option code as necessary
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-51
●
Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57
●
Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, see Page V5-T4-56
4
Product Selection
4
A25, B25 Enclosed
Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters
Single-Phase 12
Three-Phase 2
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
4
Ampere Rating
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog
Number 3
4
25
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B25CGC25_
B25SGC25_
A25CGC25_
A25SGC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
575
120
—
15
—
11
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
460
200
—
20
—
15
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B25CGE40_
B25SGE40_
A25CGE40_
A25SGE40_
115
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
230
300
—
15
—
11
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
460
250
—
30
—
22
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
4
4
30
4
4
40
4
4
4
50
4
4
60
4
4
575
200
—
30
—
22
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
115
360
—
—
—
—
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
230
360
—
20
—
15
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
460
300
—
40
—
30
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
575
240
—
40
—
30
—
—
A25CGE60_
A25SGE60_
Notes
1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Page V5-T4-56.
2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications.
3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-51.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Magnet Coil Suffix
Voltage
60 Hertz
50 Hertz
Coil Suffix
AC 1
Voltage
60 Hertz
4
Coil Suffix
4
DC 4
12
12
R
12
1R
24
24
T
24
1T
110–120 2
110–120 2
A
48
1W
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
240 3
220
J
277
—
H
—
380–415
L
440–480
440–480
C
550–600
550–600
D
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A25 and B25 Starters
4
25, 30, 40, 50 and 60 Ampere
4
4
4
BE
4
4
G
4
C
A
4
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
E
Mounting
G
Shipping
Weight
Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
5.63 (143.0)
10.17 (258.0)
5.81 (148.0)
8.00 (203.0)
4.50 (114.0)
4.8 (2.2)
40, 50 and 60
7.64 (194.0)
13.27 (337.0)
6.67 (169.0)
10.75 (273.0)
6.00 (152.0)
10.6 (4.8)
4
4
4
4
Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A starter.
3 Available through 50A.
4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-51
4.4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
Description
4
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
4
Product Description
Standards and Certifications
A27 and B27 Definite
Purpose Starters from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
combine the features and
flexibility of the C25 Definite
Purpose Contactors and XT
Series Bi-metallic Ambient
Compensated Overload
Relays.
●
4
4
4
4
●
●
UL Recognized
Components UL File
#E-1491, Guide NLDX2
CSA Certified Components
File #LR353, Guide
380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
CE
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-46
V5-T4-49
V5-T4-53
V5-T4-54
V5-T4-55
V5-T4-57
V5-T4-58
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Catalog Number Selection
4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27
A27CGE30
A
Incomplete catalog number
4
040
Magnet coil suffix
4
4
Overload relay suffix
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix, see Page V5-T4-54
4
4
Product Selection
A27, B27 Enclosed
4
Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters
Single-Phase
Ampere Rating
Three-Phase
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Common
Control
Separate
Control
4
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
SinglePhase
ThreePhase
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
4
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
15
115
90
3/4
—
0.4
—
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
230
90
2
3
1.5
2.2
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
460
75
—
5
—
3.7
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
575
60
—
5
—
3.7
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
115
150
2
—
1.5
—
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
230
150
3
7-1/2
2.2
5.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
460
125
—
10
—
7.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
575
100
—
10
—
7.5
B27CGC25_
B27SGC25_
A27CGC25_
A27SGC25_
115
180
2
—
1.5
—
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
230
180
5
10
3.7
7.5
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
460
150
—
15
—
11
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
575
120
—
15
—
11
B27CGE30_
B27SGE30_
A27CGE30_
A27SGE30_
115
240
3
—
2.2
—
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
230
240
7-1/2
10
5.5
7.5
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
460
200
—
20
—
15
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
575
160
—
20
—
15
B27CGE40_
B27SGE40_
A27CGE40_
A27SGE40_
115
270
3
—
2.2
—
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
230
270
7-1/2
15
7.5
11
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
460
225
—
30
—
22
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
575
180
—
30
—
22
B27CGE45_
B27SGE45_
A27CGE45_
A27SGE45_
25
30
40
45
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix from tables on Page V5-T4-54.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-53
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
50 Hertz
Voltage
60 Hertz
Overload Relay Suffix
Coil Suffix
AC 1
Voltage
60 Hertz
Coil Suffix
DC 3
Motor Full Load Amperes
Suffix Code
For use with Contactor
Ampere Range
Frame C
4
12
12
R
12
1R
0.1–0.16
P16
15–25A
4
24
24
T
24
1T
0.16–0.24
P24
15–25A
110–120
110–120
A
48
1W
0.24–0.4
P40
15–25A
208–240
208–240
B
120
1A
0.4–0.6
P60
15–25A
240 2
220
J
0.6–1
001
15–25A
277
—
H
1–1.6
1P6
15–25A
—
380–415
L
1.6–2.4
2P4
15–25A
440–480
440–480
C
2.4–4
004
15–25A
550–600
550–600
D
4–6
006
15–25A
6–10
010
15–25A
4
10–16
016
15–25A
16–24
024
15–25A
4
24–32
032
15–25A
6–10
010
30–45A
4
10–16
016
30–45A
16–24
024
30–45A
4
24–40
040
30–45A
40–57
057
30–45A
4
4
4
4
Frame D
4
4
4
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
A27 and B27 Starters
4
15, 25, 30, 40 and 50 Ampere
4
4
4
BE
4
4
4
4
G
C
A
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
E
Mounting
G
Shipping
Weight
Lbs (kg)
25 and 30
5.63 (143.0)
10.17 (258.0)
5.81 (148.0)
8.00 (203.0)
4.50 (114.0)
4.8 (2.2)
4
40, 50 and 60
7.64 (194.0)
13.27 (337.0)
6.67 (169.0)
10.75 (273.0)
6.00 (152.0)
10.6 (4.8)
4
Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 Available through 45A.
3 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted)
Side Mounted
Auxiliary Contact
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
4
With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
With Pressure Plate and
Quick Connect Terminals
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
1NO
C320KG1
C320KG11
4
1NC
C320KG2
C320KG12
1NO-1NC
C320KG3
C320KG13
2NO
C320KG4
C320KG14
2NC
C320KG5
C320KG15
1NO
—
C320DPG10
1NC
—
C320DPG01
1NO-1NC
—
C320DPG11
2NO
—
C320DPG20
1NO
C320KGS20
—
1NC
C320KGS21
—
1NO-1NC
C320KGS22
—
Circuit
For 15 through 75A
4
4
4
For 90A
4
4
4
For 120 through 360A
Side Mounted
Snap Switch
4
4
4
Snap Switch Design Side Mounted
Auxiliary Contacts
4
Snap Switch Design with
Quick Connect Terminals
Circuit
Catalog Number
1NO-1NC
C320SNP11
2NO-2NC
C320SNP22
4
4
4
4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal
Description
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped)
for magnet coil terminals 2
4
Note
1 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number.
Example: C25DND215A9.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-55
4.4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Heater Packs
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs
Manual or Automatic Reset
Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.
Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs
Manual or Automatic Reset
Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.
Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4
Fast Trip Ratings
4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
Dial Position
A
B
C
0.26
0.313
0.367
4
0.384
0.464
0.57
4
Standard Trip Ratings
2
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
Dial Position
D
Catalog Number
(Includes Three Heater
Packs)
A
B
C
D
Catalog Number 2
(Includes Three Heater
Packs)
0.42
H2101B-3
0.254
0.306
0.359
0.411
H2001B-3
0.543
0.623
H2102B-3
0.375
0.452
0.53
0.607
H2002B-3
0.688
0.806
0.924
H2103B-3
0.56
0.676
0.791
0.907
H2003B-3
0.846
1.02
1.2
1.37
H2104B-3
0.814
0.983
1.15
1.32
H2004B-3
1.28
1.55
1.83
2.1
H2105B-3
1.2
1.45
1.71
1.96
H2005B-3
1.92
2.33
2.74
3.15
H2106B-3
1.79
2.16
2.53
2.9
H2006B-3
2.3
2.79
3.28
3.77
H2107B-3
2.15
2.6
3.04
3.49
H2007B-3
3.38
4.1
4.82
5.54
H2108B-3
3.23
3.9
4.56
5.23
H2008B-3
4
4.96
6.03
7.09
8.16
H2109B-3
7.07
8.58
10.1
11.6
H2110B-3
4.55
5.5
6.45
7.4
H2009B-3
4
9.6
11.2
12.8
14.4
H2111B-3
6.75
8.17
9.58
11
H2010B-3
9.14
10.8
12.4
14
H2011B-3
14
16.9
19.9
22.8
H2012B-3
18.7
22.7
26.7
30.7
H2013B-3
23.5
28.5
33.5
38.5
H2014B-3
34
39.1
44.1
H2015B-3
4
4
4
4
14.4
18.7
23.5
17.5
21.8
27.3
20.7
25
31
23.8
28.1
34.8
H2112B-3
H2113B-3
H2114B-3
4
28.3
4
36.6
42.3
48.1
53.8
H2116B-3
29
53.8
60.8
67.9
74.9
H2117B-3
39.6
45.5
51.5
57.4
H2016B-3
53.9
60.9
67.9
74.9
H2017B-3
4
4
4
32.6
37
41.3
H2115B-3
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58.
Notes
1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or
counter-clockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor
motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors.
2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4.4
Options
4
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed
below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
4
Factory Installed Options
Description
Code Letter
4
Number of Poles
4
Terminals—15A through 50A
Binding head screws
Without quick connect terminals
4
A
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
G
2-, 3-pole
4
4
Screw/pressure plate 1
Without quick connect terminals
C
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
D
2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
H
2-, 3-pole
4
4
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw)
Without quick connect terminals
E
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
F
2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
J
2-, 3-pole
4
K
2-, 3-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
L
2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
M
2-, 3-pole
E
2-, 3-pole
F
2-, 3-pole
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw)
Without quick connect terminals
4
4
Terminals—60A through 75A 3
Box lugs (slotted screw)
Without quick connect terminals
With quick connect terminals
4
4
Notes
1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors.
2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws.
3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-57
4.4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
Description
Specification
4
Insulation voltage
690V
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
Double break
4
Magnet coil
Class F, 155°C
Contact arc covers
Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals
5/16 in hex washer head screws
Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals
Box lugs available as option
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Line and load terminal designations
Marked on contactors
Operating temperature range
–13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Terminal wire range
Hex washer head screws
6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs
6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating
8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating
6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
Mounting position
Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
Coil Characteristics
Maximum
Inrush
VA
Maximum Sealed
VA
Watts
AC Coil
Voltage
50/60 Hz
24
33
6
2
4
120
33
6
208/240
33
4
277
33
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
AC Coil
Voltage
50/60 Hz
Maximum
Inrush
VA
Maximum Sealed
VA
Watts
24
41
6.5
3
2
120
41
6.5
3
6
2
208/240
41
6.5
3
6
2
277
41
6.5
3
Single-Pole
Two-Pole
Trip Curves
Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating
Class 10 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
Class 20 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
10,000
10,000
5000
4000
3000
2000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
1000
500
400
300
200
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
From
Hot Start
50
40
30
20
4
4
4
4
500
400
300
200
From
Cold Start
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
10
5
4
3
2
1
5
4
3
2
1
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting
From
Hot Start
50
40
30
20
10
0
From
Cold Start
0
10
2
4
6
8
Multiples of Current Setting
4
4
V5-T4-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
10
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Renewal Parts
4.5
Renewal Parts
4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors
●
4
Replace complete contactor for:
●
C25A_
●
C25B_
●
C25C_
●
C25D_
4
4
4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors
Single-Pole Kit
Two-Pole Kit
Three-Pole Kit
Catalog Number
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
C25FNF250
—
6-65-5
—
C25FNF350
—
—
6-65-6
C25FNF260
—
6-65-7
—
C25FNF360
—
—
6-65-8
C25FNF275
—
6-65-20
—
C25FNF375
—
—
6-65-19
C25GNF290
—
—
—
C25GNF390
—
—
—
C25HNE3120
—
—
6-43-6
C25KNE3200
—
—
6-288
C25KNE3300
—
—
6-286
C25LNE3360
—
—
6-45-2
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Product Selection
4
AC Coils
AC Coil
Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
VA
Watts
Watts
Coil
Suffix
Class
Part Number
Class F, 155°C
9-3185-5
4
4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
12
60
74.85
46.1
5.53
1.68
R
24
81.35
49.7
5.83
1.74
T
9-3185-6
110/120
74.69
51.6
5.79
1.81
A
9-3185-1
208/240
82.64
59.1
6.96
2.38
B
9-3185-2
220/240
4
74.03
51.8
5.85
1.99
J
73.39
52.1
6.09
2.58
C
9-3185-3
550/600
79.47
51.7
6.56
3.05
D
9-3185-4
277
72.88
52.4
6.09
2.58
H
9-3185-7
64.5
50.6
6.08
2.43
L
Class F, 155°C
9-3185-8
4
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-5
4
50
Class F, 155°C
4
440/480
380/415
60
4
9-3185-10
4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1)
12
65
30
11
2.5
R
24
65
30
11
2.5
T
9-3125-6
104/120
65
30
11
2.5
A
9-3125-1
208/240
60
75
35
17
3.5
B
440/480
50
75
35
17
3.5
C
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-3
550/600
75
35
17
3.5
D
9-3125-4
4
4
9-3125-2
277
60
65
30
11
2.5
H
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
380/415
50
75
35
17
3.5
L
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-59
4.5
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Renewal Parts
AC Coils, continued
AC Coil
Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
VA
Watts
Watts
Coil
Suffix
Class
Class H, 180°C
Part Number
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
12
60
74.85
46.1
5.53
1.68
R
81.35
49.7
5.83
1.74
T
9-3252-6
9-3252-5
9-3252-1
4
24
110/120
74.69
51.6
5.79
1.81
A
4
208/240
82.64
59.1
6.96
2.38
B
74.03
51.8
5.85
1.99
J
440/480
73.39
52.1
6.09
2.58
C
9-3252-3
550/600
79.47
51.7
6.56
3.05
D
9-3252-4
277
72.88
52.4
6.09
2.58
H
64.5
50.6
6.08
2.43
L
Class H, 180°C
Class F, 155°C
4
4
220/240
4
380/415
4
12
4
60
50
9-3252-2
Class H, 180°C
9-3252-10
9-3252-7
9-3252-8
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
60
24
115.8
73.6
7.71
2.8
R
118.1
70.7
7.58
2.79
T
9-3186-6
9-3186-5
9-3186-1
110/120
110.7
73.3
7.67
2.89
A
208/240
124.9
90.3
10.04
3.74
B
112.9
76.2
7.6
3.02
J
4
440/480
114.7
75.6
8.01
3.68
C
9-3186-3
550/600
109
78.6
8.21
4.11
D
9-3186-4
4
277
115.4
73.1
7.73
3.12
H
9-3186-7
110.3
77
8.66
3.31
L
Class F, 155°C
4
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4
Class H, 180°C
24
4
110/120
110.7
73.3
7.67
2.89
A
9-3253-1
208/240
124.9
90.3
10.04
3.74
B
9-3253-2
4
220/240
380/415
12
4
220/240
4
60
50
60
60
115.8
73.6
7.71
2.8
R
118.1
70.7
7.58
2.79
T
9-3186-2
Class F, 155°C
9-3186-10
9-3186-8
9-3253-5
9-3253-6
112.9
76.2
7.6
3.02
J
114.7
75.6
8.01
3.68
C
9-3253-3
550/600
109
78.6
8.21
4.11
D
9-3253-4
4
277
115.4
73.1
7.73
3.12
H
110.3
77
8.66
3.31
L
Class H, 180°C
9-3253-8
4
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole
8
R
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-5
440/480
380/415
12
50
60
204
84
36.5
4
24
T
4
104/120
A
208/240
50
240
100.8
50.4
10.8
B
Class H, 180°C
9-3253-10
9-3253-7
9-3256-6
9-3256-1
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-2
4
440/480
C
550/600
D
9-3256-3
4
277
60
204
84
36.5
8
H
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-7
380/415
50
199
88.8
37.8
8.8
L
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-8
9-3256-4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-60
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Renewal Parts
4.5
AC Coils, continued
AC Coil
Voltage
Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
VA
Watts
VA
—
48/35
4
Watts
Coil
Suffix
Class
12
T
Class B, 130°C
4
Part Number
90A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series F1)
24
50/60
325/300
4
9-3080-1
110/120
A
9-3080-2
208–220
B
9-3080-3
380–415
50/60
325/300
—
48/35
12
C
Class B, 130°C
9-3080-5
277
60
325/300
—
48/35
12
H
Class B, 130°C
9-3080-4
390
112
49.8
13
T
Class B, 130°C
9-2756-16
4
4
4
120A—Three-Pole
24
50/60
110/120
A
9-2756-1
220/240
B
9-2756-2
440/480
C
9-2756-3
550/600
D
9-2756-4
208
60
390
112
49.8
13
277
E
Class B, 130°C
H
4
4
4
9-2756-5
9-2756-9
4
9-1891-1
4
200, 300 and 360A—Three-Pole
110/120
50/60
1040
216
116
17
A
Class F, 155°C
220/240
B
9-1891-2
440/480
C
9-1891-3
550/600
208
277
D
60
1040
216
116
17
E
4
4
9-1891-4
Class F, 155°C
H
9-1891-13
4
9-1891-26
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-61
4.5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Renewal Parts
DC Operation
These DC coils have separate
pick-up and seal windings.
The pick-up winding must be
connected to an early break
normally closed auxiliary
contact block and provide
the magnetic force required
to close the magnet. As the
magnet approaches the
closed position, the early
break normally closed contact
is opened and the holding coil
is inserted in series with the
pick-up winding.
The early break contact
block (C320KGD1) has to
be attached to the side of
the contactor, taking up one
of the positions available
for add-on auxiliary contact
blocks.
DC Coil Elementary Diagram—Contactors and Starters
4
A1 (Top)
A2 (Top)
4
Hold (Seal)
Pick-Up
4
4
Conductor Extending
from Bottom of Coil
4
NCI
4
Early Break Normally
Closed Auxiliary Contact
4
4
4
DC Coils 1
DC Coil
Voltage
Inrush (Maximum)
Sealed (Maximum)
Amperes
Amperes
Watts
Watts
Coil
Suffix
Class
Class F, 155°C
Part Number
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4
12
5.8
69
0.272
3.27
1R
4
24
2.9
69
0.13
3.12
1T
9-3254-3
48
1.5
72
0.07
3.37
1W
9-3254-4
4
120
0.61
73
0.03
3.68
1A
9-3254-5
4
12
5.8
69
0.272
3.27
1R
24
2.9
69
0.13
3.12
1T
9-3255-3
4
48
1.5
72
0.07
3.37
1W
9-3255-4
4
120
0.61
73
0.03
3.68
1A
9-3255-5
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1)
9-3254-2
50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
Class F, 155°C
Class F, 155°C
9-3255-2
4
12
4.7
51
232 mA
1.8
1R
24
2.7
64
110 mA
2.4
1T
9-3126-1
9-3126-2
4
48
1.4
65
55 mA
2.5
1W
9-3126-3
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole (Series C1)
4
12
15.4
126
0.434
5.26
1R
4
24
6.2
88.4
0.211
5.12
1T
9-3257-2
48
2.9
76.2
0.102
4.92
1W
9-3257-3
120
1.1
67.3
0.044
5.32
1A
9-3257-4
4
4
Class F, 155°C
9-3257-1
Note
1 DC coils require an early break NC auxiliary contact C320KGD1 (1NCI) or C320KGD2 (1NO-1NCI). Order separately, not included with replacement coil.
4
V5-T4-62
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Contents
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
Description
Page
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-64
V5-T4-64
V5-T4-65
V5-T4-65
V5-T4-66
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Product Description
Application Description
The DPCK Contactors are
designed to provide peak
performance and reliability on
special switching
applications. These heavyduty special purpose
contactors are rated for
applications up to 1500 Vac.
●
●
Typical applications include
mining equipment, welding
equipment, heating and air
conditioning applications
and other loads that
require a compact heavyduty contactor rated up to
1500 Vac
The DPCK Contactors are
supplied with bolts and
washers on each terminal
for use with customer
supplied lugs
Features
●
●
●
●
●
4
Benefits
A double wound epoxy
coil allows for lower
temperature rise and
longer life
The U-shaped magnet
provides fast, reliable
action, long life and lower
power requirements
Stainless steel kick-out
springs
Rugged single-piece
mounting plate
Allows up to four double
circuit auxiliary contacts
per contactor
●
●
●
All contacts are silver alloy,
providing long life and
resistance to welding
Straight-through wiring and
up front terminals allow for
fast, easy installation
Loosening two captive
screws allows for easy
visual inspection of
contacts
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-63
4.6
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number with any required accessories from below
4
4
35A 600/1000V
Contactor
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Two- and Three-Pole 1
Open Ampere Rating
4
Open Type—
Two-Pole
Three-Pole
600V
1000V
1500V
60 Hz 2
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
35
35
20
240
DPCK2035WW
DPCK3035WW
480
DPCK2035XW
DPCK3035XW
600
DPCK2035EW
DPCK3035EW
240
DPCK2100WW
DPCK3100WW
480
DPCK2100XW
DPCK3100XW
600
DPCK2100EW
DPCK3100EW
4
4
Coil Voltage
100
100
75
4
4
4
250A 600V Contactor
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Four- and Five-Pole 1
Coil Voltage
Open Type—
Four-Pole
Five-Pole
4
Open Ampere Rating
600V
1000V
1500V
60 Hz 2
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
4
35
35
20
240
DPCK4035WW
DPCK5035WW
480
DPCK4035XW
DPCK5035XW
600
DPCK4035EW
DPCK5035EW
4
4
4
Accessories
4
Accessory Kits
4
Description
Catalog Number
Auxiliary contacts, 1NO-1NC
J11
4
Horizontal Mechanical Interlock
35A
180C113G09
4
100A
1264C37G01
Surge suppressor
SS56
4
Notes
1 Holding circuit auxiliary contact not included. If required, order from Accessories above.
2 For other coil voltages, refer to replacement coils on Page V5-T4-65 and insert proper letter in place of 9th character
of listed catalog number. Example: DPCK3035WW with 380/50 coil DPCK3035HW.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-64
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Renewal Parts
4
4
DPCK Contactor Renewal Parts
35A
100A
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
Two-, Three-Pole
Hz
Coil
Suffix
Code
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Two-pole
—
—
180C180G01
1
180C180G05
Three-pole
—
—
180C180G02
2
180C180G06
ARC box
—
—
673B439G01
673B439G02
673B440G01
Upper base
—
—
673B439G03
673B439G04
673B440G02
Lower base
—
—
673B439G05
673B439G06
673B440G03
Crossbar
—
—
673B439G07
673B439G08
673B440G04
120/110
60/50
A
1266C28G01
1266C29G01
1254C70G01
110
60
V
1266C28G08
1266C29G06
1254C70G08
Description
4
4
Contact Kit
4
4
4
4
Magnet Coil
208/220
60
B
1266C28G02
1266C29G02
1254C70G02
220/240
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
240/220
60/50
W
1266C28G09
1266C29G07
1254C70G03
480/440
60/50
X
1266C28G10
1266C29G08
1254C70G05
440/480
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
600/550
60/50
E
1266C28G05
1266C29G04
1254C70G07
550
60
—
N/A
N/A
N/A
380
50
H
1266C28G06
1266C29G09
N/A
380/110
60
—
N/A
N/A
1254C70G12
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Magnet Coil VA—60 Hz
4
Closed
Watts
4
50
18
130
40
4
Catalog Number
Open
VA
Closed
VA
DPCK3035
625
DPCK3100
1200
4
Notes
1 For a four-pole device, use (2) of the 180C180G01 contact kits.
2 For a five-pole device, use (1) of the 180C180G01 and (1) of the 180C180G02 contact kits.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-65
4.6
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4
Contact Ratings
4
Volts
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Full Load Current
(Amperes)
Locked Rotor Current
(Amperes)
Resistive Load
(Amperes)
Lighting Load
(Amperes)
Catalog Number DPCK3035
120
35
240
35
35
240
35
240
35
35
480
35
200
35
35
600
35
200
35
35
1000
35
200
—
—
1500
20
160
—
—
Catalog Number DPCK3100
120
100
600
100
100
240
100
600
100
100
480
100
600
100
100
600
100
600
100
100
1000
100
450
—
—
1500
75
300
—
—
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DPCK Air Break Contactors—35 and 100 Ampere
4
4
B
4
4
C
4
4
4
4
4
Poles
A
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
35A Contactors
2 and 3
4.06 (103.1)
5.44 (138.2)
5.63 (143.0)
16.0 (7.3)
4 and 5
6.06 (153.9)
5.44 (138.2)
5.63 (143.0)
19.0 (8.6)
2 and 3
5.38 (136.7)
7.81 (198.4)
6.75 (171.5)
28.0 (12.7)
V5-T4-66
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
100A Contactors
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
Mill Type Contactors
Description
Page
Mill Type Contactors
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-68
V5-T4-68
V5-T4-69
V5-T4-69
V5-T4-69
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-74
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-83
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Mill Type Contactors
Product Description
Application Description
These DC mill type
contactors are designed for
heavy industry service and
are suitable for use on
moving machinery. The
contactors listed here are for
surface mounting on steel
panels and front-of-panel
wiring. The power stud
assembly is mounted on the
side of the contactor, rather
than as part of a separate
mounting kit.
●
●
Applications include mining,
milling, cranes and
transportation
These contactors utilize
DC coils
Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier
module if the only control voltage
source available is 120 Vac.
Features
●
●
●
Standards and Certifications
Forged steel armature
levers and magnet frames
for superior physical
strength
Self-lubricating bearings
Long contact life
●
●
●
●
●
CMAA 5.6.6-2
NEMA ICS3-441, 442, 443
NEMA ICS2-331.23
NEMA ICS2-110.05.02
NEMA ICS2-125.21.02
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-67
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4
Catalog Number Selection
4
DC Mill Type Contactor
C80 E H 4 2 1 N 2 0
4
4
Basic contactor catalog number
Type of auxiliary right position 1
4
Contactor NEMA size
Type of auxiliary left position 1
4
Blowout coil rating
Auxiliary contact mounting options 1
4
Power pole configuration
Coil voltage
Type of mounting options 1
4
4
4
4
4
Product Selection
When Ordering Specify
●
The catalog number with any required accessories
DC Mill Type
Contactors
DC Mill Type Contactors
Open Type Contactors
NEMA
Size
Number of
Poles
Blowout Coil
Ampere Rating
230V Coil
Catalog Number
100V Coil
Catalog Number
Mechanical
Interlock
Catalog Number
2
1NO
None
C80DX12
C80DX14
C81DDA11
4
5
C80DC12
C80DC14
C81DDA11
4
25
C80DF12
C80DF14
C81DDA11
50
C80DG12
C80DG14
C81DDA11
None
C80DX22
C80DX24
C81DDA12
5
C80DC22
C80DC24
C81DDA12
25
C80DF22
C80DF24
C81DDA12
50
C80DG22
C80DG24
C81DDA12
1NO
100
C80EH121
C80EH141
C81DEA11
1NC
100
C80EH421
C80EH441
—
C81DEA11
4
2NO
4
4
4
3
4
4
1NO
150
C80FJ121
C80FJ141
1NC
150
C80FJ421
C80FJ441
—
1NO
300
C80GK121
C80GK141
C81DGA11
1NC
300
C80GK421
C80GK441
—
1NO
600
C80JL121
C80JL141
C81DJA11
1NC
600
C80JL421
C80JL441
—
6A 2
1NO
810
C80KM121
C80KM141
C81DJA11
8
1NO
1350
C80WN121
C80WN141
C81DLA11
4
5
4
6
4
4
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
4
DC Coil
Voltage
4
4
4
Coil
Suffix
DC Coil
Voltage
Coil
Suffix
115V
1
No Coil
5
230V
2
Special 3
9
100V
4
Notes
1 See Page V5-T4-69 for options.
2 Not a NEMA size.
3 Consult factory.
4
4
V5-T4-68
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts with Mounting Kit
Mounting Location
Contact Arrangement
Contactor Size
Catalog Number
Side
1NO, 1NC
2
C81BAC1
Bottom
1NO, 1NC
2
C81BBC1
3, 4, 5, 6, 6A
C81BBC2
4
4
4
4
Rectifier Module
Description
Contactor Size
Catalog Number
120 Vac Input, 100 Vdc Output
All
C81EB
4
4
Options
4
Auxiliary Contact Mounting Material Options
4
Contactor
Size
Location
Suffix
2
Side
A
2
Bottom, with left hand and right hand option
B
2
Bottom, with left hand or right hand option
C
3–8
Bottom, with left hand and right hand option
B
2–8
None
N
4
4
4
4
Auxiliary Contact Options per Side
4
Configuration
Suffix
1NO
1
2NO
2
1NO-1NC
3
1NC
4
2NC
5
None
0
4
Mounting Kit Options 1
4
Description
Suffix
Surface—Front of panel wiring
1
Elevated—Front of panel wiring
32
4
4
4
4
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Mill Type Contactors
4
Description
Specification
Current range
5–1800 amperes
Voltage
115, 230 and 550 Vdc
Mechanical life
20M operations
Electrical life
500K operations
4
4
4
Notes
1 Solderless lugs available, consult factory.
2 Not available with Size 2.
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-69
4.7
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Contents
600V Contactors
Description
4
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-71
V5-T4-72
V5-T4-73
V5-T4-73
V5-T4-74
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-83
4
4
4
4
600V Contactors
4
Product Description
Application Description
These DC Contactors are
designed to handle rugged
DC applications. They provide
durable service and easy
installation and maintenance.
●
4
4
4
●
Applications including
mining, milling, cranes and
transportation
These contactors utilize
DC coils
Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier
module if the only control voltage
source available is 120 Vac.
4
Features
●
●
●
●
Benefits
Sturdy glass polyester base
Knife edge bearings that
guarantee precise
operation and minimal
wear
High contact pressure
Vacuum impregnated
magnetic coil
4
●
●
●
●
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-70
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Able to mount on steel or
panels of any material for
maximum flexibility
Front or rear mounting
available for convenient
installation and
maintenance
Rapid arc quenching to
ensure long life
Easily accessible contact
tips to remove and replace
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify
●
●
4
Catalog number with appropriate coil suffix
Any required accessories
600V Contactor
4
4
600V Contactors
Size
Open 8 Hour
Ampere Rating
Contact
Arrangement
Provisions for Interlocks
1NO
Yes
Mechanical
Electrical
Magnet Coil
Voltage
4
125 Vdc 1
Catalog Number
4
ME010C
4
Front Connected
0
10
2NO
2
ME020C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME011C
1NC
1
25
1NO
2
Yes
3
50
100
2
ME120C
4
ME111C
2
Yes
150
4
ME220C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME211C
1NC
2
ME201C
Yes
4
125 Vdc 1
2
ME320C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME311C
2
Yes
4
4
4
4
ME310C
2NO
1NO
4
ME210C
2
1NO
4
ME101C
125 Vdc 1
2NO
1NC
4
ME110C
2NO
1NO
4
ME001C
125 Vdc 1
1NO, 1NC
1NC
2
4
4
4
4
ME301C
125 Vdc 1
ME410C
4
2NO
2
ME420C
1NO, 1NC
4
ME411C
1NC
2
ME401C
4
ME 2
4
Rear Connected
0–4
10–150
—
—
—
—
4
Notes
1 Other coil voltages available, see Page V5-T4-73. Substitute suffix code of desired voltage for last digit in listed catalog number. Example: ME010B.
2 For 10–150A rear connected contactors, order front connected ME contactor above and rear connection kit,
catalog number 2184A10G08, (field installed only). See Page V5-T4-73.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-71
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Electrical Interlocks)—For Field Installation Only 1
4
4
Auxiliary
Contact Type
Application
Contact
Arrangement 2
Number of
Auxiliary
Contacts
L46
ME01 only
NO–FC
1
Auxiliary Contacts
Factory Installed 1
Auxiliary Contacts
Unmounted
Replacement Only
Mounting and Operating
Hardware for New
Applications
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
11A8713G10
11A8713G10
None required
11A8713G09
11A8713G09
None required
4
ME10 only
NC–FC–OB
1
487B878G01
487B878G01
None required
4
ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30,
ME31, ME40 and ME41
NO–FC
1
11A8713G09
11A8713G09
None required
11A8713G10
11A8713G10
None required
659C301G04
659C301G04
None required
659C301G05
659C301G05
None required
487B878G06
487B878G06
None required
487B878G07
487B878G07
None required
4
NC–FC
L66
NC–FC
ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30,
ME31, ME40 and ME41
4
DB–FC–L
DB–FC–R
ME10 Only
DB–FC–L–OB
4
4
Standard Magnet Coil Suffix
Voltage
Suffix Code
4
65 Vdc (ME Size 0–4 only)
A
115 Vdc
B
4
125 Vdc
C
230 Vdc
D
4
250 Vdc
E
4
550 Vdc
F
Other
G
4
4
1
DB–FC–R–OB
4
4
1
Rear Connector Kit for
ME Contactors 3
Catalog Number
Accessory Option
Description
Rectifier for AC Operation
Order by description
2184A10G08
4
4
Mechanical Interlocks, Unmounted
4
Type
Contactor
Type
Size
Contacts
Catalog Number
M-25
ME
All
1NO, 1NO + 1NC
878D400G01
M-25
ME
All
2NO, 2NO + 1NC
878D401G01
4
4
4
Notes
1 For factory installed electrical interlocks, consult factory.
2 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, DB = Delayed Break, FC = Front Connected, L = Left Hand, R = Right Hand, OB = Outboard (for single-pole, Size 2 frame).
3 Field installation only.
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-72
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Renewal Parts
4
ME Series
4
Kits
Two NO Poles
One NC Pole
One NO/NC Pole
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Qty.
Part Number
Contact kit
1
2184A10G14
2
2184A10G14
1
2184A10G14
2
2184A10G14
Arc box 10/25/50A
1
2184A10G09
2
2184A10G09
1
2184A10G09
2
2184A10G09
Arc box 100/150A
1
2184A10G10
2
2184A10G10
1
2184A10G10
2
2184A10G10
Shunt kit
1
2184A10G21
1
2184A20G16
1
2084A01G07
1
2184A11G07
Armature kit
1
2184A10G19
1
2184A20G15
1
2084A01G06
1
2184A11G06
4
4
Blowout Assembly
10A
1
2184A10G15
1
2184A20G11
1
2184A10G15
2
2184A10G15
25A
1
2184A10G16
1
2184A20G12
1
2184A10G16
2
2184A10G16
50A
1
2184A10G17
1
2184A20G13
1
2184A10G17
2
2184A10G17
110/150A
1
2184A10G18
1
2184A20G14
1
2184A10G18
2
2184A10G18
Rear conn. kit
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
1
2184A10G08
Operating Coils
Holding Coils (Lower)—1NO-1NC Contactors Only 1
10/25/50/100/150
Ampere Sizes
10/25/50
Ampere Sizes
100/150
Ampere Sizes
Voltage
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
4
4
4
65V
30B4376G06
44A6366G10
30B4376G27
90/92V
30B4376G25
44A6366G12
427C048G16
115V
30B4376G07
44A6366G13
30B4376G01
125V
30B4376G08
44A6366G19
30B4376G26
230/240V
30B4376G09
44A6366G15
30B4376G02
250V
30B4376G10
44A6366G23
30B4376G17
500V
30B4376G14
N/A
N/A
550V
30B4376G11
44A6366G18
30B4376G03
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
600V Contactors
Contact
Arrangement
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
1NO
3.18 (80.8)
7.56 (192.0)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
2NO
5.53 (140.5)
6.75 (171.5)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
1NO, 1NC
3.67 (93.2)
12.44 (316.0)
6.81 (173.0)
12.0 (5.4)
1NC
3.67 (93.2)
9.57 (243.1)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
4
4
Front Connected
3–4
4
4
Dimensions
0–2
4
4
Coils
Contactor Size
4
One NO Pole
Description
1NO
3.18 (80.8)
7.78 (197.6)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
2NO
5.53 (140.5)
7.44 (189.0)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
1NO, 1NC
3.67 (93.2)
12.88 (327.2)
6.81 (173.0)
12.0 (5.4)
1NC
3.67 (93.2)
9.69 (246.1)
6.81 (173.0)
10.0 (4.5)
4
4
4
4
4
Note
1 If lower coils are required, order separately.
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-73
4.7
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Contents
DPM 750V Contactor
Description
4
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-75
V5-T4-75
V5-T4-75
V5-T4-76
V5-T4-76
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-83
4
4
4
4
DPM 750V Contactor
4
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The DPM 750 Vdc Definite
Purpose Contactor has been
designed to meet severe
environmental and vibration
conditions found in your
worst applications. The
contactor is of unit
construction, assembled
on a molded insulated
base, providing maximum
performance in minimum
space.
This rugged device was
designed for applications
such as railway equipment,
offshore drilling, mining, offroad vehicles, marine, and
so on.
●
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
●
●
Benefits
Power circuit insulating
barriers are molded from
glass-polyester materials
having high arc and track
resisting qualities
The DPM is designed to
mount directly on a
channel or angle frame, but
may be adapted for
mounting on a flat metal or
insulated panel
Available with or without
an overcurrent latching
mechanism to prevent
opening under heavy
overload currents. When
the line current returns to
normal, the overcurrent
latch disengages
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-74
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Saves panel space by
locating the arc chute vents
on the front of the unit.
This eliminates the need
for arcing clearance above
the contactor
All vital parts are
removable from the front
without having to
disconnect line or load
connections, allowing for
easy maintenance
Safety is a must. The
mechanical interlock
prevents the contactor
from closing when the arc
box has been removed or
when it is not installed
properly
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
4
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number of contactor and any required accessories
750 Vdc Contactor
4
4
750 Vdc Contactors
Catalog Number
Coil Operating
Voltage 1
Over-Current Latch
Catalog Number
2120A07G01 2
74 Vdc
Without
2120A07G09
With
2120A07G10
Without
2120A07G13
With
2120A07G14
Without
2120A07G17
With
2120A07G18
Coil Operating
Voltage 1
Over-Current Latch
28 Vdc
Without
With
2120A07G02 2
36 Vdc
55 Vdc
2
Without
2120A07G03
With
2120A07G04 2
2
Without
2120A07G05
With
2120A07G06 2
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
4
4
4
4
4
4
Accessories
Extra L-67 Auxiliary Contacts—Order Separately
Contact Combination Provided by
One Auxiliary Contact Assembly
Field Installed Kit
Normally Open
Normally Closed
Catalog Number
0
4
2087A40G11
1
3
2087A40G12
2
2
2087A40G13
3
1
2087A40G14
4
0
2087A40G15
4
4
4
4
4
4
Mechanical Interlock Kit
Description
Catalog Number
Mechanical Horizontal Interlock Kit
Includes mounting instructions and
mounting hardware 3
1954D13G01
4
4
4
Renewal Parts
4
DPM Contactor
Description
Catalog Number
Contact Kit
2131A94G10
4
4
Arc Box
2131A94G03
Shunt
3534C86G01
4
28 Vdc
2114A92G04
36 Vdc
2114A92G05
4
55 Vdc
2114A92G06
74 Vdc
2114A92G09
110/115 Vdc
2114A92G14
125 Vdc
2114A92G15
275 Vdc
2114A92G16
600 Vdc
2114A92G20
Coils
4
4
4
4
Notes
1 For other coil operating voltages, contact Eaton Technical Resource Center.
2 Includes factory installed 2NO/2NC auxiliary contacts.
3 When interlock kit is installed, only one L-67 auxiliary contact can be mounted on each DPM contactor.
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-75
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
DPM Contactor
Description
Specification
4
Line voltage
750 Vdc
4
4
4
4
Continuous current rating
Carrying and interrupting capacity
1250A
Operating coil
Duty rating
Continuous
Operation
Will operate at 80–110% of rated voltage
Insulation between power circuit and operating coil
Rated 750 Vdc
Arcing and creepage distances
Meet or exceed NEMA standards for 750V equipment
Blowout coil
Rated for continuous duty
4
4
4
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DPM Contactor
4
.44 (11.1) Dia. - 2 Mounting Holes
4
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep
2 Line Terminal Holes
4
4
1.00 (25.4)
4.00 2.00 (50.8)
1.00 (25.4)
(101.6)
4
Clearance to Ground
4
6.25
(158.8)
1.88 1.25
(47.6) (31.8)
.63 (15.9)
4
12.13
(308.0)
To Remove Arc Chute
4
.50
(12.7)
4
.50 (12.7)
1.88 (26.3)
4
4
5.31
(134.9)
4
4
Two L-67 Auxiliary
Contact Units
10.56
(268.3)
3.00
(76.2)*
1.50
(38.1)
4
4
11.06
(281.0)
Customer
Mounting
Channel
.88 (22.4)
4
4
Duplicate
Adjacent
Contactor
1.38
(34.9)
1.00 (25.4)
4
4
CL
5.00 (127.0)
Coil Terminal Tabs for No. 250 Faston
4.00
(101.6)
1.25
(31.8)
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep
2 Load Terminal Holes
2.06
(52.4)
4.13
(105.0)
*This dimension must not be exceeded or flashover may occur.
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
4.13 (105)
11.06 (280.9)
12.12 (307.8)
30.5 (13.8)
4
V5-T4-76
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
AVD–Contactor
Description
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
4
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-74
4
V5-T4-78
V5-T4-78
V5-T4-78
V5-T4-79
V5-T4-79
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-83
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
AVD–Contactor
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The AVD–Contactor is a
single-pole normally open, load
break, bi-directional definite
purpose DC contactor. The
device is rated at 1400 amps
continuous and is capable of
switching up to 2000 Vdc
loads.
The AVD–Contactor was
designed for the demanding
environmental requirements
of locomotive, rapid transit
and off highway vehicle
applications. This device is
also applied in high
horsepower DC drive
applications including
process lines and off shore
oil drilling rigs.
●
●
●
●
●
●
4
Bi-directional interrupting
capability
2000 Vdc switching in a
compact design due to
arc chute
Any combination of up to
four isolated NO or NC
auxiliary contacts
Panel mount design
Continuous duty
operating coil
Continuous duty blow
out coil
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-77
4.7
4
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
●
●
Product specification: The AVD-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor
Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device
configurations and application assistance
1400A Contactor
4
AVD–Contactor
Device Type
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
1400A contactor
3NO/1NC
28
6702ED667-4
37
6702ED667-5
74
6702ED667-6
100
6702ED667-3
230
6702ED667-7
4
4
4
4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
Terminal
Configuration
Catalog Number
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
4
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
4
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4
4
4
4
Renewal Parts
4
Contacts
4
Description
Quantity Required
per Contactor
Catalog Number
Stationary contact
1
23-7253
Movable contact
2
23-7255
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-78
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Technical Data and Specifications
4
AVD-Contactor
Description
4
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1400A continuous
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
Up to 2000 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
2 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
28, 37, 74, 100, 230 (others available)
4
4
Operating Coil Characteristics
Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal
Voltage (±5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
28
1.87
9-3004-2
37
1.58
9-3004-3
74
0.79
9-3004-1
100
0.62
9-3004-5
230
0.25
9-3004-4
4
4
4
4
4
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
AVD-Contactor
4
15.00
(381)
5.00
(127)
.75
(19.1)
2.25
(57.2)
Maximum Stud Length
to Maintain 2000 Volt
Electrical Clearance Rating
(Top Right Stud Only)
4
1.25
Max
4
4
4
D
A
N
G
E
R
4
4
17.50
(444.5)
4
19.50
(495.3)
16.00
(406.4)
4
4
4
4
.75
(19.1)
.75
(19.1)
4
3.50
(88.9)
4
.43 (10.9) Dia.
Mounting Hole
(4 Places)
4
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
4
15.0 (381.0)
19.5 (495.3)
5.0 (127.0)
70 (31.8)
4
Front
Top
Sides
2 (51)
2 (51)
1 (25)
Arc Clearances
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-79
4.7
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Contents
D–Contactor
Description
4
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
D–Contactor
4
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The D–Contactor is a singlepole normally open, load
break, bi-directional definite
purpose DC contactor. Two
devices are available rated at
1800A and 3000A at 750 Vdc.
The D–Contactor was
designed for the demanding
environmental requirements
of locomotive, rapid transit
and off highway vehicle
applications. This device is
also widely applied in high
horsepower DC drive
applications including
process lines and off shore
oil drilling rigs.
●
4
4
4
4
4
●
●
●
4
4
●
4
●
4
Bi-directional interrupting
capability
Compact design due to
intermittent duty blowout
coil and arc interruption
circuit (not suitable for
extremely high duty cycle
or jogging applications)
Any combination of up to
eight isolated NO or NC
auxiliary contacts
Channel/angle frame
mounting standard,
optional panel mount kit
available
Continuous duty
operating coil
Screw type or fast-on
control terminals
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-80
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-74
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-81
V5-T4-81
V5-T4-81
V5-T4-82
V5-T4-82
V5-T4-83
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
●
●
4
Product specification: The D-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor
Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device
configurations and application assistance
1800A Contactor
4
4
D–Contactor
Device Type
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
1800A contactor
3NO/1NC
74 Vdc
6702ED584
3NO/1NC
100 Vdc
6702ED663
3000A contactor
2NO/2NC
115 Vdc
6702ED584-2
3NO/1NC
74 Vdc
6702ED587-2
2NO/2NC
100 Vdc
6702ED668
3NO/1NC
115 Vdc
6702ED587-4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration
Terminal
Configuration
Catalog Number
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4
4
4
4
4
Panel Mounting Kit
Description
Catalog Number
Panel mounting kit
99-3842
4
4
4
Renewal Parts
4
Contact Kits
Device Rating
Main Contact
Configuration
Contacts
Catalog Number
1800A
2-Main
Main contacts
6-497
1800A
2-Main
Arcing contacts
23-5449
3000A
4-Main
Main contacts
6-496
3000A
4-Main
Arcing contacts
23-5448
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-81
4.7
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4
Technical Data and Specifications
4
D–Contactor
Description
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1800A and 3000A continuous
Resistive interrupt rating
5000A 750 Vdc
4
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
Up to 1500 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
2 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
12, 24, 32, 48, 74, 100, 115, 230 (others available)
4
4
Operating Coil Characteristics
4
Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal
Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
4
12
3.96
9-1688-15
4
24
2.00
9-1688-7
32
1.44
9-1688-9
4
48
1.00
9-1688-12
74
0.97
9-2064-3
4
100
0.45
9-1688-8
0.37
9-1688-2
4
115
230
0.20
9-1688-1
4
4
4
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D–Contactor
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
.562 (14.3) Dia.
Mtg. Hole
6.33
(160.8)
13.68
(347.5)
1.75 (44.5) to
Remove Arc Shoot
2.52
(64)
6.52
(165.6)
9.6
(243.8)
5.0 (127)
6.04 (153.4)
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
9.6 (243.8)
13.68 (347.5)
6.04 (153.4)
43 (19.5)
4
Arc Clearances
4
Type of Load
Front
Top
Sides
Resistive
4 (102)
2 (51)
3 (76)
Inductive
7 (178)
4 (102)
3 (76)
4
750V
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-82
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
Description
Page
Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-74
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-84
V5-T4-84
V5-T4-84
V5-T4-85
V5-T4-85
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
Product Description
Application Description
Features
The Reversing/Assignment
Contactor is a two-pole,
double-throw non-load break
definite purpose DC
contactor. A three-position
center-off and a two-position
magnetically-latched
configuration is available.
The device is rated for 1100A,
1000 Vdc. The Reversing
Contactor includes cross over
busbars for DC motor
reversing applications; the
Assignment Contactor omits
the cross over busbars for
motor assignment
applications. (See Page
V5-T4-85.)
The Reversing/Assignment
Contactor was designed for
the demanding environmental
requirements of off highway
vehicle applications. This
device is also widely utilized
with high horsepower DC
drives for DC motor reversing
and drive assignment
applications.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
4
Bi-directional current
carrying capability (nonload break)
Can replace four singlepole contactors in DC
motor reversing
applications
Can replace two or four
single-pole contactors in
DC motor assignment
applications
Any combination of up to
eight isolated NO or NC
auxiliary contacts
Panel mount design
Continuous duty
operating coil
Screw type or fast-on
control terminals
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-83
4.7
4
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
Product Selection
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
●
●
Product specification: The Reversing/assignment contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor
Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device
configurations and application assistance
1000V Contactor
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor (Three-Position, Center OFF)
Device Type
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
Reverser
8NO
74
6702ED615
4NO/4NC
125
6702ED621-2
250
6702ED622
74
6702ED664-2
125
6702ED621
250
6702ED664-6
4
Assignment
4
4NO/4NC
4
4
4
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
4
Contact
Configuration
Terminal
Configuration
Catalog Number
4
1NO/1NC
Fast-on
10-3519-5
4
2NO
Fast-on
10-3519-6
2NC
Fast-on
10-3519-7
4
1NO/1NC
Screw type
10-6817
2NO
Screw type
10-6817-2
4
2NC
Screw type
10-6817-3
4
4
4
Renewal Parts
Contact Kits
Device
Configuration
4
Reversing/assignment
Three-position
6-602
Reversing/assignment upgrade kit 1
Three-position
6-602-3
4
Magnetic latched reversing/assignment
Two-position
6-602-5
4
4
Catalog Number
Note
1 The 6-602-3 contact kit will upgrade the three-position, reversing/assignment device from the
original design that incorporated a leaf spring contact structure to the present design that
incorporates a coil spring contact structure. The 6-602 contact kit can then be used after the device
has been upgraded for subsequent contact replacement.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-84
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Technical Data and Specifications
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
4
Description
Specification
4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
1100A continuous
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
For 1000 Vdc applications
Mechanical life
1 million operations
Operating coil voltages (DC)
24, 28, 36, 74, 110, 125, 250 (others available)
4
4
Operating Coil Characteristics
Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal
Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C)
Catalog Number
24
1.60
9-1903-9
28
1.30
9-1903-1
36
1.06
9-1903-3
74
0.49
9-1903-7
110
0.33
9-1903-6
125
0.33
9-1903-4
250
0.17
9-1903-8
4
4
4
4
4
4
Reversing Contactor
Schematic Diagram
4
The reversing contactor
includes the cross over
busbars for DC motor
reversing applications. The
assignment contactor omits
the cross over busbars for
motor assignment
applications.
Load
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Line
4
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
4
Reversing Contactor
4
4
2 1/2-13 x 1.0
Mtg. Screws
6.8
11.3
(172.7)
(287)
4
4
10.5
(266.7)
3.89
(98.8)
1.25
(31.8)
9.38
(238.3)
4
4
3/8-16 ASA 23
12 Holes
4
Width
Height
Depth
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
11.3 (287)
10.5 (266.7)
6.8 (172.7)
45 (20.4)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-85
4
4
4.8
4
4
4
4
4
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Ratings
Ampere Rating of AC Motors
Ampere ratings of motors
vary somewhat, depending
upon the type of motor. The
values given below are for
drip-proof, Class B insulated
(T Frame) where available,
1.15 service factor, NEMA
Design B motors. These
values represent an average
full load motor current which
was calculated from the
motor performance data
published by several motor
manufacturers. In the case of
high torque squirrel cage
motors, the ampere ratings
will be at least 10% greater
than the values given below.
4
4
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
4
hp 1
4
4
1/4
1/3
4
4
1/2
4
4
3/4
4
4
1
4
4
1-1/2
4
4
2
4
4
4
3
4
4
5
4
4
4
Syn. Speed
RPM
Caution—These average
ratings could be high or low
for a specific motor and
therefore heater coil
selection on this basis
always involves risk. For
fully reliable motor
protection, select heater
coils on the basis of full
load current rating as
shown on the motor
nameplate.
Current in Amperes
200V
230V
380V 2
460V
575V
2200V
1800
1.09
0.95
0.55
0.48
0.38
—
1200
1.61
1.4
0.81
0.7
0.56
—
900
1.84
1.6
0.93
0.8
0.64
—
1800
1.37
1.19
0.69
0.6
0.48
—
1200
1.83
1.59
0.92
0.8
0.64
—
900
2.07
1.8
1.04
0.9
0.72
—
1800
1.98
1.72
0.99
0.86
0.69
—
1200
2.47
2.15
1.24
1.08
0.86
—
900
2.74
2.38
1.38
1.19
0.95
—
—
1800
2.83
2.46
1.42
1.23
0.98
1200
3.36
2.92
1.69
1.46
1.17
—
900
3.75
3.26
1.88
1.63
1.3
—
3600
3.22
2.8
1.7
1.4
1.12
—
1800
4.09
3.56
2.06
1.78
1.42
—
1200
4.32
3.76
2.28
1.88
1.5
—
900
4.95
4.3
2.6
2.15
1.72
—
3600
5.01
4.36
2.64
2.18
1.74
—
1800
5.59
4.86
2.94
2.43
1.94
—
1200
6.07
5.28
3.2
2.64
2.11
—
—
900
6.44
5.6
3.39
2.8
2.24
3600
6.44
5.6
3.39
2.8
2.24
—
1800
7.36
6.4
3.87
3.2
2.56
—
1200
7.87
6.84
4.14
3.42
2.74
—
900
9.09
7.9
4.77
3.95
3.16
—
3600
9.59
8.34
5.02
4.17
3.34
—
1800
10.8
9.4
5.7
4.7
3.76
—
1200
11.7
10.2
6.2
5.12
4.1
—
900
13.1
11.4
6.9
5.7
4.55
—
3600
15.5
13.5
8.2
6.76
5.41
—
1800
16.6
14.4
8.74
7.21
5.78
—
1200
18.2
15.8
9.59
7.91
6.32
—
900
18.3
15.9
9.6
7.92
6.33
—
Notes
1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457.
2 380V 50 Hz.
4
4
V5-T4-86
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Ratings
4.8
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued
hp
1
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
4
Syn. Speed
RPM
Current in Amperes
200V
230V
380V
460V
575V
2200V
3600
22.4
19.5
11.8
9.79
7.81
—
2
1800
24.7
21.5
13
10.7
8.55
—
1200
25.1
21.8
13.2
10.9
8.7
—
900
26.5
23
13.9
11.5
9.19
—
3600
29.2
25.4
15.4
12.7
10.1
—
1800
30.8
26.8
16.3
13.4
10.7
—
1200
32.2
28
16.9
14
11.2
—
900
35.1
30.5
18.5
15.2
12.2
—
3600
41.9
36.4
22
18.2
14.5
—
1800
45.1
39.2
23.7
19.6
15.7
—
1200
47.6
41.4
25
20.7
16.5
—
900
51.2
44.5
26.9
22.2
17.8
—
3600
58
50.4
30.5
25.2
20.1
—
1800
58.9
51.2
31
25.6
20.5
—
1200
60.7
52.8
31.9
26.4
21.1
—
900
63.1
54.9
33.2
27.4
21.9
—
3600
69.9
60.8
36.8
30.4
24.3
—
1800
74.5
64.8
39.2
32.4
25.9
—
1200
75.4
65.6
39.6
32.8
26.2
—
900
77.4
67.3
40.7
33.7
27
—
3600
84.8
73.7
44.4
36.8
29.4
—
1800
86.9
75.6
45.7
37.8
30.2
—
1200
90.6
78.8
47.6
39.4
31.5
—
900
94.1
81.8
49.5
40.9
32.7
—
3600
111
96.4
58.2
48.2
38.5
—
1800
116
101
61
50.4
40.3
—
1200
117
102
61.2
50.6
40.4
—
900
121
105
63.2
52.2
41.7
—
3600
138
120
72.9
60.1
48.2
—
1800
143
124
75.2
62.2
49.7
—
1200
145
126
76.2
63
50.4
—
900
150
130
78.5
65
52
—
3600
164
143
86.8
71.7
57.3
—
1800
171
140
90
74.5
59.4
—
1200
173
150
91
75
60
—
900
177
154
93.1
77
61.5
—
3600
206
179
108
89.6
71.7
—
1800
210
183
111
91.6
73.2
—
1200
212
184
112
92
73.5
—
900
222
193
117
96.5
77.5
—
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Notes
1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457.
2 380V 50 Hz.
4
4
4
4
4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T4-87
4.8
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Ratings
4
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued
4
Syn. Speed
RPM
Current in Amperes
hp 1
200V
230V
380V 2
460V
575V
2200V
100
3600
266
231
140
115
92.2
—
4
4
4
125
4
4
150
4
4
200
4
4
4
250
4
4
4
4
4
300
1800
271
236
144
118
94.8
23.6
1200
275
239
145
120
95.6
24.2
24.8
900
290
252
153
126
101
3600
—
292
176
146
116
—
1800
—
293
177
147
117
29.2
1200
—
298
180
149
119
29.9
900
—
305
186
153
122
30.9
3600
—
343
208
171
137
—
1800
—
348
210
174
139
34.8
1200
—
350
210
174
139
35.5
900
—
365
211
183
146
37
3600
—
452
257
226
181
—
1800
—
458
265
229
184
46.7
1200
—
460
266
230
184
47
900
—
482
279
241
193
49.4
3600
—
559
338
279
223
—
1800
—
568
343
284
227
57.5
1200
—
573
345
287
229
58.5
900
—
600
347
300
240
60.5
1800
—
678
392
339
271
69
1200
—
684
395
342
274
70
400
1800
—
896
518
448
358
91.8
500
1800
—
1110
642
555
444
116
Notes
1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457.
2 380V 50 Hz.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V5-T4-88
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Motor Protection Circuit Breaker
5.1
Monitoring Relays
Product Overview—Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2
5.4
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
V5-T5-55
5
5
5
5
5
5
Manual Motor Protection
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB, XTPR and XTPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manual Motor Protector
V5-T5-5
V5-T5-16
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3
V5-T5-2
V5-T5-56
Overload Relays
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-58
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
Overload Relay—C440
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Overload Relays—C441,
Motor Insight
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-1
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
Monitoring Relays
Description
5
Page
Monitoring Relays
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview—Monitoring Relays
Current Monitoring Relays
Phase Monitoring Relays
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Eaton offers two different
series of current monitoring
relays:
The D65 Series Phase
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against premature
equipment failure caused by
voltage faults on three-phase
systems. All D65 phase
monitoring relays are
compatible with most wye
or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to
neutral is not required. Phase
Monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
The D65 Series Voltage
Monitoring Relays monitor
either AC single-phase
(50/60 Hz) or DC voltages
to protect equipment against
voltage fault conditions.
No separate supply (input)
voltage is required. All
versions are available in a
compact plug-in case using
an 8-pin octal socket.
CurrentWatch™ Series
●
The CurrentWatch ECS and
ECSJ Series from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector is a family
of solid-state adjustable
current switches, ideal for
providing status
information on electrical
equipment
D65C Series
●
The D65C Series Current
Monitoring Relays monitor
AC single-phase currents for
over- or undercurrent
conditions in three current
ranges: 0.1–1A, 0.5–5A
and 1–10A. An external
current transformer may
be used to extend the
range of the product. A
separate 24V or 120 Vac
input (supply) voltage
is required to power the
unit. All versions are
available in a compact
plug-in case using industry
standard 8- or 11-pin octal
sockets
There are two styles of
voltage monitoring relays:
●
●
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage Band Relays
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Eaton offers two different
series of ground fault
monitoring relays:
D64R Series
●
The new D64R digital
ground fault relays are
microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
devices
●
Microprocessor-based
D64R GFRs combine more
selectable features into a
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
reduces spares inventory
requirements
D64L Series
●
Type D64L ground fault
monitors are designed to
monitor ungrounded
supplies on three-phase AC
power systems up to 600V.
If an insulation fault
develops anywhere on the
system between the
source and the load, the
D64L will detect it and give
an alarm or trip, depending
on the adjustable field
settings selected
●
The D64L is ideally suited
for systems supplied from
the secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
ungrounded wye
connected transformer
5
V5-T5-2
Ground Fault Monitoring
Relays
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Description
Page
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
D65 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-4
V5-T5-5
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
ECS Series CurrentWatch™ Current Switches
5
ECS Series
5
Product Description
The CurrentWatch™ ECS
Series from Eaton’s Electrical
Sector is a family of solidstate adjustable current
switches, ideal for providing
status information on
electrical equipment. The
ECS is excellent for new
installations, where the
conductors run through the
housing, requiring no cutting.
These switches are also ideal
for retrofits, since split-core
models can be opened to fit
around existing conductors.
The current switch is
accurate, reliable and easy
to install.
The ECS can sense
continuous currents from
1 to 150A and does not
require any supply voltage,
as the power required is
induced from the monitored
conductor. The output is a
non-polarity-sensitive solidstate contact for switching
AC and DC circuits up to
240 Vac/Vdc. This switch also
includes an LED indicating
two states: on and below trip
point, and above trip point
with contacts energized. All
ECS Series switches carry an
unconditional five-year
warranty.
Any change in current can be
sensed with the ECS Series.
A change in current may
indicate motor failure, belt
loss/slippage or mechanical
failure. Any of these events
can cause the current to drop
significantly, tripping the
switch and notifying the
controller.
Standards and Certifications
UL® Listed
●
cUL® Listed
●
CE Certified
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
5
Refer to Volume 8—Sensing Solutions, CA08100010E, Tab 7,
section 7.2 for additional product information.
5
ECS Series CurrentWatch
5
Tab Section
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2
7.2
7.2
7.2
7.2
7.2
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-3
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Description
5
Page
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
D65 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-5
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
5
ECSJ Series
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Description
The CurrentWatch™ ECSJ
Series current operated
switches from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector provide the
same dependable indication
of status offered by the
CurrentWatch ECS Series,
but with the added benefit of
increased setpoint precision.
A choice of three, jumperselectable input ranges
allows the ECSJ Series to be
tailored to an application,
providing more precise
control through improved
setpoint resolution. Selfpowering, isolated solid-state
outputs, 1–6A, 6–40A and
40–200A input ranges, and a
choice of split- or solid-core
enclosures are standard.
For typical applications of the
CurrentWatch ECSJ Series,
see listing on this page.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Application Description
Typical Applications
●
Electronic Proof of
Flow—Current operated
switches eliminate the
need for multiple pipe or
duct penetrations and are
more reliable than electromechanical pressure or
flow switches
●
Conveyors—Detect jams
and overloads
●
Lighting Circuits—Easier
to install and more
accurate than photocells
●
Fans, Pumps and Heating
Elements—Faster
response than temperature
sensors
●
Critical Motors
●
Ancillary Equipment
Reference
Refer to Volume 8—Sensing Solutions, CA08100010E, Tab 7,
section 7.3 for additional product information.
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch
Tab Section
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
7.3
7.3
7.3
7.3
7.3
7.3
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Standards and Certifications
●
UL Listed
●
cUL Listed
●
CE Certified
●
UL 508 Industrial
Equipment (USA and
Canada)
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
Current Monitoring Relays
Description
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
D65 Current Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CE Series—Standard Current
Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors . . . .
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-4
5
V5-T5-6
V5-T5-7
V5-T5-10
V5-T5-13
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview
5
Standards and
Certifications
The D65C Series Current
Monitoring Relays monitor AC
single-phase currents for overor undercurrent conditions in
three current ranges: 0.1–1A,
0.5–5A and 1–10A. An
external current transformer
may be used to extend the
range of the product. A
separate 24V or 120 Vac input
(supply) voltage is required to
power the unit. All versions
are available in a compact
plug-in case using industry
standard 8- or 11-pin octal
sockets.
Application Description
Typical Installation without External CT
M
●
●
●
●
5
CE
cRUus listed
UL listed 12
RoHS compliant
5
5
5
5
Notes
1 When used with accompanying Eaton
socket.
2 In addition to the above approvals, all
plug-in products are also UL Listed when
used with the appropriate Eaton socket.
5
5
L1
M
5
Motor
L2
Control
Voltage
3 4
1
5
6
M
5
2
5
5
8
Current Monitor Relay
5
Typical Installation with External CT
5
M
5
L1
M
Motor
L2
Control
Voltage
3 4
5
6
1
M
5
2
5
5
8
Current Monitor Relay
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-5
5.1
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide
Standard
Fixed time delay on both
pickup and dropout current
settings.
5
D65C Standard Function
5
Series
5
Pickup
D65CE
D65CEK
Setting
Adjustable (across
monitored range)
Dropout
Time Delay
Fixed 100 ms
Setting
1
Adjustable time delay on
pickup and fixed time delay
on dropout current settings.
5
D65C Overcurrent Function
5
Series
5
Pickup
D65CH
D65CHK
Setting
Adjustable (across
monitored range)
5
Undercurrent
5
Fixed time delay on pickup
and adjustable time delay on
dropout current settings.
5
Fixed 100 ms
V5-T5-8
Overcurrent
5
5
Page
1
Adjustable
(50–95% pickup)
5
5
Fixed (–5% pickup)
Time Delay
Dropout
Time Delay
0.1–10 sec adjustable
Setting
Fixed (–5% pickup)
Time Delay
Page
Fixed 100 ms
1
V5-T5-11
Adjustable
(50–95% pickup)
5
D65C Undercurrent Function
5
Series
Setting
Time Delay
Setting
Time Delay
Page
D65CL
Fixed
(+5% dropout)
Fixed 100 ms 1
Adjustable (across
monitored range)
0.1–10 sec adjustable
V5-T5-14
Pickup
5
5
Dropout
Note
1 Fixed time delay eliminates nuisance tripping due to short current surges or drops.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors
Description
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
D65 Current Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors . . . .
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-4
5
V5-T5-6
V5-T5-8
V5-T5-9
V5-T5-9
V5-T5-10
V5-T5-13
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors
Product Description
Features
The D65CE Series Standard
Current Monitors are used to
detect either an overcurrent
or undercurrent condition.
The pickup current setting is
user-adjustable within three
ranges (0.1–1A), (0.5–5A), or
(1–10A). The range can be
extended beyond 10A with
the use of an external current
transformer. Choose
between a fixed dropout
current setting at 95% of the
selected pickup setting or an
adjustable dropout setting of
50–95% of the selected
pickup setting. The relay will
energize when the monitored
AC current is above the
pickup setting, and will deenergize when the monitored
AC current is below the
dropout setting. The time
delay on both pickup and
dropout is fixed at 100 ms.
Adjustable time delays are
available with the D65CH and
D65CL Series.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Monitors AC single-phase
currents
Three separate current
monitoring ranges covering
0.1–10 amperes
External CT can be used to
extend ranges
Adjustable pickup setting
with either fixed or
adjustable dropout setting
LED indicates output relay
status
Choice of compact 8-pin
SPDT or 11-pin DPDT
plug-in case
10A output contacts
5
Standard Current Monitoring
Monitored
Current
5
Pickup
Current
5
Dropout
Current
Input
Power
(Voltage)
Relay
Output
5
5
On
Off
5
On
5
Off
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-7
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Product Selection
5
D65CE_
5
D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors, SPDT, 8-Pin Plug-In
Pickup
Setting
Dropout
Setting
Adjustable
Fixed
(at 95% of pickup)
5
5
Input Voltage
Current Range
Monitored
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
0.1–1A
D65CE1C01T
0.5–5A
D65CE1C5T
1–10A
D65CE1C10T
0.1–1A
D65CE1C01A
0.5–5A
D65CE1C5A
1–10A
D65CE1C10A
0.1–1A
D65CEK1C01T
0.5–5A
D65CEK1C5T
1–10A
D65CEK1C10T
0.1–1A
D65CEK1C01A
0.5–5A
D65CEK1C5A
1–10A
D65CEK1C10A
120 Vac
5
Adjustable
(from 50–95% of pickup)
5
24 Vac
5
120 Vac
5
5
5
D65CE_
D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors, SPDT, 11-Pin Plug-In
5
Pickup
Setting
Dropout
Setting
5
Adjustable
Fixed
(at 95% of pickup)
5
Input Voltage
Current Range
Monitored
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
0.1–1A
D65CE2C01T
0.5–5A
D65CE2C5T
1–10A
D65CE2C10T
0.1–1A
D65CE2C01A
0.5–5A
D65CE2C5A
1–10A
D65CE2C10A
0.1–1A
D65CEK2C01T
0.5–5A
D65CEK2C5T
1–10A
D65CEK2C10T
0.1–1A
D65CEK2C01A
0.5–5A
D65CEK2C5A
1–10A
D65CEK2C10A
120 Vac
5
5
Adjustable
(from 50–95% of pickup)
5
24 Vac
5
120 Vac
5
5
5
Accessories
D65CE Current Monitors
5
5
5
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
11-pin socket
10
D3PA3-A2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Wiring Diagrams
D65CE Series, Standard Current Monitors
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Description
Specification
Input voltage tolerance
AC operation: +10/–15% of nominal voltage at 50/60 Hz
Monitored
Current
Load (burden)
Less than 5 VA
Current settings
Pickup
Adjustable throughout current range monitored
Dropout
(L1)
Temperature
–20° to 131°F (–28° to 55°C)
Response times
Pickup
100 ms
5
6
2
5
7
1 8
100 ms
Output contacts
10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc
1/2 hp at 240 Vac (NO); 1/3 hp at 240 Vac (NC)
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
Electrical life
100,000 operations
Indicator LED
Green when input voltage is applied;
red when relay is energized
Reset
Automatic
Mounting
Requires an 8- or 11-pin socket
5
5
(L2)
4 5
3
Fixed at 95% of pickup setting for D65CE
Adjustable from 50–95% of pickup setting for D65CEK
Dropout
Input
Voltage
5
5
Wiring for 11-Pin Socket
5
Monitored
Current
5
5
4
6 7
5
3
2
5
8
9
10
5
1 11
(L1)
(L2)
Dimensions
5
5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D65CE Series, Standard Current Monitors
5
5
5
2.4
(60)
5
D65CEK
Only
2.9
(74)
1.7
(43)
5
5
3.5
(89)
5
D3PA2 Sockets
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate
(8 places)
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamp
(11 places)
Two 0.165
(4.2) Dia.
Slots
2.14
(54.3)
5
5
5
2.06
(52.3)
0.82 (20.8)
0.58 (14.7)
0.97
(24.6)
Max.
Tolerances: ± 0.010
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
5
Two 0.17
(4.3) Dia.
Holes
2.05
(52.1)
Max.
2.03
(51.6)
1.30
(33.0)
1.60
(40.6)
Max.
5
D3PA3 Sockets
0.15 (3.8)
0.58 (14.7)
0.77 (19.6)
0.13–0.16
(3.2–4.0)
5
2.33 (59.2)
0.97
Max.
(24.6)
Tolerances: ± 0.010
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-9
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors
Description
5
Page
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
D65 Current Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CE Series—Standard Current
Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors
5
Product Description
Features
The D65CH Series Overcurrent
Monitoring Relays are used to
detect an overcurrent
condition. The pickup current
setting is user-adjustable
within one of three ranges as
shown in product selection
table. An external current
transformer can be used to
extend the range beyond
10A. Users may select a
fixed dropout current setting
(95% of the selected pick-up
setting) or an adjustable dropout setting (50–95% of the
selected pickup setting). The
relay will energize when the
monitored AC current is
above the pickup setting for a
period longer than the
adjustable time delay of
0.1–10 seconds. This delay
prevents nuisance tripping
caused by inrush currents. It
will de-energize when the
monitored AC current is
below the dropout setting.
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Monitored
Current
V5-T5-7
V5-T5-11
V5-T5-12
V5-T5-12
V5-T5-13
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
Pickup
Current
Dropout
Current
On
Input
Power
(Voltage)
Off
Relay
Output
Off
On
T
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
V5-T5-6
Overcurrent Monitoring
Monitors AC single-phase
currents for overcurrent
conditions
Three separate current
monitoring ranges covering
0.1–10 amperes
External CT can be used to
extend ranges
Adjustable pickup setting
with either fixed or
adjustable dropout setting
Adjustable time delay of
0.1–10 seconds on pickup
LED indicates output relay
status
Choice of compact SPDT
(8-pin) or DPDT (11-pin)
plug-in case
10A output contacts
5
V5-T5-10
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-4
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
T
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection
D65CH_
5
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors, SPDT, 8-Pin Plug-In
Pick-Up
Setting
Drop-Out
Setting
Adjustable
Fixed
(at 95% of pickup)
Input Voltage
Current Range
Monitored
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
0.1–1A
D65CH1C1T
0.5–5A
D65CH1C5T
1–10A
D65CH1C10T
0.1–1A
D65CH1C1A
0.5–5A
D65CH1C5A
120 Vac
Adjustable
(from 50–95% of pickup)
24 Vac
120 Vac
D65CH_
1–10A
D65CH1C10A
0.1–1A
D65CHK1C1T
0.5–5A
D65CHK1C5T
1–10A
D65CHK1C10T
0.1–1A
D65CHK1C1A
0.5–5A
D65CHK1C5A
1–10A
D65CHK1C10A
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors, SPDT, 11-Pin Plug-In
Pick-Up
Setting
Drop-Out
Setting
Adjustable
Fixed
(at 95% of pickup)
Input Voltage
Current Range
Monitored
Catalog
Number
5
24 Vac
0.1–1A
D65CH2C1T
0.5–5A
D65CH2C5T
5
120 Vac
Adjustable
(from 50–95% of pickup)
24 Vac
120 Vac
1–10A
D65CH2C10T
0.1–1A
D65CH2C1A
0.5–5A
D65CH2C5A
1–10A
D65CH2C10A
0.1–1A
D65CHK2C1T
0.5–5A
D65CHK2C5T
1–10A
D65CHK2C10T
0.1–1A
D65CHK2C1A
0.5–5A
D65CHK2C5A
1–10A
D65CHK2C10A
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
5
D65CH Overcurrent Monitors
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
11-pin socket
10
D3PA3-A2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-11
5.1
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Wiring Diagrams
D65CH Series, Overcurrent Monitors
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Description
Specification
5
Input voltage tolerance
AC operation: +10/–15% of nominal voltage at 50/60 Hz
Load (burden)
Less than 5 VA
5
Current settings
Pickup
Adjustable throughout current range monitored
5
Dropout
5
Temperature
5
5
5
Monitored
Current
(L1)
7
1 8
Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds
Dropout
Fixed at 100 ms
Output contacts
10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc
1/2 hp at 240 Vac (NO); 1/3 hp at 240 Vac (NC)
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
100,000 operations
5
Indicator LED
Green when input voltage is applied;
red flashing when in time delay;
red steady when relay is energized
5
Reset
Automatic
Mounting
Requires an 8- or 11-pin socket
Wiring for 11-Pin Socket
Monitored
Current
4
5
6 7
3
2
8
9
10
1 11
5
5
6
2
–20° to 131°F (–28° to 55°C)
Electrical life
5
(L2)
4 5
3
Fixed at 95% of pickup setting for D65CE
Adjustable from 50–95% of pickup setting for D65CEK
Response times
Pickup
Input
Voltage
(L1)
Dimensions
(L2)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65CH Series, Overcurrent Monitors
5
5
5
2.4
(60)
5
D65CHK
Only
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2.9
(74)
1.7
(43)
3.5
(89)
D3PA2 Sockets
D3PA3 Sockets
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate
(8 places)
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamp
(11 places)
Two 0.165
(4.2) Dia.
Slots
2.14
(54.3)
2.03
(51.6)
5
1.30
(33.0)
1.60
(40.6)
Max.
5
5
5
Two 0.17
(4.3) Dia.
Holes
2.05
(52.1)
Max.
0.82 (20.8)
0.58 (14.7)
2.06
(52.3)
2.33 (59.2)
0.97
Max.
(24.6)
Tolerances: ± 0.010
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
0.97
(24.6)
Max.
Tolerances: ± 0.010
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
5
V5-T5-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
0.13–0.16
(3.2–4.0)
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
0.15 (3.8)
0.58 (14.7)
0.77 (19.6)
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors
Description
Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . .
D65 Current Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CE Series—Standard Current
Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors . . . .
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-4
5
V5-T5-6
V5-T5-7
V5-T5-10
V5-T5-14
V5-T5-15
V5-T5-15
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
Features
The D65CL Series is
designed to detect an
undercurrent condition. The
dropout current setting is
user-adjustable within one of
three ranges as shown in the
product selection table. An
external current transformer
can be used to extend the
range beyond 10A. The
pickup current setting is fixed
at +5% of the selected dropout setting. The relay will
energize when the monitored
AC current is above the
pickup setting. It will deenergize when the monitored
AC current is below the
dropout setting for a period
longer than the adjustable
time delay of 0.1–10 seconds.
This delay prevents nuisance
tripping caused by
momentary line dips. The
relay will energize when the
current rises 5% above the
dropout setting.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Monitors AC single-phase
currents for undercurrent
conditions
Three separate current
monitoring ranges covering
0.1–10 amperes
External CT can be used to
extend ranges
Adjustable dropout setting
with fixed pickup setting
Adjustable time delay of
0.1–10 seconds on dropout
LED indicates output relay
status
Choice of compact SPDT
(8-pin) or DPDT (11-pin)
plug-in case
10A output contacts
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors
Product Description
5
5
Undercurrent Monitoring
Monitored
Current
5
Pickup
Current
5
Dropout
Current
Input
Power
(Voltage)
5
5
On
5
Off
On
Relay
Output
5
Off
T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-13
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Product Selection
5
D65CL_
5
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors, SPDT, 8-Pin Plug-In
Pickup
Setting
Dropout
Setting
Input Voltage
Current Range
Monitored
Catalog
Number
Fixed (at 5% of Dropout)
Adjustable
24 Vac
0.1–1A
D65CL1C1T
0.5–5A
D65CL1C5T
1–10A
D65CL1C10T
0.1–1A
D65CL1C1A
0.5–5A
D65CL1C5A
1–10A
D65CL1C10A
5
5
120 Vac
5
5
5
D65CL_
5
D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors, SPDT, 11-Pin Plug-In
Pickup
Setting
Dropout
Setting
Adjustable
Fixed
(at 95% of
pickup)
5
5
Input Voltage
Current Range
Monitored
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
0.1–1A
D65CL2C1T
0.5–5A
D65CL2C5T
1–10A
D65CL210T
0.1–1A
D65CL2C1A
0.5–5A
D65CL2C5A
1–10A
D65CL2C10A
120 Vac
5
5
5
Accessories
D65CL Undercurrent Monitors
5
5
5
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
11-pin socket
10
D3PA3-A2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Wiring Diagrams
D65CL Series, Undercurrent Monitors
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Description
Specification
Input voltage tolerance
AC operation: +10/–15% of nominal voltage at 50/60 Hz
Load (burden)
Less than 5 VA
Current settings
Pickup
Monitored
Current
(L1)
3
Adjustable throughout current range monitored
Temperature
(L2)
6
2
–20° to 131°F (–28° to 55°C)
5
Fixed at 100 ms
Dropout
Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds
Output contacts
10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc
1/2 hp at 240 Vac (NO); 1/3 hp at 240 Vac (NC)
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
Electrical life
100,000 operations
Indicator LED
Green when input voltage is applied;
red flashing when in time delay;
red steady when relay is energized
Reset
Automatic
Mounting
Requires an 8- or 11-pin socket
5
5
7
1 8
Response times
Pickup
5
5
4 5
Fixed at 5% above adjustable dropout setting
Dropout
Input
Voltage
5
Wiring for 11-Pin Socket
5
Monitored
Current
5
5
4
5
6 7
3
2
5
8
9
10
5
1 11
(L1)
(L2)
Dimensions
5
5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D65CL Series, Undercurrent Monitors
5
5
5
2.4
(60)
5
5
2.9
(74)
1.7
(43)
D3PA2 Sockets
5
5
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamp
(11 places)
Two 0.165
(4.2) Dia.
Slots
5
5
2.06
(52.3)
0.82 (20.8)
0.58 (14.7)
0.97
(24.6)
Tolerances: ± 0.010 Max.
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
5
Two 0.17
(4.3) Dia.
Holes
2.05
(52.1)
Max.
2.03
(51.6)
1.30
(33.0)
1.60
(40.6)
Max.
5
D3PA3 Sockets
6–32 x 0.312 Combination
Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate
(8 places)
2.14
(54.3)
5
3.5
(89)
5
0.15 (3.8)
0.58 (14.7)
0.77 (19.6)
0.13–0.16
(3.2–4.0)
5
2.33 (59.2)
0.97
Max.
(24.6)
Tolerances: ± 0.010
± (0.25)
Unless Otherwise Shown
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5
5
V5-T5-15
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
Phase Monitoring Relays
Description
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . .
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . .
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview
Application Description
The D65 Series Phase
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against premature
equipment failure caused by
voltage faults on three-phase
systems. All D65 phase
monitoring relays are
compatible with most wye
or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to
neutral is not required. Phase
Monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
Protection
Depending on the unit
selected, it will protect threephase equipment against:
●
5
5
●
5
5
5
5
5
Phase Loss—total loss of
one or more of the three
phases. Also known as
“single phasing.” Typically
caused by a blown fuse,
broken wire or worn contact.
This condition would result in
a motor drawing locked rotor
current during startup. In
addition, a three-phase
motor will continue to run
after losing a phase, resulting
in possible motor burn-out.
Phase Reversal—reversing
any two of the three phases
will cause a three-phase
motor to run in the opposite
direction. This may cause
damage to driven machinery
or injury to personnel. The
condition usually occurs as a
result of mistakes made
during routine maintenance
or when modifications are
made to the circuit.
●
●
●
Phase Imbalance—
imbalance of a three-phase
system occurs when
single-phase loads are
connected such that one or
two of the lines (phases)
carry more or less of the
load. This could cause
motors to run at
temperatures above
published ratings.
Undervoltage—when
voltage in all three lines of
a three-phase system drop
simultaneously.
Overvoltage—when
voltage in all three lines of
a three-phase system
increase simultaneously.
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-17
V5-T5-17
V5-T5-18
V5-T5-20
V5-T5-22
V5-T5-24
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Typical Connections
Line Side Monitoring
With the relay connected before the motor starter, the
motor can be started in the reverse direction. However, the
motor is unprotected against phase failures between the relay
and the motor.
Load Side Monitoring
With the relay connected directly to the motor, the total feed
lines are monitored. This connection should not be used with
reversing motors.
Line Side Monitoring
Load Side Monitoring
L1
Phase
Monitor
Relay
Start
Stop
L1
L2
L1
M
L3
5
M
L3
5
3
Phase
Motor
M
L2
Input Fuses
2A Max.
5
Phase
Monitor Relay
M
L1
3
Phase
Motor
M
L2
O/L
M
M
5
Input Fuses
2A Max.
Phase
Monitor
Relay
5
Phase
Monitor
Relay
5
5
Standards and Certifications
D65VMC, D65PLR and
D65PAR Series
●
●
●
5
D65VMLP Series
cRUus listed
RoHS recognized
CE marked
5
5
L2
Start
Stop
O/L
5
5
M
M
5
●
●
●
5
D65VMLS Series
cRUus listed
RoHS recognized
CE marked
●
●
●
cULus listed
RoHS recognized
CE marked
5
5
5
5
5
Product Selection Guide
D65 Series—Product Family Selection
Series
Mounting Style
Phase Reversal
Phase Loss and
Reversal
Undervoltage
Overvoltage
Phase Imbalance
Time Delay on
Undervoltage
D65VMC
Plug-in 1
3
—
—
—
—
—
D65PLR
Plug-in 1
3
3
—
—
—
—
D65PAR
Plug-in 1
3
3
✓ (adjustable)
—
—
50 ms fixed
D65VMLP
Plug-in 1
3
3
✓ (adjustable)
✓ (fixed)
3
0.1–20 sec
D65VMLS
Surface
3
3
✓ (adjustable)
✓ (fixed)
3
0.1–20 sec
5
5
5
5
5
Note
1 In addition to the above approvals, all plug-in products are
also UL Listed when used with the appropriate Eaton socket.
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-17
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal
Description
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . .
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal
5
Product Description
Features
The D65VMC Series
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against phase
reversal in a compact plug-in
design. One version will work
on any three-phase system
from 190V to 500V. These
devices are designed to be
compatible with most wye or
delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
neutral is not required.
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
●
●
●
●
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with a
green status and PHASE
REVERSAL conditions with a
red status. Re-energization is
automatic upon correction of
the fault condition.
Standards and Certifications
Protects against phase
reversal
One version works on
190–500V three-phase
systems
Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket
10A SPDT output contacts
●
●
●
cRUus
UL listed 1
RoHS compliant
Note
1 When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-17
V5-T5-19
V5-T5-19
V5-T5-19
V5-T5-20
V5-T5-22
V5-T5-24
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65VMC480
5
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Mounting
Style
Nominal Voltage
50/60 Hz
Catalog
Number
Plug-in
190–500V
D65VMC480 1
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
5
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Description
Standard Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
5
Technical Data and Specifications
Wiring Diagram
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Description
Specification
ØA ØB
Phase reversal
Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
Output contacts
10A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Life
Full load—100,000 operations
4
50 ms
Release
50 ms
Load (burden)
5
6
2
5
7
1
5
5
5
3
Response times
Operate
ØC
8
5
3 VA
5
Temperature
–20° to 150°F (–28° to 65°C)
Transient protection
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Mounting
Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600V rated socket when used on system voltages
greater than 300V
Indicator LED
Bi-color LED will be Green when NORMAL condition is present and Red when PHASE REVERSAL
condition is present
Reset
Automatic upon correction of fault
5
5
5
5
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D65VMC Series, Phase Reversal
5
5
5
2.40
(60.0)
5
1.70
(43.0)
2.90
(74.0)
5
3.00
(76.0)
5
5
Note
1 Requires a 600V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300V.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
5
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-19
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Description
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . .
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
5
Product Description
Features
The D65PLR Series
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against phase loss
and phase reversal in a
compact plug-in design.
These devices are designed
to be compatible with most
wye or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
neutral is not required. Phase
monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with
a green status, PHASE
REVERSAL conditions with
a steady red status, and
PHASE LOSS conditions
with a flashing red status.
Re-energization is automatic
upon correction of the
fault condition.
●
●
●
●
●
Standards and Certifications
Protects against phase loss
and phase reversal
True RMS voltage sensing
for improved accuracy
Continued operation
through phase loss
conditions
Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket
10A SPDT output contacts
●
●
●
cRUus
UL listed 1
RoHS compliant
Note
1 When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-17
V5-T5-18
V5-T5-21
V5-T5-21
V5-T5-21
V5-T5-22
V5-T5-24
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65PLR480
5
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Mounting
Style
Nominal Voltage
50/60 Hz
Catalog
Number
Plug-in
190–500V
D65PLR480 1
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Description
Standard Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
Technical Data and Specifications
Wiring Diagram
5
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5
Description
Specification
Phase loss
Unit trips on loss of any Phase A, B or C
Phase reversal
Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
Output contacts
10A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Life
Full load—100,000 operations
Response times
Operate
50 ms
ØA ØB
4
ØC
5
5
3
6
2
Release
5
5
7
1
8
5
50 ms
5
Load (burden)
3 VA
Temperature
–20° to 150°F (–28° to 65°C)
Transient protection
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Mounting
Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600V rated socket when used on system voltages
greater than 300V
Indicator LED
Bi-color LED will be Green when NORMAL condition is present, Steady Red when PHASE REVERSAL
condition is present, and Flashing Red when PHASE LOSS condition is present
Reset
Automatic upon correction of fault
5
5
5
5
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
5
5
5
2.40
(60.0)
5
1.70
(43.0)
2.90
(74.0)
5
5
3.00
(76.0)
5
Note
1 Requires a 600V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300V.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
5
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-21
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Description
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . .
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . .
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
5
Product Description
Features
The D65PAR Series
Monitoring Relays provide
protection against phase loss,
phase reversal and
undervoltage in a compact
plug-in design. These devices
are designed to be
compatible with most wye or
delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
neutral is not required. Phase
monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with
a steady green status,
RESET with a flashing green
status, PHASE REVERSAL
with a steady red status,
PHASE LOSS with a singleflash red status, and
UNDERVOLTAGE with a
double-flash red status. The
undervoltage drop-out can be
set at 75–95% of operating
voltage. Re-energization is
automatic upon correction
of the fault condition.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Standards and Certifications
Protects against phase
loss, phase reversal and
undervoltage
True RMS voltage sensing
for improved accuracy
Continued operation
through phase loss
conditions
Undervoltage setting is
adjustable from 75 to 95%
of nominal
Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket
10A SPDT output contacts
●
●
●
cRUus
UL listed 1
RoHS compliant
Note
1 When used with appropriate Eaton
socket.
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-17
V5-T5-18
V5-T5-20
V5-T5-22
V5-T5-23
V5-T5-23
V5-T5-23
V5-T5-24
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
D65PAR_
5
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
5
Mounting
Style
Nominal Voltage
60 Hz
Undervoltage
Range
Catalog
Number
Plug-in
208V
156–198V
D65PAR208
Plug-in
240V
180–230V
D65PAR240
Plug-in
400V
300–380V
D65PAR400 1
360–460V
1
Plug-in
480V
D65PAR480
5
5
5
5
Accessories
5
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Description
Standard Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
Technical Data and Specifications
5
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
Wiring Diagram
Description
Specification
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
Phase loss
Unit trips on loss of any Phase A, B or C
ØA ØB
Phase reversal
Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
Undervoltage
Adjustable over a range per product selection table. Unit trips when the average of all three lines is
less than the adjusted set point.
Output contacts
10A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Life
Full load—100,000 operations
Response times
Operate
50 ms
4
ØC
5
6
2
Release
5
5
3
5
7
1
5
8
5
50 ms
Load (burden)
3 VA
Temperature
–20° to 150°F (–28° to 65°C)
Transient protection
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Mounting
Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600V rated socket when used on system voltages
greater than 300V
Indicator LED 2
Bi-color LED will be Steady Green when NORMAL condition is present, Flashing Green during RESET,
Steady Red when PHASE REVERSAL condition is present, Single-Flash Red when PHASE LOSS
condition is present, and Double-Flash Red when UNDERVOLTAGE condition is present
Reset
Automatic upon correction of fault
5
5
5
5
5
Dimensions
5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D65PAR Series, Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage
5
5
2.40
(60.9)
5
1.70
(43.2)
5
2.90
(73.7)
5
3.50
(88.9)
5
Notes
1 Requires a 600V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300V.
2 Single-flash is defined as on for 25 ms off for 175 ms. Double-flash is defined as on for 25 ms, off for 25 ms, on for 25 ms, off for 125 ms.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
5
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-23
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Description
5
Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . .
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . .
D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal
and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-17
V5-T5-18
V5-T5-20
V5-T5-22
V5-T5-25
V5-T5-26
V5-T5-26
V5-T5-27
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-42
5
5
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
5
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton’s D65 Phase
Monitoring Relay protects
distribution systems
supplying motor feeder or
branch circuits against
premature equipment failure
caused by voltage faults on
three-phase systems—wye
or delta connected. Phase
monitoring relays protect
against voltage imbalance and
single-phasing regardless of
any regenerative voltages.
The relay is energized when
the phase sequence and all
voltages are correct. Any of
five abnormal conditions
(phase loss, phase reversal,
overvoltage, undervoltage
or phase imbalance) will
de-energize the relay. As
standard, re-energization
is automatic upon correction
of the fault condition. The
D65 can also be wired for
manual reset.
Protective Functions
The D65 Series Relay makes
separate trip decisions based
on the status of the threephase voltage inputs. Control
power is derived from the
three-phase voltage inputs.
Separate control power is not
required. The device will trip
in response to any
combination of the following
conditions:
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
●
Undervoltage—When
voltage in all three lines of
a three-phase system
drops simultaneously.
Undervoltage drop-out can
be set at 80–95% of
operating voltage. Unit
trips when the average of
all three lines is less than
the adjusted set point for a
period longer than the
adjustable time delay dropout (0.1–20 seconds). This
time delay eliminates
nuisance tripping caused
by momentary voltage
fluctuation.
5
●
●
Overvoltage—Fixed at
110% of nominal, unit trips
when the average of all
three lines is greater than
the fixed set point for a
period longer than the time
delay drop-out.
Phase Imbalance—
Imbalance of a three-phase
system occurs when
single-phase loads are
connected such that one or
two of the lines (phases)
carry more or less of the
load. This could cause
motors to run at
temperatures above
published ratings. Unit trips
when any one of the three
lines is more than the
adjusted set point below
the average of all three
lines. The percent phase
imbalance is adjustable
from 2–10% and also has a
Disable setting for
applications where poor
voltage conditions could
cause nuisance tripping.
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
Phase Loss (SinglePhasing)—Total loss of
one or more of the three
phases. Typically caused by
a blown fuse, broken wire
or worn contact. This
condition would result in a
motor drawing locked rotor
current during start-up. In
addition, a three-phase
motor will continue to run
after losing a phase,
resulting in potential motor
burn-out. Unit trips on loss
of any phase.
Phase Reversal—
Reversing any two of the
three phases will cause a
three-phase motor to run in
the opposite direction. This
may cause damage to
machinery or injury to
personnel. Unit trips if
rotation (sequence) of the
three phases is anything
other than A-B-C.
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Typical Connections
Line Side Monitoring
L1
STOP
START
O/L
L2
L1
3
Phase
Motor
M
M
L3
O/L
5
L2
5
M
Voltage Monitor
Relay
L1
5
M
Voltage
Monitor
Relay
With the relay connected before the motor starter, the motor
can be started in the reverse direction. However, the motor
is unprotected against phase failures between the relay and
the motor.
5
3
Phase
Motor
M
L2
L3
Input Fuses
(Recommended)
Voltage
2A Max.
Monitor
Relay
5
Voltage Monitor
Relay
M
M
L2
START
STOP
M
M
L1
5
Load Side Monitoring
Input Fuses
(Recommended)
2A Max.
5
5
With the relay connected directly to the motor, the total feed
lines are monitored. This connection should not be used with
reversing motors.
●
●
Universal voltage range of
190–500V provides the
flexibility to cover a variety
of applications (120V and
600V units also available)
True RMS voltage sensing
for improved accuracy
Continued operation
through phase loss
conditions
5
5
Features
●
5
●
●
Automatic or manual reset
after the fault condition is
corrected
Bi-color LED indicates
normal condition and
defines fault type for
simpler troubleshooting
●
D65VMLS can be either
mounted directly on
35 mm DIN rail with no
additional parts or to a
back-panel with two
screws. No socket
required. D65VMLP will
plug into D3PA2 socket and
mount on 35 mm DIN rail
●
●
Small, compact size
User-adjustable settings
include nominal voltage,
percent phase imbalance,
undervoltage drop-out,
time delay on undervoltage
and time delay on restart
after fault
5
5
5
5
Operation
LED Operation
The D65 provides protection
against premature equipment
failure caused by voltage
faults on three-phase
systems. The D65 is
designed to be compatible
with most wye or delta
systems. In wye systems,
a connection to a neutral is
not required. D65 Phase
Monitoring Relays protect
against imbalanced voltages
or single-phasing regardless
of any regenerative voltages.
The relay is energized when
the phase sequence and all
voltages are correct. Any one
of five fault conditions will
de-energize the relay.
Re-energization is automatic
upon correction of the fault
condition.
LED Status
Surface Mount Indication
Plug-In Indication
Green steady
Normal/relay ON
Normal/relay ON
Green flashing
Power-up/restart delay
Power-up/restart delay
Red steady
Imbalance
Reversal
Red flashing
Undervoltage/overvoltage
N/A
Amber steady
Reversal
N/A
Amber flashing
Loss
N/A
Alternating green/red
Undervoltage/overvoltage trip pending
N/A
Manual reset is available if
a NC switch is wired to the
appropriate terminals. A
bi-color LED indicates normal
condition and also provides
specific fault indication to
simplify troubleshooting. The
percent phase imbalance is
adjustable from 2–10%, and
the undervoltage drop-out can
be set at 80–95% of operating
voltage. The adjustable time
delay drop-out on
undervoltage (0.1–20 sec.)
eliminates nuisance tripping
caused by momentary
voltage fluctuations.
5
5
5
5
5
5
Alternating red/amber
Nominal voltage set error
N/A
Red single flash 1
N/A
Loss/imbalance
Red double flash 2
N/A
Undervoltage
Red triple flash 3
N/A
Overvoltage
5
5
5
Notes
1 Single flash = On 25 ms, Off 175 ms.
2 Double flash = On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 125 ms.
3 Triple flash = On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 75 ms.
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-25
5.1
5
5
5
5
5
5
●
●
CE (Low Voltage + EMC
Directive EN60947-5-1)
cULus listed
(D65VMLS only)
D65VM_
Plug-in
(DIN rail)
5
5
Description
For D65VMLP
Output contacts
For D65VMLS
5
For D65VMLP
5
208–480V
D65VMLS480
600V
D65VMLS600
102–138V
D65VMLP120
190–500V
D65VMLP480 3
D65VMLP600
—
D3PA2
8-pin IP20 rated socket
—
D3PA6
Specification
102–138V, 190–500V, 460–600V
Three-wire wye or delta
SPDT and SPNC (surface mount version only)
NO: 10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 240 Vac
NC: 10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/3 hp at 240 Vac
SPDT:
10A SPDT at 277 Vac. 1 hp at 250 Vac. 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty
Dielectric
1000V + (2 * nominal voltage rating) between input terminals and case or active circuitry
Operating temp.
–20° to 150°F (–28° to 65°C)
Response times
Power up
1–300 seconds adjustable
Restart after fault
1–300 seconds adjustable
Dropout due to fault
100 ms fixed on phase loss and phase reversal;
2 seconds fixed on phase imbalance;
0.1–20 sec. adjustable on undervoltage only; inverse time curve for overvoltage
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
100,000 operations
Power consumption
3 VA
5
Net weight
10.3 oz. (292g) D65VMLS
6.4 oz. (181g) D65VMLP
Hysteresis
2–3%
5
D65VMLS120
460–600V
5
5
120V
8-pin socket
Electrical life
5
Catalog
Number
Nominal voltages (50–60 Hz)
For D65VMLS
120V, 208–480V, 575V
5
5
Operating Voltage
50/60 Hz
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Connections
5
UL Listed 1
Technical Data and Specifications
5
5
●
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and
Under/Overvoltage 2
Surface-mount
(DIN rail or panel)
5
5
●
cRUus
(D65VMLP only)
RoHS compliant
Mounting Style
5
5
●
Product Selection
5
5
Monitoring Relays
Standards and Certifications
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Notes
1 When used with accompanying Eaton Socket (D65VMLP only).
2 Additional models available. Please visit our Web site for the latest offering.
3 Requires a 600V-rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300V. The D3PA2 socket is rated 10A, 600V.
5
5
V5-T5-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Wiring Diagrams
5
Surface-Mount and Plug-In
5
ØA ØB ØC
A B C 11 21
ØA ØB ØC
3
2
4 5
1 8
5
Manual
Reset
5
6
5
7
5
12 14 M1M2 22
Manual Reset
5
Dimensions
5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
Surface-Mount and Plug-In
5
0.20 (50.8) Mounting Holes – 2 Places
5
5
2.70 2.40
(68.6) (60.1)
5
1.40
(35.6)
1.80 (45.7)
4.40 (111.8)
5
4.50 (114.3)
5
5
2.40
(60.1)
5
1.70 (43.2)
5
2.90 (73.7)
3.00 (76.2)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-27
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Description
5
Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-29
V5-T5-30
V5-T5-33
V5-T5-36
V5-T5-39
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview
Voltage Monitoring Relays
monitor either AC singlephase (50/60 Hz) or DC
voltages to protect
equipment against voltage
fault conditions. No separate
supply (input) voltage is
required. All versions are
available in a compact plug-in
case using an 8-pin octal
socket.
There are two styles of
voltage monitoring relays:
●
●
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage Band Relays
5
5
5
5
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage Band Relays
Over/Undervoltage Relays
provide protection to
equipment where either an
over- or undervoltage
condition is potentially
damaging. Each relay can be
used as either an overvoltage
or an undervoltage relay,
depending on the output
contact used. When used as
an undervoltage relay, it
provides protection to
equipment that is required to
operate above a minimum
voltage. When used as an
overvoltage relay, it protects
equipment against excessive
voltage conditions. Over/
undervoltage relays are
designed to operate when
the operating voltage reaches
a preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage
drops to a level below the
preset value.
Voltage Band Relays provide
protection to equipment that
is required to operate within
an upper and lower voltage
limit. As long as the operating
voltage remains within an
over- and undervoltage range,
the internal relay stays
energized. If the operating
voltage falls outside this
range, the relay will drop out.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-28
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Standards and
Certifications
●
●
●
●
CE
cRUus listed
UL listed 1
RoHS recognized
Note
1 When used with accompanying Eaton
socket.
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection Guide
5
D65V Product Family Selection—Over/Undervoltage Relays
Series
D65VMP
D65VMKP
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
Time Delay
Dropout
Fixed Time Delay for
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Adjustable Time Delay
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Adjustable
85–115% nominal
Fixed at 95% of pickup
Fixed 500 ms 1
Page V5-T5-31
—
Page V5-T5-31
—
—
Page V5-T5-34
—
Page V5-T5-34
Adjustable 75–95% of pickup
D65VAP
Fixed at 95% of pickup
D65VAKP
Adjustable 75–95% of pickup
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds
D65VWP
D65VWKP
5
5
5
5
D65V Product Family Selection—Voltage Band Relays
Series
5
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
Time Delay
Dropout
Voltage Band Relays
Adjustable
100–125% nominal
Adjustable 75–100% of nominal
Fixed 500 ms 1
Page V5-T5-37
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds
Page V5-T5-37
5
5
5
5
Note
1 Fixed time delay eliminates nuisance tripping due to short voltage surges or drops.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-29
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65VMRP and D65VMKP—Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-29
V5-T5-31
V5-T5-32
V5-T5-32
V5-T5-33
V5-T5-36
V5-T5-39
V5-T5-42
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage Relays
(Fixed Time Delay)
Product Description
Application Description
The D65VMRP and
D65VMKP Over/
Undervoltage Relays provide
protection to equipment
where either an over- or
undercurrent condition is
potentially damaging. They
are designed to operate when
the operating voltage reaches
a preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage
drops to a level below the
preset value.
Each relay can be used as
either an overvoltage or an
undervoltage relay,
depending on the output
contact used.
The pickup voltage setting
is user-adjustable from
85–115% of the nominal
voltage rating. As standard,
the D65VMRP Series has a
dropout voltage setting fixed
at 95% of the pickup voltage
setting. An adjustable dropout setting of 75–95% of the
pickup setting is available on
the D65VMKP Series. The
relay energizes when the
monitored voltage is above
the pickup setting. The relay
de-energizes when the
monitored voltage is below
the dropout setting for a
period longer than the dropout time delay, which is fixed
at 500 ms. An adjustable time
delay on dropout of
0.5–10 seconds is available.
Overvoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that cannot handle
excess voltages. Uses a
normally closed contact (NC).
As long as the monitored
voltage remains below the
maximum voltage the
equipment can withstand
(pickup setting), the relay
remains energized and the
NC contact remains closed,
keeping the load energized. If
the operating voltage
increases beyond the
maximum rating of the
equipment, the relay
energizes and the NC contact
opens, turning off the load.
When the voltage falls below
the dropout settings
(hysteresis), the relay deenergizes and the NC contact
re-closes, turning on the load.
Undervoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that is required to
operate above a certain
minimum voltage. Uses a
normally open contact (NO).
As long as the monitored
voltage is above the
minimum value required
(pickup setting), the relay will
energize and the NO contact
closes, turning on the load. If
the voltage drops below the
dropout setting (the minimum
voltage required minus
hysteresis), the relay will deenergize and the NO contact
will re-open, turning off the
load.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
●
●
●
●
●
●
Monitors AC single-phase
and DC voltages
Wide range of useradjustable pickup and
dropout settings
Fixed time delay on
dropout of 500 ms
LED indicates output relay
status
Compact plug-in case
using industry standard
8-pin socket
10A DPDT output contacts
Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Current Monitoring
Pickup
Voltage
Monitored
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
T
Relay
Output
On
Off
5
V5-T5-30
Features
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
T
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection
D65VM_
D65VM_
5
D65VMP and D65VMKP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
Adjustable Pickup, Fixed Dropout Settings 2
5
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range
Pickup
Dropout
Catalog
Number
5
24 Vac
21–27 Vac
20–26 Vac
D65VMRPT
120 Vac
102–138 Vac
97–131 Vac
D65VMRPA
5
12 Vdc
10–14 Vdc
9–13 Vdc
D65VMRPR1
24 Vdc
21–27 Vdc
20–26 Vdc
D65VMRPT1
48 Vdc
41–55 Vdc
39–52 Vdc
D65VMRPW1
110 Vdc
94–126 Vdc
89–121 Vdc
D65VMRPA1
5
5
5
5
D65VMP and D65VMKP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
Adjustable Pickup and Dropout Settings 3
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range
Pickup
Dropout
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
21–27 Vac
16–26 Vac
D65VMKPT
120 Vac
102–138 Vac
77–131 Vac
D65VMKPA
12 Vdc
10–14 Vdc
8–13 Vdc
D65VMKPR1
24 Vdc
21–27 Vdc
16–26 Vdc
D65VMKPT1
48 Vdc
41–55 Vdc
32–52 Vdc
D65VMKPW1
110 Vdc
94–126 Vdc
71–121 Vdc
D65VMKPA1
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
5
D65VMP and D65VMKP Series—
Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
Notes
1 Time delay on dropout fixed at 500 ms.
2 Dropout voltage is fixed at 95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
3 Dropout voltage is adjustable from 75–95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-31
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Technical Data and Specifications
5
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65VMP, D65VMKP, D65VAP and D65VAKP Series, Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description
Specification
Voltage tolerance
+25%/–50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No supply (input) voltage is required
Load (burden)
Less than 3 VA
Current settings
Pickup
Adjustable from 85–115% of nominal voltage
Dropout
Fixed at 95% of the pickup setting for D65VMP and D65VAP
Adjustable from 75–95% of the pickup setting for D65VMKP and D65VAKP
Temperature
–20° to 131°F (–28° to 55°C)
Response times
Pickup
500 ms
Dropout
Fixed 500 ms for D65VMP and D65VMKP
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds for D65VAP and D65VAKP
Output contacts
10A Resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 240 Vac (NO), 1/3 hp at 240 Vac (NC)
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
Electrical life
100,000 operations
Indicator LED
Red steady when relay is energized;
green when relay is OFF
5
Transient protection
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Reset
Automatic
5
Mounting
Requires an 8-pin socket
5
Wiring Diagram
5
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5
4 5
3
5
5
6
2
7
1 8
(DC)+
L1
5
(DC)−
L2
Monitored
Voltage
5
5
5
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
5
5
2.4
(60)
D65VMKP and
D65VAKP Only
5
5
1.7
(43)
5
2.9
(74)
3.5
(89)
5
5
V5-T5-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D65VAP & D65VAKP—Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5.1
Contents
Description
Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
Application Description
The D65VAP and D65VAKP
Over/Undervoltage Relays
provide protection to
equipment where either an
over- or undercurrent
condition is potentially
damaging. They are designed
to operate when the
operating voltage reaches a
preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage
drops to a level below the
preset value.
Each relay can be used as
either an overvoltage or an
undervoltage relay,
depending on the output
contact used.
The pickup voltage setting is
user-adjustable from 85–
115% of the nominal voltage
rating. As standard, the
D65VAP Series has a dropout
voltage setting fixed at 95%
of the pickup voltage setting.
An adjustable dropout setting
of 75–95% of the pickup
setting is available on the
D65VAKP Series. The relay
energizes when the
monitored voltage is above
the pickup setting. The relay
de-energizes when the
monitored voltage is below
the dropout setting for a
period longer than the
dropout time delay, which is
adjustable from 0.5–10
seconds. A fixed time delay
of 500 ms is available with
the D65VMP Series.
Overvoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that cannot handle
excess voltages. Uses a
normally closed contact (NC).
As long as the monitored
voltage remains below the
maximum voltage the
equipment can withstand
(pickup setting), the relay
remains energized and the
NC contact remains closed,
keeping the load energized.
If the operating voltage
increases beyond the
maximum rating of the
equipment, the relay
energizes and the NC contact
opens, turning off the load.
When the voltage falls below
the dropout settings
(hysteresis), the relay deenergizes and the NC contact
re-closes, turning on the load.
5
5
V5-T5-29
5
V5-T5-30
5
V5-T5-34
V5-T5-35
V5-T5-35
V5-T5-36
V5-T5-39
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays
(Adjustable Time Delay)
Product Description
5
5
Features
Undervoltage Relay
Provides protection to
equipment that is required to
operate above a certain
minimum voltage. Uses a
normally open contact (NO).
As long as the monitored
voltage is above the minimum
value required (pickup setting),
the relay will energize and the
NO contact closes, turning on
the load. If the voltage drops
below the dropout setting
(the minimum voltage
required minus hysteresis),
the relay will de-energize and
the NO contact will re-open,
turning off the load.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Monitors AC single-phase
and DC voltages
Wide range of useradjustable pickup and
dropout settings
Adjustable time delay on
dropout of 0.5–10 seconds
LED indicates output
relay status
Compact plug-in case
using industry standard
8-pin socket
10A DPDT output contacts
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Current Monitoring
5
5
5
Pickup
Voltage
Monitored
Voltage
5
Dropout
Voltage
T
Relay
Output
5
T
5
5
On
5
Off
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-33
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Product Selection
5
D65VA_
D65VAP and D65VAKP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
Adjustable Pickup, Fixed Dropout Settings 2
5
Nominal
Voltage
5
24 Vac
120 Vac
Voltage Range
Dropout
Catalog
Number
21–27 Vac
20–26 Vac
D65VAPT
102–138 Vac
97–131 Vac
D65VAPA
Pickup
5
12 Vdc
10–14 Vdc
9–13 Vdc
D65VAPR1
5
24 Vdc
21–27 Vdc
20–26 Vdc
D65VAPT1
48 Vdc
41–55 Vdc
39–53 Vdc
D65VAPW1
110 Vdc
94–126 Vdc
89–121 Vdc
D65VAPA1
5
5
D65VA_
5
5
5
5
5
5
D65VAP and D65VAKP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
Adjustable Pickup and Dropout Settings 3
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range
Pickup
Dropout
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
21–27 Vac
16–26 Vac
D65VAKPT
120 Vac
102–138 Vac
77–131 Vac
D65VAKPA
12 Vdc
10–14 Vdc
8–13 Vdc
D65VAKPR1
24 Vdc
21–27 Vdc
16–26 Vdc
D65VAKPT1
48 Vdc
41–55 Vdc
32–52 Vdc
D65VAKPW1
110 Vdc
94–126 Vdc
71–121 Vdc
D65VAKPA1
Accessories
5
D65VMP and D65VMKP Series—
Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
5
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
Notes
1 Time delay on dropout fixed at 500 ms.
2 Dropout voltage is fixed at 95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
3 Dropout voltage is adjustable from 75–95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-34
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Technical Data and Specifications
5
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
D65VMP, D65VMKP, D65VAP and D65VAKP Series, Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description
Specification
Voltage tolerance
+25%/–50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No supply (input) voltage is required
Load (burden)
Less than 3 VA
Current settings
Pickup
Adjustable from 85–115% of nominal voltage
Dropout
5
5
5
5
Fixed at 95% of the pickup setting for D65VMP and D65VAP
Adjustable from 75–95% of the pickup setting for D65VMKP and D65VAKP
Temperature
–20° to 131°F (–28° to 55°C)
Response times
Pickup
5
500 ms
5
Dropout
Fixed 500 ms for D65VMP and D65VMKP
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds for D65VAP and D65VAKP
5
Output contacts
10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 240 Vac (NO), 1/3 hp at 240 Vac (NC)
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
Electrical life
100,000 operations
5
Indicator LED
Red steady when relay is energized;
green when relay is OFF
5
Transient protection
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
Reset
Automatic
5
Mounting
Requires an 8-pin socket
5
5
Wiring Diagram
5
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5
4 5
3
6
2
5
7
1 8
(DC)+
L1
5
(DC)−
L2
5
Monitored
Voltage
5
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
5
5
2.4
(60)
5
D65VMKP and
D65VAKP Only
1.7
(43)
2.9
(74)
5
5
3.5
(89)
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-35
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Description
5
Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-29
V5-T5-30
V5-T5-33
V5-T5-37
V5-T5-38
V5-T5-38
V5-T5-39
V5-T5-42
5
5
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
5
Product Description
5
5
5
5
5
5
The D65VWP and D65VWKP
Series Voltage Band Relays
provide protection to
equipment that is required to
operate within an upper and
lower voltage limit. As long as
the operating voltage remains
within an over- and
undervoltage range, the
internal relay stays energized.
If the operating voltage falls
outside this range, the relay
will drop out.
5
5
5
5
Features
When nominal operating
voltage is applied, the internal
relay will energize (pickup). If
the operating voltage falls
outside the preset over trip
point (adjustable 100–125%
of nominal), or under trip
point (adjustable 75–100% of
nominal), for a period longer
than the dropout time delay,
the relay will de-energize
(dropout). When the voltage
returns to normal (within the
preset over- and undervoltage
trip points), the unit
automatically resets and the
relay energizes. Choose
between a unit with fixed
dropout time of 500 ms or
one with an adjustable 0.5–10
seconds dropout time.
●
●
●
Monitors AC single-phase
and DC voltages
Provides voltage band
(window) protection
Wide range of useradjustable overvoltage and
undervoltage settings
●
Fixed or adjustable time
delay on dropout
LED indicates output relay
status
Compact plug-in case
using industry standard 8pin octal socket
10A DPDT output contacts
Voltage Band Relay Current Monitoring
Monitored
Current
Over
Voltage
Under
Voltage
Relay
Output
ON
OFF
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
●
●
5
V5-T5-36
●
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
T
T
T
T
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection
D65VW_
D65VW_
5
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Fixed Dropout Time Delay, 500 ms
5
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range
Over
Under
Catalog
Number
5
24 Vac
24–30 Vac
18–24 Vac
D65VWPT
120 Vac
120–150 Vac
90–120 Vac
D65VWPA
5
12 Vdc
12–15 Vdc
9–12 Vdc
D65VWPR1
24 Vdc
24–30 Vdc
18–24 Vdc
D65VWPT1
48 Vdc
48–60 Vdc
36–48 Vdc
D65VWPW1
110 Vdc
110–137 Vdc
83–110 Vdc
D65VWPA1
5
5
5
5
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Adjustable Dropout Time Delay (0.5–10 Seconds)
Nominal
Voltage
Voltage Range
Over
Under
Catalog
Number
24 Vac
24–30 Vac
18–24 Vac
D65VWKPT
120 Vac
120–150 Vac
90–120 Vac
D65VWKPA
12 Vdc
12–15 Vdc
9–12 Vdc
D65VWKPR1
24 Vdc
24–30 Vdc
18–24 Vdc
D65VWKPT1
48 Vdc
48–60 Vdc
36–48 Vdc
D65VWKPW1
110 Vdc
110–137 Vdc
83–110 Vdc
D65VWKPA1
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
5
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
8-pin socket
10
D3PA2
Hold-down spring
10
D65CHDS
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-37
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Technical Data and Specifications
5
D65VWP and D65VWPK Series, Voltage Band Relays
Description
Specification
5
Voltage tolerance
+25%/–50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No separate supply (input) voltage is required
5
Load (burden)
Less than 3 VA
Voltage settings
Overvoltage
100–125% of nominal voltage
Undervoltage
75–100% of nominal voltage
5
5
5
5
5
Temperature
–20° to 131°F (–28° to 55°C)
Indicator LED
Red steady when relay is energized;
green when relay is OFF
Reset
Automatic
Contact Eaton for information on how to order a unit with manual reset
Response times
Operate
500 ms
Release
Fixed 500 ms (D65VWP Series)
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds (D65VWKP Series)
5
Output contacts
10A resistive at 240 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 240 Vac (NO), 1/3 hp at 240 Vac (NC)
5
Mechanical life
10,000,000 operations
Electrical life
100,000 operations
Transient protection
10,000 volts for 20 microseconds
5
5
5
Wiring Diagram
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5
4 5
3
5
5
2
5
5
7
1 8
(DC)+
L1
(DC)−
L2
Monitored
Voltage
5
5
6
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D65VWP and D65VWPK Series, Voltage Band Relays
5
5
5
2.4
(60)
D65VWKP
Only
5
5
1.7
(43)
5
2.9
(74)
3.5
(89)
5
5
5
V5-T5-38
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
Description
Page
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase
Voltage Sensing
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
The Catalog Number VSR
voltage sensing relays are
highly accurate, solid-state,
AC voltage sensing devices
available in both overvoltage
and undervoltage types. They
include built-in locking shaft
potentiometers for voltage
and differential adjustment.
5
5
V5-T5-30
5
V5-T5-33
V5-T5-36
V5-T5-39
V5-T5-40
V5-T5-41
V5-T5-42
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Features
Relay circuit boards are
conformal contact for
environment-free operation.
Input is transformer isolated
from solid-state output
contact. Mounting
dimensions are the same as
Catalog Number BF relays.
5
V5-T5-29
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
Product Description
5
●
●
●
Same base plate as
Catalog Number BF relay,
mounts in same area
Captive, pressure clamp
terminals—accept 1 or 2
solid or stranded 14 AWG
or smaller wires
Adjustment potentiometer
with locking shafts—
provides shock-proof
adjustment
●
●
Conformal coated printed
circuit board—protects
relay against shock,
moisture, dirt and other
environmental hazards
Built-in surge protection—
protects internal solid-state
contact from damage due
to load and line transients
5
5
5
5
5
Product Selection
5
When Ordering, Specify
●
Catalog Number of Basic Relay
5
VSRU_
5
Voltage Sensing Relays—Undervoltage
Voltage Range
Catalog
Number
5
70–120 Vac
VSRUA
200–280 Vac
VSRUB
5
5
VSRO_
5
Voltage Sensing Relays—Overvoltage
Voltage Range
Catalog
Number
100–140 Vac
VSROA
200–280 Vac
VSROB
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-39
5.1
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
Description
Specification
Electrical ratings
Operating voltage range
70–140 Vac, 200–280 Vac 3 VA burden
Variable differential range
See Operating Curves below
Repeatability
±0.5 Vac of setting
Solid-state contacts
2A continuous maximum inductive or resistive, 132 Vac maximum 12
Ambient temperature range 3
–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)
Open contact leakage current
3 mA maximum
Closed contact voltage drop
3 Vac maximum
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1 Volt Minimum
Recommended
Differential
CCW
CW
Pickup Voltage (Variable
from 70 to 120 Vac
or 200 to 280 Vac)
Dropout Voltage
(Variable Between
70 Vac and
1 Vac Less Than
Pickup Voltage)
Diff. Adj.
Max. CCW
Diff. Adj. Max. CW
50
% Rotation Voltage Adj. Control
Relay Contact
Status Dropping
Voltage
Relay Contact Status
Rising Voltage
CW
CCW
CCW
CW
Relay Pick-Up and Drop-Out Voltage
Ranges—Overvoltage
Diff. Adj. Max. CW
140
or 280
Voltage Adjustment
(Pickup)
1 Volt Minimum
Recommended
Differential
Diff. Adj.
Dropout Voltage
Max. CCW (Variable Between
3 Vac More Than
Pickup Voltage and
Pickup Voltage
140 Vac)
(Variable from
100 to 137 Vac
or 200 Vac)
100
or 200
0
Differential
Adjustment
(Dropout)
3 Vac
50
100
% Rotation Voltage Adj. Control
Potentiometer Rotation
Providing a minimum of 60V input is present, solid-state contact
is NC. Differential adjustment sets upper limit where contact will
open. After opening, contact will remain open until voltage drops
below value set with voltage adjustment potentiometer.
Notes
1 Can initiate a Size 4 motor starter.
2 12A rms maximum inrush for three cycles. If inrush current is greater than 12A and relay is
operated more than 30 times per minute, derating may be necessary. If surge current is 12A
or less, no derating is necessary. If currents exceeding these ratings could occur,
a series fuse having an I2t rating equal to 3A squared seconds is recommended.
3 For operation in a higher ambient temperature, derating may be necessary.
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-40
100
Potentiometer Rotation
Operating Curves—Overvoltage Relay
0 Volts
1 Vac
70
or 200
0
Differential
Adjustment
(Dropout)
Solid-state NO contact closes when voltage exceeds upper limit
set by voltage adjustment potentiometer. Contact remains
closed until voltage drops below the value set with differential
adjustment. Contact will not reclose until voltage once again
exceeds upper limit.
Line Volts
Minimum
Maximum
200 Volts to 280 Volts
70 Volts to 120 Volts
5
Voltage Adjustment
(Pickup)
CCW
0 Volts
5
5
CW
Line Volts
Minimum
Maximum
200 Volts to 280 Volts
70 Volts to 120 Volts
5
120
or 280
Relay Contact Status
Rising Voltage
Line Voltage (VA-C)
on Terminals 1 & 2
Relay Contact
Status Dropping
Voltage
5
Line Voltage (VA-C)
on Terminals 1 & 2
5
Relay Pick-Up and Drop-Out Voltage
Ranges—Undervoltage
Operating Curves—Undervoltage Relay
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing
5
0.16
(4.1)
5
1.63
(41.4)
0.81
(20.6)
5
0.17 (4.3) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots
2.81
(71.4)
3.13
(79.5)
Lock
Nut
5
5
Voltage Input:
Terminals 1 and 2
Solid-State Output:
Terminals 3 and 4
5
5
0.5 (12.7)
1 (25.4)
5
4.69 (119.1)
Catalog Number VSR
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-41
5.1
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
Description
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . .
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview
D64R Series—
Digital Ground Fault Relays
D64L Series—
Ground Fault Monitors
The new D64R digital
ground fault relays are
microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
devices.
Type D64L ground fault
monitors are designed to
monitor ungrounded supplies
on three-phase AC power
systems up to 600V. If an
insulation fault develops
anywhere on the system
between the source and the
load, the D64L will detect it
and give an alarm or trip,
depending on the adjustable
field settings selected.
Microprocessor-based D64R
GFRs combine more
selectable features into a
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
reduces spares inventory
requirements.
These devices are designed to
provide reliable detection of
ground fault conditions on
three-phase AC resistance
grounded or solidly grounded
electrical distribution systems.
The D64L is ideally suited for
systems supplied from the
secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
ungrounded wye connected
transformer.
5
Because D64L has high
immunity from the effects of
voltage transients and cable
capacitance, it may be applied
in automotive, sub-sea,
mobile lighting, portable
generators, sensitive
equipment and other
installations where
ungrounded systems are
used extensively.
The user is able to individually
set the alarm level and the
trip level from 20%–80% of
the maximum leakage current
limit of the D64L selected.
Any leakage current above
the alarm level will activate
the alarm relay and light the
alarm LED. Should the
leakage current rise above
the trip level, the trip relay
and trip LED will activate.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-42
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-43
V5-T5-53
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Description
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . .
Page
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
5
5
5
V5-T5-44
V5-T5-44
V5-T5-44
V5-T5-45
V5-T5-46
V5-T5-47
V5-T5-48
V5-T5-50
V5-T5-53
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Product Description
Application Description
The new D64R digital
ground fault relays are
microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
devices.
D64R ground fault relays
feature adjustable trip
settings for both trip current
and trip time. This allows the
user to set the ground fault
trip current just above the
“charging” current of the
system. This prevents
nuisance tripping and
provides meaningful
protection of additional
ground fault leakage currents.
Microprocessor-based D64R
GFRs combine more
selectable features into a
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
reduces spares inventory
requirements.
These devices are designed to
provide reliable detection of
ground fault conditions on
three-phase AC resistance
grounded or solidly grounded
electrical distribution systems.
5
Every system has a
“charging” current that can
cause nuisance tripping if the
trip current is set too low. The
“charging” current is caused
by the capacitance-to-ground
effect of phase conductors in
a system and will vary
depending on:
5
The overall length of the
cables
The types of loads
The quality of the
insulation on the phase
conductors
Surrounding equipment
grounding, cable trays,
junction boxes, and so on
Type and size of
transformer
5
●
●
●
●
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
A “rule-of-thumb” for systems
600V and lower: the “charging”
current is 0.5A per 1000 kVA of
transformer capacity.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-43
5.1
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
●
●
5
●
5
5
5
5
Standards and Certifications
Standard Models
●
Built-in current sensor
(zero sequence CT)
●
Run and trip indicating
LEDs
●
Built-in harmonic filtering
for variable frequency
drives or standard 50/60 Hz
applications (see Page
V5-T5-47 for frequency
response range)
●
DIN rail or panel mounting
●
Rugged epoxy
encapsulated construction
●
Pull-apart terminal block
connectors
●
Form “Z” (4 terminal) NO
and NC output contacts,
5 amps at 250 Vac
●
Pulsed (trip) auto reset
mode
The pulsed (trip) auto reset
mode is designed for
applications where the output
relay is operating a shunt trip
device. The D64R relay resets
automatically, three seconds
after the ground fault current
is interrupted by the tripping
action of the circuit breaker.
This opens the output contact
wired to the shunt trip coil
and prevents damage to the
internal mechanism of the
circuit breaker in the event
that the operator tries to
reset the circuit breaker.
5
5
Monitoring Relays
Features
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
●
Suitable for use on 600V
systems—may be applied
on higher voltages by using
separate CTs with power
conductors insulated for
the system voltage
Built-in test circuitry—no
external power or
additional wiring is
necessary—tests trip time
and current settings
Communications port
(standard RJ-10 jack) for
connection to optional
remote display (D64D1)
and door mounted
units (on D64RPB100
models only)
Fail-safe selectable
mode (on D64RPB100
models only)
In the fail-safe mode, the
relay is energized when
control voltage is applied and
will trip when either:
●
●
a ground fault trip is
detected or,
there is a loss of control
power.
Service Protection Models
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Service protection models
require C311CT
10,000:1 ratio CTs
Trip current range of 50 to
1200A
Green LED indicates
“Power On”
Circuit breaker toggle
position indicates
“Normal” or “Tripped”
condition
Form “C” (3 terminal)
NO-NC output contacts,
3 amps at 250 Vac
Frequency response range
of 40 to 200 Hz
Zone interlocking feature
with green LED to indicate
“Grading Input Active” and
DIP switch array for zone
grading backup delay and
block signal override (on
D64RPBH15 model only)
Test button to invoke test
at 20A trip current—tests
external CT, electronics and
circuit breaker trip
Fail-safe selectable mode
(see above for description)
Inhibit selectable mode—
this allows the relay to
differentiate between
normal ground fault trip
levels and short circuit
conditions
The trip inhibit function is
useful when the relay is being
used to trip a contactor or
motor starter on a solidly
grounded system. Under a
bolted fault condition, the relay
would trip and could cause the
contactor or motor starter to
interrupt the high fault current
with harmful results. By
inhibiting the trip, the ground
fault relay will not trip on
bolted faults and will allow the
upstream protective device to
clear the fault instead.
●
Through-the-door or rear
panel mounting
Options
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Other ranges of trip
currents and times
Fixed trip current and times
Other control voltages
Custom packaging for
volume OEM requirements
Separate outputs for
alarming vs trip
Relays for neutral
grounding resistance
monitoring
Relays for ground fault
detection on DC power
systems
Other sizes of current
transformers
5
5
V5-T5-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
UL 1053
●
Ground Fault Sensing
and Relaying Equipment,
Class 1
(UL File # E195341)
CSA® C22.2 No. 144-M91
●
Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters
(CSA File # 700103)
CE Mark—Declaration of
Conformity
IEC 60755
●
General Requirements
for residual current
operated protective
devices
EN 50081-1
●
Electromagnetic
compatibility (radiated
emission), “household”
directive
D64R ground fault relays
are UL listed as Class 1
devices designed to protect
electrical equipment against
extensive damage from
arcing ground faults.
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection
5
Standard Models
When Ordering, Specify
●
Catalog number of relay from tables
●
Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required,
remote digital display or remote indicator units
5
5
5
Ground Fault Relay with Built-In Current Sensor
D64RP18
without Plug-In
Control Power
Trip Current
Range
Current Transformer
Selection
Catalog
Number
24–240 Vac/Vdc
30 mA–6A
Built-in 1.1 in CT 1
If external CT is required for specific application,
select 500:1 ratio CT 2
D64RP18
5
5
5
5
5
D64RPB100
Full-Featured Ground
Fault Relay
D64RPB30
without Internal CT
24–240 Vac/Vdc
24–240 Vac/Vdc
30 mA–9A
Built-in 2.0 in CT 3
If external CT is required for specific application,
select 500:1 ratio CT 2
D64RPB100_
3A–900A
Select 500:5 ratio CT 4
D64RPB100_
30A–9000A
Select 5000:5 ratio CT 4
D64RPB100_
30 mA–9A
Requires use of applicable C331CT,
see Page V5-T5-46.
D64RPB30
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Service Protection Models
When Ordering, Specify
●
Catalog number of relay from tables
●
Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required,
remote digital display or remote indicator units
D64RPBH15 Ground
Fault Relay with Zone
Interlocking
5
5
5
Ground Fault Relay
Control
Power
Zone
Interlocking
Feature
Trip Current
Range
Current Transformer
Selection
120 Vac
No
50A–1200A
Select 10,000:1 ratio CT 5
D64RPBH13
50A–1200A
5
D64RPBH15
120 Vac
Yes
Select 10,000:1 ratio CT
5
Catalog
Number
5
5
5
5
Notes
1 Maximum allowable continuous current through built-in CT is 100 amps.
2 For 500:1 ratio CTs, select from Protective Relays in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E. Tab 9, section 9.3.
3 Maximum allowable continuous current through built-in CT is 200 amps.
4 For 500:5 or 5000:5 ratio CTs, select any commercially available 5 amp secondary CT with the same ratio.
5 For 10,000: 1 ratio CTs, select from Protective Relays in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E. Tab 9, section 9.3.
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-45
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Accessories
5
Zero Sequence Current
Transformers
●
A complete size range of
zero sequence CTs
designed specifically for
use with D64R relays
provide excellent coupling
to the monitored circuit.
This means accurate
ground fault leakage
current detection over the
full setting range of the relay
with no saturation
5
5
5
5
5
●
●
Built-in back-to-back zeners
across the output terminals
of all 500:1 and 10,000:1
CTs provide personnel
safety should the secondary
circuit be opened
Rectangular split core CTs
make retro-fitting easy
●
●
All CTs are epoxy potted,
panel mounted and come
with either secondary
screw terminals or
threaded studs
The core is very high grade
silicon iron to give superior
coupling characteristics
and to withstand high
shock and vibration
5
Zero Sequence Current Transformers for D64RP18 and D64RPB100 Relay 123
5
C311CT9
Toroidal
Ratio 500:1 CTs 4
Description/Window Size
Catalog
Number
5
1.1 in (28 mm)
C311CT8
1.8 in (46 mm)
C311CT1
5
2.5 in (65 mm)
C311CT9
3.5 in (90 mm)
C311CT2
5.7 in (144 mm)
C311CT5
9.5 in (240 mm)
C311CT6
5
5
5
Split Core (Rectangular/Square)
5
Ratio 500:1 CTs 4
5
5
5
5
5
Description/Window Size
Catalog
Number
5.9 x 6.7 in (150 x 170 mm)
C311CT3
4.0 x 13.8 in (100 x 350 mm)
C311CT4
11.8 x 11.8 in (300 x 300 mm)
C311CT7
Zero Sequence Current Transformers for D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15 Relays
Toroidal
Ratio 10,000:1 CTs 5
5
5
Description/Window Size
Catalog
Number
2.5 in (65 mm)
C311CT11
5
5.7 in (144 mm)
C311CT12
9.5 in (240 mm)
C311CT13
5
Notes
1 D64RP18 relays use 500:1 ratio CTs if needed.
2 D64RPB100 relays can use 500:1 ratio CTs when needed for 30 mA–9A,
500:5 ratio for 3A–900A and 5000:5 ratio for 30A–9000A trip current ranges.
3 For 500:5 or 5000:5 ratio CTs, select any commercially available 5 Amp
secondary CT with the same ratio.
4 The maximum allowable continuous current through CTs is 1000A.
5 The maximum allowable continuous current through 10,000:1 ratio CTs is 10,000A.
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
All CTs are 600 Volt class.
They may be used on
higher voltage circuits
provided that power
conductors are insulated
for the system voltage
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
D64D1 Digital Display Unit
The D64D1 digital display unit
is connected to the
D64RPB100 by up to 30 ft
(10m) of standard four-wire
telephone type cable. It is
supplied with door-mounting
hardware. It provides the
following remote indications
and functions:
●
●
●
●
●
Continuous reading of
actual ground fault current,
employing auto ranging
Display of the pre-trip
ground fault current, after a
trip has occurred (flashing
display)
Display of the trip current
setting, after a Test Trip has
been activated
Green RUN LED, red
TRIP LED
TEST and RESET
pushbuttons. The RESET
button must be held
pressed before the TEST is
pressed to invoke the test
procedure. The function of
this button can be enabled/
disabled by inserting the
interconnecting cable from
the D64RPB100 relay into
one of two sockets, TEST
ON or TEST OFF, on the
right side of the display
●
●
5.1
5
Pushing VERIFY
pushbutton shows if
D64RPB100 tripped due to
a ground fault prior to loss
of its control voltage—red
TRIP LED lights, or if there
was no ground fault trip—
green RUN LED lights. This
indication will remain
available for at least ten
hours
The Numerical LCD window
displays actual ground fault
current in amps. When a
5000:5 ratio interposing CT
is used, all displayed values
are to be interpreted as kA
rather than amps
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Remote Display Unit for D64RPB100
D64D1
Catalog
Number
Description
5
D64D1
Remote digital display with numerical LCD, RUN and TRIP LEDs, TEST,
RESET and VERIFY pushbuttons: C/W 3 ft (1m) of cable.
5
5
5
Technical Data and Specifications
5
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Frequency
Response
(Hz)
Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
Built-In
Current
Sensor
D64RP18
24–240 Vac/Vdc
non-isolated
45–450 Hz
30 mA
6A
20 ms
500 ms
1.1 in
Optional
500:1
No
Pushbutton
D64RPB100
24–240 Vac/Vdc
isolated
45–450 Hz
30 mA
9A
20 ms
5 sec
2.0 in
Optional
500:1
Yes
3A
900A
Required
500:5
30A
9000A
Required
5000:5
Pushbutton or
RJ-11
Communications
port
Catalog
Number
Trip Time Delay Range
5
Control
Power
(Volts)
Trip Current Range
External Current Transformer
Test/Reset Provision
Required
Ratio
Pushbutton
on Cover
Remote
D64RPBH13
120 Vac
45–200 Hz
50A
1200A
35 ms
1 sec
None
Required
10000:1
Yes
Pushbutton
D64RPBH15 1
120 Vac
40–200 Hz
50A
1200A
35 ms
1 sec
None
Required
10000:1
Yes
Pushbutton
Note
1 With zone interlocking feature.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-47
5.1
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Wiring Diagrams
Typical Field Connection of D64RP18 Using Built-In Current
Transformer
Power
Source
5
5
5
5
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 Using Built-In
Current Transformer and Remote Test/Reset
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Power Source
Trip
STOP
Trip
START
R
5
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
O/L
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
1M
O/L 1M
5
R
START
1M
STOP
1M
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
5
5
Reset “Double
Click for Test” T
5
5
GF Trip Range:
30 mA to 9A.
Remote
Test/Reset
5
1M
5
O/L
1M
O/L
5
5
5
5
Typical Field Connection of D64RP18 with External 500:1
Current Transformer and Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 with Interposing
500:5 Current Transformer, Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset for Shunt
Trip Breaker
Power Source
Power
Source
5
Current
Carrying
Neutral,
When Used
5
5
ST
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
ST
5
5
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
5
“Double Click
for Test” T
(Pulsed
Trip-Auto Reset)
5
5
50
RP
5
LOAD
V5-T5-48
G
50
0:5
C
SE 311
RI CT
ES
5
OS
IN
0:1
5
5
IN
TE
GF Trip Range:
3A to 900A
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
GROUNDED
SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
www.eaton.com
LOAD
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 with External 500:1
Current Transformer (C311CT Series) Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset
for Shunt Trip Breaker
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire – 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire – 3-Phase 4-Wire
ST
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
Power Source
5
D64RPBH15 Typical Field Connection
Power
Source
5
5
C311CT
Current
Transformer
CB Coil
Clearing
Contact
5
ST
50
0:1
C3
11
CT
SE
R
5
5
Current
Carrying
Neutral,
When Used
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
5
5
5
IES
5
GF Trip
Range:
30 mA to 9A
5
LOAD
5
5
LOAD
To
Upstream
Zone
5
5
From Downstream Zone
5
D64RPBH13 Typical Field Connections
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
5
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
5
Power
Source
5
5
5
CB Coil
Clearing
Contact
C311CT
Current
Transformer
5
5
ST
5
5
5
5
LOAD
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-49
5.1
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D64RP18
2.76 (70)
5
1.77 (45)
5
1.38
(35)
5
Mounting Hole
0.22 (5.5) Dia.
1.10 (28)
Dia.
5
5
2.76 2.36
(70) (60)
1.38
(35)
35 mm
DIN Rail
3.58
(91)
4.43
(112.5)
DIN Rail
Release
1.38
(35)
5
5
Clip
5
1.26
(32)
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw
Right Hand Side View
5
5
D64RPB100
5
5
Mounting Hole
0.22 (5.5) Dia.
3.94 (100)
5
5
5
2.00
(50.8)
Dia.
0.82 (21)
1.97
(50)
3.94
(100)
4.02
(102)
DIN Rail
Release
2.36 1.38
(60) (35)
35 mm
DIN Rail
2.76
(70)
5
5
5
2.17 (55)
0.20 (5) 0.30 (7.5)
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw
5
Bottom Side View
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
1.77 (45)
3.94 (100)
3.35 (85)
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15
0.20 (5)
0.73
(18.4)
2.36 (60)
1.38
(35)
0.30
(7.5)
5
0.30 (7.5)
0.16 (4)
3.15 (80)
Mounting Hole
0.158 (4) Dia.
2.83 (72)
Door Cutout
5
5
5
DIN Rail
Release
3.35
(85)
4.92
(125)
3.94
(100)
5
4.01
(102)
Door
Cutout
3.94
(100)
5
4.92
(125)
5
4.33
(110)
35 mm
DIN Rail
Mounting Hole
0.22 (5.5) Dia.
0.59
(15)
2.76 (70)
5
3.94 (100)
0.30
(7.5)
4.14 (105)
5
3.74 (95)
0.16 (4)
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw
Right Side View
5
Through-the-Door Mounting
5
D64D1 and D64D2
1.50
(38)
2.68 (68)
0.83
(21)
1.38
(35)
5
2.72 (69)
Panel Cutout
1.02
(26)
5
5
0.94
(24)
3.74
(95)
0.31
(8)
M5
3.27
(83)
5
M5
3.74
(95)
3.27
(83)
1.82
(46.2)
1.46
(37)
3.27
(83)
Panel
Cutout
5
5
5
0.41
(10.5)
Right Side View
5
3.19 (81)
Rear View
5
Through-the-Panel Mounting
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-51
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
C311CT Series
Threaded
Studs
M4 1 mm
5
5
Split (If Split Core)
F
B
F
B
G
F
B
5
5
A
C
5
5
C
E
A
H C
H
D
5
5
A
E
E
D
D
Figure B
Figure A
Figure C
Note: All Mounting Holes Are 0.25 (6.4) Dia.
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
F
G
H
A
3.35 (85)
3.35 (85)
1.57 (40)
0.98 (25)
0.39 (10)
1.81 (46)
—
—
B
7.30 (185)
5.50 (140)
1.20 (30)
6.42 (163)
0.59 (15)
3.54 (90)
—
0.89 (22.5)
C311CT3
C
13.58 (345)
8.75 (222)
1.57 (40)
12.80 (325)
0.59 (15)
6.70 (170)
5.90 (150)
0.89 (22.5)
5
C311CT4
C
20.87 (530)
7.87 (200)
1.57 (40)
20.08 (510)
0.59 (15)
13.78 (350)
3.94 (100)
0.89 (22.5)
5
C311CT5
B
10.12 (257)
8.27 (210)
1.46 (37)
9.33 (237)
0.59 (15)
5.70 (145)
—
0.89 (22.5)
C311CT6
B
13.86 (352)
11.89 (302)
1.46 (37)
13.07 (332)
0.59 (15)
9.45 (240)
—
0.89 (22.5)
5
C311CT8
A
2.17 (55)
2.56 (65)
2.20 (56)
0.98 (25)
0.59 (15)
1.10 (28)
—
—
C311CT9
B
6.68 (167)
4.84 (123)
1.18 (30)
5.78 (147)
0.59 (15)
2.56 (65)
—
0.89 (22.5)
5
C311CT11
B
6.68 (167)
4.84 (123)
1.18 (30)
5.78 (147)
0.59 (15)
2.56 (65)
—
0.89 (22.5)
5
C311CT12
B
10.12 (257)
8.27 (210)
1.85 (47)
9.33 (237)
0.59 (15)
5.70 (145)
—
0.89 (22.5)
C311CT13
B
13.86 (352)
11.89 (302)
1.85 (47)
13.07 (332)
0.59 (15)
9.45 (240)
—
0.89 (22.5)
5
5
Catalog
Number
Figure
C311CT1
C311CT2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Description
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . .
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
5
V5-T5-3
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-28
5
V5-T5-43
V5-T5-54
V5-T5-54
V5-T5-54
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Product Description
Type D64L ground fault
monitors are designed to
monitor ungrounded supplies
on three-phase AC power
systems up to 600V. If an
insulation fault develops
anywhere on the system
between the source and the
load, the D64L will detect it
and give an alarm or trip,
depending on the adjustable
field settings selected.
The D64L is ideally suited for
systems supplied from the
secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
ungrounded wye connected
transformer.
5
Features
Because D64L has high
immunity from the effects of
voltage transients and cable
capacitance, it may be applied
in automotive, sub-sea,
mobile lighting, portable
generators, sensitive
equipment and other
installations where
ungrounded systems are
used extensively.
The user is able to individually
set the alarm level and the
trip level from 20%–80% of
the maximum leakage current
limit of the D64L selected.
Any leakage current above
the alarm level will activate
the alarm relay and light the
alarm LED. Should the
leakage current rise above
the trip level, the trip relay
and trip LED will activate.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Adjustable leakage current
limit setting (20 mA, 35 mA
or 50 mA). Factory set at
20 mA
Built-in RESET button on all
models
Selectable fail-safe/non-failsafe operation
Auto reset after alarm
condition
Selectable auto/manual
reset after trip
Three LEDs for POWER
ON, ALARM and TRIP
Three LEDs to indicate
which phase is faulted
Adjustable alarm setting
20%–80% of leakage
current limit
Adjustable trip setting
20%–80% of leakage
current limit
70 ms response time for
alarm and trip level.
Resample time—
2 seconds
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Minimum alarm signal
duration—70 ms
110/120V or 220/240V 50/
60 Hz control power, 4 VA
Isolated voltage free Form
Z NO and NC contacts on
both alarm and trip relays,
5A at 250 Vac
30A 600V screw terminals,
12 AWG capacity, for
phase and ground
connections
10A 300V screw clamp
terminals, 12 AWG
capacity for relay outputs
and control supply
CSA certified
35 mm DIN rail or two
screw mounting
Suggested Fuse Block and Fuses
●
DIN rail mounting
●
1–C350BD3C61 600V
30A three-pole fuse
block
3–Class CC 600V 5A fuses
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-53
5.1
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
5
Product Selection
5
When Ordering, Specify
●
Catalog number of ground fault monitor
●
Catalog number of fuse block and fuses as required
5
Fuse Block
5
5
Mounting Type
Fuse Holder Rating
Fuse Type
Catalog
Number
DIN rail
600V 30A three-pole
Class CC 600V 5A
WMR633G
5
Line Insulation Monitors
5
Line Voltage Range 50/60 Hz
Fuse Type
Catalog
Number
380–600V
110/120V 50/60 Hz
D64L2A
220/240V 50/60 Hz
D64L2B
5
5
5
5
5
Wiring Diagram
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
480V
Transformer
Secondary
ST
5
Alarm
Current
5
20%
80% 20%
G
Power Trip Alarm
Ok
NO Momentary Contact
Pushbutton Rated 600 Volts
D64L2
120 Vac
Alarm
Separate Connection
to Equipment Ground
Trip
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
5.31
(134.9)
5
5
L1 L2 L3
Alarm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5
5
80%
Reset
5
5
Suggested Test Circuit
1-Pole Deadfront Fuseholder
with 0.5A HRC Fuse
Resistor – Refer to
Instruction Manual
Trip
Current
120 Vac Trip
5
5
3-Pole HRC Fusing
L1 L2 L3
5
5
Load
2.36 (59.1)
3.94
(100.1)
3.00 (76.2)
6.14
(155.9)
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
5.2
Contents
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
5
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
Product Description
●
Eliminates need for
separate overload relay
Features and Benefits
Application Description
●
●
Can be used with
contactor to eliminate need
for overload relay and still
create manual motor
control
Meets requirement for
motor branch protection,
including:
●
Disconnecting means
●
Branch circuit short
circuit protection
●
Overload protection
●
●
●
●
●
●
Phase imbalance
protection
Phase loss protection
Hot trip/cold trip
High load alarm
Pre-detection trip relay
option
Class 10, 15, 20, 30
protection
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
IEC 60947-2
UL 489 100% rated
UL 508
CSA C22.2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
5
Refer to Volume 4—Circuit Protection, CA08100005E, Tab 2,
section 2.2 for additional product information.
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
5
Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
2.2
2.2
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-55
5.3
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Manual Motor Protection
Contents
Manual Motor Protection
Description
5
Page
Manual Motor Protection
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
V5-T5-57
V5-T5-57
V5-T5-57
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB, XTPR and XTPE
5
Product Description
Application Description
Eaton’s new XT family of
manual motor protectors
(MMPs) features a
pushbutton or rotary ON/OFF
manual disconnect, Class 10
adjustable bimetallic overload
relay and fixed magnetic
short-circuit trip capability
in one compact unit. Two
frame sizes are available:
Frame B (45 mm) for motors
with FLA ratings up to 32A
and Frame D (55 mm) covers
motor FLA ratings up to 65A.
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
can be used in the following
applications.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protective Circuit Breaker
In many countries outside
of the United States and
Canada, especially Europe,
the MMPs are tested and
classified as thermalmagnetic circuit breakers
for use in motor branch
circuits. This can be an
important consideration for all
companies who export their
equipment and machines
internationally. Both the XTPB
and XTPR conform to IEC/EN
60947 and have the CE Mark.
5
5
Manual Motor Protectors
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
are UL listed under UL 508 as
manual motor protectors. They
provide an economical solution
for applications requiring
simple manual starting and
stopping of motors. When
used as a manual starter, they
are typically installed in an
enclosure. Many enclosures
are offered as accessories for
the MMPs. Separate shortcircuit protective devices, such
as circuit breakers or fuses, are
wired ahead of the MMPs. The
short-circuit protective device
should be sized per the NEC
and should not exceed 400%
of the maximum FLA dial
setting of the MMP.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Individual Branch Motor
Applications
A UL 508 Type E selfprotected manual
combination starter/motor
controller consists of a single
device possessing four
essential elements:
disconnect, short circuit
protection, motor controller,
and motor overload
protection. Some MMPs
require use of a lineside
adapter for this type of
approval. When tested as an
official combination by UL,
this device takes the place of
a fuse-starter or breakerstarter, XT Type E MMPs are
self-protected, meaning they
do not need additional short
circuit protection of a fuse or
breaker. Type E devices can
also be used with a contactor
or other types of UL approved
controllers. If tested with a
contactor, the combination
motor controller becomes a
Type F device. See Tab 1 of
this volume, section 1.1 for
XTFC Type F devices.
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Manual Motor Protection
Features and Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
5.3
Standards and Certifications
ON/OFF rotary handle with
lockout provision
Visible trip indication
Class 10 overload
protection
Phase loss sensitivity
Ambient temperature
compensation to IEC/EN
60947, VDE 0660
Fixed short-circuit trip—
14 times maximum setting
of overload FLA dial
Type 2 coordination per IEC
947
Identification markers
standard on starter
faceplate
●
●
●
●
●
Motor applications from
0.1A to 65A
Built-in heater and
magnetic trip elements
to protect the motor
Adjustment dial for setting
motor FLA
DIN rail mount
Terminal types available:
●
Screw terminals
●
Screw (line) and spring
cage (load) terminals
●
Spring cage terminals
●
Accessories include:
●
Front and side auxiliary
contacts
●
Trip indicating contacts
●
Tamperproof cover for
OLR dial
●
Undervoltage release
●
Shunt trip
●
Through-the-door
operators
●
Enclosures
●
Three-phase line side
connecting links
●
●
●
●
●
●
CE approved
UL listed File No. E245398
UL 508 group motor and
Type E compliant
IEC/EN 60947
CSA File 229767, Class
3211-05
DIN VDE 0660 Part 100,
Part 101 and Part 102
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Catalog Number Selection
5
XT Manual Motor Protectors
5
5
XT PR 012 B C1
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
PB =
PR =
PM =
PT =
Type
Manual motor protector—
pushbutton
Manual motor protector—
rotary
Manual motor protector—
magnetic only
Manual transformer
protector (high mag.)
Current Ratings
Frame B
Frame D
P16 = 0.16A
016 = 16A
P25 = 0.25A
025 = 25A
P40 = 0.40A
032 = 32A
P63 = 0.63A
040 = 40A
001 = 1A
050 = 50A
1P6 = 1.6A
058 = 58A
2P5 = 2.5A
063 = 63A
004 = 4A
6P3 = 6.3A
010 = 10A
012 = 12A
016 = 16A
020 = 20A
025 = 25A
032 = 32A
Frame Size
B = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
Trip Class
C1
= Class 10
Blank = Magnetic only (no thermal trip)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information.
Manual Motor Protectors
5
Tab Section
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-57
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Contents
Overload Relays
Description
5
Page
Overload Relays
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview
5
Overload Relays
5
XT IEC—Miniature
XT IEC—Thermal
Freedom
C440/XTOE
5
Product Description
Eaton’s new line of XT
miniature controls includes
non-reversing and reversing
mini contactors, mini overload
relays and snap-on
accessories. A wide range of
applications is possible,
including small electrical
motors from fractional to 5 hp
(460 Vac) or up to 4 kW (400
Vac).
Product Description
The XT line of IEC motor
thermal overload relays
provides an efficient motor
protection solution, available
up to 630A. XTOB units can
be directly mounted to the
contactor or mounted
separately.
Product Description
C306 Overload Relays are
designed for use with CE
or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
overload protection up
to 144A.
Product Description
Eaton’s new electronic
overload relay (EOL) is
the most compact, highfeatured, economical product
in its class. Designed on a
global platform, the new
EOL covers the entire power
control spectrum including
NEMA®, IEC and
DP contactors. The NEMA
and DP versions are offered
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has the
XT designation. The
electronic design provides
reliable, accurate and value
driven protection and
communications capabilities
in a single compact device. It
is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Features
●
Phase failure sensitivity
●
Direct mount to XTMC and
XTMF mini contactors
●
Trip Class 10
●
11 settings to cover
0.1 to 12A
●
Ambient temperature
compensated –5° to 50°C
[23° to 122°F]
●
Manual and automatic
reset by selector switch
●
One make (NO) or one
break (NC) auxiliary contact
as standard
●
Test/Off button
●
Trip-free release
Features
●
Direct connect up to 250A
●
Stand alone and CT type
up to 630A
●
Large thermal overcurrent
range
●
Test button
●
Manual/automatic
selectable reset
●
NO-NC auxiliary as
standard
●
Class 10A (to 250A)
●
Class 30 (CT type)
Features
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
●
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
motors. Heater packs for
32A overload relay will
mount in 75A overload
relay—useful in derating
applications such as
jogging
●
Class 10 or 20
heater packs
●
Load lugs built into
relay base
●
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
●
Overload trip indication
●
5
5
V5-T5-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules for
Modbus® RTU, DeviceNet™,
PROFIBUS®, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
IQ500
The IQ500 is a heaterless,
current-sensing, solid-state
motor protective relay with
optional communications
capabilities. Several functions
are incorporated into the base
relay (IQ502/IQ504) as
standard:
●
●
●
Overload (overcurrent)
protection
Phase imbalance and
phase loss protection
Ground current protection
(Class II)
The base relay can serve as
the initial building block for a
motor protection system by
adding the IQ500M Special
Function Module. The
module can address
application related motor load
functions with the additional
features:
●
●
●
●
Underload protection
Long acceleration
Jam protection
Load control
The IQ500 can provide a costeffective alternative to
conventional protective relays
such as current relays,
ground fault relays and phase
loss or phase imbalance
relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a lowcost, local area
communication network,
information such as current
values, status, setpoint
values and cause of trip can
be displayed remotely. The
IQ500 relay is ideal for a
variety of industrial
applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors,
wastewater treatment plants
and petrochemical industries.
C441
Eaton’s Motor Insight, the
first product in the Intelligent
Power Control Solutions
family, is a highly configurable
motor, load and line
protection device with power
monitoring, diagnostics and
flexible communications
allowing the customer to
save energy, optimize their
maintenance schedules and
configure greater system
protection, thus reducing
overall costs and downtime.
Motor Insight is available
in either a line-powered or
120 Vac control powered
design, capable of monitoring
voltages up to 660 Vac. Each
of these units is available in
a 1–9 amp or a 5–90 amp FLA
model. With external CTs,
Motor Insight can protect
motors up to 540 amps FLA.
Available add-on accessories
include remote reset capability
and communication modules
for Modbus RTU, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
For ease-of-use and operator
safety, Motor Insight offers a
remote display that mounts
easily with two 30 mm
knockouts.
The Motor Insight’s functions
consist of:
●
●
●
●
●
Motor control
Motor protection
Load protection
Line protection
Monitoring capabilities
MP-3000
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
●
Current only device—
no need to add PTs
●
Intel-I-Trip™ overload
protection based on
motor data
●
Event recording and
operational logging
●
The protection functions are
listed below.
●
I2t overload protection
(49/51)
●
Locked rotor (49S/51)
●
Ultimate trip current (51)
●
Negative sequence phase
imbalance (46)
●
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
●
Ground fault
protection (50G)
●
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
●
Underload trip (37)
●
Starts per time (66)
●
Jam or stall (51R)
●
Auto or manual reset (86)
●
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes
The metering functions are:
●
Motor currents:
●
Average current (Iave)
●
Individual phase and
ground current in
primary amperes
●
Percent of full load
●
Percent of phase
imbalance
●
RTD temperatures:
●
Individual winding
●
Motor bearing
●
Load
●
Auxiliary temperatures
●
Motor conditions:
●
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
●
Time before start
●
Remaining starts
allowed
●
Oldest start time
5.4
MP-4000
●
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
●
Current and Voltage device
●
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection based on
motor data
●
Event recording and
operational logging
5
The protection functions are
listed below.
●
All functions listed under
MP-3000 as well as:
●
Undervoltage (27)
●
Overvoltage (59)
●
Under power (32)
●
Negative sequence
voltage imbalance (47)
●
Power factor (55)
5
The metering functions are:
●
All functions listed under
MP-3000 as well as:
Metering—
●
Average current
●
Amperes: magnitude
and angle in primary
values
●
Amperes: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
Average voltage (V ave)
●
Voltage: magnitude and
angle
●
Voltage: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
% of full load
●
% current imbalance
●
% voltage imbalance
●
Power, vars and VA
●
Power factor
●
Frequency
●
Energy metering with
time and date stamps
5
RTD temperatures—
●
Individual winding
●
Motor bearing
●
Load
●
Auxiliary temperatures
Motor conditions—
●
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
●
Time before start
●
Remaining starts
allowed
●
Oldest start time
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-59
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Contents
Miniature Overload Relays
Description
5
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
V5-T5-61
V5-T5-61
An Eaton
Green Solution
5
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-62
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
XT IEC Overload Relays
5
Miniature Overload Relays
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Standards and Certifications
Product Description
Features
Eaton’s new line of XT
miniature controls includes
non-reversing and reversing
mini contactors, mini overload
relays and snap-on
accessories. A wide range of
applications is possible,
including small electrical
motors from fractional to 5 hp
(460 Vac) or up to 4 kW (400
Vac).
Mini Overload Relays—
Bimetallic Type XTOM
●
Phase failure sensitivity
●
Direct mount to XTMC and
XTMF mini contactors
●
Trip Class 10
●
11 settings to cover
0.1 to 12A
●
Ambient temperature
compensated –5° to 50°C
[23° to 122°F]
●
Manual and automatic
reset by selector switch
●
One make (NO) or one
break (NC) auxiliary contact
as standard
●
Test/Off button
●
Trip-free release
Application Description
Due to its compact size, the
XT line of mini controls is
best suited to be applied in
light-duty loads, such as
hoisting, packaging, material
handling, heating, lighting and
automation systems. XT mini
contactors are a particularly
compact, economic and
environmentally friendly
solution wherever control
of small motors or loads
is required.
●
●
●
●
●
●
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
CCC
ATEX
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51219
XTMC, XTMF Mini Contactors, XTRM Mini
Control Relay and Accessories
Pub51243
XTOM Mini Overload Relays
Pub51206
Mini Reversing Link Kits
MN03402002E
XTOM Mini Overload Relays Installation
and User Manual
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-60
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection
5
XT IEC Miniature Overload Relays
5
XT OM P16 A C1
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control
Type
OM = Mini overload relay
P16
P24
P40
P60
001
1P6
=
=
=
=
=
=
Overload Release
0.1–0.16A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
0.16–0.24A
004 = 2.4–4A
0.24–0.4A
006 = 4–6A
0.4–0.6A
009 = 6–9A
0.6–1A
012 = 9–12A
1–1.6A
5
Frame Size
A = 45 mm mini
5
Trip Class
C1 = Class 10A
5
5
5
5
5
Mini Overload Relay Settings (A)
Setting
Starting
A: IN x 0.58
Motor protection in the Y and delta configurations.
<15 sec
5
B: IN x 1
Only partial motor protection in star position
15–40 sec
5
C: IN x 0.58
Motor not protected in star position.
>40 sec
5
5
Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec.
Note
Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established
whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the main and delta contactors are to be
common or separate.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
5
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information.
5
Miniature Overload Relays
5
Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-61
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Contents
Thermal Overload Relays
Description
5
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-63
V5-T5-63
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Thermal Overload Relays
Product Description
The XT line of IEC motor
thermal overload relays
provides an efficient motor
protection solution, available
up to 630A. XTOB units can
be directly mounted to the
contactor or mounted
separately.
Features and Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
5
●
5
●
Direct connect up to 250A
Stand alone and CT type
up to 630A
Large thermal overcurrent
range
Test button
Manual/automatic
selectable reset
NO-NC auxiliary as
standard
Class 10A (to 250A)
Class 30 (CT type)
5
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
IEC EN 60947
CE approved
UL
CSA
ATEX
RoHS
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51221
XTOB, D Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
Pub51222
5
XTOB, B–C Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
Notes
Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct
device mounting. See MN03402001E for more information on overload relays for Frames B–G.
Trip Class: 10A
Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors. EC prototype test certificate available upon request.
See manuals MN03402001E and MN03407001E, Page 135.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-62
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Catalog Number Selection
5
XT IEC Overload Relays
5
XT OB P16 B C1 S
Device Type
XT = XT line of IEC control
Type
OB = Bimetallic overload relay
OT = Current transformer overload relay
Overload Release
Frame G
Frame B
035 = 25–35A
P16 = 0.1–0.16A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A 050 = 35–50A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
070 = 50–70A
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
100 = 70–100A
001 = 0.6–1A
125 = 95–125A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
150 = 120–150A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
175 = 145–175A
004 = 2.4–4A
006 = 4–6A
Frame L
010 = 6–10A
070 = 50–70A
012 = 9–12A
100 = 70–100A
016 = 12–16A
125 = 95–125A
160 = 120–160A
Frame C
220 = 160–220A
P16 = 0.1–0.16A
250 = 200–250A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
Frame M
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
063 = 42–63A
001 = 0.6–1A
090 = 60–90A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
125 = 85–125A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
160 = 110–160A
004 = 2.4–4A
240 = 160–240A
006 = 4–6A
290 = 190–290A
010 = 6–10A
400 = 170–400A
016 = 12–16A
540 = 360–540A
024 = 16–24A
032 = 24–32A
Frame N
063 = 42–63A
Frame D
090 = 60–90A
010 = 6–10A
125 = 85–125A
016 = 12–16A
160 = 110–160A
024 = 16–24A
240 = 160–240A
040 = 24–40A
290 = 190–290A
057 = 40–57A
400 = 170–400A
065 = 50–65A
540 = 360–540A
075 = 65–75A
630 = 420–630A
Frame Size
Designation
B = 45 mm
C = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
G = 90 mm
L = 140 mm
Blank = XTOT only
5
Trip Class
C1 = Class 10A
C3 = Class 30
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
S
= Separate mount
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Frame F
035 = 25–35A
050 = 35–50A
070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
5
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information.
Thermal Overload Relays
5
Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-63
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Contents
32A Overload—C306DN3B
Description
5
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
Freedom Overload Relays
5
Product Description
Features
C306 Overload Relays are
designed for use with CE
or CN non-reversing and
reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
overload protection up
to 144A.
●
5
5
5
●
5
5
5
●
5
Standards and Certifications
Selectable manual or
automatic reset operation
Interchangeable heater
packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
motors. Heater packs for
32A overload relay will
mount in 75A overload
relay—useful in derating
applications such as
jogging
Class 10 or 20
heater packs
●
●
●
●
●
Load lugs built into
relay base
Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
Electrically isolated NO-NC
contacts (pull RESET
button to test). (Electrical
ratings see tables in Tab 2
of this volume, section 2.1)
Overload trip indication
Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce
possibility of electrical
shock
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
5
Refer to Tab 2 of this volume, section 2.1 for additional
product information.
5
Freedom Overload Relays
5
5
5
Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
2.1
5
V5-T5-64
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
Meets UL 508 singlephasing requirements
UL listed, CSA certified
and NEMA compliance
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Contents
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-66
V5-T5-67
V5-T5-69
V5-T5-74
V5-T5-78
V5-T5-84
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Features and Benefits
Product Description
Eaton’s new electronic
overload relay (EOL) is
the most compact, highfeatured, economical product
in its class. Designed on a
global platform, the new
EOL covers the entire power
control spectrum including
NEMA, IEC and
DP contactors. The NEMA
and DP versions are offered
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has the
XT designation. The
electronic design provides
reliable, accurate and value
driven protection and
communications capabilities
in a single compact device. It
is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-touse, reliable protection.
Eaton has a long history of
innovations and product
development in motor control
and protection, including both
traditional NEMA, as well as
IEC control. It was from this
experience that the C440 was
developed, delivering new
solutions to meet today’s
demands.
C440 is a self-powered
electronic overload relay
available up to 175A as a
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
reset capability and
communication modules for
Modbus RTU, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
Features
●
Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
●
Easy to select, install and maintain
●
Compact size
●
Flexible, intelligent design
●
Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
power control
Size/Range
●
Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500A)
●
Selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
●
Direct mounting to NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Most compact electronic
overload in its class
User Interface
●
Large FLA selection dial
●
Trip status indicator
●
Operating mode LED
●
DIP switch selectable trip
class, phase imbalance and
ground fault
●
Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
Motor Control
●
Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
●
Test/Trip button
Feature Options
●
Remote reset
●
120 Vac
●
24 Vac
●
24 Vdc
Motor Protection
●
Thermal overload
●
Phase loss
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase imbalance
●
Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
●
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Tamper-proof cover
Communications modules
●
Modbus RTU RS-485
●
DeviceNet with I/O
●
PROFIBUS with I/O
●
Modbus RTU with I/O
●
Ethernet IP with I/O
●
Modbus TCP with I/O
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-65
5.4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Standards and Certifications
Benefits
Reliability and Improved
Uptime
●
C440 provides the users
with peace of mind
knowing that their
assets are protected
with the highest level
of motor protection and
communication capability
in its class
●
Extends the life of plant
assets with selectable
motor protection features
such as trip class, phase
imbalance and ground fault
●
Protects against
unnecessary downtime
by discovering changes
in your system (line/load)
with remote monitoring
capabilities
●
Status LED provides
added assurance that
valuable assets are
protected by indicating the
overload operational status
●
Flexibility
●
Available with NEMA,
IEC and DP contactors
●
Improves return on
investment by reducing
inventory carrying costs
with wide FLA adjustment
(5:1) and selectable
trip class
●
Design incorporates built-in
ground fault protection
thus eliminating the need
for separate CTs and
modules
●
Flexible communication
with optional I/O enables
easy integration into plant
management systems for
remote monitoring and
control
●
Available as an open
component and in
enclosed control and motor
control center assemblies
Monitoring Capabilities
●
Individual phase
currents RMS
●
Average three-phase
current RMS
●
Thermal memory
●
Fault indication (overload,
phase loss, phase
imbalance, ground fault)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL
CSA
CE
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
ISO® 13849-1 (EN954-1)
RoHS
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
Equipment Group 2,
Category 2
Safety
●
IP 20 rated terminal blocks
●
Available in Eaton’s
industry leading FlashGard
MCCs
●
Tested to the highest
industry standards such
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
●
RoHS compliant
5
5
5
5
Electronic Overload Education
Description
Definition
Cause
Effect if not Protected
C440/XT Protection
Overload is a condition in which
current draw exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating for
an inductive motor.
• An increase in the load or torque that is
being driven by the motor.
• Increase in current draw leads to heat
and insulation breakdown, which can
cause system failure.
• Thermal trip behavior is defined by
UL, CSA and IEC standards.
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
5
• A poor power factor causing above
normal current draw.
5
5
• A low voltage supply to the motor
causes the current to go high to
maintain the power needed.
5
5
5
• Trip class is settable from 10A,
10, 20, 30
Ground fault
A line to ground fault.
A current leakage path to ground.
An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
mention risk to equipment or personnel
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if ground fault current
exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,
that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
current exceeds 6A.
Imbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Uneven voltage or current between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be imbalanced.
Imbalanced voltage causes large
imbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
of imbalanced phases as listed above.
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
5
5
• Increase in current can increase
power consumption and waste
valuable energy.
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-66
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Catalog Number Selection
5
XT Electronic Overload Relay—IEC 1
5
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
5
5
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
P = Pass-Through
S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
Type
OE = Electronic overload relay
5
5
Trip Type
CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30
GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20
5
5
Overload Range
1P6
005
020
1P6
005
020
045
045
100
100
175
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
9–45A
20–100A
20–100A
35–175A
Contactor Frame
B = 45 mm
5
5
C = 45 mm
5
D = 55 mm
5
F, G = 105 mm
G, H = 105 mm
5
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relay—NEMA 2
5
C440 A 1 A 005 S F1
Device Type
C440 = Electronic overload relay
F00
F0
F1
F2
F3
F4
AX
PX
Frame Size
A = 45 mm
B = 55 mm
C = 110 mm
Feature Set
1 = Standard
2 = Ground fault sensing
Reset Type
A = Selectable
Auto/Manual
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
5
Contactor Size
Freedom Size 00
Freedom Size 0
Freedom Size 1
Freedom Size 2
Freedom Size 3
Freedom Size 4
Separate mount
Pass-Through
5
5
5
5
5
Trip Class
S = Selectable—10A 3, 10, 20, 30 3
5
Overload Range
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
100 = 20–100A
140 = 28–140A
5
5
5
Notes
1 See Page V5-T5-69 for Product Selection.
2 See Page V5-T5-71 for Product Selection.
3 On non-GF version only.
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-67
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays 1
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
5
5
Device Type
A = Starter
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Device Assembly
Configuration
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
Contactor Frame Size
NEMA
Continuous
Size
Amperes
A = 00
9
B= 0
18
C = 1C
27
D= 1
27
G= 2
45
K= 3
90
M = 4C
135
N= 4
135
S= 5
270
C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
5G = Ground fault feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20)
Standard
N = NEMA
9
OLR Type
= Starter w/C440 EOLR
NEMA Enclosure
N = Open
For Starters
Starter Mounting Option
0 = Horizontal
5
5
5
5
Suffix
A=
B=
C=
D=
E=
H=
J=
K=
L=
N=
T=
U=
V=
W=
Y=
AC Coil Suffix
Volts and Hertz
120/60 or 110/50
240/60 or 220/50
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
208/60
277/60
208–240/60 2
240/50
380–415/50
550/50
24/60, 24/50 3
24/50
32/50
48/60
48/50
Notes
1 See Page V5-T5-72 for Product Selection.
2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–3 are 24/60 only.
4 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-68
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
NEMA Size 00
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 0
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 1/1C
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 2
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100A
NEMA Size 4/4C
140 = 28–140A
NEMA Size 5 4
300 = 60–300A
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Product Selection
5
XT Electronic Overload Relays
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount
5
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
For Use with
XT Contactor
Frame
B
C
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
XTCE007B…,
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B…
0.33–1.65
XTCE018C…,
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
0.33–1.65
Contact
Sequence
97 95
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration
Type
Catalog Number
45 mm
NO-NC
ZEB12-1,65
XTOE1P6BCS
ZEB12-5
XTOE005BCS
ZEB12-20
XTOE020BCS
ZEB32-1,65
XTOE1P6CCS
ZEB32-5
XTOE005CCS
ZEB32-20
XTOE020CCS
1–5
4–20
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
45 mm
NO-NC
1–5
4–20
2 4 6 98 96
9–45
D
F
G
H
XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D…
9–45
97 95
20–100
5
Frame
Size
45 mm
NO-NC
55 mm
ZEB32-45
XTOE045CCS
ZEB65-45
XTOE045DCS
ZEB65-100
XTOE100DCS
ZEB150-100
XTOE100GCS
20–100
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100
XTCE185H…
35–175
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
110 mm
2 4 6 98 96
5
5
5
5
5
5
2 4 6 98 96
35–175
5
5
2 4 6 98 96
XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…,
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
5
110 mm
NO-NC
ZEB150-100
XTOE100GGS
ZEB150-175
XTOE175GGS
ZEB225-175
XTOE175HCS
5
5
5
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount
with Ground Fault
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
For Use with
XT Contactor
Frame
B
C
For Use with
Contactor
Overload
Range (Amps)
XTCE007B…,
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B…
1–5
XTCE018C…,
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
0.33–1.65
4–20
0.33–1.65
Contact
Sequence
97 95
Frame
Size
Auxiliary
Contact
Configuration
45 mm
NO-NC
2 4 6 98 96
97 95
45 mm
NO-NC
F
G
H
XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D…
Catalog Number
ZEB12-1,65-GF
XTOE1P6BGS
XTOE005BGS
ZEB12-20-GF
XTOE020BGS
5
ZEB32-1,65-GF
XTOE1P6CGS
5
ZEB32-5-GF
XTOE005CGS
4–20
ZEB32-20-GF
XTOE020CGS
ZEB32-45-GF
XTOE045CGS
2 4 6 98 96
9–45
97 95
20–100
45 mm
NO-NC
55 mm
ZEB65-45-GF
XTOE045DGS
ZEB65-100-GF
XTOE100DGS
ZEB150-100-GF
XTOE100GGS
2 4 6 98 96
XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…,
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
20–100
XTCE185H…
35–175
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
97 95
55 mm
NO-NC
110 mm
2 4 6 98 96
5
5
5
5
5
5
2 4 6 98 96
35–175
5
ZEB12-5-GF
1–5
9–45
D
Type
5
110 mm
NO-NC
ZEB150-100-GF
XTOE100GGS
ZEB150-175-GF
XTOE175GGS
ZEB225-175-GF
XTOE175HGS
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-69
5.4
5
1–5A OL with CTs
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R)
Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
XT
Contactor
Frame
For Use with IEC
Contactor Amp
Range (AC-3)
CT Range
(Amps)
L, M
185–500A
60-300
M, N
300–820A
N
R
CT Kit
Catalog Number
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
300: 5 panel-mount CT kit
with integrated lugs
ZEB-XCT300
750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
120-600
600: 5 panel-mount CT kit
with integrated,
pass through holes
ZEB-XCT600
(2) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
580–1000A
200-1000
1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT1000
with integrated,
pass through holes
(3) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
1600A
300-1500
1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT1500
with integrated,
pass through holes
(4) 750 kcmil
1/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
5
5
5
45 mm XT for
Separate Mount
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
Overload
Range (Amps)
5
Description
Frame
Size
Contact
Sequence
Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
ZEB32-1.65/KK
XTOE1P6CCSS
XTOE1P6CGSS
ZEB32-5/KK
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
ZEB32-20/KK
XTOE020CCSS
XTOE020CGSS
ZEB32-45/KK
XTOE045CCSS
XTOE045CGSS
Overload Relay
5
0.33–1.65
5
4–20
45 mm
1 3 5 97 95
1–5
2 4 6 98 96
5
9–45
20–100
55 mm
ZEB150-100/KK
XTOE100GCSS
XTOE100GGSS
5
35–175
110 mm
ZEB150-175/KK
XTOE175GCSS
XTOE175GGSS
5
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design
Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
5
5
5
5
Overload
Range (Amps)
Frame
Size
35–175
110 mm
Contact
Sequence
1 3 5 97 95
Type
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
ZEB150-175/PT
XTOE175GCSP
XTOE175GGSP
2 4 6 98 96
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-70
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
C440 Electronic Overload Relays
45 mm C440 for
Direct Mount
For Use with
Freedom NEMA
Contactor Size
For Use with
Contactor 1
00
CN15AN3_B
0
1
2
1–5A OL with CTs
45 mm C440 for
Separate Mount
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to
Freedom Series Contactors
CN15BN3_B
CN15DN3_B
CN15GN3_B
Overload
Range (Amps)
Standard
Feature Set
Catalog Number
Standard Feature Set
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
0.33–1.65
C440A1A1P6SF00
C440A2A1P6SF00
1–5
C440A1A005SF00
C440A2A005SF00
4–20
C440A1A020SF00
C440A2A020SF00
0.33–1.65
C440A1A1P6SF0
C440A2A1P6SF0
1–5
C440A1A005SF0
C440A2A005SF0
4–20
C440A1A020SF0
C440A2A020SF0
0.33–1.65
C440A1A1P6SF1
C440A2A1P6SF1
1–5
C440A1A005SF1
C440A2A005SF1
4–20
C440A1A020SF1
C440A2A020SF1
9–45
C440A1A045SF1
C440A2A045SF1
1–5
C440A1A005SF2
C440A2A005SF2
4–20
C440A1A020SF2
C440A2A020SF2
9–45
C440A1A045SF2
C440A2A045SF2
3
CN15KN3_
20–100
C440B1A100SF3
C440B2A100SF3
4
CN15NN3_
28–140
C440C1A140SF4
C440C2A140SF4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for use with NEMA Contactors Sizes 5–8
Use CTs and 1-5A C440 overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
For Use with
NEMA
Contactor Size
CT Range
(Amps)
5
60-300
6
5
CT Kit
Catalog Number
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
300: 5 panel-mount CT kit with
integrated, pass through holes
ZEB-XCT300
750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
C440A2A005SAX
120-600
600: 5 panel-mount CT kit with
integrated, pass through holes
ZEB-XCT600
(2) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
C440A2A005SAX
5
7
200-1000
1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit with
integrated, pass through holes
ZEB-XCT1000
(3) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
C440A2A005SAX
5
8
300-1500
1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit with
integrated, pass through holes
ZEB-XCT1500
(4) 750 kcmil
1/0 Cu/Al
C440A1A005SAX
C440A2A005SAX
5
Description
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
Overload Range
Frame Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
0.33–1.65
45 mm
C440A1A1P6SAX
C440A2A1P6SAX
1–5
C440A1A005SAX
C440A2A005SAX
4–20
C440A1A020SAX
C440A2A020SAX
C440A1A045SAX
C440A2A045SAX
20–100
55 mm
C440B1A100SAX
C440B2A100SAX
28–140
110 mm
C440C1A140SAX
C440C2A140SAX
5
5
5
5
5
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Pass-Through Design
5
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
Overload Range
Frame Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
28–140
110 mm
C440C1A140SPX
C440C2A140SPX
XTOE175GCSP
XTOE175GGSP
35–175
5
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
9–45
5
5
5
Note
1 CN15 contactor listed is non-reversing with a 120 Vac coil. For more options, see Tab 2 in this volume, section 2.1.
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-71
5.4
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
Non-Reversing and Reversing
NEMA Starter
Maximum UL Horsepower
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
600V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
2
AN19AN0_ 5E _
AN59AN0_ 5E _
5
5
AN19BN0_ 5E _
AN59BN0_ 5E _
10
10
AN19DN0_ 5E _
AN59DN0_ 5E _
25
AN19GN0_ 5E _
AN59GN0_ 5E _
50
AN19KN0_ 5E _
AN59KN0_ 5E _
5
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
5
00
9
11
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
5
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
5
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19NN0_ 5E _
AN59NN0_ 5E _
53
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN19SN0_ 5E _
AN59SN0_ 5E _
5
5
5
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
5
NEMA Starter with
Ground Fault
Non-Reversing and Reversing
Maximum UL Horsepower
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12
Three-Pole
Reversing 12
600V
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2
2
AN19AN0_ 5G _
AN59AN0_ 5G _
5
5
AN19BN0_ 5G _
AN59BN0_ 5G _
10
10
AN19DN0_ 5G _
AN59DN0_ 5G _
25
AN19GN0_ 5G _
AN59GN0_ 5G _
50
AN19KN0_ 5G _
AN59KN0_ 5G _
5
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
5
00
9
11
1/3
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
5
0
18
21
1
2
3
3
1
27
32
2
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
5
2
45
52
3
7-1/2
10
15
25
3
90
104
—
—
25
30
50
5
4
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19NN0_ 5G _
AN59NN0_ 5G _
53
270
311
—
—
75
100
200
200
AN19SN0_ 5G _
AN59SN0_ 5G _
5
5
Coil Suffix Codes
C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)
Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
Suffix
Coil Volts and Hertz
NEMA Size
OLR Code
FLA Range
OLR Code
FLA Rating
A
120/60 or 110/50
L
380–415/50
00
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A
5
B
240/60 or 220/50
N
550/50
005
1.0–5.0A
—
—
C
480/60 or 440/50
T
24/60, 24/50
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A
5
D
600/60 or 550/50
U
24/50
005
1.0–5.0A
—
—
E
208/60
V
32/50
1P6
0.33–1.65A
020
4.0–20A
5
H
277/60
W
48/60
005
1.0–5.0A
045
9.0–45A
5
J
208–240/60
Y
48/50
005
1.0–5.0A
045
9.0–45A
K
240/50
020
4.0–20A
—
—
100
20–100A
—
—
5
5
5
1
2
3
5
5
0
4
140
28–140A
—
—
53
300
60–300A
—
—
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above.
3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
5
5
5
V5-T5-72
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters
5
New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only.
5
Non-Reversing
NEMA
Size
Continuous
Ampere
Rating
Service Limit
Current Rating
(Amps)
Maximum UL Horsepower
5
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing
Single-Phase
Three-Phase
115V
230V
208V
240V
480V
600V
Catalog Number
5
Standard Fault Overload
1C
27
32
2
3
7.5
7.5
10
10
AN19CN0_5E_
4C
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19MN0_5E_
5
5
Ground Fault Overload
1C
27
32
2
3
7.5
7.5
10
10
AN19CN0_5G_
4C
135
156
—
—
40
50
100
100
AN19MN0_5G_
5
5
5
Electrical Life at Rated Continuous Current
NEMA
Size
Rated Current
(Amperage)
AC3/AC4
Operations
1C
27/150
2,500,000/40,000
1
27/153
5,000,000/110,000
4C
135/516
500,000/40,000
4
135/822
800,000/70,000
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-73
5.4
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Accessories
CT Kits
Accessories
Description
Catalog Number
Safety Cover
Safety Cover
5
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed.
ZEB-XSC
5
5
5
Reset Bar
Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door
mounted reset operators.
5
ZEB-XRB
5
5
Remote Reset
Remote Reset
5
5
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1
C440-XCOM
Remote reset module (120 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-120
Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1
ZEB-XRR-24
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Communication
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability.
Advanced
Advanced
Basic Communication via
Communication—
Communication—
Expansion Module—
Monitoring and Control
Communication Adapter 2
Monitoring Only
The communication adapter
C440 also has the ability to
Basic communication on
(C440-COM-ADP) is required
communicate on industrial
the C440 is accomplished
for obtaining control capability
protocols such as Modbus
using an expansion module
via communications within
RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
(C440-XCOM). The expansion
Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP
the C440 family. Combined
module plugs into the
while providing control
with a communication
expansion bay on the C440
capability using I/O.
module, the customer is
overload relay, enabling
provided with flexible
communications with the
An expansion module (C440mounting options (DIN rail or
overload via their Modbus
XCOM) combined with a
panel) along with four inputs
RTU (RS-485) network. No
communication adapter
additional cards or modules are
and two outputs (24 Vdc or
(C440-COM-ADP)
and
a
required. See figure below.
120 Vac) as standard.
communication module
allows easy integration onto
the customer's network.
See figure below. 2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Basic Communication—
Modbus
Advanced Communication—
Communication Adapter with
Communication Module
Notes
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
2 Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP communication modules do not require the C440-COM-ADP communication adapter.
V5-T5-74
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
●
●
●
Motor status—running,
Percent thermal capacity
Overload relay settings—
stopped, tripped or
trip class, DIP switch
●
Fault codes (only available
resetting
selections, reset selections
prior to reset)
●
●
Individual rms phase
Modbus address (can be
●
Percent phase unbalance
currents (A, B, C)
set over the network)
●
Ground fault current and
●
Average of three-phase
percent
rms current
5
5
5
5
5
Communication Accessories
Expansion Module
Description
Catalog Number
Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication)
C440-XCOM
5
5
5
5
5
Communication
Adapter
Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option)
5
C440-COM-ADP
5
5
5
5
5
DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-120
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DN-24
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-120
PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-24
Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-120
Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-MOD-24
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U)
C440-ET-120
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V)
C440-ET-24
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-75
5.4
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Modbus Communication Module
The Modbus communication
module combined with an
expansion module and a
communication adapter
provides monitoring and
control capability to the
C440/XTOE electronic
overload relay via Modbus
RTU communications.
These modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or
120 Vac options.
5
5
5
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
●
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the HMi user interface
●
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches; LEDs are
provided to display
Modbus traffic
●
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
●
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Modbus
Communication Module
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet communication
module combined with an
expansion module and a
communication adapter
provides monitoring and
control capability to the
C440/XTOE electronic
overload relay via DeviceNet
communications. These
modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc
or 120 Vac options.
5
Features and Benefits
Communication to
DeviceNet uses only one
DeviceNet MAC ID
●
Configuration
●
DeviceNet MAC ID and
Baud rate are set via
convenient DIP switches
with an option to set
from the network
●
Advanced configuration
available using common
DeviceNet tools
●
5
●
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
●
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
5
5
5
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
●
DeviceNet
Communication Module
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-76
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
The PROFIBUS
communication module
combined with an expansion
module and a communication
adapter provides monitoring
and control capability to the
C440 / XTOE electronic
overload relay via PROFIBUS
communications. These
modules also provide
convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or
120 Vac options.
Features and Benefits
●
The PROFIBUS
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 12 Mb
●
PROFIBUS address is
set via convenient DIP
switches; LEDs are
provided to display
PROFIBUS status
●
Intuitive configuration
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
5
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
PROFIBUS
Communication Module
5
Ethernet Communication Modules
The Ethernet communication
module combined with an
expansion module provides
both Modbus TCP and
EtherNet/IP communication
capabilities with built-in HTTP
web services to the C440/
XTOE overload relay. Unlike
the other communications
modules, a communication
adapter (C440-COM-ADP) is
not required when using the
Ethernet communication
module in C440/XTOE
applications.
The Ethernet communication
module has built-in I/O
providing communication,
monitoring and control for the
C440/XTOE overload relay.
Ethernet with
I/O Module
Features and Benefits
●
Supports Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP in a single
device
●
Contains an internal
embedded switch which
provides two Ethernet
ports allowing linear or ring
network configurations
●
Embedded web services
allow for simple
configuration and
monitoring through
Internet Explorer
●
IP Address is set via
convenient DIP Switches
located on the device
5
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Ethernet Communication Module
Description
I/O
Catalog
Number
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel)
120 Vac
C441U
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module, 4IN/2OUT (DIN/Panel)
24 Vdc
C441V
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-77
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
Specification
5
Description
45 mm
55 mm
Electrical Ratings
Range
Range
110 mm
Range
5
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
4–20A
9–45A
20–100A
28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
FLA Range
5
5
5
Use with Contactors
XT IEC frames
B, C, D
F, G
G, H
5
Freedom NEMA sizes
00, 0, 1, 2
3
4
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
Trip Class
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection
Thermal overload setting
Feature
Range
Range
Range
Phase loss
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable)
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Fixed threshold 50%
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable)
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
Reset
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Manual/automatic
Trip status
Orange flag
Orange flag
Orange flag
Mode LED
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
Indicators
Options
Remote reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
5
Reset bar
Yes
Yes
Yes
Communication expansion module
Yes
Yes
Yes
5
Communication adapter
Yes
Yes
Yes
Terminal capacity
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
Tightening torque
20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
124 lb-in (14 Nm)
Terminal capacity
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase)
690 Vac
690 Vac
690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control)
500 Vac
500 Vac
500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
6000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
III/3
III/3
III/3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Capacity
Load terminals
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
Voltages
5
5
V5-T5-78
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
5
Specification
Description
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
5A
5A
5A
5
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
Conventional thermal continuous current
5
Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
5
Make contact (1800 VA)
5
120V
15A
15A
15A
240V
15A
15A
15A
415V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
500V
0.5A
0.5A
0.5A
120V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
415V
0.9A
0.9A
0.9A
500V
0.8A
0.8A
0.8A
1.0A
1.0A
1.0A
120V
30A
30A
30A
240V
15A
15A
15A
480V
7.5A
7.5A
7.5A
600V
6A
6A
6A
5
5
5
5
Break contact (180 VA)
5
5
5
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
0–250V
5
Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
5
5
Break contact (360 VA)
120V
3A
3A
3A
240V
1.5A
1.5A
1.5A
480V
0.75A
0.75A
0.75A
600V
0.6A
0.6A
0.6A
5
0–120V
0.22A
0.22A
0.22A
5
250V
0.11A
0.11A
0.11A
5
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
6A gG/gL
5
5
R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
Maximum fuse
Environmental Ratings
5
Ambient temperature (operating)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
–13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3)
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
5% to 95% non-condensing
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15g any direction
15g any direction
15g any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3g any direction
3g any direction
3g any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3 for product (2 for pcb)
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from
front (IEC 536)
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Finger- and back-of-hand proof
Mounting position
Any
Any
Any
Climatic proofing
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-79
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued
5
Description
Specification
45 mm
55 mm
110 mm
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
30 mHz to 1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
5
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
5
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
140 dub (10V rms)
150 kHz–100 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
±4 kV using direct method
with accessory installed in expansion bay
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Power freq. magnetic field immunity
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
30 A/m, 50 Hz
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
Distortion IEEE 519
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
5
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
5
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Electrical/EMC
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-80
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Communication Modules
Description
5
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
±2 kV supply and control,
±1 kV communication
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
User IO and communication lines:
±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
5
Electrical/EMC
5
5
5
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
–13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
5–95% noncondensing
2000m
2000m
2000m
2000m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27)
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
3
3
3
5
5
5
Ambient temperature (operating)
Altitude (no derating)
5
5
Environmental Ratings
Operating humidity
5
5
5
5
5
5
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Overvoltage category per UL 508
III
III
III
III
DeviceNet connections
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
—
5
DeviceNet baud rate
—
125K, 250K, 500K
—
—
5
Ethernet connections
—
—
—
Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
5
Ethernet type
—
—
—
Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
5
PROFIBUS connections
—
—
Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
explicit, no UCMM
—
PROFIBUS baud rate
—
—
9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, —
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
5
DeviceNet
Ethernet
PROFIBUS
5
5
5
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-81
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Communication Modules, continued
Description
Modbus
DeviceNet
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
5
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
5
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
24 Vdc
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
>18 Vdc
>10 Vdc
>18 Vdc
5
Nominal input current
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
5 mA
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
5
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
5
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
5
OFF state
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
0–6 Vdc
Transition region
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
5
ON state
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
5
Nominal input voltage
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
5
Number of inputs
4
4
4
4
5
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
<30 Vac
<20 Vac
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
>80 Vac
>70 Vac
>80 Vac
5
Nominal input current
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
1/2 cycle
5
Isolation
1500V
1500V
1500V
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
7–9 in-lb
5
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF state
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
0–30 Vac
5
Transition region
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
30–80 Vac
5
ON state
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
80–140 Vac
Output Modules
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
5
5
5
C441_ 120 Vac Input
Relay OFF time
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
3 ms
Relay ON time
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
7 ms
5
Max. current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
100,000 cycles
5
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
5
5
Note
1 Resistive current at 55°C ambient.
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-82
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with
regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined
with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR
solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the
latest information as of April 2010.
5
C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)
5
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
Overload
FLA Range
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
0.33–1.65A
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
5
5
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Maximum
480V (kA)
600V (kA)
Breaker Size
—
5
600V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size (A)
(RK5)
Maximum
Breaker
Size (A)
600 Vac
1
6
1–5A
600 Vac
5
4–20A
600 Vac
5
9–45A
600 Vac
5
175
175
100
100
100
100
35
100/175 (480/600)
20–100A
600 Vac
10
400
400
100
100
200
150
35
250/400 (480/600)
28–140A
600 Vac
10
450
500
100
100
400
100
65
400
5
35–175A
690 Vac
10
500 (gG)
350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100
100
500 (gG)
100 (415 Vac)
—
350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
5
480V (kA)
600V (kA)
Maximum
Fuse Size
15
—
—
—
20
20
100
100
30
100
35
20
80
80
100
100
100
100
35
80
—
—
5
5
5
NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
5
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480V
600V
5
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Maximum
480V
600V
Breaker Size
NEMA
Size
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
00
0.33–1.65A
100
100
30
—
—
—
1–5A
100
100
30
100
35
35
4–20A
100
100
30
100
35
35
0
1
2
Maximum
Fuse Size
0.33–1.65A
100
100
60
—
—
—
1–5A
100
100
60
100
35
70
4–20A
100
100
60
100
35
70
0.33–1.65A
100
100
100
—
—
—
1–5A
100
100
100
100
35
100
4–20A
100
100
100
100
35
100
9–45A
100
100
100
100
35
100
1–5A
100
100
100
100
35
175
4–20A
100
100
100
100
35
175
9–45A
100
100
100
100
35
175
3
20–100A
100
100
200
50
50
250
4
28–140A
100
100
400
100
65
300
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
IEC XT Starters with XT Electronic Overload Relays
Contactor
Frame Size
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480V
600V
Maximum
Fuse Size
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Maximum
480V
600V
Breaker Size
B
1–5A
100
100
30
—
—
—
4–20A
100
100
30
—
—
—
C
1–5A
100
100
60
—
—
—
4–20A
100
100
60
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
9–45A
100
100
60
—
—
—
9–45A
100
100
200
65
35
175
20–100A
100
100
200
65
35
175
F
20–100A
100
100
200
65
65
350
G
20–100A
100
100
200
65
65
350
5
35–175A
100
100
400
65
30
250 (480 Vac)
350 (600 Vac)
5
35–175A
100
100
400
65
30
400
5
D
H
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
5
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-83
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
5
A
5
5
5
C
5
Text Orientation
5
5
5
B1
B
5
5
5
Width
A
Depth
B1
Depth to Reset
B
Mounting Hole
(Height) C
4.32 (109.7)
4.63 (117.5)
—
1.80 (45.0)
4.32 (109.7)
4.30 (109.2)
—
1.80 (45.0)
4.32 (109.7)
4.63 (117.5)
3.68 (93.5)
NEMA Starter Size
00–2
1.80 (45.0)
5
XT IEC Frame Size
5
Standalone
5
5
B, C, D
0.35–45A
55 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
5
5
5
5
B
B1
C
5
5
5
5
A
5
5
Depth to Reset
B
Depth
B1
Mounting Hole
(Height) C
2.21 (55.0)
5.52 (140.2)
5.21 (132.4)
4.13 (104.8)
2.21 (55.0)
5.52 (140.2)
5.21 (132.4)
4.13 (104.8)
2.21 (55.0)
5.52 (140.2)
5.21 (132.4)
4.13 (104.8)
NEMA Starter Size
5
3
5
D, F, G
5
Width
A
XT IEC Frame Size
Standalone
20–100A
V5-T5-84
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
110 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
5
5
B1
5
5
5
C
5
5
5
B
A
5
A
B1
5
5
5
C
5
5
B
5
5
5
5
5
5
Width
A
Height To Reset
B
B1
Mounting Depth
C
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
5
G
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
H
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
5
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
5
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
5
5
NEMA Starter Size
4
XT IEC Frame Size
5
Standalone
Pass-Through
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-85
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA Starters
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
5
5
5
E
B
5
A
5
5
C
A
5
Sizes 00, 0
5
E
B
5
5
E
B
5
C
5
D
Size 4
5
C
D
A
5
Sizes 1, 2
A
D
5
D
5
5
5
B
E
B
E
5
5
5
5
5
5
C
A
C
Size 3
Size 5
NEMA Size
A
B
C
D
E
5
00, 0
1.97 (50.0)
6.60 (167.6)
4.90 (124.5)
—
6.18 (157.0)
5
1, 2
2.60 (65.0)
7.10 (180.0)
4.98 (126.5)
2.00 (50.8)
6.50 (165.0)
3
4.09 (103.8)
11.40 (289.6)
5.92 (150.3)
1.77 (44.9)
10.81 (274.6)
4
7.10 (179.0)
17.00 (432.0)
7.00 (177.0)
3.70 (94.0)
16.30 (415.0)
5
7.00 (177.8)
17.81 (452.3)
8.08 (205.2)
6.00 (152.4)
16.01 (406.6)
5
5
V5-T5-86
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
Full Voltage Reversing Starters
5
5
B
E
E
C
D
A
C
D
A
5
5
C
D
A
Size 1
Sizes 00, 0
5
B
B
E
5
Size 2
5
5
A
5
D
5
E
5
B
B
E
5
5
5
C
C
D
A
5
Size 4
5
Size 3
5
A
D
5
5
5
E
5
B
5
5
C
5
Size 5
NEMA Size
A
B
C
D
E
00, 0
5.20 (132.0)
7.40 (187.0)
4.90 (125.0)
3.50 (89.0)
6.90 (174.0)
1
6.70 (171.0)
7.10 (180.0)
4.98 (126.5)
5.25 (133.0)
5.70 (144.0)
2
6.70 (171.0)
8.10 (205.0)
4.98 (126.5)
5.25 (133.0)
6.70 (170.0)
3
8.08 (205.2)
11.35 (288.3)
6.00 (152.0)
7.00 (177.8)
10.77 (273.6)
4
14.60 (371.0)
17.10 (433.0)
7.00 (177.0)
13.50 (343.0)
16.30 (145.0)
5
14.50 (368.3)
17.81 (452.3)
8.06 (204.8)
13.50 (342.9)
16.00 (406.6)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-87
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Contents
IQ500 Overload Relays
Description
5
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
IQ500 Overload Relays
5
Product Description
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
The IQ500 is a heaterless,
current-sensing, solid-state
motor protective relay with
optional communications
capabilities. Several functions
are incorporated into the base
relay (IQ502/IQ504) as
standard:
●
Overload (overcurrent)
protection
●
Phase imbalance and
phase loss protection
●
Ground current protection
(Class II)
The base relay can serve as
the initial building block for a
motor protection system by
adding the IQ500M Special
Function Module. The module
can address application
related motor load functions
with the additional features:
●
Underload protection
●
Long acceleration
●
Jam protection
●
Load control
Features
The IQ500 can provide a costeffective alternative to
conventional protective relays
such as current relays,
ground fault relays and phase
loss or phase imbalance
relays. Used with the
PowerNet system, a lowcost, local area
communication network,
information such as current
values, status, setpoint
values and cause of trip can
be displayed remotely. The
IQ500 relay is ideal for a
variety of industrial
applications such as mining,
timber, material handling, air
conditioning compressors,
wastewater treatment plants
and petrochemical industries.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Reference
Refer to Tab 2 of this volume, section 2.2 for additional
product information.
IQ500 Overload Relays
Tab Section
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-88
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
2.2
2.2
2.2
Overload class is
adjustable using DIP
switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30
seconds, maximum trip
times at six times rated
current
Designed for 1000V and
less distribution systems
Form C (NO/NC) contact on
output relay
Isolated alarm relay output
contact
Communications capability
using IMPACC network
Manual or automatic reset
(either a true manual or
remote electrical reset)—
selectable
Overload, Class II ground
current, phase imbalance
and single-phase
protection are standard
LED indication (bicolored—red/green) for
device status, including
overload, phase imbalance
or ground current trip
Special Function Module
adds protection for
underload and jam
conditions, also provides
for long acceleration
Standards and Certifications
●
UL File No. E19223
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Optional load control
feature available with
special function module
Feed-through current
transformer windows for
contactors, NEMA Sizes
1–4 (for Size 5 and larger,
external current
transformers can be used)
Fits mounting footprint of
Eaton’s MORA relay
Panel or starter mountable
Cause of trip is held in
memory through a power
loss
Bell alarm contact available
for remote status
indication
DIP switch provided for
setting operating
frequency—50 or 60 Hz
Plug-in terminal block for
control power, trip relay
and bell alarm relay
connections
Operating temperature:
–20° to 60°C (–4° to 140°F)
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Contents
Motor Insight Overload and Monitoring Relay
Description
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-90
V5-T5-93
V5-T5-94
V5-T5-95
V5-T5-100
V5-T5-112
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C441 Overload Relays
5
Product Description
Eaton’s Motor Insight, the
first product in the Intelligent
Power Control Solutions
family, is a highly configurable
motor, load and line
protection device with power
monitoring, diagnostics and
flexible communications
allowing the customer to
save energy, optimize their
maintenance schedules and
configure greater system
protection, thus reducing
overall costs and downtime.
Motor Insight is available
in either a line-powered or
120 Vac control powered
design, capable of monitoring
voltages up to 660 Vac. Each
of these units is available in
a 1–9 amp or a 5–90 amp FLA
model. With external CTs,
Motor Insight can protect
motors up to 540 amps FLA.
Available add-on accessories
include communication
modules for Modbus RTU,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP and
HTTP web services all with I/O
options. For ease-of-use and
operator safety, Motor Insight
offers a remote display that
mounts easily with two
30 mm knockouts.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-89
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5
Features and Benefits
5
Features
5
Size/Range
●
Broad FLA range of 1–540A
●
Selectable trip class (5–30)
●
Four operating voltage
options
●
Line-powered from
240 Vac, 480 Vac,
600 Vac
●
Control-powered from
120 Vac
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Benefits
Motor Control
●
Two output relays
●
One B300 Form C fault
relay and one B300
ground fault shunt relay
●
Other relay configurations
are available, including
one Form A and one
Form B SPST (fault and
auxiliary relays) allowing
programmable isolated
relay behavior and
unique voltages
●
One external remote
reset terminal
●
Trip status indicator
Motor Protection
●
Thermal overload
●
Jam protection
●
Current imbalance
●
Current phase loss
●
Ground fault
●
Phase reversal
Line Protection
●
Over voltage
●
Under voltage
●
Voltage imbalance
●
Voltage phase loss
Monitoring Capabilities
●
Current—average and
phase rms
●
Voltage—average and
phase rms
●
Power—motor kW
●
Power factor
●
Frequency
●
Thermal capacity
●
Run hours
●
Ground fault current
●
Current imbalance %
●
Voltage imbalance %
●
Motor starts
●
Motor run hours
Options
●
Type 1, 12 remote display
●
Type 3R remote display kit
●
Communication modules
●
Modbus
●
Modbus with I/O
●
DeviceNet with I/O
●
PROFIBUS with I/O
●
Modbus TCP with I/O
●
EtherNet/IP with I/O
Reliability and Improved Uptime
●
Advanced diagnostics
allows for quick and
accurate identification of
the root source of a motor,
pump or power quality
fault; reducing troubleshooting time and the loss
of productivity, reducing
repeat faults due to
misdiagnosis, and
increasing process output
and profitability
●
Provides superior
protection of motors and
pumps before catastrophic
failure occurs
●
Increases profitability with
greater process uptime
and throughput, reduced
costs per repair, reduced
energy consumption and
extended equipment life
●
Adjustments to overload
configuration can be made
at any time
Safety
●
IP20 rated terminal blocks
●
Terminal blocks are set back
from the display to reduce
operator shock hazard
●
Remote display (optional)
does not require that the
operator open the panel to
configure the device
Load Protection
●
Under current
●
Low power (kW)
●
High power (kW)
Standards and Certifications
●
●
cULus listed NKCR,
NKCR7, 508
UL® 1053 applicable
sections for ground fault
detection
●
●
●
CSA® certified
(Class 3211-02)
CE
NEMA®
●
●
IEC EN 60947-4-1
RoHS
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-90
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Flexibility
Communications modules
●
Offered in a variety of
configurations
●
External snap-on modules
provide support for
multiple communications
protocols
●
Advanced power, voltage
and current monitoring
capabilities
●
Communications modules
and remote display can be
used simultaneously
●
Highly configurable fault
and reset characteristics
for numerous applications
●
Fully programmable
isolated fault and auxiliary
relays
●
Ease of Use
●
Bright LED display with
easy-to-understand setting
and references
●
Powered from line voltage
or 120 Vac control power
●
Remote display powered
from base unit
●
Full word descriptions and
units on user interface
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Advanced Overload Education
Description
5
Motor Insight
Protection
Definition
Source
Result
Overload is a condition in which current
draw to a motor exceeds 115% of
the full load amperage rating over a
period of time for an inductive motor.
An increase in the load or torque that
is being driven by the motor.
Increase in current draw. Current leads
to heat and insulation breakdown,
which can cause system failure.
Additionally, an increase in current can
increase power consumption and
waste valuable energy.
Thermal trip behavior is defined by UL,
CSA and IEC standards.
5
Trip class is settable from 5–30 by 1
5
The motor attempts to drive the load,
which has more resistive force due to
the mechanical interference. In order to
drive the load, the motor draws an
abnormal amount of current, which can
lead to insulation breakdown and
system failure.
Provides a configurable Jam setting that
is active during “motor run state” to avoid
nuisance trips.
An undetected ground fault can burn
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure.
Motor Insight has ground fault protection
capability down to 0.15 amps estimated
from the existing three-phase CTs using
the residual current method. That is, the
three-phase current signals should sum to
zero unless a ground fault (GF) condition
is present. In the case of a GF, Motor
Insight can alarm, trip the starter, or trip
an alternative relay that can be used to
shunt trip a breaker or light up a warning
light. GF current can also be monitored in
real-time through the advanced
monitoring capabilities.
5
Note: GF settable thresholds vary with
motor FLA. 0.15 amps may not be
available in all cases.
5
5
Motor Protection
Thermal overload
A low voltage supply to the motor would
cause the current to go high to maintain
the power needed.
Provides power factor monitoring and low
voltage protection features.
A poor power factor would cause
above normal current draw.
Jam
Ground fault
Imbalanced phases
(voltage and current)
Jam is similar to thermal overload in
that it is a current draw on the motor
above normal operating conditions.
A line to ground fault.
Mechanical stall, interference, jam or
seizure of the motor or motor load.
A current leakage path
to ground.
Uneven voltage or currents between
phases in a three-phase system.
When a three-phase load is powered with Imbalanced voltage causes large
a poor quality line, the voltage per phase imbalanced currents and as a result this
may be imbalanced.
can lead to motor stator windings being
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase current is
not present.
Phase rotation
(phase-reversal)
Improper wiring, leading to phases being A miswired motor. Inadvertent phaseconnected to the motor improperly.
reversal by the utility.
Frequency variance
When line frequency
is inconsistent.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
Malfunctioning alternator speed
regulator, or poor line quality caused by
an overload of a supply powered
by individual sources.
Trip Threshold 150–400% of FLA.
5
5
5
5
Trip Delay 1–20 seconds.
Provides two protection settings that
address this problem. The user can
choose to set current imbalance
thresholds or voltage imbalance
thresholds, each of which can trip the
starter. Additionally, both of these may
be monitored through Motor Insight’s
advanced monitoring capabilities,
allowing the customer to notice in realtime when and where a condition is
present.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
Fixed protective setting that takes the
motor vibrations in addition to the results starter offline if a phase drops below
of imbalanced phases as listed above.
60% of the other two phases.
Phase-reversal can cause unwanted
directional rotation of a motor. In the
event that the load attached to the motor
can only be driven in one direction, the
result could be significant mechanical
failure and/or injury to an operator.
Configurable phase protection, allowing
the user to define the phase sequencing
intended for that application. If no phase
sequence is required, the user has the
ability to disable this feature.
Variations in frequency can cause
increases in losses, decreasing the
efficiency of the motor. In addition,
this can result in interference with
synchronous devices.
Advanced monitoring capabilities
allow the user to monitor frequency
in real-time.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-91
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5
Advanced Overload Education, continued
5
Description
5
Source
Result
Under current or
low power
Average rms current provided to the
motor falls below normal operating
conditions.
Under current is usually associated
with a portion of the user’s load
disappearing. Examples of this would
be a broken belt, a dry-pump (low
suction head) or a dead-headed
centrifugal pump.
If under current goes undetected, a
mechanical failure can and has
occurred. In the case of a pump,
running a pump dry or running a pump
in a dead-headed condition can cause
excessive heating, damaging
expensive seals and breaking down
desired fluid properties.
Motor Insight has two protection settings
to detect this: under current and low
power. Low power is a more consistent
way of ensuring detection as power is
linear with motor load, where as current
is not. An unloaded motor may draw 50%
of its rated current, but the power draw
will be less than 10% of rated power due
to a low power factor.
High power
The motor load is drawing more power
than it should at normal operating
conditions.
This is typical of batch processing
applications where several ingredients
flow into a mixer. When a substance’s
consistency changes and viscosity
increases from what is expected, the
motor may use more power to blend
the mixture. Out-of-tolerance
conditions can be detected using the
High Power and Low Power settings.
If a high-power fault goes undetected,
the result may be a batch of material
that does not meet specification.
Monitors the three-phase real power. If
the real power value is estimated above
the set threshold for the set length of
time, a fault is detected and the overload
will trip the starter. Additionally, power
can be monitored in real-time.
Over voltage
When the line voltage to the motor
exceeds the specified rating.
Poor line quality.
An over voltage condition leads to a
lower than rated current draw and a
poor power factor. A trip limit of 110%
of rated voltage is recommended. Over
voltage can also lead to exceeding
insulation ratings.
Monitors the maximum rms value of
the three-phase voltages. If the rms
value rises above the set threshold for the
set length of time, a fault is detected and
the overload can trip the starter or send
and display an alarm of the condition. All
line-related faults have an “alarm-notrip” mode.
Under voltage
When the line voltage to the motor is
below the specified rating.
Poor line quality.
An under voltage condition leads to
excessive current draw. This increases
the heating of the motor windings and
can shorten insulation life. A trip limit
set to 90% of rated voltage is
recommended.
Monitors the minimum rms value of the
three-phase voltages. If the rms value
drops below the set threshold for the
set length of time, a fault is detected
and the overload can trip the starter or
send and display an alarm of the
condition. All line-related faults have
an “alarm-no-trip” mode.
Power-up delay
Allows for starting motors and loads
in a deliberate fashion.
When there is a power failure, or
power cycle, multiple loads come
online simultaneously.
Multiple loads starting simultaneously
can cause sags affecting the operation
of devices that may prevent successful
startup.
Configurable to delay closing the fault
relay on power-up. For each Motor Insight
controlling a motor, a different setting can
be programmed, helping to maintain the
integrity of your line power.
Load Protection
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Line Protection
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Insight
Protection
Definition
5
If power is lost to a motor driving a
pump, it may be necessary to delay a
restart to allow the pump to come to a
complete stop to prevent starting a
motor during backspin.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-92
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Catalog Number Selection
5
Motor Insight Overload Relays
5
C441 B A NOUI
Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay
Overload Relay
Power Source Voltage
B
= 240 Vac (170–264 Vac)
C
= 480 Vac (323–528 Vac)
D
= 600 Vac (487–660 Vac)
Blank = 120 Vac control power
(170–660 Vac)
5
Overload Relay Current Rating
A
= 1–9A (1–540A refer to
Page V5-T5-94)
B
= 5–90A (5–90A refer to
Page V5-T5-94)
0109 = 120 Vac control power
(0–660 Vac, 1–9A)
0590 = 120 Vac control power
(0–660 Vac, 5–90A)
5
Internal User Interface
Blank = With user interface
(line powered models)
NOUI = Without user interface
(120 Vac control models)
5
5
5
5
Motor Insight Overload Relays—Communications Modules and Accessory Types
5
C441 K
Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay
5
5
Communication Module
K = DeviceNet module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
L = DeviceNet module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
M = Modbus RTU module
N = Modbus RTU module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
P = Modbus RTU module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
Q = PROFIBUS module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
R = Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP module
4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
S = PROFIBUS module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
T = Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP module
4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
Accessory Type
1 = Type 1 and 12 remote mounted display
3 = Type 3R kit for remote display
CMP1 = Conversion plate
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-93
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Product Selection
Motor Insight
5
5
Motor Insight
Power Source
Monitoring
Range
240 Vac (170–264)
170–264 Vac
480 Vac (323–528)
323–528 Vac
5
600 Vac (489–660)
489–660 Vac
5
120 Vac (93.5–132)
5
170–660 Vac
Current
Range
Catalog
Number
1–9A
C441BA
5–90A
C441BB
1–9A
C441CA
5–90A
C441CB
1–9A
C441DA
5–90A
C441DB
1–9A
C4410109NOUI
5–90A
C4410590NOUI
5
5
Motor Insight CT Multiplier and Wire Wrap Schedule
5
Catalog
Number 1
5
Current Range: 5–90A
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5
5
5
Number
of Loops
Number of
Conductors Through
CT Primary
CT
Multiplier
Setting
External CT Kit
Catalog Number 2
5–22.5A
3
4
4
—
6.67–30A
2
3
3
—
10–45A
1
2
2
—
20–90A
0
1
1
—
1
2
2
—
Motor
FLA
Current Range: 1–9A
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
5
5
5
1–5A
2–9A
0
1
1
—
60–135A
0
1
150–(150:5)
C441CTKIT150
120–270A
0
1
300–(300:5)
C441CTKIT300
240–540A
0
1
600–(600:5)
C441CTKIT600
Notes
1 Underscore indicates Operating Voltage Code required.
Operating Voltage Codes:
5
5
Code
Voltage
B
240 Vac
5
C
480 Vac
5
D
600 Vac
120 Vac Control Power
5
2
Any manufacturer’s CTs may be used.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-94
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Accessories
5
Modbus Communication Module
The Motor Insight Modbus
Communication Module
is a side-mounted device
providing Modbus
communication capability
to the Motor Insight
overload relay.
The Modbus Communication
Module with I/O provides
communication, monitoring
and control for the Motor
Insight overload relay.
Features and Benefits
The Modbus
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 115K
●
The Modbus address and
baud rate configuration can
be easily changed using
the Motor Insight user
interface (C441M only)
●
Modbus address and baud
rate are set via convenient
DIP switches (C441N and
C441P); LEDs are provided
to display Modbus traffic
●
Configuration with
common Modbus
configuration tools
●
5
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Modbus Module
Description
I/O
Modbus Communication Module
None
C441M
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Modbus Communication Module
Catalog
Number
5
5
5
5
5
5
Modbus with
I/O Module
Modbus Communication Module 4IN/2OUT
120 Vac
C441N
Modbus Communication Module 4IN/2OUT
24 Vdc
C441P
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-95
5.4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
DeviceNet Communication Modules
The DeviceNet
Features and Benefits
Communication Module
●
Communication to
provides monitoring and
DeviceNet uses only one
control for the Motor Insight
DeviceNet MAC ID
overload relay from a single
●
Configuration
DeviceNet node. These
●
DeviceNet MAC ID and
modules also offer convenient
Baud rate are set via
I/O in two voltage options,
convenient DIP switches
24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
with an option to set
from the network
●
Advanced configuration
available using common
DeviceNet tools
●
5
5
5
5
5
5
DeviceNet Module
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
●
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
DeviceNet Modules
I/O
Catalog
Number
5
Description
DeviceNet Communication Module
120 Vac
C441K
5
DeviceNet Communication Module
24 Vdc
C441L
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-96
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Combined status LED
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Module
The Motor Insight PROFIBUS
Communication Module
is a side-mounted device
providing PROFIBUS
communication capability
to the Motor Insight
overload relay.
The PROFIBUS
Communication Module
with I/O provides
communication, monitoring
and control for the Motor
Insight overload relay.
PROFIBUS with
I/O Module
Features and Benefits
The PROFIBUS
communication module is
capable of baud rates
up to 12 Mb
●
PROFIBUS address is
set via convenient DIP
switches (C441Q and
C441S); LEDs are
provided to display
PROFIBUS status
●
Intuitive configuration
with common PROFIBUS
configuration tools
●
5.4
5
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
PROFIBUS Communication Module
Description
I/O
Catalog
Number
PROFIBUS Communication Module 4IN/2OUT
120 Vac
C441S
PROFIBUS Communication Module 4IN/2OUT
24 Vdc
C441Q
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-97
5.4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Ethernet Communication Module
The Motor Insight Ethernet
Communication Module
is a side-mounted device
providing both Modbus
TCP and EtherNet/IP
communication capabilities
with built-in HTTP web
services to the Motor Insight
overload relay.
The Ethernet Communication
Module with I/O provides
communication, monitoring
and control for the Motor
Insight overload relay.
5
5
Features and Benefits
Supports Modbus TCP or
EtherNet/IP in a single
device
●
Contains internal
embedded switch which
provides two Ethernet
ports allowing linear or ring
network configurations
●
Embedded web services
allow for simple
configuration and
monitoring through
Internet Explorer
●
IP Address is set via
convenient DIP Switches
located on the device
●
●
●
Terminals
●
Unique locking
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
●
Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
●
4IN/2OUT
●
Signal types include
24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O
5
5
5
Ethernet with
I/O Module
Ethernet Communication Module
I/O
Catalog
Number
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module 4IN/2OUT
120 Vac
C441R
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module 4IN/2OUT
24 Vdc
C441T
Description
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-98
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Each I/O module is
optically isolated
between the field I/O
and the network adapter
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
due to transients and
ground loops
Input Module features a
user-definable input
debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Type 3R Kit with Remote Display Mounted Inside
Features and Benefits
Motor Insight offers several
accessories for the
●
Remote display unit:
customer’s ease of use
●
Same user interface as
and safety:
the overload relay
●
Types 1 and 12 remote
●
Enhanced operator
display
safety—operator can
●
Type 3R remote display kit
configure the overload
●
without opening the
Mounting plate adapter
enclosure door
5.4
5
●
●
5
Type 3R kit mounts with
standard 30 mm holes
Mounting plate for retrofit
in existing installations
5
5
5
5
Type 3R Kit with Remote Display Mounted Inside
C4411
Description
Catalog
Number
Remote display Types 1 and 12 (UL 508)
C4411
5
5
5
5
5
C4413
Type 3R kit for remote display (UL 508)
C4413
Conversion plate (not shown)
C441CMP1
5
5
5
5
Communication Cables
The Remote Display requires
a communication cable to
connect to the Motor Insight
overload relay:
5
Communication Cable
Lengths
Length in
Inches (meters)
Catalog
Number
9.8 (0.25)
D77E-QPIP25
39.4 (1.0)
D77E-QPIP100
78.7 (2.0)
D77E-QPIP200
118.1 (3.0)
D77E-QPIP300
5
5
5
5
5
Current Transformer Kits
Description
Catalog
Number
Three 150:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight
C441CTKIT150
Three 300:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight
C441CTKIT300
Three 600:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight
C441CTKIT600
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-99
5.4
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Technical Data and Specifications
Motor Insight
Description
Specification
C441B_
C441C_
C441D_
C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Electrical Ratings
Feature
Range
Operating voltage (threephase) and frequency
170–264 Vac 50/60 Hz
323–528 Vac 50/60 Hz
489–660 Vac 50/60 Hz
170–660 Vac 50/60 Hz
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Selectable
Up to 540A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-94 for CT
multiplier and wire wrap
schedule.
Trip Class
5–30
FLA Range
5
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
1–9A
5
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5–90A
5
Monitoring Capabilities
5
Feature
Value
Current
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Ground fault current,
10% accuracy
Voltage
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Power
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
Motor kW, 5% accuracy
Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
0% cold, 100% trip
5
5
5
5
5
Up to 540A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-94 for CT
multiplier and wire wrap
schedule.
Up to 540A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-94 for CT
multiplier and wire wrap
schedule.
Thermal capacity
0% cold, 100% trip
0% cold, 100% trip
0% cold, 100% trip
Motor run hours
0–65,535 hours
0–65,535 hours
0–65,535 hours
0–65,535 hours
5
Frequency
47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy
47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy
47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy
47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy
5
Thermal overload setting
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
5
Feature
Range
5
Motor Protection
Fault Delay Setting
Jam
150–400% of motor FLA, OFF
150–400% of motor FLA, OFF
150–400% of motor FLA, OFF
50–400% of motor FLA, OFF
1–20 seconds
5
Current imbalance
1–30%, OFF
1–30%, OFF
1–30%, OFF
1–30%, OFF
1–20 seconds
5
Current phase loss
Fixed threshold 60%
Fixed threshold 60%
Fixed threshold 60%
Fixed threshold 60%
1–20 seconds
Ground fault current
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
1–9A
0.3–2.0A with one pass
through the CTs 1
0.3–2.0A with one pass
through the CTs 1
0.3–2.0A with one pass
through the CTs 1
0.3–2.0A with one pass
through the CTs 1
<150%, 1–60 seconds
>150%, 2 seconds
>250%, 1 second
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5–90A
3.0–20A with one pass
through the CTs 1
3.0–20A with one pass
through the CTs 1
3.0–20A with one pass
through the CTs 1
3.0–20A with one pass
through the CTs 1
<150%, 1–60 seconds
>150%, 2 seconds
>250%, 1 second
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Phase reversal
OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC
OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC
OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC
Fault reset delay
2–500 minutes, auto 2
OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC
2–500 minutes, auto 2
2–500 minutes, auto 2
2–500 minutes, auto 2
Fault reset attempts
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2
Notes
1 Lower levels are achievable with multiple passes.
2 Motor fault reset characteristics can be programmed as a group or for motor overloads only. Reference the user manual for more detailed information.
5
5
V5-T5-100
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Motor Insight, continued
Description
Specification
C441B_
5
C441C_
C441D_
C441_ _ _ _NOUI
50–90% of motor FLA
50–90% of motor FLA
50–90% of motor FLA
5
Load Protection
Feature
Range
Under current
50–90% of motor FLA
Fault Delay Setting
1–60 seconds
Low power (kW)
20–80% of rated kW
20–80% of rated kW
20–80% of rated kW
20–80% of rated kW
1–60 seconds
High power (kW)
50–110% of rated kW
50–110% of rated kW
50–110% of rated kW
50–110% of rated kW
1–60 seconds
Load reset delay
2–500 minutes, auto
2–500 minutes, auto
2–500 minutes, auto
2–500 minutes, auto
Load reset attempts
0–4, auto
0–4, auto
0–4, auto
0–4, auto
5
5
5
5
Supply Protection
Feature
Range
Fault Delay Setting
Over voltage
170–264 Vac
323–528 Vac
489–660 Vac
0–660 Vac
1–20 seconds
5
5
Under voltage
170–264 Vac
323–528 Vac
489–660 Vac
0–660 Vac
1–20 seconds
Voltage imbalance
1–20% imbalance
1–20% imbalance
1–20% imbalance
1–20% imbalance
1–20% imbalance
Restart delay setting
1–500 seconds
1–500 seconds
1–500 seconds
1–500 seconds
1–500 seconds
5
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15,
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11)
Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
30–1000 mHz
5
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14,
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11)
Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated
1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-4
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Three-phase power inputs:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Voltage variations
immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
30% dip, at 100 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
5
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
10 V/m
5
Ground fault
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27
Electrical/EMC
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-101
5.4
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5
Motor Insight, continued
5
Description
Specification
C441B_
C441C_
C441D_
C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Environmental Ratings
5
Feature
Range
5
Ambient temperature (operating)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
–4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C)
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
–40° to 85°C
5
Operating humidity
5% to 95% noncondensing
5% to 95% noncondensing
5% to 95% noncondensing
5% to 95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
2000m
2000m
2000m
5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
15G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
3G any direction
5
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
3
3
3
5
Ingress protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
5
Input, auxiliary contact and external reset terminals
5
5
Capacity
Terminal capacity
18–12 AWG
18–12 AWG
18–12 AWG
18–12 AWG
Tightening torque
5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm)
5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm)
5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm)
5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm)
Voltages
Monitoring voltage
170–264 Vac 50/60Hz
323–528 Vac 50/60Hz
489–660 Vac 60Hz
0–660 Vac 50/60Hz
Insulation voltage Ui (three-phase voltage)
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
600 Vac
Insulation voltage Ui (control)
240 Vac
240 Vac
240 Vac
240 Vac
5
Impulse withstand Uimp
(main/control)
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
6 kV
5
Expected Life
10 years
10 years
10 years
10 years
5
Output Contact Ratings
B300 pilot duty
5A thermal continuous current
30A make 3.00A break
at 120 Vac and
15A make 1.50A break
at 240 Vac
B300 pilot duty
5A thermal continuous current
30A make 3.00A break
at 120 Vac and
15A make 1.50A break
at 240 Vac
B300 pilot duty
5A thermal continuous current
30A make 3.00A break
at 120 Vac and
15A make 1.50A break
at 240 Vac
B300 pilot duty
5A thermal continuous current
30A make 3.00A break
at 120 Vac and
30A make 1.50A break
at 240 Vac 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
5
5
Mechanical/electrical
Two output relays
One Form C SPDT (fault relay)
One Form A SPST (ground fault relay)
5
C441_ _ _ _NOUI models:
One Form A SPST
One Form B SPST
5
External remote reset terminal
5
Indications
5
Trip
Fault
Fault
Fault
Fault
Reset
Ready
Ready
Ready
Ready
Autoreset
Trip faulted/Ready flashing
Trip faulted/Ready flashing
Trip faulted/Ready flashing
Trip faulted/Ready flashing
5W
5W
5W
5W
5
5
5
5
5
Power Consumption
Maximum
Options
Remote display
Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit
Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit
Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit
Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit
Communications modules
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O
Note
1 In this model, there are two isolated relays: one Form A and one Form B SPST. One is the fault relay, and one is a programmable auxiliary relay.
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-102
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Motor Insight Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA and UL)
5
Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
Overload
FLA Range
Maximum
Operating
Voltage
Withstand
Rating
Maximum
Fuse (RK5)
Maximum
Thermal-Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
1–9A
264 Vac
5000A at 240 Vac
35A
35A
1–9A
528 Vac
5000A at 480 Vac
35A
35A
1–9A
660 Vac
5000A at 600 Vac
35A
35A
1–9A
660 Vac
5000A at 600 Vac
35A
35A
5–90A
5–90A
5–90A
5–90A
264 Vac
528 Vac
660 Vac
660 Vac
10,000A at 240 Vac
10,000A at 480 Vac
10,000A at 600 Vac
10,000A at 600 Vac
350A
350A
350A
350A
350A
350A
350A
350A
Maximum
Withstand
Rating
Maximum
Fuse (RK5)
Eaton
Thermal-Magnetic
Circuit Breaker
Catalog
Number
C441BA
100 kA at 240 Vac
35A
—
100 kA at 240 Vac
—
FDC3035L
100 kA at 480 Vac
35A
—
100 kA at 480 Vac
—
FDC3035L
100 kA at 600 Vac
35A
—
35 kA at 600 Vac
—
FDC3035L
100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 600 Vac
35 kA at 600 Vac
35A
—
35A
—
35A
—
5
5
C441CA
5
C441DA
5
—
FDC3035L
—
FDC3035L
—
FDC3035L
C4410109NOUI
5
C441BB
100 kA at 240 Vac
350A
—
100 kA at 240 Vac
—
KDC3350
100 kA at 480 Vac
350A
—
100 kA at 480 Vac
—
KDC3350
100 kA at 600 Vac
350A
—
65 kA at 600 Vac
—
KDC3350
100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 600 Vac
35 kA at 600 Vac
350A
—
350A
—
350A
—
—
KDC3350
—
KDC3350
—
KDC3350
5
5
5
C441CB
5
C441DB
5
C4410590NOUI
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-103
5.4
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Line Powered Models
Terminal Connection Diagram
18–12 AWG; Torque 5.3 lb-in/0.6 Nm
B300 Pilot Duty Only
Use 75C CU wire only
120 Vac
NC
L1
a
L2
a
L3
95
a
96
97
GF Shunt
98
15
16
Reset
R1
R2
For C441BA, BB, CA, CB, DA and DB
5
5
NO
Terminal Connection Specifications
Name
Designation
Input
Description
5
Line voltage
L1, L2, L3
Line voltage
Three-phase line voltage input
L1, L2, L3 connections must correspond to the respective CT1, CT2, CT3 current leads
5
Fault relay
B300 UL 508
5
95/96
96/97 (common)
97/98
Form C contact:
95/96 Contact opens when the unit is faulted or unpowered
97/98 Contact closes when the unit is faulted or unpowered
GF shunt
B300 UL 508
5
15
16
Form A contact:
Contact closes when a ground fault is active
Reset input
R1, R2
120 Vac
Fault reset input IEC 61131-2 Type 1
5
5
Control Powered Models
5
Terminal Connection Diagram
5
120 Vac
NC
L1
a
L2
a
L3
5
5
5
a
95
NO
96
97
Cntrl. Pwr.
98
X1
X2
120 Vac
Reset
R1
R2
For C4410109NOUI and C441059NOUI
Terminal Connection Specifications
Name
Designation
Input
Description
Line voltage
L1, L2, L3
Line voltage
Three-phase line voltage input
L1, L2, L3 connections must correspond to the respective CT1, CT2, CT3 current leads
Terminal provided for wiring control power transformer (9A maximum capacity)
5
Control power
X1, X2
110–120 Vac
Control power option for C441_ _ _ _NOUI
50–60Hz (+10/–15%)
5
Fault relay
95/96
For C441_ _ _ _NOUI, the fault relay and auxiliary relay are 96/97 (isolated)
isolated and do not share a common. By default they will
97/98
behave like a Form C, but they can be programmed to act
independently from one another.
B300 UL 508
Form C contact:
95/96 Contact opens when the unit is faulted or unpowered
97/98 Contact closes when the unit is faulted or unpowered
Can be programmed to act independently of the 95/96 only in the C441_ _ _ _NOUI models
GF shunt
This relay does not exist on the C441_ _ _ _NOUI models.
Instead, this functionality is available in the fully
programmable 97/98 auxiliary relay.
97/98
B300 UL 508
Form A contact:
Contact closes when a ground fault is active
Separate GF control can still be achieved by programming auxiliary relay 97/98 to act
independently of the 95/96 relay
Reset input
R1, R2
120 Vac
Fault reset input IEC 61131-2 Type 1
5
5
5
5
5
5
Note
1 No motor loads, 9A maximum.
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-104
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Modbus Communication Modules
Description
5
Specification
5
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
5
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
5
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3
User IO and communication lines 1:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
5
5
5
5
5
5
Environmental Ratings
Ambient temperature (operating)
–20° to 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 85°C
Operating humidity
5 to 95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
Degree of protection
IP20
Over voltage category per UL 508
III
5
5
5
5
5
5
C441P 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
Nominal input current
5 mA
Isolation
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
24 Vdc source current
50 mA
5
5
5
5
5
5
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–6 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
5
5
C441N 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
Number of inputs
4
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
Isolation
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
5
5
5
5
5
Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-105
5.4
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Modbus Communication Modules, continued
Description
Specification
5
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
5
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–30 Vac
30–80 Vac
80–140 Vac
5
Output Modules
Nominal voltage
5
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs
5
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time
3 ms
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Relay ON time
Max. current per point
7 ms
1
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
DeviceNet Communication Modules
Description
Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2
User IO and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m
Environmental Ratings
5
Ambient temperature (operating)
–20° to 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 85°C
5
Operating humidity
5–95% noncondensing
5
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
5
Degree of protection
IP20
5
DeviceNet connections
Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate
125K, 250K, 500K
5
5
5
DeviceNet
Note
1 Resistive current at 55°C ambient.
5
5
V5-T5-106
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
DeviceNet Communication Modules, continued
Description
5
Specification
5
C441L 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
Nominal input current
5 mA
Isolation
250V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
5
5
5
5
5
5
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–6 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
5
5
C441K 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
Number of inputs
4
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
Isolation
250V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
5
5
5
5
5
5
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–30 Vac
30–80 Vac
80–140 Vac
5
Output Modules
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time
3 ms
Relay ON time
7 ms
Max. current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
5
5
5
5
5
5
Note
1 Resistive current at 55°C ambient.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-107
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
Description
Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
5
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
5
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz–80 mHz
5
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
5
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2
User IO and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
5
5
5
5
Environmental Ratings
5
Ambient temperature (operating)
–20° to 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 85°C
5
Operating humidity
5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
5
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
5
Degree of protection
IP20
PROFIBUS
5
PROFIBUS connections
Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM
PROFIBUS baud rate
9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, 500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
5
C441Q 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
5
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
5
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
ON-state voltage
>10 Vdc
5
Nominal input current
5 mA
Isolation
1500V
5
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-108
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
PROFIBUS Communication Modules, continued
Description
5
Specification
5
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–6 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
5
C441S 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage
5
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
Number of inputs
4
OFF-state voltage
<20 Vac
ON-state voltage
>70 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
Isolation
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
5
5
5
5
5
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–30 Vac
30–80 Vac
80–140 Vac
5
5
Output Modules
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
5
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
5
Relay OFF time
3 ms
Relay ON time
7 ms
5
Max. current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
5
5
Note
1 Resistive current at 55°C ambient.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-109
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules
Description
Specification
Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
30–1000 mHz
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
0.15–30 mHz
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
5
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
5
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10V rms)
150 kHz to 80 mHz
5
Fast transient immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method
5
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2
User IO and communication lines:
±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
5
5
5
5
Environmental Ratings
5
Ambient temperature (operating)
–20° to 50°C
Ambient temperature (storage)
–40° to 85°C
5
Operating humidity
5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating)
2000m
5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3G any direction
5
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3
5
Degree of protection
IP20
Ethernet
5
5
5
Ethernet connections
Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections
Ethernet type
Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
C441T 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage
24 Vdc
5
Operating voltage
18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs
4
5
Signal delay
5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage
<6 Vdc
5
ON-state voltage
>18 Vdc
Nominal input current
5 mA
5
Isolation
1500V
5
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
24V source current
50 mA
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-110
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules, continued
Description
5
Specification
5
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–6 Vdc
6–18 Vdc
18–30 Vdc
5
C441R 120 Vac Input
Nominal input voltage
5
120 Vac
Operating voltage
80–140 Vac
Number of inputs
4
OFF-state voltage
<30 Vac
ON-state voltage
>80 Vac
Nominal input current
15 mA
Signal delay
1/2 cycle
Isolation
1500V
Terminal screw torque
7–9 in-lb
5
5
5
5
5
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
5
OFF State
Transition Region
ON State
0–30 Vac
30–80 Vac
80–140 Vac
Nominal voltage
120 Vac
24 Vdc
5
Number of outputs
(2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
5
Relay OFF time
3 ms
Relay ON time
7 ms
5
Maximum current per point 1
5A (B300 rated)
Electrical life
100,000 cycles
Mechanical life
1,000,000 cycles
5
5
5
Note
1 Resistive current at 55°C ambient.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-111
5.4
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Motor Insight Overload Relay
3.31
(84.1)
0.20
(5.1)
4 Places
5
3.94
(100.1)
5
Terminal Ref.
3.82
(97.0)
3.94
(100.1)
3.50
(88.9)
5
5
3.94
(100.1)
5
Mounting Dimension
(4) 10-32
5
5
5
5
5
4.92
3.98 (125.0)
(101.1)
Dia.
0.69
(17.5)
3 Places
5
5
5
Motor Insight with Mounted DeviceNet, PROFIBUS or Modbus with I/O Communication Module
0.20
(5.1)
3.31
(84.1)
Terminal Ref.
3.82
(97.0)
5
5
5
3.94
(100.1)
5
3.50
(88.9)
3.94
(100.1)
5
3.94
(100.1)
3.27
(83.1)
Mounting Dimensions
(4) 10-32
5
4.84
(122.9)
5
5
5
5
5
Dia.
0.69
(17.5)
3 Places
4.92
3.98 (125.0)
(101.1)
0.63
(16.0)
5
5
V5-T5-112
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
5
Motor Insight with Mounted Modbus Communication Module
0.20
(5.1)
4 Places
5
Terminal Ref.
3.82
(97.0)
1.89
(48.0)
3.31
(84.1)
3.50
(88.9)
3.94
(100.1)
5
5
5
3.94
(100.1)
5
5
3.94
(100.1)
Mounting Dimensions
(4) 10-32
5
4.92
(125.0)
4.53
(115.1)
5
5
5
4.92
(125.0) Dia.
0.69
(17.5)
3 Places
0.59
(15.0) 3.98
(101.1)
5
5
5
5
Motor Insight Remote Display
5
2X ø 1.22
(31.0)
Hole in Panel
5
5
2.70
(68.6)
5
1.20
(30.5)
1.10
(27.9)
1.75
(44.5)
12 GA Max.
Panel Thickness
4.60
(116.8)
5
3.90
(99.1)
5
5
5
1.00
(25.4)
5
5
0.60
(15.2)
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-113
5.4
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Motor Insight Cover Assembly
1.75
(44.5)
5
1.30
(33.0)
4.40
(111.8)
1.40
(35.6)
Motor Insight
5
2.00
(50.8)
5
5
4.20
(106.7)
5
5
5
5
4.30
(109.2)
1.00
(25.4)
5
5
1.40
(35.6)
5
5
5
Motor Insight Conversion Plate
5
3.90
(99.1)
0.20
(5.1)
0.30
(7.6)
5
5
5
5
4.00
(101.6)
0.40
(10.2)
0.20
(5.1)
3.60
(91.4)
2.30
(58.4)
0.20
(5.1)
2.70
(68.6)
3.10
(78.7)
5
5
3.30
(83.8)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-114
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Contents
MP-3000 Overload Relays
Description
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-116
V5-T5-116
V5-T5-116
V5-T5-117
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
MP-3000 Overload Relays
Product Description
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Current only device—
no need to add PTs
Intel-I-Trip™ overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
Motor Start Profile™
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case
Used on AMPGARD®
and medium voltage
assemblies
“Help” menu provides
user operational assistance
Application Description
Eaton’s MP-3000 motor
protection relay is a
multifunctional
microprocessor-based
protective relay for the
protection of three-phase AC
motors. The MP-3000 motor
relay may be applied to any
size motor at any voltage
level. It is most commonly
used on large, medium
voltage three-phase induction
motors. It has also been
widely used on important
low voltage (480 volt)
motor applications and
synchronous motors.
The MP-3000 motor relay is
a current only device that
monitors three-phase and
ground currents. It provides
motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase imbalance,
single phasing and ground
fault motor protection.
It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or
loss of load condition. Please
refer to Volume 3—Power
Distribution and Control
Assemblies, CA08100004E,
Tab 9, section 9.4 for additional
product information.
The MP-3000 motor relay
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had
sufficient time to cool down.
The MP-3000 motor relay
may be applied to either
across the line starters or
reduced voltage starters. On
reduced voltage starters, the
MP-3000 relay can control the
switch from reduced voltage
to full voltage based on time
and/or motor transition. The
MP-3000 can protect the
starter against failure to
transition to full voltage
through contact feedback and
an incomplete sequence
function.
The MP-3000 motor relay is
generally used on a motor
starter or a breaker used for
a motor load. The MP-3000
motor relay provides the
intelligence to protect and
control the motor against
abnormal operating
conditions. It monitors the
currents from either a 5A
or 1A secondary of a CT
circuit. Ground current may
be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the
residual connection of the
phase CTs. It provides a
Form C contact output for
controlling the starter contacts
or breaker operation.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-115
5.4
5
●
5
●
5
5
5
●
●
5
5
5
●
5
5
5
●
5
5
5
5
Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
●
Complete motor protection
and control in a single
compact case reduces
panel space requirements
and wiring costs
Microprocessor design
with self diagnostics
eliminates calibration
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
maintenance
Programmable stop
2–20% of PCT
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection develops
customized curve from
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection provides
adaptive trip characteristics
based on motor
temperature when motor
RTDs are connected
through an optional
URTD module
Meets UL 1053 ground
fault protection standards
that eliminates the need
for a separate ground relay
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
●
●
●
●
●
●
Motor currents,
temperatures and
conditions are monitored
and displayed either locally
or remotely
Event log provides motor
operating records for the
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
and time stamping. This
information can improve
troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
provide a log of motor
operation with date and
time stamping
RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
protection and motor
starting coordination. This
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
on old motors where data
is not available
●
●
Optional communication
module and Eaton’s
software simplifies setting,
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
retrieval either locally or
remotely
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
simplifies relay removal
and replacement
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
I2t overload protection
(49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
imbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes
5
5
5
Standards and Certifications
The MP-3000 motor
protection was designed to
meet the industry standards
for protective relays. It is
recognized under UL 1053
Ground Fault Protection
Standard.
●
●
●
UL recognized
(File No. E154862)
UL 1053 recognized
UL 508 recognized
●
●
●
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
cUL
CSA
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
Refer to Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E, Tab 9, section 9.4 for additional product information.
Description
Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
5
V5-T5-116
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
●
The protection functions are
listed below.
5
5
The metering functions are:
●
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
●
Motor currents:
●
Average current (Iave)
●
Individual phase and
ground current in
primary amperes
●
Percent of full load
●
Percent of phase
imbalance
RTD temperatures:
●
Individual winding
●
Motor bearing
●
Load
●
Auxiliary temperatures
Motor conditions:
●
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
●
Time before start
●
Remaining starts
allowed
●
Oldest start time
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays
5.4
Contents
MP-4000 Overload Relays
Description
Page
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ500 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-60
V5-T5-64
V5-T5-65
V5-T5-88
V5-T5-89
V5-T5-115
V5-T5-118
V5-T5-118
V5-T5-118
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
MP-4000 Overload Relays
Product Description
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
Motor Start Profile
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case
Used on AMPGARD
and medium voltage
assemblies
“Help” menu provides
user operational assistance
Application Description
Eaton’s MP-4000 motor
protection relay is a multifunctional microprocessorbased protective relay for the
protection of three-phase AC
motors. The MP-4000 motor
relay may be applied to any
size motor at any voltage level.
It is most commonly used on
large, medium voltage threephase induction motors. It
has also been widely used
on important low voltage
(480 volt) motor applications
and synchronous motors.
The MP-4000 motor relay
monitors three-phase and
ground currents, and threephase voltages. It provides
motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase imbalance, single
phasing over/undervoltage,
underpower, power factor and
ground fault motor protection.
The MP-4000 motor relay
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had
sufficient time to cool down.
The MP-4000 motor relay may
be applied to either across the
line starters or reduced voltage
starters. On reduced voltage
starters, the MP-4000 relay can
control the switch from
reduced voltage to full voltage
based on time and/or motor
transition. The MP-4000 can
protect the starter against
failure to transition to full
voltage through contact
feedback and an incomplete
sequence function.
The MP-4000 motor relay is
generally used on a motor
starter or a breaker used for
a motor load. The MP-4000
motor relay provides the
intelligence to protect and
control the motor against
abnormal operating conditions.
It monitors the currents from
either a 5A or 1A secondary of
a CT circuit. Ground current
may be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the residual
connection of the phase CTs.
It provides a form C contact
output for controlling the
starter contacts or breaker
operation.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or loss
of load condition.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T5-117
5.4
5
●
5
●
5
5
●
5
●
5
5
5
●
5
5
5
●
5
5
5
●
5
5
5
5
5
Overload Relays
Features, Benefits and Functions
5
5
Motor Protection and Monitoring
●
Complete motor protection
and control in a single
compact case reduces
panel space requirements
and wiring costs
Microprocessor design
with self diagnostics
eliminates calibration
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
maintenance
Programmable stop
2–20% of PCT
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection develops
customized curve from
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection provides
adaptive trip characteristics
based on motor
temperature when motor
RTDs are connected
through an optional
URTD module
Meets UL 1053 ground
fault protection standards
that eliminates the need
for a separate ground relay
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
Motor currents,
temperatures and
conditions are monitored
and displayed either locally
or remotely
5
5
Reference
5
5
5
5
5
5
●
●
●
●
●
●
Event log provides motor
operating records for the
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
and time stamping. This
information can improve
troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
provide a log of motor
operation with date and
time stamping
RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
protection and motor
starting coordination. This
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
on old motors where data
is not available
Optional communication
module and Eaton’s
software simplifies setting,
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
retrieval either locally or
remotely
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
simplifies relay removal
and replacement
The metering functions are:
●
●
Metering:
●
Average current
●
Amperes: magnitude
and angle in primary
values
●
Amperes: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
Average voltage (V ave)
●
Voltage: magnitude and
angle
●
Voltage: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
% of full load
●
% current imbalance
●
% voltage imbalance
●
Power, vars and VA
●
Power factor
●
Frequency
●
Energy metering with
time and date stamps
RTD temperatures:
●
Individual winding
●
Motor bearing
●
Load
●
Auxiliary temperatures
●
Motor conditions:
●
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
●
Time before start
●
Remaining starts
allowed
●
Oldest start time
●
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
cUL
CSA
Standards and Certifications
The MP-4000 motor
protection was designed to
meet the industry standards
for protective relays. It is
recognized under UL 1053
Ground Fault Protection
Standard.
5
●
●
●
●
UL recognized (File No.
E154862)
UL 1053 recognized
UL 508 recognized
●
●
Refer to Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E, Tab 9, section 9.4 for additional product information.
Description
Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-118
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
The protection functions are
listed below:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
I2t overload
protection (49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
imbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
Undervoltage (27)
Overvoltage (59)
Under power (32)
Negative sequence voltage
imbalance (47)
Power factor (55)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes
Lighting Contactors
C30CN Mechanically and
Electrically Held
CN35 Electrically Held
A202 Magnetically Latched
6.1
Open Control
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CN35 Electrically Held
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A202 Magnetically Latched
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T6-2
V5-T6-3
V5-T6-3
V5-T6-4
V5-T6-4
V5-T6-4
V5-T6-5
V5-T6-6
V5-T6-10
V5-T6-11
V5-T6-12
V5-T6-13
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-15
6
V5-T6-16
6
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-17
V5-T6-18
V5-T6-20
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-21
6
V5-T6-23
6
V5-T6-23
V5-T6-23
V5-T6-23
V5-T6-23
V5-T6-24
V5-T6-24
V5-T6-25
V5-T6-26
V5-T6-26
V5-T6-27
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-1
6.1
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Contents
Lighting Contactors-Open Control
Description
6
Open Control
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held . . . .
CN35 Electrically Held. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A202 Magnetically Latched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Product Overview
Application Description
C30CN Mechanically and
Electrically Held
Magnetically Latched—A202
Electrically Held CN35
Used in applications where it
is critical that the contactor
will not switch to an off
position during control power
failure.
Use in applications where it is
not critical that contacts stay
closed with loss of control
power.
Electrically and Mechanically
Held C30CN Lighting
Contactor by Eaton Electrical
delivers unprecedented
versatility in application,
simplicity in configuration,
and performance in
operation. With a
revolutionary design, rugged
construction and expansive
feature set, the C30CN is the
right solution for effectively
controlling tungsten
(incandescent filament),
ballast (fluorescent and
mercury arc), High Intensity
Discharge (HID), and nonmotor AC resistive loads.
30–200A contactors use an
electrically energized and deenergized permanent
magnet, while the 300 and
400A contactors use a
mechanical latch to hold
contacts closed during the
operation (no continuous
control current).
●
●
●
Control power is applied
continuously during
operation
10–400A, 600 volt
maximum rating
12 poles maximum for 20
and 30A devices
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Page
V5-T6-3
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-23
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6.1
Contents
C30CNM Mechanically and Electrically Held
Description
Page
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CN35 Electrically Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A202 Magnetically Latched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T6-4
V5-T6-4
V5-T6-6
V5-T6-10
V5-T6-11
V5-T6-12
V5-T6-13
V5-T6-15
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-23
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held
Product Description
Application Description
Operation
The C30CNM 30A
Mechanically Held Lighting
Contactors from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector are designed
for industrial, commercial and
outdoor lighting applications
where efficient control is
required. The mechanically
held operation ensures that
the contactor will not switch
to OFF during control power
failure. It also ensures the
removal of coil from the circuit
for noise-free operation and
the elimination of all coil
losses after the contactor is
latched. The control module
microprocessor validates
the control signal before
operation, so it will not
respond to momentary
voltage spikes of noise.
The operation command
has a built-in 0.4 second delay
to avoid multiple short-term
commands that can cause
contact fatigue or failure. Also,
the feedback loop prevents
the contactor from getting out
of sequence with switches,
even after power failures.
The mechanically held lighting
contactor provides effective
control in applications such as
office buildings, industrial
plants, hospitals, stadiums,
airports, and so on.
Three-wire control is
the choice for use with
momentary devices allowing
operation from multiple
locations. A momentary pulse
of energy operates the
contactor while a second
pulse on an alternate leg
returns the contactor to its
original state.
They are ideal for applications
that require quiet, energyefficient operation.
Designed to handle different
load types:
●
●
●
●
●
Tungsten (incandescent
filament)
Ballast (fluorescent and
mercury arc)
High intensity discharge
(HID)
Non-motor AC resistive
Single- and three-phase
motor ratings
6
6
6
6
6
6
Two-wire control is the
choice for single output
automatic operation or for
operation from single-pole
devices. When voltage is
applied to the input terminals
the contactor is latched into
position (coil is removed
from the circuit while control
voltage is continuously
supplied). When control
voltage is removed, the
latch is disengaged and the
contactor is returned to its
original state.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-3
6.1
6
See figure below.
●
6
●
●
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Open Control
Features
6
6
Lighting Contactors
30A power pole rating
Up to 12 poles maximum
Power poles latch easily
onto the base, and
designating them as NO
or NC is a simple matter
of left or right positioning.
Additional poles, either NO
or NC, may be easily added
at any time
●
●
●
Low magnetic noise
results in quiet operation
Low input VA permits long
wire runs
Come in a wide range of
input voltages and with
coils from 24 Vac to
277 Vac and 12 Vac
to 24 Vdc
C30CNM Features
Contact position indication—
when button protrudes,
contact is closed
Power poles are
available as single or
double poles, creating
74 different circuit
combinations
Enclosed contacts resist
contaminants for greater reliability
Common easily-installed power
poles change from NO to NC
(or vise versa) simply by
unlatching and rotating 180°
Power poles rated
for a range of tasks:
■ 30A rated contacts
■ 15A motor rated
■ Pilot duty rated
Convenient side
access for field
power wiring
Auxiliary
contacts, rated
A600, are
suitable for
use on low
level circuits
down to
12V, 5 mA
Contact configuration
indicator
Robust pole terminals
accept up to two
8 AWG wires
Plug-in auxiliary contacts are NC
when installed on the right side
of the base, NO on the left
Finger and back-of-hand
safe power terminals
Fast, sure three-point mounting
6
6
6
Standards and Certifications
●
6
●
6
●
6
●
UL listed File E1491,
UL Category Code/
Guide NLDX/NLDX7
cUL
CE
Designed and built to
NEMA ICS-2 Standards
Instructional Leaflets
50765 C30CN Lighting
Contactor Series
50766 Coil Kit for C30CN
Lighting Contactors
50767 Power Pole Kit for
C30CN Lighting
Contactors
50768 Control Module Kit
for C30CN Lighting
Contactors
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6.1
Catalog Number Selection
6
Type C30CN Lighting Contactors
6
C30CN M 2 2 A A 2 A0
6
Product
Control Module
Operation
C30CN = Open 30A lighting contactor
Base Coil Voltage
Class
Number of Normally
Open Poles
0–12
6
A0 = 110–120 Vac
H0 = 200–277 Vac
T0 = 24 Vac
T1 = 24 Vdc
2 = Two-wire
3 = Three-wire
A = 115–120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz
B = 230–240V 60 Hz/220V 50 Hz
C = 460–480V 60 Hz/440V 50 Hz
D = 575–600V 60 Hz/550V 50 Hz
E = 200–208V 60 Hz
H = 265–277V 60 Hz/240V 50 Hz
T = 24V 60 Hz/20V 50 Hz
V = 28V 60 Hz/24V 50 Hz
X = 347V 60 Hz
E = Electrically held
M = Mechanically held
6
Mechanically Held
Control Module Voltage
6
6
Auxiliary Contact Installed
Number of Normally
Closed Poles
0–8
Two-Wire Control Module
Three-Wire Control Module
0 = None
A = 1NO
B = 2NO
C = 1NC
D = 1NO-1NC
E = 2NO-1NC
0 = None
C = 1NC
F = 1NO
G = 1NO-1NC
Sample Catalog Number:
C
3
0
C
N
M
2
2
A
A
2
A
0
Digit Position:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-5
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6
Product Selection
6
Two-Wire Mechanically
Held Lighting Contactors—
Standard Assembled Forms
The Standard Assembled
Forms in tables on Pages
V5-T6-6 and V5-T6-7 are
two-wire open mechanically
held 30A lighting contactors
with 120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz
base coil voltage, 120V
control module voltage,
and no additional auxiliary
contacts. To change the
base coil voltage, auxiliary
contact options or control
module voltage, refer to
tables on Page V5-T6-7.
6
C30CN_
Two-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors—
Standard Assembled Forms
Number of Poles
NO
NC
Catalog Number 123
2
0
2
C30CNM02A02A0
1
1
C30CNM11A02A0
2
0
C30CNM20A02A0
0
3
C30CNM03A02A0
1
2
C30CNM12A02A0
2
1
C30CNM21A02A0
3
0
C30CNM30A02A0
0
4
C30CNM04A02A0
1
3
C30CNM13A02A0
2
2
C30CNM22A02A0
3
1
C30CNM31A02A0
4
0
C30CNM40A02A0
0
5
C30CNM05A02A0
6
1
4
C30CNM14A02A0
6
2
3
C30CNM23A02A0
3
2
C30CNM32A02A0
4
1
C30CNM41A02A0
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3
4
5
6
5
0
C30CNM50A02A0
0
6
C30CNM06A02A0
1
5
C30CNM15A02A0
6
2
4
C30CNM24A02A0
6
3
3
C30CNM33A02A0
4
2
C30CNM42A02A0
5
1
C30CNM51A02A0
6
0
C30CNM60A02A0
0
7
C30CNM07A02A0
1
6
C30CNM16A02A0
2
5
C30CNM25A02A0
6
3
4
C30CNM34A02A0
4
3
C30CNM43A02A0
6
5
2
C30CNM52A02A0
6
1
C30CNM61A02A0
7
0
C30CNM70A02A0
0
8
C30CNM08A02A0
1
7
C30CNM17A02A0
6
2
6
C30CNM26A02A0
3
5
C30CNM35A02A0
6
4
4
C30CNM44A02A0
5
3
C30CNM53A02A0
6
2
C30CNM62A02A0
7
1
C30CNM71A02A0
8
0
C30CNM80A02A0
6
6
6
6
7
6
6
8
6
6
6
6
Notes
1 To change the base coil voltage, replace the content of Position 9 with the appropriate code suffix from the table
on Page V5-T6-7.
2 To change auxiliary contact options, replace the content of Position 10 with the appropriate code suffix from the
table on Page V5-T6-7.
3 To change the control module voltage, replace the content of Positions 12-13 with the appropriate code suffix from
the table on Page V5-T6-7.
6
6
V5-T6-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Two-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors—Standard
Assembled Forms, continued
Number
of Poles
9
10
11
12
NO
NC
Catalog
Number 123
1
8
C30CNM18A02A0
2
7
C30CNM27A02A0
3
6
C30CNM36A02A0
4
5
C30CNM45A02A0
5
4
C30CNM54A02A0
6
3
C30CNM63A02A0
7
2
C30CNM72A02A0
8
1
C30CNM81A02A0
9
0
C30CNM90A02A0
2
8
C30CNM28A02A0
3
7
C30CNM37A02A0
4
6
C30CNM46A02A0
5
5
C30CNM55A02A0
6
4
C30CNM64A02A0
7
3
C30CNM73A02A0
8
2
C30CNM82A02A0
9
1
C30CNM91A02A0
10
0
C30CNM100A02A0
3
8
C30CNM38A02A0
4
7
C30CNM47A02A0
5
6
C30CNM56A02A0
6
5
C30CNM65A02A0
7
4
C30CNM74A02A0
8
3
C30CNM83A02A0
9
2
C30CNM92A02A0
10
1
C30CNM101A02A0
11
0
C30CNM110A02A0
4
8
C30CNM48A02A0
6
6
C30CNM66A02A0
8
4
C30CNM84A02A0
10
2
C30CNM102A02A0
12
0
C30CNM120A02A0
Base Coil Voltage (Digit 9) 4
Voltage
Code Suffix
115–120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz
A
230–240V 60 Hz/220V 50 Hz
B
460–480V 60 Hz/440V 50 Hz
C
575–600V 60 Hz/550V 50 Hz
D
200–208V 60 Hz
E
265–277V 60 Hz/240V 50 Hz
H
24V 60 Hz/20V 50 Hz
T
28V 60 Hz/24V 50 Hz
V
347V 60 Hz
X
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Auxiliary Contact Installed (Digit 10)
Control Module
Circuit
Code Suffix
Two-wire
None
0
1NO
A
2NO
B
1NC
C
1NO-1NC
D
2NO-1NC
E
6
6
6
6
6
Control Module Voltage (Digit 12-13)
Coil Module
Code Suffix
110–120 Vac
A0
200–277 Vac
H0
24 Vac
T0
12–24 Vdc
T1
6
6
6
Notes
1 To change the base coil voltage, replace the content of Position 9 with the appropriate code
suffix from the table above.
2 To change auxiliary contact options, replace the content of Position 10 with the appropriate
code suffix from the table above.
3 To change the control module voltage, replace the content of Positions 12-13 with the
appropriate code suffix from the table above.
4 If coil supply is greater than 277V, use CPT.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-7
6.1
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Three-Wire Mechanically
Held Lighting Contactors—
Standard Assembled Forms
The Standard Assembled
Forms in the table on
Page V5-T6-8 are three-wire
open mechanically held
30A lighting contactors with
120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz base
coil voltage, 120V control
module voltage, and no
additional auxiliary contacts.
To change the base coil
voltage, auxiliary contact
options or control module
voltage, refer to the tables
on Page V5-T6-9.
Three-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors—Standard Assembled Forms
Number of Poles
NO
NC
Catalog Number 123
2
0
2
C30CNM02A03A0
1
1
C30CNM11A03A0
2
0
C30CNM20A03A0
0
3
C30CNM03A03A0
1
2
C30CNM12A03A0
2
1
C30CNM21A03A0
3
0
C30CNM30A03A0
0
4
C30CNM04A03A0
1
3
C30CNM13A03A0
2
2
C30CNM22A03A0
3
1
C30CNM31A03A0
4
0
C30CNM40A03A0
0
5
C30CNM05A03A0
1
4
C30CNM14A03A0
2
3
C30CNM23A03A0
6
3
2
C30CNM32A03A0
4
1
C30CNM41A03A0
6
5
0
C30CNM50A03A0
0
6
C30CNM06A03A0
6
1
5
C30CNM15A03A0
6
2
4
C30CNM24A03A0
3
3
C30CNM33A03A0
4
2
C30CNM42A03A0
5
1
C30CNM51A03A0
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
3
4
5
6
6
6
6
6
0
C30CNM60A03A0
0
7
C30CNM07A03A0
1
6
C30CNM16A03A0
6
2
5
C30CNM25A03A0
3
4
C30CNM34A03A0
6
4
3
C30CNM43A03A0
5
2
C30CNM52A03A0
6
6
1
C30CNM61A03A0
7
6
7
0
C30CNM70A03A0
0
8
C30CNM08A03A0
6
1
7
C30CNM17A03A0
2
6
C30CNM26A03A0
6
3
5
C30CNM35A03A0
4
4
C30CNM44A03A0
6
5
3
C30CNM53A03A0
6
6
2
C30CNM62A03A0
7
1
C30CNM71A03A0
8
0
C30CNM80A03A0
6
8
6
Notes
1 To change the base coil voltage, replace the content of Position 9 with the appropriate code suffix from the table on Page V5-T6-9.
2 To change auxiliary contact options, replace the content of Position 10 with the appropriate code suffix from the table on Page V5-T6-9.
3 To change the control module voltage, replace the content of Positions 12-13 with the appropriate code suffix from the table on Page V5-T6-9.
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Three-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors—
Standard Assembled Forms, continued
Number
of Poles
9
10
11
12
NO
NC
Catalog
Number 123
1
8
C30CNM18A03A0
2
7
C30CNM27A03A0
3
6
C30CNM36A03A0
4
5
C30CNM45A03A0
5
4
C30CNM54A03A0
6
3
C30CNM63A03A0
7
2
C30CNM72A03A0
8
1
C30CNM81A03A0
9
0
C30CNM90A03A0
2
8
C30CNM28A03A0
3
7
C30CNM37A03A0
4
6
C30CNM46A03A0
5
5
C30CNM55A03A0
6
4
C30CNM64A03A0
7
3
C30CNM73A03A0
8
2
C30CNM82A03A0
9
1
C30CNM91A03A0
10
0
C30CNM100A03A0
3
8
C30CNM38A03A0
4
7
C30CNM47A03A0
5
6
C30CNM56A03A0
6
5
C30CNM65A03A0
7
4
C30CNM74A03A0
8
3
C30CNM83A03A0
9
2
C30CNM92A03A0
10
1
C30CNM101A03A0
11
0
C30CNM110A03A0
4
8
C30CNM48A03A0
6
6
C30CNM66A03A0
8
4
C30CNM84A03A0
10
2
C30CNM102A03A0
12
0
C30CNM120A03A0
6.1
Base Coil Voltage (Digit 9) 4
Voltage
Code Suffix
115–120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz
A
230–240V 60 Hz/220V 50 Hz
B
460–480V 60 Hz/440V 50 Hz
C
575–600V 60 Hz/550V 50 Hz
D
200–208V 60 Hz
E
265–277V 60 Hz/240V 50 Hz
H
24V 60 Hz/20V 50 Hz
T
28V 60 Hz/24V 50 Hz
V
347V 60 Hz
X
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Auxiliary Contact Installed (Digit 10)
Control Module
Three-wire
Circuit
Code Suffix
None
0
1NC
C
1NO
F
1NO-1NC
G
6
6
6
6
Control Module Voltage (Digit 12-13)
Coil Module
Code Suffix
110–120 Vac
A0
200–277 Vac
H0
24 Vac
T0
12–24 Vdc
T1
6
6
6
Notes
1 To change the base coil voltage, replace the content of Position 9 with the appropriate code
suffix from the table above.
2 To change auxiliary contact options, replace the content of Position 10 with the appropriate
code suffix from the table above.
3 To change the control module voltage, replace the content of Positions 12-13 with the
appropriate code suffix from the table above.
4 If coil supply is greater than 277V, use CPT.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-9
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6
Components
6
Electrically Held Base Contactor
The C30CNE20_0 Electrically Held Base Contactor contains
a 2NO power pole as standard and will allow the addition of
power poles to build an electrically held contactor up to 12 poles
maximum. A mechanically held module kit can also be added to
convert the electrically held contactor into a mechanically held
contactor in the field.
6
6
6
6
Mechanically Held Module Kits
These kits are for converting electrically held contactors to
mechanically held units. Kits include control module, latch,
latch cover and auxiliary contacts plus installation instructions.
Conversion kits are suitable for coil voltages of 277V and below.
Conversion Kits
Electrically Held Base Contactor
Electrically Held
Base Contactor
Power Poles
Catalog Number 1
2NO
C30CNE20_0
Mechanically Held Module Kits
Coil Volts
6
6
6
6
6
6
Number of Poles
2
NO
NC
2
0
1
4
6
8
Catalog Number
C30CNE20_0
1
C30CNE11_0
0
2
C30CNE02_0
4
0
C30CNE40_0
2
2
C30CNE22_0
0
4
C30CNE04_0
6
0
C30CNE60_0
8
0
C30CNE80_0
4
4
C30CNE44_0
0
8
C30CNE08_0
Code Suffix
6
115–120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz
A
230–240V 60 Hz/220V 50 Hz
B
6
460–480V 60 Hz/440V 50 Hz
C
575–600V 60 Hz/550V 50 Hz
D
6
200–208V 60 Hz
E
265–277V 60 Hz/240V 50 Hz
H
6
24V 60 Hz/20V 50 Hz
T
28V 60 Hz/24V 50 Hz
V
6
347V 60 Hz
X
6
6
6
6
6
C320MH2WA0
200–277 Vac
C320MH2WH0
24 Vac
C320MH2WT0
12–24 Vdc
C320MH2WT1
110–120 Vac
C320MH3WA0
200–277 Vac
C320MH3WH0
24 Vac
C320MH3WT0
12–24 Vdc
C320MH3WT1
C30CNM Components—Exploded View
Coil Base Voltage (Digit 8)
Voltage (Digit 8)
6
24–277 Vac
Electrically Held Lighting Contactors 2
6
6
110–120 Vac
Three-Wire
6
6
Catalog Number
Two-Wire
24–277 Vac
6
Control Volts
Power Poles
The C30CNM contactor accepts up to a maximum six single- or
two-pole (or combinations) power poles. These can be used to
form up to:
●
●
12 NO poles maximum when six two-poles are used in
NO positions (1–6) or
8 NC poles maximum with four two-poles in the NC
position (1–4) and 4 NO poles with two two-poles in the
2 NO positions (5–6)
Power Poles
6
Power Poles
Power Poles
Catalog Number
Single-pole
C320PRP1
Two-pole
C320PRP2
Notes
1 When ordering, select required contactor by catalog number and replace the magnet coil
alpha designation in the catalog number (_) with the proper code suffix from the Coil Base
Voltage table on this page.
2 A number of other power pole configurations are also available using the single-pole and
two-pole power poles. Electrically held units can be purchased with up to 12-pole
configurations with a maximum of 8NO and 4NC power poles.
6
V5-T6-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6.1
Auxiliary Contacts
A mechanically held contactor with a two-wire control module
uses 1NC auxiliary contact as standard for the control wiring
circuit. The mechanically held contactor with a three-wire control
module uses 1NO-1NC auxiliary contacts as standard for the
control wiring circuit. See table below for possible additional
auxiliary contact configurations.
Auxiliary Contacts
6
6
6
6
Auxiliary Contacts
Auxiliary Block
Catalog Number
Single-pole
C320AMH1
Two-pole
C320AMH2
6
6
6
Auxiliary Contact Configurations
Two-Wire
Three-Wire
None
1NC (two-pole)
1NO (single-pole)
1NO (two-pole)
2NO (two-pole)
1NO-1NC (two-pole)
1NC (two-pole)
—
1NO-1NC (NO single-pole, NC two-pole)
—
2NO-1NC (two-pole)
—
6
6
6
6
6
6
Replacement Parts
Magnetic Coils
6
Magnet Coils for Base Contactors
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number
115–120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz
9-3242-1
230–240V 60 Hz/220V 50 Hz
9-3242-2
460–480V 60 Hz/440V 50 Hz
9-3242-3
575–600V 60 Hz/550V 50 Hz
9-3242-4
200–208V 60 Hz
9-3242-5
265–277V 60 Hz/240V 50 Hz
9-3242-6
24V 60 Hz/20V 50 Hz
9-3242-7
28V 60 Hz/24V 50 Hz
9-3242-8
347V 60 Hz
9-3242-9
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-11
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6
Technical Data and Specifications
6
Main Power Poles
6
Auxiliary Contacts Rating
A600, 24 Vdc, 24 Vac
Maximum AC Voltage and Ampere Ratings
Poles
6
Load Type
Amps Continuous
Single-Phase
Ballast
30
347 Vac
600 Vac
6
General use
30
600 Vac
600 Vac
6
Tungsten
20
277 Vac
480 Vac
AC resistive
30
600 Vac
600 Vac
6
6
6
Single-Pole, Single-Phase
Volts
Horsepower
110–120V
1
6
220–240V
2
6
200–208V
Three-Pole, Three-Phase
220–240V
5
440–480V
10
6
550–600V
15
6
Control Circuit Characteristics
6
Coil
Description
VA
6
Inrush
248 VA
Sealed
28 VA
Number
of Cables
Wire Range
(Solid or Stranded)
Wire
Temperature
Power poles
1
14–8 AWG
75°C Cu
2
14–8 AWG 1
75°C Cu
Coil
1 or 2
18–14 AWG
60°/75°C Cu
Control module
1
22–12 AWG
60°/75°C Cu
Auxiliary contacts
1 or 2
22–12 AWG
60°/75°C Cu
Control Module
Steady State Current at
Rated Voltage (mA)
12–24 Vdc
42
2
6
24 Vac
80
5
115–120 Vac
83
12
6
200–277 Vac
91
30
6
Other Control Module Characteristics
6
Component
Note
1 8 AWG stranded only.
Input Voltage
6
Wire Size
3
6
6
Mounting Position
Vertical 3-point mounting only
Wire Specifications
Maximum Horsepower Rating
Normal Starting Duty
6
Three-Phase
Ambient Temperature
–13 to 104°F (–25 to 40°C)
Maximum VA
Description
Specification
Minimum pulse duration (three-wire control module)
250 ms
6
Maximum allowable leakage current
1.8 mA
EMI
35 V/m
6
Surge transient peak
6 kV
Frequency range
40–70 Hz
6
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Wiring Diagrams
6
C30CNE
6
C30CNE Electrically Held
Line
1
Load
ON
OFF
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
2
L1
*
Fuse
Auxiliary
Contact
Remote Auxiliary
Contact
ON
5
6
OFF
A2
Coil
Voltage
Coil
L2
A1
6
Fuse
*
6
6
6
OFF
ON and OFF Pushbuttons
6
View A
Optional
Auxiliary
Contacts
6
Remote
OFF
4
Coil
* If Used
ON
A2
3
A1
6
View B
Optional Pilot Devices for Electrically Held Contactor
Optional
Auxiliary
Contacts
L1
*
SS
6
ON
AUTO
Fuse
A2
Auxiliary
Contact
Remote
Device
CONTROL
Refer to View “B” for Control Connections
Coil
A1
Fuse
*
L2
6
6
OFF
6
OFF/ON or OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
6
6
ON
L1
*
ON
Fuse
OFF
A2
Coil
A1
Fuse
*
L2
6
AUTO
Remote
Device
Auxiliary
Contact
6
6
OFF
OFF/ON/AUTO or HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-13
6.1
6
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
C30CNM
C30CNM Mechanically Held
Refer to View “A” for 2-/3-Wire Control Options
Line
Load
1
6
6
4
6
5
6
6
6
6
6
6
Control
Voltage OFF ON
Coil
A2
A1
OFF/ON or OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
Control OFF ON
Voltage
C
Optional
“N/O”
Aux.
Contacts
A1
Coil
A2
Coil
Voltage
AUTO
Remote
Device
View C
Optional Pilot Devices for 3-Wire Control
”NO“
Remote
Auxiliary
OFF
Electronic-Module
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
OFF
Optional
“NC”
Aux.
Contact
L
2-WIRE CONTROL
Refer to View “B” for Control Connections
”NC“
Auxiliary
Remote
ON
”NO“
Auxiliary
Coil
A2
Optional
“NC”
Aux.
Contact
Coil
Voltage
3-WIRE CONTROL
Refer to View “C” for Control Connections
Coil
A1
Coil
Voltage
*
*
Coil
Voltage
*
* If Used
Fuse
Fuse
Electronic-Module
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
Fuse
OFF
Control
Voltage
ON
”NC“
Auxiliary
OFF ON
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
A2
Coil
A1
OFF/ON Selector Switch with Spring Return to Center
6
V5-T6-14
A2
*
*
Coil
Voltage
*
ON & OFF Pushbuttons
L
A1
Fuse
ON
Control
Voltage OFF ON
Electronic-Module
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
Optional
“N/O”
Aux.
Contacts
O
C
Fuse
Coil
A2
A1
HAND/OFF/AUTO or ON/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch
Not Used
Fuse
Electronic-Module
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
OFF
View A
Electronic-Module
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
6
6
* If Used
Electronic-Module
ON
(AUTO) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
ON
6
6
SS
2
3
6
OFF
Fuse
6
6
View B
Optional Pilot Devices for 2-Wire Control
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Fuse
*
Coil
Voltage
*
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Dimensions
6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
6
C30CN
.35
(9.0)
SIDE VIEW
TOP VIEW
Optional
Power
Pole
Optional “NC”
Aux Contacts
2 “NO”
Aux
Contacts
ON ON ON ON ON ON
Power
Pole
.35 (9.0)
3.86 (98.0)
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
1 “NO”
Aux
Contact
6
2 “NC”
Aux
Contacts
1 “NC” 3.86
Aux (98.0)
Contact
6.50
(165.1)
7.39
(187.6)
Optional “NO”
Aux Contacts
Mounting Holes
Accept
#10 Screws
.22 (5.5)
6
END VIEW
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5
A1
A2
3.75 (95.3)
4.18 (106.2)
6
6
6
6
NOTES:
1 Mounting dimensions remain the same
for 1 to 12 poles.
2 Line and Load terminals are interchangeable.
3 Up to 2NO and 2NC auxiliary contacts can be
added onto the base product.
4 Same power pole can be configured as
NO type or NC type in pole positions 1 – 4;
NO type only in positions 5 – 6.
6
6
6
.59 (14.9)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-15
6.1
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Contents
CN35 Electrically Held
Description
6
Page
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held. . . . . . .
CN35 Electrically Held
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A202 Magnetically Latched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
6
6
V5-T6-3
V5-T6-17
V5-T6-18
V5-T6-20
V5-T6-21
V5-T6-23
6
6
6
6
6
6
CN35 Electrically Held
6
Product Description
Application Description
Type CN35 Electrically Held
Lighting Contactors from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector are
designed to handle the
switching of tungsten
(incandescent) or ballast
(fluorescent and mercury arc)
lamp loads as well as other
non-motor (resistive) loads.
●
6
6
6
6
6
●
●
6
6
●
6
6
Ideal applications include
industrial plants, stadiums,
parks and any new
construction requiring
lighting control
Ballast lamps equate to
fluorescent, mercury vapor,
sodium vapor and quartz
loads and will operate at a
maximum of 600V
Filament lamps equate to
incandescent, infrared,
sodium iodine and heating
loads and will operate at a
maximum of 480V
Resistance heating
equates to radiant and
convection heating,
furnace and oven loads
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Standards and Certifications
Designed and tested
specifically for lighting and
resistive loads
Easy to install and maintain
Full line of Freedom snapon accessories
Standard with 1NO
auxiliary contact (the 10A
two- and three-pole ship
standard with the auxiliary
in the fourth power pole
position with no increase in
width)
Top and side mounted
auxiliary contacts available
for 10–60A devices; side
mounted auxiliaries only
available on 100A and
greater
Straight-through wiring
6
●
●
●
UL File No. E37317,
Guide LR353
CSA File No. LR353
Designed and built to
NEMA ICS-2 Standards
Instructional Leaflets
19225 CN35AN (2-, 3-,
4-Pole)
19227 CN35BN (2-, 3-Pole)
24829 CN35BN (4-, 5-Pole)
24840 CN35BN (6-, 9-,
12-Pole)
19227 CN35DN (2-, 3-Pole)
19229 CN35GN (2-, 3-Pole)
6
19874 CN35GN (4-, 5-Pole)
6
20218 CN35KN (2-, 3-Pole)
20171 CN35NN (2-, 3-Pole)
6
20172 CN35SN (2-, 3-Pole)
6
20172 CN35TN (2-, 3-Pole)
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Product Selection
6
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number including the coil suffix code from the
Magnet Coil Selection table
●
Any required accessories
6
CN35GN5A
CN35 AC Lighting Contactors—
Electrically Held
Maximum
Ampere Rating 1
Number
of Poles
Open Type
10
2
CN35AN2_B
3
CN35AN3_B
4
CN35AN4_B
2
CN35BN2_B
3
CN35BN3_B
4
CN35BN4_B
6
CN35BN6_B
9
CN35BN9_B
20
30
60
100
200
300
400 4
Catalog Number 3
12
CN35BN12_B
2
CN35DN2_B
3
CN35DN3_B
4
CN35DN4_B
5
CN35DN5_B
6
CN35DN6_B
9
CN35DN9_B
12
CN35DN12_B
2
CN35GN2_B
3
CN35GN3_B
42
CN35GN4_B
52
CN35GN5_B
2
CN35KN2_
3
CN35KN3_
2
CN35NN2_
3
CN35NN3_
2
CN35SN2_
3
CN35SN3_
2
CN35TN2_
3
CN35TN3_
6
6
Magnet Coil Selection
Coil Voltage and Hertz 5
Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50
A
240/60 or 220/50
B
480/60 or 440/50
C
600/60 or 550/50
D
208/60
E
277/60
208–240/60
6
6
6
6
H
6
6
J
240/50
K
380–415/60
L
550/50
N
24/60, 24/50 7
T
24/50
U
32/50
V
48/60
W
48/50
Y
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Notes
1 The listed ampere ratings are based on a maximum load voltage of 480V for tungsten lamp applications and 600V for ballast or mercury vapor type applications.
2 Additional power poles mounted on side(s) of contactor.
3 Underscore (_) indicates missing code letter for magnet coil—see Magnet Coil Selection table.
4 UL ballast and resistive ratings only.
5 For DC Magnet Coils, see NEMA Contactors and Starters, Tab 2 in this volume.
6 For 10, 20 and 30A sizes only. Sizes 60–400A are 24V/60 Hz only.
7 For 10, 20 and 30A sizes only.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-17
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6
Accessories
6
Transient Suppressor Kits
10–60A Contactors
These kits limit high voltage
transients produced in the
control circuit when power is
removed from the contactor or
starter coil. There are three
separate suppressors for use
6
6
6
6
C320TS2
6
6
on 24–120V, 240V or 480V
coils respectively.
These devices mount directly
to the coil terminals of
lighting contactors 10–60A.
Kits for 10–60A
Description
Coil
Voltage
Catalog
Number
Transient suppressor
24 –120V
C320TS1
240V
C320TS2
480V
C320TS3
6
Auxiliary Contacts
CN35 Lighting Contactors
include a 1NO maintaining
auxiliary contact mounted
on right hand side (on 10A,
two- and three-pole devices,
auxiliary contact occupies
4th power pole position—
no increase in width). The
10–60A devices will accept
additional auxiliary contacts
on the top and/or sides.
Auxiliary contact blocks
are designed for snap-on
installation—fast, easy
installation (no tools required
up to 60A). All auxiliary
6
Auxiliary Contacts—10–60A Contactors
6
6
6
6
100–300A Contactors
This device mounts on top of
any side mounted auxiliary
contact on lighting contactors
100–300A. It connects across
coil terminals on any 120V
contactor magnet coil.
C320AS1
Contact
Configuration Code 1
Catalog
Number
1NO
10
C320KGS1
1NC
01
C320KGS2
1NO-1NC
11
C320KGS3
2NO
20
C320KGS4
2NC
02
C320KGS5
Description
Limits high voltage transients
produced in the circuit when
power is removed from
the coil.
Side Mounted
6
6
contacts are of the bifurcated
design with parallel circuit
paths. This redundant path
provides very high reliability.
Auxiliary contacts can be
snapped on the side (up to
two circuits—per auxiliary
contact) and on the top
(up to four circuits). Auxiliary
contacts for larger contactors,
100–400A sizes, will accept
side mounted auxiliaries only
and easily attach to the
side of the contactor with
two screws.
Top Mounted
Kits for 100–300A
Side Mounted
Top Mounted
2
Catalog
Number
1NO
10
C320KGT1
Description
Coil
Voltage
1NC
01
C320KGT2
Transient suppressor
120V
C320AS1
1NO-1NC
11
C320KGT3
2NO
20
C320KGT4
6
2NC
02
C320KGT5
3NO
30
C320KGT9
6
2NO-1NC
21
C320KGT10
1NO-2NC
12
C320KGT11
6
3NC
03
C320KGT12
6
4NO
40
C320KGT13
3NO-1NC
31
C320KGT14
2NO-2NC
22
C320KGT15
1NO-3NC
13
C320KGT16
4NC
04
C320KGT17
6
6
6
6
Notes
1 For reference only—not part of catalog number. See Page V5-T6-19.
2 Cannot be added to contactors or starters mounted in Box 1 (NEMA Type 1).
6
6
6
6
6
6
V5-T6-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Auxiliary Contacts—100–400A Contactors
Circuit
Base Auxiliary
Contact—C320KGS42
Auxiliary Contact—
C320KGS22
Contact
Configuration
Code 1
100A
Contactors
200 and 300A
Contactors
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Auxiliary Contact Location
Auxiliary Contacts—Mounting Positions
The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of
auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor
and their locations in standard enclosures.
Auxiliary Contact Mounting Positions
6
6
6
Base Auxiliary Contacts
NO
10
C320KGS31
C320KGS41
NO-NC
11
C320KGS32
C320KGS42
Auxiliary Contacts
NO
10
C320KGS20
NC
01
C320KGS21
NO-NC 2
11
C320KGS22
6
Available Mounting Positions 345
Size
Poles
Open Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R, 4X, 12
10A
2–4
T1, L1, R1
L1
L1, T1
20–60A
2–3
T1, L1
L1
L1, T1
60A
4
T1, L1
—
L1, T1
6
6
6
60A
5
T1, L1
—
L1, T1
100A
2–3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
200A
2–3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
300A
2–3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
400A
2–3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
R2, R3, L1, L2, L3
6
6
6
6
10–60A Contactors
6
L1
Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)
6
R1
L1
R1
T1
6
AC Volts
Current
120V
240V
480V
600V
6
T1
NEMA A600
Front View
Make and interrupting
60.0
30.0
15.0
12.0
Break
6.0
3.0
1.5
1.0
Continuous
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
6
Top View
6
100–400A Contactors
NEMA P300
6
Continuous thermal rating: 5A
1.10
250
0.55
Contact Configuration Code
This 2-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in
identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit
indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates
the quantity of NC contacts.
Rear
Make/Break Amperes
125
L2
L3
R3
Base Aux. Aux.
Aux. Cont. Cont.
Cont.
Left Side
of Contactor
R2
R1
Aux. Aux. Base
Cont. Cont. Aux.
Cont.
Front
of Contactor
Rear
DC Volts
L1
6
6
6
Right Side
of Contactor
Notes
1 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
2 NO-NC occupies two positions—L2 and L3 or R2 and R3.
3 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
4 When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact
positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary
contact position.
5 For 100–400A contactors, a base auxiliary contact must be added in position L1 before
additional contacts can be mounted.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-19
6.1
6
6
6
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Pneumatic Timers—Top Mounted
Attachment mounts on top of 10–60A lighting contactors (top
mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when
timer is used). Timer unit has DPST timed contacts—circuits in
each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from
OFF to ON delay or vice-versa.
Pneumatic Timer
Pneumatic Timers
6
Timing Range
Catalog Number
0.1 to 30 seconds
C320TP1
6
10 to 180 seconds
C320TP2
Solid-State Timers
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer—Side Mounted on CN35
Freedom Series Lighting Contactors through 60A
This timer is designed to be wired in SERIES with the load
(typically a coil). When the START button is pushed (power
applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the
completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load
will both be energized.
Mounted Timer
Mounted Timer
Timing Range
Catalog Number 123
0.1–1.0 seconds
C320TDN1_
6
1–30 seconds
C320TDN30_
30–300 seconds
C320TDN300_
6
5–30 minutes
C320TDN3000_
6
6
6
Maximum Ampere Ratings
Volts AC
Description
120
240
480
600
Make
30.0
15.0
7.5
6.0
Break
3.0
1.5
0.75
0.6
6
Renewal Parts
6
CN35 Lighting Contactors
6
Description
10A
Series C1
Part No.
20A, 30A
Series C1
Part No.
60A
Series B1
Part No.
100A
Part No.
200A
Part No.
300A
Series B1
Part No.
6-45
6
Contact Kits
6
Two-pole
4
4
6-65-7
6-43-5
6-44
Three-pole
4
4
6-65-8
6-43-6
6-44-2
6-45-2
6
Four-pole
4
4
6-65-15
—
—
—
Five-pole
4
4
6-65-16
—
—
—
6
Magnet Coils
Coil Suffix
6
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
A
9-2875-1
9-2876-1
9-2703-1
9-2756-1
9-1891-1
9-1891-1
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
B
9-2875-2
9-2876-2
9-2703-2
9-2756-2
9-1891-2
9-1891-2
6
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
C
9-2875-3
9-2876-3
9-2703-3
9-2756-3
9-1891-3
9-1891-3
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
D
9-2875-4
9-2876-4
9-2703-4
9-2756-4
9-1891-4
9-1891-4
6
208V 60 Hz
E
9-2875-5
9-2876-5
9-2703-9
9-2756-5
9-1891-13
9-1891-13
277V 60 Hz
H
9-2875-12
9-2876-12
9-2703-7
9-2756-9
9-1891-26
9-1891-26
208/240V 60Hz
J
9-2875-37
9-2876-37
—
—
—
—
240V 50 Hz
K
9-2875-11
9-2876-11
9-2703-14
9-2756-13
9-1891-20
9-1891-20
380–415V 50 Hz
L
9-2875-6
9-2876-6
9-2703-8
—
—
—
6
6
6
380V 50 Hz
L
—
—
—
9-2756-12
9-1891-14
9-1891-14
415V 50 Hz
M
—
—
—
9-2756-8
9-1891-21
9-1891-21
6
550V 50 Hz
N
—
—
—
9-2756-14
9-1891-8
9-1891-8
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz
T
9-2875-36
9-2876-36
—
—
—
—
6
24V 60 Hz
T
—
—
9-2703-6
9-2756-6
9-1891-15
9-1891-15
6
24V 50 Hz
U
9-2875-36
9-2876-13
9-2703-12
9-2756-11
9-1891-16
9-1891-16
32V 50 Hz
V
9-2875-16
9-2876-16
9-2703-10
9-2756-10
—
—
48V 60 Hz
W
9-2875-8
9-2876-8
9-2703-11
9-2756-15
—
—
48V 50 Hz
Y
9-2875-9
9-2876-9
9-2703-13
9-2756-7
9-1891-18
9-1891-18
6
6
6
Notes
1 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number. A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
2 Rated 0.5A pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
V5-T6-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
3
4
Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
Replace with complete contactor.
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Dimensions
6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Open Type—10A, Two- to Four-Pole;
20–30A, Two- to Three-Pole
G
A
A
F
G
G
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U E
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
C
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
B
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws
D
6
F
C
A
U
X
6
Open Type—20–30A, Four- to Six-Pole
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
D
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X E
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
6
6
B
6
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws
6
6
Open Type—20–30A, Nine- to 12-Pole
A
G
F
6
C
6
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U E
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
6
B
6
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (4) #10-32 Screws
D
6
6
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D1
E
F
G
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
Open Type
10
2–4
2.00 (50.8)
3.88 (98.6)
3.49 (88.6)
1.50 (38.1)
3.38 (85.9)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
1.4 (0.6)
20–30
2–3
2.00 (50.8)
3.88 (98.6)
3.49 (88.6)
1.50 (38.1)
3.38 (85.9)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
1.5 (0.7)
20–30
4–6
4.20 (106.7)
4.35 (110.5)
3.52 (89.4)
3.50 (88.9)
3.86 (98.0)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
2.9 (1.3)
20–30
9
10.50 (266.7)
5.75 (146.1)
4.52 (114.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.00 (127.0)
—
—
4.4 (2.0)
20–30
12
10.50 (266.7)
5.75 (146.1)
4.52 (114.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.00 (127.0)
—
—
5.8 (2.6)
60
2–3
2.56 (65.0)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.5 (1.6)
60
4
3.46 (87.9)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.5 (1.6)
60
5
4.36 (110.7)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.5 (1.6)
100
2–3
3.54 (89.9)
7.17 (182.1)
5.94 (150.9)
3.00 (76.2)
6.63 (168.4)
—
0.54 (13.7)
9.0 (4.1)
200
2–3
7.05 (179.1)
9.11 (231.4)
7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
300
2–3
7.05 (179.1)
13.12 (333.2)
7.78 (197.6)
6.00 (152.4)
12.50 (317.5)
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
Note
1 Center mounting slot at bottom on 10–30A sizes only.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-21
6.1
6
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
60A, Two- to Three-Pole
G
60A, Four-Pole
G
A
G
F
6
6
A
U
X
6
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
B
6
G
C
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
A
U
X
B E
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
G
A
A
U
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
6
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B
G
F
A
U E
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
C
Side
Mtd.
Aux.
B
Auxiliary Contacts
D
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws
6
6
A
U E
X
C
60A, Five-Pole
100A, Two- to Three-Pole
A
F
Auxiliary Contacts
D
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws
Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws
6
6
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
D
6
6
A
U E
X
Top
Mtd.
Aux.
G
A
C
D
Mtg. Holes for
(3) Screws
200–300A, Two- to Three-Pole
A
6
C
6
6
B E
6
6
6
6
6
D
Mtg.
Holes
for (3)
Screws
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Ampere
Rating
Number
of Poles
Mounting
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
D1
E
F
G
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
1.4 (0.6)
Open Type
6
10
2–4
2.00 (50.8)
3.88 (98.6)
3.49 (88.6)
1.50 (38.1)
3.38 (85.9)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
20–30
2–3
2.00 (50.8)
3.88 (98.6)
3.49 (88.6)
1.50 (38.1)
3.38 (85.9)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
1.5 (0.7)
6
20–30
4–6
4.20 (106.7)
4.35 (110.5)
3.52 (89.4)
3.50 (88.9)
3.86 (98.0)
4.90 (124.5)
0.54 (13.7)
2.9 (1.3)
20–30
9
10.50 (266.7)
5.75 (146.1)
4.52 (114.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.00 (127.0)
—
—
4.4 (2.0)
6
20–30
12
10.50 (266.7)
5.75 (146.1)
4.52 (114.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.00 (127.0)
—
—
5.8 (2.6)
6
60
2–3
2.56 (65.0)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.5 (1.6)
60
4
3.46 (87.9)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.5 (1.6)
6
60
5
4.36 (110.7)
5.05 (128.3)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
4.50 (114.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
3.5 (1.6)
100
2–3
3.54 (89.9)
7.17 (182.1)
5.94 (150.9)
3.00 (76.2)
6.63 (168.4)
—
0.54 (13.7)
9.0 (4.1)
6
200
2–3
7.05 (179.1)
9.11 (231.4)
7.25 (184.2)
6.00 (152.4)
8.50 (215.9)
—
—
20.0 (9.1)
300
2–3
7.05 (179.1)
13.12 (333.2)
7.78 (197.6)
6.00 (152.4)
12.50 (317.5)
—
—
23.0 (10.4)
6
6
Note
1 Center mounting slot at bottom on 10–30A sizes only.
6
V5-T6-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6.1
Contents
A202 Mechanically Latched
Description
Page
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held . . . . . . .
CN35 Electrically Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A202 Magnetically Latched
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T6-3
V5-T6-16
V5-T6-24
V5-T6-24
V5-T6-25
V5-T6-26
V5-T6-26
V5-T6-27
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
A202 Magnetically Latched
Product Description
Application Description
The A202 Lighting Contactor
from Eaton’s Electrical
Sector provides a safe and
convenient means for local or
remote switching of relatively
large tungsten, fluorescent or
mercury arc lamp loads.
●
●
●
The magnetically latched
lighting contactors are
designed to withstand the
large initial inrush currents
of tungsten lamp loads
without contact welding
The A202 contactors are
fully rated devices that do
not require de-rating similar
to standard motor control
contactors
The magnetically latched
lighting contactor provides
effective control in
applications such as office
buildings, industrial plants,
hospitals, stadiums,
airports, and so on
Features
●
●
●
Designed and tested
specifically for lighting
and resistive loads
Easy to install and maintain
No control power
necessary to maintain
contact closure
Operation
A permanent magnet is built
into the contactor structure
that will maintain the
contactor in its energized
state indefinitely without
using control power. When
energized, a DC current is
applied to the latch coil,
producing a magnetic field
that reinforces the polarity
of the permanent magnet,
pulling in the contactor.
The coil clearing interlock
disconnects the current to
the coil. In order to drop out
the contactor, it is necessary
to apply a field through the
STOP coil in the reverse
direction to the permanent
magnet. This momentarily
cancels the magnetic
attraction and the contactor
drops out.
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
UL Listed File No. E44424,
Guide NRNT
CSA Certified File No.
LR39402, Class 3231-01
Designed and built to
NEMA ICS-2 Standards
6
6
6
6
6
6
Instructional Leaflets
IL16965 30A (2-, 3-, 4-,
5-Poles)
IL16966 60–200A (2-, 3-, 4-,
5-Poles)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-23
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6
Product Selection
6
6
When Ordering Specify
●
Catalog number with coil suffix code from the Magnet Coil
Selection table
●
Any required accessories
6
A202K_
Latched AC Lighting Contactors 12
Magnet Coil Selection
6
Holding Circuit Auxiliary Contact or
Pushbutton Station Not Included
Coil Voltage
Catalog Number Suffix
120V, 60 Hz
A
6
Continuous
Amperes (Enclosed)
208V, 60 Hz
B
6
30
277V, 60 Hz
Z
440V/50, 480V/60
X
600V, 60 Hz
E
120V/60, 110V/50
A
220V/50, 240V/60
W
24V, 60 Hz
I4
Number
of Poles
2
3
6
6
Open Type
Catalog Number
A202K1B_M
A202K1C_M
4
A202K1D_M
5
A202K1E_M
6
A202K1F_M
3
6
8
A202K1G_M
10
A202K1H_M
6
12
A202K1K_M
Accessories
2
A202K2B_M
6
3
A202K2C_M
See A200 NEMA Contactor Accessories, Tab 2, section 2.2 in this
volume.
6
4
A202K2D_M
5
A202K2E_M
6
6
A202K2F_M
8
A202K2G_M
6
10
A202K2H_M
12
A202K2K_M
2
A202K3B_M
3
A202K3C_M
4
A202K3D_M
6
5
A202K3E_M
6
A202K3F_M
6
8
A202K3G_M
10
A202K3H_M
6
12
A202K3K_M
2
A202K4B_M
3
A202K4C_M
4
A202K4D_M
5
A202K4E_M
6
6
A202K4F_M
6
8
A202K4G_M
10
A202K4H_M
12
A202K4K_M
2
A202K5B_M
3
A202K5C_M
2
A202K6B_M
3
A202K6C_M
60
6
100
6
200
6
6
6
300
6
400
6
Notes
1 Lighting contactors are not available with DC coils.
2 Contactors rated 300A and 400A are mechanically latched.
3 Underscore (_) indicates missing code letter for magnet coil selection—see Magnet Coil
Selection table.
4 Available on two- to five-pole, 30 and 60A devices and on two- to three-pole 100 and
200A devices.
6
6
6
V5-T6-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
6.1
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Renewal Parts
6
AC Coil, A202—Magnetically Latched
30A
6
Terminals (Line and Load)
6
Two-, Three-, Four-Pole
Five-Pole
Two-Pole
Three-Pole
Four-Pole
Five-Pole
Voltage
Hz
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
Part Number
110/120
50/60
7874A93G01
7874A89G01
30A
208/240
50/60
7874A93G02
7874A89G02
N/A
277
50/60
7874A93G03
7874A89G03
60A
440/480
50/60
7874A93G04
7874A89G04
179C755G17
575
50/60
7874A93G05
7874A89G05
N/A
179C755G16
N/A
6
N/A
179C755G17 1
179C755G16
179C755G17 2
100A
60A
179C755G19
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
179C755G18
179C755G19 1
Hz
Part Number
Part Number
110/120
50/60
7874A93G01
7874A87G01
208/240
50/60
7874A93G02
7874A87G02
277
50/60
7874A93G03
7874A87G03
200A Model J Magnetically Latched
440/480
50/60
7874A93G04
7874A87G04
179C755G31
575
50/60
7874A93G05
7874A87G05
Two-, Three-Pole
Four-, Five-Pole
100 and 200A
179C755G18
179C755G19 2
Voltage
179C755G27
179C755G28 1
179C755G27
179C755G28 2
179C755G30
179C755G31 1
2
Other Accessories
Voltage
Hz
Part Number
Part Number
110/120
50/60
7874A85G01
7874A83G01
208/240
50/60
7874A85G02
7874A83G02
277
50/60
7874A85G03
7874A83G03
440/480
50/60
7874A85G04
7874A83G04
550/575
50/60
7874A85G05
7874A83G05
Description
6
6
6
6
179C755G30
179C755G31
6
6
200A Model K Electrically Held
179C755G28
6
Size
Part Number
Control module (rectifier)
30–200A
3915B98G01
1NO, 1NC CC auxiliary contact 3
30–200A
J1C
Arc boxes, upper base assemblies and cross bars are equivalent
to the A201 Series. See Tab 2, section 2.1 in this volume.
Contact kits are equivalent to the A201 Model J series, with the
exception of the magnetically latched 200A unit. It uses Catalog
Number 672B788G07 for the three-pole device. For other poles,
consult factory.
Notes
1 Order quantity of two for four-pole design.
2 Group members for the five-pole terminal represent the combination of the two- and threepole number.
3 CC is coil clearing.
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-25
6.1
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
Technical Data and Specifications
A202 Contactors
Description
Specification
Terminals
All except 30A devices
Cu/Al
30A devices
Cu only
Ballast load
600 AC, breaking all lines
Tungsten lamp loads, maximum volts
Line-to-line
480 Vac
Line-to-neutral
277 Vac
Wiring Diagrams
Standard Wiring
The standard wiring of an A202 contactor can be controlled
by a separate customer supplied single-pole double-throw
controlling station.
6
Control Line
Line
L2
6
(+)
6
OFF
ON
6
6
6
(+)
Black
Typical
Control
Station
3
Open
2
Red AC
Red
AC
White
Close
6
Close
Auxiliary
Contact
(Option)
(–)
Red
Open
6
6
6
Load
Two-Wire Control
Two-wire control can be accomplished with a customer supplied
relay with 1NO/1NC auxiliary contacts, wire as shown.
6
Line
or
Neutral
6
Line
L2
(+)
6
6
Line
Switch
(+)
Black
6
6
OFF
ON
CM
CM
Control
3
Red
AC
White
CM
2
6
Red AC
Auxiliary
Contact
(Option)
(–)
Red
CM
Load
6
6
V5-T6-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Lighting Contactors
Open Control
6.1
Dimensions
6
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
6
Open Type
6
6
B
6
6
6
A
6
Non-Combination Open Lighting Contactors—
Two- to 12-Pole
6
Open Type
Continuous
Amperes
Number
of Poles
Pole
Configuration
Wide
A
High
B
30
2–4
—
3.31 (84.1)
4.38 (111.3)
5
—
4.19 (106.4)
4.38 (111.3)
6
3x3
7.13 (181.1)
4.46 (113.3)
8
4x4
7.13 (181.1)
4.46 (113.3)
10
5x5
10.63 (270.0)
4.46 (113.3)
12
4x4x4
12.38 (314.5)
6.88 (174.8)
2, 3
—
3.31 (84.1)
4.38 (111.3)
4, 5
—
4.19 (106.4)
4.38 (111.3)
6
3x3
7.13 (181.1)
4.46 (113.3)
8
4x4
10.63 (270.0)
4.46 (113.3)
10
5x5
10.63 (270.0)
4.46 (113.3)
12
5x5x2
15.00 (381.0)
6.88 (174.8)
60
100
200
2, 3
—
4.63 (117.6)
6.63 (168.4)
4, 5
—
7.25 (184.2)
6.63 (168.4)
6
3x3
9.75 (247.7)
6.88 (174.8)
8
5x3
12.38 (314.5)
6.88 (174.8)
10
5x5
15.00 (381.0)
6.88 (174.8)
12
5x5x2
34.13 (866.9)
27.50 (698.5)
2, 3
—
4.63 (117.6)
6.63 (168.4)
4, 5
—
7.25 (184.2)
6.63 (168.4)
6
3x3
9.75 (247.7)
6.88 (174.8)
8
5x3
12.38 (314.5)
6.88 (174.8)
10
5x5
15.00 (381.0)
6.88 (174.8)
12
5x5x2
34.13 (866.9)
27.50 (698.5)
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-27
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
Size 4 Vacuum Contactor
7.1
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T7-2
V5-T7-2
V5-T7-2
V5-T7-2
V5-T7-2
V5-T7-2
V5-T7-3
V5-T7-4
V5-T7-6
V5-T7-7
V5-T7-9
V5-T7-10
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-1
7.1
7
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Contents
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Description
7
Page
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
7
7
V5-T7-3
V5-T7-4
V5-T7-6
V5-T7-7
V5-T7-9
V5-T7-10
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Product Description
Application Description
Operation
Features
Vacuum contactors and
starters were designed for
starting and controlling threephase, 50/60 Hz, AC motors.
Each contact is enclosed in a
vacuum bottle to reduce and
contain contact arcing. This
design offers excellent
performance for plugging and
jogging applications.
The vacuum contactors and
starters are offered in three
classifications. They are
NEMA rated devices up to
600 Vac, Special Purpose
rated devices up to 1500 Vac
and Mining rated devices
rated up to 1500 Vac. Each
device is tested to different
standards to serve its market.
The contact structure of the
vacuum break contactor is
located inside sealed ceramic
tubes that have been
evacuated of air. Any arc
occurring across the contacts
upon opening is automatically
extinguished because ionized
air is not available to sustain
it—the arc breaks when the
current passes through zero.
The arc typically does not
service beyond the first half
cycle once the contacts begin
to separate. The large arc
chutes normally associated
with contactors of this size
are not required. The ceramic
tube with the moving and
stationary contacts is called a
vacuum interrupter or
bottle. There is one bottle for
each pole on the contactor.
A metal bellows (like a small,
circular accordion) within the
bottle allows the moving
contact to be closed and
pulled open from the outside
without leaking air into the
bottle. Both the bellow and
the metal-to-ceramic seals of
these state-of-the-art bottles
have been refined to the
point where the possibility of
loss of vacuum has been
virtually eliminated.
●
Typical applications include
full voltage control of threephase squirrel cage motors,
primary control of low voltage
wound rotor motors and
circuit switching for low
voltage capacitors for power
factor improvement.
7
7
7
7
A vacuum contactor is
affected by atmospheric
pressure on the bellows of
the vacuum bottles. Up to an
altitude of 6600 feet, the
contactor is designed to
tolerate normal variations in
barometric pressure. If the
contactor is to be operated
above 6600 feet above sea
level, consult your Eaton
representative.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V5-T7-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
Rugged, compact and
lightweight
Quiet operation
Electrical and mechanical
interlocks available
Long service life
Benefits
●
●
●
Easy maintenance with
front removable coil and
auxiliaries
Eliminate extra surge
suppressors with the
standard low chop
interrupters
Plan your preventative
maintenance schedule by
utilizing the contact wear
indicator, standard on all
vacuum bottles
Standards and
Certifications
●
●
NEMA Devices
●
UL Listed File #E1491,
Guide Number NLDX
●
CSA Approved
Special Purpose Devices
●
IEC 947-4-1
●
CE Approved EN 609474-1
●
UL Listed File #E1491,
Guide Number NLDX
●
CSA Approved
7.1
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Product Selection
7
When Ordering Specify
●
●
●
7
Catalog number
Heater pack if ordering a starter, order in quantities of three
Any required accessories
Size 4 Vacuum
Contactor
7
NEMA Rated Vacuum Contactors and Starters
Magnet
Coil Voltage 1
Contactor
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Contactor
Reversing
Catalog Number
Starter
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number 2
NEMA
Size
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
Horsepower
Rating
4
135
200
230
380
460
575
40
50
75
100
100
110/120
V201K4CJ
V211K4CJ
V200M4CJC
220/240
V201K4CK
V211K4CK
V200M4CK
440/480
V201K4CU
V211K4CU
V200M4CU
7
200
230
380
460
575
75
100
150
200
200
110/120
V201K5CJZ1
V211K5CJZ1
V200M5CJC
7
220/240
V201K5CKZ1
V211K5CKZ1
V200M5CK
440/480
V201K5CUZ1
V211K5CUZ1
V200M5CU
7
200
230
380
460
575
150
200
300
400
400
7
5
6
160A Vacuum
Contactor
7
270
540
110/120
V201K6CJZ1
V211K6CJZ1
V200M6CJC
220/240
V201K6CKZ1
V211K6CKZ1
V200M6CK
440/480
V201K6CUZ1
—
V200M6CU
7
7
7
7
7
Special Purpose Vacuum Contactors and Starters
Magnet
Coil Voltage 1
Contactor
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Contactor
Reversing
Catalog Number
Starter
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number 2
Starter
Reversing
Catalog Number 2
7
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
Horsepower
Rating
160
200
230
380
460
575
800
1500
50
60
100
125
150
200
400
110/120
V201KRCJ
V211KRCJ
—
—
220/240
V201KRCK
V211KRCK
—
—
380/415
V201KRCH
V211KRCH
—
—
440/480
V201KRCU
V211KRCU
—
—
7
200
230
380
460
575
795
1500
100
125
200
250
300
400
800
110/120
V201KTCJZ1
V211KTCJZ1
V200MTCJC
V210MTCJC
220/240
V201KTCKZ1
V211KTCKZ1
V200MTCK
V210MTCK
7
380/415
V201KTCHZ1
V211KTCHZ1
V200MTCH
V210MTCH
440/480
V201KTCUZ1
V211KTCUZ1
V200MTCU
V210MTCU
7
200
230
380
460
575
795
1500
150
200
300
400
500
700
1300
110/120
V201KVCJZ1
V211KVCJZ1
V200MVCJ
V210MVCJ
220/240
V201KVCKZ1
V211KVCKZ1
V200MVCK
V210MVCK
7
380/415
V201KVCHZ1
—
V200MVCH
—
440/480
V201KVCUZ1
—
V200MVCU
—
200
230
380
460
575
795
1500
200
200
300
450
500
800
1600
110/120
V201KZCJZ1
V211KZCJZ1
—
—
220/240
V201KZCKZ1
V211KZCKZ1
—
—
380/415
V201KZCHZ1
—
—
—
440/480
V201KZCUZ1
—
—
—
320
540
610
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Notes
1 Coils are rated for 50/60 Hz applications.
2 Starters use Type B overload relay. Refer to Heater Coil Selection table on Page V5-T7-6. Starters do not include heater packs.
7
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-3
7.1
7
160A Mining Vacuum
Contactor
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Mining Rated Vacuum Contactors and Starters
Magnet
Coil Voltage 1
Contactor
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
50
60
100
125
150
200
400
110/120
VM160CJ
220/240
VM160CK
440/480
VM160CU
200
230
380
460
575
795
1500
100
125
200
250
300
400
800
110/120
VM320CJZ1
220/240
VM320CKZ1
440/480
VM320CUZ1
200
230
380
460
575
795
1500
150
200
300
400
500
700
1300
110/120
VM610CJZ1
220/240
VM610CKZ1
440/480
VM610CUZ1
7
Ampere
Rating
Motor
Voltage
Maximum
Horsepower
Rating
7
160
200
230
380
460
575
800
1500
7
7
320
7
7
7
610
7
7
7
7
7
7
Accessories
Lug Sizes
●
●
Size 4—12–4/0
NEMA Size 5 and 6 and 320A, 540A and 610A—supplied without line or load lugs.
Lug Kits—Consist of Six Lugs
7
Size
Description
Catalog Number
7
5 and 320A
1/0–500 kcmil
C325KAL8
6, 540A and 610A
1/0–500 kcmil double barrel
C325KAL9
7
610A
1/0–600 kcmil double barrel
80-19825-2
7
7
7
7
7
Field Modification Kits
Auxiliary Electrical Contacts
Size 4—Three Type J auxiliary
contacts may be mounted on
the top of Size 4 contactors to
provide six auxiliary, isolated
600V, 10A contacts for use in
control circuits.
Sizes 5–6—Two Type J
auxiliary contacts may be
mounted on each side of Size
5 and 6 contactors to provide
four auxiliary, isolated
600V,10A contacts for use in
control circuits.
7
7
7
Auxiliary Electrical Contacts
Catalog Number
Size
Catalog Number
1NO, 1NC
J11
4
180C113G04
1NO, 1NC CC 2
J1CV
5
180C113G16
2NO
J20
5
180C113G17
2NC
J02
Notes
1 Coils are rated for 50/60 Hz applications.
2 Used with Size 4 only. CC is coil clearing.
7
7
7
7
7
V5-T7-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Horizontal Mechanical
Interlock
Contact
Arrangement
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
AEGIS Powerline Filters
7.1
Catalog Numbering System
Ideal for applications that
utilize 120 Vac or 240 Vac
control voltage and have the
likelihood of harmonics or
noise being present on the
control signal. These are
stand-alone devices, not
mounted to the
contactor.
AEGIS Powerline Filters
Protect Against the Full
Spectrum of Transient
Disturbances
AEGIS filters the entire sine
wave and is effective against
both frequently occurring low
energy and occasional high
energy transients. High
energy transients can create
immediate damage, while
low energy transients cause
coil failure over time.
7
AEGIS-HW (Hard Wire Application)
230V applies to 220V and 240V applications.
AGSHW CH
Voltage Code
120N
230L
Current Capacity
03
05
10
15 1
20
7
7
X
7
7
Options
S = Standard
C = Form C contact for remote
monitor
7
7
7
AEGIS Powerline Filters
Catalog Number 2
Catalog Number 2
AGSHWCH120N03XC
AGSHWCH230L03XC
AGSHWCH120N03XS
AGSHWCH230L03XS
AGSHWCH120N05XC
AGSHWCH230L05XC
AGSHWCH120N05XS
AGSHWCH230L05XS
7
7
7
Notes
1 Model tested at 15A UL/CSA = 16A CE.
2 See AEGIS Powerline Filters in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E, Tab 2.
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-5
7.1
7
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Heater Coils
Heater Coils for Type B Overload Relay 1
7
Open Starter
Ambient Compensated
Overload Relay
7
Open Starter
Ambient Compensated
Overload Relay
Heater
Catalog Number 2
Heater
Catalog Number 2
7
Size 4 and 160A
12.8–14.1
FH68
107–117
FH23
7
14.2–15.5
FH69
118–129
FH24
15.6–17.1
FH70
130–141
FH25
7
17.2–18.9
FH71
142–155
FH26
19.0–20.8
FH72
156–170
FH27
7
20.9–22.9
FH73
171–187
FH28
23.0–25.2
FH74
188–205
FH29
7
25.3–27.8
FH75
206–224
FH30
27.9–30.6
FH76
225–244
FH31
7
30.7–33.5
FH77
245–263
FH32
33.6–37.5
FH78
264–292
FH33
7
37.6–41.5
FH79
293–318
FH34
41.6–46.3
FH80
319–350
FH35
7
46.4–50
FH81
Size 6 and 540A with 600/5 Current Transformers
51–55
FH82
236–259
FH24
7
56–61
FH83
260–283
FH25
62–66
FH84
284–310
FH26
7
67–73
FH85
311–340
FH27
74–78
FH86
341–374
FH28
7
79–84
FH87
375–411
FH29
85–92
FH88
412–448
FH30
7
93–101
FH89
449–489
FH31
102–110
FH90
490–527
FH32
7
111–122
FH91
528–585
FH33
123–129
FH92
586–600
FH34
7
130–133
FH93
—
FH94
7
7
Size 5 and 320A with 300/5 Current Transformers
Replacement Parts
Vacuum Contactor—Replacement Coils
7
Suffix
Part Number
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
J
9085A57G01
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
K
9085A57G02
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz
H
ID89221G07
7
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
U
9085A57G03
7
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
J
7874A09G01 3
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
K
7874A09G04 4
7
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz
H
7874A09G10
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
U
7874A09G05
7
Size 6
110/120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
J
7874A24G01 3
7
220/240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
K
7874A24G02 4
380/415 Vac, 50/60 Hz
H
7874A24G07
440/480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
U
7874A24G03
Description
Size 4
7
7
Size 5
7
Notes
1 Motor full load current in amperes for use with three heaters only.
2 Three are required per overload relay.
3 125 Vdc can be directly applied to the Size 5 and 6 coil rated for 120 Vac/60 Hz (cannot be applied to Size 4).
4 250 Vdc can be directly applied to the Size 5 and 6 coil rated for 240 Vac/60 Hz (cannot be applied to Size 4).
7
7
V5-T7-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
7.1
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Technical Data and Specifications
7
7
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
NEMA
Special Purpose
610A
V201KZ_
7
3
3
1500V
1500V
7
Description
Size 4
V201K4_
Size 5
V201K5_
Size 6
V201K6_
160A
V201KR_
320A
V201KT_
540A
V201KV_
Poles
3
3
3
3
3
Maximum voltage rating
600V
600V
600V
1500V
1500V
Ampere rating
135A
270A
540A
160A
320A
540A
610A
Frequency, Hz
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
50/60
Maximum closing current
1600A
3000A
6000A
1600A
3000A
6000A
6000A
Maximum interrupting current
1600A
3000A
6000A
1600A
3000A
6000A
6000A
7
1 second
2400A RMS
4500A RMS
9000A RMS
2400A RMS
4500A RMS
9000A RMS
9000A RMS
2 second
1600A RMS
3000A RMS
6000A RMS
1600A RMS
3000A RMS
6000A RMS
6000A RMS
7
Dielectric strength
2200 Vac
5375 Vac
5375 Vac
2200 Vac
5375 Vac
5375 Vac
5375 Vac
Maximum allowable interrupting
1200/Hr.
—
—
1200/hr.
—
—
—
Impulse voltage (1 x 40 ms)
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
15 kV
7
200V
40 hp
75 hp
150 hp
50 hp
100 hp
150 hp
200 hp
7
230V
50 hp
100 hp
200 hp
60 hp
125 hp
200 hp
200 hp
380V
75 hp
150 hp
300 hp
100 hp
200 hp
300 hp
300 hp
460V
100 hp
200 hp
400 hp
125 hp
250 hp
400 hp
450 hp
575V
100 hp
200 hp
400 hp
150 hp
300 hp
400 hp
500 hp
800V
—
—
—
200 hp
400 hp
—
800 hp
1000V
—
—
—
250 hp
—
—
1000 hp
1500V
—
—
—
400 hp
800 hp
1300 hp
1600 hp
7
230V
0 kVAR
80 kVAR
160 kVAR
50 kVAR
80 kVAR
160 kVAR
176 kVAR
7
460V
80 kVAR
160 kVAR
320 kVAR
100 kVAR
160 kVAR
320 kVAR
356 kVAR
600V
100 kVAR
200 kVAR
400 kVAR
125 kVAR
200 kVAR
400 kVAR
400 kVAR
—
—
—
205 kVAR
500 kVAR
—
1000 kVAR
6.8 kVA
14 kVA
27 kVA
8 kVA
14 kVA
27 kVA
27 kVA
7
7
Short time current
7
Maximum motor hp at:
7
7
7
Three-phase capacitive switching (kVAR):
1500V
Transformer switching (kVA)
single-phase, two-pole:
120V
7
7
1
7
7
240V
14 kVA
27 kVA
54 kVA
16 kVA
27 kVA
54 kVA
54 kVA
480V
27 kVA
54 kVA
108 kVA
32 kVA
54 kVA
108 kVA
108 kVA
600V
34 kVA
68 kVA
135 kVA
40 kVA
68 kVA
135 kVA
135 kVA
7
240V
23 kVA
47 kVA
94 kVA
27 kVA
47 kVA
94 kVA
94 kVA
7
480V
47 kVA
94 kVA
188 kVA
55 kVA
94 kVA
188 kVA
188 kVA
600V
59 kVA
117 kVA
234 kVA
70 kVA
117 kVA
234 kVA
234 kVA
Three-phase, three-pole:
7
7
Note
1 For transformers having inrush currents of not more than 20 times the rated full load current.
7
7
7
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-7
7.1
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
7
Electrical Characteristics—NEMA and Special Purpose Types
7
Description
Size
4 (160A)
5 (320A)
6 (540A and 610A)
Open VA
300 VA
500 VA
1450 VA
7
Closed VA
30 VA
25 VA
32 VA
7
Closed watts
6W
20W
30W
Pick-up volts
70% of rated coil volts
70% of rated coil volts
70% of rated coil volts
7
Drop-out volts
50% of rated coil volts
50% of rated coil volts
50% of rated coil volts
Pick-up time in Hz
1.5–2 Hz
1.5–2 Hz
1.5–2 Hz
7
Drop-out time in Hz
6–6.15 Hz
6–6.15 Hz
6–6.15 Hz
Maximum voltage rating
600V
600V
600V
7
Maximum closing current
1600A
3000A
6000A
7
Maximum interrupting current
1600A
3000A
6000A
Short time current:
7
7
DC coil data—burden:
(AC supply rectified)
1 second
2400A RMS
4500A RMS
9000A RMS
2 second
1600A RMS
3000A RMS
6000A RMS
7
7
Electrical Characteristics Coil Data (AC Supply Rectified)
Burden
Size 4 (160A)
Size 5 (320A)
Size 6 (540A and 610A)
7
Inrush VA
300
600
1700
Sealed VA
30
20
28
7
Sealed watts
6
20
28
7
Pick-up volts
70% of rated coil volts
70% of rated coil volts
70% of rated coil volts
Drop-out volts
50% of rated coil volts
50% of rated coil volts
50% of rated coil volts
7
Pick-up time in Hz
1.5–2
1.5–2
1.5–2
Drop-out time in Hz
6–7.5
6–6.15
6–6.15
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V5-T7-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
7.1
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Wiring Diagrams
Size 4 Contactor
L1
L2
7
Sizes 5 and 6 Starter
L1
L3 Vacuum
L2
7
L3
7
M
M
T1
M
T2
T3
Motor
Disconnect
Means
7
Vacuum
M
M
1
7
Motor
T2
OL
2T
7
T3
"C"
OL
Start
Stop
T1
1T
M
M
7
0T
OL
+
A
7
"C"
B
2 M 3
C
D
Coil Aux. Contact
S
Start
-
Stop
7
+
A
1
2
3
OL
B
C
R
7
95 96
D
L63 Coil Aux. Contact
7
Encapsulated
Coils and Diode
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-9
7.1
7
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
7
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 4 and 160A
7
Size and 160A Non-Reversing Contactor
7
1.88 (47.8)
.94 (23.9)
.38 (9.7)
7
7
7
3.6 (91.4)
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots
Front View Shown
without Cover Plate
and Overtravel
Gauge.
6
(152.4)
Recess for
Auxiliary
Interlock
6.63
(168.4)
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
5.13 (130.3)
2.56 (65)
.44 (11.2)
2
(50.8)
.28 (7.1)
3 Mtg.
Slots
1.88 (47.8)
3.5 (88.9)
5.96 (151.4)
Side View
6
(152.4)
4.88 (124)
Mechanical
Interlock
8.5
(215.9)
Max.
4.2 (106.7)
6.88
(174.8)
1.88 (47.8)
1.13 (28.7)
1.44 (36.6)
9.96 (253)
Front View
1.44 (36.6)
7.0 (177.8)
7
7
4.83 (122.7)
Front View
Size 4 and 160A Reversing Contactor
7
7
1.44 (36.6)
1.88 (47.8)
Rear View — Drilling Plan
7
7
1.44 (36.6)
.94 (23.9)
Rear View — Drilling Plan
Recess for
Auxiliary
Interlock
6.54
(166.1)
Side Vew
Size 4 Non-Reversing Starter
1.88 (47.8)
.94 (23.9)
.38 (9.7)
4.83 (122.7)
.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes
Front View Shown
without Cover Plate
and Overtravel Gauge.
1.44 (36.6)
1.44 (36.6)
5.94 (150.9)
3.60
(91.4)
7
7
7
9.25
(235)
9.97
(253.2)
7
.58
(14.7)
Reset
7
7
.46
(11.7)
1.44
(36.6)
1.31 (33.3)
2.88 (73.2)
Rear View — Drilling Plan
6.11 (155.2)
Max. to Reset
6.34 (161.0)
Hand Reset
Side Vew
1.31 (33.3)
.65 (16.5)
.46 (11.7)
Front View
7
7
7
7
V5-T7-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Recess for
Auxiliary Interlock
7.1
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
7
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 4 and 160A, continued
7
Size 4 Reversing Starter
.44
(11.2)
6.38 (162.1)
4.10
(104.1)
4.88 (124)
.281 (7.14) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes
4.00
(101.6)
1.13 (28.7)
1.44 (36.6)
1.44 (36.6)
Mechanical
Interlock
7
Recess for
Auxiliary Interlock
7
7
10.12
(257)
1.03
(26.2)
.47
(11.9)
9.25
(235)
Reset
7
7
7
6.61 (168)
Max. to Reset
6.86 (174.2)
Hand Reset
Side Vew
.47 (11.9)
.66 (16.8)
9.96 (253)
Front View
8.00 (203.2)
Rear View — Drilling Plan
7
7
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 5 and 320A
7
Size 5 and 320A Non-Reversing Contactor
7
2
(50.8)
2.75 (69.9)
1.38
(35.1)
.13
(3.3)
6.13 (155.7)
5.22 (132.6)
Line Term.
.33 x .75
(8.4 x 19.1)
Key Holes
3 Places
A
B
A – Two Dual Circuit
Interlocks Located
on Both Sides of
Contactor.
(When Used)
B – Coil Terminals
Located on Both
Sides of Contactor.
.38
(9.7)
.31 (7.9)
Slot
2 Places
1.5
(38.1)
3
(76.2)
6.75 (171.5)
Drilling Plan — Rear View
8.94
(227.1)
Term.
to
Term.
7.28 (184.9)
Term. Holes
.33 (8.4)
Slot
2 Places
.58 (14.7)
Nameplate
5.09 (129.3)
Load Term.
5.93 (150.6)
Terminal
Clamps
Are
Optional
7
7.9 (200.7)
Coil Interlock
Location
.41 (10.4)
Dia.
7.5 2 Holes
(190.5)
8
(203.2)
3/8-16 Tap
Line Terminals
Six (6) Places
12.5
(317.5)
3/8-16 Tap
Line Terminals
Six (6) Places
2.5
(63.5)
1.75
(44.5)
22 (558.8)
5.73
(145.5)
4.21
(106.9)
2.5
(63.5)
3.65 (92.7)
2.74 (69.6)
.86
(21.8)
7
6.61 (167.9)
7
7
18.24
(463.3)
7
14
(355.6)
1.5
(38.1)
Nameplate
7
2.48
(63)
24.24 (615.7)
7
7
2.12
(53.8)
4.1
(104.1)
7
7
.38
(9.7)
3.75
(95.3)
7
7
2.5 1.45
(63.5) (36.8)
Size 5 and 320A Reversing Contactor
.62
(15.7)
7
7
1.9
(48.3)
4.25
(108)
2.5
(63.5)
7
1.62 (41.1)
9.48 (240.8)
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-11
7.1
7
7
7
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 5 and 320A, continued
Size 5 and 320 Non-Reversing Starter
2
(50.8)
7
1.38
(35.1)
7
7
.33 x .75
.14 (8.4 x 19.1)
(3.6) Key Holes
3 Places
.41 (10.4)
Dia.
7.5 2 Holes
(190.5)
8
(203.2)
7
7
7
7
7
.31 (7.9)
Slot
2 Places
1.5
.38
3
(9.7) (38.1)
(76.2)
1.88
6.75 (171.5)
(47.8)
Drilling Plan — Rear View
.33 (8.4)
Slot
2 Places
.58 (14.7)
7.75 (196.9)
Line End
Coil
Interlock
Location
A – Two Dual Circuit
Interlocks Located
on Both Sides of
Starter.
(When Used)
B – Coil Terminals
Located on Both
Sides of Starter.
A
B
Nameplate
“A” Dim.
Type B Relay
6.75
Max. Dim to Reset (171.5)
Type A Relay
6.73
Max. Dim to Reset (170.9)
Type B Relay
6.61
3.37
Automatic Reset (167.9) (85.6)
Load
End
“A”
Dim.
10.88
(276.4)
to
Center
of
Reset Rod
16.43
(417.3)
1.45
(36.8)
7 (177.8)
Normal
or Tripped
2.5
(63.5)
7.89 (200.4)
320 Reversing Starter
22.25
(565.2)
7
4
(101.6)
2.5
(63.5)
3.87
(98.3)
7
8 (203.2) Line
2.56
(65.0)
.53
(13.5)
7
18
(457.2)
7
14
(355.6)
7
1.5
(38.1)
Nameplate
7
3.75
(95.3)
7
1.32
(33.5)
4.08
(103.6)
3.25
(82.6)
2.5
(63.5)
24 (609.6)
1.89 (48.0)
10.71(272.0)
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V5-T7-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
7 (177.8)
Normal
or Tripped
.33 (8.4)
to Center of
Reset Rod
7.1
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
7
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 6, 540A and 610A
7
Size 6, 540A and 610A Non-Reversing Contactor
Coil
Interlock
A—Two Dual Circuit Interlocks
Located on Both Sides of
Contactor. (When Used)
B—Coil Terminals Located on
Both Sides of Contactor.
2.67 (67.8)
7 (177.8)
5 (127)
7
2.67 (67.8)
7
7
13.99
(355.3)
A
B
12.9
(327.7)
Term.
Holes
7
.33 x .75
(8.4 x 19.1)
Key Holes
8.75
(222.3)
7
8
(203.2)
2.67 (67.8)
1.28
(32.5)
3.72 (94.5)
Load
Side Vew
.38
(9.7)
7.9 (200.7)
7
.33 (8.4)
Slot
2 Places
2.67 (67.8)
6.75 (171.5)
7
.58
(14.7)
Rear View—Drilling Plan
Front View
7
7
Size 6, 540A and 610A Reversing Contactor
7
4.39
(111.5)
2.73 2.73
(69.3) (69.3)
7
7
6.5
(165.1)
4.12
(104.6)
7
4.62
(117.3)
7
17.02
(432.3)
4.88
(124)
7
18.24
(463.3)
14.01
(355.9)
7
7.87
(199.9)
7
3.75
(95.3)
Nameplate
1.5
(38.1)
2.67
(67.8)
22
(558.8)
24.24
(615.7)
Front View
4.4
(111.8)
2.67
(67.8) 2.09
(53.1)
1.64
(41.7)
7
7.84
(199.1)
7
7
Side View
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T7-13
7.1
7
7
7
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 6, 540A and 610A, continued
Size 6 and 540A Non-Reversing Starter
7 (177.8)
5 (127)
7
7
7
7
2.67
(67.8)
2.67
(67.8)
Coil
Interlock
A—Two Dual Circuit
Interlocks Located on
Both Sides of Starter.
(When Used)
B—Coil Terminals Located
on Both Sides of Starter.
15.94
(404.9)
Term.
Mtg.
17.10
(434.3)
With
Term.
20.50
(520.7)
Without
Term.
A
B
12.62
(320.5)
To Center
of Reset
7
Overload Relay
Reset Rod
7
7
3.86 (98.0)
Load
7.94 (201.7)
Reset
8.16 (207.3)
Normal or Tripped
7
7
1.70
(43.2)
.33 (8.4)
Slot
2 Places
2.75 2.75
(69.9) (69.9)
.38
(9.7)
8.90 (226.1)
Side View
24 (609.6)
3.23
(82)
7
3.23
(82)
8
(203.2)
1.17
(29.7)
6.5
(165.1)
4.13
(104.9)
5.81
(147.6)
5.43
(137.9)
1.75
(44.5)
7
14
(355.6)
7
7
7
16.06
(407.9)
18
(457.2)
21.5
(546.1)
3.64
(92.5)
26
(660.4)
7
7
1
(25.4)
3.23
(82)
7
3.23
(82)
1.17
(29.7)
22 (558.8)
Front View
7
8.94 (227.1)
Reset
9.16 (232.7)
Normal
Side View
7
7
7
7
7
V5-T7-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
6.75 (171.5)
.58
(14.7)
Rear View—Drilling Plan
Front View
540A Reversing Starter
7
7
8
(203.2)
2.38
(60.5)
7
7
.33 x .75
(8.4 x 19.1)
Key Holes
8.75
(222.3)
CA08100006E—June 2014
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
Rotary Disconnects
8.1
Introduction
UL/CSA Standards for Disconnect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UL Standards for Electrical Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Eaton Solutions for UL 508A and NFPA 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2
V5-T8-3
V5-T8-5
V5-T8-5
V5-T8-5
V5-T8-5
V5-T8-6
V5-T8-6
V5-T8-9
V5-T8-10
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
R9 Series (UL 98)
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Rated Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.4
V5-T8-2
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3
V5-T8-2
V5-T8-11
V5-T8-18
V5-T8-26
V5-T8-45
MTS—Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T8-52
V5-T8-52
V5-T8-52
V5-T8-53
V5-T8-54
V5-T8-56
V5-T8-57
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Learn
Online
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-1
8.1
8
Rotary Disconnects
Introduction
Contents
Rotary Disconnects
Description
8
Page
Introduction
Eaton Solutions for UL 508 and NFPA 79 . . . . .
8
V5-T8-3
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
UL/CSA Standards for Disconnect Switches
UL Standards for Electrical Machinery
UL 98—Enclosed and
Deadfront Switches
(CSA C22.2 No. 4)
These requirements cover
enclosed or deadfront
switches, with or without
provision for fuses, at 600V
or less. These products are
used as disconnecting means
without restrictions; they are
heavy-duty products requiring
2.00 inches (50.0 mm)
minimum of creepage
distance between phases,
which gives maximum safety
for users and installation.
The short-circuit withstand
of those products goes up
to 200 kA.
UL 508—Industrial
Control Equipment
(CSA C22.2 No. 14)
These requirements cover
manual, magnetic and solidstate starters and controllers,
overload relays, pushbuttons,
selector switches and
control lights.
UL 489—Molded Case
Switches
(CSA C22.22 No. 5)
These requirements cover
molded case circuit breakers,
molded case switches and
fused molded case switches,
rated at 600V or less and
6000A or less.
Typical Control Panel
UL 98 or UL 489
Non-Fusible
Disconnect Switches
or
●
●
Fusible Disconnect
Switches
UL 508
Non-Fusible Switches
8
These products are smaller,
requiring only a creepage
distance between phases
of 0.50 inch (12.7 mm).
Their use as a disconnecting
means is limited to local
disconnection of motors.
These products can be used
as a disconnect means only
when they have been
additionally tested “suitable
as motor disconnect.” This
additional testing ensures
that the switch has a proper
closing capacity on a short
circuit. UL® 508 devices
cannot be used as main
disconnect of an electrical
panel, for example, at the
entrance of control panels.
A manual motor controller
marked “suitable as motor
disconnect” shall be installed
only on the load side of
the branch circuit protective
device [UL 508A 30.33
and NEC® 430.109 (6)].
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-2
NFPA 79 Electrical Standard
for Industrial Machinery
The following types of
machines are identified
as industrial machinery:
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
●
●
●
●
Metalworking machine
tools, including machines
that cut or form metal
Plastics machinery
Wood machinery, including
woodworking, laminating
and sawmill machines
Assembly machines
Material handling
machines, including
industrial robots and
transfer machines
Inspection and testing
machines, including
coordinate measuring
and in-process
gauging machines
8.1
Rotary Disconnects
Introduction
Eaton Solutions for UL 508A and NFPA 79
Operable independent of the position of the door
8
The changes in UL 508A and NFPA® 79 impact the design and
construction of your equipment. Important modifications concern
major safety issues, the disconnect means and the interlocking
of the enclosure door.
8
8
The disconnect shall be operable independent of the door position.
The disconnect must be operable, by qualified persons,
independent of the door position without the use of accessory
tools or devices.
8
8
Note: NFPA 79; Paragraph 5.3.3.1 (5) T.
An operating mechanism for the disconnecting means shall be
operable independent of the door position without the use of
accessory tools or devices.
Door closed: operation with the
external handle through the door.
Door open: A robust optional kit with a
handle directly fitted on the shaft of the
switch allows the operation when the
door is open.
8
8
8
Note: UL 508A; Paragraph 66.6.3 c.
8
The disconnect means is not closable with the enclosure door open,
unless an interlock is operated by deliberate action.
The interlocking means shall fulfill the following requirement:
Prevent closing of the disconnect means while the enclosure
door is open, unless an interlock is operated by deliberate action.
8
Operated by a deliberate action
8
8
Note: NFPA 79; Paragraph 6.2.3.1.2.
8
The disconnecting means is not closable with the enclosure
door open, unless an interlock is operated by deliberate action.
8
1
2
Note: UL 508A; Paragraph 66.1.5.
1
Push
Door open: It is necessary to push the
handle from OFF to ON. This deliberate
action permits the operator to turn and
switch ON. This action is necessary as
in most cases there is no padlock on the
switch when somebody opens the door
of an enclosure.
2
Turn
ON to OFF action permits the operator
to turn and switch ON. That is a major
safety issue; switching ON directly
without any other action is extremely
dangerous. The use of a padlock does
not comply with the request of the
standard; when the panel door is
opened, there is generally no padlock,
and anybody can turn the switch ON.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-3
8.1
8
8
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
Introduction
The disconnect means shall be able to be locked in the OPEN position
independent of the door position.
The circuit disconnecting device shall be provided with a
permanent means, permitting it to be locked in the OFF position
only independent of the door position. When locked, remote as
well as local closing shall be prevented.
Locked in the open position independent of the door position
Note: NFPA 79; Paragraph 5.3.3.1 (3).
8
An operating mechanism for the disconnecting means shall be
able to be locked in the OFF position independent of the door
position. When locked, closing of the disconnect is not possible.
8
Note: UL 508A; Paragraph 66.6.3 d.
Door close: The external throughthe-door handle is padlocked when
locked closing of the disconnect is
not possible.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
The interlocking of the enclosure door shall be provided with means
to defeat the interlock without removing the power.
The interlocking means required by 66.1.5 shall be provided with
all of the following:
●
●
Door open: A strong metallic padlock
kit allows up to three padlocks. The
padlocking means is easily accessible,
when locked closing of the disconnect
is not possible.
Defeat the interlock without removing the power
Means to defeat the interlock without removing power,
and requires the use of a tool to operate
Reactivated automatically when all the doors are closed
Note: Added 66.1.5.1 effective March 1, 2007. UL 508A;
Paragraph 66.1.5.1.
NFPA 79; Paragraph 6.2.3.1.2 states that the [enclosure]
interlocking means shall meet the following requirements:
●
●
Use a device or tool to allow qualified persons to defeat
the interlock
Be reactivated automatically when the door is closed
8
8
A tool allows defeat of the interlock without
removing power. The interlocking is reactivated
automatically when the door is closed.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.2
Rotary Disconnects
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
Contents
R5 Series Non-Fusible 16–80A
Description
Page
R5 Series Non-Fusible 16–80A
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T8-6
V5-T8-6
V5-T8-9
V5-T8-10
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Product Description
8
R5 Series (UL 508 listed)
products are manually
operated modular switches.
Load break switching and
isolation provide safety
solutions for any low voltage
circuit, particularly for
machine and control circuits.
The R5 Series products are
manual motor controllers
suitable as motor disconnect.
4
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
8
8
1
6
2
8
8
Product Identification
Up to 65 kAIC
short-circuit rating
Direct or external operation
Compact footprint
DIN rail or base mount
Wide range of accessories
Up to eight-pole or
four-pole MTS
Open and enclosed devices
Modular design
Integrated terminals
for additional safety
Padlockable design (direct,
toggle and external handles)
Product can be reverse fed
1
2
3
4
5
6
External front handle
Shaft extension for external handle
Direct handle
Switched fourth-pole module
Terminal shroud
Auxiliary contacts
8
8
8
Note: For further details, please see the installation instructions
supplied with each device.
8
8
8
8
8
Standards and Certifications
Conformity to Standards
●
UL 508 listed, Guide NLRV,
File E165150
●
CSAT C22.2 No.14, File
217736
8
8
3
Features, Benefits
and Functions
●
8
5
●
●
●
8
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
CCC
CE
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-5
8.2
Rotary Disconnects
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
8
Product Selection
8
Direct Operation
External Operation
+
8
8
Switch body
8
R5 Series
+
+
Direct handle
Switch body
+
+
Shaft
+
External handle
8
8
8
8
8
Ampere
Rating
Three-Pole Toggle
Switch Only 1
Three-Pole Rotary
Switch Only
Direct
Handle
8
16
—
R5A3016U
DHR5
25
—
R5A3025U
8
30
T5A3030U
R5A3030U
40
T5A3040U
R5A3040U
60
T5B3060U
R5B3060U
80
T5B3080U
R5B3080U
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Front and Right
External Handle SH00
(Choose one)
Front and Right
External Handle SH0
(Choose one)
Shaft for SH0 and
SH00—5 x 5 mm—
In (mm)
SH00
Black
3R, 12
SHB00N12
SH0
Black
3R, 12
SHB0N12
2.20 (55.5)
SF55SH5X5
SH00
Red
3R, 12
SHR00N12
SH0
Red
3R, 12
SHR0N12
SH00
Black
4, 4X
SHB00N4X
SH0
Black
4, 4X
SHB0N4X
SH00
Red
4, 4X
SHR00N4X
SH0
Red
4, 4X
SHR0N4X
Accessories
8
8
8
Ampere
Rating
Switched Fourth-Pole
Module
Auxiliary Contacts
(Choose one)
Terminal
Shrouds
Door
Mounting Kit 2
16
S4PR516
8
S4PR525
1NO + 1NC
AC1NONC
1P
TS1R5A
DMK
25
30
S4PR530
8
40
S4PR540
8
8
60
8
3P
TS3R5A
1P
TS1R5B
80
3P
TS3R5B
8
8
2NO
AC2N0
Notes
1 Toggle version includes direct handle.
2 Includes shaft and accessory cap.
8
V5-T8-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
3.50 (90.0)
SF90SH5X5
5.90 (150.0)
SF150SH5X5
7.90 (200.0)
SF200SH5X5
12.60 (320.0)
SF320SH5X5
Rotary Disconnects
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
8.2
Handles
Direct Handle
8
Direct Handle
Ampere Rating
Handle Color
Catalog Number
16–80
Black
DHR5
8
8
8
Size 00 Handle
8
Door Interlocked External Handle (Defeatable) 1
Ampere Rating
Handle Color
Handle Size
NEMA Type Rating
Catalog Number
8
Front and Right Side Operation I–0
Size 0 Handle
16–80
Black
SH00
3R, 12
SHB00N12
16–80
Black
SH00
4, 4X
SHB00N4X
16–80
Red/Yellow
SH00
3R, 12
SHR00N12
16–80
Red/Yellow
SH00
4, 4X
SHR00N4X
16–80
Black
SH0
3R, 12
SHB0N12
16–80
Black
SH0
4, 4X
SHB0N4X
16–80
Red/Yellow
SH0
3R, 12
SHR0N12
16–80
Red/Yellow
SH0
4, 4X
SHR0N4X
8
8
8
8
8
8
Shafts
Shaft 5 x 5
8
Shaft Extensions for External Handle
Description
Ampere Rating
Use with Handle Type
Shaft Length
In (mm)
Standard lengths: 55 mm, 90 mm, 150 mm,
200 mm, 320 mm
16–80
SH00/SH0
2.17 (55.0)
SF055SH5X5
16–80
SH00/SH0
3.54 (90.0)
SF090SH5X5
For 3/4-pole switches: shafts are for external
front and side handle
16–80
SH00/SH0
5.91 (150.0)
SF150SH5X5
16–80
SH00/SH0
7.87 (200.0)
SF2003H5X5
For 6/8-pole switches and changeover
switches: shafts are for external
front and side handle
16–80
SH00/SH0
12.60 (320.0)
SF320SH5X5
Catalog Number
8
8
8
8
8
8
Guide Cone
Description
Ampere Rating
The guide cone facilitates an easier
16–80
connection between the shaft and a Size 00 or
Size 0 external selector handle. It allows the
shaft up to 10 mm of vertical play when making
the connection
Use with Handle Type
Catalog Number
SH00 and SH0
SFGAB
8
8
8
Note
1 Allows door to be opened when switch is in the ON position.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-7
8.2
8
Rotary Disconnects
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
Additional Pole Configurations
8
8
8
8
8
Switched Fourth-Pole
Module
8
8
8
8
8
8
Switched Fourth-Pole Module
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Type
Catalog Number
Add one or two poles and transform:
• Three-pole R5 Series load break
switch into a four-pole
• Six-pole R5 Series switch into
an eight-pole
• Three-pole changeover switch into
a four-pole
16
1
Switched
S4PR516
25
1
Switched
S4PR525
30
1
Switched
S4PR530
40
1
Switched
S4PR540
Ampere Rating
Type
Catalog Number
16–80
1NO + NC
AC1N0NC
16–80
2NO
AC2NO
Auxiliary Contact Configurations
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contact Module
Description
8
Early-break/same-make and
signalization of positions 0 and I by
NO + NC or 2NO auxiliary contacts.
They can be mounted on the left or
on the right side of the device. Two
modules maximum.
8
8
8
Terminal Shrouds
8
8
8
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Position
Catalog Number
Line and load protection against direct contact with the terminals
or connection parts: single- or three-pole.
Advantage: Perforations allowing thermographic inspection.
16–40
1
Line and load
TS1R5A
16–40
3
Line and load
TS3R5A
60–80
1
Line and load
TS1R5B
60–80
3
Line and load
TS3R5B
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
This kit enables direct mounting of the switch on the door panel.
Moreover, the connection clamps of the switch are always accessible.
The external handle is quick and easy to install due to an internal
locking nut mounted on the inside of the enclosure.
16–80
3 and 4
DMK 1
8
8
Door/Panel Mounting Kit
8
8
8
Note
1 Includes shaft and accessory cap.
8
8
8
V5-T8-8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.2
Rotary Disconnects
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
Technical Data and Specifications
8
8
UL 508 (CSA 22.2 No. 14) Manual Motor Controller “Suitable as Motor Disconnect” from 16–80A
Technical Characteristics
16A
25A
30A
40A
60A
80A
Approvals
Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA) 1
Branch circuit fuse type
Maximum fuse rating
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
10/65
J
60/30A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
50/65
J
100/60A
UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14
50/65
J
100/60A
3/10.6
5/15
10/14
10/11
7.5/24.2
7.5/22
15/21
20/22
7.5/24.2
7.5/22
15/21
20/22
7.5/24.2
7.5/22
20/27
25/27
15/46.2
15/42
30/40
30/32
15/46.2
20/54
40/52
40/41
#14–#10
2x #12
#14–#4
2x (#14–#12)
#14–#10
2x #12
#14–#4
2x (#14–#12)
#14–#10
2x #12
#14–#4
2x (#14–#12)
#14–#10
2x #12
#14–#4
2x (#14–#12)
#14–#10
2x #12
#14–#1
2x (#10–#6)
#14–#10
2x #12
#14–#1
2x (#10–#6)
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
8
A300
A300
A300
A300
A300
A300
8
8
8
Connection
Wire range (AWG), solid, single cable
Wire range (AWG), solid, two cables
Wire range (AWG), stranded, single cable
Wire range (AWG), stranded, two cables
8
8
Mechanical Characteristics
Endurance, number of mechanical cycles
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrical characteristics
8
8
Maximum UL Horsepower Ratings/Maximum Motor FLA Current, Three-Phase
208 Vac
220–240 Vac
440–480 Vac
600 Vac
8
8
IEC 60947-3 Characteristics
Technical Characteristics
16A
25A
32A
40A
63A
80A
8
8
Rated Operational Currents Ie (A)
Rated Voltage
Load Duty Category
A/B 2
A/B 2
A/B 2
A/B 2
A/B 2
A/B 2
500 Vac
AC-22 A/AC-22 B
16/16
25/25
32/32
40/40
63/63
80/80
500 Vac
AC-23 A/AC-23 B
16/16
25/25
25/25
25/25
63/63
63/63
690 Vac
AC-21 A/AC-21 B
16/16
25/25
32/32
40/40
63/63
80/80
690 Vac
AC-22 A/AC-22 B
16/16
25/25
32/32
32/40
40/63
63/80
690 Vac
AC-23 A/AC-23 B
16/16
25/25
25/25
25/25
40/40
40/40
8
8
8
8
Thermal Current Ith at 40°C (A)
Thermal current Ith (40°C) 4
16
25
32
40
63
80
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
800
800
800
800
800
800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Operational Power in AC-23 (kW)
8
At 400 Vac without prebreaking AC in AC-23 (kW) 23
7.5
11
15
18.5
30
37
At 500 Vac without prebreaking AC in AC-23 (kW) 23
7.5
11
15
15
30
37
At 690 Vac without prebreaking AC in AC-23 (kW) 23
7.5
15
18.5
18.5
30
37
8
8
Fuse Protected Short-Circuit Withstand (kA rms Prospective)
Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 5
50
50
50
50
50
50
Associated fuse rating (A) 5
16
25
32
40
63
80
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. ICW (kA rms) 5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
3
3
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak) 5
6
6
6
6
9
9
8
8
8
Overload Capacity (Ue 415 Vac)
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross section (mm2)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
Maximum Cu cable section (mm2)
16
16
16
16
35
35
Tightening torque minimum/maximum (Nm)
2/2.2
2/2.2
2/2.2
2/2.2
3.5/3.85
3.5/3.85
8
8
Notes
1 Short-circuit rating achieved when used with respective fuse type and maximum fuse rating.
2 A/B: Category with index A = frequent operation; category with index B = infrequent operation.
3 The power value is given for information only; the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
4 De-rate 1% per °C above 40°C, max. 70°C.
5 For a rated operating voltage, U = 400 Vac.
e
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-9
8.2
8
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
R5 Series 16–80A
Toggle Operation
Direct Operation with Handle
2.95
(75.0)
3.19
(81.0)
2.87
(73.0)
2.52
(64.0)
8
8
2.52
(64.0)
F
M
F
M
8
90
2.68
(68.0)
8
0.35
(8.8)
8
1.97
(50.0)
8
N
AC
0.35
(8.8)
0.35
(8.8)
F1
M5
T
External Front Operation
8
1.45
(37.0)
E
8
8
1.97
(50.0)
F1
N
G
Ø2.79
(Ø71.0)
AC
F1
F1
T
0.35
(8.8)
M5
0.23
(6.0)
1.96
(50.0)
8
R5 Series 2
8
Ampere
Rating
D Min.
D Max.
E Min.
8
16–40
1.18 (30.0)
9.25 (235.0)
63–80
1.18 (30.0)
9.25 (235.0)
Overall Dimensions
Terminal Shrouds
Switch Body
E Max.
AC
F
3.94 (100.0)
14.65 (372.0)
4.33 (110.0)
3.94 (100.0)
14.65 (372.0)
4.33 (110.0)
Door Drilling—SH00/SH0
With Fixing Nut
8
Connection Terminal
J
M
N
T
1.77 (45.0) 0.59 (15.0) 2.68 (68.0)
0.59 (15.0)
1.18 (30.0)
2.95 (75.0)
0.59 (15.0)
2.06 (52.5) 0.69 (17.5) 2.99 (76.0)
0.69 (17.5)
1.38 (35.0)
3.35 (85.0)
0.69 (17.5)
F1
G
Operating Handle—SH00/SH0
Ø0.89
(22.5)
1.57
(40.0)
Front and Right Side
Operation
0.16
(4.0)
Ø0.28
(7.0)
Front Operation for R5
Changeover Switches
I–0–II or I–I+II–II
0º
90º
90º
0.53
(13.5)
I
Ø1.22
(31.0)
8
Switch Mounting
With Four Fixing Screws
0.12
(3.0)
8
1.10
(28.0)
90º
I
8
1.42
(36.0)
J
0.35
(8.8)
8
8
D
2.68
(68.0)
8
8
F1
T
0.24
(6.0)
F
M
3.19
(81.0)
2.52
(64.0)
1.99
(50.6)
8
8
F1
M5
External Side Operation
8
8
AC
0.35
(8.8)
0.24
(6.0)
8
8
N
2.67
(68.0)
G
II
8
G
Notes
1 One switched fourth-pole module (one per device maximum) or one unswitched neutral pole
or one auxiliary contact.
2 Maximum four additional blocks.
V5-T8-10
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Contents
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact
Description
Page
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Rated Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T8-12
V5-T8-15
V5-T8-16
V5-T8-18
V5-T8-26
V5-T8-45
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Non-Fusible 30–100A
Compact
8
4
Product Description
8
The R9 Series (UL 98 listed)
non-fusible 30–100A compact
range ensures making or
breaking on load and safety
isolation for low voltage
electrical circuits, particularly
for machine control circuits
up to 600V.
8
8
8
5
●
●
●
8
6
Features, Benefits
and Functions
8
7
Rating three-pole from
30A to 100A
Direct or external operation
handle (padlockable in
ON position)
Double breaking per phase
8
8
8
1
8
8
Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
UL 98, File E222859
CSAT 22.2 No. 4,
File 217736
IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
CE
8
3
8
8
2
8
Product Identification
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Direct handle
Door interlocked external handle
Shaft extension
Terminal shrouds
Unswitched neutral pole
Switch body
Switched fourth-pole module
Modular type auxiliary contacts
8
8
8
8
Note: For further details, please see the installation instructions supplied with each device.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-11
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8
Product Selection
8
Direct Operation
+
8
8
8
8
External Operation
Switch body
+
+
Direct handle
Switch body
+
+
Shaft
+
External handle
R9 Series 30–100A
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Ampere RatingNumber
(Frame)
of Poles
Switch Body Direct
Only
Handle
30
(C-Frame)
3
R9C3030U
60
(C-Frame)
3
R9C3060U
100
(C-Frame)
3
R9C3100U
8
8
8
8
DHR9
Front and
Right External
Handle SH00
(Choose one)
Front and
Right External
Handle SH0
(Choose one)
SH00
Black
3R, 12
SHB00N12
SH0
Black
3R, 12
SHB0N12
SH00
Red
3R, 12
SHR00N12
SH0
Red
3R, 12
SHR0N12
SH00
Black
4, 4X
SHB00N4X
SH0
Black
4, 4X
SHB0N4X
SH00
Red
4 4X
SHR00N4X
SH0
Red
4 4X
SHR0N4X
Shaft for SH0
and SH00
Handles—
In (mm)
(Choose one)
2.20 (55.5)
SF55SH5X5
3.50 (90.0)
SF90SH5X5
Switched
Fourth-Pole
Module
Auxiliary
Contacts
(Choose one)
Terminal Shrouds
(Choose one)
S4PR930
1NO + 1NC
AC1NONC
1P
TS1R9
2NO
AC2N0
3P
TS3R9CV
S4PR960
S4PR9100
5.91 (150.0)
SF150SH5X5
7.87 (200.0)
SF200SH5X5
12.60 (320.0)
SF320SH5X5
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-12
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Handles
Direct Handle
8
Direct Handle
Ampere Rating
Handle Color
Catalog Number
30–100
Black
DHR9
8
8
8
Door Interlocked External Handle 1
Ampere Rating
Size 00 Handle
Size 0 Handle
Handle Color
Handle Size
NEMA Type Rating
Catalog Number
8
Front and Right External Handle
30–100
Black
SH00
3R, 12
SHB00N12
30–100
Black
SH00
4, 4X
SHB00N4X
30–100
Red
SH00
3R, 12
SHR00N12
30–100
Red
SH00
4, 4X
SHR00N4X
30–100
Black
SH0
3R, 12
SHB0N12
30–100
Black
SH0
4, 4X
SHB0N4X
30–100
Red
SH0
3R, 12
SHR0N12
30–100
Red
SH0
4, 4X
SHR0N4X
8
8
8
8
8
8
Shafts
Shaft 5 x 5
8
Shaft Extensions for External Handle
Description
Ampere Rating
Use with Handle Type
Shaft Length
In (mm)
Catalog Number
Standard lengths: 55 mm, 90 mm, 150 mm,
200 mm, 320 mm
30–100
SH00/SH0
2.20 (55.5)
SF55SH5X5
30–100
SH00/SH0
3.50 (90.0)
SF90SH5X5
Shafts are for external front and right
side handles
30–100
SH00/SH0
5.91 (150.0)
SF150SH5X5
30–100
SH00/SH0
7.87 (200.0)
SF200SH5X5
30–100
SH00/SH0
12.60 (320.0)
SF320SH5X5
8
8
8
8
8
SFGAB
8
Guide Cone
Description
Ampere Rating
Use with Handle Type
Catalog Number
The guide cone facilitates an easier
connection between the shaft and a Size 00
or Size 0 external selector handle. It allows
the shaft up to 10 mm of vertical play when
making the connection
16–80
SH00 and SH0
SFGAB
8
8
8
Note
1 Allows door to be opened when switch is in the ON position.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-13
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Additional Pole Configurations
8
8
8
8
8
Switched Fourth-Pole Module
8
8
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Type
Catalog Number
Transforms a three-pole, R9 Series load
break switch into a four-pole
30
1
Switched
S4PR930
60
1
Switched
S4PR960
100
1
Switched
S4PR9100
Type
Catalog Number
1NO + 1NC
AC1N0NC
2NO
AC2NO
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contact Configurations
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contacts
8
Description
Ampere Rating
Early-break/same-make and signalization 30–100
of positions 0 and I by NO + NC or 2NO
auxiliary contacts. They can be mounted 30–100
on the left or on the right side of the
device. Maximum four auxiliary contacts
(two modules)
8
8
8
8
Terminal Shrouds
8
8
8
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Position
Catalog Number
Line and load protection against
direct contact with the terminals
or connection parts: single- or
three-pole
Advantage: Perforations allowing
thermographic inspection
30–100
1
Line and load
TS1R9
30–100
3
Line and load
TS3R9CV
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-14
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Technical Data and Specifications
8
UL and CSA Characteristics
8
UL 98/CSA 22.2 No. 4
Technical Characteristics
30A
60A
100A
1
100 kA
100 kA
100 kA
Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA) 1
100 kA
100 kA
25 kA
Short-circuit rating at 480 Vac (kA)
Fuse type
J
J
J
Maximum fuse rating (A)
30
60
100
8
8
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Three-Phase
220–240 Vac
10/28
20/54
20/54
440–480 Vac
20/27
40/52
50/65
600 Vac
25/27
50/52
50/52
8
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Single-Phase
120 Vac
2/24
3/34
5/56
240 Vac
5/28
10/50
10/50
Solid, 1 wire
#12–10
#12–10
#12–10
Stranded, 1 wire
#12–2/0
#12–2/0
#12–2/0
8
A300
A300
A300
8
8
Connection
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrical characteristic
8
8
IEC 60647-3 Characteristics
Technical Characteristics
32A
63A
100A
Thermal current Ith (40°C)
30
60
100
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
800
800
800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)
8
8
8
8
Thermal Current Ith at 40°C (A)
8
8
Rated Operation Currents Ie (A)
8
Load Duty Category
Rated Voltage
A2
A2
A2
400 Vac
AC-22A
32
63
100
400 Vac
AC-23A
32
63
100
690 Vac
AC-22A
32
63
80
690 Vac
AC-23A
32
63
63
8
At 400 Vac without prebreak AC in AC-23 (kW) 34
15
30
45
8
At 500 Vac without prebreak AC in AC-23 (kW) 34
15
30
45
At 690 Vac without prebreak AC in AC-23 (kW) 34
18.5
30
45
12
12
12
8
Minimum Cu cable cross section (mm2)
2.5
2.5
10
Maximum Cu cable section (mm2)
70
70
70
8
8
Operational Power in AC-23 (kW)
8
8
Overload Capacity (Ue 415 Vac)
Rated short-time making capacity Icm (kA peak) 5
Connection
8
Notes
1 Short-circuit rating achieved when used with respective fuse type and maximum fuse rating.
2 Category with index A = frequent operation.
3 A/B: Category with index A = frequent operation; category with index B = infrequent operation.
4 The power value is given for information only; the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
5 For a rated operating voltage, U = 400 Vac.
e
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-15
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
R9 Series 30–100A Compact
8
Direct Operation
8
8
2.95
(75.0)
2.52
(64.0)
1.02
(26.0)
3.07
(78.0)
1
2
1
2
8
8
7.44
(189.0)
4.91
(124.6)
8
8
26.00
(660.4)
0.35
(8.8)
8
8
2.09
(53.0)
8
8
8
8
0.35
(8.8)
0.24
(6.0) 1.02 1.02
(26.0) (26.0)
M5
1.02
(26.0)
External Front Operation
External Side Operation
3.94 min. 14.65 max.
(372.0)
(100.0)
8
8
5.17
(131.4)
3.07
(78.0)
1.02
(26.0)
3.19
(81.0)
1.46
(37.0)
0.51
(13.0)
2.52
(64.0)
1.99
(50.6)
1
1
2
2
8
7.44
(189.0)
4.91
(124.6)
8
5.17
(131.4)
8
8
0.35
(8.8)
8
M5
8
8
8
1.18 min.
(30.0)
7.91 max.
(201.0)
2.09
(53.0)
0.24
(6.0)
1.02
(26.0)
0.35
(8.8)
1.02
(26.0)
1.02
(26.0)
Notes
1 One switched fourth-pole module (one per device maximum) and/or one unswitched neutral pole.
2 Auxiliary contact.
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-16
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Ø2.80
(71.0)
3.46
(88.0)
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
Door Drilling—SH00/SH0
With Fixing Nut
0.12
(3.0)
8
With Four Fixing Screws
Ø0.89
(22.5)
1.57
(40.0)
8
0.16
(4.0)
Ø0.28
(7.0)
8
8
0.53
(13.5)
8
Ø1.22
(31.0)
1.10
(28.0)
8
8
Operating Handle—SH00/SH0
8
Front and Right Side Operation
8
0º
8
90º
8
I
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-17
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Contents
Non-Fusible 100–1200A
Description
8
Page
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Fusible 100–1200A
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Rated Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Non-Fusible 100–1200A
8
Product Description
8
8
8
4
The R9 Series (UL 98 listed)
non-fusible 100–1200A are
manually operated multipole
load-break switches. Quickmake, quick-break design
provides safety isolation for
any low voltage circuit.
2
1
8
8
Features, Benefits
and Functions
8
●
8
●
8
●
8
8
High thermal and dynamic
withstand ratings
Arduous categories of
applications
High electrical and
mechanical endurances
3
Product Identification
Standards and Certifications
●
8
●
8
●
●
UL 98, File E222859
CSAT 22.2 No. 4,
File 217736
IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
1
2
3
4
External front handle
Shaft extensions for external handle
Configurable U-type ACs, for pre-break and signalling or TEST
Terminal Screens
Note: For further details, please see the installation instructions supplied with each device.
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-18
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-11
V5-T8-19
V5-T8-20
V5-T8-22
V5-T8-23
V5-T8-26
V5-T8-45
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Product Selection
8
Direct Operation
External Operation
+
Switch body
+
8
+
Direct handle
Switch body
+
8
+
Shaft
+
8
External handle
8
R9 Series Non-Fusible 100–1200A
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Number
of Poles
Switch
Body Only
Direct
Handle
100
(D-Frame)
3
R9D3100U
DHR9DE
4
R9D4100U
200
(D-Frame)
3
R9D3200U
4
R9D4200U
400
(E-Frame)
3
R9E3400U
4
R9E4400U
Door Interlocked
External Pistol Handle
(Choose one)
Size 2, Black
1, 3R, 12
Defeatable
PHB2N12F
Size 2, Red
1, 3R, 12
Defeatable
PHR2N12F
Size 2, Black
4, 4X
Defeatable
PHB2N4XF
Terminal Screens
(Choose one)
Terminal
Lugs 3
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
3-pole, Line side only
TS3R9DT
LK3R9DL
3-pole, Load side only
TS3R9DB
LK3R9DL
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
1NO + 1NC
AC1N0NCDE
AC1N0NCDELL
2NO + 2NC
AC2N0NCDE
AC2N0NCDELL
3
R9F3600U
4
R9F4600U
800
(G-Frame)
3
R9G3800U
4
R9G4800U
1000
(G-Frame)
3
R9G31000U
4
R9G41000U
3
R9G31200U
4
R9G41200U
1200
(G-Frame)
DHR9FG
Size 3, Black
4, 4X
Defeatable
PHB3N4XF
Size 3, Red
4, 4X
Defeatable
PHR3N4XF
8
8
8
LK4R9DL
8
LK4R9DL
4-pole, Line or load side
TS4R9DTB
3-pole, Line side only
TS3R9ET
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH10X10
8
LK3R9EM
8
LK4R9EM
3-pole, Load side only
TS3R9EB
8
4-pole, Line or load side
TS4R9ETB
Size 2, Red
4, 4X
Defeatable
PHR2N4XF
600
(F-Frame)
8
Shaft Extensions for
External Handle—
In (mm)
Auxiliary
(Choose one)
Contacts
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH15X12
1NO AC U Type
AC1N0R9 2
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH15X12
1NC AC U Type
AC1NCR9 2
1.70 (400.0)
SF400PH15X12
8
TS3R9F 1
LK3R9FN
TS4R9F 1
LK4R9FN
TS3R9FFS 4
LK6R9G
TS3R9G 1
LK8R9G
8
8
8
8
TS4R9G 1
TS3R9GFS 4
8
Size 4, Black
4, 4X
Defeatable
PHB4N4XF
8
8
Size 4, Red
4, 4X
Defeatable
PHR4N4XF
8
8
Notes
1 Top (line side) supplied as standard.
2 Auxiliary contact requires holder (catalog number ACHFG) when used on F and G-Frame switches (non-fusible 600–1200A).
3 Each catalog number is for line or load side. For both line and load, please order two sets.
4 FS suffix = Finger Safe.
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-19
8.3
8
Accessories
8
Direct Handle
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Direct Handle
Description
Ampere Rating
Handle Color
Catalog Number
Front operation
100–400
Black
DHR9DE
600–1200
Black
DHR9FG
8
8
8
PH2 and PH3 Types
8
8
8
PH4 Type
Door Interlocked External Handle—Front Operation
Description
Ampere Rating
Switch Frame
Handle Type
Handle Color
NEMA Type
Defeatable 1
Catalog Number
The door interlocked external
handle includes one lockable
handle and one escutcheon.
100–400
D/E
PH2
Black
1,3R,12
Yes
PHB2N12F
100–400
D/E
PH2
Red
1,3R,12
Yes
PHR2N12F
100–400
D/E
PH2
Black
4,4X
Yes
PHB2N4XF
100–400
D/E
PH2
Red
4,4X
Yes
PHR2N4XF
For Dimensions, see Page
V5-T8-23.
8
8
600–1200
F/G
PH3
Black
4,4X
Yes
PHB3N4XF
600–1200
F/G
PH3
Red
4,4X
Yes
PHR3N4XF
600–1200
F/G
PH4
Black
4,4X
Yes
PHB4N4XF
600–1200
F/G
PH4
Red
4,4X
Yes
PHR4N4XF
8
8
8
Shaft Extensions
Shaft Extensions for External Front Handle
Front Operation
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Handle Type
Shaft Length
In (mm)
Catalog Number
100–400 (D-, E-Frame)
PH2
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
100–400 (D-, E-Frame)
PH2
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
8
100–400 (D-, E-Frame)
PH2
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
100–400 (D-, E-Frame)
PH2
19.70 (500.4)
SF500PH10X10
8
600–1200 (F-, G-Frame)
PH3/PH4
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH15X12
600–1200 (F-, G-Frame)
PH3/PH4
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH15X12
600–1200 (F-, G-Frame)
PH3/PH4
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH15X12
8
Use
Standard lengths:
200 mm, 320 mm,
400 mm, 500 mm
8
8
8
Shaft Length Minimum Dimensions (X)—Inches (mm)
8
Description
8
8
Standard lengths:
• 7.90 (200.6)
• 12.60 (320.0)
• 5.70 (398.8)
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
X
Length
Catalog Number
100–400 (D-, E-Frame)
5.31–10.43 (135.0–265.0)
7.90 (200.6)
SF200PH10X10
5.31–10.43 (135.0–385.0)
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
5.31–10.43 (135.0–465.0)
15.70 (398.8)
SF400PH10X10
5.31–22.20 (135.0–565.0)
19.70 (500.4)
SF500PH10X10
8.70–13.50 (221.0–343.0)
7.90 (200.6)
SF200PH15X12
8.70–18.23 (221.0–463.0)
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH15X12
8.70–21.38 (221.0–543.0)
15.70 (398.8)
SF400PH15X12
X
8
600–1200 (F-, G-Frame)
8
8
Note
1 Allow the door to be opened when the switch is in 1 (ON) position.
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Auxiliary Contacts 1
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Description
100–200A, up to two ACs max.
400A, up to two ACs max.
100–400
(D-, E-Frame)
600–1200A, up to four ACs max.
600–1200
(F-, G-Frame)
Auxiliary contact holder (for use with
AC1NOR9 and AC1NCR9)
600–1200
(F-, G-Frame)
8
Number of AC
AC Type
Catalog
Number
1NO / 1NC
Standard
AC1NONCDE
1NO / 1NC
Low Level 2
AC1NONCDELL
2NO / 2NC
Standard
AC2NONCDE
2NO / 2NC
Low Level 2
AC2NONCDELL
1NO
Standard
AC1NOR9 3
1NC
Standard
AC1NCR9 3
—
—
ACHFG
8
8
8
8
8
8
Terminal Screens
Description
Line and load protection against direct contact
with terminals or connection parts.
Line side terminal shrouds are included
standard on 600–1200A non-fusible switches.
Shrouds are not included on
the 100–400A.
Maximum Ampere
Rating (Frame)
Number
of Poles
Line/Load
Side
Catalog
Number
100–200
(D-Frame)
3
Line
TS3R9DT
3
Load
TS3R9DB
4
Line or load
TS4R9DTB
400
(E-Frame)
3
Line
TS3R9ET
3
Load
TS3R9EB
600
(F-Frame)
4
Line or load
TS4R9ETB
3
Line or load
TS3R9F
800–1200
(G-Frame)
4
Line or load
TS4R9F
3
Line or load
TS3R9G
4
Line or load
TS4R9G
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Line and Load Terminal Lugs
Description
Connection of copper cables on to the
terminals (no spade lugs). Each kit includes
lugs for line or load side. For line and load
side, order two kits.
Maximum Ampere
Rating (Frame)
Number
of Poles
Number of
Lugs/Pole
Lug Capacity/Phase
Cable
Type
Catalog
Number
100–200
(D-Frame)
3
1
#6–300 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK3R9DL
400
(E-Frame)
4
1
#6–300 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK4R9DL
3
1
#2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK3R9EM 4
4
1
#2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK4R9EM 4
600
(F-Frame)
3
1
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK3R9FN
4
1
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK4R9FN
800–1200
(G-Frame)
3
2
2x (2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK6R9G
4
2
2x (2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK8R9G
For Dimensions, see Page V5-T8-23.
8
8
8
8
8
8
Notes
1 Early-break/same-make.
2 Gold plated for minimal resistance—for PLC applications.
3 Requires use of ACHFG auxiliary contact holder for F- and G-Frame switches.
4 For two-hole lug, consult factory.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-21
8.3
8
8
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Technical Data and Specifications
UL and CSA Characteristics
Technical Characteristics
100A
200A
400A
600A
800A
1000A
1200A
Short circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA) 1
200 kA
200 kA
200 kA
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
100 kA
Fuse type
J
J
J
J
L
L
L
Maximum fuse rating (A)
100
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Three-Phase
220–240 Vac
30/80
75/192
125/312
200/480
200/480
200/480
200/480
8
440–480 Vac
75/96
150/180
250/302
400/477
500/590
500/590
500/590
600 Vac
100/99
200/192
350/336
350/336
500/472
500/472
500/472
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Direct Current
125 Vdc
Two-pole in series
10/76
15/112
20/148
20/148
—
—
—
250 Vdc
Three-pole in series
15/55
15/55
50/173
50/173
—
—
—
8
Connection
Minimum connection section/AWG
#6
#6
#2
2 x #2
2 x #2
4 x #2
4 x #2
8
Maximum connection section/AWG
300 kcmil
300 kcmil
600 kcmil
2 x 600 kcmil
2 x 600 kcmil
4 x 600 kcmil
4 x 600 kcmil
A300
A300
A300
A600
A600
A600
A600
100A
200A
400A
600A
800A
1000A
1200A
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV)
8
8
8
12
12
12
12
8
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrical characteristics
IEC 60947-3 Characteristics
Technical Characteristics
8
Rated Operational Currents Ie (A)
8
Rated Voltage
Load Duty
Category
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
400 Vac
AC-22A
100
200
400
630
800
1000
1200
8
400 Vac
AC-23A
100
200
400
630
800
1000
1000
8
690 Vac
AC-22A
100
200
400
500
630
630
630
690 Vac
AC-23A
100
200
315
200
400
400
400
8
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross section (mm2)
35
70
185
2 x 150
2 x 185
2 x 240
—
8
Minimum Cu busbar section (mm2)
—
—
—
2 x 30 x 5
2 x 40 x 5
2 x 50 x 5
2 x 60 x 5
Operational Power in AC-23 (kW)
8
At 400 Vac without prebreaking AC in AC23 (kW) (2 x 3)
51
100
220
355
450
560
560
8
At 500 Vac without prebreaking AC in AC23 (kW) (2 x 3)
63
140
280
450
560
560
560
At 690 Vac without prebreaking AC in AC23 (kW) (2 x 3)
90
185
185
185
400
400
400
17.6
32
48
48
75
48
75
8
8
8
Overload Capacity (Ue 415 Vac)
Rated short-circuit making capacity Icm (kA peak) 3
Notes
1 Short-circuit rating achieved when used with respective fuse type and maximum fuse rating.
2 Category with index A = frequent operation.
3 For a rated operating voltage, U = 400 Vac.
i
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-22
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
Front Operation—D- and E-Frames
8
R9 Series Non-Fusible 100–400A
8
M
8
Z
U
J1
8
Y
8
W
R1
CA
8
8
V
8
K
AA
N
8
AC
8
8
H
8
The switch will operate correctly when rotated
clockwise 90 degrees.
R2
The switch will not operate correctly when
rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
AD
T
F
8
8
8
C
Terminal Shrouds
8
8
Switch Body
Ampere
Rating (A)
Overall Dimensions
AC
AD
F 3P
F 4P
H
J1 3P
J1 4P
K
100
3.72 (94.6)
10.10 (256.0)
3.05 (77.5)
7.09 (180.0)
9.06 (230.0)
4.22 (107.0)
2.17 (55.0)
4.13 (105.0)
1.80 (45.6)
200
3.72 (94.6)
10.10 (256.0)
3.05 (77.5)
7.09 (180.0)
9.06 (230.0)
4.22 (107.0)
2.17 (55.0)
4.13 (105.0)
1.80 (45.6)
400
4.92 (128.0)
16.00 (406.0)
4.15 (115.0)
9.05 (230.0)
11.40 (290.0)
6.53 (166.0)
2.95 (75.0)
5.31 (135.0)
2.65 (67.5)
8
8
8
Ampere
Rating (A)
Switch Mounting
100
200
400
M 3P
M 4P
Connection
N
R1
R2
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
AA
AC
6.30 (160.0) 8.27 (210.0)
5.31 (135.0)
0.35 (9.0)
0.27 (7.0)
1.97 (50.0)
0.98 (25.0)
1.18 (30.0)
0.43 (11.0)
0.14 (3.5)
1.35 (34.4)
6.30 (160.0)
0.60 (15.0)
6.30 (160.0) 8.27 (210.0)
5.31 (135.0)
0.35 (9.0)
0.27 (7.0)
1.97 (50.0)
0.98 (25.0)
1.18 (30.0)
0.43 (11.0)
0.14 (3.5)
1.35 (34.4)
6.30 (160.0)
0.60 (15.0)
8.26 (210.0) 10.60 (270.0)
7.67 (195.0)
0.35 (9.0)
0.27 (7.0)
2.56 (65.0)
1.77 (45.0)
1.97 (50.0)
0.43 (13.0)
0.20 (5.0)
2.08 (53.0)
10.20 (260.0)
0.80 (20.0)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-23
8.3
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Front Operation—F- and G-Frames
R9 Series Non-Fusible 600A
8
H
8
M
J
Z
Ø0.51
(Ø13.0)
8
8
Y
N1
X
8
AC
N
8
AA
8
The switch will operate correctly when rotated
clockwise 90 degrees.
8
8
8
8
8
The switch will not operate correctly when
rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
3.15
(80.0)
8
F
Terminal Screens
Switch Body
AC
F 3P
F 4P
H
J 2P
J 4P
M 4P
Switch Mounting
M4P
N
N1
AA
Z
18.11 (460.0)
11.02 (280.0)
14.17 (360.0)
5.51 (140.0)
5.00 (127.5)
6.59 (167.5)
10.03 (255.0)
13.19 (335.0)
6.89 (175.0)
2.34 (59.5)
12.6 (320.0)
1.85 (47.0)
R9 Series Non-Fusible 800–1200A
8
0.78
(19.8)
H
8
1.57
(40.0)
Z
M
Ø0.43
(Ø10.9)
J
8
N1
0.78
(19.8)
8
Y
X
AC
8
N2
8
N
8.85
(224.8)
8
The switch will operate correctly when rotated
clockwise 90 degrees.
4.72
(119.9)
8
F
The switch will not operate correctly when
rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
8
8
8
Connection Terminals
Terminal Screens
Switch Body
AC
F 3P
F 4P
H
J 3P
J 4P
M 3P
Switch Mounting
M 4P
N
N1
N2
Z
18.12 (460.0)
14.64 (372.0)
19.37 (492.0)
5.51 (140.0)
6.83 (173.5)
9.19 (233.5)
13.66 (347.0)
18.38 (467.0)
6.89 (175.0)
2.34 (59.5)
1.10 (28.0)
1.85 (47.0)
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-24
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Connection Terminals
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
Direct Handle—Front Operation
R9 Series Non-Fusible 400A
R9 Series Non-Fusible 600–1200A
1.57
(40.0)
2.36
(60.0)
1.79
(45.5)
8
8
8
7.48
(190.0)
5.31
(135.0)
8
8
3.35
(85.0)
8
Door Interlocked External Handle
PH2 Type Handle
Ø3.07 (Ø78.0)
PH3 Type Handle
8
PH4 Type Handle
8
Ø3.07
(Ø78.0)
Ø78.00
(1981.2)
4.92
(125.0)
8
13.78
(350.0)
8.27
(210.0)
8
8
1.77
(45.0)
2.40
(61.0)
8
2.36
(60.0)
8
8
Direction of Operation
0º
0º
90º
90º
I
8
0º
8
90º
I
I
8
Door Drilling Templates
1.57
(40.0)
Ø1.46
(37.0)
4Ø7
1.10
(28.0)
1.57
(40.0)
Ø1.46
(37.0)
1.57
(40.0)
4Ø7
8
Ø1.46
(37.0)
1.10
(28.0)
8
4Ø7
8
1.10
(28.0)
8
Top and Bottom Terminal Lugs
R9 Series Non-Fusible 100–200A
R9 Series Non-Fusible 400A
1.00
(25.4)
1.52
(38.6)
0.45
(Ø11.4)
R9 Series Non-Fusible 600–1200A
1.49
(37.8)
Ø 0.40 (Ø10.16)
Ø 4.70 (Ø119.38)
1.30
(35.0)
1.80
(46.0)
2.80
(71.5)
8
8
0.63
(15.9)
0.44
(11.13)
8
3.15
(80.0)
8
0.40
(Ø10.2)
8
8
2.87
(72.9)
1.12
(28.4)
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-25
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Contents
Fusible 30–800A
Description
8
Page
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fusible 30–800A
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Rated Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Fusible 30–800A
8
Product Description
8
8
8
8
8
8
R9 Series (UL 98 listed)
Fusible 30–800A manual
operated multi-pole fusible
disconnect switches use
double break contacts per
pole that ensure complete
isolation of the fuse when the
switch is in the OFF position.
Features, Benefits
and Functions
●
●
●
●
●
When installed with fuses,
they provide protection for
low voltage electrical
installations against short
circuit and overload.
8
8
●
8
●
8
●
●
8
●
8
Standards and Certifications
●
Load break functionality
Double break contacts
Up to 200 kA short-circuit
rating with Class CC, J
or L fuses
Compact footprints
The optional TEST position
function (up to 400A)
enables testing of the
control circuit auxiliaries
without switching the main
contacts. This function
provides a simple
alternative to a separately
wired pushbutton
Defeatable pistol handles
automatically re-latch when
the panel door is closed
Front or side operation
Flange operation
NFPA 79 compliant kits
Two-, three- and fourpole devices
●
●
●
●
●
●
UL 98, File E222859 for
30 to 800A ratings
UL 489, File E305341 for
H-Frame switches
CSA® 22.2 No. 4,
File 217736
CSA 22.2 No. 5,
File 217736, H-Frame only
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1
IEC 60947-3, EN 60947-3
NFPA 79
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-26
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-11
V5-T8-18
V5-T8-27
V5-T8-28
V5-T8-32
V5-T8-37
V5-T8-39
V5-T8-45
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Product Identification
8
R9 Fusible 30A/CC and 30A/J H-Frame—Direct and External Operation
8
8
8
8
3
8
4
2
8
1
8
8
1
8
External front handles
Direct handle
Shaft extensions for external handles
Configurable U Type ACs, for pre-break and signaling or TEST
2
3
4
8
8
R9 Fusible 30A/J–800A/L (I–N-Frames)—Direct and External Operation
8
7
8
8
6
8
8
8
4
2
4
8
1
8
5
8
3
8
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
External front handles
External right side handle (not applicable for N-Frame 600/800A)
Direct handle
Shaft extensions for external handles
Configurable U Type ACs, for pre-break and signaling or TEST
Side auxiliary contacts
Terminal shrouds
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-27
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8
Product Selection
8
Direct Operation
External Operation
+
8
+
8
Switch body
8
Front and Right Side Operation
+
Direct handle
Switch body
+
+
Shaft
+
External handle
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
(Fuse Class)
Number
of Poles
Switch
Body Only
Direct
Handle
30 1
Compact
(H-Frame) (CC)
3
R4H3030FCC
DHR9HC
30 1
(H-Frame) (CC)
3 + switched neutral
R4H3030FCCSN
30
Compact
(H-Frame) (J)
3
R4H3030FJ
30 1
(H-Frame) (J)
3 + switched neutral
R4H3030FJSN
1
DHR9HJ
Black
1,3R,12
SHB0N12HV
7.90 (200.0)
SF200SH5X5H
Red
1,3R,12
SHR0N12HV
12.60 320.0)
SF320SH5X5H
15.70 (400.0)
SF400SH5X5H
30
(I-Frame) (CC)
3
R9I3030FCC
8
4
R9I4030FCC
30
(J-Frame) (J)
2
R9J2030FJ
3
R9J3030FJ
4
R9J4030FJ
60 1
(J-Frame) (J)
2
R9J2060FJ
3
R9J3060FJ
4
R9J4060FJ
8
8
DHR9J2M
—
—
Black
1,3R,12
PHB1N12F
—
Red
1,3R,12
PHR1N12F
Black
4,4X
(w/ TEST Position)
PHB1N4XFT
Red
4,4X
(w/ TEST Position)
PHR1N4XFT
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
External Right
Side Pistol Handle
Red
4,4X
PHR1N4XF
Note
1 100 kA short-circuit rating.
V5-T8-28
External Front
Pistol Handle
Black
4,4X
PHB1N4XF
Red
4,4X
SHR0N4XHV
8
8
Shaft Extension for
Selector Handle Only
(Choose one)
Black
4,4X
SHB0N4XHV
8
8
External Selector
Handle
(Choose one)
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Black
4, 4X
PHB1N4XS
Red
4, 4X
PHR1N4XS
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Front and Right Side Operation, continued
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
(Fuse Class)
Shaft Extensions for
Pistol Handle Only
In (mm)
NFPA
(Choose one)
79 Kit
Number
of Poles
Switch
Body Only
30
Compact
(H-Frame) (CC)
3
R4H3030FCC
30
(H-Frame) (CC)
3 + switched neutral
R4H3030FCCSN
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH5X5
30
Compact
(H-Frame) (J)
3
R4H3030FJ
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH5X5
30
(H-Frame) (J)
3 + switched neutral
R4H3030FJSN
30
(I-Frame) (CC)
3
R9I3030FCC
4
R9I4030FCC
2
R9J2030FJ
3
R9J3030FJ
30
(J-Frame) (J)
60 1
(J-Frame) (J)
4
R9J4030FJ
2
R9J2060FJ
3
R9J3060FJ
4
R9J4060FJ
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH5X5
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
NFPA79H
8
Auxiliary
Contacts
(Choose one)
S Type Auxiliary
Contacts
(Choose one)
Terminal
Shrouds
8
1 AC
NO
AC1NOR9
—
Integral to switch
8
8
1 AC
NC
AC1NCR
8
8
NFPA79JKL
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH10X10
8
1 AC
NO + NC
AC1NO1NCJ2N
8
8
2 AC
NO + NC
AC2NO2NCJ2N
8
1 AC
NO + NC
w/ TEST
AC1NO1NCJ2NT
8
8
2 AC
NO + NC
w/ TEST
AC2NO2NCJ2NT
8
8
Note
1 100 kA short-circuit rating.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-29
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Front and Right Side Operation, continued
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
(Fuse Class)
Number
of Poles
60 1
(K-Frame) (J)
100
(K-Frame) (J)
8
8
8
8
200
(L-Frame) (J)
400
(M-Frame) (J)
Switch
Body Only
Direct Handle
(Black)
DHR9J2M
2
R9K2060FJ
3
R9K3060FJ
4
R9K4060FJ
2
R9K2100FJ
3
R9K3100FJ
4
R9K4100FJ
2
R9L2200FJ
3
R9L3200FJ
4
R9L4200FJ
3
R9M3400FJ
4
R9M4400FJ
8
8
Black
4, 4X
PHB2N4XS
Red
1,3R,12
PHR2N12F
Red
4, 4X
PHR2N4XS
Black
4,4X
(w/ TEST Position)
PHB2N4XFT 2
Red
4,4X
(w/ TEST Position)
PHR2N4XFT 2
8
8
Black
1,3R,12
PHB2N12F
Red
4,4X
PHR2N4XF
8
8
External Right Side
Pistol Handle (Choose one)
Black
4,4X
PHB2N4XF
8
8
External Front
Pistol Handle
(Choose one)
600
(N-Frame) (J)
800
(N-Frame) (L)
2
R9N2600FJ
3
R9N3600FJ
4
R9N4600FJ
2
R9N2800FL
3
R9N3800FL
4
R9N4800FL
DHR9N
Black
4, 4X
PHB3N4XF
Red
4,4X
PHR3N4XF
Notes
1 200 kA short-circuit rating.
2 Requires test handle.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-30
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
—
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Front and Right Side Operation, continued
8
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
(Fuse Class)
60 1
(K-Frame) (J)
100
(K-Frame) (J)
200
(L-Frame) (J)
Number
of Poles
Switch
Body Only
2
R9K2060FJ
3
R9K3060FJ
4
R9K4060FJ
2
R9K2100FJ
3
R9K3100FJ
4
R9K4100FJ
2
R9L2200FJ
3
R9L3200FJ
4
R9L4200FJ
3
R9M3400FJ
4
R9M4400FJ
600
(N-Frame) (J)
2
R9N2600FJ
3
R9N3600FJ
4
R9N4600FJ
800
(N-Frame) (L)
2
R9N2800FL
400
(M-Frame) (J)
3
R9N3800FL
4
R9N4800FL
Shaft Extensions
for External Handle
In (mm) (Choose one)
7.90 (200.0)
Pistol
SF200PH10X10
NFPA
79 Kit
NFPA79JKL
12.60 (320.0)
Pistol
SF320PH10X10
15.70 (400.0)
Pistol
SF400PH10X10
Auxiliary
Contacts
(Choose one)
1 AC
NO
AC1NOR9
1 AC
NO + NC
AC1NO1NCJ2N
1 AC
NC
AC1NCR9
2 AC
NO + NC
AC2NO2NCJ2N
1 AC
NO + NC
w/ TEST
AC1NO1NCJ2NT 2
19.70 (500.0)
Pistol
SF500PH10X10
7.90 (200.0)
Pistol
SF200PH12X12
Auxiliary
Contacts
(Choose one)
2 AC
NO + NC
w/ TEST
AC2NO2NCJ2NT 2
NFPA79N
1 AC
NO + NC
AC1NO1NCJ2N
8
Terminal
Shrouds
Integral to switch
8
8
8
8
TSR9L2
TSR9L3
8
TSR9L4
TSR9M3
8
TSR9M4
8
TSR9N2
TSR9N3
8
TSR9N4
12.60 (320.0)
Pistol
SF320PH12X12
2 AC
NO + NC
AC2NO2NCJ2N
TSR9N2
8
TSR9N3
8
TSR9N4
15.70 (400.0)
Pistol
SF400PH12X12
8
8
19.70 (500.0)
Pistol
SF500PH12X12
8
8
Notes
1 200 kA short-circuit rating.
2 Requires test handle.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-31
8.3
8
Accessories
8
NFPA 79 Compliant
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
“Flange” Handle for Flange-Operated Switches
8
Description
8
For side-operated switches only.
30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
Provides heavy-duty flange style
30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
operation. Meets both UL 508A and
NFPA 79 requirements. Please order
cable or rod link between handle
and switch.
8
8
8
Cable Operator
8
Description
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Mechanism for
Flange Handle
Link between “Flange” handle
and side-operated switches.
Please order mechanism and
“Flange” handle.
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
Handle Type
NEMA Type
Catalog Number
Standard handle
1, 3, 3R, 4, 12
FHS 1
Chrome-plated handle
1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
FHCP 1
NEMA Type
Cable Length
In (mm)
Catalog Number
—
CFM1
36.00 (914.4)
CFC36
60.00 (1524.0)
CFC60
120.00 (3048.0)
CFC120
Mechanism for
“Flange” handle
8
8
8
8
Rod Operator
8
Description
Link between “Flange” handle
and side-operated switches.
Mechanism included.
Please order “Flange” handle.
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
For Enclosure Depth
In (mm)
Catalog Number
30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
8.00–24.00 (203.2–609.6)
RFM1
8
8
NFPA 79 “Through the Door” Kit
8
Description
8
For front-operated switches only.
Meets both UL 508A and NFPA 79
requirements. Kit includes
mechanism, shaft and internal
handle. Please also order a “PH”
type external pistol handle.
8
Note
1 Defeatable.
8
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Catalog Number
30 (H-Frame)
NFPA79H
30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
NFPA79JKL
600–800 (N-Frame)
NFPA79N
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-32
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Direct Handle
8
Description
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Fuse
Catalog Number
Front operation. Black.
30 (H-Frame)
CC
DHR9HC
30 (H-Frame)
J
DHR9HJ
30 (I-Frame)
CC
DHR9J2M
30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
J
DHR9J2M
600–800 (N-Frame)
J/L
DHR9N
8
8
8
8
8
SO Type Handle
Door Interlocked External Front Handles
Description
PH1 Type Handle
The handle locking function of the
front external operation handle
prevents the user from opening
the door of the enclosure when the
switch is in the ON position, and
when the switch is padlocked in
the OFF position (PH1, PH2 and PH3
type handles only). Opening the
door when the switch is in the OFF
position is possible by defeating the
locking function with the use of a
tool (authorized persons only). The
locking function is restored when the
door is closed back.
PH2 Type Handle
PH3 Type Handle
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Handle Type
NEMA Type
Color
Standard
Catalog Number
30 (H-Frame)
SO
1, 3R, 12
Black
SHB0N12HV
30 (H-Frame)
SO
1, 3R, 12
Red/yellow
SHR0N12HV
30 (H-Frame)
SO
4, 4X
Black
SHB0N4XHV
30 (H-Frame)
SO
4, 4X
Red/yellow
SHR0N4XHV
30–60 (H-,I-, J-Frame)
PH1
1, 3R, 12
Black
PHB1N12F
30–60 (H-,I-, J-Frame)
PH1
1, 3R, 12
Red/yellow
PHR1N12F
30–60 (H-,I-, J-Frame)
PH1
4, 4X
Black
PHB1N4XF
30–60 (H-,I-, J-Frame)
PH1
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR1N4XF
PH1
4, 4X
Black
PHB1N4XFT 1
PH1
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR1N4XFT 1
PH2
1, 3R, 12
Black
PHB2N12F
PH2
1, 3R, 12
Red/yellow
PHR2N12F
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
4, 4X
Black
PHB2N4XF
8
8
8
30–60 (H-,I-, J-Frame)
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
8
8
30–60 (H-,I-, J-Frame)
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
8
8
8
8
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR2N4XF
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
4, 4X
Black
PHB2N4XFT 1
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR2N4XFT 1
600–800 (N-Frame)
PH3
4, 4X
Black
PHB3N4XF
600–800 (N-Frame)
PH3
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR3N4XF
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Right Side External Handles
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Handle Type
NEMA Type
Color
Standard
Catalog Number
30–60 (J-Frame)
PH1
4, 4X
Black
PHB1N4XS
30–60 (J-Frame)
PH1
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR1N4XS
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
4, 4X
Black
PHB2N4XS
60–400 (K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
4, 4X
Red/yellow
PHR2N4XS
8
8
8
8
Note
1 Includes TEST position.
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-33
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8
Shaft Extensions for External Handles
8
Ampere Rating (Frame)
Handle Type
Shaft Length
In (mm)
Catalog Number
30 (H-Frame)
SH0
7.90 (200.0)
SF200SH5X5H
30 (H-Frame)
SH0
12.60 (320.0)
SF320SH5X5H
30 (H-Frame)
SH0
15.70 (400.0)
SF400SH5X5H
30 (H-Frame)
PH1
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH5X5
8
30 (H-Frame)
PH1
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH5X5
30 (H-Frame)
PH1
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH5X5
8
30–400 (I-, J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
30–400 (I-, J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
8
30–400 (I-, J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH2
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
8
30–400 (I-, J-, K-, L-, M-Frame)
PH3
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH10X10
600–800 (N-Frame)
PH3
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH12X12
8
600–800 (N-Frame)
PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH12X12
600–800 (N-Frame)
PH3
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH12X12
8
600–800 (N-Frame)
PH3
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH12X12
8
8
8
Handle Types SH and PH, X Minimum Dimensions
8
Ampere Rating (Frame)
Dimensions X
In (mm)
Handle Type
Shaft Length
In (mm)
Catalog Number
8
30 (H-Frame)
4.02–9.65 (102.0–245.0)
SH0
7.90 (200.0)
SF200SH5X5H
8
30 (H-Frame)
4.02–14.37 (102.0–365.0)
SH0
12.60 (320.0)
SF320SH5X5H
30 (H-Frame)
4.02–17.52 (102.0–445.0)
SH0
15.70 (400.0)
SF400SH5X5H
30 (H-Frame)
4.02–9.65 (102.0–245.0)
PH1
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH5X5
30 (H-Frame)
4.02–14.37 (102.0–365.0)
PH1
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH5X5
30 (H-Frame)
4.02–17.52 (102.0–445.0)
PH1
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH5X5
8
X
8
30–100 (I-, J-, K-Frame)
5.30–9.06 (135.0–230.0)
PH2, PH3
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
8
200 (L-Frame)
5.70–9.06 (145.0–230.0)
PH2, PH3
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
8
400 (M-Frame)
7.87–10.24 (200.0–260.0)
PH2, PH3
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
30–100A (I-, J-, K-Frame)
5.30–13.78 (135.0–350.0)
PH2, PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
8
200 (L-Frame)
5.70–13.78 (145.0–350.0)
PH2, PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
400 (M-Frame)
7.87–14.96 (200.0–380.0)
PH2, PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
8
30–100 (I-, J-, K-Frame)
5.30–16.93 (135.0–430.0)
PH2, PH3
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
8
200 (L-Frame)
5.70–16.93 (145.0–430.0)
PH2, PH3
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
400 (M-Frame)
7.87–18.10 (200.0–460.0)
PH2, PH3
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
8
30–100 (I-, J-, K-Frame)
5.30–20.87 (135.0–530.0)
PH2, PH3
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH10X10
200 (L-Frame)
5.70–20.87 (145.0–530.0)
PH2, PH3
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH10X10
8
400 (M-Frame)
7.87–22.05 (200.0–560.0)
PH2, PH3
19.70 (500.0)
SF500PH10X10
600–800 (N-Frame)
10.63–11.97 (270.0–304.0)
PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH12X12
8
600–800 (N-Frame)
10.63–16.69 (270.0–424.0)
PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH12X12
8
600–800 (N-Frame)
10.63–19.84 (270.0–504.0)
PH3
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH12X12
600–800 (N-Frame)
10.63–23.78 (270.0–604.0)
PH3
19.70 (50.00)
SF500PH12X12
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-34
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Auxiliary Contacts—NO + NC 1
8
Operating Current Ie (Amperes)
Description
For the R9 Series Fusible 30–800A,
indication of the O and I positions by
1 to 4 NO + NC auxiliary contacts.
Electrical principle:
Cabling by terminal cage with
#16 AWG maximum.
High electrical characteristics:
A600/D600
Ampere Rating
(Frame)
Number
of ACs
Nominal Current (Amperes)
Catalog
Number
8
600–800 (N-Frame)
1NO + 1NC
10
AC1NO1NCJ2N 2
600–800 (N-Frame)
2NO + 2NC
10
AC2NO2NCJ2N 2
8
30–400 (I–M-Frame)
1NO + 1NC (w/ TEST)
10
AC1NO1NCJ2NT
30–400 (I–M-Frame)
2NO + 2NC (w/ TEST)
10
AC2NO2NCJ2NT
8
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contacts—NO or NC
8
3
Description
Ampere Rating (Frame)
The different functions (pre-break, 0 and 1 indication,
TEST feature) are easily configurable with pegs
(one or two pegs per position). Two superposed
auxiliary contacts maximum.
For 30A/CC (H-Frame), maximum of four ACs.
For 30A/J (H-Frame), maximum of two ACs.
For 30 to 100A/J (I, J and K-Frame), maximum
of four ACs.
For 200 to 600A/J (L and M-Frame),
maximum of eight ACs.
Cabling to the control circuit by terminals
with a maximum section of 2 x 2.5 mm2.
Electrical characteristics: A300
NO Auxiliary Contact
30–600 (H–M-Frame)
Number of ACs
Catalog Number
1
AC1NOR9
1
AC1NCR9
8
8
NC Auxiliary Contact
30–600 (H–M-Frame)
8
8
8
8
8
Characteristics for Pre-Break Auxiliary Contacts
Operating Current Ie (Amperes)
Ampere Rating
Contact Type
Nominal Current
Amperes
250 Vac AC-13
400 Vac AC-13
24 Vdc DC-13
48 Vdc DC-13
30–800
NO + NC
10
6
4
5
3
8
8
8
Terminal Shrouds
Terminal Shrouds
Description
Ampere Rating (Frame)
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Line or load side protection against direct contact
with terminals or the connection parts
30–100 (H-, I-, J-, K-Frame)
2/3/4
Integral to switch
200 (L-Frame)
2
TSR9L2
200 (L-Frame)
3
TSR9L3
200 (L-Frame)
4
TSR9L3
400 (M-Frame)
2
TSR9M2 4
400 (M-Frame)
3
TSR9M3
4
400 (M-Frame)
4
TSR9M4 4
600–800 (N-Frame)
2
TSR9N2
600–800 (N-Frame)
3
TSR9N3
600–800 (N-Frame)
4
TSR9N4
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Notes
1 Same-make/same-break auxiliary contacts.
2 Auxiliary contacts without “Test” cannot be used on I–M-Frame switches.
3 Early-break/same-make auxiliary contacts.
4 For replacement only. Both line and load side terminal shrouds are included with 400A switch.
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-35
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8
Line and Load Terminal Lugs
8
Description
Ampere Rating (Frame)
Connection of bare copper cables 30 (H-, I-Frame)
on to the terminals
30 (H-, I-Frame)
(no spade lugs).
30–60 (J-Frame)
8
8
8
Fuse
Number
of Lugs
Lug Capacity/
Phase
Cable Type
Catalog Number
CC/J
—
#14–#10
Cu
Integral to switch
CC/J
—
#14–#10
Cu
Integral to switch
J
—
#10–#6
Cu
Integral to switch
60–100 (K-Frame)
J
—
#12–#1
Cu
Integral to switch
200 (L-Frame)
J
2
#6–300 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK2R9DL
200 (L-Frame)
J
3
#6–300 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK3R9DL
200 (L-Frame)
J
4
#6–300 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK4R9DL
400 (M-Frame)
J
3
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK3R9FN
8
400 (M-Frame)
J
4
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK4R9FN
8
600–800 (N-Frame)
J/L
2
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK2R9FN
600–800 (N-Frame)
J/L
3
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK3R9FN
600–800 (N-Frame)
J/L
4
(2) #2–600 kcmil
Cu/Al
LK4R9FN
8
8
8
Shorting Links
8
8
8
8
Ampere Rating (Frame)
Fuse
Pack Quantity
Catalog Number
60 (J-,K-Frame)
J
3
SLJK360
100 (K-Frame)
J
3
SLK3100
200 (L-Frame)
J
3
SLL3
400 (M-Frame)
J
3
SLM3
600–800 (N-Frame)
J/L
3
SLN3
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-36
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Technical Data and Specifications
8
UL and CSA Characteristics
8
R9 Series Fusible 30–800A
Description
30A
30A
30A
30A
60A
60A
100A
H
H
I
J
J
K
K
8
General Use Ratings
Switch frame
600 Vac (A)
30
30
30
30
60
60
100
600 Vdc (A)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Short-circuit rating at
600 Vac (kA)
100
100
100
200
100
200
200
Fuse type
CC
J
CC
J
J
J
J
Maximum fuse rating (A)
30
30
30
30
60
60
100
7.5/22
15/42
15/42
30/80
8
8
8
Short-Circuit Ratings
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Three-Phase
220–240 Vac
7.5/22
7.5/22
7.5/22
440–480 Vac
15/21
15/21
15/21
15/21
30/40
30/40
60/77
600 Vac
20/22
20/22
20/22
20/22
50/52
50/52
75/77
8
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Single-Phase
220–240 Vac
—
—
3/17
3/17
10/50
10/50
10/50
440–480 Vac
—
—
7.5/21
7.5/21
10/26
10/26
10/26
600 Vac
—
—
10/20
10/20
10/20
10/20
10/20
8
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA DC
1
3/25
3/25
3/25
3/25
5/40
5/40
7.5/58
250 Vdc 2
5/20
5/20
5/20
5/20
10/38
10/38
20/72
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
10,000
Type
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Integrated
Minimum conn. section
#14
#14
#14
#10
#10
#12
#12
Maximum conn. section
#10
#10
#10
#6
#6
#1
#1
125 Vdc
8
Mechanical Characteristics
Endurance
(number of operating cycles)
8
Terminal Lugs
8
8
8
Notes
1 Two-pole in series.
2 Three-pole in series.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-37
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
R9 Series Fusible 30–800A, continued
Description
200A
400A
600A
800A
N
8
General Use Ratings
8
Switch Frame
L
M
N
600 Vac (A)
200
400
600
800
600 Vdc (A)
—
—
600 2
800 2
8
Short-Circuit Ratings
8
Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA)
200
200
200
200
Fuse type
J
J
J
L
Maximum fuse rating (A)
200
400
600
800
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Single-Phase
220–240 Vac
—
—
—
—
8
440–480 Vac
—
—
—
—
600 Vac
—
—
—
—
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA Three-Phase
8
220–240 Vac
60/154
125/312
200/480
200/480
440–480 Vac
125/156
250/302
500/590
500/590
8
600 Vac
150/144
350/336
500/472
500/472
8
125 Vdc 1
—
20/148
—
—
250 Vdc 2
—
50/173 2
—
—
8000
6000
5000
5000
8
8
8
8
8
8
Maximum Horsepower Rating/Maximum Motor FLA DC
Mechanical Characteristics
Endurance
(number of operating cycles)
Terminal Lugs
Type
Option
Option
Option
Option
Minimum conn. section
#6
#2
2x#2
2x#2
Maximum conn. section
3/0
300 kcmil
2 x 600 kcmil
2 x 600 kcmil
Notes
1 Two-pole in series.
2 Three-pole in series.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-38
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
Front Operation
8
8
R9 Series Fusible 30A/CC—H-Frame
H
8
F
Z
J
J1
8
8
N1
N
8
AA
8
8
8
H1
8
Switch Body
Switch Mounting
Connection Terminals
F
H
H1
J
J1
N
N1
AA
Z
3.78 (96.0)
3.28 (83.3)
5.19 (131.8)
1.47 (37.3)
0.59 (15.0)
3.13 (79.5)
1.00 (25.4)
4.56 (115.8)
1.12 (28.4)
8
8
8
R9 Series Fusible 30A/J—H-Frame
8
F
H
Z
J
8
J1
8
N1
8
N
8
AA
8
8
Switch Body
Switch Mounting
8
Connection Terminals
F
H
J
J1
N
N1
AA
Z
4.13 (104.9)
3.89 (98.8)
1.47 (37.3)
0.59 (15.0)
3.30 (83.8)
1.00 (25.4)
4.56 (115.8)
1.12 (28.4)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-39
8.3
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
R9 Series Fusible 30A/CC—I-Frame
1.14
(29.0)
H
8
J
M
0.41
(10.3)
8
N1
8
4.98
(126.5)
AA
8
N
8
8
8
F
Z
8
8
6.02
(153.0)
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
(Fuse)
30 (CC)
Switch Body
Switch Mounting
Connection Terminals
F 3P
F 4P
H
J
M
N
N1
AA
Z
4.92 (125.0)
6.06 (154.0)
3.89 (99.0)
1.77 (45.0)
1.14 (29.0)
5.31 (135.0)
2.63 (66.5)
5.87 (149.0)
1.21 (31.0)
8
8
R9 Series Fusible 30A/J and 60A/J (100 kA)—J-Frame
5.87
(149.1)
8
1.41
(35.8)
8
4.84
(122.9)
1.46
(37.1)
1.41
(35.8)
8
8
8
8
4.02
(102.1)
5.35
(135.9)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-40
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
R9 Series Fusible 60A/J (200 kA) and 100A/J—K-Frame
5.87
(149.1)
1.41
(35.8)
1.46
(37.1)
1.41
(35.8)
8
4.81
(122.2)
8
8
8
7.32
(185.9)
8
8
6.77
(172.0)
8
5.23
(132.8)
8
8
8
8
8
R9 Series Fusible 200A/J—L-Frame
8
7.72
(196.1)
8
6.61
(167.9)
8
6.18
(157.0)
8
8
11.46
(291.1)
5.28
(134.1)
8
8
7.67
(194.8)
8
6.50
(165.1)
8
8
8
8
1.41
(35.8)
5.11
(129.8)
8
1.96
(49.8)
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-41
8.3
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
R9 Series Fusible 400A/J—M-Frame
1.14
(30.0)
H
8
0.40
(10.2)
M
J
M10
8
8
8
N1
8
5.00
(127.0)
AA
6.53
N
(166.0)
8
8
8
8
Z
8
8
8
8
8
M
F
H1
Switch Body
Switch Mounting
Connection Terminals
F 3P
F 4P
H
H1
J
M
N
N1
AA
Z
10.80 (276.0)
13.70 (348.0)
5.56 (141.5)
11.41 (290.0)
0.88 (22.5)
2.84 (72.0)
8.83 (224.0)
4.41 (112.0)
14.31 (363.5)
1.06 (27.0)
R9 Series Fusible 600–800A J/L—N-Frame
Min. 10.43
(Min. 264.9)
9.84
(249.9)
6.10
(154.9)
8
8
8
3P
4P
11.18
14.88
(284.0) (378.0)
2.56
(65.0)
3.36
(85.3)
3.12
(79.2)
0.43
(10.9)
8
0.27 (6.9)
8
3.54 (89.9)
8
0.27 (6.9)
8
0.27
(6.9)
8
14.96
(380.0)
8
8
9.27
(235.5)
0.86
(21.8)
Fix 9.84
(Fix 250.0)
11.81
5.00
(300.0)
(127.0)
10.23
(259.8)
9.27
(235.5)
11.81
(300.0)
2.32
(58.9)
8
ø0.51
(ø13.0)
3.36
(85.3)
2.00
(50.8)
0.35
(8.9)
3.70
3.70
(94.0) (94.0)
3P
4P
14.33 18.03
(364.0) (458.0)
8
8
8
V5-T8-42
1.34
(34.0)
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
30CC (H-Frame)
8
30J (H-Frame)
5.12
(130.0)
4.41
(112.0)
8
8
2.31
(58.7)
8
8
8
30J to 400J
600J and 800L
2.36
(60.0)
1.57
(40.0)
8
1.79
(45.5)
8
8
5.31
(135.0)
7.48
(190.0)
8
8
3.35
(85.0)
8
8
8
Flange Handle
3.50
(88.9)
2.16
(54.9)
0.86
(21.8)
1.06
(26.9)
5.66
(143.8)
6.22
(158.0)
Ø0.50
(Ø12.7)
8
Ø0.28
(Ø7.1)
1.55
(39.4)
8
8
4.68
(118.9)
1.00
(25.4)
8
1.00 0.88
(25.4) (22.3)
7.10
(180.3)
2.32
(58.9)
8
8
2.70
(68.6)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-43
8.3
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Door Interlocked External Handle
PH1 Type Handle
8
PH2 Type Handle
Ø3.07 (Ø78.0)
PH3 Type Handle
Ø3.07 (Ø78.0)
Ø3.07
(Ø78.0)
8
8
8
4.92
(125.0)
2.75
(70.0)
1.73
(44.0)
8.27
(210.0)
1.77
(45.0)
8
2.40
(61.0)
8
8
8
Direction of Operation
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0º
0º
0º
90º
90º
90º
I
I
I
Door Drilling Template
1.57
(40.0)
Ø1.46
(37.0)
4Ø7
1.57
(40.0)
Ø1.46
(37.0)
1.10
(28.0)
1.57
(40.0)
4Ø7
Ø1.46
(37.0)
1.10
(28.0)
8
8
8
Line and Load Side Lugs
200A (L-Frame)
8
8
8
400–800A (M- and N-Frames)
1.49
(37.8)
1.00
(25.4)
1.52
(38.6)
0.45
(Ø11.4)
3.15
(80.0)
8
8
1.12
(28.4)
8
0.40
(Ø10.2)
2.87
(72.9)
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-44
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
4Ø7
1.10
(28.0)
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Contents
DC Rated Disconnects
Description
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Rated Disconnects
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Page
8
V5-T8-11
V5-T8-18
V5-T8-26
8
V5-T8-46
V5-T8-47
V5-T8-49
V5-T8-50
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
DC Rated Disconnects
Product Description
UL listed disconnect switches
600 Vdc for photovoltaic
applications 100 to 400A
Application Description
In three- and four-pole versions
from 100 to 400A
●
●
●
R9 Series (UL 98 listed)
DC rated disconnects are
manually operated multi-pole
load break switches. They
provide safety isolation for
any low voltage circuit in a
photovoltaic application.
8
Standards and Certifications
●
●
UL 98, cULus®, File E222859
CSA 22.2 No. 4,
File 217736 1
IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
IEC 60-364-7-712
(Rules for the installations
and sites special—
photovoltaic applications)
8
8
8
8
8
8
Features, Benefits
and Functions
●
●
●
Switching technology
Up to 600 Vdc according
to UL 98 / CSA
Up to 1000 Vdc according
to IEC 947-3
8
Note
1 Q4 2010
8
8
Simplified Large Photovoltaic System Layout
Source Combiner
R9 DC
8
Array Combiner
Standard R9 Series
AC disconnect switch
non-fusible up to 1200A
or fusible up to 800A
R9 DC
100–600A
up to 1000V
8
8
R9 DC
8
100 to 400A
to 1000V
8
Array Combiner
R9 DC
R9 DC
8
100–400A
up to 1000V
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-45
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8
Product Selection
8
Direct Operation
External Operation
+
8
+
+
8
8
Front Operation—Three- and Four-Pole
8
8
8
8
Terminal Lugs
Jumpers for
Connecting
Poles in Series
3P
TS3R9DT
3P 4
LK3R9DL
2 pieces
DCJUMPD2
3P 3
TS3R9DB
4P 4
LK4R9DL
3 pieces
DCJUMPD3
3P 2
TS3R9ET
3P 4
LK3R9EM
2 pieces
DCJUMPE2
8
3P 3
TS3R9EB
4P 4
LK4R9EM
3 pieces
DCJUMPE3
8
4P 4
TS4R9ETB
8
8
8
Ampere Number Switch
Rating of Poles Body
100
200
8
3
R9D3100UDC
4
R9D4100UDC
3
R9D3200UDC
4
R9D4200UDC
8
8
8
8
8
8
Direct Handle
DHR9DE
Shaft for External
External Handle Handle
(Choose one)
In (mm) (Choose one)
S2 Type
Black
1, 3R, 12 1
PHB2N12F
Red/Yellow
1, 3R, 12 1
PHR2N12F
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
15.7 0 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
Auxiliary Contacts
(Choose one)
C Type
1st Contact
NO+NC
AC1NONCDE
C Type
2nd Contact
NO+NC
AC2NONCDE
Terminals
Shroud
2
4P 4
TS4R9DTB
Black
4, 4X 1
PHB2N4XF
400
3
R9E3400UDC
4
R9E4400UDC
Red/Yellow
4, 4X 1
PHR2N4XF
Notes
1 Defeatable handle.
2 Top (line side).
3 Bottom (load side).
4 Top or bottom (line or load side).
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-46
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.3
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Accessories
Direct Handle
8
Direct Handle
Description
Ampere Rating
Handle Color
Catalog Number
Front operation
100–400
Black
DHR9DE
8
8
8
PH2 Type Handle
Door Interlocked External Handle Front Operation—l–0, Three- and Four-Pole
Ampere Rating
Handle
Handle Color
NEMA Type
8
Catalog Number
8
1
100–400
PH2 Type
Black
1, 3R, 12
PHB2N12F
100–400
PH2 Type
Red/yellow
1, 3R, 12
PHR2N12F 1
100–400
PH2 Type
Black
4, 4X
PHB2N4XF 1
100–400
PH2 Type
Red/yellow
4, 4X
PHR2N4XF 1
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contacts
Description
Ampere Rating
Early-break/same-make and
signaling of positions 0 and 1:
1 to 2NO/NC auxiliary contacts
1 to 2 low level NO/NC auxiliary
contacts
Characteristics: NO/NC
AC: IP2 with front and side operation
Connection to the control circuit:
By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal
Electrical characteristics:
30,000 operations; A300
NO/NC Contact for Three and Four Poles
Number of AC
Type
Catalog Number
8
100–400
1 AC
NO + NC
C Type
AC1NONCDE
8
100–400
2 AC
NO + NC
C Type
AC2NONCDE
8
100–400
1 AC
NO + NC
C Type
AC1NONCDELL
8
100–400
2 AC
NO + NC
C Type
AC2NONCDELL
8
Low Level NO/NC Contact for Three and Four Poles
8
8
Terminal Screens
Description
Ampere Rating
Line or load side protection against
direct contact with terminals or
connection parts
Three- and Four-Pole
Number of Poles
Position
Catalog Number
100–200
3
Top (line)
TS3R9DT
100–200
3
Bottom (load)
TS3R9DB
100–200
4
Top or bottom (line or load)
TS4R9DTB
400
3
Top (line)
TS3R9ET
400
3
Bottom (load)
TS3R9EB
400
4
Top or bottom (line or load)
TS4R9ETB
8
8
8
8
8
Note
1 Order two sets for line and load sides.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-47
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Line and Load Terminal
Lugs
8
8
Line and Load Terminal Lugs
Description
Ampere Rating
Connection Type
Number of Cables
per Terminal
Lugs per Kit
Cable Type
Catalog Number
Connection of bare copper
cables onto the terminals
100–200
6–300 kcmil
1
2
Cu/Al
LK2R9DL
100–200
6–300 kcmil
1
4
Cu/Al
LK4R9DL
400
2–600 kcmil
1
2
Cu/Al
LK2R9EM
400
2–600 kcmil
1
4
Cu/Al
LK4R9EM
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Jumpers for Connecting Poles in Series
Description
400
Load
8
-
Kit of
Figure
Number of Poles in Series
Catalog Number
2 pieces
1
3
DCJUMPD2
3 pieces
2
4
DCJUMPD3
2 pieces
1
3
DCJUMPE2
3 pieces
2
4
DCJUMPE3
+
-
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
100–200
The jumpers will make easy
the connection of the poles in series,
100–200
allowing the following
configurations: 1
400
+
Load
8
8
Shaft Extensions for External Front Dimensions (X)—Inches (mm)
8
Description
Standard lengths:
7.9 inches/200 mm
12.6 inches/320 mm
15.7 inches/400 mm
8
8
Ampere
Rating
Dimension X
Handle
Shaft Length
Catalog Number
PH2 Type
7.90 (200.0)
SF200PH10X10
For Three- and Four-Pole
100–400
135–265 (3429.0–6731.0)
100–400
135–385 (3429.0–9779.0)
PH2 Type
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
100–400
135–465 (3429.0–11811.0)
PH2 Type
15.70 (400.0)
SF400PH10X10
8
8
X
Note
1 For other connections, refer to installation instructions.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-48
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Technical Data and Specifications
8
100–400A
8
Characteristics According to UL 98
8
Ampere Rating
Thermal Current Ith
at 40°C (A)
100
200
8
400
General Use Purpose Ampere Rating
Rated voltage
In series
A
A
A
600 Vdc
3P
100
200
400
Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms)
20
20
20
Type of fuse
A70P100
A70P200
LDC
Fuse rating
100
200
400
Minimum connection section/AWG
#6
#6
#2
Maximum connection section/AWG
300 kcmil
300 kcmil
600 kcmil
A300
A300
A300
8
8
Overload Capacity
8
8
Connection Terminals
8
8
Auxiliary Contacts
Electrical characteristics
8
8
Characteristics According to IEC 60947-3
8
Ampere Rating
Thermal Current Ith
at 40°C (A)
160
250
630
A
A
A
8
Rated Operational Currents Ie (A), DC-22 B
Rated voltage
In series
750 Vdc
3P
160
250
400
750 Vdc
4P
—
—
—
1000 Vdc
4P
160
250
400
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-49
8.3
8
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
R9 Series DC Rated Disconnects 100–400A
8
Front Operation
8
M
8
Y
8
W
8
8
Z
U
J1
R1
CA
V
8
K
8
8
N
AA
AC
8
8
H
8
8
The switch will operate correctly when rotated
clockwise 90 degrees.
R2
The switch will not operate correctly when
rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
8
8
AD
T
8
F
C
R9 Series DC Rated Disconnects
8
Ampere
Rating
C
AC
AD
F 3P
F 4P
H
J1 3P
J1 4P
K
M 3P
M 4P
8
100–200
3.72 (94.5)
10.10 (256.5)
3.05 (77.5)
7.09 (180.1)
9.06 (230.0)
4.22 (107.2)
2.17 (55.1)
4.13 (104.9)
1.80 (45.7)
6.30 (160.0)
8.27 (210.1)
400
4.92 (125.0)
16.00 (406.4)
4.51 (114.5)
9.05 (230.0)
11.40 (290.0)
6.53 (166.0)
2.95 (75.7)
5.31 (134.9)
2.65 (67.3)
8.26 (209.8)
10.60 (269.2)
8
Ampere
Rating
N
R1
R2
T
U
V
W
Y
Z
AA
CA
8
100–200
5.31 (135.0)
0.35 (8.9)
0.27 (6.9)
1.97 (50.0)
0.98 (24.9)
1.18 (30.0)
0.43 (10.9)
0.14 (3.6)
1.35 (34.3)
6.30 (160.0)
0.60 (15.2)
400
7.60 (193.0)
0.35 (8.9)
0.27 (6.9)
2.56 (65.0)
1.77 (45.0)
1.97 (50.0)
0.43 (10.9)
0.20 (5.1)
2.08 (52.8)
10.20 (259.1)
0.80 (20.3)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-50
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
Rotary Disconnects
R9 Series (UL 98)
8.3
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
Jumpers
100–200A
8
400A
0.49
(12.5)
0.49
(12.5)
1.97
(50.0)
8
81.00
(2057.4)
0.16
(4.0)
8
19.00
(482.6)
0.59
(15.0) 0.47
(12.0)
8
Ø0.43
(Ø11.0)
22.50
(571.5)
Terminal Lugs
100–200A
65.00
(1651.0)
8
22.50
(571.5)
8
8
400A
1.00
(25.4)
1.52
(38.6)
8
5.00
(127.0)
8
Ø 0.40 (Ø10.16)
Ø 4.70 (Ø119.38)
1.30
(35.0)
0.45
(Ø11.4)
2.80
(71.5)
1.80
(46.0)
8
0.63
(15.9)
8
8
0.44
(11.13)
8
8
1.12
(28.4)
8
Door Interlocked External Handle—100 to 400A, Three- and Four-Pole
PH2 Type Handle
8
8
Ø3.07 (Ø78.0)
8
4.92
(125.0)
8
8
1.77
(45.0)
Direction of Operation
0º
90º
I
8
Door Drilling Template
1.57
(40.0)
Ø1.46
(37.0)
8
4Ø7
8
8
1.10
(28.0)
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-51
8.4
8
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Contents
Manual Transfer Switches
Description
8
Page
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8
8
V5-T8-53
V5-T8-54
V5-T8-56
V5-T8-57
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Product Description
R9 Series (UL 98 listed)
non-fusible disconnects are
heavy-duty manual transfer
switches, they transfer load
manually between two low
voltage circuits and provide
safety disconnection.
Standards and
Certifications
●
●
●
●
These switches are
extremely durable and are
tested and approved for use
in the most demanding
applications as resistive load
or total system applications.
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
5
UL 98, cULus,
File E222859
UL1008 (600–1200A)
CSA 22.2 No. 4,
File 217736
IEC 60947-3
EN 60947-3
CE
Three load break
positions (I, 0, II)
On load switching
Direct or external handle
480 Vac total system
600 Vac resistive load
4
3
2
1
Product Identification
1
2
3
8
4
5
External front handle
Direct handle
Shaft extension for external handle
Pre-break ACs (standard on 600–1200A)
Terminal screen
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-52
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.4
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Product Selection
8
Direct Operation
8
External Operation
+
Switch body
+
+
Direct handle
Switch body
+
Shaft
+
+
8
8
External handle
8
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches—UL 98 Standard 1
8
8
8
Ampere
Rating
Number Switch
of Poles Body Only 1
Direct
Handle (Black)
100
3
RMTS3100U
DHMTSSL
4
RMTS4100U
200
3
RMTS3200U
4
RMTS4200U
400
3
RMTS3400U
4
RMTS4400U
External ThreePosition Handle
(Choose one)
Size 2, Black
I–0–II
Type 4/4X
PHB2N4X3P
Size 2, Red
I–0–II
Type 4/4X
PHR2N4X3P
Size 3, Black
I–0–II
Type 4/4X
PHB3N4X3P
Size 3, Red
I–0–II
Type 4/4X
PHR3N4X3P
600
800
1200
3
RMTS3600U
4
RMTS4600U
3
RMTS3800U
4
RMTS4800U
3
RMTS31200U
4
RMTS41200U
DHMTSDL
DHMTSDLM
8
Shaft Extensions for
External Handle
In (mm)
(Choose one)
Bridging
Bars
Auxiliary
Contacts
Terminal
Screens 2
7.90 (200.6)
SF200PH10X10
3P
BB3P200
NO/NC
AC1NONCMTS400
3P
TS3MTS200TB
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
4P
BB4P200
4P
Low level
AC1NONCMTS400LL 3 TS4MTS200TB
8
15.70 (398.8)
SF400PH10X10
8
8
8
8
7.90 (200.6)
SF200PH15X12
3P
BB3P400
3P
TS3MTS400TB
8
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH15X12
4P
BB4P400
4P
TS4MTS400TB
8
8
15.70 (398.8)
SF400PH15X12
Size 4, Black
I–0–II
Type 4/4X
PHB4N4X3P
Size 4, Red
I–0–II
Type 4/4X
PHR4N4X3P
3P
BB3P600
NO/NC
contact
standard
8
3P
TS3MTS600
4P
BB4P600
4P
TS4MTS600
3P
BB3P1200
3P
TS3MTS1200
4P
BB4P1200
4P
TS4MTS1200
8
8
8
8
8
Notes
1 All ratings, 100–1200A, are UL 98 listed. Switches rated 600–1200A are UL 1008 listed as well.
2 Line or load (top or bottom); for both line and load, order two kits.
3 Low level auxiliary contact—gold plated for minimal resistance—for PLC applications.
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-53
8.4
8
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Accessories
8
Direct Handle
8
8
8
Ampere Rating
Handle Color
Handle Type
Catalog Number
100–400
Black
Single lever
DHMTSSL
600
Black
Double lever
DHMTSDL
800–1200
Black
Double lever
DHMTSDLM
8
8
8
PH2 and PH3 Type
8
8
8
8
PH4 Type
8
8
External Handle
Handle Color
NEMA Type
Lockable in
the “3” Positions
Catalog Number
PH2
Black
4, 4X
Yes
PHB2N4X3P
PH2
Red/Yellow
4, 4X
Yes
PHR2N4X3P
PH3
Black
4, 4X
Yes
PHB3N4X3P
400
PH3
Red/Yellow
4, 4X
Yes
PHR3N4X3P
600–1200
PH4
Black
4, 4X
Yes
PHB4N4X3P
600–1200
PH4
Red/Yellow
4, 4X
Yes
PHR4N4X3P
Description
Ampere Rating
The handle locking function
prevents the user from
opening the door of the
enclosure when the switch is
in the “ON” position.
Opening the door when the
switch is in the “ON” position
is possible by defeating the
locking function with the use
of a tool (authorized persons
only). The locking function is
restored when the door is
once again closed.
100–200
100–200
400
Handle Type
8
8
8
8
Shaft Extension
8
Ampere Rating
Handle Type
Length
In (mm)
Catalog Number
100–800
PH1
7.90 (200.6)
SF200PH10X10
125–800
PH1
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH10X10
8
8
8
8
8
100–200
PH2
15.70 (398.8)
SF400PH10X10
630–1200
PH2, PH3
7.90 (200.6)
SF200PH15X12
600–1200
PH2, PH3
12.60 (320.0)
SF320PH15X12
400–1200
PH2, PH3
15.70 (398.8)
SF400PH15X12
800–1200
V1
12.60 (320.0)
SF320V1
800–1200
V1
15.70 (398.8)
SF400V1
8
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.4
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Bridging Bars
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Bridging Bars
Catalog Number
Creation of a common point, above or below
the switch, between positions I and II.
100 –200
3
BB3P200
100–200
4
BB4P200
400
3
BB3P400
400
4
BB4P400
600
3
BB3P600
600
4
BB4P600
800–1200
3
BB3P1200
800–1200
4
BB4P1200
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Terminals Protection Screen
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Top or bottom (line or load) protection
against direct contacts with terminal
or connecting parts.
100–200
3
TS3MTS200TB
100–200
4
TS4MTS200TB
400
3
TS3MTS400TB
400
4
TS4MTS400TB
600
6
TS3MTS600
600
4
TS4MTS600
800–1200
3
TS3MTS1200
800–1200
4
TS4MTS1200
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Mounting Spacers
Description
Ampere Rating
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
Raises the device’s terminals 10 mm away
from the bottom of the enclosure or frame
on which the device is mounted.
100–400
1 set of 2 spacers
MSP400
8
8
8
8
8
Auxiliary Contacts
Description
Ampere Rating
Contact(s)
Catalog Number
Early-break/same-make and signalization per
position 1 and 2. Electrical characteristics:
A300.
100–400
1NO/NC per position 1 and 2
AC1NONCMTS400
8
100–400
1NO/NC per position 1 and 2 low level AC1NONCMTS400LL 1
600–1200
1NO/NC per position 1 and 2
8
Standard
8
8
Line and Load Terminal Lugs
Description
Ampere Rating
Connection of bare
100–200
copper cables onto the
100–200
terminals (without
spade lugs).
400
Connection
Type
Number of
Poles
Number of
Cables/Lug
Lugs per Kit
Cable Type
Catalog Number
6–300 kcmil
3
1
3
Cu/Al
LK3R9DL
6–300 kcmil
4
1
4
Cu/Al
LK4R9DL
4–600 kcmil
3
1
3
Cu/Al
LK3R9EM
400
4–600 kcmil
4
1
4
Cu/Al
LK4R9EM
600
2x (#2–600 kcmil)
3
2
3
Cu/Al
LK3R9FN
600
2x (#2–600 kcmil)
4
2
4
Cu/Al
LK4R9FN
800–1200
2x (#2–600 kcmil)
3
2
6
Cu/Al
LK6R9G
800–1200
2x (#2 –600 kcmil)
4
2
8
Cu/Al
LK8R9G
8
8
8
8
8
Note
1 Gold plated for minimal resistance—for PLC applications.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
8
8
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-55
8.4
8
8
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Technical Data and Specifications
UL 1008 Characteristics
8
Description
100A
200A
400A
600A
800A
1200A
Operation voltage
600
600
600
600
600
600
8
Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA) 1
100
100
65
100
100
100
Type of fuse
J
J
J
L
L
L
8
Maximum fuse rating (A)
200
400
600
800
1000
1600
8
Short-circuit rating with circuit breaker (kA/ms)
10/25
10/25
14/50
35/50
35/50
35/50
Operational Power/Current Maximum Operational Three-Phase
8
240 Vac total system (A)
100
100
250
400
700
700
240 Vac resistive load (A)
100
200
400
600
800
1200
8
480 Vac total system (A)
100
100
125
350
600
600
480 Vac resistive load (A)
100
200
400
600
800
1200
8
600 Vac resistive load (A)
100
200
400
400
800
1200
8
Endurance (number of operating cycles)
6050
6050
6050
6050
3550
3550
Mechanical Endurance
8
Connection Terminals
Minimum connection section/AWG
#6
#6
#4/2 x #6
2x #2
4x #2
4x #2
8
Maximum connection section/AWG
300 kcmil
300 kcmil
600 kcmil/2x 350 kcmil
2x 600 kcmil
4x 600 kcmil
4x 600 kcmil
200A 2
400A 2
600A
800A
1200A
8
8
8
8
8
8
UL 98/CSA 22.2 No. 4 Characteristics
100A 2
Description
Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA)
200
200
200
200
100
100
Type of fuse
J
J
J
J
L
L
Maximum fuse rating (A)
100
200
400
600
800
1200
Maximum Motor, hp/FLA Three-Phase Motor Maximum
220–240 Vac
30/80
75/192
125/312
200/480
200/480
200/480
440–480 Vac
75/96
180/180
250/302
400/477
500/590
500/590
600 Vac
100/99
200/192
350/336
350/336
500/472
500/472
8
Maximum Motor Power, hp/DC FLA Motor Maximum
125 Vdc 3
7.5/58
15/112
20/148
20/148
—
—
8
250 Vdc 4
20/72
40/140
50/173
50/173
—
—
Mechanical Characteristics
8
Endurance (number of operating cycles)
10,000
8000
6000
6000
3500
3500
8
Operating torque (lbs.in/Nm)
88.5/10
88.5/10
128.3/14.5
327.5/37
442.5/50
442.5/50
Auxiliary Contacts
A300
A300
A300
A300
A300
A300
8
8
8
8
Electrical characteristics
Notes
1 Short-circuit rating achieved when used
with respective fuse type and maximum
fuse rating.
2 Only UL 98 listed. For UL 1008
availability, contact Eaton.
3 Two-pole in series.
4 Three-pole in series.
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-56
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.4
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Dimensions
8
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
100 to 200A
8
0.53
(13.5)
6.41
(162.8)
3P
4P
Fix 6.30 Fix 8.26
(160.0) (210.0)
Ø0.43
Ø(11.0)
5.19
(131.8)
1.53
(38.9)
8
1.18
(30.0)
0.41
(10.4)
0.98
(24.9)
5.51
(140.0)
8
1.37
(34.8)
8
“A”
8
2.67
(67.8)
4.29
(109.0)
5.51
(140.0)
8
5.31
(134.9)
6.30
(160)
8
View “A”
0.29
(7.4)
Ø0.35
Ø(9.0)
8
“B”
Ø0.27
Ø(6.9)
6.77
(172.0)
8
1.97
(50.0)
8
3P
4P
9.64
11.41
(245.0) (290.0)
View “B”
8
8
400A
8
9.41
(239.0)
3P
Fix 8.26
(210.0)
7.48
(190.0)
2.04
(51.8)
0.29
(7.4)
4P
Fix 10.63
(270.0)
Ø0.27
Ø(6.9)
8.26
(209.8)
8
“A”
8
3.85
(97.8)
8
7.67
(194.8)
0.49
(12.4)
8
10.23
(259.8)
8.26
(209.8)
10.90
(277.0)
8
“B”
View “A”
6.53
(165.9)
8
1.37
(34.8)
Ø0.35
Ø(9.0)
0.41
(10.4)
8
8
Ø0.43
Ø(11.0)
1.38
(35.1)
View “B”
8
8
2.56
(65.0)
8
3P
4P
11.85 14.21
(301.0) (361.0)
8
8
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-57
8.4
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
8
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
8
600A
14.56
(369.8)
8
0.98
(24.9)
9.98
(253.5)
8
1.12
(28.4)
2.61
(66.3)
8
8
3P
4P
Fix 10.04 Fix 13.18
(255.0)
(335.0)
Ø0.41
Ø(10.5)
2.02
(51.3)
“A”
9.09
(230.9)
8
0.82
(20.8)
8
4.92
(125.0)
1.96
(49.8)
8
9.84
(249.9)
View “A”
13.38
(339.9)
9.09
(230.9)
8
8
8
13.66
(347.0)
3.15
(80.0)
8
4P
3P
15.19
18.34
(386.0) (466.0)
8
8
800 to 1200A
8
Ø0.41
Ø(10.5)
14.56
(369.8)
8
9.98
(253.5)
8
2.65
(67.3)
1.49
(37.8)
0.82
(20.8)
1.02
(25.9)
8
3P
Fix 13.66
(347.0)
View “A”
8
8
4.72
(119.9)
2.02
(51.3)
1.02
(25.9)
1.49
(37.8)
8.30
(210.8)
4P
Fix 18.38
(467.0)
“A”
3.54
(89.9)
4.92
(125.0)
9.84
(249.9)
8
11.34
(288.0)
8.03
(204.0)
8
8.30
(210.8)
8
8
13.66
(347.0)
3P
4P
15.19
18.34
(386.0) (466.0)
8
8
8
8
8
V5-T8-58
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
8.4
Rotary Disconnects
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Terminal Lugs
100–200A
8
400A
1.00
(25.4)
1.52
(38.6)
8
600–1200A
1.49
(37.8)
Ø 0.40 (Ø10.16)
Ø 4.70 (Ø119.38)
1.30
(35.0)
0.45
(Ø11.4)
8
0.63
(15.9)
2.80
(71.5)
0.40
(Ø10.2)
3.15
(80.0)
0.44
(11.13)
1.80
(46.0)
8
2.87
(72.9)
1.12
(28.4)
8
8
8
8
8
100–200A
PH2 Type
Direction of Operation
I
Ø3.07
(Ø78.0)
90
º
0.79
(20.0) 0.79
(20.0)
ØD
4.92
(125.0)
0º
8
8
8
4 Ø 0.27
4 Ø 7.0
0.55
(14.0)
90
º
1.77
(45.0)
8
Door Drilling Template
8
0.55
(14.0)
II
8
8
400A
PH3 Type
Direction of Operation
I
Ø78
(Ø1981.2)
Door Drilling Template
90
º
ØD
0º
210
(5334.0)
º
600–1200A
PH4 Type
8
8
8
4 Ø 0.27
4 Ø 7.0
0.55
(14.0)
90
61.00
(1549.4)
0.79
(20.0) 0.79
(20.0)
8
0.55
(14.0)
8
II
8
Direction of Operation
II
0.79
(20.0)
90
º
8
Door Drilling Template
8
0.79
(20.0)
8
4Ø7
(4 Ø 7)
Ø3.07
(Ø78.0)
8
0º
13.77
(350.0)
90
º
I
ØD
8
0.55
0.55 (14.0)
(14.0)
8
2.36
(60.0)
8
8
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—December 2013
www.eaton.com
V5-T8-59
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Contents
Eaton Terms & Conditions
Description
Page
Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-A1-1
V5-A1-2
V5-A1-3
V5-A1-3
Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated February 20, 2006)
Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of
Sale set forth herein, and any
supplements which may be
attached hereto, constitute
the full and final expression
of the contract for the sale
of products or services
(hereinafter referred to as
Product(s) or Services by
Eaton Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as
Seller) to the Buyer, and
supersedes all prior
quotations, purchase orders,
correspondence or
communications whether
written or oral between the
Seller and the Buyer.
Notwithstanding any contrary
language in the Buyer’s
purchase order,
correspondence or other
form of acknowledgment,
Buyer shall be bound by
these Terms and Conditions
of Sale when it sends a
purchase order or otherwise
indicates acceptance of this
contract, or when it accepts
delivery from Seller of the
Products or Services.
THE CONTRACT FOR SALE
OF THE PRODUCTS OR
SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY
LIMITED TO THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
STATED HEREIN. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT
TERMS PROPOSED BY
BUYER ARE REJECTED
UNLESS EXPRESSLY
AGREED TO IN WRITING BY
SELLER. No contract shall
exist except as herein
provided.
Complete Agreement
No amendment or
modification hereto nor any
statement, representation or
warranty not contained herein
shall be binding on the Seller
unless made in writing by an
authorized representative of
the Seller. Prior dealings,
usage of the trade or a course
of performance shall not be
relevant to determine the
meaning of this contract even
though the accepting or
acquiescing party had
knowledge of the nature
of the performance and
opportunity for objection.
Quotations
Written quotations are valid
for 30 days from its date
unless otherwise stated in
the quotation or terminated
sooner by notice.
Verbal quotations, unless
accepted, expire the same
day they are made.
A complete signed order
must be received by Seller
within 20 calendar days of
notification of award,
otherwise the price and
shipment will be subject to
re-negotiation.
Termination and Cancellation
Any order may be terminated
by the Buyer only by written
notice and upon payment
of reasonable termination
charges, including all costs
plus profit.
Seller shall have the right to
cancel any order at any time
by written notice if Buyer
breaches any of the terms
hereof, becomes the subject
of any proceeding under state
or federal law for the relief
of debtors, or otherwise
becomes insolvent or
bankrupt, generally does not
pay its debts as they become
due or makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
V5-A1-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Prices
All prices are subject to
change without notice. In the
event of a price change, the
effective date of the change
will be the date of the new
price or discount sheet, letter
or telegram. All quotations
made or orders accepted
after the effective date will be
on the new basis. For existing
orders, the price of the
unshipped portion of an order
will be the price in effect at
time of shipment.
Price Policy—Products and
Services
When prices are quoted as
firm for quoted shipment, they
are firm provided the following
conditions are met:
1. The order is released
with complete
engineering details.
2. Shipment of Products are
made, and Services
purchased are provided
within the quoted
lead time.
3. When drawings for
approval are required
for any Products, the
drawings applicable to
those Products must be
returned within 30*
calendar days from the
date of the original
mailing of the drawings
by Seller. The return
drawings must be
released for manufacture
and shipment and must
be marked “APPROVED”
or “APPROVED AS
NOTED.” Drawing
re-submittals which are
required for any other
reason than to correct
Seller errors will not
extend the 30-day period.
If the Buyer initiates or in
any way causes delays
in shipment, provision of
Services or return of approval
drawings beyond the periods
stated above, the price of the
Products or Services will be
increased 1% per month
or fraction thereof up to a
maximum of 18 months from
the date of the Buyer’s order.
For delays resulting in
shipment or provision of
Services beyond 18 months
from the date of the Buyer’s
order, the price must be
renegotiated.
Price Policy—BLS
Refer to Price Policy 25-050.
Minimum Billing
Orders less than $1,000 will
be assessed a shipping and
handling charge of 5% of the
price of the order, with a
minimum charge of $25.00
unless noted differently on
Product discount sheets.
Taxes
The price does not include
any taxes. Buyer shall be
responsible for the payment
of all taxes applicable to, or
arising from the transaction,
the Products, its sale, value,
or use, or any Services
performed in connection
therewith regardless of
the person or entity
actually taxed.
Terms of Payment
Products
Acceptance of all orders is
subject to the Buyer meeting
Seller’s credit requirements.
Terms of payment are subject
to change for failure to meet
such requirements. Seller
reserves the right at any time
to demand full or partial
payment before proceeding
with a contract of sale as a
result of changes in the
financial condition of the
Buyer. Terms of Payment are
either Net 30 days from the
date of invoice of each
shipment or carry a cash
discount based on Product
type. Specific payment terms
for Products are outlined in
the applicable Product
discount schedules.
Services
Terms of payment are net
within 30 days from date of
invoice for orders amounting
to less than $50,000.00.
Terms of payment for orders
exceeding $50,000.00 shall
be made according to the
following:
1. Twenty percent (20%) of
order value with the
purchase order payable
30 days from date of
invoice.
2. Eighty percent (80%) of
order value in equal
monthly payments over
the performance period
payable 30 days from
date of invoice.
* 60 days for orders
through contractors
to allow time for their
review and approval
before and after
transmitting them
to their customers.
V5-A1-2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
Except for work performed (i)
under a firm fixed price basis
or (ii) pursuant to terms of a
previously priced existing
contract between Seller and
Buyer, invoices for work
performed by Seller shall
have added and noted on
each invoice a charge of 3%
(over and above the price of
the work) which is related
to Seller compliance with
present and proposed
environmental, health, and
safety regulations associated
with prescribed requirements
covering hazardous materials
management and employee
training, communications,
personal protective
equipment, documentation
and record keeping
associated therewith.
Adequate Assurances
If, in the judgment of Seller,
the financial condition of the
Buyer, at any time during the
period of the contract, does
not justify the terms of
payment specified, Seller
may require full or partial
payment in advance.
Delayed Payment
If payments are not made in
accordance with these terms,
a service charge will, without
prejudice to the right of Seller
to immediate payment, be
added in an amount equal to
the lower of 1.5% per month
or fraction thereof or the
highest legal rate on the
unpaid balance.
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Freight
Warranty
Freight policy will be listed on
the Product discount sheets,
or at option of Seller one of
the following freight terms
will be quoted.
Risk of Loss
Risk of loss or damage to the
Products shall pass to Buyer
at the F.O.B. point.
F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and
Invoiced
Products are sold F.O.B. point
of shipment freight prepaid
and invoiced to the Buyer.
Concealed Damage
Except in the event of F.O.B.
destination shipments, Seller
will not participate in any
settlement of claims for
concealed damage.
F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd.
and Allowed
Products sold are delivered
F.O.B. point of shipment,
freight prepaid and included
in the price.
F.O.B. Destination—Frt./Ppd.
and Allowed
At Buyer’s option, Seller will
deliver the Products F.O.B.
destination freight prepaid
and 2% will be added to the
net price.
The term “freight prepaid”
means that freight charges
will be prepaid to the
accessible common carrier
delivery point nearest the
destination for shipments
within the United States and
Puerto Rico unless noted
differently on the Product
discount sheets. For any
other destination contact
Seller’s representative.
Shipment and Routing
Seller shall select the point of
origin of shipment, the
method of transportation, the
type of carrier equipment and
the routing of the shipment.
If the Buyer specifies a
special method of
transportation, type of carrier
equipment, routing, or
delivery requirement, Buyer
shall pay all special freight
and handling charges.
When freight is included in
the price, no allowance will
be made in lieu of
transportation if the Buyer
accepts shipment at factory,
warehouse, or freight station
or otherwise supplies its own
transportation.
When shipment has been
made on an F.O.B. destination
basis, the Buyer must unpack
immediately and, if damage is
discovered must:
1. Not move the Products
from the point of
examination.
2. Retain shipping container
and packing material.
3. Notify the carrier in
writing of any apparent
damage.
4. Notify Seller
representative within
72 hours of delivery.
5. Send Seller a copy of
the carrier’s inspection
report.
Witness Tests/Customer
Inspection
Standard factory tests may be
witnessed by the Buyer
at Seller’s factory for an
additional charge calculated
at the rate of $2,500 per day
(not to exceed eight (8) hours)
per Product type. Buyer may
final inspect Products at the
Seller’s factory for $500 per
day per Product type.
Witness tests will add one (1)
week to the scheduled
shipping date. Seller will
notify Buyer fourteen (14)
calendar days prior to
scheduled witness testing
or inspection. In the event
Buyer is unable to attend, the
Parties shall mutually agree
on a rescheduled date.
However, Seller reserves
the right to deem the witness
tests waived with the right to
ship and invoice Products.
Held Orders
For any order held, delayed
or rescheduled at the request
of the Buyer, Seller may, at
its sole option (1) require
payment to be based on any
reasonable basis, including
but not limited to the contract
price, and any additional
expenses, or cost resulting
from such a delay; (2) store
Products at the sole cost and
risk of loss of the Buyer; and/
or (3) charge to the Buyer
those prices under the
applicable price policy.
Payment for such price,
expenses and costs, in any
such event, shall be due by
Buyer within thirty (30) days
from date of Seller’s invoice.
Any order so held delayed or
rescheduled beyond six (6)
months will be treated as a
Buyer termination.
Warranty for Products
Seller warrants that the
Products manufactured by
it will conform to Seller’s
applicable specifications and
be free from failure due to
defects in workmanship and
material for one (1) year from
the date of installation of
the Product or eighteen (18)
months from the date of
shipment of the Product,
whichever occurs first.
Drawing Approval
Seller will design the
Products in line with, in
Seller’s judgment, good
commercial practice. If at
drawing approval Buyer
makes changes outside of
the design as covered in their
specifications, Seller will then
be paid reasonable charges
and allowed a commensurate
delay in shipping date based
on the changes made.
Seller requires all nonconforming Products be
returned at Seller’s expense
for evaluation unless
specifically stated otherwise
in writing by Seller.
Drawing Re-Submittal
When Seller agrees to do so
in its quotation, Seller shall
provide Buyer with the first
set of factory customer
approval drawing(s) at Seller’s
expense. The customer
approval drawing(s) will be
delivered at the quoted
delivery date. If Buyer
requests drawing changes
or additions after the initial
factory customer approval
drawing(s) have been
submitted by Seller, the
Seller, at its option, may
assess Buyer drawing
charges. Factory customer
approval drawing changes
required due to
misinterpretation by Seller
will be at Seller’s expense.
Approval drawings generated
by Bid Manager are excluded
from this provision.
In the event any Product fails
to comply with the foregoing
warranty Seller will, at its
option, either (a) repair or
replace the defective
Product, or defective part or
component thereof, F.O.B.
Seller’s facility freight
prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer
for the purchase price of the
Product. All warranty claims
shall be made in writing.
This warranty does not
cover failure or damage
due to storage, installation,
operation or maintenance not
in conformance with Seller’s
recommendations and
industry standard practice
or due to accident, misuse,
abuse or negligence. This
warranty does not cover
reimbursement for labor,
gaining access, removal,
installation, temporary power
or any other expenses, which
may be incurred in connection
with repair or replacement.
This warranty does not
apply to equipment not
manufactured by Seller.
Seller limits itself to
extending the same warranty
it receives from the supplier.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
V5-A1-3
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Extended Warranty for Products
If requested by the Buyer and
specifically accepted in
writing by Seller, the
foregoing standard warranty
for Products will be extended
from the date of shipment for
the period and price indicated
below:
●
●
●
24 months—2% of
Contract Price
30 months—3% of
Contract Price
36 months—4% of
Contract Price
Special Warranty (In and Out)
for Products
If requested by the Buyer
and specifically accepted in
writing by Seller, Seller will,
during the warranty period
for Products, at an additional
cost of 2% of the contract
price, be responsible for the
direct cost of:
1. Removing the Product
from the installed
location.
2. Transportation to the
repair facility and return
to the site.
3. Reinstallation on site.
The total liability of Seller for
this Special Warranty for
Products is limited to 50%
of the contract price of the
particular Product being
repaired and excludes
expenses for removing
adjacent apparatus, walls,
piping, structures, temporary
service, etc.
V5-A1-4
Warranty for Services
Seller warrants that the
Services performed by it
hereunder will be performed
in accordance with generally
accepted professional
standards.
The Services, which do not
so conform, shall be
corrected by Seller upon
notification in writing by the
Buyer within one (1) year
after completion of the
Services.
Unless otherwise agreed to in
writing by Seller, Seller
assumes no responsibility
with respect to the suitability
of the Buyer’s, or its
customer’s, equipment or
with respect to any latent
defects in equipment not
supplied by Seller. This
warranty does not cover
damage to Buyer’s, or its
customer’s, equipment,
components or parts
resulting in whole or in part
from improper maintenance
or operation or from their
deteriorated condition. Buyer
will, at its cost, provide Seller
with unobstructed access
to the defective Services,
as well as adequate free
working space in the
immediate vicinity of the
defective Services and such
facilities and systems,
including, without limitation,
docks, cranes and utility
disconnects and connects,
as may be necessary in order
that Seller may perform its
warranty obligations. The
conducting of any tests shall
be mutually agreed upon and
Seller shall be notified of, and
may be present at, all tests
that may be made.
Warranty for Power Systems
Studies
Seller warrants that any
power systems studies
performed by it will conform
to generally accepted
professional standards. Any
portion of the study, which
does not so conform, shall
be corrected by Seller upon
notification in writing by the
Buyer within six (6) months
after completion of the study.
All warranty work shall be
performed in a single shift
straight time basis Monday
through Friday. In the event
that the study requires
correction of warranty items
on an overtime schedule,
the premium portion of such
overtime shall be for the
Buyer’s account.
Limitation on Warranties for
Products, Services and Power
Systems Studies
THE FOREGOING
WARRANTIES ARE
EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR
WARRANTY OF TITLE.
SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE
MANNER AND FOR THE
PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED
ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE
SELLER’S SOLE LIABILITY
AND BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF
SELLER TO MEET ITS
WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS,
WHETHER CLAIMS OF
THE BUYER ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR
OTHERWISE.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
Asbestos
Federal Law requires that
building or facility owners
identify the presence,
location and quantity of
asbestos containing material
(hereinafter “ACM”) at work
sites. Seller is not licensed to
abate ACM. Accordingly, for
any contract which includes
the provision of Services,
prior to (i) commencement of
work at any site under a
specific Purchase Order, (ii) a
change in the work scope of
any Purchase Order, the
Buyer will certify that the
work area associated with the
Seller’s scope of work
includes the handling of Class
II ACM, including but not
limited to generator wedges
and high temperature gaskets
which include asbestos
materials. The Buyer shall, at
its expense, conduct
abatement should the
removal, handling,
modification or reinstallation,
or some or all of them, of said
Class II ACM be likely to
generate airborne asbestos
fibers; and should such
abatement affect the cost
of or time of performance
of the work then Seller shall
be entitled to an equitable
adjustment in the schedule,
price and other pertinent
affected provisions of
the contract.
Compliance with Nuclear
Regulation
Seller’s Products are sold as
commercial grade Products
not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed
by the United States Nuclear
Regulatory Commission for
atomic purposes. Further
certification will be required
for use of the Products in any
safety-related application in
any nuclear facility licensed
by the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission.
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008
Returning Products
Authorization and shipping
instructions for the return
of any Products must be
obtained from Seller before
returning the Products.
When return is occasioned
due to Seller error, full credit
including all transportation
charges will be allowed.
Product Notices
Buyer shall provide the user
(including its employees) of
the Products with all Seller
supplied Product notices,
warnings, instructions,
recommendations, and
similar materials.
Force Majeure
Seller shall not be liable for
failure to perform or delay
in performance due to fire,
flood, strike or other labor
difficulty, act of God, act of
any governmental authority or
of the Buyer, riot, embargo,
fuel or energy shortage, car
shortage, wrecks or delays in
transportation, or due to any
other cause beyond Seller’s
reasonable control. In the
event of delay in performance
due to any such cause, the
date of delivery or time for
completion will be extended
by a period of time reasonably
necessary to overcome the
effect of such delay.
Liquidated Damages
Contracts which include
liquidated damage clauses for
failure to meet shipping or job
completion promises are not
acceptable or binding on
Seller, unless such clauses
are specifically accepted in
writing by an authorized
representative of the Seller at
its headquarters office.
Patent Infringement
Seller will defend or, at its
option, settle any suit or
proceeding brought against
Buyer, or Buyer’s customers,
to the extent it is based upon
a claim that any Product or
part thereof, manufactured by
Seller or its subsidiaries and
furnished hereunder,
infringes any United States
patent, other than a claim of
infringement based upon use
of a Product or part thereof in
a process, provided Seller is
notified in reasonable time
and given authority,
information and assistance
(at Seller’s expense) for the
defense of same. Seller shall
pay all legal and court costs
and expenses and courtassessed damages awarded
therein against Buyer
resulting from or incident to
such suit or proceeding. In
addition to the foregoing, if at
any time Seller determines
there is a substantial question
of infringement of any United
States patent, and the use of
such Product is or may be
enjoined, Seller may, at its
option and expense: either (a)
procure for Buyer the right to
continue using and selling the
Product; (b) replace the
Product with non-infringing
apparatus; (c) modify the
Product so it becomes noninfringing; or (d) as a last
resort, remove the Product
and refund the purchase
price, equitably adjusted for
use and obsolescence. In no
case does Seller agree to pay
any recovery based upon its
Buyer’s savings or profit
through use of Seller’s
Products whether the use be
special or ordinary. The
foregoing states the entire
liability of Seller for patent
infringement.
The preceding paragraph
does not apply to any claim of
infringement based upon: (a)
any modification made to a
Product other than by Seller;
(b) any design and/or
specifications of Buyer to
which a Product was
manufactured; or (c) the use
or combination of Product
with other products where
the Product does not itself
infringe. As to the aboveidentified claim situations
where the preceding
paragraph does not apply,
Buyer shall defend and hold
Seller harmless in the same
manner and to the extent as
Seller’s obligations described
in the preceding paragraph.
Buyer shall be responsible for
obtaining (at Buyer’s
expense) all license rights
required for Seller to be able
to use software products in
the possession of Buyer
where such use is required in
order to perform any Service
for Buyer.
With respect to a Product or
part thereof not manufactured
by Seller or its subsidiaries,
Seller will attempt to obtain
for Buyer, from the supplier(s),
the patent indemnification
protection normally provided
by the supplier(s) to
customers.
Compliance with OSHA
Seller offers no warranty and
makes no representation that
its Products comply with the
provisions or standards of the
Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970, or any
regulation issued thereunder.
In no event shall Seller be
liable for any loss, damage,
fines, penalty or expenses
arising under said Act.
Limitation of Liability
THE REMEDIES OF THE
BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS
CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE
AND ARE ITS SOLE
REMEDIES FOR ANY
FAILURE OF SELLER
TO COMPLY WITH ITS
OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY PROVISION IN THIS
CONTRACT TO THE
CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT
SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE
TO PROPERTY OR
EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN
PRODUCTS SOLD
HEREUNDER, LOSS OF
PROFITS OR REVENUE,
LOSS OF USE OF
PRODUCTS, COST OF
CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF
CUSTOMERS OF THE
BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH POTENTIAL
DAMAGES ARE
FORESEEABLE OR IF
SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE
LIABILITY OF SELLER
ARISING FROM OR
RELATED TO THIS
CONTRACT WHETHER
THE CLAIMS ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT OR SERVICES
ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY
IS BASED.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.com
V5-A1-5
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
A
AA . . . . . . . . . . . .
AE16 . . . . . . . . . .
AE56 . . . . . . . . . .
AGSH . . . . . . . . .
AN . . . . . . . . . . . .
AN13 . . . . . . . . . .
AN16 . . . . . . . . . .
AN19 . . . . . . . . . .
AN53 . . . . . . . . . .
AN56 . . . . . . . . . .
AN59 . . . . . . . . . .
AN700 . . . . . . . . .
A20 . . . . . . . . . . .
A202 . . . . . . . . . .
A21 . . . . . . . . . . .
A25 . . . . . . . . . . .
A27 . . . . . . . . . . .
A96 . . . . . . . . . . .
A97 . . . . . . . . . . .
A98 . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-134
V5-T2-27
V5-T2-27
V5-T7-5
V5-T2-134
V5-T2-67
V5-T2-11, V5-T2-27
V5-T2-51, V5-T2-52
V5-T2-67
V5-T2-11, V5-T2-27
V5-T2-51
V5-T2-12
V5-T2-103, V5-T2-109
V5-T6-24
V5-T2-104, V5-T2-110
V5-T2-104, V5-T2-110, V5-T4-24, V5-T4-50
V5-T4-31, V5-T4-53
V5-T2-111
V5-T2-111
V5-T2-111
C335 . . . . . . . . .
C350 . . . . . . . . .
C440 . . . . . . . . .
C441 . . . . . . . . .
C65 . . . . . . . . . .
C799 . . . . . . . . .
C80 . . . . . . . . . .
C81 . . . . . . . . . .
D
DPCK . . . . . . . . .
D3PA . . . . . . . . .
D64D . . . . . . . . .
D64L . . . . . . . . .
D64R . . . . . . . . .
D65C . . . . . . . . .
D65P . . . . . . . . .
D65V . . . . . . . . .
B
BA . . . . . . . . . . . .
BN16 . . . . . . . . . .
B1A . . . . . . . . . . .
B1B . . . . . . . . . . .
B100 . . . . . . . . . .
B230 . . . . . . . . . .
B25 . . . . . . . . . . .
B27 . . . . . . . . . . .
B3NO . . . . . . . . .
B330 . . . . . . . . . .
D77E . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-131
V5-T2-16
V5-T3-12
V5-T3-12
V5-T3-11
V5-T3-4
V5-T4-24, V5-T4-50
V5-T4-32, V5-T4-53
V5-T2-112, V5-T2-131
V5-T3-4
C311 . . . . . . . . . .
C32 . . . . . . . . . . .
C320 . . . . . . . . . .
C321 . . . . . . . . . .
C325 . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-64, V5-T4-65
V5-T5-8, V5-T5-11, V5-T5-14, V5-T5-19,
V5-T5-21, V5-T5-23, V5-T5-26, V5-T5-31,
V5-T5-34, V5-T5-37
V5-T5-47
V5-T5-54
V5-T5-45
V5-T5-8, V5-T5-11, V5-T5-14, V5-T5-19,
V5-T5-21, V5-T5-23, V5-T5-31, V5-T5-34,
V5-T5-37
V5-T5-21, V5-T5-23
V5-T5-19, V5-T5-26, V5-T5-31, V5-T5-34,
V5-T5-37
V5-T5-99
F
FH . . . . . . . . . . .
FT1. . . . . . . . . . .
FT2. . . . . . . . . . .
FT3. . . . . . . . . . .
FT4. . . . . . . . . . .
F56. . . . . . . . . . .
C
CE15 . . . . . . . . . .
CE55 . . . . . . . . . .
CN13 . . . . . . . . . .
CN15 . . . . . . . . . .
CN35 . . . . . . . . . .
CN53 . . . . . . . . . .
CN55 . . . . . . . . . .
C25 . . . . . . . . . . .
C30CN. . . . . . . . .
C306 . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-28
V5-T2-21, V5-T4-18
V5-T1-146, V5-T1-147, V5-T2-85, V5-T2-86,
V5-T5-71, V5-T5-74, V5-T5-75
V5-T5-77, V5-T5-94–V5-T5-99
V5-T4-21
V5-T4-12, V5-T4-26
V5-T4-68
V5-T4-68, V5-T4-69
V5-T2-139, V5-T2-140, V5-T3-11, V5-T3-12,
V5-T7-6
V5-T2-137
V5-T2-137
V5-T2-137
V5-T2-137
V5-T2-112
H
V5-T2-27
V5-T2-27
V5-T2-66, V5-T2-68
V5-T2-5, V5-T2-6, V5-T2-27
V5-T2-27, V5-T6-17
V5-T2-66
V5-T2-5, V5-T2-27
V5-T4-5, V5-T4-9, V5-T4-47, V5-T4-59
V5-T6-6–V5-T6-10
V5-T2-32, V5-T2-33, V5-T2-39, V5-T2-43,
V5-T2-44, V5-T2-46
V5-T5-46
V5-T4-11, V5-T4-12, V5-T4-26, V5-T4-55
V5-T2-22–V5-T2-26, V5-T2-28, V5-T2-43,
V5-T6-10, V5-T6-11, V5-T6-18–V5-T6-20
V5-T2-21, V5-T2-22, V5-T2-29
V5-T7-4
H20 . . . . . . . . . .
H21 . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-40, V5-T2-41, V5-T2-44, V5-T4-27,
V5-T4-56
V5-T2-42, V5-T4-26, V5-T4-56
I
ID89 . . . . . . . . . .
IQ50 . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T7-6
V5-T2-142
L
LK. . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T3-12
M
MC382 . . . . . . . .
ME . . . . . . . . . . .
MS . . . . . . . . . . .
M-3 . . . . . . . . . .
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
V5-T2-23
V5-T4-71
V5-T3-7–V5-T3-9
V5-T2-112
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-A2-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
P
PKE-SWD . . . . . .
PNC . . . . . . . . . . .
PNO. . . . . . . . . . .
XTPE . . . . . . . . .
XTPEX . . . . . . . .
XTPR . . . . . . . . .
XTRE . . . . . . . . .
XTRM . . . . . . . . .
XTSC . . . . . . . . .
XTSR . . . . . . . . .
XTTR . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-225
V5-T2-113
V5-T2-113
R
R56 . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-112
S
SS56 . . . . . . . . . .
SS-56. . . . . . . . . .
Z
V5-T4-64
V5-T2-112
ZEB-X . . . . . . . . .
T
TK250A . . . . . . . .
V5-T7-4
V5-T7-4
V5-T7-4
V5-T5-39
V5-T5-39
V5-T7-3
V5-T7-3
V5-T7-3
V5-T7-3
W
WMR. . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-54
X
XTAE . . . . . . . . . .
XTAR . . . . . . . . . .
XTCC . . . . . . . . . .
XTCE . . . . . . . . . .
XTCF . . . . . . . . . .
XTCR . . . . . . . . . .
XTCS . . . . . . . . . .
XTFC . . . . . . . . . .
XTFCE . . . . . . . . .
XTFR . . . . . . . . . .
XTMC . . . . . . . . .
XTMF. . . . . . . . . .
XTMR . . . . . . . . .
XTMT. . . . . . . . . .
XTOB. . . . . . . . . .
XTOE . . . . . . . . . .
XTOM . . . . . . . . .
XTOT . . . . . . . . . .
XTPA . . . . . . . . . .
XTPAX . . . . . . . . .
XTPB . . . . . . . . . .
V5-A2-2
V5-T1-50, V5-T1-51
V5-T1-52
V5-T1-63, V5-T1-64
V5-T1-7–V5-T1-10, V5-T1-39–V5-T1-44,
V5-T1-55–V5-T1-61, V5-T1-64, V5-T1-65,
V5-T1-67–V5-T1-77, V5-T2-69–V5-T2-72
V5-T1-45
V5-T1-47, V5-T1-48
V5-T1-42, V5-T1-43, V5-T1-60, V5-T1-77
V5-T1-199–V5-T1-202
V5-T1-219
V5-T1-199–V5-T1-202
V5-T1-6, V5-T1-8, V5-T1-9, V5-T1-20, V5-T1-22,
V5-T1-24–V5-T1-26, V5-T1-65
V5-T1-20
V5-T1-21
V5-T1-11
V5-T1-55–V5-T1-60, V5-T1-130–V5-T1-133,
V5-T4-33
V5-T1-144, V5-T1-145, V5-T2-83, V5-T2-84,
V5-T5-69–V5-T5-71
V5-T1-23
V5-T1-60, V5-T1-61, V5-T1-132
V5-T1-163–V5-T1-170, V5-T1-173–V5-T1-175,
V5-T1-203, V5-T1-204
V5-T1-220–V5-T1-225
V5-T1-161, V5-T1-165, V5-T1-171, V5-T1-172
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
V5-T1-145, V5-T1-146, V5-T2-85, V5-T5-70,
V5-T5-71, V5-T5-74
Numerics
V5-T4-64
V
VM160. . . . . . . . .
VM320. . . . . . . . .
VM610. . . . . . . . .
VSRO. . . . . . . . . .
VSRU. . . . . . . . . .
V200 . . . . . . . . . .
V201 . . . . . . . . . .
V210 . . . . . . . . . .
V211 . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-218, V5-T1-219
V5-T1-218, V5-T1-223
V5-T1-162, V5-T1-163
V5-T1-5
V5-T1-5
V5-T1-195–V5-T1-198
V5-T1-195–V5-T1-198
V5-T1-11, V5-T1-22, V5-T1-55–V5-T1-61
10-35 . . . . . . . . .
10370. . . . . . . . .
10-65 . . . . . . . . .
10-68 . . . . . . . . .
10-71 . . . . . . . . .
11A8 . . . . . . . . .
1250. . . . . . . . . .
1254. . . . . . . . . .
1255. . . . . . . . . .
1264. . . . . . . . . .
1266. . . . . . . . . .
1268. . . . . . . . . .
17-1 . . . . . . . . . .
17-8 . . . . . . . . . .
179C . . . . . . . . .
180C . . . . . . . . .
1954. . . . . . . . . .
2050. . . . . . . . . .
2057. . . . . . . . . .
2066. . . . . . . . . .
2084. . . . . . . . . .
2114. . . . . . . . . .
2119. . . . . . . . . .
2120. . . . . . . . . .
2131. . . . . . . . . .
2184. . . . . . . . . .
23-54 . . . . . . . . .
23-72 . . . . . . . . .
30B4 . . . . . . . . .
3354. . . . . . . . . .
3463. . . . . . . . . .
3534. . . . . . . . . .
371B . . . . . . . . .
372B . . . . . . . . .
373B . . . . . . . . .
38A7 . . . . . . . . .
3915. . . . . . . . . .
42-35 . . . . . . . . .
427C . . . . . . . . .
438C . . . . . . . . .
44A6 . . . . . . . . .
461A . . . . . . . . .
477B . . . . . . . . .
48-1 . . . . . . . . . .
CA08100006E—April 2014
V5-T4-78, V5-T4-81, V5-T4-84
V5-T2-145
V5-T2-32
V5-T4-78, V5-T4-81, V5-T4-84
V5-T4-25
V5-T4-72
V5-T2-116, V5-T2-117
V5-T4-65
V5-T2-118
V5-T4-64
V5-T4-65
V5-T2-116
V5-T2-31
V5-T2-31
V5-T4-64, V5-T4-65, V5-T6-25
V5-T4-64, V5-T4-65, V5-T7-4
V5-T4-75
V5-T2-113, V5-T2-118, V5-T2-119
V5-T2-114
V5-T2-118
V5-T4-73
V5-T4-75
V5-T2-114
V5-T4-75
V5-T4-75
V5-T4-72, V5-T4-73
V5-T4-81
V5-T4-78
V5-T4-73
V5-T2-115
V5-T2-113
V5-T4-75
V5-T2-116
V5-T2-117
V5-T2-116
V5-T2-115
V5-T6-25
V5-T2-32, V5-T2-33
V5-T4-73
V5-T2-119
V5-T4-73
V5-T2-118
V5-T2-118
V5-T2-31
www.eaton.com
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
48-10 . . . . . . . . . .
487B . . . . . . . . . .
503C . . . . . . . . . .
505C . . . . . . . . . .
511H . . . . . . . . . .
5249 . . . . . . . . . .
5250 . . . . . . . . . .
5264 . . . . . . . . . .
550D . . . . . . . . . .
567D . . . . . . . . . .
578D . . . . . . . . . .
6-26 . . . . . . . . . . .
626B . . . . . . . . . .
6379 . . . . . . . . . .
640C . . . . . . . . . .
6-43 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-44 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-45 . . . . . . . . . . .
646C . . . . . . . . . .
6-496 . . . . . . . . . .
6-497 . . . . . . . . . .
650C . . . . . . . . . .
655C . . . . . . . . . .
6-57 . . . . . . . . . . .
659C . . . . . . . . . .
6-60 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-602 . . . . . . . . . .
6-61 . . . . . . . . . . .
6-64 . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-32
V5-T4-72
V5-T2-116, V5-T2-117
V5-T2-116, V5-T2-118
V5-T2-148, V5-T2-149
V5-T4-65
V5-T2-117, V5-T2-118
V5-T2-115, V5-T2-118, V5-T2-119
V5-T2-115
V5-T2-113
V5-T2-113, V5-T2-117
V5-T2-32
V5-T2-117
V5-T2-114
V5-T2-118
V5-T2-31, V5-T6-20
V5-T2-32, V5-T6-20
V5-T2-32, V5-T6-20
V5-T2-118
V5-T4-81
V5-T4-81
V5-T2-118
V5-T2-118
V5-T2-33
V5-T4-72
V5-T2-32
V5-T4-84
V5-T2-33
V5-T2-32
6-65 . . . . . . . . . .
6702. . . . . . . . . .
6714. . . . . . . . . .
672B . . . . . . . . .
673B . . . . . . . . .
7856. . . . . . . . . .
7858. . . . . . . . . .
7864. . . . . . . . . .
7874. . . . . . . . . .
80-19 . . . . . . . . .
818D . . . . . . . . .
831D . . . . . . . . .
843D . . . . . . . . .
878D . . . . . . . . .
9084. . . . . . . . . .
9085. . . . . . . . . .
9-18 . . . . . . . . . .
9-20 . . . . . . . . . .
9-26 . . . . . . . . . .
9-27 . . . . . . . . . .
9-28 . . . . . . . . . .
9-29 . . . . . . . . . .
9-30 . . . . . . . . . .
9-31 . . . . . . . . . .
9-32 . . . . . . . . . .
9441. . . . . . . . . .
9917. . . . . . . . . .
99-38 . . . . . . . . .
9944. . . . . . . . . .
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
V5-T2-31, V5-T6-20
V5-T4-78, V5-T4-81, V5-T4-84
V5-T2-116, V5-T2-117
V5-T2-116, V5-T2-117, V5-T4-65
V5-T4-65
V5-T2-117
V5-T2-114
V5-T2-113, V5-T2-117
V5-T6-25, V5-T7-6
V5-T7-4
V5-T2-113
V5-T2-118
V5-T2-113, V5-T2-117
V5-T4-72
V5-T2-113, V5-T2-117
V5-T7-6
V5-T2-32, V5-T4-61, V5-T6-20
V5-T2-28
V5-T2-32–V5-T2-34
V5-T2-31, V5-T2-32, V5-T2-34, V5-T4-61,
V5-T6-20
V5-T2-30, V5-T6-20
V5-T2-28
V5-T2-28, V5-T2-32, V5-T4-61
V5-T4-59, V5-T4-60, V5-T4-62
V5-T2-31, V5-T4-60, V5-T4-62, V5-T6-11
V5-T3-16
V5-T2-118
V5-T4-81
V5-T2-113
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-A2-3
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
A
A200 Series Contactors
Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-103
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-104
A200 Series Starters
Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-109
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-110, V5-T2-111
Accessories
A202 Magnetically Latched Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-24
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-74
C441 Overload Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-95
CN35 Electrically Held Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-18
Current Monitoring Relays
D65CE Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8
D65CH Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
D65CL Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-14
D65 Phase Monitoring Relays
D65PAR Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-23
D65PLR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-21
D65VMC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-19
D65 Voltage Monitoring Relays
D65VAP and D65VAKP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-34
D65VMRP and D65VMKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-31
D65VWP and D65VWKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-37
Definite Purpose Contactors
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-11
600V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-72
AVD–Contactor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
DPM 1000V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-75
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-64
Mill Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-69
Reversing/Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-84
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-55
Definite Purpose Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-26
Digital Ground Fault Relays
D64R Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
IEC
C440/XT Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-146
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-203
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-164–V5-T1-175
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-24–V5-T1-26
Relays and Timers, XT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-6–V5-T1-11
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-133
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . V5-T1-220
XTCE Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-65–V5-T1-75
NEMA
A200, Non-Reversing and Reversing . . V5-T2-112–V5-T2-114
A200, Thermal Type B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-131
Freedom Contactors and Starters . . . . . . V5-T2-21–V5-T2-30
Freedom Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13
Freedom, C440/XT Electronic
Overload Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-53–V5-T2-56
Freedom, Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-6
Freedom, Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-43
Space-Savings Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-68
Accessories, continued
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
Bridging Bars. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
Direct Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-54
External Handle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-54
Line and Load Terminal Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
Mounting Spacers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
Shaft Extension. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-54
Terminals Protection Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible 16–80A
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6, V5-T8-21
Direct Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-20
Door Interlocked External Handle—
Front Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-20
Door Mounting Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6
Line and Load Terminal Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-21
Shaft Extensions for External Front Handle . . . . . . . V5-T8-20
Switched Fourth-Pole Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6
Terminal Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-21
Terminal Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
Direct Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
Door Interlocked External Handle
Front Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
Jumpers for Connecting Poles in Series. . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-48
Line and Load Terminal Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-48
Shaft Extensions for External Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-48
Terminal Screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Auxiliary Contacts—NO + NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-35
Auxiliary Contacts—NO or NC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-35
Cable Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
Direct Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-33
Door Interlocked External Front Handles . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-33
Flange Handle for Flange-Operated Switches . . . . . V5-T8-32
Line and Load Terminal Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-36
NFPA 79 “Through the Door” Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
Right Side External Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-33
Rod Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
Shaft Extensions for External Handles . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-34
Shorting Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-36
Terminal Shrouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-35
Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-4
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-85
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-23
Add-On Power Pole Kit, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-24
Adhesive Dust Cover, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-24
Auxiliary Contacts
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically
Held Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CN35 Electrically Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Definite Purpose Contactor
Side Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top Mounted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-T6-11
V5-T6-18
V5-T4-11
V5-T4-12
V5-A3-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Auxiliary Contacts, continued
Freedom, NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-25–V5-T2-27
Manual Motor Protectors, IEC . . . . . . . . V5-T1-164, V5-T1-220
Miniature Controls, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-24
Relays and Timers, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-6
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-54
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible 16–80A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6, V5-T8-20
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-4
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-220
XTCE Contactors and Starters, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-65
Auxiliary Contacts—NO + NC
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-35
Auxiliary Contacts—NO or NC
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-35
B
Bimetallic Overload Starters
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15
XTCE, Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-50
XTCE, Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-52
Bridging Bars
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
C
Competitive Mounting Plates, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-29
Components
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically
Held Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-10
Contactors
A200 Series, Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . V5-T2-101
Freedom Series, Magnet
Coils—AC and DC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-5, V5-T2-6
Freedom Series, Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . V5-T2-4
Freedom Series, Three-Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-5
Freedom Series, Two-, Four- and Five-Pole. . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-6
Lighting
A202 Magnetically Latched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-23
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-3
CN35 Electrically Held. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-16
Contactors and Starters
A200 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-101
Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-2
Freedom Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-2
IEC, Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-229–V5-T1-249
NEMA Space-Savings Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-65
NEMA, Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-152–V5-T2-157
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-147
Solenoids—Alternating Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-144
Vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-2
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-216
XT IEC Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-2
XTCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-35
Control Circuit Fuse Block, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-23
C306 Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-40
Cable Operator
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
Combination Motor Controllers
XT, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193
XTFC and XTFR, (CMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-199
XTSC and XTSR, (MMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-195
Communication Modules
DeviceNet
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . V5-T1-148, V5-T2-55,
V5-T2-87, V5-T5-76
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-96
Ethernet
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-98
Modbus
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-148,
V5-T2-55, V5-T2-87, V5-T5-76
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-95
V5-A3-2
Communication Modules, continued
PROFIBUS
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . V5-T1-148, V5-T2-56,
V5-T2-88, V5-T5-77
C441 Overload Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-97
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
Current Monitoring Relays
CurrentWatch
ECS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
ECSJ Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-4
D65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
D65CE Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-7
D65CH Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-10
D65CL Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
D
DC Magnet Coils, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-28
Definite Purpose Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-4–V5-T4-22
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-8
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-17
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65. . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-20
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . V5-T4-4
Direct Current Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-67–V5-T4-85
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-63–V5-T4-66
Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-86
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Definite Purpose Contactors (Direct Current)
600V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mill Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F
V5-T4-70
V5-T4-77
V5-T4-80
V5-T4-67
V5-T4-83
Definite Purpose Contactors (Enclosed)
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-46
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-46–V5-T4-62
Definite Purpose Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-23–V5-T4-45
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . . . . V5-T4-30
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A29, B29 . . . . . . . V5-T4-38
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . . . . V5-T4-23
Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-25
Definite Purpose Starters (Enclosed)
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-52
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-49
DIN Rail Mount Adapter, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-23
DIN Rail Mounting Channel, Freedom NEMA. . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-23
Direct Handle
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finger Protection Shields
Freedom NEMA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-23
Flange Handle for Flange-Operated Switches
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98) Fusible 30–800A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
Fuse Block Kits
Freedom, IEC and NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
G
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays
D64L Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-53
Digital
D64R Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-43
H
Heater Selection
A200 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-139
C306 Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-40
I
Identification Markers, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-23
V5-T8-54
IEC
Accessories
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-24–V5-T1-26
Relays and Timers, XT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-6–V5-T1-11
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-141
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193
Contactors and Starters
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-229–V5-T1-249
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-157
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-216
V5-T8-20
V5-T8-47
V5-T8-33
Door Interlocked External Front Handles
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-33
Door Interlocked External Handle Front Operation
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-20
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
Door Mounting Kit
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible 16–80A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6
E
Electrical Life
Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-37
XTCE Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-111
J
Jumpers for Connecting Poles in Series
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98) DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-48
K
Kits
Auxiliary Contacts
Definite Purpose Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-11, V5-T4-12
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
CT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-74
CT Kits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-146, V5-T2-53, V5-T2-85
C441 Overload Relays
Type 3R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-99
CN35 Electrically Held Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-18
IEC
Combination Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-203
External Handle
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-54
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-A3-3
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Kits, continued
NEMA
Add-On Power Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-24
Field Modification, A200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-120
Freedom Contactors and Starters . . . . . . V5-T2-21–V5-T2-30
Freedom Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13
Freedom, Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-6
Mechanical Interlock and Reversing. . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Shorting Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-22
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Transient Suppressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-24
Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-4
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-224
L
Lighting Contactors
A202 Magnetically Latched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-23
C30CN Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-10
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-3
CN35 Electrically Held. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-16
Three-Wire Mechanically Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-8
Two-Wire Mechanically Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-6
Line and Load Terminal Lugs
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls
XT IEC Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-18
Modifications
A200, Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-120
Freedom, Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-43
Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-2–V5-T5-54
Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3–V5-T5-15
Ground Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42–V5-T5-54
Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-16–V5-T5-27
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28–V5-T5-41
Motor Protection
Overload Relays
C440/XT Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-65
C441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-89
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-64
IQ500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-88
MP-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-115
MP-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-117
XT IEC, Miniature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-60
XT IEC, Thermal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-62
Motor Protection and Monitoring
Overload Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-58–V5-T5-118
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-55
V5-T8-55
Mounting Spacers
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
V5-T8-21
N
V5-T8-48
V5-T8-36
Line Side Adapters
IEC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-203
Locking Cover, C306 Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-22
M
Magnet Coils—AC and DC
Contactors, Freedom Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-5, V5-T2-6
Three-Phase Starters, Freedom Series . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-11
Manual Motor Protectors
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-216
XT, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-157
XTPB, XTPR and XTPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-56
Manual Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-161
Manual Transfer Switches
Switching Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-52
Mechanical Interlock Kits, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
NEMA
Accessories
A200, Non-Reversing and Reversing . . V5-T2-112–V5-T2-114
A200, Thermal Type B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-131
Freedom Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . V5-T2-21–V5-T2-30
Freedom Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13
Freedom, C440/XT Electronic
Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-53–V5-T2-56
Freedom, Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-43
Contactors and Starters
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-152–V5-T2-157
NEMA Space-Savings Series
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-65
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating
Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-2
NFPA 79 “Through the Door” Kit
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
O
Options
Definite Purpose Contactors
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole. . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-13
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25. . . . . . V5-T4-6
Mill Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-69
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-57
Miniature Contactors
Full Voltage
Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mini Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-20
V5-T1-21
V5-T1-23
V5-T1-22
V5-A3-4
CA08100006E—April 2014
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
www.eaton.com
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Overload Relays
C440/XT Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-65
C441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-89
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-64
IQ500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-88
MP-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-115
MP-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-117
XT IEC, Miniature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-60
XT IEC, Thermal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-62
XTOE/XT Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-80
P
Phase Monitoring Relays
D65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65PAR Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65PLR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMC Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-16
V5-T5-22
V5-T5-20
V5-T5-24
V5-T5-18
Pneumatic Timers, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-22
Pushbuttons
Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches. . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-52
R5 Series Non-Fusible 16–80A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-5
R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-45
Fusible 30–800A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-26
Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-18
Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-11
R
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A
Switching Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-5
R9 Series (UL 98) DC Rated Disconnects
Switching Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-45
R9 Series (UL 98) Fusible 30–800A
Switching Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-26
R9 Series (UL 98) Non-Fusible 100–1200A
Switching Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-18
R9 Series (UL 98) Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact
Switching Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-11
Relays
A200 Series
Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-141
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-139
Thermal and Fast Trip. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-128
Thermal Type A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-133, V5-T2-134
Thermal Type B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-130, V5-T2-131
Type FT Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-136
Current Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
Freedom Series, NEMA
C306 Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-48
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-38
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters. . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-51
Ground Fault Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
IEC
C440/XT Electronic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-141
Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-128
Relays, continued
Overload
C440/XT Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-65
C441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-89
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-64
IQ500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-88
MP-3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-115
MP-4000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-117
XT IEC, Miniature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-60
XT IEC, Thermal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-62
XTOE/XT Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-80
Phase Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-16
Voltage Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-28
Relays and Timers
XT IEC Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-3
Renewal Parts
A200, Non-Reversing and Reversing. . . . V5-T2-115–V5-T2-119
A202 Magnetically Latched Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-25
CN35 Electrically Held Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-20
Definite Purpose Contactors
600V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-73
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
DPM 1000V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-75
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-65
Reversing/Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-84
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
NEMA Type 1 Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-59
Definite Purpose Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-33
Freedom Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30–V5-T2-34
Freedom Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13
XTCE Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-76
Replacement Parts
C30CN Mechanically and Electrically
Held Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-11
Freedom, Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-44
Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-6
Right Side External Handles
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-33
Rod Operator
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32
Rotary Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-1–V5-T8-59
S
Shaft Extension
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-54
Shaft Extensions for External Front
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-48
Shaft Extensions for External Front Handle
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-20
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
V5-A3-5
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Shaft Extensions for External Handles
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-34
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-148
Brake Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-149
Shorting Bar Kits, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-22
Shorting Links
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-36
Solenoids—Alternating Current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-145
Solid-State Timers
Freedom, IEC and NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-22
Space-Savings Series
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-65
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-80
Special Modifications, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta)
Miniature Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-22
XTCE Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-55
Starters
A200 Series, Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . V5-T2-107
Freedom Series, NEMA
Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Bimetallic Overload . . V5-T2-15
Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . V5-T2-10
Manual
Fractional Horsepower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-7
Switched Fourth-Pole Module
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible 16–80A
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6
Switching Devices
Manual Transfer Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-52–V5-T8-59
R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A . . . . V5-T8-5–V5-T8-10
R9 Series (UL 98) DC Rated Disconnects . . V5-T8-45–V5-T8-51
R9 Series (UL 98) Fusible 30–800A. . . . . . . V5-T8-26–V5-T8-44
R9 Series (UL 98) Non-Fusible 100–1200A . V5-T8-18–V5-T8-25
R9 Series (UL 98) Non-Fusible 30–100A
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-11–V5-T8-17
Terminal Shrouds
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508)
Non-Fusible 16–80A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-6
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
Fusible 30–800A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-35
Terminals Protection Screen
Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-55
Three-Phase Starters
Freedom Series, Magnet Coils—AC and DC . . . . . . . . V5-T2-11
Two-Speed Selective Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-12
Transient Suppressor Kits, Freedom NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-24
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-51
V
Vacuum Contactors and Starters
NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating. . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-2
Voltage Monitoring Relays
D65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VAP and D65VAKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VMRP and D65VMKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D65VWP and D65VWKP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VSR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
X
XT IEC Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-2
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-18
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-3
XTCE Contactors
Full Voltage
Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-39
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-47
XTCE Starters
Full Voltage
Non-Reversing, Bimetallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-50
Reversing, Bimetallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-52
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-55
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-80
T
Terminal Screens
Switching Devices, R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-21
Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98)
DC Rated Disconnects
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-47
V5-A3-6
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-33
V5-T5-30
V5-T5-36
V5-T5-39
CA08100006E—April 2014
www.eaton.com
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.6 Linearized : No Author : Zoltun Design Create Date : 2013:12:09 08:50:41-06:00 Modify Date : 2014:08:05 10:31:31-05:00 Subject : Motor Control and Protection Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Creator Tool : PScript5.dll Version 5.2.2 Metadata Date : 2014:08:05 10:31:31-05:00 Format : application/pdf Title : Volume 5 iBook Creator : Zoltun Design Description : Motor Control and Protection Producer : Acrobat Distiller 9.5.5 (Macintosh) Document ID : uuid:27afb5e4-0fc8-b148-8b9a-e6116983fb52 Instance ID : uuid:1ea7de92-bf9d-f24c-a57a-1b4a822e2f23 Page Count : 750EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools